DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

BULLETIN

UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

3STo. 187

SERIES F, GEOGRAPHY, 27

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

1902

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

CHARLES D. WALCOTT, DIRECTOR

GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA

BY

MARCUS BAKER

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

1902

CONTENTS.

Page.

Letter of transmittal....................................'................... 7

United States Board on Geographic Names. JI............:................. 9

Executive order of September 4, 1890.................................. 9

- Members and officers, September, 1901 ................................ 10

Adoption of dictionary ............................................... 10

Introduction............................................................. 11

Origin of dictionary .................................................. 11

Plan and scope....................................................... 12

Mode of preparation.................................................. 12

Origin of names ............: .......................................... 14

Principles employed and reforms attempted............................ ' 16

Authorities .......................................................... 18

In chronologic order.............................................. 19

In alphabetic order............................................... 20

Conclusion........................................................... 59

Dictionary............................................................... 61

LETTER OF TBANSMITTAL.

WASHINGTON, D. C., July 31, 1901.

SIR: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a 

Geographic Dictionary of Alaska. This dictionary, prepared by Mr. 

Marcus Baker, of the United States Board on Geographic -Names, has 

been provisionally approved by the Board, and by its direction is 

transmitted to you with the request that it be printed as a Bulletin 

of the United States Geological Survey.

HENRY GANNETT, 

Chairman of 17. S. Board on 'Geographic Names.

Hon. CHARLES D. WALCOTT,

. Director of United States Geological Survey.

7

UNITED STATES BOARD ON GEOGRAPHIC NAMES.

EXECUTIVE ORDER.

As it is desirable that uniform usage in regard to geographic nomenclature and orthography obtain throughout the executive departments 

of the Government, and particularly upon the maps and charts issued

by the various departments and bureaus, I hereby constitute a Board 

on Geographic Names, and designate the following persons, who have 

heretofore cooperated for a similar purpose under the authority of theseveral departments, bureaus, and institutions with which they are 

connected, as members of said Board:

Prof. Thomas C. Mendenhall, United States Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, chairman.

Andrew H. Alien, Department of State.

Capt. Henry L. Howison, Light-House Board, Treasury Department.

Capt Thomas Turtle, Engineer Corps, War Department.

Lieut. Richardson Clover, Hydrographic Office, Navy Department.

Pierson H. Bristow, Post-Office Department.

Otis T. Mason, Smithsonian Institution.

Herbert G. Ogden, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Henry Gannett, United States Geological Survey.

Marcus Baker, United States Geological Survey.

To this Board shall be referred all unsettled questions concerning 

geographic names which arise in the departments, and the decisions 

of the Board are to be accepted by these departments as. ihe standard 

authority in such matters.

Department officers are instructed to afford such assistance as may 

be proper to carry on the work of this Board.

The members of this Board shall serve without additional compensation, and its organization shall entail no expense on the Government.

BENJ. HARRISON.

EXECUTIVE MANSION,

September 4, 1890.
10 UNITED STATES BOAKD ON GEOGRAPHIC NAMES.

MEMBERS AND OFFICERS, DECEMBER, igoi.

HENRY GANNETT, Chairman,

United States Geological Survey. 

MARCUS BAKER, Secretary,

"United States Geological Survey. 

ANDREW H. ALLEN,

Department of State. 

Capt. H. T. BRIAN, .

Government Printing Office. 

JOHN HYDE,

. Department of Agriculture. 

A. B. JOHNSON,

Treasury Department. 

HARRY KING,

General Land Office.

Maj. J. L.'LusK, U. S. Engineers,

War Department. 

Prof. 0. T. MASON,

Smithsonian Institution. 

H. G. OGDEN,

Coast and Geodetic Survey. 

Lieut. Commander W. H. H. SOUTHERLAND, U. S. K,

Navy Department. 

A. VON HAAKE,

Post-Office Department.

, ADOPTION OF DICTIONARY.

At a special meeting of the United States Board on Geographic 

Names held July 29,1901, the following resolution was adopted:

Whereas the United States Board on Geographic Names some ten years ago determined to prepare a dictionary of Alaska geographic names and appointed a committee which began the work of collecting the material therefor; and

Whereas such committee, consisting of Messrs. H. G. Ogden and Marcus Baker, 

entered upon the work and prosecuted it for two or three years, collecting the names 

from all published and original sources; and

Whereas Mr. Marcus Baker has since collected and discussed the evidence relating to the names and alternatives, in connection with his official duties, and has 

written the dictionary: Therefore,

Resolved, That the Board approve this dictionary, thus prepared, and provisionally 

adopt the approved forms contained therein. 

A few revisions of previous decisions have been made and embodied

in this dictionary, which supersedes all previous Alaskan lists.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Bv MARCUS BAKEK.

INTRODUCTION.

ORIGIN.

This dictionary is the outgrowth of work undertaken by the Board on 

Geographic Names about ten years ago. Shortly after the Board was 

organized there was submitted to it a list of two or three hundred 

names of geographic features in Alaska, the names of which were 

variously spelled or which bore two or more different names. - The 

Board studied these names, sought information and advice from experts, 

and finally decided all the cases. But the studies made in order to 

ascertain the facts and to establish principles for guidance in the determination of cases made it plain that nothing short of a complete 

revision of all the geographic names in Alaska could yield satisfactory 

results. .Accordingly the Board, after full discussion, decided to undertake such revision and to prepare a geographic dictionary. For this 

purpose it appointed a committee to collect and arrange the material. 

The committee consisted of Messrs. H. G. Ogden, of the Coast and 

Geodetic Survey, and Marcus Baker, of the Geological Survey. The 

territory was divided, Mr. Ogden undertaking to catalogue the names 

in Alexander archipelago and Mr. Baker those in the remainder of 

the Territory.

In September, 1893, the committee reported that about 4,300 names 

had then been entered upon cards about 2,400 in southeastern Alaska, 

lyy Mr. Ogden, and 1,900 in central, western and northern Alaska, by 

Mr. Baker. For some years thereafter comparatively little progress 

was made in this work. The cataloguing had been carried on as incidental to other duties, and with increasing demands the dictionary 

work came to a standstill. Thus it remained for several years, save 

for a little time given to it now and then.

Meanwhile the gold discoveries had quickened public interest in 

Alaska. Prospectors swarmed into the Territory and there were 

numerous exploring and surveying expeditions sent out by the War,

 11
12 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

Treasury, and Interior departments. From these resulted large additions to geographic knowledge and to the list of names, especially of 

features in the interior. The United States Geological Survey took 

an active part in this interior exploration, and thus the Director 

found urgent need of the dictionary as an aid in preparing and'publishing reports on Alaska. Accordingly in June, 1900, he directed 

the writer to complete it. Since that time the work has progressed 

with little interruption to completion, and it was adopted by the 

Board on Geographic Names on July 29,1901.

PLAN AND SCOPE.

The plan of this dictionary is to show in one alphabetical list all the 

published names which have been applied to geographic features in 

Alaska. This includes obsolete as well as current names, and also a 

few not previously published. It aims to show the origin, history, 

modes of spelling, and application of each name, and in the cases of 

Indian, Eskimo, and foreign names, their meaning also. And finally 

it shows, in bold-faced type, the forms approved by the United States 

Board on Geographic Names. Rejected, doubtful, and obsolete forms 

are shown in italics.

So comprehensive a scheme as this could not, from the nature of 

the case, be completely realized. The attempt to discover and record 

every name that has been used would require an expenditure of time 

and energy far beyond the value of the result, and would, moreover, 

fall short of absolute success. Nevertheless, thoroughness and completeness as well as accuracy have been steadily kept in view. The 

work is brought down to about 1900. While it is an Alaskan dictionary, a few names of features near but outside of Alaska are included.

Also, elevations are given, when known.

The difficulties in executing this plan are deeper than the names. 

In many cases the question is not What is the name? but, To what 

does or should the name apply ? In the beginning of exploration there 

is generally confusion and uncertainty as to the names and their application, growing out of imperfect geographic knowledge. It is certain 

that many of the recent names included herein will not survive, and 

that local usage will have established forms not now known to the 

writer. Thus a complete revision of this work will be needed before 

many years. Meanwhile, it is hoped that this dictionary will be found 

helpful in establishing uniformity in the use of Alaska proper names.

MODE OF PREPARATION.

The work was begun in 1892 by copying on library cards the names 

found on mother maps and charts, with indications of the maps from 

which they were taken. This work was placed in the hands of a committee of two, appointed by the Board for the purpose, consisting of
BAKER.] MODE OF PEEPAKATION. 13

H. G. Ogden and Marcus Baker. The work was divided between 

them. Mr. Ogden took charge of the carding of names for the Alexander archipelago, using for this purpose the charts and Coast Pilots 

published by the Coast Survey and the British Admiralty charts. 

Names in the remainder of the Territory were carded by the present 

writer and were collected from various American, English, and Russian maps and books.

In September, 1893, the committee reported that about 4,300 names 

had been entered upon cards 2,400 for the Alexander archipelago 

and 1,900 for the rest of Alaska.

The plan and scope of the dictionary were then discussed and the 

method of publication was considered. Little further progress, however, was made at that time. The work done by members' of the 

Board and its committee is and has always been, with a single exception, incidental to other work. Other duties being pressing the work 

flagged and made slow progress. From time to time the writer 

worked upon it and wrote out the entries from A to F. Then work 

upon it came to a complete standstill. So it remained till June, 1900, 

when the Director of the Geological Survey, who needed the results 

for official purposes, instructed the writer to complete the dictionary, 

and for the first time work upon it ceased to be incidental.

On taking up the work in June, 1900, the first task was to card the 

new names which had resulted from exploration and survey since that 

work ceased seven years before. It is estimated that the number of 

new names thus catalogued exceeded 2,000. On completing these the 

work of writing the dictionary entries was begun. At first the dictionary order was followed, but it was shortly abandoned for the 

geographic order. Spreading out the mother maps of any given 

region, the cards bearing the names found thereon were taken from 

their trays and the dictionary entries were written upon them in presence of the maps. Many of the early entries were rewritten. When 

these swere. finished the cards were restored to their alphabetic order 

and then the entries were copied on the typewriter for the printer's 

use, chiefly by Mr. Wilson S. Wiley. This done, Mr. Wiley went 

over this typewritten copy and copied the rejected and alternative 

names, which were afterwards arranged and inserted in their proper 

places as cross references. The typewritten copy was not compared 

with the original, but as a check the proof was compared with the 

original entries on the cards. These cards contain thousands of references to the literature, which references are not printed. The cards, 

however, are preserved and will doubtless prove of service hereafter.
14 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

ORIGIN OF NAMES.

The geographic names of any region may be likened to the coins 

circulating in a great seaport. As these coins are stamped by various 

nations, so geographic names are stamped by a conquering, colonizing, 

or exploring people upon the regions they visit, colonize, or conquer. 

As some coins are by long use worn till their origin is unrecognizable, 

so some geographic names, well known and most useful, are of so 

uncertain origin that men disagree and dispute about them. Other 

coins, and other geographic names, are less worn, and their origin 

and history can be traced. Alaskan geographic names comprise a 

comparatively small number either so old or so corrupted as wholly 

to conceal their origin or meaning. They are derived almost exclusively from six sources, which ma}^ be briefly characterized as follows:

1. Names bestowed l)y the Russians. Prior to about 1750 Russian 

America, now Alaska, was a blank on our maps. Beginning with 

Bering's first expedition in 1725, dim and obscure outlines began to 

appear on this blank space, and as they appeared the R,ussianso who 

were filling this space applied names to the geographic features which 

they discovered and explored. First came the fur hunter, then the 

official explorer, and later they worked side by side. On the part of 

the Russians the work continued till 1 the purchase of Alaska by the 

United States in 1867. Thus the period of Russian nomenclature is 

about one hundred and twenty-five years, dating from Bering's second 

voyage in 1741 and ending with the cession of the territory to the 

United States in 1867.

2. Names bestowed In/ the Spaniards. There are few names in 

Alaska of Spanish origin. All of them were bestowed in the interval 

between 1774 and about 1800. The exploratory work of the Spaniards 

was all coastwise and extended from the southern boundary of Alaska 

to and including Prince William sound. One expedition, indeed, 

went as far west as Unalaska and named a few points along this 

stretch of coast. Most of these names, owing to tardy and obscure 

publication, have disappeared from the maps.

3. Names bestowed by the English. English names in Alaska date 

from Cook's voyage thither in 1778. From time to time during the 

seventy-five or eighty years following Cook's voyage, and to a limited 

extent to the present time, English traders and naval vessels have 

contributed to a knowledge of Alaskan geography and to its nomenclature. Noteworthy in the last century, after Cook, are the voyages 

of Dixon, Meares, and Portlock, British fur traders, but especially are 

we indebted to the incomparable Vancouver for his masterly exploration and survey of the coast from Kodiak eastward and southward to 

lower California. Vancouver named many features. At the same 

time the features named were so fully described, mapped, and pub-
BAKER.] ~ OEIGIN OF NAMES. 15

lished that most of these names remain unchanged on our maps to-day. 

The more important additions by Englishmen after Vancouver were 

those by Captain Beechey, R. N., in 1826-27; by Sir Edward Belcher, 

R. N., in 1836-1842, and, more, especially, by the so-called Franklin 

search expeditions during the period 1848-1854. The work of Cook 

in 1778, of Beechey and Franklin in 1826-27, and of Dease and Simpson in 1837 gave to the world the main outlines of the Arctic coast of 

Alaska and the names of nearly all its large or important features.

4. Names bestowed by Frenchmen. The explorations by the French 

on the Alaskan coast are small and are confined almost wholly to southeastern Alaska. The ill-fated expedition of La Perouse, in 1786, is 

almost the only one which has left its impress on the nomenclature of 

the country, and that wholly in the southeastern part.

5. -Names bestowed by Americans. American whaleships first entered 

the Arctic ocean through Bering strait in 1848 and began a contribution to Alaskan geographic names. This naming of geographic features has been continued by private citizens and by government 

officers of the United States to the present time. The earliest large 

contribution was made by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition of 

1855, whose Alaskan names are found chiefly in the Aleutian islands 

a Vin Bering sea. Beginning with the cession of the Territory to 

the United States in 1867, numerous official expeditions have explored, 

surve3?ed, mapped, and named many features. The largest contributions, till recently, have come from the numerous surveying expeditions of the Coast Survey. At the same time, the Revenue Marine 

Service, the naval vessels, the military garrisons and reconnaissances, 

the Census Office, the Bureau of Education, the missionaries, the 

traders, miners, and prospectors, have each taken a part in spreading 

names over Alaska. In very recent years the Geological Survey has 

given many names, especially in the interior of the country.

6. Native names. Last in order but first in importance are native 

names. The various native tribes, occupying Alaska for an indefinite 

period before the advent of the whites, had applied names to various 

features. For certain great features each tribe would have its own 

name. Thus even before the advent of the whites there was duplication of names. The great river of Alaska which we call the Yukon 

was called by the Eskimo Kweek-puk (kweek river and puk big), and 

from them the Russians obtained their name which through various 

transliterations into roman characters has appeared as Kwitchpak, 

Kwikhpak, etc. Some of the Indian tribes of the interior called it 

Yukon (the river), it being too great and well known to need a name, 

while the Tanana tribes call it, according to Lieutenant Alien, Niga 

To. It doubtless bears and has borne other names.

Explorers and geographers visiting new lands and people are always 

prone to ascertain and use the native names of places, mountains,
16 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

rivers, lakes, etc. But this is attended with difficulty, as everyone 

who has tried, knows. Dealing with tribes whose language is strange 

and often wholly unknown, the strange sounds are often imperfectly 

understood and the application of the name is uncertain. Hence, as 

a rule, no native name is preserved, but rather some faint imitation 

or corruption of it. Potomac, Kalamazoo, Massachusetts, and Mississippi are accepted as Indian words, but it is very doubtful whether 

any Indian past or present would recognize these as words of his native 

tongue.

A large part of the Alaskan native names which, up to a few years 

back, had appeared on our maps were gathered by the Russians, and 

these names, when independently gathered and published, differ from 

one another more or less, as we should expect them to do. Again, 

these names in Russian characters have been transliterated into Roman 

characters by persons unskilled in Russian, and this has served to 

produce yet wider divergence and some extraordinary and unpronounceable forms.

 The native names as a whole fall into two great groups: (a) The 

Eskimo, covering the Arctic coast, the eastern shore of Bering sea, 

extending some distance up the various rivers, the Aleutian islands, 

and Alaska peninsula as far east as Kodiak; and (5) the Indian tribes 

of the interior and of southeastern Alaska.

PRINCIPLES EMPLOYED AND REFORMS ATTEMPTED.

The general principles followed are those adopted by the Board on 

Geographic Names and published in its reports, viz:

(a) The avoidance, so far as seems practicable, of the possessive form of names.

(b) The dropping of the final h in burgh.

(c) The spelling of the word center as here given.

(d) The discontinuance of the use of hyphens in connecting parts of names.

(e) The simplification of names consisting of more than one word by their co.-nbination into one word.

(/) The avoidance of the use of diacritic characters.

(g) The dropping of the words city and town as parts of names.

(h) The uniform rendering of the Russian termination oeb by of, not off, ov, 

"nor ow. <

In addition to following the foregoing principles, certain reforms 

have been herein attempted with reference to some native names. 

One of the most noteworthy is the omission of the generic parts of 

such names. The Eskimo termination mint, or mut, or mute, meaning 

people, is found with wearisome frequency in those' parts of Alaska 

occupied by the Eskimo. Unless local usage or euphony required its 

retention this termination has been omitted. For example, an Eskimo 

village on an island in the Kuskokwim has been written Kikkhtagamute, Kik-Khtaganiute, and Kikikhtagamiut, meaning Big island 

people, Kikhtak (whence by corruption Kodiak) means a big island.
BAKER.] PRINCIPLES EMPLOYED AND REFORMS ATTEMPTED. 17

In this case the Board has adopted Kiktak. The form Ikogniut, 

however, the name of an old and well-known mission on the lower 

Yukon, is retained because it is old and well known; otherwise it 

would be Ikok. How far this attempted reform can be profitably 

carried is a matter of judgment and discretion. While all agree as to 

the principle, differences arise in its application. Even with the 

shortening of some long Eskimo names by such cutting off of their 

generic termination the remainder is so long and unpronounceable 

that it is certain it will not, and ought not, to survive as a geographic 

name.

In the interior are many rivers bearing native names ending in kakat 

(also written chargut and changut], meaning river, such as Melozikakat, 

Batzakakat, etc. i. e., Melozi river, Batzi river, etc. In the interest 

of brevity and simplicity this termination Tcak,at has been omitted.

The same rule would reduce Mississippi river to Misis river, which is 

obviously impracticable, since both the word and its spelling are well 

established. Such does not, however, appear to be the case with many 

of the Alaskan names. Among some Indian tribes the final syllable 

na, and among others hini, means river. These also have been dropped 

in a few cases. There are a number of cases like Tanana, Chitina, etc., 

where usage seems too firmly rooted to warrant the omission, but 

wherever in the judgment of the Board it was practicable the elision 

has been made.

Wherever and whenever it appeared practicable to use a simple 

spelling this was done. When a native name had been reported by 

different persons, with different spellings, as is the almost invariable 

rule, the Board has not felt bound merely to select from among these, 

but has from time to time adopted a form of its own derived from 

study and comparison of these and the rules adopted for writing native 

names.

When features have been named after persons the spelling used by 

those persons has been followed, always excepting corruptions and 

changes too well established to make this practicable. Thus Thomson, 

not Thompson; Ruhamah, not Ruhama, etc. In the case of Russian 

proper names the application of this rule is impossible because the 

names are to be expressed in Roman and not in Russian letters. Thus 

we have Romanzof, a well-established name derived, from Count 

Rumiantsof. Most Russian proper names when transliterated into 

Roman characters have peculiarities of form due to the views held and 

knowledge possessed by the transliterator. The Board has not followed a fixed system of rules in these cases. Practically the transliteration of all such names had been made, and in divers ways, before 

the Board began its work. It therefore dealt with cases as it found 

them and selected such form as, all things considered, gave promise 

of being generally acceptable,

Bull. 187 01 2
18 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

The Board has given little attention or weight to either purity or 

priority. The guiding principle has been to discover, record, and 

follow the names bj^ which features are now known, irrespective of 

when or how they got those names. Many names, especially of the 

great features, once bore names they do not now bear. To return to 

these first names is neither possible nor desirable. Bering sea and 

Bering strait Avill continue to be so called despite their other names 

earlier given.

Again, simplification of the spelling of names, whenever practicable, 

has been kept steadih^ in mind. Early in the Board's work it dropped, 

from native names, silent letters whenever, in its judgment such 

omission would generally commend itself as an improvement. Thus 

Atka, not Atkha; Sitka, not Sitkha; Kitkuk, not Khitkouk. Certain 

Russian proper names begin with the Russian X (equivalent to a very 

hard K)\ this letter has been transliterated by Kh. Thus Khromchenko, Khwostof, etc. The Board has not felt warranted in dropping 

the silent h in all these cases.

The sound of oo in food often occurs in Aleut and Eskimo names and 

has been variously rendered by <?<?, ou, and u. Thus, Oonalaska, Ounalaska, and Unalaska. For this sound the letter u has been generally 

though not universally used. Thus, Unga, Umak, Ugalgan, etc., but 

not .Chilkut nor Iskut. Chilkoot is a popular and well-established 

spelling and pronunciation of an Indian word which is unpronounceable by most white men and which might be written T'sl-kut.

In the older literature were many names from the Russian which in 

transliteration began with Teh or Tsch, as Tschitschagow, which is now 

written Chichagof. As far as usage would permit, the simple form 

Ch has been used in such cases.

Curiosities of nomenclature abound, There have been strange transformations due to carelessness, ignorance, or bad writing. Thus, Gain 

became Cain; Hound, Round; Miller, Mitten; Chornie becameTorno; 

Traitors, Traders; Andrew, Lidrejana; Sutwik, Zutchwik, etc. Numerous illustrations of transformation and corruption will be found 

throughout the dictionary.

AUTHORITIES.

Many maps, charts, books, and persons have been consulted in preparing this work. Scattered through the dictionaiy are references to 

such persons and publications. These constitute the chief original 

sources of Alaskan names. Below is given a list of the principal ones. 

It does not aim to be exhaustive. First is given a chronologic list. 

This is followed by the same authorities arranged alphabetically, and 

after each entry follows a brief account of the individual, a statement of 

the work by which he became an authority, and references to publications containing his results. These references are to the publications 

chiefly used in preparing this work.
BAKEB.] AUTHORITIES. 19

AUTHORITIES IN CHRONOLOGIC ORDEK.

In the following list are given, in chronologic order, the names of 

the principal authorities used in the preparation of this dictionary. 

An account of each, arranged alphabetically, follows on pages 20-58.

1741......... Bering and Chirikof.

1763-1766.... Glotof.

1768-1769....Krenitzen and Levashef.

1775-1779... .Maurelle and Quadra.

1778.........Cook.

1780..........Coxe.

1786.........La Perouse.

1786-1787....Meares and Tipping..

. 1786-1787....Portlock and Dixon.

1786.........Pribilof.

1788-1789... .Meares and Douglas.

1789.........Colnett.

1790-1792.... Billings.

1790-1792....Sarichef.

1790-1792.... Sauer.

1791......... Malaspina.

1792......... Caamano.

1792-1794... .Vancouver.

1799-1867.... Russian American Company. 

1803.........Khwostof and Davidof.

1804-1805... .Krusenstern.

1804-1805....Langsdorf.

1804-1805... .Lisianski.

1809.........Vasilief.

1816-1817.... Kotzebue.

1816-1821.... Shishmaref.

1818-1845....Etolin.

1818-1842....Ilin.

1819-1822.... Vasilief.

1824-1834.... Venianiinof. '

1826-1827.... Beechey.

1826......... Franklin.

1827-1828.... Lutke.

1827-1828... .Staniukovich.

1829-1832... .Ingenstrem.

1831-1850....Tebenkot.

1831-1832.... Vasilief.

1832-1838....Chernof. 

1834-1838.... Zarernbo.

1836......... Woronkof ski.

1837.........Dease and Simpson.

1838.........Lindenberg.

1839-1840.... Murashef.

1842-1843... .Wosnesenski.

1842-1844.... Zagoskin.

1848-1850.... Archimandrite!.

1848.........Doroshin.

1849.........Kuritizien.

1850.........Grewingk.

1854-1855.... Gibson.

1854-1855... .North Pacific Exploring

Expedition. 

1861-1863... .Tikhmenief.

1863.........Rynda party.

1865-1867....Western Union Telegraph

Exploration.

1865-1895.... Ball.

1867-1900... .Coast Survey. 

 1867-1869.... Davidson. 

1868.........Fender.

1868-1869.... Meade.

1869-1891....Coast Pilots. 

1869......... Raymond.

1872-1876.... Elliott.

1873-1880.... Baker. 

1877-1900...-Jackson. 

1877-1881....Nelson, 

1879-1880.... Beardslee. 

1879-1881.... Hanus.

1879-1881.... Symonds.

1880-1899....Hooper. *

1880.........Petrof.

1881.........Glass.

1881-1883.... Murdoch.

1881-1883.... Nichols.

1881-1883.... Ray.

1882.........Krause Brothers.

1883-1886. ...Schwatka.

1884-1899.... Abercrombie.

1884.........Coghlan.

1885...... .'..Alien.

1885......... Clover. 

1886......... Snow and Helm.

1887-1888.... Thomas.

1888-1889.... Fish Commission.

1888.........Topham.

1889-1900... .Geological Survey.

1889-1891.... Mansfield.

1889-1891.... Russell.

1889.........Stockton.

1889-1891.... Turner.

1890-1892.... Reid. 

1891.........Hayes.
20. GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

1892-1895....Moore (W. I.).

1894.........U. S. S. Concord.

1895.........Becker.

1895-1898....Moore (E. K.).

1896......... Spurr and Goodrich.

1897-1898....'Moser.

1898-1900.... Barnard.

1898-1900.... Brooks.

1898......... Eldridge and Muldrow.

1898-1899.... Glenn.

1898-1900... .Mendenhall.

1898-1899... .Peters and Brooks. 

1898-1900.... Schi-ader.

1898......... Spurr and Post.

1899.........Harrirnan Alaska Expedition.

1899.........Kohn.

1900.....'... .Davidson and Blakeslee.

 ........ .British Admiralty.

 .........Prospectors and Miners.

 .........Russians.

 ......... Vasilief.

AUTHpRITIES IN ALPHABETIC ORDER.

The folio wing is an alphabetic list of the principal authorities used 

in the making of this dictionary. Concerning each one a brief statement is made as to the reasons for accepting him as an authority. 

References are also given to such publications, by himself or by others, 

concerning his work, as have been used.

. ABERCKOMBIE, 1884, 1898-99.

In the spring of 1898, by direction of the Secretary of War, three 

military expeditions were organized for exploring the interior of 

Alaska. The second of these expeditions was under the command of 

Capt. William R. Abercrombie, U. S. A., who had in 1884 ascended the 

Copper river to latitude 60° 41' and afterwards visited Port Valdes, 

in Prince William sound. Abercrombie was directed to organize his 

party at Valdes and then explore the valley of the Copper river and 

its tributaries »and the country northward to the Tanana. Mr. F. C. 

Schrader, of the United States Geological Survey, was attached to his 

party as geologist. Schrader's report was published in 1900 in the.

Twentieth Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp.

341-423. Abercrombie's report was published in July, 1899, in War 

Department, Adjutant General's Office, No. XXV, Report of Explorations in Alaska, pp. 295-351. It was also published in 1900 in a 4° 

volume entitled Compilation of Narratives of Explorations in Alaska, 

Washington, Government Printing Office, 1900, a work which seems 

to have come from the Senate Committee on Military Affairs.

Captain Abercrombie' continued the work of exploration in 1899 

under instructions, inter alia, to construct a military road from Valdes 

to Fort Egbert on the Yukon. Mr. Oscar Rohn accompanied the 

party as topographer and geologist. For Abercrombie's report see 

the above-cited compilation, pp. 755-766; also separately printed, with 

numerous illustrations, Washington, Government Printing Office, 1900. 

Rohn's report was published in 1900 in the Twenty-first Annual Report 

of the Geological Survey, Part II, pp. 393-440.
BAKEK.] AUTHORITIES. 21

ALLEN, 1885.

Lieut. (now Major) Henry Tureman Alien, U. S. A., who was graduated from West Point in 1882, made a journey of exploration through 

central Alaska in 1885. Leaving Nuchek on March 20, he ascended the 

Copper river, crossed to and descended the Tanana to its mouth, thence 

traveled north to the Koyukuk, ascended it some distance, and then 

descended to its mouth and arrived at St. Michael August 29, whence 

he returned to San Francisco. His report, with accompanying maps, 

was published in 1887 as Senate Ex. Doc. No. 125, Forty-ninth Congress, second session.

ARCHIMANDRITOF, 1848-1.850.

Towards the close of the Russian occupation of Alaska, Captain 

Archimandritof commanded one of its vessels in the colonies! He

made surveys in Kenai peninsula and around Kodiak in about 1850, but 

published nothing. It is probable that some of his results were used 

in Tebenkof's atlas. Copies of his manuscript maps were in use by 

the'Russian skippers and others at the time of the purchase, and some 

fragments reached the Coast Survey. A survey by him of Graham 

harbor (Port Graham), in Cook inlet, was published in the Coast 

Survey atlas of Harbor Charts, 1869.

BAKER, 1873-1880.

Marcus Baker, in the employ of the Coast Survey, sunned in the 

Aleutian islands and along the Alaskan coast from Dixon entrance to o

Point Belcher, Arctic ocean, in the seasons of 1873, 1874, and 1880 in 

the party of Mr. William H. Dall. In May, 1880, through the courtesy 

of Captain Beardslee, he made a boat journey from Sitka to Chilkat 

and return. The very few names given during that journey are 

recorded in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

BARNARD, 1898-1900.

Mr. Edward Chester Barnard, topographer of the United States 

Geological Survey, surveyed the Fortymile district, in eastern Alaska, 

in the summer of 1898, and also made surveys in Seward peninsula in 

the summer of 1900. The Fortymile atlas. sheet was published in 

April, 1899, in a Congressional document (Public Resolution No. 25, 

Fifty-fifth Congress, second session), entitled Maps and Descriptions 

of Routes of Exploration in Alaska in 1898. The results of the 

Seward peninsula surveys will appear in special reports of the Geological Survey.

BEARDSLEE, 1879-80.

Capt. (now Rear Admiral) Lester Anthony Beardslee, U. S. N., was 

in 1879-80 stationed in southeast Alaska in command of the U. S. S. 

Jamestown. Among his officers was Lieut. Frederick M. Symonds and
22 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

Master Gustavus C. Harms, both of whom had served in the Coast 

Survey and were enthusiastic surveyors. These officers and their 

associates utilized their opportunity to increase our imperfect knowledge of the Alexander archipelago. They surveyed Sitka harbor and 

various coves and harbors and brought back information as to Glacier 

bay, which, while not absolutely the first, was the first to attract much 

notice. Their map of Sitka was published by the Coast Survey. 

Most of the geographic information, except that, is contained in 

Beardslee's report on affairs in Alaska, which was published in 1882 as 

Senate Ex. Doc. No. 71. Forty-seventh Congress, first session. This 

contains several maps, including reprints of United States Hydrographic Office charts 882 and 883.

BECKER, 1895.

Mr. George Ferdinand Becker, geologist of the United States 

Geological Survey, accompanied by Mr. Chester Wells Purington, 

visited Alaska in the summer of 1895 for the purpose of examining 

and reporting on its gold, resources. Their examination was, in 

accordance with Instructions, confined to the coast, and embraced 

points from Sitka westward to Unalaska. It included several localities in Alexander archipelago, about Kodiak and Cook inlet, and along 

Alaska peninsula, and" the trip ended with a visit to Bogoslof.

Becker's report on this work is published in the Eighteenth Annual 

Report of the Geological Survey, Part III, pp. 1-86.

BEECHEY, 1826-27.

In 1824 the British Government determined to send a ship to Bering 

strait to cooperate with Franklin and Parry in a search for the Northwest Passage. Capt. Frederick William Beechey, R. N., was on-January 12,1825, selected for the task and placed in command of R. M. S. 

Blossom. On May 11, 1825, he received his instructions, and eight 

days later, May 19, set sail from Spithead, sailed round Cape Horn, 

and on June 28, 1826, reached Petropavlovsk. Thence he sailed to 

Kotzebue sound, arriving on July 22. Sailing northward he made 

surveys on the Arctic coast as far as Point Barrow and then returned 

to Kotzebue sound. On October 13, he quit the sound and, passing 

Unimak strait, reached San Francisco on November 7, where he stayed 

till the end of the year and then proceeded to the Hawaiian islands, 

touching en route at Monterey. He arrived at Honolulu on January 

26, 1827. Thence he went to China, and on July 3, was back in 

Petropavlovsk.

Quitting the harbor on July 18, he returned to Kotzebue sound, 

arriving on August 5. The rest of the season was spent in surveys 

about Seward peninsula, tilt October 6, 1827, when he took his final 

departure and, rounding Cape Horn, retui ned to England in September, 

1828.
BAKER.] AUTHOEITIES. 23

A full and satisfactory account of this voyage was published by. 

authority of the Admiralty in 1831, entitled Narrative of a Voyage 

to the Pacifie and Beering's Strait, by F. W. Beechey, 1825-1828, 4°, 

London, 1831.

BERING AND CHIRIKOF, 1741.

The first Russian voyage to bring definite tidings as to northwest 

America was made by Capt. Commander Ivan Ivanovich (otherwise 

Vitus) Bering and Capt. Alexie Ilich Chirikof in 1741. It was an 

official voyage ordered by the government to be made for exploration 

and discovery. Bering in the St. Paul, with whom was Steller, and 

Chirikof in the St.. Petw, with whom went Croyere, sailed from 

Avacha bay on June 4,1741, and together they cruised eastward. On 

the 20th they were separated by a storm and did not meet again. The 

courses kept were generally eastward. Bering reached the vicinity of 

the mouth of the Copper river and landed there on July 20. The 

next day he turned back, touched at the Shumagins, saw a number 

of the Aleutian islands, and was finally driven ashore and died on 

December 8, 1741, on the island which now bears his name.

Chirikof landed two boat crews somewhere in the Alexander archipelago, perhaps near Sitka. Neither of these was seen again, and 

Chirikof, sailing'away, arrived in Avacha on October 9.

Concerning this voyage, which was the first of the Russian official 

voyages to bring back any definite knowledge of America, much has 

been written. A good account of it compiled from original sources is 

contained in Journal of Russian Hydrographic Department, 1851, 

Vol. IX, pp. 190-469. A detailed track chart accompanies this 

account. See also Petrof's account in Bancroft's History, pp. 63-98.

BILLINGS, 1790-1792.

Commodore Joseph Billings commanded a Russian exploring and 

surveying expedition in Bering sea and the North Pacific ocean in 

1791-1792. He appears not to have made or published any account 

of it. For the results, see Sauer and Sarichef.

BRITISH ADMIRALTY.

The British Admiralty has published various charts relating to 

Alaska, most of them being compilations or reproductions of other 

maps. Almost always the source of information is clearly indicated. 

Occasionally, however, bits of information have been found here and 

. there on the British Admiralty charts which have not been traced to 

any other source; in such cases reference is simply made to the British Admiralty. The region about Glacier bay on British Admiralty 

chart 2431 is an illustration.

BROOKS, 1898-1900.

Mr. Alfred Hulse Brooks, geologist in the party of Mr. W. J. 

Peters in 1898, made geologic studies in Alaska in that year and again
24 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

in 1899. In the autumn of 1899 he spent a few weeks in Seward 

peninsula. In the season of 1900 he had charge of a geologic party 

in Seward peninsula, having as geologic assistants Messrs. George B. 

Richardson and Arthur J. Collier. For reports on this work see 

Twentieth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 

Part VII, pp. 425-494; also Twenty-first Annual Report of the United 

States Geological Survey, Part II, pp. 331-391. The report on the 

work of 1900 is now in proof and is soon to appear as a special publication of the United States Geological Survey.

CAAMANO, 1792.

Lieut. Don Jacinto Caamano, in the corvette Aranzazu, was sent out 

in 1792 by Count de Revillagigedo, Viceroy of Mexico, to explore the 

northwest coast about Juan de Fuca strait and northward with a view 

to determining the truth about de Fonte's reported Northwest Passage. 

Sailing from San Bias on March 20, 1T92, he arrived in Bucareli bay 

on July 12, and then survej^ed southward along the southern Alaska 

coast and British Columbia. He returned to San Bias on February 6, 

1793. No general report on this work was published till long afterward. Vancouver met him in the field and apparently obtained copies 

of some of his maps, especially of places just north of Dixon entrance, 

which he incorporated in his atlas. For an account of this voj^age see 

Salva (Miguel) y Baranda (Pedro Sainz de), Coleccion de documentos 

ineditos, etc,, 8°, Madrid, 1849, vol. XV, pp. 323-363.

CHERNOF, 1832-1838.

Ivan Chernof was a pilot in the employment of the Russian American 

Company and made surveys here and there in Alaska. He surveyed 

Sviechnikof harbor, in Amlia island, in 1832 and made other surveys in

the Rat Island group of the Aleutian islands at about the same period. 

Lutke, in his Voyage, partie nautique, 1836, p. 327, informs us that 

knowledge of the Rat Island group at that time, though very incomplete, was due to Ingenstrem and Chernof. The latter collected 

detailed information about all the islands and rocks of the group, and 

even wrote out some of these notes. It does not appear that these 

were ever published. Tebenkof in his notes several times refers to 

Chernof's work. He is doubtless the same Ivan Chernof who, as a 

lad, was given by the Indians to the Russians as a hostage in 1804 

and returned- to them in 1805. He attended the navigation school at 

Sitka and afterwards was long in the service of the Russian American 

Company as a pilot. In 1838 he was skipper of the Russian American 

Company's brig Polyf&m, in which Kashevarof explored the Arctic 

coast. He died in 1877 and his descendents live on Afognak island. 

See Russian Hydrographic Charts 1378 and 1400 for some of his 

results.
BAKER!] AUTHOKITIES. 25

CLOVER, 1885.

Lieut. Commander Richardson Clover, U. S. N.,-in command of the 

Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Patterson, made surveys in southeastern Alaska in 1885. . The field season was from May 37 to September 16, 1885, during which surveys were made of Clarence strait 

from Cape Chacon and Dall Head on the south to Narrow point and 

Union bay on the north, also of the north shore of Dixon entrance 

from Cape Chacon to Cape Muzon, except Cordova bay. Extracts 

from his reports were published in Coast Survey report, 1886, pp. 

80-81. Coast Survey chart 709, issued in 1886, shows the results of 

his work. Some of it also appears on Coast Survey charts 706 and 707.

COAST PILOTS, 1869, 1883, 1891. ' .

Three Coast Pilots of Alaska have been prepared and published by 

the Coast Survey. The first one, prepared by Assistant George

Davidson, was published in 1869. See Davidson for an account of 

this. The second was prepared by Assistant William li. Dall, assisted 

by the present writer, between 1875 and 1882 and was published b}T 

the. Coast Survey in 1883 under the title Pacific Coast Pilot, Alaska, 

Part I. An Appendix to this Pilot, devoted to meteorology and 

bibliography, was also prepared by Dall and Baker and published by 

the Coast Survey in 1879, the edition being 250. The meteorological 

tables, the diagrams, the bibliography, and the cartography were prepared by Baker. They were edited by Dall, who wrote the discussions 

and put the whole through the press.

The new edition of this Pilot, called third edition, was published by 

the Coast Survey in 1891. It was. prepared' by Lieut. Commander 

H. E. Nichols, who was assigned to this work in 1888. In the summer 

of that year Nichols visited Alaska and gathered notes for it. He was 

at Kodiak and Unalaska and visited various points between, also 

several of the Aleutian islands, the Pribilof islands, and points in 

Bristol bay. (See Coast Survey Report, 1888, p. 77.) He also visited 

Alexander archipelago in the autumn of 1888 on the same errand. 

The manuscript of the new edition was completed before Juty, 1890, 

and the volume was issued in 1891. The critical and historical notes 

in the Pilot of 1883, or "Dall's Coast Pilot," has made it more useful 

for this dictionary than the edition of 1891, or, as it is often called, 

"Nichols'Coast Pilot."

Additional Coast Pilot material has since been published by the 

Coast and Geodetic Survey. Bulletins 37 and 38 of that survey were 

prepared by Lieut. Commander J. F. Moser and published in 1899. 

These relate, the first to Alexander archipelago, the second to Prince 

William sound, Cook inlet, Kodiak, and westward to Unalaska. 

Bulletin 40, published in 1900, prepared by the Coast and Geodetic 

Survey and revised by Lieutenant Jar vis, U. S. Revenue Cutter 

Service, relates to Bering sea and the Arctic.
26 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULU187.

COAST SUBVEY, 1867-1900.

Geographic worli in Alaska by the Coast Survey began in the summer of 1867, prior to the purchase of Alaska, made in that year, and 

with more or less interruption it has continued to the present. The 

results are set forth in the reports, maps, charts, and other publications of that organization. So far as practicable, in making this dictionary names are accredited to the particular individual who applied 

them. It has not been possible to do so in all cases, however, and 

accordingly some of the names are simply recorded as having been 

applied or given by the Coast Survey.

COGHLAN, 1884.

Commander Joseph B. C.oghlan, U. S. N., in command of the U. S. S. 

Adams, was stationed in southeastern Alaska in 1884 and with his officers made reconnaissance surveys at some of the places where the 

need was especially great. His surveys were principally in the interior passages north and east from Sitka sound, through Peril strait to 

Chatham strait, and in and about Barlow cove at the south end of 

Lynn canal.

For his results see Coast and Geodetic Survey charts 727 and 728, 

published in 1885. .

COLNETT, 1789.

James Colnett, an English fur trader, sailed under instnctions from 

Captain Meares, from China, in command of the Princess Royal and 

Argonaut, in April and May, 1789, on a trading voyage to northwest 

America. Colnett did not publish any account of his voyage, but. 

information concerning it is contained in the Appendix to Meares 

(John) Voyages, etc. 4° London, 1790.

. U. S. S. CONCOKD, 1894.

The IL S. S. Concord, in 1894, made surveys in the islands of the 

Four Mountains, in the Aleutian chain. The results are shown on 

United States Hydrographic Office chart No. 8, edition of February,

'1895. . . COOK, 1778.

Eight days after the American colonies had declared themselves 

free and independent, Capt. James Cook, R. N., the great English 

navigator, sailed from Plymouth, England (July 12,1776), on his third 

and last voyage of discovery. He had two ships, the Resolution and 

Discovery. He commanded the Resolution and Capt. Charles Clerke 

the Discovery. The ships proceeded to Teneriffe, Cape of Good Hope, 

Kerguelen Land, Van Diernan's Land. New Zealand, Friendly isles, 

Tahiti, Christmas island, Hawaiian islands, and to Nootka sound in 

Vancouver island, where they arrived on March 30, 1778. Between
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 27

this date and October 3, 1778, Cook cruised northward and westward 

along .the American coast to Icy cape, in the Arctic ocean, and 

sketched the chief outlines of this coast, hitherto practically unknown. 

Leaving Unalaska on October 27-, 1778, he returned to the Hawaiian 

islands, where he was killed' by the natives on February 14, 1779. 

The British A dmiralty published in 1784-85 an account of this voj^age 

in three quarto volumes arid a large atlas.

COXE, 1780.

Rev. William Coxe, archdeacon of Wilts, spent some time in St. 

Petersburg prior to 1780 and while there specially interested himself 

in the discoveries made by the Russians between Asia and America 

between 1741 and the date of his writing. His results were published 

in 1780 under the title Account of the Russian Discoveries between 

Asia and America, etc. This passed through several editions, the third 

appearing at London in 1787 and -the fourth in 1803. Two French 

translations appeared in 1781 and a German one in 1783. This is an - 

important work for the student of Alaskan exploration and geography. 

In it are the first published accounts of the voyages of Shalaurof, 

1761-1763 ; Sind, 1764-1768 ; and Krenitzin and Levashef, 1764-1771:

BALL, 1865-1895.

Dr. William Healey Dall first went to Alaska in 1865, in the employment of the Western Union Telegraph Company, and from that 

beginning has become one of the foremost students, explorers, 

writers, and authorities on Alaskan matters. His book Alaska and 

Its Resources, published in 1870, remains to this day the most useful 

handy reference book on Alaska.

He came back to San Francisco in the autumn of 18.65, returned to 

Alaska in the spring of 1866, and remained in the Yukon country till 

1868, when he came back and published Alaska and Its Resources. 

In 1871 he entered the Coast Survey and from August, 1871, to the 

end of 1874 was engaged in reconnaissance surveys along the coast 

from Sitka westward to the end of, the Aleutian chain and northward in Bering sea as far as Nunivak and the Pribilof islands. With 

him, as assistant, in 1871-72 was Mark Walrod Harrington. Dall 

returned to Washington at the end of 1874 and was employed in the 

Coast Survey Office on Alaskan matters from 1875 to 1880; in this 

interval was written the Alaska Coast Pilot and its Appendix. The 

present writer was associated with him in this and other Alaskanwork as an assistant from March, 1873, till July, 1882. "In 1880 

another season of Alaska field work was had, the cruise extending 

along the coast from Sitka to Unalaska and northward nearly to Point 

Barrow. The principal sources of geographic information as to all 

this is a series of some fifty charts and plans issued by the Coast 

Survey and the Alaska Coast Pilot with its Appendix.
28 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

In 1884 Mr. Dall resigned from the Coast Survey and entered the 

Geological Survey, with which organization he has been connected 

ever since. In the summer of 1895 in company with Mr. G. F. Becker 

he revisited Alaska for the purpose of studying and reporting on its 

coal resources. The cruise made was coastwise from Sitka to Unalaska. 

The results are published in the Seventeenth Annual Report of. the 

United States Geological Survey, 1896, Part 1, pp. 763-908.

DAVIDSON, 1867-1869.

George Davidson, assistant in the Coast Survey, accompanied by 

Alonzo Tyler Mosman, G. Farquhar, and Stehman Forney, made a 

cruise in the waters of Russian America just prior to its purchase and 

change of name to Alaska in 1867. They sailed on the revenue cutter 

Zincolnfrom Victoria on July 29 and returned there October 27, 1867, 

having visited and made observations at Sitka, Chilkat, Kodiak, and 

Unalaska. Davidson wrote a voluminous report on this work, including a description of the southeast coast of Alaska from Dixon entrance 

to Cook inlet. This report was published in Coast Survey Report, 1867, 

Appendix 18, pp. 187-329. This description was afterwards revised 

and published by the Coast Survey under the title Coast Pilot of 

Alaska (First Part) from Southern Boundary to Cook's Inlet.

Charts were made of Sitka, of St. Paul harbor, Kadiak, and of Captains bay, Unalaska, and published by the Coast Survey. These are in 

a small atlas issued by the Coast Survey in 1869 and entitled Harbor 

Charts of Alaska. Davidson visited Alaska again in 1869 and observed 

the total solar eelipse of August 7 of that year at Kohklux on the 

Chilkat river. On his journey thither and back he did a little reconnaissarce surveying in Alexander archipelago. For an account of this 

see Coast Survey Report, 1869, pp. 177-181.

DAVIDSON AND BLAKESLEE, 1900.

Messrs. J. M. Davidson and B. D. Blakeslee, civil engineers and 

United States deputy surveyors, issued in 1900 a map of the Nome 

gold region containing many names not previously published, most of 

them doubtless given by the prospectors. This map is folded and in 

a cover bearing the title Map of the Nome Peninsula showing new 

Gold Fields of Cape Nome, Goloyin Bay and Cape York, Alaska. 

Compiled from Actual Surveys and Explorations on the Ground by 

J. M. Davidson and B. D. Blakeslee, Civil'Engineers and United 

States Deputy Surveyors, Nome, Alaska, 1900. The map, which is 

colored, was printed by the Mutual Label and Lithographic Company 

of San Francisco, Cal.

DEASE AND SIMPSON, 1837.

Peter Warren Dease and Thomas Simpson, factors of the Hudson 

Bay Company, in the summer of 1837 made an exploring journey
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 29

along the Arctic coast from the mouth of the Mackenzie river to Point 

Barrow. Prior to their journey the coast line from Return reef to 

Point Barrow was a blank on the maps. They left the Mackenzie 

mouth on July 9 in two open boats and arrived at Point Barrow on 

August 4, the last part of the journey being overland. For an account 

of their work see Simpson (Thomas), Narrative of Discoveries on the 

North Coast of America, 8°, London, 1843; also Journal Royal Geog. 

Soc., 8°, London, 1838, Vol. VIII, pp. 213-225. _

DIXON, 1785-1788.

Capt. George Dixon, commanding the ship Queen C%«'/&>ftte, raadea 

trading vo}^age from England to northwest America and round the 

world in 1785-1788 in company with Portlock. (See Portlock.) Dixon 

published an account of this voyage entitled A Voyage Round the 

World, etc., 4°, London, 1789.

DOROSHIN, 1848.

Peter P. Doroshin, a mining engineer, was sent out from Russia in 

] 847 by the Russian American Company to their American possessions 

with Captain Riedell in the ship Atka, to examine and report on the 

gold resources of the colony. He visited Baranof island and Cook 

inlet and examined these places, and also visited California. His 

results were published in the Russian Mining Journal for 1866, No. 1 

(Part V), p. 136; No. 2 (Part VI), pp. 277-282; also No. 3 (Part III), 

pp. 365-401. The last contains descriptions of Prince William sound 

and Copper river.

DOUGLAS, 1788-89. See MEARES.

ELDRIDGE AND MULDROW, 1898.

Mr. George Homans Eldridge, geologist of the United States 

Geological Survey, made a reconnaissance of the Sushitna basin in 

the summer of 1898. .He was accompanied by Mr. Robert Muldrow, 

topographer. Their explorations extended from the head of Cook 

inlet up the Sushitna nearly to latitude 64°. For their results see 

Twentieth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 

Part VII, pp. 1-29.

ELLIOTT, 1872-1876.

Mr. Henry Wood Elliott was, in 1872-73, an assistant agent of the 

Treasury Department on the Pribilof islands. In the summer of 1874 

he was a special agent of the Treasuiy Department, and with Lieut. 

Washburn Maynard, U. S. N., visited in the United States Revenue 

Cutter Reliance, Capt. Baker commanding, Sitka, Kodiak, Unalaska, 

the Pribilof islands, St. Matthew, and St. Lawrence. In November, 

1874, he submitted a report, which was printed by the Treasury 

Department in 1875 and by Congress in 1876. He also wrote a mono-
30 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

graph on the Pribilof islands, which was published in the Tenth 

Census, 1880, Vol. VIII, and also separately in two editions, one in 

1881 and the other in 1882. These contain the maps of St. Paul and 

sSt. George made by Elliott and Maynard in 1874.

ETOLIN, 1818-1845.

Adolph Karlovich Etolin, who was governor of the Russian American colonies in 1841-1845, first went to the colony from Russia with 

Golof nin in the .Kamchatka, leaving Cronstandt on August 26, 1817, 

and arriving in Petropavlovsk on May 3, 1818. At least Grewingk 

so states, and is followed by Dall; but'Golof nin in his Voyage gives 

a list of all his ship's company, to 'the number of 138, and Etolin's 

name is not in that list. (Golof nin's Voyage Round the World (in 

Russian), 4°, St. Petersburg, 1822, Vol. I, supplement, pp. i-viii.) 

Etolin, Khromchenko, and Vasilief were engaged in surveying and 

exploring Bering sea in 1822-1824. (Bancroft, History, p. 546.) In 

1839 he sailed from Cronstadt for the colonies, in command *of the 

Russian American Company's ship Nikolai. With him went Kupreanof, Woewodski and Dr. Blashke. (Journal Russ. Hyd. Dept., 1850, 

Vol. VIII, pp. 187-188.) From 1841 to 1845 Etolin was governor of 

the Russian American colonies. In 1833 he survej^ed Tanigas harbor 

and Kaigani strait. (See Russ. Hyd. Chart., 1396, published in 1848.)

FISH COMMISSION, 1888-89.

From time to time since 1880 the United States Fish Commission 

has made investigations in Alaskan waters and contributed to a 

knowledge of its geography. Special use has been made in this 

dictionary of the maps of Alaska peninsula and the eastern Aleutians 

contained in the Bulletin of the Commission, Vol. VIII, for 1888, and 

of a map covering part of the same region, together with Bristol bay, 

in Vol. IX, for 1889. The new names appearing on these maps are 

said to be chiefly due to Mr. Samuel Applegate.

FRANKLIN, 1826.

Sir John Franklin made explorations along the extreme eastern 

part of the Arctic coast of Alaska in July and August, 1826. After 

wintering at Fort Franklin, Sir John descended the Mackenzie to its 

mouth and explored along the coast westward as far as Return reef. 

For an account of this see his Narrative of a Second Expedition to the 

Shores of the Polar Sea, 1825-1827, 4°, London, 1828, pp. 124-159.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, 1889-1900.

.Geologic investigations in Alaska by the Geological Survey began 

with the work of Mr. I. C. Russell in the Yukon valley in 1889. These 

investigations were continued by Russell in 1890 and 1891 in the 

St. Elias region. In 1895 Messrs. Becker and Dall investigated and
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. , 31

later reported on the gold and coal resources of the territory. Since 

that time topograpb ic and geologic work has been actively prosecuted 

by the Geological Survey. The results are set forth in its annual 

reports and in special reports as follows:

Map of Alaska, with Descriptive Text. Prepared in Accordance with Public 

Kesolution No. 3, Fifty-fifth Congress, second session. 8°, Washington, 1899, 44 pp.

Maps and Descriptions of Koutes of Exploration in Alaska in 1898. Prepared in 

accordance with Public Resolution No. 25, Fifty-fifth Congress, third session. 8°, 

Washington, 1899, 138 pp.

Preliminary Eeport on the Cape Nome Gold Region, Alaska. By F. .C. Schrader 

and A. H. Brooks. 8°, Washington, 1900, 56 pp.

Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900. By 

Alfred H. Brooks, George B. Richardson, Arthur J. Collier, and Walter C. Mendenhall. 8°, Washington, 1901, 222pp.

The Geology and Mineral Resources .of a portion of the Copper River District, 

Alaska. By Frank Charles Schrader and Arthur Coe Spencer. 8°, Washington,

1901, 94 pp.

GIBSON, 1854-55.

Lieut. William Gibson, U. S. N., commanded the U. S. schooner 

FcnimwG Cooper in 1854-55. This vessel was one of those composing the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, "Lieut..John Rodgers 

commanding," sometimes known as the Ringgold and Rodgers expedition. Gibson cruised through the Aleutian islands in the summer 

of 1855, correcting the charts and surveying harbors here and there, 

'especially at Attu and Adak. No report of the work has been published. The geographic results are shown on United States Hydrographic charts 8 and 55

GLASS,. 1881. '

Commander Henry Glass, U. S. N., succeeded Captain Beardslee on 

the Sitka station in 1881, in command of the U. S. S. Wachusett. The 

surveying done by Syruonds and Hanus under Beardslee was continued 

under Glass and was published by the Coast Survey. See Coast Survey

chart 726.

GLENN, 1898-99.

By direction of the Secretary of War, three military parties were 

to be organized in the spring of 1898 for exploring the interior of 

Alaska. The third, known as Expedition No. 3, was placed under the 

command of Capt. Edwin F. Glenn, of the Twenty-fifth infantry, who 

was instructed to establish a camp at Port Wells, Prince William sound, 

about April 1, 1898, and explore northeastward for routes toward the 

Copper and Sushitna rivers, and on about May 1 to go to Cook inlet 

and explore northward to the Tanana and Yukon. With this party 

went, as geologist, Mr. W. C. Mendenhall, of the United States Geological Survey. Glenn's report was published in 1899 by the AdjutantGeneral's Office of the War Department, as (Bulletin) No. XXV, 

Reports of Explorations in Alaska, and also in a quarto volume emanating from the Senate Committee on Military Affairs and entitled
32 GEOGRAPHIC DICTION AKY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

Compilations of Narratives of Explorations in Alaska; Washington, 

Government Printing Office, 1900, pp. 627-648. Mendenhall's report 

was published in 1900 in the Twentieth Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 265-340.

Glenn's explorations were continued in 1899. For report on these 

see the above-cited compilation, pp. 711-724.

 GLOTOF, 1763-1766.

Stephen Glotof, a Russian fur trader, after wintering, 1762-63, on 

Copper island, sailed away on July 26 and, cruising eastward, discovered several of the Aleutian islands. He went as far eastward as the 

island of Kodiak, which ho discovered. He wintered there and 

returned to Umnak in 1764 and to Kamchatka in 1766. He published 

nothing. For some account of his travels see Coxe, Account of Russian Discoveries, 1780; Berg, Chron. Hist, of Discovery of Aleutian 

Islands, St. Petersburg, 1823; also Dall's Alaska and Bancroft's History.

GREWINGK, 1850.

Dr. Constantin Grewingk published in Verhandlungen der RussischKaiserlichen Mineralogischen Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg, 1850, a 

contribution to our knowledge of Northwest America and its adjacent 

islands. This work, in German, is a veritable storehouse of information and has been freel}7" used in this dictionary. Its arrangement, 

however, and the lack of an index make its use for dictionary purposes 

both laborious and unsatisfactory.

HANUS, 1879-1881. See BEARDSLEE AND GLASS. 

HARKIMAN ALASKA EXPEDITION, 1899.

In the summer of 1899 Mr. Edward Henry Harriman, of. New York,

visited Alaska for health and recreation. For this purpose he chartered 

the steamer G-eorge W. Elder, and invited as his guests about 30 scientific men from various parts of the United States, a considerable number being from Washington. The party sailed from Seattle on July 1 

and cruised northward and westward along the British Columbian and 

Alaskan coasts to Bering strait, and returning reached Seattle on 

August 31, having been gone just two.months. At various points 

collections were made by his guests, photographs secured, and a little 

surveying and exploration done. The results are being published by 

Mr. Harriman and the Washington Academy of Sciences.

HAYES, 1891.

In the spring of 1891 Mr. Frederick Schwatka conducted an exploration, organized by a syndicate of newspapers, in the region north of 

Lynn canal and westward to the Copper river. Dr. Charles Willard 

Hayes, of the United States Geological Survey, was detailed to accom-
BAKER.] AUTHOEITIES. . . 33

pan}'- the expedition as geologist. He published his results, including 

3 maps, in 1892, in the National Geographic Magazine, Vol. IV, pp. 

117-162. The route was up Taku inlet, down the Teslin and Lewes, 

up the White, over Skolai pass and down the Chitiha and Copper. The' 

party left Juneau on May 25 and arrived at Eyak, in Prince William 

sound, just in time to miss the August mail steamer.

HELM, 1886. See SNOW. 

HOOPER, 1880-1899.

Capt. Calvin Leighton Hooper, of the United States Revenue Cutter 

Service, was born in Maine on July 7, 1842, and entered the United 

States Revenue Cutter Service as a third lieutenant on June 6, 1866. 

In this service he remained continually till his death of Bright's disease 

in San Francisco on April 29, 1900. He was promoted to second lieutenant on June 24, 1868, to first lieutenant on July 20, 1870, and tb 

captain on October 23,1879. He served six years on the North Atlantic 

coast of the United States, three years on the Great Lakes, while his 

last twent}r-five years were spent on the Pacific coast, chiefly in Alaskan 

waters, where for many years he patroled in and about Bering sea.. 

His annual reports to the Treasury Department have contributed to 

our knowledge of Alaskan geography.

ILIN, 1818-1842.

Staff-Capt. Peter Ivanovich Ilin, of the Pilot Corps, sailed from 

Cronstadt for the Russian American colonies with Golofnin in the 

Kamchatka on August 26, 1817. In 1831, in a skin boat (baidar) 23 

feet long, he surveyed the eastern coast of Kamchatka from Avacha 

bay northward to Cape Shipunski (Journal Rus. Hyd. Dept.,' 1852, 

Vol. X, pp. 125-135). This man is supposed to be the one who surveyed, at an unknown date, a b&y on the western shore of Chichagof 

island, a bay which after him has been called Ilina i. e., Bin's. His 

sketch is^contained in Sheet XXIII of Sari chef's atlas, published in 

1826. Ilin died in Okhotsk (one account says Kamchatka) in 1842. 

(Journal Rus. Hyd. Dept., 1850, Vol. VIII, p. 169.)

INGENSTKEM, 1829-1832.

Ingenstrem was a. pilot in the employment of the Russian American 

Company and often visited Atka, where he twice wintered and made 

various surveys on Atka and Amlia. He did not publish anything. 

His results are incorporated in Tebenkof, Lutke, and on Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1400. Very little information is on record 

about him. . Even the spelling of his name, is uncertain. Grewingk 

says that he made surveys in the western Aleutians in 1829. In 1830- 

1832, in compan}'- with Chernof, he did surveying in Prince -William 

sound and at the mouth of Kaknu river, Cook inlet. 

Bull. 187 01 3
34 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

JACKSON, 1877-1900.

Rev. Sheldon Jackson,. Presbyterian missionary and since 1885 

general agent for education in Alaska, first visited Alaska in August, 

1877, in the interest of schools and missions. He made a second trip 

on the same errand in 1879. Other visits followed, and since his government appointment in 1885 he has made annual visits to the Territory, traveling extensively in various parts on inspecting tours. 

Reports on this work are published annually in the Report of the 

Commissioner of Education.

KHWOSTOF AND DAVIDOP, 1803.

Two Russian naval officers, Nikolai Alexandrovich Khwostof and 

Gavril Ivanovich Davidof, were in the employ of the Russian Ameri - 

can Company in 1802-1804. They left St. Petersburg in April, 1802, 

and went overland to Okhotsk, arriving in August' k of the same year." 1 

Thence they sailed to Kodiak, conferred with Baranof, and returned 

to Okhotsk, whence they returned overland to St. Petersburg, arriving there in January, 1804. Davidof published in Russian an account 

of this journey, in 2 volumes, St. Petersburg, 1810-1812. See also 

Journal of the Russian Hydrographic Department, 1852, Vol. X, pp. 

391-433; also Bancroft's History, pp. 458-459.

KOTSEBUE, 1816-17.

By the liberality of Count Rumiantzof, Russian counselor of state, 

in 1815 the brig Rurik was fitted out for exploration in America with 

reference to a Northwest Passage. Lieutenant Otto von Kotzebue, son 

of the .distinguished author, and who had accompanied Krusenstern on 

the Neva in 1803-1806, was placed in command. Accompanied by the. 

savants Choris, Chamisso, and Eschscholtz, he sailed from Cronstadton 

July 30, 1815, and, rounding Cape Horn, arrived in Petropavlovsk on 

June 19, 1816. Sailing from there on July 18, he landed on St. Lawrence island on the 27th, passed through Bering strait on the 31st, and 

on August 3 entered the sound which now bears his name. This he 

explored and mapped, as also the region about Bering strait and St. 

Lawrence island. He then sailed to Unalaska, San Francisco, and the 

Hawaiian islands. From here he returned to Unalaska the following 

year (1817), refitted, and went -to St. Lawrence island. Through ill 

health he gave up further exploration and returned to Russia, arriving 

in Cronstadt on August 3, 1818. A full account of this voyage was 

published in 1821, both in Russian and in German. An English translation by H. E. Lloyd was published the same year.

Kotzebue was born at Revel on December 19, 1787, and died there 

on February 13,1846.

Bancroft .(H. H.) History of Alaska, 8°, San Francisco, 1886, p. 458.
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 35

KHAUSE BROTHERS, 1882.

Two brothers, Dr. Arthur Krause and Dr. Aurel Krause, were sent 

out by the Bremen Geographical Society in 1881 to make ethnographic 

and geographic studies in. Alaska. In the summer of 1881 they visited 

and mapped a district about the head of Lynn canal and Chilkat river. 

Later they visited and worked in Bering strait, making a map of the 

country about East cape. Accounts of this have appeared in various 

journals. A summing up of all the work was published in 1885, 

entitled Ergebnisse einer Reise nach der Nordwest Kiiste von Amerika 

und der Berings-Strasse, etc., 8°, Jena, 1885, 16 + 420 pp., with 

illustrations.

In this dictionary- Krause's names have all been taken from a map of 

the Chilkat region, from surveys by Arthur Krause in 1882, which

was published in Zeitschrift der Ges. fur Erdk. zu Berlin, 1883, Vol. 

XVIII, plate 9. '

KKENITZIN AND LEVASHEF, 1768-69.

On May 4, 1764, the Tsarina of Russia issued an ukaz ordering a 

secret naval expedition to explore between Asia and America. In 

charge of it was placed Capt.-Lieut. Peter Kuzinich- Krenitzin, whose 

principal assistant was Lieut. Michael Levashef. Leaving St. Petersburg on July 1, 1764, the party went to Okhotsk and there built two 

vessels, repaired two others, and with the four sailed from Okhotsk 

on October 10, 1766. Shipwreck soon followed and the shipwrecked 

crews wintered at Bolsheretsk in Kamchatka. The following, summer 

they repaired their boats, sailed to Nizhnikamchatsk, and there passed 

the winter. Finally, on June 21, 1768, all was ready and the party 

sailed eastward, Krenitzin commanding the galiot St. Catherine and 

Levashef the hooker St. PaA.il. They cruised through the eastern part 

of the Aleutian chain, and wintered, Levashef in the port in Unalaska 

which now bears his name, and Krenitzin in the strait between Unimak 

and Alaska peninsula.

The following year (1769) both ships returned to Kamchatka, 

Krenitzin arriving on July 29 and Levashef on August 24. They 

wintered at Kamchatka. On July 4, 1770, Krenitzin was drowned, 

whereupon Levashef assumed command and returned to St. Petersburg, arriving on October 22, 1771. Coxe published in 1780 the first 

account of this voyage. An official account of it, in Russian, was published in the Journal of the Russian Navy Department in 1852, Vol. X, 

pp. 70-103. Petrof drew largely from this official report for the 

account written by him in Bancroft's (H. H.) History of Alaska, pp.

157-168.

KRUSENSTERN, 1804-05.

Admiral Adam Johann vonKrusenstern, in 

and accompanied by Lisianski in the ship Neva, made the first of a
36 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

long series of Russian voyages from Cronstadt to the Russian American 

colonies.

Prior to 1799 there were several Russian companies in Alaska. 

They derived their supplies overland through Siberia. In 1799 a new 

company the Russian American Company was organized and given 

very large powers. This company completely supplanted all previous 

ones, and it adopted the policy of sending to the colonies an annual 

supply ship or rather two of them, for they sailed, after the custom 

of the time, in pairs for mutual assistance. Krusenstern commanded 

the first one sent out, the JSTadezhda, which, sailing from Cronstadt on 

July 26, 1803, rounded Cape Horn and arrived in Petropavlovsk on 

July 31,1804. -Refitting here, Krusenstern sailed on August 27,1804, 

on a diplomatic mission to Japan. The winter, one of disappointment 

and failure, was spent in Japan, and on April 5, 1805, Krusenstern 

sailed away and, cruising northward along the Japanese coast and 

Kurile islands, arrived in Petropavlovsk in June. On board the 

Nadezhda were, among others, the chancellor Resanof, Kotzebue, 

Langsdorf, and Shemelin. Resanof and Langsdorf left the Nadezhda 

at Petropavlovsk, and on June 23, 1805, Krusenstern sailed for home, 

arriving in Cronstadt on August 7, 1806.

Both Krusenstern and Lisianski had served in the English n&vy. 

Krusenstern became an admiral in the Russian navy and published 

extensively respecting the hydrography of the North Pacific. In 

1809-10 he published, in Russian, an account of this voyage. This 

appeared in German in 1810-LS12, in French in 1821, and in English 

in 1831. He also published an atlas of the Pacific ocean in 1827, 

accompanied by a collection of hydrographic memoirs explanatory 

thereof. For a brief account of the voyage see Journal of the Russian

Hydrographic Office, 1849, Vol. VII, pp. 6-26. The accounts by

Langsdorf, Lisianski, and Shemelin cover parts of the voyage.

KURITZIEN, 1849.

Full Pilot Kuritzien made a survey of Umnak island in or before the 

year 1849. His map is reproduced as a subsketch in Tebenkof's atlas 

sheet xxv. No particulars concerning him are known to the writer.

LANGSDORF, 1804-05. 

Georg Heinrich von Langsdorf accompanied Krusenstern during 

part of his voyage round the world, in 1803-1806, and published in 

two volumes an account of his voyages and travels, which appeared 

in German in 1812 and in English in 1813-14. Apparently also there 

was a Russian edition in 1811. Langsdorf was a member of the 

Russian embassy to Japan, of which embassy Resanof was chief. 

Resanof and Langsdorf parted company with Krusenstern at Petro-
BAKER.] AUTHOBITIES. 37

pavlovsk on June 24, 1805, and together visited the Pribilof islands, 

Unalaska, Kodiak, Sitka, and California, and afterwards returned to

Russia.

LA PEROUSE, 1786.

In 1785 Louis XVI of France organized a scientific exploring expedition on a lavish scale and placed it under the command of Commander Jean Francois de Galaup de la Perouse.

Two vessels were fitted out for the purpose La Boussole, commanded by La Perouse, and I?Astrolabe, commanded by Captain de 

Langle. Sailing from Brest on August 1, 1785, via Cape Horn and 

the Hawaiian islands, they arrived on June. 24 in sight of the northwest coast of America in the vicinity of Yakutat. From this point 

they cruised southward, surveying as they went as far as Monterey, 

California, arriving there on September 15. Here they remained till 

the 24th and then took final leave of the American coast.

La Perouse was an unfortunate navigator. At Lituya bay, which 

he entered and surveyed, 26 of his ship's company were drowned in 

the tide bore at its entrance. Both ships with all hands were lost in 

1788 or 1789, and for many years their fate was a mystery. It has 

been solved, however, and some of the wreckage of the ships has been 

recovered and recently placed on exhibition in the French Naval 

Museum in Paris.

An elaborate report upon this expedition, in 4 quarto volumes; with 

an atlas, was published by the French Government in 1797, entitled 

Voyage de La Perouse autour du monde.

LINDENBERG, 1838.

In 1838 a survey and chart was made of the head of Lynn canal and 

the lower reach of the Chilkat river by a Mr. Lindenberg. This chart 

was published as an inset or subsketch on Russian Hydrographic chart 

1396, published in 1848. It does not appear who this Lindenberg was. 

Perhaps it was the Captain Lindenberg who was in command of the 

Russian American Company's ship Prince Menshikof in 1852. Grewingk records, (p. 418) that Lindenberg surveyed Admiralty island 

and Chilkat river in 1838.

LISIANSKI, 1804-05.

Krusensteru (Admiral A. J. von) and Lisianski (Captain Urey), in 

the ships Nadezhda (hope) and Neva, sailed from Cronstadt around 

Cape Horn and thence to the North Pacific on a voyage to carry supplies to the Russian American Company and to make exploration and 

discovery. This was the first of a series of circumnavigations by the 

Russians. Sailing from Cronstadt on October 6, 1803, Lisianski 

reached the Hawaiian islands on June 4, 1804, and proceeded thence 

to St. Paul, Kodiak, arriving on July 14, 1804. Here he heard that
38 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

the Indians had destroyed the Russian settlement at Sitka. Accordingly he sailed thither (August 15-20), and on October 1, 1804, bombarded and destroyed the Indian village which was located on Indian 

river near the present site of Sitka. On November 10-15 he returned 

to Kodiak and wintered there. The next year (June 14-22, 1805) he 

returned to Sitka and remained there till September 1, when he set 

sail for Canton and thus ended his work in Alaska. He published in 

English an account of the voyage in 1814, entitled Voyage Round the

World in 1803-1806, by Urey Lisianski, 4°, London, 1814. </

LUTKE, 1827-28.

One of the important authorities used in preparing this dictionary, 

is Capt. Feodor Petrovich Lutke, who, in command of the Russian 

corvette Seniavine and accompanied by Capt. Mikhail Nikolaievich 

Staniukovich in command of the sloop Moller, made a voyage round 

the world in 1826-1829.

An account of the voyage was published in Russian in 1834-1836, in 

3 octavo volumes, a folio atlas, and another volume called Nautical part. 

It appeared at the same time in French. The nautical part is a rare 

book. The two copies of it in the Library of Congress, one -in French, 

the other in Russian, are the only ones known to the writer. This 

Partie nautique contains hydrographic and geographic information as 

to Bering sea, Alaska peninsula, etc., derived not merely from Lutke's 

own work but also from various Russian sources previously unpublished. Pressing public duties delayed the preparation and publication of this work, and finally it appeared in a crude form far from 

satisfactory to its author. Despite its defects, however, the work is 

of first importance in dealing with the evolution of our geographic 

knowledge of Alaska. An index to this book was prepared by Mr. 

Dall and published by the Coast Survey in 1883 in the Coast Pilot of 

Alaska.

Lutke and Staniukovich sailed from Cronstadt on September 1,1826, 

and, rounding Cape Horn, arrived at Sitka on June 24, 1827. Here 

Lutke remained till July 31 and then sailed to Unalaska, arriving on 

August 22. After a stay of eight days in Unalaska he cruised northward and westward in Bering sea to the Pribilof islands, St. Matthew, 

the Commander islands, and to Petropavlovsk. From here he cruised 

southward and returned to Petropavlovsk on June 9, 1828. After a 

stay of sixteen da}^s he cruised and surveyed along the Siberian coast 

to St. Lawrence bay in Bering strait and returned on September 4, 

1828, to Petropavlovsk. He took final leave of this place on November 9, 1828,-and, rounding the Cape of Good Hope, returned home, 

arriving at Cronstadt on September 6, 1829.
BAKER.J AUTHOKITIES. 39

MALASFINA, 1791.

Capt. Alessandro Malaspina, an Italian navigator in the service of 

Spain, in command of the Descubierta and accompanied by Bustamente 

in the Atrevida, arrived on the Alaskan coast on June 2, 1791, near 

Sitka and surveyed along the coast to Prince William sound, looking 

for the Northwest passage reported by Maldonado. The journals of 

the voyage were long suppressed. A sketch of the voyage was published in the Introduction to Galiano's Relacion del viage hecho por los 

goletas Sutil y Mexicana, etc.; de orden del rey, 8°, Madrid, 1802; 

yet, strange to sa)^ the name of Malaspina, whose work is highly 

praised, can not be found in the book. On his return to Spain, the 

infamous Godoy, known as the Prince of the Peace, confined him in a 

dungeon at Corunna and there kept him till the peace of Amiens in 1802,

when, at the express desire of Napoleon, he was liberated. An account 

of his work was published in Salv^i (Miguel) y Baranda (Pedro Sainz 

de), Coleccion de documentos ineditos, etc., 8°, Madrid, 1849, Vol. 

XV, pp. 268-320.

MANSFJKLD, 1889-1891.

Lieut. Commander Henry B. Mansfield, U. S. N., succeeded Thomas 

as commander of the Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Patterson in 

the spring of 1889 and remained in command until succeeded by Moore 

on February 2, 1892; thus he made surveys in Alexander archipelago 

during the seasons of 1889, 1890, and 1891. In 1889, April 27 to 

September 29, his work was chiefly or wholly in Frederick sound, 

where surveys were made of Cleveland passage, Steamboat bajr, Eliza 

harbor, Gambier bay, Mole harbor, Windfall harbor, Holkham ba}r, 

etc. The season's work of 1890 began at Port Simpson on April 28 

and ended at Juneau on September 17. During this season 14 harbor 

and large-scale charts were made, chiefly in and about Lynn canal. 

This included Barlow cove, William Henry harbor, Pyramid harbor, 

Portage cove, Gastineau channel, Juneau harbor, etc. Work during 

the season of 1891 began on April 30 at Burroughs bay and ended on 

September 18 at Thorne arm. The surve}^ of this season were chiefly 

or wholly in the waters surrounding Revillagigedo island, southeastern 

Alaska. For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey 

Eeports, 1890, pp. 75-77; 1891, pp. 78-81; 1892, pp. 82-83; also Coast 

Survey charts 8075, 8170, 8216, 8218, 8224, 8235, and 8302.

MAURKLLE AND QUADRA, 1775-1779.

Spanish exploration on the northwest coast of America north of 

California began in 1774. In that year Perez and Martinez reached 

and anchored in Nootka sound, Vancouver island.

In 1775, by command of the Mexican Viceroy Bucareli, there was 

despatched the royal galiot Sonora, under command of Don Juan Fran-
40 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. [BULL/IS?.

cisco de la Bodega y Quadra, to make explorations north of California. 

With Quadra went the pilot Francisco. Antonio Maurelle. On this 

voyage they discovered, named, and in part surveyed Bucareli bay. 

Four years later a second voyage was undertaken b}^ the Spaniards. 

Quadra, in command of La Princesa, and Don Ignacio Arteaga, in 

command of La Favorita, with Maurelle as pilot, sailed from San Bias, 

Mexico, on Februaiy 11, 1779, and cruised northward as far as the 

mouth of Copper river, whence they returned to San Bias, arriving on 

November 21, 1779. In this voyage they revisited Bucareli bay and 

made additional surveys there. The published results of these voyages, so far as this dictionary is concerned, relate chiefly to Bucareli 

bay.

A copy of their map was secured by La Perouse and published in 

1798, in the atlas accompanying his Voyage, plate 26. Also Daines 

Barrington, in his Miscellanies, 4°, London, 1781, published Maurelle's journal, yet without the ma-p. The Spaniards were secretive 

about their explorations, avoided publication, and thus have left little 

impress on the geography of the region they visited. For references 

to publications touching this work see Grewingk, pp. 392-393.

MEADE, 1868-69.

Commander (afterward Rear Admiral) Richard Worsam Meade, 

U. S. N., cruised through Alexander archipelago in the winter of 

1868-69 in the U. S. S; Saginaw and made reconnaissance sketches of 

various places there. An account of this cruise was published by the 

Navy Department on July 26,1869, as Hydrographic Notice No-. 13 of 

1869, a pamphlet of 29 pages. The map results were incorporated on 

United States Hydrographic chart No. 225, a chart of rough and crude 

appearance, but which has been very useful in making this dictionary.

MEARES AND DOUGLAS, 1788-89.

Capt. John Meares, in Januaiy, 1788, in connection with several 

British merchants resident in India, bought and fitted out two vessels, 

the Felice and the Ipliigenia'. Meares commanded the Felice and 

Capt. William Douglas the Iphigenia. The two ships sailed together 

from Typa, near Macao, China, on January 22, 1788, cruised around 

the Philippines, and, parting company, Meares reached Nootka on 

May 13, 1788, and Douglas arrived in Cook inlet on June 16, 1788. 

From Cook inlet Douglas voyaged east and south and joined Meares at 

Nootka on August. 27, 1788. Meares cruised and traded about Vancouver island and what is now Washington, and later both officers 

sailed to the Hawaiian islands. They returned and again traded on 

the northwest coast of America and then sailed to China.

For an account of their voyage and its results see Meares (John), 

Voyages in 1788-1789 froin China to Northwest America, 4°, London, 

1790.
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 41

MEARES AND TIPPING, 1786-87.

Capt. John Meares, in the Nootka, sailed from Bengal, India, on 

March 2,1786, on a trading voyage to Malacca and northwest America. 

About the same time sailed also Lieut. William Tipping, E. N., in 

command of the Sea Otter. The two vessels were owned by the same 

company of merchants and were to cooperate. Meares made the land 

at Atka, in the Aleutian islands, on August 1, 1786, anchored there, 

and met both Russians and natives. He then cruised eastward through 

the Aleutian islands to Unalaska, the Shumagins, Kodiak, Cook inlet, 

and Prince William sound, where the Sea Otter had preceded him and 

departed with a cargo of peltries. Meares thereupon decided to winter 

in Prince William sound. He spent a very uncomfortable winter, 

' many of his crew dying of scurvy. On May 17, 1787, he was visited

by Capt. George Dixon, another English trader, just arrived in Prince 

William sound. Of Meares ship's company 23 had died during the 

winter, and on June 21,1787, he sailed away with his coinpan}^ reduced 

to 24. Ten days later he was at Sitka and sailed thence for the 

Hawaiian islands and thence to China, arriving on October 20, 1787. 

Nothing was ever heard of Lieutenant Tipping in the Sea Otter after 

he left Prince William sound.

For an account of these voyages see Meares (John), Voyages in 

1788-1789 from China to Northwest America, 4°, London, 1790, 

pp. i-xl.

MENDENHALL, 1898-1900.

Mr. Walter Curran Mendenhall, geologist of the United States 

Geological Survey, was attached to a military exploring expedition 

under the command of Capt. E. F. Glenn, known as Military Expedition No. 3, which in the summer of 1898 explored east of Cook inlet 

and thence northeastward up the Matanuska and across to the Tanana 

river. Mendenhall's results are published in the Twentieth Annual 

Report of the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 265-340.

In 1900 Mendenhall was attached, as geologist, to a party in charge 

of W. J. Peters, working in the eastern part of Seward peninsula. 

His report is now in proof and will soon appear as a special publication 

of the United States Geological Survey.

MOORE (E. K.), 1895-1898.

Lieut. Commander Edwin K. Moore, U. S. N., succeeded W. I. Moore 

in command of the Coast and Geodetic Survc}^ steamer Patterson on 

March 15,1895, and remained in command until recalled in the spring 

of 1898 to participate in the Spanish war. Thus he had three surveying seasons in Alaska, all in Alexander archipelago; the first from 

May 13 to October, 1895, spent chiefly in Chatham and Peril straits; 

the second from August 8 to October 6, 1896, in Peril strait; and the
42 GEOGBAPHIO DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

last from April 30 to October 9, 189T, chiefly in and to the north of 

Sitka sound.

For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 

1895, pp.' 50-52;. 1896, pp. 43-45; 1897, pp. 39-40; 1898, pp. 49-50;' 

also Coast Survey charts 8170, 8281, 8283.

MOORE (W. I.), 1892-1895.

Lieut. William I. Moore, U. S. N., succeeded Mansfield in command 

of the Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Patterson on February 2,

1892. and remained in command till March 15, 1895, when he was 

relieved by Lieut. Commander E. K. Moore, U. S.-N. During the 

season of 1892, which began at Vixen bay, in Boca de Quadra, on 

May 12 and ended at Security bay on September 19, surveys were 

made in Dixon entrance, Boca de Quadra, Clarence strait, Revillagigedo 

channel, and Keku strait. In this season's work Lieut. W. P. Ray, 

U. S. N., commanding the Me Arthur, cooperated.

The season's work of 1893 began at Port Simpson on May 3 and 

ended at Sitka on September 1. A survey was made of Sitka harbor 

and approaches, and the ship was used for transporting boundary 

parties.

The season of 1894 began on May 27 and ended on August 14, during which surveys were made chiefly in Chatham strait, between Peril 

strait and Icy strait.

For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports,

1893. Part I, pp. 54-56; 1894, Part I, pp. 50-51; 1895, pp. 50-51; 

also Coast Survey charts 8075, 8214,' 8240, 8283.

. MOSER, 1897-98.

Lieut. Commander Jefferson Franklin Moser, U. S. N., commanded

the Fish Commission steamer Albatross during her cruises in Alaska 

in 1897 and 1898. Moser, in the cruise of 1897, collected hydrographic 

notes and made sketches of harbors and anchorages here and there. 

These notes and maps were published by the 0Coast and Geodetic Survey in 1899 as Bulletins 37 and 38. Moser's report for 1897-98 was 

published in 1899 in Fish Commission Bulletin for 1898, pp. 1-178; 

this was also issued separately.

MURASHEF, 1839-40.

Sub-Lieut. Mikhail Murashef sailed with Tebenkof in the Russian 

American Company's ship Elena from. Cronstadt on August 5, 1835, 

and, rounding Cape Horn,- arrived at Sitka on April 16, 1836. The 

ship was kept in the colonies. Murashef made surveys, apparently 

very good ones, along the strait separating Afognak and Kodiak in 

1839-40. The results are shown on Russian Hydrographic chart No. 

1425, published in 1849. . '
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 43

MURDOCH, 1881-1883.

John Murdoch was a member of Ray's party at Point Barrow, 

1881-1883, as naturalist and observer. The natural history in Ray's 

report (pp. 89-200) was written by him. Murdoch also studied the 

Eskimo, acquired some knowledge of their language, and published, 

in 1892, Ethnological Results of the Point Barrow Expedition, in the 

Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1887-88, pp. 1-441.

NELSON, 1877-1881.

Mr. Edward William Nelson was stationed for about four years 

(June 1877 to 1881) at St. Michael, Norton sound, in the employment 

of the United States Signal Service, and as a collector for the Smithsonian Institution. During that period he made sledge journeys in 

the vicinity, and one, especially noteworthy, of about 1,200 miles 

through the Yukon delta. This journey, made in December, 187S, and 

January, 1879, yielded considerable geographic knowledge of the 

region traversed. The map results were incorporated in the maps of 

the Tenth Census, and a special map with a description of the journey 

was published in the Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society 

for 1582, Vol. IV, pp. 660 to 670.

NICHOLS, 1881-1883. .

Lieut. Commander Henry E. Nichols, U. S. N., in command of the 

Coast arid Geodetic Survey steamer Ilassler, made surveys in Alexander archipelago during three seasons, 1881-1883. In 1881 he made 

surve}rs in Kaigani and Wrangell straits and magnetic observations 

at various places. In 1882, from July 6 to November 20, his work 

was in and about Revillagigedo channel and northward to Wrangell. 

In 1883, from May 16 to October 13, he surveyed several harbors 

just north of Dixon entrance. He was relieved of his command by 

Lieut. Commander A. S. Snow on March 6, 1884.

In 1888-1890 he again served in the Coast Survey and wrote a 

revised edition of the Alaska Coast Pilot, which was published in 1891.

For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 

1882, pp. 52-53; 1883, pp. 59-60; 1884, pp. 70-71; also Coast Survey 

charts 707, 709, 710, 713, 8072, 8074.

NORTH PACIFIC EXPLORING EXPEDITION, 1854-55.

Exploration and surveys were made in the North Pacific, Aleutian 

islands, Bering sea, and on the Siberian coast by United States naval 

officers in 1854 and 1855. The expedition was under the command of 

Capt. Cadwalader Ring-gold, U. S. N. Owing to ill health he gave up 

the command to Capt. John Rodgers, who commanded the U. S. S. 

Vincennes, while Lieuts. William Gibson and Beverly Kennon were on
44 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BLLL.IST.

the U. S. schooner Feniinore Cooper. The expedition is referred to as 

the North Pacific Exploring Expedition and also as the Ringgold and 

Rodgers Exploring Expedition. The resulting maps were published 

by the United States Hydrographic Office, but the journals exist only 

in manuscript and no general account or report, so far as the writer 

knows, has ever been published. See United States Hydrographic 

Office charts 8, 54, 55, 60, and 68.

FENDER, 1868.

Staff' Commander David Fender, R. N., made a survey of Portland 

canal and vicinity in 1868. This was a survey along the boundary of 

the then,newly purchased Alaska. The resulting map was published 

as a fly leaf attached to British Admiralty chart 2431.

PETERS AND BROOKS, 1898-99. .

In the summer of 1898 a party of the United States Geological 

Survey in charge of Mr. William John Peters, topographer, with 

whom went Mr. Alfred Hulse Brooks- as geologist, made a reconnaissance of parts of the White and Tanana river basins. A report on 

this work was made by Mr. Brooks and published in the Twentieth 

Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 425-494.

In 1899 Peters and Brooks continued their explorations, going from 

the head of I/vnn canal northwestward and northward to Eagle, on 

the Yukon. The report on this work was written by Brooks and 

published in the Twenty-first Annual Report of the Geological Survey, 

Part II, pp. 331-391.

PETROF, 1880.

Ivan Petrof was special agent of the Tenth Census (1880) for Alaska 

and prepared a Report on the Population, Industries, and Resources

of the territory, which forms 189 pages of Volume VIII of the Tenth, 

Census of the United States, published in 1884. This report and two 

general maps of Alaska issued by the Census Office, one dated 1880, 

the other 1882, have been most useful and helpful in making this "dictionary. The references to Petrof are chiefly to these two maps. 

References to Bancroft's History of Alaska are usually credited to 

Petrof, who wrote that work.

A preliminary report on che population, industries, and resources 

of Alaska was published early in 1881 as House of Representative Ex. 

Doc. No. 40, Forty-sixth Congress, third session. In this report is a 

general map of Alaska showing Petrof's route of travel in his census 

work. He was at Kodiak, the Shumagins, Sannak, Belkofski, Unalaska, Unimak, Atka, Pribilof islands, and St. Michael, and traveled 

in western Alaska from St. Michael to Kodiak, including journeys for 

considerable distances up the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers.
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 45

PORTLOCK AND BlXON, 1786-87.

The King George's Sound .Company, organized as a commercial 

partnership in M^y, 1785, fitted out two vessels for trading on the 

northwest coast of America and China. One of these, the King George, 

was placed under the command of Capt. Nathaniel Portlock, the other, 

the Queen Charlotte, under the command of Capt. George Dixon. Both 

of these officers had served under Cook in his voyage on the Alaskan 

coast in 1778. The vessels departed from England on September 16, 

1785, rounded Cape Horn, touched at the Hawaiian islands, and on 

July 16, 1786, arrived in Cook inlet. Leaving this anchorage, the two 

vessels cruised eastward and southward along the coast as far as Nootka 

and went thence to the Hawaiian islands, arriving on December 1,1786. 

Here both remained until March 15,1787, and then sailed together for 

Prince William sound, arriving on April 25, and remaining there till 

July 31, when the ships parted company and' Portlock cruised east to 

the vicinity of Sitka and thence via the Hawaiian islands and China 

back to England. He made a few additions to the geographic knowledge of the then almost unknown Alaska coast, sketched a few harbors, 

and named a few places. Both Portlock and Dixon wrote accbunts of 

their, voyages, which were published at London in 1789. Portlock's 

is entitled A Voyage Round the World, etc., 4°, London, 1789.

PRIBILOF, 1786.

Gerassim Gavrilovich Pribilof, master in the Russian Navy, was the 

son of one of the sailors who accompanied Bering in 1741. He entered 

the service of the Lebedef-Lastochkiu company in 1778. In 1786 he 

sought for and discovered in Bering sea the breeding place of the fur 

seals, the group of islands that now bear his name. He died in Sitka 

in March, 1796. It does not appear that he published anything.

PROSPECTORS AND MINERS.

Ever since the purchase of Alaska, in 1867, prospectors and miners 

have visited it and gone from time to time here and there. Within 

the last four or five years there have been several gold excitements and 

grand rushes to the territory. These prospectors and miners rushing 

in have named many features, though rarely in print. Subsequently 

government explorers and surveyors have obtained these names from 

prospectors' stakes or by word of mouth and have published them. 

In this dictionary such names are, as far as practicable or known, 

accredited to the prospectors and miners.

BAY, 1881-1883.

Early in the eighties the leading nations of the world undertook 

simultaneous exploration of the North Polar regions. The plan was 

for each participating nation to establish as far north as practicable a
46 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

station for meteorologic and magnetic observations and to maintain it 

for three years. In this work the United States participated by establishing two stations, one under Gen. Adolphus Washington Greely, 

U. S. A., at Lady Franklin bay, the other under Capt. Patrick Henry 

Ray, U. S. A., at Point Barrow, Alaska. With Ray, as observers, 

assistants, etc., were, among others, John Murdoch, Middleton Smith, 

Edward Perry Herendeen, and Sergie Smolianinof, a Russian, who is 

called in the records A. C. Dark. Smolianinof died in Washington 

on February 11, 1901.

The party sailed from San Francisco on July 18, 1881, on the 

schooner Golden Fleece and reached Point Barrow on September 8. 

Here a permanent station was established and maintained till August 

27, 1883. On the 29th the party sailed away on the schooner Leo, 

reached San Francisco on October 7, and was disbanded on the 15th. 

Between March 28 and April 7, 1883, Ray made a sledge journey into 

the interior, and he published a map resulting from this exploration. 

Ray's report with accompanying papers was published in 1885 as House 

of Representatives Ex. Doc. No. 44, Forty-eighth Congress, second 

session.

EAYMOND, 1869.

Capt. (now Lieut. Col.) Charles Walker Raymond, United States 

Engineers, was in 1869 directed to go to Fort Yukon and determine 

its geographic position. At that time there was doubt in some minds 

whether Fort Yukon was in British or American territory. Raymond 

went up the river in the summer of 1869, found that the fort was in 

American territory, and made a report on the work assigned him, 

entitled Report of a Reconnaissance of the Yukon River, Alaska 

Territory, July to September, 1869. This was published in 1871 as 

Senate Ex. Doc. No. 154, Forty-second Congress, first session. The

map of the river accompanying this report is the one cited in this 

dictionary. The map was also issued separately.

EEID, 1890-1892.

Prof. Harry Fielding Reid, formerly of the Case School of Applied 

Sciences at Cleveland, Ohio, and now of Johns Hopkins Universit}7", 

visited Muir glacier in the summer of 1890 and made a study of it and 

the surrounding region. He returned to it again in 1892 and made 

further studies there. An account of the work of 1890, accompanied 

by sketch maps, was published in the National Geographic Magazine 

in 1892, Vol. IV, pp. 19-84. Later studies were published in 1896 in 

the Sixteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 

Part I, pp. 415-461. The map results are incorporated in map No. 

3095 of the Coast and Geodetic Survey.
BAKER.] AUTHOEITIES. 47

ROHN, 1899.

In the summer of 1899 Mr. Oscar Rohn, who was attached to a 

military exploring expedition under the command of Capt. W. F. 

Abercrombie, had charge of. a detachment which explored the region 

south and east of Mount Wrangell. A preliminary report on this 

work was submitted to the War Department and a later and fuller 

report to the Geological Survey. The last is -published in the 

Twenty-first Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part II, pp. 

393-440. .

RUSSELL, 1889-1891.

Prof. Israel Cook Russell, then of the United States Geological 

Survey, visited the Yukon valley in 1889 and the Mount St. Elias 

region in 1890. In the latter year he explored Malaspina glacier and 

Yakutat bay under the auspices of the National Geographic Society 

and the United States Geological Survey. This work he continued 

in 1891. For an account of the work of 1890, see National Geographic 

Magazine, Vol. Ill, pp. 53-203; and for that of 1891 see Thirteenth 

Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, Part II, 

pp. 1-91.

RUSSIAN AMERICAN COMPANY, 1799-1867.

The Russian American Company was chartered on June 8,1799, for 

twenty years. On September 23, 1821, its charter was renewed for 

twenty years. In 1844 it was again renewed for twenty years, to date 

from January 1,1842. The unchartered company after 1862 continued, 

on sufferance, till the purchase of Alaska by the United States, in 1867. 

Much geographic information was gathered and published by officers 

of the company. Information cited in this dictionary is credited to 

such officers when known, but otherwise to the company. The principal reference to the company's results are to a map of Baranof 

island contained in its report for 1849.

RUSSIANS.

In this dictionary there are a considerable number of names accredited to the Russians without being more specific. This was 

unavoidable because more specific information was lacking. The 

names so accredited come chiefly from charts issued by the Russian 

Hydrographic Department. Between 1844 and 1854 a dozen (more or 

less) charts of northwest America, Bering sea, and the Arctic were 

issued as parts of a Pacific ocean series and subsequently given new 

numbers.
48 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

The principal charts in this series, with their dates of publication, 

current numbers, and the old Pacific ocean series numbers, are as 

follows:

Date.

1844

1847

1847

1848

1848

1848

1849

Number.

1345

1378

1379

1396

1397

1400

1425

Old number.

9

8

10

10

7

9.

Date.

1849

1850

1851

^1852

1853

1853

1854

Number.

1427

1441

1454

' 1455

1493.

1494

1495 .

Old number.

5

106

4

6

lOd

lOc

" 13

E.YNDA PARTY, 1863.

Russian naval officers on board the corvette JRynda in 1863 visited 

Wrangell'and the Stikine river and made surveys there, especially of 

the Stikine. The surveyors were Butirkin and Kadin. Prof. William 

P. Blake, of New Haven, was also a member of the party and published an account of the work done and results obtained, in the American Journal of Science, New Haven, July, 1867, vol. 44, pp. 96-101; 

also in House of Representatives Ex. Doc. No. 177, part 2, Fortieth 

Congress, second session.

The Russian Hydrographic Department in 1867 published a chart 

of the Stikine resulting from this survey.

SARICHEF, 1790-1792.

Lieut. (afterwards Vice-Admiral and Hydrographer) Gavrila Andreevich.Sarichef, of the Russian navy, made explorations in the Arctic in 

1787, and later was an officer under Commodore. Joseph Billings 

during the latterJ s explorations of Bering sea and Alaska (1790-1792). 

He appears to have been an excellent sailor and geographer. No 

satisfactory account of his life or works has been found by the writer. 

Sarichef published in Russian in 1802 an account of the Billings expedition, in 2 volumes, accompanied by a folio atlas of 50 sheets. This 

work the writer has never seen. In 1826 the Russian Hydrographic 

Office published a large folio atlas, comprising 33 double page sheets, 

of which 26 are charts and 7 are views, entitled Atlas of the Northern 

Part of the Pacific Ocean, Compiled in Sheets by the Imperial Navy 

Department from the Latest Reports and Maps, 1826, under the Direction of Vice-Admiral and Hydrographer Sarichef first. As indicated 

in the title, this appears to be a collection of separate sheets issued 

from time to time and first collected into an atlas in 1826. Sheet 3 

contains corrections obtained in 1829. Several of Sarichef's surveys
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 49

in 1792 appear in this atlas, notably those of the Aleutian islands, 

Unalaska, etc. Separate charts from this atlas are to be found in the 

Coast Survey Office and the Hydrographic Office in Washington.

The only copy of this atlas known to the writer is owned by Prof. 

George Davidson, of San Francisco, who has most kindly placed it at 

the writer's disposal during the preparation of this dictionary. References to Sarichef refer mainly to this atlas.

SAUEK, 1790-1792.

The publication in 1784 of Cook's explorations of northwest America 

made in 1778 stimulated other nations to like work. La Perouse was 

despatched by France in 1785; and the same year, by order of the 

Empress of Russia, was organized "A secret astronomical and geographical expedition for navigating the frozen sea, describing its

coasts and ascertaining the situation of the islands in the seas between 

Asia and America." This was placed under the command of Commodore Joseph Billings, who, according to Sauer, "said he had been 

astronomer's assistant in Captain Cook's last voyage." Martin Sauer 

accompanied this expedition as its secretary and translator, and in 

1802 published an account of it, entitled Account of a Geographical 

and Astronomical Expedition, etc., performed by Commodore Joseph 

Billings in 1785-1794, 4°, London, 1802.

Leaving St. Petersburg in the autumn of 1785, the party went overland to Okhotsk and there built two vessels, the Slava Rossie (Glory of 

Russia) and i\\Q DobraiaNamwenia (Good Intent), which were launched 

in August, 1789. The latter vessel was wrecked on the bar at Okhotsk, 

and another vessel, the Chornie Orel (Black Eagle), was built to take 

its place. This vessel was under the command of Captain Hall, while 

Billings commanded the Sla/oie Rossie. The party wintered at Petropavlovsk and in May, 1790, sailed eastward somewhere near the 

Aleutian islands, saw Amchitka, landed at Unalaska, and thence continued on past Sannak and the Shumagins to Kodiak and Afognak, 

visiting Cook inlet and Prince William sound and then returning and 

wintering at Petropavlovsk. On May 19 of the following year (1791) 

the ships again set sail to the eastward, passed Bering island, touched 

at Tanaga, and went thence to Unalaska. From here they went northward in Bering sea, passed near the Pribilof islands and St. Matthew 

island, landed on St. Lawrence island and later at Point Rodney, 

Seward peninsula, and on August 3 anchored in St. Lawrence bay, 

Bering strait. Here Billings left the party for an overland journey in 

the Chukchi country, and Sarichef on August 14 set out to return to 

lliuliuk, Unalaska, arriving August 28,1791. Here Sarichef wintered 

(1791-1792). In May, 1792, the party left Unalaska and went back to 

Petropavlovsk and thence to St. Petersburg.

Bull. 187 01 4
50 * GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

SCHRADER, 1898-1900.

Mr. Frank Charles Schrader, geologist of the United States Geological Survey, was attached to a military exploring expedition under the 

command of Capt. W. R. Abercrombie, known as Military Expedition 

No. 2, which in the summer of 1898 made explorations from Valdes 

northeastward to and along the Copper river. For an account of this 

see Twentieth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 

Part VII, pp. 341-423.

In 1899 Schrader, in charge of a party, made similar explorations 

along the Chandlar and Koyukuk rivers. His results are published in 

the Twenty-first Annual Report of the United States Geological 

Survey, Part II, pp. 441-486.

Again in 1900, in the latter part of the summer and in the fall, 

Schrader, assisted by Mr. Arthur Coe Spencer, geologist, and T. G. 

.Gerdine and D. C. Witherspoon, topographers, investigated the 

geology and mineral resources of the Copper River district. The 

results are now in proof and will soon appear as a special publication 

of the United States Geological Survey.

SCHWATKA, 1883-1886.

Lieut. Frederick Schwatka, U. S. A.,, made a military reconnaissance 

in 1883 along the Yukon river from source to mouth on a raft. He 

made an official report on this military reconnaissance in Alaska, in 

1883, which was printed in 1885 as Senate Ex. Doc. No. 2, Forty-eighth 

Congress, second session. A fuller account of .the same journey, in 

popular form, was published by Cassel & Co., in 1885, under the title 

Along Alaska's Great River. This has an index. He made a second 

trip to Alaska in 1886 under the auspices of the New York Times and 

explored in the St. Elias region. Schwatka was born on September 29, 

1849, in Galena, 111., and died in Portland, Oreg., on November 2,1892.

SHISHMAREF, 1816-1821.

Capt.-Lieut. Glieb Semenovich Shishmaref accompanied Kotzebue 

on his voyage to Alaska and round the world in 1815-1818, and in 1817 

made surveys in Kotzebue sound and on the .east and south coast of 

St. Lawrence island.

In 1821 he again returned to the colonies, this time in command of 

the ship JSlagonamierennie (Good Intent), arid in company with Vasilief 

on the Otkrietie (Discovery). Sailing from Cronstadt on July 3,1819, 

and rounding Cape Horn, he arrived at Unalaska on June 4, 1820. 

With him went Dr. Stein and astronomer Tarkanof. Afterwards he 

cruised through the Aleutian islands, to Amchitka, Semisopochnoi, 

Gareloi, and Bogoslof. He also entered the Arctic, went as far as 

Icy cape, visited St. Lawrence bay, and completed in 1821 the survey
BAKER.] AUTHOEITIES. 51

of the shore line of St. Lawrence island, partially surveyed by the 

Kotzebue expedition in 1817. (See Grewingk, p. 413; Krusenstern 

Memoires hydrographiques, Vol. II, p. 36; Journal of the Russian 

Hydrographic Office, 1849, Vol. VII, pp. 106-116).

SNOW AND HELM, 1886.

Lieut. Commander Albert S. Snow, U. S. N., relieved Lieut. Commander Richardson Clover of the command of the Coast and Geodetic 

Survey steamer Patterson in February, 1886, and made surveys in 

southeastern Alaska during the summer of 1886, beginning the season 

early in May in the vicinity of Wrangell, and ending it on September 

15 at Port Simpson. Snow was succeeded in the command of the Patterson by Lieut. Commander Charles M. Thomas on April 30, 1887. 

Associated with Snow was Lieut. James M. Helm, U. S. N., in command of the McArthur. Snow and Helm surveyed and charted part

of Clarence strait, Sumner strait, Wrangell strait, St. John harbor, 

Dewey anchorage, Ratz harbor, Coffman cove, Wrangell harbor, 

Steamer bay, Red bay, Shakan strait,. Port Protection, and Port 

McArthur. Charts of these places, issued by the Coast Survey, have 

been used in the preparation of this dictionary.

SPUKR AND GOODKICIT, 1896.

Mr. Josiah Edward Spurr, geologist of the United States Geological Survey, assisted by Messrs. Harold B. Goodrich and F. C. Schrader, 

in the summer of 1896 made a geologic reconnaissance from the head 

of Lynn canal over Chilkoot pass to the Yukon and thence down that 

river to St. Michael. For report on this work see Eighteenth Annual 

Report of the Geological Survey for 1896-97, Part III, pp. 87-392.

SPURR AND POST, 1898.

Mr. Josiah Edward Spurr, geologist, accompanied by Mr. William 

Schuyler Post, .topographer, both of the United States Geological 

Survey, in the summer of 1898 made a reconnaissance in southwestern 

Alaska. They began at the head of Cook inlet, went northwest across 

the Tordrillo range, descended the Kuskokwim, crossed from its moutK 

to Nushagak, and thence crossed Alaska peninsula to Katmai. The 

party landed at Tyonek on April 26.and arrived at Katmai on October 

17, 1898, whence they sailed (October 31) on the Alaska Commercial 

Company's siteamer Dora for San Francisco.

For an account of this expedition see Twentieth Annual Report of 

the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 31-264.

STANIUKOVICH, 1827-28.

Capt. Mikhail Nikolaievich Staniukovich, commanding the sloop 

Moller, accompanied Lutko on his voyage round the world. He made 

a survey of the north shore of Alaska peninsula in the summer of
52 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

1828. The geographic results of this voyage were incorporated by 

Lutke in the Partie nautique of his voyage round the world. For an 

account in Russian of Staniukovich's voyage see Journal of the Russian 

Hydrographic Department, 1850, Vol. VIII, pp. 63-75.

STOCKTON, 1889.

Lieut. Commander Charles Herbert Stockton, U. S. N., commanding the U. S. S. Thetis, cruised in Alaskan waters in the summer of 

1889. This cruise covered the whole coast from Dixon entrance to 

Unalaska and thence through Bering sea to the Arctic and eastward 

to Mackenzie river. Stockton published an account of this voyage in 

1890 in the National Geographic Magazine, Vol. II,.pp. 171-198. His 

geographic results are shown on United States Hydrographic Office 

chart 1189, edition of 1890.

SYMONDS, 1879-1881. See BEAKDSLEE AND GLASS. 

TEBENKOF, 1831-1850.

Capt. Mikhail Dmitrievich' Tebenkof was director of the Russian 

American Company and governor of Russian America during 1845- 

1850. As early as 1831 he was in Norton sound, and in that year discovered the bay that now bears his name. (Lutke, Partie nautique, 

p. 220.) In 1833 he surveyed and mapped it. His map is reproduced 

by Lutke. In 1835 he was in St. Petersburg, and on August 5 of that 

year sailed in command of the Russian American Company's ship 

Elena from Cronstadt for Sitka, where he arrived via Cape Horn on 

April 16, 1836. He appears to have remained in the colonies thenceforward till the close of his term as director, and then returned to 

Russia. To him more than to any other Russian are we indebted for 

geographic knowledge of the Alaskan coast. Himself a surveyor and

interested in surveying, he gave much attention to improving -charts 

of the coast in the interest of the company. In 1848 and 1849 there 

was compiled, drawn up, and engraved at Sitka his Atlas of the North 

west Coast of America. This atlas of 39 maps shows the entire coast 

line of North America from Bering strait to Lower California, with 

adjacent islands and parts of the Siberian coast. It embodies the 

results of the various surveys made by Russian naval officers, officers 

of the Russian American Company, etc. The maps were engraved at 

Sitka by Terentief, a Creole, and for the most part are dated 1849. It 

is probable that they were dated from time to time during 1848 to 

1850 as engraved and afterwards put together as an atlas in 1852. 

With it was issued by Tebenkof a little book of Notes and Explanations. There appear to be two editions of this book of Notes, both 

very rare, at least in the United States. In the making of this dictionary Tebenkof's atlas has been consulted more than any other single 

work.
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. ' 53

.THOMAS, 1887-88.

Lieut. Commander Charles M. Thomas, U. S. N., Succeeded Lieut. 

Commander Snow in command of the Coast and Geodetic Survey 

steamer Patterson on April 30, 1887, and remained in command till 

relieved by Mansfield on April 1, 1889. During the season of 1887, 

which began at Port Simpson on May 21 and ended there on October 

13, his party surveyed and mapped in whole or in part Frederick 

sound, Duncan canal, Brown cove, Thomas bay, Farragut bay, and 

Portage bay. In the following season, which began on April 27,1888, 

he made surveys till June 26 in the vicinity of Taku inlet, in this time 

mapping Taku harbor, Limestone inlet, Port Snettisham, and Oliver 

inlet. Between July 3 and October 14, 1888, Thomas made surveys 

asked for by the Department of State in and about Portland canal. 

For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports,

1888, pp. 73-76; 1889, pp. 78-82, and Coast Survey charts 704, 733, 

and 8227.

TIKHMENIEF, 1861-1863.

P. Tikhmenief has been called the historian of the Russian American 

Company. He published in Russian a work in two volumes, the first 

dated 1861, the second 1863, entitled Historical Review of the Russian 

American Companj^. This is a useful work, compiled from original 

sources, and gives information on Alaskan matters not to be found 

elsewhere.

TOPHAM, 1888.

Mr. Harold W. Topham and his brother Edwin, of London, with 

George Broka of Brussels, and William Williams of New York, left 

Sitka on a little schooner on July 3, 1888, and went to Mount St. 

Elias for the purpose of climbing it. They reached an altitude of 

11,460 feet and then turned back. Topham read an account of this 

trip before the Royal Geographical Society on April 8, 1889. This 

account, with a map, was published in the Society's proceedings in 

July, 1889, Vol. XI, pp. 424-435. See also the National Geographic 

Magazine, 1890, Vol. Ill, pp. 73-74.

TUKNER, 1889-1891.

Mr. John Henry Turner, Assistant in the Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, was engaged on the Alaskan boundary surve}r from June, 

1889, to July, 1891. In the summer of 1889, with Mr. McGrath, he 

ascended the Yukon river to Fort Yukon, where the party divided. 

On August 12 Turner began his journe}^ up the Porcupine river to 

the boundary. On the 19th he landed at the site of an abandoned 

camp near the one hundred and forty-first meridian, and there began 

the building of quarters for officers and men and the erection of an 

observatory. This camp was named Camp Colonua. Longitude was
54 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

determined by moon-culmination observations in March and April, 

1890.

On March 27, 1890, he set out upon a sledge journey from Camp 

Colonna northward to the Arctic ocean, where he arrived on April 8. 

The next day he started back, and reached Camp Colonna ofi April 17. 

Later he left Camp Colonna, descended the Porcupine and Yukon 

rivers, and proceeded to St. Michael, Norton sound, where he was 

compelled to remain until July, 1891, when he departed for Washington. He returned to Alaska in 1892 on boundary work, but owing to 

ill health was obliged to give it up. During his stay in Alaska he 

made a valuable collection of bird and animal skins, which he presented to the Universit}^ of California. The expenses of this collection 

he bore personally. He died in Washington on June 13, 1893. An 

account of his work was published in the National Geographic Magazine in 1893, Vol. IV, pp. 189-197; see also Coast and Geodetic 

Survey .Report 1890-1891, Part I, pp. 86-88.

VANCOUVER, 1792-1794.

Capt. George Vancouver, R. N., in command of the sloop of war 

Discovery, accompanied by the armed tender Chatham under the command of Lieut. William R. Broughton, R. N., made a surveying and 

exploring voj^age from England to Northwest America and round 

the world in 1790 to 1795. An account of this voyage was published 

by the British Government in 1798 in 3 quarto volumes accompanied 

by a folio atlas.

This is an admirable account of an admirable piece of work and is 

one of the standard works for the region it covers.

On April 1, 1791, the two vessels departed and, rounding the Cape 

of Good Hope, arrived off the coast of California on April 17,1792.

Thence Vancouver cruised northward, surveying and mapping the 

coast as far as Fitzhugh sound, whence he went to Nootka. He then 

cruised southward to San Francisco and Monterey, and about the 

beginning of 1793 went to the Hawaiian islands.

Leaving these on March 30, 1793, he returned to the north, arriving off Cape Mendocino on April 26, whence he proceeded to Fitzhugh sound, joined the Chatham there, and resumed his surveys. 

During the season of 1793 he carried these northward along what is 

now British Columbia and in Alexander archipelago to Sumner strait. 

Quitting Alaska and returning southward, he surveyed the California 

coast from Monterey southward to San Diego and down to latitude 

30° on the coast of lower California, finishing on December 15, 1793, 

and going thence to the Hawaiian islands. Quitting these on March 

15, 1794, Vancouver returned on his last voyage to northwest America, arriving off Chirikof island, just west of Kodiak, on April 2. 

He then surveyed eastward, in Kodiak, Cook inlet, Prince William
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 55

sound, and so on, to a junction with his surveys of the preceding 

year. This work ended at Port Conclusion, from which he took his 

final departure on August 22, 1794, and returned via Cape Horn to 

England, arriving off the Irish coast on September 12, 1795. Vancouver's work in the field and the admirable presentation of results in 

his published report constitute his monument. After more than a 

century it remains a standard work of reference.

Vancouver had had previous experience in exploring. Captain Cook 

selected him in 1771 as one of his officers, and thus he accompanied that 

distinguished navigator during his second voyage. He also assisted 

Cook in outfitting and equipping for his third and last voyage. On 

December 9, 1780, he was made a lieutenant and served under Rodney 

in the West Indies till the middle of 1783. From 1784 to 1789 he 

served on the Europe^ stationed, at Jamaica. In 1790 he was made

master and commander of the Discovery. In August, 1794, he was 

made a post-captain. After his return to England he worked continually on his report till his death in May, 1798. The work, nearly 

but not quite complete at the time of his death, was finished by his 

brother. John Vancouver.

. VASILIEF.

Several Russian naval officers known for their work in Alaska have 

borne this name (Williams). Krusenstern, in his Receuil de me'moires 

hydrographiques, 1827, Vol. II, p. 76, says:

It is much to be regretted that the hydrographic works of a naval officer, Vasilief, 

who was in the employment of the American Company, were lost. I have already 

had occasion to speak of him in the preceding article. Provided with a sextant and 

chronometer and with much zeal and attachment for his profession, he had during 

his sojourn in our American colonies made a complete survey of all of the Aleutian 

Islands without having had specific instructions to do so. Unfortunately he was 

drowned in Okhotsk harbor on his return from America to Russia, and what became 

of his precious papers and drawings is unknown. He is not to be confounded with 

the Captain (Mikhail Nikolaievich) Vasilief who was sent in 1819 to explore the 

northern parts of the Pacific ocean and particularly Bering strait

VASILIEF, 1809.

Ivan Vasilief the first, pilot or mate in the Russian navy, went with 

Hagemeister in the ship JVeva to Russian America in 1806. In 1809 

he surveyed the western shore of Baranof island and at an unknown 

date "died in the service."

VASILIEF, 1819-1822.

Capt. Lieut. Mikhail Nikolaievich Vasilief sailed on July 3, 1819, 

from Cronstadt on a voyage to the Russian American colonies. With 

him went Shishmaref on the Blagonamierennie (Good Intent). Vasilief arrived in Petropovlovsk on June 4, 1820. Leaving there late in 

June, he went to Kotzebue sound, where he joined his consort the
56 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. [BULL. 187.

Good Intent (Captain Shishmaref), and together they cruised northward along the coast to Icy cape, and, returning via St. Lawrence 

and the Pribilof islands, reached Unalaska on August 19, 1820. 

Thence he went to Sitka and southward to San Francisco and the 

Hawaiian islands, and on the 7th of April, 1821, was back in Sitka, 

whence he went to Unalaska, arriving on June 12. He then cruised 

northward as far as Cape Lisburne, explored the eastern part of 

Bering sea, discovered Nunivak island, and arrived at Petropavlovsk 

on September 8, 1821. Thence he returned to Cronstadt, arriving on 

August 2, 1822.

During this cruise Vasilief and -Shishmaref explored the mainland 

coast of Bering sea from Cape Newenham to and including Norton 

sound, and the Arctic coast .from Cape Lisburne to Icy cape. (See 

Journal of the Russian Hydrographic Department, 1849, Vol. VH, p. 

106-116.)

VASILIEF, 1831-32.

Ensign Vasilief, of the corps of pilots, in 1831-32 surveyed and 

mapped a part of Alaska peninsula from Cook inlet westward nearly 

to Chignik bay. The map resulting from this survey is published 

by Lutke in his Partie Nautique, p. 274. Of this survey and map 

Lutke says:

Vasilief's map of the northeastern part of Aliaska contains all possible details as to 

the situation of the coast and appears worthy of confidence, but in his journals which 

we have had in our hands we have found absolutely nothing except the data on 

which, the construction of the map was based. Relative to places they contained no 

remark as to their configuration, properties, peculiarities, or their advantages, details 

so important for the navigator. We are therefore able to add but few observations 

supplementary to his map hereto annexed.

Vasilief began his reconnaissance in 1831 at Cape Douglas, and from

there in the course of the same summer went as far west as Cape 

Kubugakli, in latitude 57° 52' 30". The following year he extended 

it as far as Cape Kumliun, in latitude 56° 32' 12". Circumstances prevented him from pursuing his work farther. The reconnaissance was 

made in three-holed bidarkas, a circumstance which, on the one hand, 

made it possible for him to explore all the windings of the coast in the 

greatest detail, but, on the other hand, prevented him from seeing the 

coast and judging of its appearance at any great distance. His chronometer stopped in the first days of the reconnaissance^ so that it is 

based only on survey and latitude observations.

VENIAMINOF, 1824-1834.

Rev. John Veniaminof, a Russian priest of Irkutsk, went to Unalaska as a missionary in 1824. Of this devoted and noble man all 

writers speak in terms of the highest praise. The writer has sought 

unsuccessfully for any satisfactory account of his life and labors.
BAKER.] AUTHORITIES. 57

He resided at Unalaska from the time of his arrival there in 1824 

till 1834, when he was made a bishop. He then went, after the custom of his church, to Irkutsk and was there invested with his sacred 

office, taking the name of Innokenti or Innocentius. Returning he 

went to Sitka and labored successfully among the Indians there for a 

time,, and later returned to Russia, where he reached the highest office 

in the Russo-Greek church, becoming Metropolite of Moscow. He 

became blind and died at an advanced age some time prior to 1880.

Veniaminof was not merely, a noble and successful missionary, but 

is known for his ethnologic and linguistic studies as well. There was 

published at St. Petersburg, in Russian, in 1840 his Notes on the 

Islands of the Unalaska District, in two volumes, with a supplementary or third part on the Atkans and Koloshians. These books are 

standard works, and it is regrettable that they are accessible only in

Russian. He learned the Aleutian language and wrote a grammar and 

dictionary of it, which was published in 1846. In the same year he 

also published a sketch of the Koloshian and Kodiak languages. All 

these works have been used in preparing this dictionary.

WESTERN UNION TELEGRAPH EXPLORATION, 1865-1867.

After the failure of the second Atlantic telegraphic cable, the 

Western Union Telegraph Company, believing that an ocean cable 

could not succeed, undertook to construct an overland telegraph to 

Asia and Europe via Bering strait. For this purpose preparations 

were made on a large scale and parties worked, explored, and built 

some line in British Columbia, Alaska, and Siberia in 1865 and 1866. 

When the third Atlantic cable proved, in -1866, to be a success the 

whole enterprise was abandoned and the geographic information collected by it was scattered. No satisfactory general account of this 

venture has been published. Several manuscript maps were made 

but not published. A photograph of one of these is the authority 

chiefly used and cited in this dictionary.

WORONKOFSKI, 1836:

Lieutenant .Woronkofski, of the pilot corps, by direction of the 

Russian American Company, surveyed in 1836 the southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula from the.vicinity of Chignik bay, where Vasilief's 

work ended in 1832, westward to Uniuiak pass, connecting with 

Staniukovich's survey of the north shore in 1828. He sailed from 

Sitka on this errand on March 6, 1836, in command of the company's 

transport Kadiak. The survey was carried on in bidarkas and his 

assistants were Aleuts. He returned to Sitka on August 30. Baer 

and Helmersen speak in high praise of this work in the brief account 

given of it in their Beitrage zur Kentniss des Russischen Reiches, 8°,
58 GEOGBAPHIO DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. LBULL.187.

St. Petersburg, 1839, Vol. I, pp. 323-325. He also surveyed about 

TJnga and Popof islands in the Shumagins in 1837.. See Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1379 for his map.

WOSNESENSKI, 1842-43.

Ilia G. Wosnesenski was sent in 1839 to Alaska, by and at the cost 

of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg, to make collections. He sailed with Etolin, who was succeeded in command by 

Kadnikof, on the Russian American Company's ship Nikolai, from 

Cronstadt on August 19,1839, and reached Sitka on May 1,1840. In 

1840-41 he was On the coast of lower and upper California, in 1842-43 

in the Aleutian islands, in Bering sea and Kotzebue sound, in 1844 

in the Kurile islands, and in 1845-1848 about the Okhotsk sea and 

in Kamchatka. He returned to Sitka at the end of July, 1849, 

and sailed thence for St. Petersburg with Captain Riedell on the ship 

Atka. Mining engineer Doroshin returned on the same voyage. 

(Grewingk, pp. 419-420.)

ZAGOSKIN, 1842-1844.

Lieut. Laurenti Alexief Zagoskin made explorations on the lower 

Yukon, the Kuskokwim, and in Norton sound in 1842-1844, under a 

commission from the Russian American Company. Of this exploration he published an account, in Russian, in two volumes, at St. Petersburg, 1847-48. An account of it, and also an extract from Zagoskin's diary, accompanied by a map, was published by S. I. Zelanie in 

the Journal of the Russian Geographic Society, 1849, Vol. I, 

pp. 211-266.

ZAKEMBO, 1834-1838.

Capt.-Lieut. Dionysius Fedorovich Zarembo, in command of the 

Russian American Company's ship Prince Alexander, sailed from Cronstadt on August 14, 1840, and, going via Cape Horn, arrived at Sitka 

on April 3, 1841. With him on the voyage went Lieutenant Zagoskin. 

Zarembo had previously been in the Russian colonies, having first gone 

out as pilot in 1816 with Ponafidin in the Suworof and again in 1819 

with the same officer in the Borodino. He surveyed Wrangell harbor 

in 1834 and Woewodski harbor in 1838. His maps are shown as insets 

on Russian Hydrographic chart 1396, published in 1848. For a verybrief and unofficial account of his voyage see Journal Russian Hydrographic Department, 1850, Vol. VIII, pp. 139-140. Zarembo, in command of the brig Chichagof, founded the present town of Wrangell in 

the spring of 1834, building there a stockade or fort, which after him 

was named Dionysius.
BAKER.] AUTHOEITIES. 59

CONCLUSION.

This work is put forth with a consciousness of its shortcomings and 

defects. The hope is entertained, however, that its errors will be 

found in the excusable class, and that despite these the dictionary will 

be found useful. Though begun about ten, years ago, most of the 

work upon it has been done in the last year. The author is indebted 

to many persons for information and assistance, but to none more than 

to his associate Mr. Herbert G. Ogden and to Mr. P. C. Warman and 

his assistants in the Editorial Division of the United States Geological 

Survey. Grateful acknowledgment is made to these gentlemen and 

also to the officials and proof readers in the Government Printing 

Office for their cordial cooperation in producing this book.

DICTIONARY.

NOTE. Adopted forms are in black-face type; rejected, obsolete, and doubtful forms in italics.

Aantlen; glacial stream in the St. Elias Alps debouching a few miles southeast of 

Yakutat bay. Apparently a native name; published by Tebenkof in 

1849.

Aaron; island, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Beardslee in 1880.

Aats; bay and harbor, on northern shore of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. Native name, reported by Snow in 1886. Nichols calls the 

western cove of this bay Aats harbor.

Aats; point, on northern shore of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, reported by Snow in 1886.

Abaknakik, lake; see Aleknagik.

Abdallah; mountain, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by 

Keidinl892.

Abercrombie; canyon, in the lower part of Copper river. So named by Alien, in 

1885, after Capt. William R. Abercrombie, U. S. A.

Abercrombie, lake; see Klutina.

Abercrombie; mountain, on headwaters of White river near longitude 142°. 

Named by the Geological Survey, in 1899, after Capt. William R. Aber- 

. crombie, U. S. A.

Abkun, pass; see Apoon.

Abraham; islet7 northwest from Point Stanhope, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, in 1886, after President Abraham Lincoln. This 

islet has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated 

January 4, 1901.

Abre-el-ojo, islet; see Eye Opener.

Acaponeta; point, on north end of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta d'Acaponeta by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

Achaiak, island; see Aghiyuk.

Acharon; channel, leading to the Kwemeluk pass in the Yukon delta. Called 

Acharon by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Achek, island; see Middleton.

Achenchik, river; see Chandlar.

Acheredin; point, the southwest point of Unga island, Shumagin group. The word 

means turn or turning. Doubtless it was named after mate Ath. Acheredin, a Russian fur trader, who wintered at Kodiak in 1779. Has been 

written Atcheredina and Otcheredin. The bight east of it is also called 

Acheredin.

Acherk; harbor, indenting the northwestern shore of Sannak island. Tebenkof, 

1849, published a sketch (acherk) of this harbor, which was republished 

by the Coast Survey in 1875, with the name Acherk. Thus the designation 

"Sketch of a harbor in the NW. part of Sannak" became Sketch (acherk) 

harbor.

61
Acli Adm. ' 62 - [BULL. 187.

Achilles; mountain (3,027 feet high), on Eevillagigedo island, near Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Achulik, island; see Ayakulik.

AcMagmute, Eskimo village; see Akiak.

Adek, cape; see Aklek.

Acootan, island; see Akutan.

Acorn; peak, near mouth of the Nushagak river. So named by the ilsh Commission in 1890.

Acpalliut, village; see Akpaliut.

Acutan, island; see Akutan.

Adag-dak; cape, the northernmost point of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Aleut name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written 

Adachdach.

Adak; island (5,678 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. This is apparently the Ayagh or Kayaku island of 

Lazaref in 1761. Also written Ajaga or Kejachu. It is Adak and Adach 

of Billings, 1790, and often written Adakh. According to Dall, ad&k is the 

Aleut word for crab, while adak means father.

Adak; strait, between Adak and Kanaga islands, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Apparently so named by the British Admiralty on chart 2460.

Adamagcm, bay; see Morzhovoi. 

Adams; anchorage, at south end of Shelter island, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by . Coghlan, in-1884, after the U. S. S. Adams, 

which anchored here in that year.

Adams; channel, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Coghlan, in 1884, after the U. S. S. Adams.

Adams; creek, tributary to middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the north, near 

longitude 150°. Named by prospectors in 1899.

Adams; creek, tributary to Shovel creek, from the west, near its headwaters, 

. Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Adams, fort; see Fort Adams.

Adams; glacier, east of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Reid, in 1896, 

after C. A. Adams, a member of his party in 1890. In Reid's first publication (Nat. Geog. Mag. Vol. IV, map, 1892) this is called the Southeast 

tributary (of Muir glacier).

Adams; mountain peak (7,600 feet high), and also cluster or range of mountains, 

west of Portland canal. Named by Fender in 1868.

Adams; peak (3,100 feet high), on Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow, in 1886, after the U. S. S. Adams.

Adams; point, the north point of entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Adamson, cape; see Bartolome.

Addington; cape, on Noyes island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1794, after the speaker of the House of Commons. Has been 

written Adington; also named Barnett by Meares in 1788.

Admiral; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river, near its source, Seward peninsula. 

Prospector's name, from Peters, 1900.

Admiral; range of mountains, on the mainland east of Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Admiralty; bay, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow, forming the head of 

Dease inlet. So named by the British Admiralty in 1856.

Admiralty, bay; see Yakutat.

Admiralty; island and group of islands, in northern part of Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver in 1794 (III, p. 276). It is Khutsnoi (bear) 

island of Tebenkof in 1848.
BAKEK.] 63 Ado Aga.

Adolphus; point, on northern shore of Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Has also been called 

Adolph point on some charts.

Adugak; islet, north of the west end of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name 

from Veniaminof. Has been written Adougakh. Perhaps from the Aleut 

Adudak, rather long.

Aektok; island, near west end of Avatanak island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. Native name, spelled Aiaktak by Veniaminof and Aektok by 

Lutke and Tebenkof. Also called Goloi (bare) by the Russians. Krusenstern spells it Ouektock, while the Fish Commission, 1888, calls it Rootok. 

Also has been called Goly. Apparently identical with Aiaiepta of Krenitzen and Levashef in 1768. This island has been reserved for light-house 

purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. In that order it is 

called Rootok island. The spelling Rootok apparently arose accidentally 

from Aooktok.

Affleck; canal, indenting southern shore of Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Affleck's channel by Vancouver, in!793, after Admiral Affleck, K, N.

Afognak; bay, indenting the southwestern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

So called -by Tebenkof, 1849.

Afognak; cape, the northernmost point of Afognak island, Kodiak group. So 

called on the Russian American Company's map of 1849. Tebenkof the 

same year uses the name Sievernoi (north).

Afognak; cape, the southernmost, point of Afognak island, Kodiak group. So 

called by Murashef, 1839-40.

Afognak; forest and fish culture reserve. The island of Afognak was by proclamation of President Harrison dated December 24, 1892, set apart as a forest 

and fish culture reserve.

Afognak; island, northeast of Kodiak, and, after Kodiak, the largest in the Kodiak 

group. Native name, which Coxe, 1780, wrote Afagnak and Afagnack. 

Portlock, 1786, calls it Kodiac. Vancouver speaks of the land "which 

the Russians call Fogniak." Langsdorf has Aphoknak and Appoknak. 

By error it has been called Afgonak. The form Afognak is well established by usage.

Afognak; river, in western part of Afognak island, tributary to Afognak bay. So 

called by Murashef, 1839-40.

Afognak; village, or row of scattered dwellings, on shore of Afognak bay, in southwe^tern partof Afognak island. Population in 1890, 409. In the Eleventh 

Census, 1890, pp. 73-74, it is stated that " Afognak village * * * really 

consists of a series of settlements lining the long curving beach. * * * 

The Creole village of Afognak extends in a single row of dwellings, somewhat widely scattered, about 'three-fourths of a mile along the beach. 

This settlement was founded during the first quarter of the present century under the name of Rutkovsky village by superannuated and pensioned employe's of the Russian American Company." Rutkovsky, in 

the passage just cited seems to be an error. Tebenkof (Ch. XXIII) has 

Rubertz and the Russian American Company's map, 1848, Rubtzovskaia.

Agadak, island; see Rat.

Agaiak; islet, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently an Aleut name, first applied by Vasilief in 1833. Has also 

been written Agayak and Agiak.

Agalitnak, river; see Haliknuk.

Agamgik; bay, indenting the northern shore of Beaver lay, Unalaska island, eastern Aleutians. Aleut name, from Sarichef 1790. Called Food bay by the 

Fish Commission in 1888. Veniaminof writes it Agamgik.
Aga Agu. 64 . [BULL. 187.

Agamsik; cape, the northern point of entrance to Tanaga bay, Tanaga island,

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also'been

written Again si kh. 

A.jaschogoch, island; see Bogoslof. 

Agassiz; glacier, in the St. Elias alpine region. So named by Libbey, in 1886, after

Prof. Louis Agassiz. See also Malaspina.

Agassiz; mountain (2,241 feet high), near Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. Has been erroneously

printed Aggassiz. 

Agassiz; peak (5,931 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

Agassiz; point, on the mainland in Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Dall, in 1877, after Prof. Louis Agassiz. 

Agattu; island, one of the Near island group, near Attu, western Aleutians. Called

Agattu or Krugloi (round) by the early Russians. Lutke says it is usually 

 called Krugloi (round) by the Russians; also that Attu and Agattu are

said to have been called St. Etienne and St. Abraham by Bering in 1741.

Coxe, 1780, writes it Agataku. Variously written Agatu, Agattou, etc.

Native name. 

Agayak, islet; see Agaiak 

A-ga'-zhuk, island; see Aghiyuk. 

Agee-ee-puk, river; see Agiapuk. 

Aghik; islet (250 feet high), one of the Semidi group. Native name from Dall, in

1874, who wrote it A'ghik. Agik is Aleut for liver. 

Aghileen; pinnacles, a remarkable row or series of black castellated rocks west of.

Pavlof volcano, on Alaska peninsula, northeast of Belkofski. Native

name, obtained by Dall in 1880. 

Aghiyuk; island (1,500 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name, as.

obtained by Dall in 1874: Tebenkof, 1849, has Agayak. Has also been

written Aghiyukh and Aghi yukh. Achaiak of Langsdorf is probably

this island. It is the Aleut name of the cormorant (graculus bicristatns).

The Eskimo name of the violet-green cormorant is, according to Nelson,

A-ga/-zhuk. Apparently this is known locally as North Semidi, upon

which there is a fox farm. . See also Chowiet. 

Agiak, islet; see Agaiak. 

Agiapuk; river, tributary to Grantle'y harbor, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Eskimo name, from Beechey, 1827, who wrote it Agee-ee-p.uk. Has also

been written Ageepuk and Agiopuk, the last syllable puk meaning big. 

Agiukchuk; Eskimo village, on the mainland, east of Nunivak island, Bering sea.

Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its native name reported by

him to be Agiukchugamute, i. e., Agiukchuk people. 

Agivavik; Eskimo village, on right bank of Nushagak river. Native name, from

Petrof, 1880. 

Agligadak; small island, off the east end of Amlia, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Native name from Tebenkof. It means a gull half a fathom

long, i. e., the albatross. Has also been written Aglidakh. 

Agoulouikatuk, lake; see Aleknagik. 

Agouloukpak, lake; see Agulukpak; 

Agouyak, river; see Ugaguk. 

Agre; creek, just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard,

1900. 

Agripina; bay, on the 'southern shore of Alaska peninsula near the Semidi islands.

So named by Vasilief in 1832. Has been variously written Agrepin,

Agripin, Agrippine, etc. 

Aguada, Rio de la; see Watering.
BAKER.] .Q 5 AgU Alk.

Aguchik; island, in Kukak bay, Shelikof strait. Alent name, reported by Vasilief 

in 1831.

Agueda; point, the northeastern point of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Agueda by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779. Has also been written San Ageda.

Agugsiak, islet; see Asuksak.

Ague/urn uda; see Northwest bay.

Aguirre; point, on the northwestern coast of San Fernando island, Gulf of Esquibel, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Aguirre by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779. Aguirre is a Spanish proper name.

Aguligik; island, in Kukak bay, Shelikof strait. Aleut name,.jneaning hawk. 

Name reported by Vasilief in 1831. Has been written Aguligat. Pronounced Ah-goo-lfg-ik.

Aguliuk; cape, on the northern coast of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name 

from Kuritzien, 1.849. Said to be the Aleut name for goshaivk. Tebenkof 

calls it Chidak, on his Chart XXV, and Aguliuk on a subsketch on same

chart. Chidak is the Aleut name for the young of wild birds and animals.

Agulogak, lake; see Becharof.

Agulogak, lake and river; see Naknek.

Agulukpak; large lake, north of Bristol bay, near head of Wood river. Eskimo

name, obtained by Spurr and Post in 1898 from trader A. Mittendorf.

Spurr and Post write it Agouloukpak, i. e., Aguluk big. 

Agumsadak; cape, the southern point of Umak island, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Native name, apparently from United States North Pacific

Exploring Expedition, 1855; also written Agumsadakh. 

Agunalaksh, island; see Unalaska. 

Agusta, glacier and mountain; see Augusta. 

Ahguliagamiut, village; see Aklut. 

Ahklun; range of mountains north of Bristol bay, between the Togiak and Kariektok rivers. Eskimo name, from Spurr, 1898, who wrote it Oklune. 

Ahluckeyak, hill; see Alukeyak. 

Ahpokagamiut, village; see Apokak. 

Aiachagiuk; Eskimo village on the right bank of the lower Yukon, near head of

delta. Name from Coast Survey officers, in 1898, by whom it is written

Ayachaghayiik. 

Aiacheruk. Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, shows an Eskimo village, population 60,

at Cape Nome, Seward peninsula. He spells it Aiacheruk on his map and

Ayacheruk in his text. 

Aiaialgutak, island; see Avatanak. 

Aiaiepta, island; see Aektok. 

Aiak; cape, on the southern shore of Unalaska, near its western end. Called Aiak

by Tebenkof, 1849, and by the Fish Commission, in 1888, Lake point. 

A'iaktak, island; see Aektok. 

Aiaktalik; village, on one of the Goose islands, near Kodiak. Population in 1890,

106. Native name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Aiekhtalik and

Ayakhtalik. Sauer, 1790, has Anayachtalik, which, he says, is by Shelikof

called Egichtalik. 

Aialik; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kenai peninsula. Native name, from

the Russians, who called it Aialikskaia. Has been written Ajalik and

generally Ayalik. 

Aialki, islands; see Chiswell. 

Aiekhtalik, village; see Aiaktalik.

Aiktak; islet, one of the Krenitzin group near Ugamak island, Unimak pass, eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. On recent maps called

Ashmiahk. Probably from the native word Aikak (passage).

Bull. 187 01. 5
Air-Ako. 66 [BULL. 187.

Airs; hill, near the international boundary line in latitude 62° 3(X. Named in 1898 

by Peters and Brooks, after A. E. Airs, a member of their party.

Aishihik; lake, and village on its shore, in the southwestern part of Yukon district, 

Canada. Apparently Ta-ku-ten-ny-ee of Davidson. Glave, in 1892, reported the name as I-she-ik. It has also been written Ishiih and I-shi-ih 

 and, erroneously, Ashink. The above form, Aishihik, has been adopted 

by the.Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Aiugnak; group of columns or rocks near the Seinidi islands. Also written Augnak. 

Native name, from the Russians.

Ajaga, island; see Adak.

Ajagisch, volcano; see Makushin. °

Ajak, island; see Sledge.

Ajalik, bay; see Aialik.

Ajaliki, islands; see Chiswell. Ajax; reef in Felice strait near eastern entrance to Tamgas harbor, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Ajugadach, island; see Rat.

Akamok, island; see Chirikof.

Akeit, cape; see Aksit.

Akha, lake; see Chilkoot. '

Akhiok; native village on the northern'shore of Alitak bay, Kodiak. Native name 

from Petrof, 1880. Apparently identical with Oohaiack of Lisianski in 

1805. . AkJmn, island; see Akun.

Akiachak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Kuskokwim about 15 miles above 

Bethel. Its Eskimo name, as obtained by Spurr and Post from missionary 

J. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, is Akiatshiigamut, i. e., Akiachak people. The 

name has been published as Akiachagamut.

Akiak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 30 miles above 

. Bethel. Petrof,- 1880, -wrote its name Ackiagmute, i. e., Akiak people. 

Spurr and Post, 1898, write Akiagrnut, following missionary J. H. 

KiFbuck.

Aklek; cape, the western point of entrance to Cold bay, Shelikof strait. Apparently a native name. Lutke, 1835, has Aklek and Aclek. Vasilief, 1831,

has Aklek. Tebenkof, 1849, has Yaklek. It has been called laklek, 

Taklek, and generally Yaklek.

Aklut; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim river at the mouth of 

the Eek river. Its Eskimo name as obtained by Spurr and Post from missionary J. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, is Aklukwdgamut, from Ak-klut, ammunition, provisions, belongings. This place is almost certainly identical with 

Akooligamute of Nelson, in 1878-79, and Petrof, in 1880, and Ahguliagamiut of the Eleventh Census.

Akmagan, village; see Starichkof.

Akmute; Eskimo village, on left bank of the Kuskokwim, about 10 miles above 

Kolmakof. So called by Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, on.his map, 

but it is not in his text. Spurr and Post, who passed its 'site in 1898, do 

not mention it. Akmute means Ak people.

Akoi; glacial stream, in the St. Elias Alps, debouching through the same mouth 

with the Akwi, between the Alsek delta and Yakutat bay. Name published by Tebenkof in 1849. Apparently Akoi and Akwi are variant 

forms of a native word, Ak. Tebenkof shows two native settlements 

here, the one nearest Yakutat bay being called Akoi blizhn. (Near 

Akoi), the other Akoi daln. (Far Akoi). In Materials for the History 

of the Russian American Company (IV, p. 51) we find "Akoi, a place 

abput 40 miles from Yakutat, visited by Kuskof in 1802."
BAKER.] 67 Akt> AltU.

Akom-uda, settlement; see Ucomude.

Akooligamute, village; see Aklut.

Akoun, island; see Akun.

Akoutan, harbor and island; see Akutan.

Akpaliut. The Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 shows an Eskimo 

village called Acpalliut a little west of Golofnin bay, Norton sound. It 

is near or possibly identical with .Chiukak of recent maps.

Aksit; cape, near Cape Lazaref, on the southeastern shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Called Akeit by Woronkofski in 1826. Veniaminof says that the ship Okenna (Is this O'Kennaf) 

"having perhaps an American skipper" was wrecked near here. Aksit 

is obviously from Akeit. Can Akeit have been an attempted, rendering 

of the name of the ship? And what was the name of the ship?

Akuaine, cape; see Akuyan.

Akulik; river, tributary to Norton bay, from the east, Seward peninsula. Native 

name, from Peters, 1900.

Akulik, village; see Aklut.

Akuliukpak; Eskimo settlement on the shore of Pamiek lake, between the 

Nushagak and'Kuskokwim rivers. Native name, from Petrof, 1880, who 

writes it Akuliukhpak. Ak-klut is said to mean provisions, ammunition, 

belongings, etc. and pak or puk means big.

Akuliiikhpak, lake; see Pamiek.

Akulivikchuk; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Nushagak river. Native 

. name, from Petrof, 1880.

Akulogak, lake; see Naknek.

Akun; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. Tebenkof calls 

it Eiecheshnoi (little river) bay.

Akun; island, on the western shore of Unimak pass in the Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. Native name, from Krenitzin in 1768. Variously written 

Akhun, Akoon, Akoun and Akouna. Akun is Aleut for distant.

Akun; strait, separating Akun and Akutan islands of the Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. So called by Veniaminof and Lutke about 1830.

Akun Head; the northernmost point of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. Named Sievernoi (north)' by Tebenkof; 1849, and recently 

designated Akun Head by the Coast Survey.

Akutan; active volcano (3,900 feet high), on Akutan island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. Tebenkof gives its height as 3,332 feet and the Coast Survey as 3,888.

Akutan; bay, between Akun and Akutan islands, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Akutan; harbor, indenting the eastern shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians. Called Chinchan bay by Tebenkof, 1849, and Akoutan 

harbor by the Fish Commission, in 1888.

Akutan; island, northeast of Unalaska, being the largest island in the Krenitzin 

group, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Krenitzin and Levashef in 

1768. Cook spelled it Acootan. Variously written Akoutan, Acutan, etc.

Akutan; pass, separating Akutan and Unalga islands, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. So called by Lutke and Veniaminof, 1828. Perhaps identical 

with Paso de Sanganoac of Galiano's atlas, 1802.

Akuyan; cape, the westernmost point of Great Sitkin island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849, Has also been 

written Akuaine.
Akw Ala. 68 [BULL. 187.

!

Akwi; glacial stream in the St. Elias alps debouching between the Alsek delta and 

Yakutat bay. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Apparently a native name. 

See Akoi.

Alachs-chak, peninsula; see Alaska.

Alaeksa, peninsula; see Alaska.

Alaganik; native village at mouth of the Copper river. Called by its native name, 

Alagnak and Alaganik, by Serebrenikof in 1848. Alien, who, visited its 

site in 1885, calls it Alagjinik (Anarulnuk), and thinks the site has been 

moved. A place near by.is called Skatalis by the natives. This, Alien 

thought, was the site of Serebrenikof's Alaganik.

Alaganik; slough, one of the passes through the delta of the Copper river. Name 

from Schrader and Gerdine, 1900.

Alai; mountain, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula south of Becharof lake. 

Apparently a native name from Vasilief, 1831-32, who wrote it Alai. Has 

been variously written Alay, Olai, Olav, and Otai.

Alaid; island (818 feet high), the westernmost of the Semichi islands, western 

Aleutians. So named by the Russians from its resemblance to Alaid 

island, one of the Kuril islands, near Cape Lopatka and sometimes called 

Little Alaid, presumably to distinguish it from that island. The whalemen call it Alida. Grewingk says Alaid or Herzfels (German) = Serdtse, 

Kamen (Russian), Heart Rock or Navel of Alaid (Alaidskaia pupka).

Aloksa, cape; see Kabuch point.

Alakshak, peninsula and territory; see Alaska.

Alakw, territory; see Alaska.

Alamos, Punta de los; see Poplar.

Alanzo, point; see Alonzo.

Alargale-alla, rock; see Sheer-off-there.

Alasca,-territory; see Alaska.

Alaschka, peninsula and territory; see Alaska.

Alashuk; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, opposite Waite island, 

near longitude 154° 30/. Has been written Allashook and Alloshook. 

Apparently identical with Batzakakat river of Alien in 1885. See Batza.

Alaska, Gulf of; this name has for the last t*vo or three decades been applied to 

that part of the North Pacific ocean lying, approximately, to the north of 

a line from Sitka to Kodiak.

Alaska; peak, on the mainland west of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas in 1887.

Alaska; peninsula stretching from southwestern Alaska south westward to the Aleutian islands.

Lutke, 1836, wrote it Aliaska and adds "Some write it Aliaksa. We follow 

the orthography generally adopted in the colonies. The natives pronounce it Aliakskha."

Veniaminof says "Aliaksa or Aliaska, by the Aleuts called Alakskak." 

Cook, 1778 (II, 504) says, "I have already observed that the American continent is here called by the Russians, as well as by the islanders, Alaschka; 

which name, though it properly belong only to the country adjoining to 

Oonemak, is used by them when speaking of the American continent in 

general, which they know perfectly well to be a great land." 

Berg, 1823, calls it the Aliaksa peninsula (pp. 43-44, 66). 

Grewingk, 1849, says the usual designation of the peninsula in the Russian 

American colonies is Alaeksa, and adds as variant forms, Aljaksa, Aljaska, 

Alaska and in Aleut, Alachs-chak (p. 116).

Dall, 1870, says the natives of Unalaska told the earliest Russian explorers of 

a great land to the eastward which they called Al-dk-shak or Al-dy-ek-sa 

(P- 529).
BAKEfc.l 69 Ala Ale.

Alaska; range of mountains, separating the Kuskokwim and Yukon drainage on 

the north, from the coastwise drainage on the south. Name Alaska 

apparently given by Dall in 1869. On some earlier maps called Chigmit 

mountains. See Chigrnit.

Alaska; territory, formerly Russian America. This word is a corruption of some

native word or phrase, the meaning of which is uncertain. 

In 1762, Bechevin, a Russian fur trader, wintered in what we now call Isanotski 

strait, at the western end of Alaska peninsula. The land constituting the 

, eastern end of the peninsula was regarded by -him as an island and .called 

Alaksu or Alakshak. . (Coxe, p. 146.) 

In 1768, Krenitzin wintered in the same place and calls the strait and land to

the eastward Alaxa. (Same, p. 251.)

In 1778, Cook reports, "I have already observed that the American continent 

is here called by the Russians, as well as the islanders, Alaschka, which 

name, though it properly belong only to the country adjoining to Oonenaak, is used by them when speaking of the American continent in general, which they know perfectly well to be a great land." (II, p. 504.) 

He also writes it Alashka.

In 1803, Coxe speaks of this country "which is now called Alaska," (p. 101). 

In 1805, Lisianski refers to the peninsula as Alaska and also Alasca (pp. 153,

196-7).

In 1818, Kotzebue speaks of the " peninsula of Alaska" and also peninsula of 

Alashka. (Ill, 262,263.) He also says that the natives of St. Lawrence 

call the great country to the eastward Kililack. (Same, p. 193.) 

Prior to the acquisition of Alaska by the United States in 1867, it was on English and American maps designated as Russian America. The Russians 

always referred to it as their Possessions in America.

Alava, point, the south end of Revillagigedo island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, in compliment to the 

Spanish governor at Nootka.

Alava; ridge of mountains near the southern end of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Alaxa, territory; see Alaska.

Alay, mountain; see Alai.

Alayeksa, peninsula; see Alaska.

Albatross; anchorage in Portage bay, Alaska peninsula, north of the Shumagina. 

Surveyed and named by officers of the Fish Commission steamer Albatross 

in September, 1893.

Albatross; fishing bank, southeast from Kodiak. Named by the Fish Commission 

. in 1888, after its steamer Albatross.

Alder; creek, tributary to Gold run, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Barnara, 1.90.0.

Alder; creek, tributary to O'Brien creek from the west, in the Forty mile mining 

region. Prospectors' name, from Barnard in 1.898.

Alder; creek, tributary to South fork of Fortymile creek, from the west, in the 

Fortymile mining region. Prospectors' naine, from Barnard in 1898.

Alder-Nest, mountain; see Eagle Nest.

Aleknag-ik; lake, north of Bristol bay, draining through Wood river to Bristol bay. 

Variously spelled Alaknakik, Aliaknagik, etc. Eskimo name published 

in Sarichef's atlas, 1826. According to Spurr and Post, deriving their 

information from trader A. Mittendorf, in 1898, the native name is Agoulouikatuk. It appears also to be the lake described by Sheldon Jackson as 

well studded with beautiful pine-covered islands and called Abaknakik.

Aleknagik, river; see Wood.
70 [BULL. 187.

Aleks; sunken rock, about 15 miles southwest from Sannak. Reported by Capt. 

William Paterson, of the schooner Alexander, in 1890. Name derived from 

the name of his vessel. Perhaps this is identical with Hennig rock.

Aleksashkina; a former native settlement on Wood island, St. Paul harbor, Kodiak, 

near what is now called Ice House point. In 1849 Tebenkof called it the 

Chiniak settlement (Aleksashkina), while the Russian American Company map of the same year calls it the Aleut settlement Tanignag-miut.

AlentJdna, bay; see Aleutkina.

Aleutian; islands, the long chain of islands stretching westward from Alaska 

peninsula. "The word Aleutian seems to be derived from the interrogative particle allix, which struck strangers in the language of that people." 

(Kotzebue, III, p. 312.) Alik-u-a-ia?=What is this? (Veniaminof, II, p.2.) 

 Allik? = What dost thou want? (Bancroft's History of Alaska, p. 106.) 

Have been called Aleutian, Ale'outiennes, etc. Usually called the Fox 

islands by seafaring people.

Aleutian; mountains, on Alaska peninsula northeast of Becharof lake. So named 

by Spurr in 1898. . Aleutian, sea; see Bering.

Aleutkina; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Leesia (fox) and 

Leesoffskaia bay. Also erroneously Alentkina. The name Leesia (fox) 

appears to be used by Tebenkof as a synonym for Aleutkina (Aleut woman), 

referring to the Unalaskan or Fox Inland Aleuts.. The bay just north of 

this is named by Tebenkof, Kadiak, referring to another branch of the 

Aleuts.

Aleutski; island, SE. of the wharf in Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Aleutski (Aleutian) by the Russians. Has also been 

written Aleyoutski. Also named Ball, by Beardslee, in 1880.

Alexander; archipelago in southeastern Alaska, comprising the great group of coastwise islands between Dixon entrance and Lynn canal. So named by the 

Coast Survey in 1867, after the Russian Tsar.

Alexander; point, the southeastern point of entrance to Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Lindenberg in 1838.

Alexander; port at the south end of Chatham strait, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by Tebenkof in 1849.

Alexander; rock, near Middle channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published on Coast Survey chart 725 in 1881. Origin 

of name not discovered.

Alexander; village, on the western bank of Sushitna river, about 10 miles from its 

mouth; also creek joining the river there. Apparently a prospectors' 

name; published by Geological Survey in 1899.

Alexandra; point, in Kupreanof harbor, Ivanof bay, Alaska peninsula. Named 

Alexandra by Woronkofski in 1837. Sometimes erroneously Alexander.

Alexandrovsk; settlement on Graham harbor, Cook inlet. . Named Alexandrovsk 

(Alexander) by the Russians in the last century.

Alexandrovsk, trading post; see Nushagak.

Alexeief; very small village in the Yukon delta. Name from Nelson, who passed 

through it in December, 1878. He shows it on his map but does not mention it in his text. It appears on the census map of 1880 but not in the 

text, unless, indeed, it may be " Village (name unknown)".

Alger; peak (7,500 feet high) in the Tordrillo range, northwest of Cook inlet. So 

named by Spurr and Post in 1898.

Algonek; river. The western mouth of the Copper river is so called by Moser, 

1899. The village of Alaganik is on this stream.
BAKER.] 71 All Allli.

Aliagnagik, river; see Wood.

Aliaknagik, lake; see Aleknagik.

Aliaksin; cape or promontory forming the western head of Portage bay, Alaska 

peninsula, north of TJnga. Called Aliaksinskie and Aliaksin by the Russians.

Aliaska, peninsula; see Alaska. 

kinskoi, strait; see Shelikof.

Alice; island, one of the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Alice; peak (3,623 feet high), in the northern part of Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Alida, island; see. Alaid.

Alihack, cape;.see Alitak.

Aliksemit; island (300 feet high), one of the Semidi group of islands. Has been 

called Alikhsemit and Ali'khsemit. Native name, obtained by Ball in 

1874.

Alilok, bay; see Alitak.

Alimuda; bay, indenting the northern shore of Unalaska, immediately west of 

Kashega bay. Sarichef, 1792, calls it Kismaliuk. Veiiiaminof, however, 

about 1830, calls it by its Aleut name, Alim uda (Alim bay), which bay 

he says is also called Mikhailovskaia, after the ship Michael, which was 

wrecked there. Sarichef applies this name Alimuda to the bay just west 

of this one and which is in this dictionary called Middle bay.

Alimvoak; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Native name, from the Eussian American Company in 1848.

Alitak; bay, indenting the southwestern end of Kodiak. Corruption of some native 

term obtained by the early Russians. The old Russian charts call the 

bay Yagektaliek and the cape Alitok. Petrof has Kaniat (Alitak) bay. 

Also called Aluta and Alutak by Archirnandritof in 1849.

Alitak; cape, the western point of entrance to Alitak bay, on western coast of 

Kodiak. Native name, from, the early Russian explorers. Has been 

written Alihack, Alitack and Alutak.

Alitak; native village on the northern shore of Alitak bay, west shore of Kodiak. 

The Russian American Company map of 1849 shows an Aleut and a Russian settlement here called Kashukvag-miut, i. e., Kashukvak people.

Alituya, bay; see Lituya.

Aliuksuk, bay; see Pumicestone.

Aliutik, cape; see Trinity.

Aljaska, peninsula; see Alaska.

Allan; point, the eastern point of Halleck island, Nakwasina passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Moore, in 1897, after W. S. Allan, recorder in 

his. party.

Allashook, river; see Alashuk.

Alien; creek, tributary to headwaters of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Alien; glacier, and mountain (10,000 feet high) near the headwaters of the Tanana 

river. So named by Peters and Brooks, in 1898, after Maj. Henry Tureman 

Alien, U. S. A. Spurr has proposed to change this to Stoney glacier and 

mountain, after Lieut. Geo. M. Stoney, U. S. N., an Alaskan explorer.

Alien; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near the Arctic circle. 

Named Allenkakat by Alien, in 1885, the termination kakdt meaning 

river. Has been written Allankakat, Allenkakat, and Allatna. See 

Kakat.

Almiralty, bay; see Yakutat. ,
Alo-Ama. 72 [BULL. 187.-

Alonzo; point, on the southern shore of Port Asumcion, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Alonzo by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779. Erroneousely Alanzo.

Alpha; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the west, in the Cape Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Alsek; river, in the St. Elias region, debouching between Lituya and Yakutat bays. 

Called Riviere de Behring by La Perouse in" 1786, Alsekh by Tebenkof in 

1849, Jones by the New York Times Expedition of 1886, and Harrison by 

the Coast Survey in 1890. Variously written Alseck, Alsekh, Altsekh, 

Alzech, etc. The above form, Alsek, was adopted by both the United 

States and the Canadian Boards on Geographic Names.. The form Alseck, 

in the first report of the Canadian Board, was a typographical error.

Alsentia, bay; see Kaguyak.

Althorp; port, indenting the northwestern shore of Chichagof island, Cross sound, 

Alexander.archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Erroneously 

Altorp and Apthorp. 

Altona, bay; see Lituya.

Altsekh, river; see Alsek.

Altua, bay; see Lituya.

Alukeyak; hill or ridge (946 feet high) near the middle of St. George island, 

Pribilof group, Bering sea. Aleut name, from Elliott, who writes it 

Ahluckeyak, and says it means a rough backbone. Also written Ahlucheyak.

Alutak, bay and cape; see Alitak.

Alzane; island, in Lynn canal, the northernmost of the Chilkat islands. Native 

name, obtained by Dr. Arthur Krause in 1882, who writes it Alzune.

Alzech, river; see Alsek.

Amagalik; cape, on the southwestern shore of Tanaga island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been 

written Amagalikh. .

Amagat; island (1,900 feet high), near the southern shore of Alaska peninsula at 

entrance to Morzhovoi bay. According to Lutke, quoting Kudiakof, the 

Aleut name is Amagadak. Tebenkof, who has been generally followed, 

calls it Amagat.

Amagul, bay; see Amugul.

Amak; .island, off the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, near its western end. 

Once much frequented by walrus and known as Walrus island, though 

this name does not appear on maps. The Aleut name is Amak (blood).

Amakagagvak; lake, near to and connected with Nushagak lake. Native name, 

from Tebenkof, 1849.

Amakaktuli, cape; see Eagle.

Amaknak; cave, or hollow under Cave rock, Amaknak island, Captains bay, Unalaska. An ancient burying place of the Aleuts.

Amaknak; island, in Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Native name 

from Sarichef. Has also been written Amakhnak and Amoknak.

Amanat, point; see Hostage.

Amanka; lake, near the northern shore of Bristol bay, drained by the Igushak 

river. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898. Petrof, in 1880, reports its name to be Pogakhluk, while 

Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Kagata (source).

Amargura; .cape, the southern point of San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de la Amargura (point of sorrow) 

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Has also been written erroneously 

Amatgura.
BAKER.] 7 3 Ama Ainli.

Amatignak; island (1,921 feet high), the south-westernmost of the Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from early Russian explorers. 

Billings^ 1790, has Amatignas, while Lutke has Amatignak and Amatygnak, which he says is the Aleut '"ord for chip. Variously written Amatiegnak, Arnatignake, etc.

Amatuli; island, one of the Barren islands at entrance to Cook inlet. Native name, 

from the Russians.

Amawak; promontory, «on the northern coast of Kukak* bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, from Langsdorf, 1805, who wrote it Amawack.

Amber; bay, on the southern coast of Alaska peninsula, north of Sutwik island. 

So named by the Russians from the reported occurrence here of amber. 

Bernstein (amber) bucht of Grewingk and lantarni (amber) of the Russians.

Amber; lake, on Unalaska island, eastern Aleutians. Veniarninof, getting his 

information from the natives, says (I, 171): "There is, near Mokrovski 

bay, between the mountains above, a lake, which has an islet in the middle, on the eastern precipitous shore of which excellent amber occurs."

Amber; small stream tributary to the estuary of the Nushagak river, from the east 

near Etolin point. Named lantar (amber) on Russian Hydrographic 

Chart 1455 (ed. of 1852).

Ambler; peak (3,058 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Jvupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after Dr. James M. 

Ambler, surgeon of the ill-fated Arctic expedition under De Long, 1879-80.

Ambler; river, tributary to the Kowak, from the north, near longitude 158°. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1890, after Dr. James M. Ambler, U. S. N., 

surgeon of the ill-fated Arctic expedition under De Long.

Amcldk, point; see Eagle.

Amchitka; island (1,281 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Rat island 

group, western Aleutians. Said to have been seen by Bering, in 1741, and 

called St. Makarius. Its native name is Amchitka, which has been variously written Arntatka, Amtchitka, Amtschitka, etc.

Amelia; point, on the western shore of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Vancouver in 1794.

Amelius; point, on the southeastern shore of Kuiu island, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793.

American; bay, on the eastern shore of Dall island, at Howkan narrows, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Amerikanskaia by Etolin in 1833.

American; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the south, in the Eagle mining 

district. So named by prospectors in 1898.

American; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

American; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

American; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the east, in the Cape Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

American; range of mountains, on the mainland north of Farragut bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

American; river, tributary to Agiapuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

American Mouth, pass; see Kwikluak.

Amerikanskaia, bay; see American.

Amherst; glacier, tributary, from the east, to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince 

William sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition, 1899, after 

Amherst College.
Ami Anc. 74 - [BULL. 187.

Amlia; island (1,900 feet high), the easternmost of the principal islands of the 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tolstyk, 1761, 

who wrote it Amlak. Has also been written Amla, Amli, Amlja, Amlya, 

Amlag, Amluk, etc. The southern part of Atka island has been called the 

Amlia peninsula.

Ammak, point; see Aspid.

Axnnuk; island, in Bering sea, mentioned by Beechey (p. 563). Location undetermined. 

Amoknak, island; see Amaknak.

Amoukhta, island; see Amukta.

Amtagis; islet, or group of islets, off the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. .

Amtatka, island; see Amchitka.

Amtchitka, island; see Amchitka.

Amtschitka, island; see Amchitka.

Amugul; bay, indenting the southern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians. Aleut name from Sarichef, 1792. Veniaminof calls it Amugulik. 

Perhaps from the Aleut word Amuk (lightning). Into it flow two small 

streams. One of these is doubtless the Amagul creek of Langsdorf (II, 28).

Anrikta; volcanic island (3,738 feet high), forming the westernmost of the group 

of islands of the Four Mountains as classified by Veniaminof. Native 

name, from the earliest Russians. Coxe, 1780, writes it Amuckta and 

Amukta, taking the name from Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768. Variously 

written Anoghta, Amoukhta, etc.

Amukta; pass, about 40 miles wide, in the Aleutian islands, between Amukta island 

on the east and Seguam island on the west, near the one hundred and 

seventy-second meridian ,of west longitude and known to the whalers as. 

the Seventy-Second Pass.

Amy Landing; place on the Klutina river about 6 miles below the outlet of Klutina 

lake, where the river enters The Gorge. So named by Abercrombie in 

1898, after W. S. Amy of Copper Center.

Anagaksik; islet, south of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Anagakhsikh.

Anagnak; Eskimo village near mouth of Wood river, a little above the head of 

Nushagak bay. Native name, from Petrbf, 1880.

Anahdnuk, village; see Alaganik.

Andiaktak, islands; see Geese.

Anaiuliak, islet; see Ananiuliak.

Anakovik, creek; see Anikovik.

Anan; bay, south of Blake island, indenting the southern shore of Bradfield canal,

Alexander archipelago. So called by Snow in 1886. Written An-An on

plats in General Land Office. Name wrongly placed on C. S. chart 8200. 

Ananakeik, island; see Dolgoi. 

Anangusik, islands; see Gareloi. 

Ananiuliak; islet, near the northwestern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native

name, from Veniaminof. Lutke wrote it Anangouliak and Kuritzien

Anaiuliak. 

Anavinguk; river, tributary to the Togiak river, from the east, near Togiak lake.

Native name, reported by Post, of .the Geological Survey, in 1898, who

writes it Anavinguk. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Anvaniek. 

Anayachtalik, village; see Aiaktalik. 

Ancau; see Ankau. 

Anchor; cove, indenting the shore of Admiralty island, near north end of Stephens

passage, Alexander archipelago.. So named by Coghlan in 1884.
BAKEK.] 75 Anc And.

Anchor; mountain near Naas river, Portland inlet. So named by the British

Admiralty. . . Anchor; passage, in Behm canal, between Bell island and the mainland, Alexander

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1894. Has also

been called Anchorage pass. 

Anchor; point, in Wrangell strait, Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Meade in 1869. 

Anchor; point, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. So named, in 1778, by Cook,

who lost an anchor here. Also called Laidennoj (icy), Jakorny (anchor),

and Kasnatchin, a native name. 

Anchorage; bay, about 12 miles from Tuliumnit point, indenting the southern

shore of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. It is the anchoring place for all

the canneries in Chignik bay. Local name, published by the Coast

Survey in 1899. 

Anchorage; cove, in American bay, Kaigani strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Ball in 1882. 

Anchorage; cove, in and near the mouth of Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. So

called by Ball in the Coast Pilot, 1883 (p. 203).

Anchorage; point, on Hamilton island in Shakan bay, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Local name, published in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Anchorage; point, the southern point of entrance to Pyramid harbor, Chilkat inlet, 

Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. Named Anchorage (Yakorni) by Lindenberg in 1838. It is Sandy point of Meade in 1869.

Ancon; peak-(3,300 feet high), on Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow, in 1886, after the steamship Ancon.

Ancon; rock, at entrance to Glacier bay, Cross sound, southeastern Alaska. Named 

in 1891 or earlier after the S. S. Ancon.

Ancou, creek; see Ankau.

Anderson; bay, indenting the western shore of Makushin. bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. Its native name, 

says Veniamii >f, 1840, is Iksiaktak'(?burning). It is, at its head, divided 

into two arn.0, the southern one called Udamak and the northern one 

Naginak (sick).

Anderson, cape; see Northeast.

Anderson, island; see St. Lawrence.

Anderson; sunken rock, south of Sannak island. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Andreafski; fort or stockaded post established -by the Russians on the right bank 

of the Yukon, near the head of the delta, in or about 1853. In August, 

1855, the natives killed its two inmates. It has been variously written 

Andreafski, Andreaivsky, Andreievsky, i. e., Andrew's, etc. The place 

appears on the latest maps as Old Andreafski, and Andreafski appears at a 

new site 5 miles farther up the river.

Andreafski, river; see Clear.

Andreanof; group of islands in the middle of the Aleutian chain, extending from 

Seguam pass on the east to (but not including) Amchitka on the west. 

These islands were first explored by Anclreian .Tolstyk with Peter Vasiutkin and Maxim Lazaref in 1761. Tolstyk owned the vessel which is 

usually called the Andreian and Natalia. Berg calls it the Adrian and 

Natalia (p. 53); Coxe, the St. Andrean and Natalia (p. 155), and Dall the 

Andrean and Nathalia (p. 302).

Coxe says: "The first certain account was brought by this vessel, the St. 

Andrean and Natalia, from whence they are called the Andreanoffskie 

ostrova, or the islands of It. Andrean" (p. 155).
And-Anl. 76 [BULL. 187.'

Andreanof Continued.

Berg says: "Tolstyk, Lazaref, and Vasiutkin furnished the authorities with an 

exact account of the six islands discovered by them, and accordingly they 

were thereafter called the Andreianofski islands" (p. 55). 

Petrof, speaking of Tolstyk's stay on these islands, adds, "Named after him 

the Andreianovski" (Bane. Hist., 129), and Call in his Alaska, p. 302, 

says: "In 1761, Lttzeroff explored the islands which have since borne the 

name of Andrainoffsky, from the owner of the vessel." Tolstyk's vessel 

was called the Andreian and Natalia after himself and' wife, hence St. 

Andrean is an error. See also Fox islands.

Andrew; bay, indenting the northern shore of Adak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Apparently named by Tebenkof, 1849, presumably 

after Andreiana (Andrew) Tolstyk, the first explorer of Adak, in 1761. 

By a double error this has been rendered Lidrejana bay. The Russian L (.1) 

differs from A by the omission of the cross mark. This cross mark was 

omitted by the Russian engraver. The Russian I (H) differs but slightly 

from the Russian N (H). Hence the strange form Lidrejana.

Andrews, port; see Resurrection.

Andronica; island, one of the Shumagin group. So named by the Russians after 

the apostle Andrew (Andronika). Ball gives Yasni (clear) or Foggy as 

alternative names.

Anemuk; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Anvik river about 30 miles above 

its junction with the Yukon. Native name, from Raymond, 1869.

Angle; point, on the southwestern shore of Bold island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Angoyaktoli; creek, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the east, near its mouth. 

Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post in 1898 from missionary J. H. 

Kilbuck and by them written Angoyiichtoli. Erroneously published 

Augoyaktoli.

Anguilla; a supposed island in the Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

was named Anguilla (eel) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Anguvik; islet, in Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula.. Native name, from Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1379, published in 1847.

Aniakchak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula north of Sutwik

island. Native name from the Russians, who wrote it Aniakshak.

Anihitsk. Near the beginning .of this century there was a settlement on Sitkalidak 

island of the Kodiak group, which Lisianski (map, p. 169) called Onihitsk. 

Name not found elsewhere.

Anikovik; creek, debouching at Cape York, in western part of Seward peninsula. 

Eskimo name, from Brooks, of the Geological Survey, 1900. Published 

by the Coast Survey and on local maps as Ono-ko-ruk and Onokovuk. 

Pronounced An-y-ko'-vik. It is Youp-nut of Beechey, 1827, and Up-nut 

of Lutke (p. 244). Has also been written Anakovik.

Animak, island; see Deer.

Animas; island and point, San Fernando island, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Ysla y punta de las Animas by Maurelle and Quadra 

in 1775-1779.

Animatchoutchkoh, cape; see Tachilni.

Anita; bay, in Etolin island, opening into Zimovia strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow in 1886.

Anita; creek, tributary to Kugruk river, from'the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Aniyak; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast between Cape Krusenstern and Point 

Hope. Eskimo name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it An-iyakh. Population in 1880, 25. .
BAKER.] 77 Ank Anv.

Ankachak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, about 20 miles 

above Andreafski. Not given in the Tenth Census, 1880. In the Eleventh 

Census called Ankahchagmiut (population 103). By Raymond, 1869, by 

the Coast Survey, and by the Geological Survey called Ankachagamuk, an 

obvious error for Ankachagamut, i. e., Ankachak people. Perhaps this 

place is identical with Kenunimik of a recent Coast Survey chart.

Ankau; creek, or inlet in the peninsula south of Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay. 

Named Estero del Ancau by Malaspina in 1791, after a Tlinkit chief. 

Dixon says Ancou means/riend or chief. Spelled Ancau, Ancou, and Ankau.

Ankau; head, forming the eastern point of entrance to Ankau creek, Yakutat bay, 

southeastern Alaska. Called Punta Gorda (broad point) by Malaspina, 

in 1791, and Ankau Head by Harber in 1892.

Ankitaktuk; creek or river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the north, near 

longitude 162°. Eskimo name obtained, in 1898, by Spurr and Post of the 

Geological Survey, from missionary J. H. Kilbuck. See also Kvichivak.

Amnan; small stream, tributary to the Chilkat river near its mouth. Native word 

reported by Dr. A. Krause in 1882 as Anma'n.

Anm.er; point, the southern point of entrance to Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Annette; bay, indenting the northern end of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in 1879.

Annette; island, the largest of the Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Named 

in 1879 by W. H. Dall, after his. wife, Annette Whitney Dall.

Annette; point, the southeasternmost of Annette island, Felice strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 188d.

Annin; glacier, near Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So called by Abercrombie 

in 1898.

Annuk, river and village; see Atnuk.

Anoghta, island; see Amukta.

Anogok; Eskimo village, on the mainland shore just west of Kuskokwim bay, 

Bering sea. Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported 

by him as Anogogmute, i. e., Anogok people.

Anook, river; see Anuk.

Anowik; island (650 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name,'obtained 

by Dall in 1874.

Ansley; island, in Swanson harbor, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by Meade in 1869. Perhaps this is an error for 

Astley.

Anuk; river, tributary to the Stikine river, from the east, near the international 

boundary line. Native name, obtained by the Coast Survey. Has also 

been written Anook.

Anvaniek, river; see Anavinguk.

Anvik; Eskimo village, on the northern bank of the Yukon at mouth of the Anvik 

river. Here in January, 1834, Glazunof found a village of several hundred people. Population in 1880, 95; in 1890, 191. Late maps call the 

place Anvik mission. Raymond, 1869, calls it Anvic (American station). 

Has also been written Anvig arid Anwig. A post-office, called Anvick, 

was established here in September, 1898.

Anvik; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the west, near longitude 160°. Explored 

by Glazunof in 1833.. Called by the Russians Anvich, Anvig, Anvik, and 

sometimes Anwig.

Anvil, city; see Nome.

Anvil; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the east, in the Cape Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.
An v Arc. , 78 [BULL. 187.

Anvil; mountain (2,157 feet high), at the northern end of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Anvil; peak (1,050 feet high), just north of Nome, Seward peninsula. Local name,

from Witherspoon, 1899. 

Anvil Head; broad promontory forming the western point of entrance to Annette

bay, Annette island, Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. So called

in the Coast Pilot, 1883 (p. 80). 

Amviff, village; see Anvik. . 

Anxiety; point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So named by Franklin,

in 1826, in commemoration of his state of mind when there. 

Anyaguk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the south, near longitude 160°.

Eskimo name, obtained by Spurr and Post in 1898. 

Ape; point, on the southern shore of Revillagigedo island, near southern entrance

.to Behm canal. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. Erroneously

Cone Island point of British Admiralty chart 2431. 

Aphoknak, island; see Afognak. 

Apoka; river, tributary to Kuskokwim bay, between the Eek and Kanektok rivers.

Called Apoga by Spurr and Post, who obtained this name from missionary

J. H. Kilbuck in 1898. 

Apokak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, at mouth of

Apoka river. According to Nelson, 1878-79, its native name is Apokagamute, i. e., Apokak people. In the Eleventh Census, 1890, it is called

Ahpokagamiut. 

Apollo; post-office established in May, 1899, on the south shore of Unga island,

Shumagm group. 

Apoon; mouth and pass, the northernmost in the Yukon delta. Called byTebenkof, 1849, Abkun, and by later Russians, Apkun. Dall calls it Uphoon

and the Coast Survey, Apoon, Aphoon, and Aphroon. 

Apple; group of islands, in the northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Sredni (middle) by Vasilief in 1809, and lablochnie (apple) on

later Russian maps where it is also written labloshnie. Thus it has been

variously called Apple, lablosh, lablochnie, Middle and Sredni. 

Apple, islands; see Watch.

Applegate; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Mr. Samuel

Applegate. 

Appleton; cove, in Rodman bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by

Moore in 1895, after W. G. Appleton, a member of his party. 

Aplhorp, port; see Althorp. 

Arboles; island, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Ysla de los Arboles (island of the trees) by Maurelle and Quadra

in 1775-1779. 

Arboleda; point, the northwestern point of Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Arboleda (grove) by Maurelle and Quadra in

1775-1779. 

Arch; rock, near Sand point, Popof strait, Shumagins. Descriptive name, given by

Dall in 1872. 

Arch; rock, on the western shore of Amaknak island, Captains bay, Unalaska.

Descriptive name, given by Dall in 1871. The rock is perforated. 

Archangel Gabriel, fort; see Sitka. 

Archer, creek or river; see Tonsina. 

Archiniandritof; rocks, iri Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Named by Dall in 1880,

after Captain Archiniandritof, of the Russian American Company. 

Archimandritqf, islands; see Geese.
BAKER.] 79 Arc A sl.

Arctic; creek, tributary to Cripple creek, from the east, in the Cape Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Erroneously 

Artic.

Arctic; mining camp, on the Koyukuk river, near the Arctic circle in longitude 

153°. Called Arctic City by the miners in 1899.

Arden; point, the northeastern point of Admiralty island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Ariswaniski; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, about 25 miles 

above Andreafski. Name published by the Coast Survey, in 1899, as 

Ariswdniski.

Arkett, lake; see Kusawa.

Arm; mountain (2,177 feet high), just west of Nakat inlet, Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Armstrong; port, near the southern end of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Arre; rocks, off the southern shore of 'Hall island, Bering sea. Apparently so 

named by Elliott, in 1874, who says Arrie, a sea bird, the Murre, was so 

named by the Russians from its harsh cry Arra-arra. It is the Uria lomvia 

arra of some of the ornithologists. Sarichef says, "The aar, or am tor da 

alca, is the name of a Kamtschadale water fowl, of the species of the 

Gagara (colymbus arcticus) or water-hen. At Kola it is called Gegarka."

Arrecifes; point, on the mainland in Yakutat bay, opposite Port Mulgrave. 

Named Punta de Arrecifes (point of reefs) by Malaspina in 1791.

Arridfe, Punta del; see Keef.

Arriaga; passage, in the northern part of Bucareli bay. Named Bocas de Arriaga 

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Arrowmith, island; see Rat.

Arroyo Blanco; see White.

Arroyo de la Oruz; see Cross gulch.

Artelnof. On the rocky southwestern coast of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, existed, in 1830, a small village named Artelnofskie. The 

bidarshik or foreman for the Krenitzin group lived here.

Arthur; peak (3,434 feet high), on the mainland, near Limestone inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1888.

Arthur; point, on Chichagof island, Peril strait, between Northern and Southern 

rapids,- Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Artic, creek; see Arctic.

Arucenas; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Dolores, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Arucenas by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Ascheeshna, river; see Fickett.

Ashby; mountains (5,200 to 5,500 feet high), east of Portland canal. So named by 

Pender in 1868.

Ashiiak; island, between Port Wrangell and Agripina bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ashington; range of mountains, between Portland canal and Observatory inlet.. 

So named by Pender in 1868.

Ashink, lake, and village; see Aishihik.

Ashishik; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak island, near its eastern end. 

Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849.

Ashivak; native village (population 46 in 1880), near Cape Douglas, Cook inlet. 

Native name, reported by Petrof in 1880.

Ashmiahk, islet; see Aiktak.

Asiak, island; see Sledge,
Asi Ata. . 80 . [BULL. 187.

Asialchak, point; see Eomanof.

Askinak. The Eleventh Census, 1890, includes an Eskimo village called Askinaghamiut in the Kuskokwim district. Population 138. Not found on any 

map and its location unknown.

Askinuk; Eskimo village, on the southern shore of Hooper bay, Yukon delta. 

Native name, from Nelson, who visited it December 14, 1878, and was 

welcomed by its entire population of nearly 200 people.

Askinuk; range of hills or mountain's, nearly 1,500 feet high, in the Yukon delta 

along the northern bank of Askinuk river. So called by Nelson in 1878.

Askinuk; river, in the Yukon delta, debouching into Hooper bay. Native name, 

from Nelson, who crossed it December 15, 1878.

Asko; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, below Anvik. Native name, 

from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Askhornute, i. e., Asko people.

Aslik; cape, the northern head of Inanudak bay, on the northern coast of Umnak, 

eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849.

Aspid; bay, indenting the northern shore of Unalaska, immediately east of Chernofski harbor. So called by Veniaminof, 1840.

Aspid; cape, on the northern shore of Unalaska, between Chernofski harbor and 

Aspid bay. Called Ammak by Sarichef, in 1792, which is Aleut for night. 

Veniaminof calls it Aspid (slate) and says (1,169): "It obtained the name 

Aspid (slate) not from the presence of slate rock, but from a chief, who 

formerly dwelt near by and was so called by the Russians." The Fish 

Commission, in 1888, called it Nellie Juan, presumably after the schooner 

Nellie Juan belonging to Mr. Samuel Applegate.

Aspid, islets; see Slate.

Asses Ears; mountain, south of Goodhope bay, Kotzebue sound, on Seward peninsula. So named by Kotzebue, in 1816, because "its summit is in the form 

of two asses' ears."

Asses Head; cape, on the northern coast of Unalaska, near Chernofski village. So 

named in a pencil memorandum on Sarichef's chart of 1792.

Assumption, port; see Asumcion.

Assurance, bay; see Disenchantment.

Astley, island; see Ansley.

Astley;. point, the southern point of entrance to Holkham bay, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Aston; island, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Dixon entrance. Named by Nichols 

"in 1881, after Chief Engineer Ralph Aston, U. S. N., a member of his 

party. Has also been called Wright island by Sheldon Jackson.

Astrolabe; point, on the mainland between Cross sound and Lituya bay. Named, 

in 1883, by Dall, after one of the French exploring ships under La Perouse.

Astronomical; point, the eastern point of entrance to Halibut bay, Portland canal, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey.

Asuksak; islet, southwest of Great Sitkin, .Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Agugsiak. Perhaps it is from the Aleut word 'Asuk (kettle).

Asumcion; port, in Bucareli bay. Named by Maurelle and Quadra, in 1775, Puerto 

de nuestra Seflora de la Asumcion. Published as Puerto de nostra Senora 

de la Asumcion in La Perouse's voyage, 1797. Copied by the Russians 

thus: " Nuesta Sensora de la Asimsion " harbor. Also written Port Asuncion and Port Assumption.

At, island; see Attu.

Atakon, 'island; see Attu.

Ataku; island, one of the Necker islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently a native name; reported by Vasilief in 1809. Has been written Atakou.
BAKER.] 81 Ata Atll.

Atayak; mountain, at the headwaters of the Kanektok river, western Alaska.

Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post> of the Geological Survey, in

September, 1898. More exactly perhaps it might be written Ah-tah-ai-ak. 

Alcha, island; see Atka. 

Atchaka, island; see Middleton. 

Atcheredina, point; see Acheredin. 

Atherton; mountain (1,700 feet high), on south shore of Wrangell island, Arctic

ocean. So named by the British Admiralty in 1884. 

Atka; island (4,988 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof group,

middle Aleutians. Native name, from early Russian traders. Coxe calls it

Atchu, and Cookj 1778, Atghka. Also written Atcha, Atchka, and Alcha. 

Atkins; island (about 800 feet high), northeast of Little Koniuji island, Shurnagin

group. So named by Dall in 1872, after the fishing schooner Minnie G.

Atkins. Erroneously Atkin. 

Atkritoi, rock; see Discovery. 

Atkritoi, rock; see Open. 

Atkroi-glaza, rock; see Eye Opener. 

Atkulik; island, near the entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native name,

from the Russians. Erroneously Atkunk. 

Atlin; lake and river, northeast from Lynn canal. This name has been adopted by

the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. 

Atmugiak; creek, tributary to Kagati lake, from the east, near source of Kanektok

river. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey,

who passed near it September 7, 1898. 

Atna, river; see Copper. 

Atnik; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast at or near Point Belcher. Called Ataniek

by Tikhmenief in 1861. The Eleventh Census map has Attanak and the

text Atnik. Perhaps it is Pinoshuragin of Petrof, 1880, or Nunaria of Bay,

1885. See also Sedaru. 

Atniliak. This is the native name of "one of the smaller Shumagins, which one is

not known. So given by Veniaminof and Lutke. Perhaps Aniliak and

Animak are other forms of the same name. 

Atnuk; river, and Eskimo village at its mouth, on the northern shore of Norton

bay, Norton sound. Tebenkof, 1849, calls the river Atniek and Tikhrnenief, in 1861, calls the settlement Atniek-miut. Petrof, 1880, writes it

Atnuk. Erroneously Annuk. 

Atonisuk; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, about 50 miles above

Eampart. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Atonisonik.

Petrof, 1880, wrote it Ahtonisuk. This may be identical with Ray river

of Alien, 1885, and of recent maps. See Ray.

Atrevida; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named 

» Atrevida (intrepid) by Russell, in 1890, after one of Malaspina's vessels. 

Atroic, village; see Stebbins. 

Attanak, village; see Atnik. 

Atten; Eskimo village, near the headwaters of Buckland river. Its name is given

by Dall, 1869, as Attenmut, i. e., Atten people. 

Attu; island (3,084 feet high), the westernmost large island of the Aleutian chain of

islands. Native name, from the early Russian explorers, which has been

written At, Atako, Atakon, Ataka, Attak, Attou, Otma, etc. According

to Petrof it is St. Theodore of Chirikof, in 1741, and according to Lutke,

St. Abraham or St. Etienne of Bering, 1741. 

Atushagvik; cape, in Shelikof strait, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula,

east of Katmai. Native name, from the Russians. Lutke, 1835, writes it 

- Atouchagvik.

Bull. 187 01 6
Atu Aya. 82 [BULL. 187.

Atutsak; river, tributary to the Yukon from the south, just below Nuklukyet. Its 

native name was reported by Raymond, in 1869, as Atutsakulakushchargut; 

Alien, in 1885, wrote it Atutsakulakushakakat, and Petrof, in 1880, Atutsakulakushchakat, while arecent Coast Survey chart has Atutzehhuilcusten 

creek. See Kakat.

Atwater; creek, tributary to South Fork of Fortymile creek. Prospectors' name, 

published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

A'-u-an, island; see Unalaska.

Aueruk; creek, tributary to Norton bay from the northwest, between the Tubutulik 

and Kwiniuk rivers, Seward peninsula. Native name, from the Davidson 

Blakeslee map of 1900, where it is spelled Oweruk.

Augoyaholi, creek; see Angoyaktoli.

Augusta; glacier and mountain (13,918 feet high), in the St. Elias region; named, 

in 1891, by Prof. I. C. Russell, after his wife. Has been printed erroneously Agusta. '

Augusta; point, the northeastern point of Chichagbf island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794..

Augustine; bay, indenting the western coast of Quadra island, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. So named by Dall in 1883. Has since been written St. 

Augustine bay.

Augustine; cape, near the above. Named in 1775, by Maurelle, Cabo de S. 

Augustin. Also called cape Saint Augustine.

Augustine; island (about 3,000 feet high), in Cook inlet. Named Mount St. 

Augustin by Cook in 1778. It is.Chernoburi or Chernabura (black-brown) 

of the Russians.

Auke; cove, indenting the northern shore of Admiralty island, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Called Auke bay by Meade in 1868, after a poor 

tribe of Indians living near it.

Auto; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, about 20 miles below the 

mouth of Kaiyuh river. Name from Coast Survey chart 3098 (1898), 

where it is called Autokakat, i. e., Auto river. Raymond, 1869, shows 

this stream without name, but has a village called Yakutsklitnik. From 

this place a trail leads to Unalaklik on Norton sound. Tikhmenief, 

1861, shows a village here (on the opposite bank of the Yukon) called

Ttutaho.

Avatanak; island (1,207 feet high), between Akutan and Tigalda of the Krenitzin 

group, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from the Russians. Has also 

been written Avatanok and Awatanok. Apparently identical with Aiaialgutak of Krenitzin and Levashef in 1768.

Avatanak; strait, separating Akun island from Avatanak and other islands, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So called by Venianiinof and Lutke, 

1828.

Avinof; cape, on the mainland southeast from Nunivak island, Bering sea. Presumably so named by Vasilief, in 1821, after Lieut. Alexander Avinof, a 

member of his party. See also Shoal Ness.

Avon; islet, in McHenry anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Ayachaghayuk, village; see Aiachagiuk.

Ayacheruk, village; see Aiacheruk.

Ayagh, island; see Adak.

Ayaghish, volcano; see Makushin.

Ayak, island; see Sledge.

Ayakhtalik,. village; see Aiaktalik.

Ayakulik; island, off the west coast of Kodiak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 

1849. Erroneously Achulik.
BAKEB.] 83 Aya Bait

Ayakulik; river, on the west coast of Kodiak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 

1849. Erroneously Ayakulih.

Ayalik, bay; see Aialik.

Ayalik, islands; see-Chiswell.

Ayugadak, island; see Rat.

Ayutka; cape, in Aniakchak bay, Alaska peninsula. Native name, as published by 

the Coast Survey in 1900.

Azaik, island; see Aziak.

Azarnis; cape, the eastern point of Little Tanaga island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Azimis.

t Aziachak, point; see Romanof.

Aziak, island; see Sledge.

Aziak: islet, southwest of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native 

name from the Russians. Lutke says Tebenkof calls it Azki, but Tebenkof's chart XXVIII has Aziak. Has also been written Azik and, erroneously, Azaik.

Aziavik; river, tributary to Hagemeister strait on northern shore of Bristol bay.

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who writes it Azvichviak. 

Aziavik; Eskimo village, on northern shore of Bristol bay. Name from Petrof, 1880,

who Avrote it Aziavigamute, i. e., Aziavik people. Population in 1880,132. 

Azimuth; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by the Coast

Survey. 

Azimuth; point, on the northern coast of Kodiak, near Spruce island. Named

Pelenga (magnetic azimuth) by Murashef, who in 1839-40 took bearings

here.

Azki, island; see Aziak. 

Azun; river, in the Yukon delta. Usually written Azoon. Native name, from

Nelson, who crossed it in December, 1878.

Baby; creek, tributary to Chandlar river, from the west, near longitude 148° 30'.

So named by prospectors in 1899. 

Baby; creek, tributary to Squaw creek, from the south, in the Fortymile mining

district. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898. 

Back; island, in Behm canal, near Betton island, Alexander archipelago. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1886. 

Back; point, between Gwydyr bay and the mouth of the Colville river, on the

Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So named by Franklin, in 1826,

"after my excellent companion, Lieutenant [afterward Captain] George

Back," R. N. 

Backbone; mountain (2,525 feet high), on the mainland, near Revillagigedo chan-

. nel. So named by Nichols in 1885. 

Backhouse; point, on the Arctic coast near the international boundary. So named

by Franklin, in 1826, after Mr. Backhouse, one of the under secretaries of

state for foreign affairs. 

Badger; bay, indenting the northern shore of Boca de Quadra, southeastern

Alaska. So'named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Bagial; cove, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puerto Bagial

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. On Sarichef's map called cape

Bagial.

Bahia de las Islas; see Salisbury sound.

Bant; harbor, indenting the northern shore of Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians after Engineer Baht, of the steamer

Alexander. Erroneously Bath harbor. 

Baie de Monti; see Yakutat.
Bal Bak. 84 [BULL. 187.

Baikron; creek, tributary to Kanektok river, from the north, near its northernmost 

bend. Native name (pronounced By-kron), obtained by Spurr and Post,' 

of the Geological Survey, who passed its mouth September 5, 1898.

Bailey; bay, indenting the mainland north of Revillagigedo island, Behrn canal, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, in 18,79, in the Coast Pilot 

(p. 73). Erroneously Baily.

Bailey; harbor, in northern part^of Belkofski bay, Alaska peninsula. Surveyed by 

Capt. George W. Bailey, U. S. R. M., in 1879, and named after him by the 

Revenue-Marine Service. Captain Bailey was lost overboard on the 

return voyage to San Francisco, October 16, 1879.

Bailey; sunken ledge, off Obernoi point, Port Levashef, Captains bay, Unalaska.. 

Shown on the earliest charts, then omitted and rediscovered in 1872 by 

Silvanus Bailey,- mate of the Coast Survey schooner Humboldt, for whom 

it is named.

Bainbridge; peak (3,467 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, Frederick 

sound. So named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Commodore 

.William Bainbridge, IT. S. N.

Bainbridge; port, at extreme southwestern corner of Prince William sound. So 

named by Vancouver in 1794.

Baird; bank, off the northern shore of Alaska peninsula. Named by the Fish Cornmission, in 1890, after Prof. Spencer F. Baird, of the Smithsonian 

Institution.

Baird; canyon, tributary to Copper river from the west, just north of Miles glacier. 

So named by Alien, in 1885, after Prof. Spencer Fullerton Baird, Secretary 

of the Smithsonian Institution.

Baird; glacier, at head of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 

in 1887, after Prof. Spencer F. Baird, Secretary of the Smithsonian 

Institution.

Baird; glacier, near headwaters of Lowe river, about 25 miles east of Valdes. So 

named by the Geological Survey after a prospector who, in the spring of 

1898, lost his life while exploring it.

Baird; inlet, on the western coast of Alaska, northeast of Nunivak. So named by 

Petrof, in 1880, after Prof. Spencer F. Baird, Secretary of the Smithsonian 

Institution.

Baird; mountain, near Mt. Augusta, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Russell, in 1890, after Prof. Spencer F. Baird, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

Baird; peak (3,260 feet high), on the northeastern coast of Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Baituk; creek, in western end of Seward peninsula, debouching a few miles southeast of Cape Prince of Wales. Eskimo name, which has been written 

Bituk and Botuk. Pronounced Bye-took. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1900.

Bajo Pamplona; see Pamplona.

Baker; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from, the north, near longitude 150°. So named by prospectors in 1899. Has also been called 

Nelson creek.

Baker; creek, tributary to Tanana river, right bank, about 60 miles above mouth of 

latter, near longitude 151°. So named by Alien in 1885. Apparently 

identical with Saklekageta of Petrof, 1880.

Baker; inlet, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. This 

name was given by Dall, in 1880, to a supposed inlet indenting the southern shore of Kasaan bay. When Clover surveyed Kasaan bay, in 1885, 

and found the inlet did not exist he applied the name to a point near by.
BAKER.] 85 Bak Ban.

Baker; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named by Ball, in 

1879, "after Marcus Baker, of the Coast Survey, engaged 1873-1881 in 

surveys and office work relating to Alaska."

Baker; mountain, on west bank of the White river, near latitude 63°. So named, 

in 1898, by Peters and Brooks, after H. B. Baker, a member of their party.

Baker; point, being the northwestern point of Prince of Wales island, Sumner 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Lieut. 

Joseph Baker, R. N., of Vancouver's party, who drew the maps in Vancouver's atlas. Has also been called North Point Baker.

Baker; point, on the southern shore of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Clover, in 1885, after Marcus Baker.

Balaena, island; see Ballena.

Balandra; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La .Balandra 

(the sloop) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. See also Fish Egg.

Bald; mountains, near Taku river. Probably so called by the exploring parties of 

the Western Union Telegraph Company in 1865.

Bald; ridge of mountains (2,241 feet high), east of Taingas harbor, on Annette 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Bald, cape; see Chacon.

Bald Head; promontory, on the northern side of Norton bay, Norton sound, Bering sea. So named by Cook in September, 1778. Quite recently it has 

been called Point Inglestat, and also Isaacs point, by the miners and prospectors. Some part of it was also called Point Ennis by the Western 

Union Telegraph Expedition of 1867. Has also been written Bald-Head.

Baldwin; creek, tributary to Fish river > from the east, Seward peninsula. Local 

name, 1900.

Baldy; mountain, on east bank of the Kugruk river, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Brooks, 1900.

Ball; group of islets, forming eastern part of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, in 1879, 

after Col. Mottrom Dulany Ball, at that time collector of customs at 

Sitka.

Ball, island; see Aleutski.

Ballast; island, in Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission in 1893.

Ballena; islands, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La Ballena 

(the whale) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Has been written 

erroneously Balaena and Balena.

Bamdoroshni; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809. Has been written Bamdorotchnoi.. 

Has also been called Russian island. According to George Kostrometinoff, 

U. S. Court interpreter at Sitka, this is a corruption of the Russian Podorozhnie meaning on the road.

Bamer; creek, tributary to Koksuktapaga river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Ban; island, in Paramanof bay on the northwestern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Named Ban (? of baths) by the Russians. On a map by the 

Russian American Company, 1849, it is Bok (side) island.

Bancas, Bahia de las; see Disenchantment.

Bancas; point, the north point of entrance to Disenchantment bay, Yakutat bay. 

Called Punta de las Bancas (point of the banks or shoals) by Malaspina 

in 1791.

Band; cove, just south of entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass in 1881.
Ban Bar. 86 [BULL. 187.

Sander, bay; see Banner.

Bangor; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Banks; point, the north point of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. So named by Cook 

in 1778. Also erroneously Benkes.

Banks; port, an arm of Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Called 

Port Banks by Dixon in June, 1787, "in honour of Sir Joseph Banks." 

It is Zakritoi (closed) bay of Tebenkof and others.

Banks, port; see Whale bay.

Banner; bay, indenting the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named by 

Lutke, about 1830, after the Dane Ivan Ivanovich Banner, long the Russian 

American Company's agent at Kodiak. . Variously written Baner, Bander, 

etc. Perhaps this bay is identical with Glubokoi (deep) of some 

charts.

Banner; creek, tributary to Nome river from the west, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey 

in 1900.

Baptist, bay; see St. John Baptist and San Juan Bautista.

Bar; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the west, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published by the. Coast Survey in 

1900. Has also been printed Barr.

Bar; point, on Revillagigedo island, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Capt. W. E. George, a pilot in southeastern Alaska.

Baralof; bay, on the eastern coast of Unga island, Shumagin group. Called by 

Veniamincf, Vavilofskaia, and by Dall, in 1872, New harbor. Later it 

was called Baraloff bay and Barloff harbor. Apparently a corruption of 

Vavilof.

Sarani, island; see Sheep.

Baranof; large island, in Alexander archipelago. Variously written Baronoff, 

Baranov, Baranow, etc. Also called Sitka island. Named by Lisianski, 

in 1805, after Alexander Andreievich Baranof, then Governor of the Russian American colonies. It, with the adjacent islands, has been called 

the Baranof archipelago.

Baranof Packing Company; cannery", on Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago.

Baranovich; fishing station, at the head of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

established by Philip Baranovich in or about 1878. Variously written 

Baronovitch, Baronovich, etc. See Karta.

Baranovich's bay; see Karta.

Baranow, island; see Baranof.

Barber; point, near Nuchek, Prince William sound. So named by Portlock in 1787.

Barca; point, on the western shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de la Barca (boat point) by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Barclay; valley, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, back of Belle bay. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bare; islet, near edge of flat in Port Krestof, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Goloi (bare) by Vasilief in 1809.

Bare; island, in Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named Goloi (bare) byMurashef 

in 1839-1840.

Bare; islet, in Funter bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Mansfield in 1890.

Bare; islet, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.
BAKER!] 87 Bar Jfar.

Bare; islet, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Either this or an islet near 

it was named Goloi (bare) by Lindenberg in 1838. There seems to be 

confusion of names here.

Bare; mountain, on the mainland of Alaska, east of Admiralty island. So named 

by the British admiralty in or about 1865.

Bare; point, on the eastern side of McGlellan flats, at mouth .of the Chilkat river, 

southeastern Alaska. Named Goloi (bare) by Lindenberg in 1838. The 

name is obsolete.

Bare; rock, about half a mile westerly from Sentinel rock in Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Name apparently derived from the descriptive phrase golia 

kamennia ostrofki (bare rocky islets), applied by Vasilief in 1809. The 

Passage islets in Sitka sound have also been called Bare islets.

Bare; rock, in Hawk inlet, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bare; rock, in Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Goloi 

(bare) by Vasilief in 1809.

Bare; see Goloi and Naked.

Barigon; cape, on the western shore of Port Dolores, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. On La Perouse's copy (1798) of the Spanish map by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779, it bears the designation El Barigon.

Barlow; cove, in northern end of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Whidbey, of Vancouver's party, in 1794. Also written Barlow's, Barlows, and erroneously Burlow.

Barlow; islets, forming the east side of Barlow cove, above. . Also called Barlow 

islands. Named by the Coast Survey in 1884.

Barlow, mountain; see Lone.

Barlow; point, on east side of Barlow cove, above. So called by Ball in the Coast 

Pilot, 1883.

Barnabas; cape, the eastern point of Sitkalidak island, on the southeast coast of 

Kodiak. Called by Cook, in 1778, cape St. Barnabas and also cape Barnabas. Has also been written Barnaba.

Barnard; island, in the Koyukuk river, near longitude 155° 3CK. So named by Alien, 

in 1885, presumably after Lieut. J. J. Barnard, of H. M. ship Enterprise, 

who was killed by the Koyukuk Indians, February 16,1851.

Barnelt, cape; see Addington.

Barometer; mountain (2,310 feet high), near St. Paul, Kodiak. Apparently so 

named by the Coast Survey, in 1867, from its reputed power as a weather 

indicator. On the old Russian chart of 1809 it is called Ostraia (steep) 

mountain. Tebeukof calls it Skotnik (cow keeper).

Barometer; mountain, on the south side of Kuskokwiin river, near longitude 157°. 

So named by Spurr and Post in 1898.

Barren; rock (20 feet high), in Dixon entrance, 7 miles south of Cape Northumberland. Called Barren rock by Ball in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Barren, island; see Long.

Barren; islands, at entrance to Cook inlet. So named by Cook, in 1778, "from their 

very naked appearance." Also called Barren isles. Islas Esteriles of the 

Spaniards, Bezploanie (sterile) of the Russians, Bareninseln of the Germans, etc. Peregrebni of Tebenkof and Russian Hydrographic chart, 

1378.

Barrie, island; see Strait.

Barrie; point, the southwestern point of Kupreanof island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Mr. Barrie, a 

member of his party.

Barrier; group of islands, in southeastern part of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1899.
Bar-Mat. 88 [BULL. 187.

Barrier; two islands and numerous adjacent rocks and reefs in Sumner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So designated by Ball in the Coast Pilot, 1883. 

At high water they appear like two islands.

Barrow; point, the northernmost point of Alaska. So named by Beechey in September, 1826, after Sir John Barrow. Dease and Simpson, in 1837, called 

it Point Barrow or Cape North.

Barry; arm of Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by Glenn, in 1898, 

after Col. Thomas Henry Barry, assistant adjutant-general, U. S. A.

Barry; glacier, tributary to Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. 

Named Barry by Glenn in 1898,. after Col. Thomas H. Barry, assistant 

adjutant-general, U. S. A. Was also named Washington glacier by the 

Harriman Expedition, in 1899, before the prior naming was published.

Barter; island, near Camden bay on the northern coast of Alaska, near the international boundary line. So named by Franklin, in 1826, on account of the 

annual trading carried on there between the natives.

Bartlett; cove, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by the pilot, Capt. 

W. E. George, in or about 1881.

Bartlett;.point, between Surprise harbor and Murder cove, near the southern 

extreme of Admiralty island, at junction of Chatham strait and Frederick 

sound. So called in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 141).

Bartlett; point, on northwest shore of Whitney island, Fanshaw bay, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1891.

Bartlett; point, the westernmost point of Wales island, Dixon entrance. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bartolome; cape, being the north point of entrance to Bucareli bay, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Maurelle, in 1775, Cabo de S. Bartholome, or 

cape of St. Bartholomew; which has appeared under various forms since, 

such as St. Bartolom, St. Bartolome, Bartholomew, etc. In 1778 Meares 

called it Adamson, and Lisianski, in 1805, called it Cheericoff or C. de St. 

Bartolome.

Harwell, point; see Resurrection.

Basargin; mountain, on mainland on north bank of Stikine river, near Popof glacier. 

Named Bassarguine by Hunter, in 1877, after Lieut. Vladimir Basargin, 

I. N., commanding the Russian corvette Rynda, which explored the

Stikine in 1863. , Base, point; see Cliff.

Basin; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Basin; creek, tributary to Melsing creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Basin; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Nome mining region,

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. 

Basket; bay, on the eastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander

archipelago. Has been called Kakagin inlet. Its Indian name is Kook.

The name basket was given by the Alaska Oil and Guano Company's

employes at Killisnoo. 

Bass; point, on south shore of Revillagigedo island, near entrance to Behm canal.

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Bassarguine, mountain; see Basargin. 

Bat; point, near head of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago.

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Batan; point, on west shore% of Port Caldera, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Batan by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Batan is Spanish for fulling-mill.
BAKER.] 89 . Bat Baz.

Batareinoi, island; see Battery.

Bates; pass, over Valdes glacier. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Bates; rapids, in middle part of the Tanana river, central Alaska. So named by 

Alien, in 1885, after an Englishman of that name, who is reported to have 

descended the Tanana. Also called Bates Rapid.

Bath, harbor; see Baht.

Battery; island, between Whiting harbor and the western anchorage of Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Batareinoi (battery) by 

Vasilief in 1809. It was once occupied by an earthwork, .now obliterated.

Battery; islets, in southern part of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Lindenberg in 1838. .They are the Clear islets of Meade in 1869.

Battery; point, on Seduction tongue on west shore of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, from its 

resemblance to an earthwork fortification. According to the Krause 

brothers its native name is Ketlrachtii. This point has been reserved for 

light-house purposes by executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Battery; point, the eastern head of Sarana bay on south shore of Akutan island, 

Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So named by Veniaminof, about 1830, 

who describes it as a perpendicular cliff of volcanic rock, and the southernmost part of the island. Possibly identical with South Head of the Fish 

Commission, in 1888, which is in turn identical with cape Kaianak of 

Tebenkof, 1849.

Batza; mountains, village and river of central Alaska, tributary to the Koyukuk,. 

from the north, near longitude 154°. The native name is Batzakiikat, as 

reported by Alien, in 1885, ktikai meaning river. See Kakat.

Balzakakat, river; see Alashuk.

Batzulnetas; post, on north bank of the Copper river in latitude 62° 37'. Apparently a native name. Published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Has also 

been printed Batzulnatos.

Baum; cape, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula, west of the north end of Dolgoi 

island. Named by the traders after one of the employes of the Alaska 

Commercial Company. The name has also been applied to the northwesternmost point of Dolgoi island.

Bay; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Bay; group of four wooded islets, in American bay, near Dixon entrance, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1881.

Bay; island in Koyukuk river near longitude 157°. So named by Alien in 1885.

Bay; islet on eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender in 1868.

JBay; point, the northwestern point of TJnga island, Shumagin group. Named Zaliva 

(bay) by the Russians. Lutke, 1835,- calls it Tonkoi (narrow) point.

Bay; point, the western point of entrance to Farragut bay, Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Ball in 1879.

Bay of Islands, Adak; see Islands, Bay of.

Bay of Islands; see Salisbury sound.

Bay of Pillars; see Pillars, Bay of.

Bay of Starrigavan; see Old Harbor bay.

Bay of Waterfalls; see Waterfalls, Bay of.

Bay Point Knoll; mountain (2,108 feet high), on the mainland, near Bay point, 

the western point of entrance to Farragut .bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas in 1887.

Bayou; point, on the western shore of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869.

Bazan; point, the south point of entrance to Port Bazan, Prince of Wales archipelago. So called by Tebenkof, 1849.
Baz Bea. . 90 [BULL. 187.

Bazan; port, on west coast of Dall island, Alexander archipelago. Visited by

Caarnano in July, 1792, and named Puerto del Baylio Bazan. Has been

called Bazan bay or harbor. 

Bazhi; Eskimo village, on left bank of the Yukon, at upper niouth of the Innoko

or Shagaluk slough. Name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who writes it Bazhigagat, i. e., Bazhi river. 

Bazil; point, on the northwestern coast of Montague island, the northeast point of

entrance to Banning bay, Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver

in 1794. 

Beacon; rock, in entrance to Mole harbor, Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Beacon, rock; see Makhnati. 

Bean; island, in Dixon entrance just west of Cape Chacon. So named by Dall, in

1880, after Dr. Tarleton Hoffman Bean, of the Fish Commission. 

Bean; ridge, on north bank of the Tanana, opposite mouth of the Toklat river.

Named, in 1898, by Peters and Brooks, after the first trader to establish a

post on the Tanana. The post was at Harper bend, and here Mrs. Bean

was murdered by the Indians.

Bear; bay, indenting the northwestern shoro of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Coghlan in 1884. 

Bear; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of Belkofski.

Named Medvednikova (bear's) by the Russians, presumably from the

abundance of brown bears found in its vicinity. 

Bear; cape, the northern point of entrance to Bear bay, Alaska peninsula, near

Belkofski. Called Medviednik (bear) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also-been

called Middle point. 

Bear: cape, the northwestern point of entrance to Port Etches, Prince William

sound. Named Medviezhi (bear) by Chernof in 1830. 

Bear; cove, indenting the northern shore of Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. A stream tributary to this small bay was named Medviezhia

(bear) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Bear; cove, near the head of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So called by Dall in

1880. 

Bear; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the east. Prospectors' name, from

Barnard in 1898.

Bear; creek, tributary to Resurrection creek, from the east, near Hope city, on Turnagain arm of Cook inlet. Prospectors' name, reported by Becker in 1895.

Bear; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the south, near latitude 

67°. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Bear, creek; see Lime.

Bear, fort; see Khutsnu.

Bear; harbor, in Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Helm in 1886.

Bear; island, nearer in Uyak anchorage, Uyak bay, northern coast of Kodiak. So 

called by Moser in 1899.

Bear, island; see Woewodski.

Bear; mountain, about 40 or 50 miles north, by compass, from Mount St. Elias. So 

named by Russell, in 1891, after the U. S. revenue cutter Bear. . Bear; mountain, on right bank of the Tanana river, near latitude 62°. So named 

by Peters in 1898.

Bear; river, tributary to the head of Portland canal. Apparently so named by 

Fender in 1868.

Bear; river, tributary to theNiukluk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.
BAKER.] . 91 Bea Bea.

Bear Bay; island, in Bear bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Coghlan in 1884. 

Beardslee; group of islands, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by

United States naval officers, in 1880, after Rear-Admiral Lester Anthony

Beardslee, U. S. N. Have also been called Sand islands. 

Beardslee; group of islands, forming part of the Galankin group in Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, in 1880,

after Rear-Admiral Beardslee. Has been erroneously printed Beardsley. 

Beardslee, island; see Kayak. 

Beardslee; river, on the mainland, tributary to William Henry bay, Lynn canal,

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, in 1880,

after Rear-Admiral Beardslee. 

Beaton, island; see Betton. 

Be.atlie, creek; see Slate. 

Beauclerc; island, near the entrance to Port Beauclerc, Sumner strait, Alexander

archipelago. Also, erroneously, Beauclere. Named by Ball in 1879.

Beauclerc; mountain peak (-2,500 feet high), on Kuiu island, near Port Beauclerc.

So named by Helm in 1885. 

Beauclerc; port, in Kuiu island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Vancouver in 1793. Also, erroneously, Beauclere. 

Beaufort; bay, on the Arctic coast of Alaska, near the international boundary line.

So named by Franklin, in 1826, after his friend, Capt. Francis Beaufort,

R.N. 

Beaufort; cape, on the Arctic coast of Alaska, near Cape Lisburne. Named, in 1826,

by Beechey, '' in compliment to Captain Beaufort, the present hydrographer 

Juo the Admiralty." Has also been written Bophor. 

Beautems, cape and mountain; see Fairweather.

Beaver; bay, gulf or inlet indenting eastern shore of Unalaska island, eastern Aleutians. Named Bobrovoi (sea otter) by Sarichef in 1792. Sauer, 1802, has

Bobrovoi guba or Bay of Otters; Langsdorf has "Sea-Otters bay of Cook,

Sarichef, and others." 

Beaver; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest of the

Shumagins. Named Bobrovoi (sea otter) by the Russians. The maps are

confused in this locality. Perhaps this is identical with Otter bay of some

maps. * 

Beaver; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians. Named

by the Russians Bobrovaia (sea otter). 

Beaver; cove, just north of Cape Providence, in Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula.

So called by the Russians, before 1831, because parties of sea otter hunters

from Katrnai usually stopped there. Lutke calls it Port Bobrovoi (des

loutres). 

Beaver; creek, on Mary island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Nichols in 1883. 

Beaver; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the east, near its mouth, Seward

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Beaver; creek, tributary to Matanuska river, from the west, a few miles north of

Knik river, Cook inlet. Local name, from GJenn, 1898. 

Beaver; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, a little below the mouth of

the Tozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Beaver; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, near latitude 66°. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1897. This may be the stream called

Nocotocargut by the Western Union Telegraph Company explorers in

1867. 

Beaver, islet; see Sea Otter.
Bea Bed. 92 [BULL. 187.

Beaver; lake, between the headwaters of the Unalaklik and Yukon, draining into 

the latter. "An open tundra known as Beaver lake, as it is covered with 

water in the spring." Local name from Dall, 1866.

Beaver; mountain, near Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called Bobrovskoi 

(sea otter) by Lutke in 1836.

Beaver; mountain range, in central Alaska. Is so indicated on map of Alaska, 

published by Parliament in 1855. (Arctic papers III, 916.-) Probably the 

Tanana mountains. The name also appears on a map issued by the United 

States General Land Office in 1869.

Beaver; point, the southern point of entrance to Shelikof bay, on western coast of 

Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Probably named Bobrovie (sea 

otter) by Rikord in 1810.' ' '

Beaver; village, or native settlement on northern shore of and near entrance to 

Beaver bay, Unalaska. Called Bobrova and Bobrovo (sea otter) by 

Sarichef in 1792. In about 1830 it consisted of 4 huts (yourts) and 41 

people. Its native name is Uguiug.

Beavertail; island, in Big Branch bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser in 1897.

Becharof; lake, on Alaska peninsula. The lake was named at an early day by the 

Russians after Becharof, a master in the Russian navy, who was at Kodiak 

in 1788. It has been variously written Becharoff, Betchareff, Bocharof, 

Bochonoff, Botcharoff, Rochanoff, etc. The Eskimo name appears to be 

Igiagiuk, or Ugiagwik, or Ugashik, etc. It has also been known as Tugat 

or Ninuari-Tugat, etc., while Agulogak of Sarichef is probably this lake.

Becharof; mountain, on Alaska peninsula. Name as above, recently applied.

Becher; point, the western head of Gwydyr bay on the Arctic coast, near Beechey 

point. This name has resulted from confusion. Franklin, in 1826, named a 

point near here Beechey. In 1837 Dease and Simpson transferred Franklin's 

name to another point a little farther east, viz, to the one here called Becher, 

and to Franklin's Beechey point they gave the name Berens. Later maps 

retain. the name Beechey as applied by Franklin and give to this cape a 

new name Becher.

Bechevin; bay, in Isanotski strait, indenting the western end of Alaska peninsula. 

Called Port Betchevinskoi, by Lutke, in 1836. Named presumably after

Bechevin, a wealthy merchant of Irkutsk Siberia, who in 1760 dispatched

the largest vessel sent out, up to that time, to the Aleutian islands the

Gavril or Gabriel. The bay has also been called Isaftotski. 

Bechevin; bay, indenting the northern coast of Atka, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Apparently so named by Billings about 1790. On Billings

track chart in Sauer's account it is Belshevinskoi. Named doubtless

after the Irkutsk merchant Bechevin. Variously written Betchevinskoi,

Bichevina, etc. 

Bechevin; cape, near Bechevin bay, on the north shore of Atka, middle Aleutians.

Called Betchevinskoi by Lutke, who seemingly took it from the pilot

Ingenstrem. 

Beck; hills, or mountains near junction of Fickettand Koyukuk rivers. So named,

in 1885, by Alien, "in honor of Senator James B. Beck, of Kentucky.

The Indians seemed to have no names for these." 

Beck; point, in Hassler harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1883. 

Bede; point, on the eastern side of entrance to Cook inlet. So named by Cook in

1778. "In naming this (Cape Bede) and Mt. St. Augustiii, Captain Cook.

was directed by our calendar."
BAKER:! 93 , Bod Helt

Bedennoi, islets; see Watch.

Bee; rocks (10 feet high), in southern entrance to Clarence strait, south of the Percy 

islands, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Beecher; pass, between Woewodski and Kupreanof islands, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, in 1887, after Ensign Albert Morrison Beecher, 

TJ. S. N., a member of his party. It is Duncan passage of Meade in 1869.

Beechey; point, near month of the Colville river, Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. 

Named by Franklin, in 1826, after his friend, Capt. Frederic AVilliaui 

Beechey, R. N. Called Berens~by Dease and Simpson in 1837. Erroneously 

Beechy.

Beehive; creek, tributary to Budd creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Beehive; island, in southern entrance to Nakwasina passage, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Baker, in 1880, from its fancied resemblance, seen from the west, to the conventional straw beehive.

Peering; see Bering.

Beering's, bay; see Dry.

Behm; canal, in soxithern part of Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 

1793, after Maj. Magnus Carl von Behm, commandant of Kamchatka in 1779. 

1779.

Behm; mountain (2,867 feet high), on the mainland, near southern entrance to Behm 

canal. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Behm; narrows or strait, in Behm canal, separating Bell and Revillagigedo islands. 

Named by the Coast Survey in.1891.

Behring, Riviere de; see Alsek.

Behring; see Bering.

Belcaro; post-office, established in August, 1899. It is about 50 miles north of 

Valdes, Prince William sound.

Belcher; point, on the Arctic coast, between Icy cape and Point Barrow. So named 

by Beechey, in 1827, after Lieutenant (afterwards Sir Edward) Belcher, 

who accompanied him during his explorations here.

Belknap; islands, forming the eastern part of the Eckholms group, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880, 

presumably after Capt. (afterwards Rear-Admiral) George Eugene 

Belknap, U. S. N.

Belkofski; bay, cape and village on south coast of Alaska peninsula. Named by 

the Russians, as early as 1835, and probably earlier. Derived from bielka 

(squirrel). Variously written Belkoffski, Belkoffsky, Belkovsky, etc.

Bell; arm, in northern part of Behm canal, north of Bell island, below. So named 

. by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Bell; island (2,500 feet high), in Behrn canal, north of Revillagigedo island. Called 

o Bell's island by Vancouver, in 1793, after a member of his party.

Bell; island, in entrance to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

 Named by Helm, in 1886, after Lieut. John Arthur Bell, U. S. N., a 

member of his party.

Bell; river, tributary to Gwydyr bay, Arctic coast of Alaska. Named Bell's by Dease 

and Simpson in 1837.

Belle; bay, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So called by the Coast Survey.

Belle Isle, village; see Eagle. . .

Bellevue; river, in northernmost Alaska, tributary to Elson bay, near Point Barrow. Named Belle Vue by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, commemorating 

their pleasure at seeing the end of their exploratory journey from the 

Mackenzie river mouth to Point Barrow.

Belshevinskoi, bay; see Bechevin. . '
Bel Ber. 94 [BULL. 187.

Belt; creek, tributary to the Kuzitrin river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Beluga; mountain (3,500 feet high), near the head of Cook inlet. So named by the 

Geological Survey in 1898. 

Beluga; river, tributary to Cook inlet, from the north, near longitude 151°. Apparently a prospectors' name, given in 1896, and published in 1899.

Ben; lake, on Kenai peninsula tributary to Kaknu lake. May be identical with 

Second lake or Skilak lake. So called on Kussian Hydrographic chart 

1378, edition of 1847.

Bence; mountain (4,800 feet high), near the head of Klutina lake. So named by 

Abercrombie in 1898, after Private Bence, of his party.

Bench; creek, tributary to headwaters of Sixm'ile creek, Kenai peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Mendenhall^ 1898.

Bend; mountain (5,000 feet high), on the east bank of Chandlar river, near latitude 

68°. Descriptive name given by Schrader in 1899. There is a large bend 

in the river near this mountain.

Bendel; cape, the northwest point of Kupreanof island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, in 1877, after Mr. Bernhard Bendel, 

formerly of Bremen, an Alaskan pioneer, to whom the early Coast Survey 

parties were indebted for valuable information and generous hospitality.

Bendel; island, between Big Koniuji and Nagai islands, Shumagin group. So 

named by Dall, after Bernhard Bendel, a trader in Alaska in 1871-72. 

Has also been called Morse island.

Bendeleben; mountain, north of Golofnin bay, Norton sound. Named in 1866, 

after Baron Otto von Bendeleben, who made explorations in this vicinity 

while a member of the Western Union Telegraph Exploring Expedition. 

Erroneously Berdeleben.

Benham; point, the eastern point of entrance to Rodman bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, in 1895, after Ensign Henry Kennedy 

Benham, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Benjamin; island, in southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Beardslee in 1880.

Benkes, point; see Banks.

Bennett; creek, tributary to the Niukluk river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Bennett; island, in the Arctic ocean, north of the New Siberian islands. Discovered by De Long, in 1881, and named by him, after Mr. James Gordon 

Bennett.

Bennett; lake, north of Chilkoot pass. Named by Schwatka, in 1883, after James 

Gordon Bennett. Has been erroneously written Bennet.

Bennett; town, at head of Bennett lake, the present terminus of the railroad from 

Skagway. o

Bentera; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La Bentera by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Bentinck, point; see Steele.

Berdeleben, mountain; see Bendeleben.

Berens, point; see Beechey. -

Berezhnoi, island; see Caution.

Berezovaia, cove; see Birch.

Berg; bay or.inlet, on the southwestern shore of Glacier bay. So called in the 

Coast Pilot (1883, p. 169).

Berg; lake, on the eastern border of Muir glacier. So named by Reid, in 1890, 

because of the large number of icebergs found floating in it that year.

Bergman; store or trading post, on the Koyukuk river, near the Arctic circle. So 

named by prospectors, in 1899, after its owner.
BAKKR.] 95 Ber Bcr.

Bering; Several geographic features in and adjacent to Alaska have been named 

after Commander Bering, the pioneer explorer of northwest America. So 

applied the name has been variously spelled Behring, Bhering, Beering, 

etc. Nearly all are now agreed that the spelling should be that used by 

Bering himself, viz, Bering. Capt. Commander Ivan Ivanovich Bering, 

selected by the Tsar, Peter the Great, for the work of exploring eastern 

Asia and western America, was the son of Jonas Svendsen by his second 

wife, Anne Pedersdatter Bering, and was born at Horsens, in Jutland, in 

the summer of 1681. On his mother's side he was descended from the 

distinguished Bering family which, during the seventeenth and eighteenth 

centuries, flourished in various parts of Denmark, and included a number 

of ministers and judicial officers. Baptized the 12th of August, 1681, he 

received the baptismal name Vitus Jonassen Bering. On entering the 

Russian navy, however, he took, as was the custom of the Danish and 

Norwegian officers serving in Russia, a new or Russianized form of name. 

This form is Ivan Ivanovich Bering. The name Ivanovich is an exact 

translation of Jonassen; in English, Johnson or John's son. All the Russian, 

and Danish records agree as to the spelling of the family name; both in Danish and in Russian it is Bering. His autograph is always Bering.

The insertion of an h in the name, giving the form Behring, appears to 

have been made in Germany.

In 1748 was published Harris's Collection of Voyages, in two folio 

volumes. In the second volume, pages 1016-1041, is contained "A distinct 

account of part of the northeast frontier of the Russian Empire, commonly 

called the country of Kamschatka or Kamschatska, including the voyages 

of Captain Behring for discovering toward the east, etc., collected from the 

best authorities, both printed and manuscript." This account was prepared by Dr. Campbell, who made use of the form Behring. From this 

it may be inferred, as pointed out by Mr. William H. Ball, that Dr. Campbell did not have access to original documents, but got his material from 

German sources or from German translations of the original. As Harris's 

Voyages is an elaborate work, long accepted as a standard, the use of the 

form Behring gained wide adoption among English-speaking people. 

That the form Bering should be adopted, however, appears (1) because it is 

the form always used by Bering himself, by his ancestors for five generations 

at least, and by his descendants; (2) because it is the form almost, though 

not quite, universally adopted in all non-English works, and (3) because 

even in English works it is gradually superseding the form Behring.

On this subject see note by Dr. T. N. Gill in report upon the condition 

of affairs in Alaska, by H. W. Elliott, Washington, 1875, p. 246; also in 

report on the seal islands of Alaska by same, pp. 151-2, this being contained 

in Tenth Census of the United States, Washington, 1884.

For information touching Bering and his family see Vitus J. Bering 

og de Russiske opdagelsesrejser fra, 1725-1743, af P. Lauridsen, 12mo, 

Kj0benhavn, Hegel & S0n, 1885, pp. 4-6. See also translation of same, 

entitled, Russian Explorations, 1725-1743, Vitus Bering, the discoverer of 

Bering Strait, by Peter Lauridsen, etc., translated from the Danish by 

Julius E. Olson, 12mo, Chicago, Griggs & Co., 1889, pp. ix, xii, 10, 11. 

See also note on Bering's name by W. H. Dall in The National Geographic 

Magazine, 8°, Washington, 1890. Vol. II, No. 2, p. 122.

The Encyclopaedia Britannica, ninth edition, has Behring's Island and 

Behring's Strait. Johnson's New Universal Cyclopeedia, New York, 1877, 

has Behring or Beering (Vitus). The American Cyclopaedia, 1883, vol. 2, 

p. 480, has Behring or Bering (Vitus). Appleton's Cylopaedia of American Biography, New York, 1887, vol. 1, p. 245, has Vitus Bering.
Be r Bet. . 96 [BULL.-187.

 Bering, bay; see Yakutat.

Bering; glacier, between Mount St. Elias and the Copper river. So named by the

Coast Survey in 1880. 

Bering, haven; see Controller bay. 

Bering-; island, one of the Commander group, Bering sea. Bering died and was

buried here December 8, 1741. 

Bering, river; see Alsek. 

Bering; sea, between Alaska and eastern Siberia. First so called after Commander

Bering, by Captain Golofnin, in 1822. Before this date it was for the

most part called the Sea of Kamchatka (variously spelled). On a very

old map it is called the Mer d'Ormante and on another the Sleepy sea.

It Has also been called the Sea of Otters (Bobrovoi) and also the Sea of

Alaska (variously spelled) or Aleutian sea. Also the Eastern (i. e.

Pacific) ocean. For very full account of this name see Fur Seal Arbitration. 

Bering; strait, separating Asia from North America. Variously written as strait

and straits, and also, variously written sometimes in the possessive form,

as Bhering, Behring, Beering, etc.. As early as 1572, it is shown on a map

with the name Strets de Anian. Cook, in 1778, called it Bhering's straits. 

Bering; village, on the eastern shore of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Name

from Brooks, 1900. Locally called Bering City. 

Bernard; creek, tributary to the Tonsina river from the southeast. Name from

Gerdine, 1900. 

Berners; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Bernstein, bay; see Amber. 

Berry; arm, of Port Frederick, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So called

in the Coast Pilot of 1883, p. 192. 

Berry, inlet; see Tenakee. 

Berry; island, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales group, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Clover in 1886. 

Berry; island, one of the Kutchuma group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Yagodnoi (berry) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Johnson island. 

Berry; knoll (894 feet high), "east of Tamgas harbor, on Annette island, Alexander

archipelago. Called Berry Knoll by Nichols in 1883. 

Berry, passage; see Tenakee. 

Berry; peak (2,500 feet high), on Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So nanied by-the

United States Navy in 1881, after Lieut. Robert Mallory Berry, U. S. N.,

whose party was the first to land upon this island. 

Berry; point, the end of a sandy shoal forming the northernmost point of Wrangell

island, Arctic ocean. Named after Lieut. Eobert M. Berry, II. S. N., who

discovered it in 1881. 

Bertha; glacier, on the mainland near the head of Chilkat inlet, southeastern

Alaska. So named by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Besboro; island, in eastern part of Norton sound, Bering sea. Named Besborough

by Cook in September, 1778. 

Besimenny, cape; see Nameless. 

Bessie; peak (4,130 feet high), in the northern part of Etolin island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Betcliareff, lake; see Becharof. 

Betchevinskoi, bay, cape, etc.; see Bechevin. 

Bethel; mission (Moravian), on the lower Kuskokwim near or at the native village

Mumtrelega; founded by the missionaries William H. Weinland and

John H. Kilbuck in 1885.
BAKJSJJ.] . 97 Bet-«Ig.

Betrug, cape; see Deceit.

Settles; river, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude 150°. Named by the miners, in 1899, after Mr. Settles, of the firm

Pickarts, Bettles & Pickarts, owners of the post Bergman. 

Betton; cape, on the western coast of Bettoii island. Called Betton Head by the

Coast Survey in 1886. 

Betton; island, in the northern entrance to Behm canal, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Mr. Robert Betton, one of his party,

who was wounded in a fight with the natives. The name occurs several

times in Vancouver's text, but in the atlas is erroneously Beatons. This

erroneous form has been widely copied. 

Between; cape, between Spruce and Inner Spruce cape, Chiniak bay, Kodiak.

Named Promezhutochnie (between) byMurasnef in 1839^0. 

Between; mountain (1,526 feet high), near Tamgas harbor, on Annette island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886. 

Beziemiannoi, islet; see Nameless. 

Buzplodnie, islands; see Barren. 

Bhering.; see Bering. 

Bibb; shoal, in the entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Glass, in 1881, perhaps after one of the Coast Survey vessels. 

Bibora; reef, off the northern end of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named La Bibora by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Apparently intended for la, bibaro (beaver). 

Bichevina, bay; see Bechevin. 

Bieli; rock, near Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Bieloi

(white) by Vasilief in 1809. Called White by Ball in the Coast Pilot

(1883, p. 140). Erroneously Beloi. 

Bieli, rock, Chatham strait; see White. 

Big; bowlder, near Danger point in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So

called by Nichols in 1881.

Big;, creek, tributary to Chandlar river, from the east, near longitude 149°. Prospectors' name, given in 1.899. 

Big; creek, tributary to Grouse creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Big; creek, tributary to Bed bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm" in 1886. 

Big; island, at entrance to Deep bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named

Bolshoi (big) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Big; island, in the Yukon river just below the mouth of Melozi river. Descriptive

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Big, island; see Big Gavanski. 

Big; lake, in northern part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Elliott,

1874, calls it Great lake. According to Elliott, its Aleut name is Meesulk-mah-nee, i. e., very Shallow. 

Big; mountain (8,750 feet high), on the mainland, east of the Stikine river and near

the international boundary. So called on recent Coast Survey charts. 

Big; rock, at entrance to Afognak bay, Kodiak group. Named Bolshoi (big) by

Murashef in 1839-40. . Bit/ Arrow, bay; see Big Branch. 

Big Black, river; see Bat. 

Big Branch; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Bolshoi strelka (Big arrow or Big off-shoot) by the

Russians. Has been called Great Strelki bay; also Bolshoi Bukav (big

sleeve). . 

Bull. 187 01 7
Big Bio. 98 [BULL. 187.

Big Branch; rock, off Big Branch bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser in 1897. . Big Diomede; island (1,759 feet high), the westernmost and largest of the Dioniede 

islands, Bering strait. It is the easternmost land of eastern Siberia, Asia. 

For name of the group see Diomede. Commonly known as Big Diomede. 

Saner, 1802, calls it Inalin and Inellen; Lutke has Inalik, while Beechey, 

1830, has Katmanoff (Noo-nar-book). Tebenkof, 1849, has Imaklit, while 

Nordenskjold has I-ma-ltn. Beechey, 1826, says that he transferred to 

this island the name Ratmanoff, which had been bestowed upon the supposed discovery of Kotzebue.

Big Fort; islet, on southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Bolshoi Krieposti (Big fort) by the Russian American Company in 1849.

Big Four; creek, tributary to Koksuktapaga river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Big Gavanski; island, one of the Gavanski group, immediately in front of Starrigavan bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Gavanski Bolshoi (big harbor) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Big island 

and Gavanski island.

Big Goose, island; see Goose.

Big Hurrah; creek, tributary to Soiornon river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Big Ikiut, river; see Niukluk.

Big Iliazhek, island; see Outer Iliasik.

Big Koniuji; island, one of the Shumagin group. Named by the Russians Bolshoi 

Koniuzhi, a word derived from Koniuzhka, the crested auk. Also written 

Konioujii, Koniugi, etc. See Koniuji.

Big Lake. A region of flat country abounding in lakes, between the lower Yukon 

and the Kuskokwim rivers, was, as early as 1878 and probably earlier, 

known to the fur traders as the Big Lake country.

Big Rose; island, one of the Opasni islands in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Coghlan, in 1884, doubtless after the little steamer 

Rose.

Big "Wh.itefi.sh; island, in the Yukon river, at the Palisades. Called Big White 

Fish island by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Bill; point, the north point of Whitney island, Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Billy; creek, tributary to Hicks creek, from the north, near longitude 147° 30/. 

Local -name from Glenn in 1898.

Bingham; the northwestern point of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Vancouver in 1794. Tebenkof calls it Takhanis, while Cook and La 

Perouse call it Cape Cross. Vancouver located Cape Cross seven miles 

from this.

Bingo; mountain, in northern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols in 1883..

Biorka; cape, the northeasternmost point of Biorka island near TJnalaska, eastern 

Aleutians. Called Burka by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Biorka; island, near the east end of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Its Aleut name 

is Siginak (braided, curled), which Sauer wrote Sithanak. Sarichef, in 

1792, called it Spirkin; Veniaminof has Borka or Spirkin, while Lutke 

says Spirkine, otherwise called Borka. Now commonly written and pronounced Bi6rka. Erroneously Burka. It is from the Norwegian Bjerk 6, 

or Swedish Bjork 6, meaning Birch island.

Biorka; island, the north westernmost of the Necker islands, at entrance to Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago: So named by Vasilief in 1809. It is 

South island of Lisianski in 1805.
BAKER.] 99 Bio-Bit.

Biorka; sunken reef, in Sitka sound, westward from Biorka island. So named by 

Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883. Has also been called Biorka rock.

Biorka; village (population in 1890, 58), on the eastern end of Biorka island, 

eastern Aleutians. Has been written Borka and Burka. Its native name, 

according to Veniaminof, is TJgiu-ug, but Sauer, 1790, says it is called 

Sidankin, while Sarichef, in the same party with Sauer, has Sedanka and 

Sedanki; 

Biougam, island; see Bushy.

Birch; cove, east of Pyramid island, Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska. Named 

Berezovaia (birch) bay by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is obsolete.

Birch; creek, tributary to Big Four creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Birch; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, about 15 miles below the 

mouth of Tozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Birch; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, a little below Fort Yukon. 

Named by traders of the Hudson Bay Company. Its Indian name is

reported to be Tohwun-nukakat. Either this creek, or the one next below

it, is Nocotocargut of the Western Union Telegraph Expedition in 1867.

Birch; lake, near Tetling river, between the Copper and Tanaua rivers. So named 

by Lowe, in 1898, after Stephen Birch, a member of his party.

Birch Creek; trail, from the Tanana river, near longitude 147°, to the headwaters 

of Birch creek.' Local usage. Apparently identical with Circle City trail 

of some maps.

Bird; cape (1,008 feet high), at western end of Amchitka island, western Aleutians. 

Lutke says the Aleuts call it Satanna, i. e., des oiseaux (of birds). The 

Russians called it Ptichie (bird) cape.

Bird; cape, on southern shore of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named Ptichie 

 (bird) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Bird; creek,'tributary to Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, from the north, opposite the 

mouth of Sixmile creek. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological 

Survey in 1900.

Bird; island, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Beardslee in 1880.

Bird; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak island. Named Ptichie (bird) by the 

Russians in 1809.

Bird; island, in southern part of the Shumagin group. Named Ptichnie or Ptichnoi 

(bird) by the early Russians. Has also been written Petitski and Ptitchny.

Bird; island, off south shore of Ikatan island, near east end of Unimak island. 

Named Ptichie (bird) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Bird; rock, in eastern part of Cordovabay, Alexander archipelago. Name from the 

Coast Survey, 1S99.

Bird; rock, in Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bishop; point, the western point of en trance-to Taku inlet, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Originally named Salisbury by Vancouver, in 1794, 

after the Bishop of Salisbury. The name Salisbury having been accidentally transferred to a point about 3 miles farther west, the name 

Bishop was given to the point by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 171).

Bissell; lake, tributary to Chuitna river, near the head of Cook inlet. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Biluk, creek; see Baituk.

Bitzla; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude 157° 3(K. 

Part of a native name reported in 1885 by Alien, who has Bitzlatoilocta 

on his map and Bitzlatoil6eta in his text.
Bla Bla. . 100 [BULL. 187.

Black; bluffs, east of St. Paul village, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea.

Apparently a local descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in

1875. 

Black; cape, forming the eastern head of Driftwood bay on the southern shore of

Urnnak island, eastern Aleutians. Named Chornoi (black) by Kuritzien

in 1849. 

Black; cape, on northern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Chernoi

or Chornoi (black) by the Russians as early as 1848. Has also beenAvritten erroneously Torno. Presumably a descriptive nam'e. 

Black; cape, on southeastern coast of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named Chernie (black) by-Murashef, 1839-40. 

Black, cape; see Newenham. 

Black; glacier, in the Mt. St. Elias region near Disenchantment bay. Descriptive

name, given by Russell in 1890.

Black; island, in Behm canal, northwest of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Black; islet, in Revillagigedo channel, north of the southern entrance to Behm

canal. So named by Nichols in 1883. Descriptive term.

Black; lake, near Black peak on Alaska peninsula. So called by Petrof in 1880. 

Black; mountain (5,130 feet high), in the Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Muir in 1882. Black; mountain (1,883 feet high), in the southern part of Revillagigedo island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Black; mountain (5,000 feet high), northeast of Valdes glacier. So named by

Abercrombie in 1898. 

Black; peak on Alaska peninsula, northwest of Chignlk bay. Named Chornaia

(black) by Teberikof in 1849. Also called Black volcano. 

Black; point, on northern shore of Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Glass in 1881. 

Black; point, the southwesternmost point of Sitkalidak island, Kodiak group.

Descriptive name, given by Tanner in 1888. It is Miesofski or Miesof of

Tebenkof and Mizofek of Archimandritof, 1849. 

Black; reef, in Port Frederick west of Green island, Chichagof island, Alexander

archipelago. Descriptive name given by United States naval officers in

1880.

Black; river, in the Yukon delta, called by Dall Kipniuk or Black. Russian Hydrographic chart 1455 (edition of 1852) calls it Kipnaiak and late Coast Survey 

charts Kripniyuk. Nelson says the native name is Kipniaguk, spelled 

Kipniuk on most maps, and shows it as a river distinct from and to the 

north of Black river. It is Naulchi river of Tebenkof, 1849.

Black; rock (150 feet high), east of Crooked, island, in the Walrus island group, 

Bristol bay. So named by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Black; rock (25 feet high), in Revillagigedo channel, south of entrance to Boca de 

Quadra, Alexander archipelago. Presumably a descriptive name, given 

by Nichols in 1883.

Black; rock, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago, less than a mile westerly from 

Sentinel'rock. This may be the Makhnak or the golia kamennya ostrocki 

(bare rocky is.Hts) of Vasilief in 1809. The early and later representation 

and nomenclature here is confused.

Blackbird; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Drozdof (blackbird) by Vasilief in 1809.

Blackburn; mountain (16,140 feet high), near the Copper river. Named by Alien, 

in 1885, after Hon. Joseph Clay Styles Blackburn, of Kentucky.

Blackburn; river, tributary to the Copper, from the east, a little south of latitude 

"62°. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.
BAKER.] 101 ,L Bla Bll.

Black Crag; peak (5,895 feet high), on the mainland, about 8 miles south of the 

Stikine river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Black Crook; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Black Diamond; creek, tributary to headwaters of Mission creek, in the Eagle 

Mining region. Local name, published in 1899.

Black Head; point, on the eastern shore of Dease inlet,. Arctic coast. So named by 

Dease and Simpson. in 1837.

Black River; settlements. The Eleventh Census, 1890, speaks of the Black Kiver 

settlements in the Yukon district. I suppose this refers to Eskimo villages 

1 along the Black river in the Yukon delta.

Blackstone; bay and glacier, in Prince William, sound, opposite Port Wells. .Named 

in 1899 after a miner who lost his life there "a few years ago."

Blackthorn; peak (4,010 feet high), on the western shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Black Thorn by Keid in 1896.

Blaine; bay, a small bight in Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. Named by the Fish

Commission, in 1888, after Hon. James Gillespie Blaine.

Blaine; point, on the mainland, near north end of Pearse canal, southeastern Alaska.

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after Hon. James G. Blaine. 

Blaine; point,'the western point of entrance to Blaine bay in Izembek bay, Alaska

peninsula. Named by the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Hon. James G.

Blaine. 

Blake; channel, separating southern part of Wrangell island from.the mainland,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball, in 1879, after Prof. William Phipps

Blake, of Ne-w Haven, Conn., who made explorations in this region in 1863. 

Blake; island, at junction of Blake channel and Bradfield canal. Named Ham by

Snow in 1886, and Blake by Nichols in 1891. 

Blaker, point; see Blaquiere. 

Blanche; white rock (1.0 feet high), in Ernest sound, between'Etolin and Deer

islands, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Blank; inlet, indenting southeastern coast of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols in 1883.

Blank; two islets, at entrance to Blank inlet, above. 

Blanquizal; point, on west coast of Prince of Wales island. Named by Maurelle

and Quadra, 1775-1779, and first published by La Perouse, in 1798, as Pta.

delBlanqui/al. Also has been written Blanquisal. Blanquizal is Spanish

for pipeclay. 

Blaquiere; point, the southeastern point of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Arancouver in 1793. By the Russians written Blaker. 

Blashke; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait. Alexander archipelago. Named by the Eussians, after Dr. Edward Leontief 'Blashke,

surgeon on the ship Nikolai, Capt. A. K. Etolin, commanding, 1839-1841.

Has also been written Blaschke and Bloshke. 

Blassom, point; see Blossom. 

Blatchford; creek, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors'

name, published in National. Geographic Magazine -in 1900. 

Bligh; island, in Prince William sound. Named Bligh's island, by Vancouver, in

1794. PTas also been written Blighs.

Blind; island, near'mouth of Blind river, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1881. 

.Blind; passage, between Black island and Hassler island, in Behm canal, Alexander

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1.891. 

Blind, inlet or passage; see Tenakee. 

Blind; point, near mouth of Blind river, Mitkof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander

archipelago. Called Blind Passage x>oint by Nichols in 1.881.
B1I Bin. . 102 [BUM,. 187.

Blind; river, in Mitkof island, tributary to Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Before this region was explored it was supposed that a choked or 

obstructed passage existed here and connected with Blind slough, on the 

south shore of Mitkof island. Lindenberg, in 1838, calls it Sukhoi pralif 

(dry strait). Meade, in 1868, has Blind passage, said to lead to Clarence 

strait. This supposed channel which has been variously called Dry or 

Blind passage or channel does not exist.

Blind Slough. An indentation of the southern shore of Mitkof island, Sumuer 

strait, Alexander archipelago, was> prior to the surveys by the Coast Survey, supposed to connect with Blind passage in Wrangell strait. The 

western part of this supposed (but non-existent) Blind passage is now 

known as Blind river and its southern end, Blind slough.

Blizhni; point, on northern shore of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named 

Blizhnie (near) by Tebenkof in 1849. Has also been called Blitzhni and 

Nearer.

Block; island, in Tlevak narrows, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Nichols in 1881. . '

Bloshke, island; .see Blashke.

Blossom; cape, on eastern shore of Kotzebue sound, opposite Cape Espenberg. So. 

named by Beechey, in 1827,. after his ship Blossom..

Blossom; island, a rocky mass, protruding through the Malaspina glacier iiv the 

St. Elias region, was found by the National Geographic Society exploring' 

party, of 1890, to be covered with flowers and accordingly named Blossom 

island.

Blossom; point, the end of a sandy shoal on southwestern shore of Wrangell island, 

Arctic ocean. So named by Berry in 1881. Erroneously Blassom point.

Blossom; shoals, off Icy cape, Arctic ocean. Described by Beechey, in 1826, and 

named by him after his ship. In September, 1889, Commander C. H. 

Stockton, of the U. S. S. Thetis, erected a beacon on Icy cape to mark the 

beginning of Blossoms shoals.

Blue, island; see Crow.

Blue; point, on eastern shore of Portland canal. Descriptive name given by Pender 

in 1868.

Blue Fox; bay, indenting the northern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians.

. Named Pestsovaia (blue fox) by Ingenstrem about 1830. 

Bluestone; river, tributary to Tuksuk channel, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Bluff; cape, on the eastern shore of Kizhuyak bay,. Kodiak island-. Named Otrubistoi (bluff) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Bluff; cape, the northernmost point of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski. Named by 

^ Dallinl880. 

Bluff; cape, the southwestern head of Afognak bay, Afognak island, Kodiak group.

Named Otrubistoi (cut around, i. e., abrupt, perpendicular, bluff) by

Murashef in 1839-40. 

Bluff; creek, tributary to American creek from the east in the Eagle mining region.

Local name obtained by Barnard in 1898. 

Bluff; island, in entrance to Shipley bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago.

Descriptive name given by Dall in 1879. 

Bluff; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named by- Snow in 1886. 

Bluff, island; see Buyan. 

Bluff; islet, on the southeastern edge of the Sandman reefs northeast of Sannak.

So called by Dall in 1880. 

Bluff; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So called by Pender in 1868.
BAKER.] 108 Bin Boa.

Bluff; point, on the northern shore of Kacheinak bay, Cook inlet. Descriptive 

name given by Ball in 1880.

Bluff; point, on the northern shore of Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield in 1889.

Bluff; point, on the right bank of the Yukon, about 20 miles below Nulato. So 

called on recent maps.

Bluff; point, the eastern point of entrance to Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. So 

named by ,Dall in. 1880.

Bluff; point, the northeastern head of Kootznahoo roads, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Name published, in 1881, on United States Hydrographic chart 882.

Bluff; point, the northern point of entrance to Wachusett cove, Freshwater bay, 

Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass in 1881.

Bluff; point, the,.western point of entrance to Yes bay, Cleveland peninsula, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bluff; settlement, at mouth of Daniels creek, Seward peninsula. Locally called 

Bluff City.-

Blume; creek, tributary to Johnstoii creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Blunt; mountain, on eastern shore of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Nichols in 1883.

Blunt; point, in Wrangell strait, near its northern end. Named by Lindenberg, in 

1838, Zhila (vein or lode), and a place about 1 mile farther north was 

named, also by Lindenberg, Tupoi (blunt) point. This Blunt point of 

Lindenberg was, in 1869, called Cone point by Meade and, in 1881, Turn 

point by Nichols, by which name it is now known. This name Blunt is 

now applied to Lindenberg's Zhila point.

Blunt; point, on the western shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. Named by 

Dall in 1880.

Blunt; point, the northern point of entrance to Letnikof cove, Chilkat inlet, Lynn 

canal, southeastern Alaska. Named Tupoi (blunt) by Lindenberg in 1838f 

Name obsolete.

Blying; sound, or open bay, on the southeastern shore of Kenai peninsula. According to Vancouver, it was so called by the Russians, before 1794, and called 

by Portlock, in 1787, Port Andrews. Also written Blyings and Blying's 

and canal Blyings.

Boat; channel, in Red bay between Danger island and Prince of Wales island. So 

called by the Coast Survey in 1888. May not be intended for a name, but 

only designed to indicate that here exists a channel for boats.

Boat; harbor, a little west of Golofnin bay on northern shore of Norton sound. 

Apparently so named by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Boat; harbor, in Peninsula ridge at south end of Revillagigedo channel. Visited 

but not named by Vancouver, in 1793, who describes it as "a very commodious well-sheltered little cove about half a league to the westward of 

. Cape Fox."

Boat; harbor, on western coast of Lynn canal, just north of St. James bay. Described in Coast Pilot as "a boat harbor" and on Coast Survey chart 8300 

(edition of 1893) called Boat harbor.

Boat; rock, in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1899.

Boat; rock, in entrance to Nakat inlet, near Cape Fox, Dixon entrance, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883.

Boat Extreme. This name was given by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, to the westernmost point reached by them, by boat, in their journey from, the 

McKenzie river mouth, to Point Barrow.
Boa-Bog. 104 . [BULL. 187.

Boat Harbor; point, being one of the heads of Boat harbor, near Cape Fox, Alexander archipelago. So called by Meade in 1869.

Bobrof, bank, etc.; see Sea Otter.

Bobrof, island, between Kanaga and Tanaga; see Sea Otter.

Bobrof, island; see Beaver.

Bobrovie, point, Kruzof island; see Beaver.

Bobrovoi, bay; see Otter.

Bobrovoi, bay, cove, etc.; see Beaver.

Bobrovoi; point, near south end of Baranof island, the southern point of entrance 

to Larch bay, Alexander archipelago. Named Bobrovoi (sea otter) by the 

Russians.

Bobrovskoi, mountain; see Beaver.

Boca de Quadra; canal or fiord, indenting the mainland coast of southeastern Alaska, 

east of Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so 

named by Caamano in 1792. Has also been called Quadra bay and 

Quadra channel. Boca de Quadra is Spanish for channel or passage of 

Quadra, i. e., Quadra's channel.

 Boca F'ma; see Bocas de Finas. , 

Bocas; point, in Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Punta de las Bocas (point of the mouths) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779. . '

Bocas de Arriaga; see Arriaga.

Bocas de Finas; a name applied by early Spanish explorers to the unexplored inlets 

or bays at the extreme northern part of Bucareli bay, where their explorations ended. The name appears to have intended the commemoration of 

the fact- Termination bays or inlets would seem to be the meaning. Has 

also been called Boca Fina.

Bocas del Almirante. Some unexplored inlets on the north shore of Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago, were so designated by Maurelle and Quadra 

1775-1779. . Bocharoff, lake; see Becharof.

Bochonoff, lake; see Becharof.

Bock; bight, in Thomas bay, eastern coast of Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Bog; cape, between Protection bay and Three Island bay, on south shore of Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888. It is 

lanaliun or Yanaliun of Tebenkof, 1849, and Alexander of the Coast 

Survey in 1900.

Boga Slov, hill; see Bogoslof.

Bogert; point, on eastern shore of Port Snettishani, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1888.

Bogoslof; hill (591 feet high), onSt Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Called 

Bogosloff mountain by the Coast Survey. H. W. Elliott calls it Boga slov 

and adds Boga slov or word of God, indefinite in its application to "the 

place, but is, perhaps, due to the fact that the pious Russians, immediately 

after landing at Zapadnie, in 1787, ascended the hill and erected a huge 

cross thereon."

Bogoslof; volcanic island, in Bering sea, about 25 miles north of the western end 

of Unalaska. This island rose from the sea May 18, 1796, St. Johns Day, 

and received from the Russians the name Joanna Bogoslova, or John the 

Theologian's island. It has been called Bogoslov, Johann Bogoslow, St. 

Jean Bogosloff, etc. Its native name, according to Grewingk, is Agaschagoch, or, as it may be written, Agashagok. In 1883 a new volcanic 

island rose near this one, which is accordingly now called Old Bogoslof.
BAKER.j 105 Boll 

Bohemian; range of mountains (2,000. to 2,500 feet high), on the north shore of 

Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Boidarkin; island, one of the Kutchuina group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by "Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Boidarka and 

Hawley. It is a corruption of Iridarka, the Aleut name of their skin canoe.

Boil, cape; see Mohican.

Boil; creek, tributary to Skookum. river, near its source, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Boise; creek, tributary to Coal creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Bok, island; see Ban.

Bold; cape, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula. Named Stolb (pillar) by the Russians, and usage divided between Pillar and Bold. Descriptive name.

Bold; cliff, on northeastern shore of Hood bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, said to have been given by Meade in 1869.

Bold; island, in Revillagigedo channel, northeast of Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883.

Boldrin; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from thev west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Bolivnol, rocks; see Surf.

Bolles; inlet, indenting western shore of Long island, Kaigani strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Ball, in 1882, after Lieut. T. Dix Bolles, TJ. 8. N.

Bolles; ledge in Ward cove, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Discovered 

and named after Lieut. Timothy Dix Bolles, U. S. N., in about 1882.

Bolshoj, island, Peril strait; see Big.

Bolsli-oi, point; see Manby.

Bolshoi Krieposti, islet; see Big Fort.

Bolshoi Malinof,- island; see Raspberry.

Bolshoi rukcco or Great sleeve; see Great.

Bolshoi Rukav, bay; see Big Branch.

Bolshoi Str.elki or Big Arrow bay; see Big Branch.

Bolshoiger. Petrof, on his census map of 1880, gives this as the name of a village 

on the right bank of the Yukon, about 25 miles above the mouth of the 

Koyukuk. Name not found in his text nor anywhere else that I have discovered..

Bomb; point, Cordova bay, Prince William sound. So named by Abercrombie in 

1898.

Bomchoi, island; see Large.

Bonanza; bar, on Fortymile creek, near the international boundary line. Prospectors' name, reported by Barnard in 1898.

Bonanza; creek, tributary to Koksuktapaga river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Bonanza; creek, tributary to Salmon lake, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Bonanza; creek or river, tributary to Port Safety, in the Bonanza mining district, 

Seward peninsula. Local name published in 19.00. Also called Bonanza 

Cal. A late map makes California creek a principal tributary of this 

stream.

Bonnet, creek; see Slate.

Bonnie; point, on southern shore of Whitewater bay, Chatham strait, Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Glass in 1881.

Bophor, cape; see Beaufort.

Border; two rocks, forming part of the Gavanski (harbor) group of islands, Starrigavan bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Griada (border) 

by Vasilief in 1809.
Bor Boil. 106 [BULL. 187.

Bore; rock, in entrance to Duncan canal, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Thomas in 1887: 

Boreas; point, the north point of entrance to Breezy bay, Dall island, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Dal) in 1882. 

Borka, island; see Biorka. 

Borka, village; see Biorka. 

Borlase; point, on the northwestern shoreof Warren island, Sumner strait, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Capt. Sir John Borlase

Warren.

Boroshki, bay; see No Thorofare. 

Boston; islands, near the southwestern shore of Wales island, Dixon. entrance,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Fender in 1868. 

Bostwick; inlet, indenting the southeastern shore of Gravina island, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Nichols, in 1883, presumably after Lieut. Frank

Matteson Bostwick, TJ. S. N., a member of his party. 

Bostwick; sunken reef, in Felice strait, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Nichols in 1883. 

Botcharoff, lake; see Becharof. 

Botinski; island, not identified, near Unimak pass; mentioned by Langsdorf (Voyage,

II, 54). 

Bottomless; lake, near Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. Named by the Russians

Be/donnoi (without bottom)'. 

Botuk, creek; see Baituk. 

Boulder; bay, indenting eastern shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. Named

by Dall in 1880. 

Boulder; cape, on north coast of Kodiak. Named by the Russians Mies pokatago

utesu (cape of the rolling rock). Descriptive term.

Boulder; creek, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, north of Mount Sanford. Named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Boulder; creek, tributary to Kanata river, from the west. Name from Schrader,

1900. 

Boulder; creek, tributary to the Klehini river, in the Porcupine mining region.

Prospectors' name, published in 1900. % 

Boulder; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900.

Boulder; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the west, in the Nome mining

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900 and

spelled Bowlder and Boulder. 

Boulder; creek, tributary to Stewart river, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Boulder; creek, tributary to Vulcan creek, from the west, southeast of Omalik

mountain, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1900. 

Boulder; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the west, near Eagle on the Yukon.

Prospectors' name, obtained by Barnard in 1898. 

Boulder; extensive flat of mud and boulders near Vexation point, in WrangelL

strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883. 

Boulder; island, in Camden bay, Arctic coast. So named by Franklin, in 1826,

because it appeared "to be a collection of boulder stones" (p? 148). 

Boulder, island; see Karpa. 

Boulder; mountain (3,790 feet high), on the mainland, near junction of Katete and

Stikine rivers. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Boulder; point, in Tlevak narrows, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Boulder, point, on the eastern shore of Kuiu island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm in 1886.
BAKER.] 107 Boil Bre.

Boulder; point, the eastern point of entrance to Portage bay, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1882.

Bouldyr, island; see Buldir.

Boundary; butte or peak (about 2,500 feet high), near junction of Seventy mile 

creek and the Yukon at the international boundary. Named Boundary 

Butte by Schwatka, in 1883,. who says its native name is Ta-t6t-lee.

Boundary; creek, tributary to the White river, from the south, near the international boundary line. Descriptive name, published by the Geological 

Survey in 1900.

Boundary; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the west, at the international 

boundary,1 in latitede 64° 40/. Local name, published in 1898.

Boundary; mountain, on south bank of Porcupine river, at the international 

boundary. So named by the Coast Survey about 1890. Erroneously 

Boundry.

Boundary; mountain (4,805 feet high), on west bank of the Stikine river, near 

international boundary line. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Boundary; rock, on the international boundary, about 15 miles north of Porcupine 

river. So called by the Coast Survey about 1890.

Boundary, strait; see Dixon entrance.

Bourbon; creek, tributary to Dry creek, very near Nome, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Boussole, Point de la; see Manby.

Bove, lake; see Tagish.

Bow; cape, on north coast of Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission 

in 1888.

Bowhead; creek, tributary to Cripple Creek, from the east, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. Has 

been written Bowheads and Bowherd.

Boivlder, creek; see Boulder. ,

Bozman, mountain; see Seattle.

Bradfield; canal, penetrating the mainland north of Cleveland peninsula, Alexander archipelago. Called Bradfield channel by Vancouver in 1793.

Bradford. The Eleventh Census, 1890, reports a village of this name in the Nushagak enumerating district, with a population of 166. Location not shown 

on any map I have seen.

Bradley; river, tributary to the Tanana river, from the south, near longitude 149°. 

So named by Alien in 1885.

Brady; glacier, in Taylor bay, Cross sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by the 

Coast Survey, in 1883, after Kev. (afterward Governor) John G. Brady, a 

missionary and teacher who went to Sitka and began work in 1878.

Branch; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near latitude 68°. Prospectors' name, published by the.Coast Survey in 1899.

Breakers, cape; see Burunof.

Breast; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Breed, island; see Tanginak. v

Breezy; bay, in Tlevak strait, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Nichols, in 1881, on account of the strong winds encountered there.

Breezy; point, on the western shore of. Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Pender in 1868.

Bremner; river, tributary, from the east, to the lower part of the Copper river. 

So named by Alien, in 3.885, after John Breniner, a miner who, in 1884, 

ascended the Copper as far as Taral and wintered there 1884-85. Alien 

reports its native name to be Tetahena, i. e., Teta river. Often miscalled 

Brenner. v
Hri-Bro. . 108 [BULL. 187.

Brian, islands; see Inian.

Brickyard; harbor, in Long island, near St. Paul, Kodiak. Name not before published so far as known. Old Eussian charts indicate the existence of a 

brickyard on the shores of this unnamed harbor.

Bride; point, in Port Snettisham, Stephens .passage, on the mainland, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Thomas in 1888.

Bridge; point, on northern shore of Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, in 1869, after Midshipman (afterwards Lieutenant) Edward W. Bridge, U. S. N., one of his officers.

Bridget; cove, in Lynn canal, near Bridget point. Named by the Coast Survey in 

1893.

Bridget; point, the south point of entrance to Berner's bay, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Brightman; point, the south point of entrance to Herring bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1899. This point 

may be identical with Townshend of Vancouver.

Bristol; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Bering sea. So named by Cook, 

in 1778, "in honour of the admiral Earl of Bristol." Grewingk has Bristol 

or Kwitschak.

Bristol, river; see Nushagak.

Bristolski, point; see Etolin.

British; chain of mountains, on northern coast of Alaska, near international boundary. So named by Franklin in 1826.

British; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, near its head. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Broad; bay, on western shore of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Shirokaia (broad) by Veniaminof. Descriptive name.

Broad, cape, in Sitka sound; see Burunof.

Broad; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Pavlof bay, near Belkofski, Alaska 

peninsula. Named by the Russians Tolstoi (broad), and variously called 

Broad or Tolstoi. Descriptive term.

Broad; island, near junction of Hooniah sound and Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Poperechnoi (across, on the other side, crosswise, transverse, lying across, "thwart-ship," etc.) by Vasilief in 1833. Has been

translated Broad and has appeared as Poperetch or Broad island. 

Broad, pass; see Caribou. 

Broad; point, between Kalsin and Middle bays, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named

Tolstoi (broad) by Russian naval officers in 1809. 

Broad, point; see Tolstoi. 

Bronaugh; islands, off Dall Head, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Named

by Nichols, in 1883, after Lieut. William Venable Bronaugh, U. S. N., a

member of his party. 

Bronson; creek, tributary to Middle, fork of the Koyukuk, from the north, near

longitude 150° 3(K. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. 

Brooks, harbor; see Nuchek.

Brothers (The); group of islands and rocks off Point Pybus, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1882. 

Brothers (The); islets, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named

Los Hermagos by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Los Hermagos is

here assumed to be an error for Los Hermanos (the brothers). 

Brothers (The); islets, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Los Hermanos (the brothers) by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Brothers (The); see Lynn Brothers.
BAKER.] 109 Bro Buc.

Brow; point, in Behm canal, the south point of entrance *o Geclney passage. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891. Nose and Chin points are near by.

Brown; cove, in mainland, northeast of north end of Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Brown; glacier, at head of Fords Terror, Endicott arm, Holkham bay, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Brown; mountain, in western part of lievillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Clover in 1885.

Brown; mountain (5,800 feet high), on the eastern shore of'Portland canal. Named 

by Fender in 1868.

Brownlow; point, the western head of Camden bay, Arctic coast. So named by 

Franklin in 1826.

Brownson; bay, indenting the southern shore of Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago, about 8 miles west of Cape Chacon, Dixon entrance. Named 

by the Coast Survey after Commander Willard Herbert Brownson, U. S. N.

Brownson; island, separated from Etol'in island by Canoe passage, in Ernest sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after Commander Brownson.

Bruch; spit, off northeastern coast of Wongell island, Arctic ocean. So named by 

Berry in 1881.

Brumeux, cape; see Foggy.

Brumez, point; see Foggy. ' . Brundige; reef or ledge, in south end of Clarence strait, designated in the Coast Pilot 

(1883) after Capt. J. C. Brundige, 11. N., who reported it. This reef or 

one near it has since been located and named, by the Coast Survey, Hassler 

reef. It is now established that these are different names of the same thing. 

See Hassler.

Brush; hill, on Revillagigedo island, near Ward cove, Alexander archipelago. 

v Named by Nichols in 1883. Erroneously Bush hill.

Bryant; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the south, north of the Fortymile mining region. Local name, reported by Barnard in 1898.

Bryant; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Meade, in 1869, after Mr. Charles Bryant, for several years 

United States Treasury Department agent on the Pribilof islands.

Bryant; point, the south head of McLeod harbor, Montague island, Prince William 

sound. Was so named by Portlock in 1787.

Bryn Mawr; glacier, tributary from the west, to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince 

William sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition, 1899, after Bryn 

Mawr College.

Bubb; creek, tributary to Tazlina river, from the north, near latitude 62°. Proper 

name, given by Glenn in 1898, who gives its native name as Taiklano.

Bucareli; bay, on the western side of Prince of Wales archipelago. Discovered by 

Maurelle, in 1775, and surveyed and named by him Puerto del Baylio 

Bucareli, in honor of Don Antonio Maria Bucareli y Ursua, viceroy of 

Mexico. Variously called a bay, gulf, harbor, port, or sound and its name 

variously written Bucarelli, Buccarelli, Bukarelli, etc.

* Buccleugh; sound. The eastern part of Dixon entrance was named Buccleugh's by 

. Meares in 1789. Spelled, erroneously, on his charts Bucclugh. Name 

obsolete.

Buck; mountain, on Kevillagigedo island, near Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883. Doe and Fawn mountains are near by.

Bucks; house and store, on the lower Stikine, of which the name is Choquett's or 

Choquette's, but is commonly called Buck's. . Was so called, in 1877, and 

presumably earlier.
Buc-Bur. HO [BULL. 187.

i

Buckeye; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the west, near Eagle, eastern Alaska. 

Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Buckland; mountains, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary. So 

named by Franklin, in 1826, "in honour of Professor Buckland."

Buckland; river, in the Seward peninsula, tributary to Eschscholtz bay. So named 

by Beechey in September, 1826, "in compliment to Dr. Buckland, the 

professor of geology at Oxford." Its Eskimo name, according to the Bussians is Kaniek or Kotsokotana; according to Dall, 1869, Kiing-uk, and 

according to Petrof, 1880, Konguk.

Buckskin; creek, tributary to South fork of Fortymile creek, from the west. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Budd; creek, tributary to American river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Buen-tiempo, cape and mountain; see Fairweather.

Buffalo; creek, at headwaters of Nome river, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Bug; island, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1890.

Bug; islet, in Neets bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast 

Survey in 1891.

Buhner; creek, tributary to Anikovik river, near Cape Prince of Wales, Seward 

peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Bukarelli, bay; see Bucareli.

Bukti, point; see Cove. . -

Buldir; island (1,145 feet high), between Kiska and Attu, western Aleutians. So 

called by the early Russian explorers. Langsdorf calls it Buldir, or the 

round island. Variously written Bouldir, Bouldyr, etc. Buldier is the 

Eussian word for hut or hovel.

Bull; island, near head of George inlet, Eevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bullen; point, on the Arctic coast, near Point Barrow. Named by Franklin in 1826.

Bullion; creek, on northeastern shore of Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. 

Presumably a miner's name in use prior to 1890.

Bulsliaia, mountain; see McKinley.

Bunker; hill, on north bank of the Kuzitrin river, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Brooks, 1900.

Burg; creek, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Name published in 

National Geographic Magazine in January, 1900.

Burka, cape; see Biorka.

Burlow, cove; see Barlow.

Burnett; inlet, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow in 1886.

Burniston; range of mountains, east of Portland canal. So named by Pender in 1868.

Burnt-; islet, near Keene island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Obgorielie (burnt off) by Lindenberg in 1838. It is Captain's island of 

Meade in 1869.

Burnt; point, just south of Anchorage point, Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska. 

Named Obgorielie (burnt off) by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is 

obsolete.

Burnt Islet; reef, near Burnt islet, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

called in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Burroughs; bay, in the mainland north of Eevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named Burrough's bay by Vancouver in 1793. Eendered Burrong (burrower) on one Eussian chart.
BAKER.] Ill Bur Cab.

Burroughs Bay; cannery and village, at junction of Unuk river with Burroughs 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Population in 1890, 134. A saltery was operated here by James Miller in 1886 or 1887. Cannery built here, in 1888, 

by Andrew and Benjamin Young, of Astoria, known as the Cape Lees 

Packing Company. It was dismantled and abandoned in 1894.

Burun, rocks; see Surf.

Burunof; cape,.on eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Burunof (breakers) by Vasilief in 1809, and variously 

written Bouronov, Burunoff, Breakers, etc. Tebenkof calls it Tolstoi 

(broad) cape.

Bush, hill; see Brush.

Bush; islets, near Kell bay, on western shore of Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow in 1886.

Bush; island, in Tlevak narrows, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Nichols in 1881.

Bush; mountain (1,805 feet high), in northern part of Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1883.

Bush; rock, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Moser in 1897.

Bush Top; islet, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols 

in 1881. It is Goloi (bare) of Lindenberg in. 1838.

Bushy; island, in Tlevak strait, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Nichols 

in 1881. It is "small and covered with bushes."

Bushy; island, the northernmost of the large islands of the Kashevarof group, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793. 

Erroneously Biugam on some charts.

Bushy; islets, in Endicott arm of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Bushy; point, between Neets bay and Traitors cove, on Revillagigedo island, in 

Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 

 1891.

Buskin; river and village, near St. Paul, Kodiak. Named Sapoxhkova (little boot) 

by Russian naval officers in 1808-10.

Buster; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

' Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Butler; peak (1,163 feet high), on the mainland near Slocum inlet, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1888.

Butte; creek, tributary to South fork of Forty mile creek, from the west. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Buyan; island, south of the Iliasik islands, in the Sandman reefs. So called by the 

Fish Commission in 1888. Perhaps this is Bluff island of others. Buyan 

is a Russian feminine noun meaning a turbulent, noisy fellow; also a masculine noun meaning wharf or landing place.

Caamano; point, the southernmost point of Cleveland peninsula, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Don Jacinto 

Caarnano, who had made a chart of this region prior to Vancouver's 

survey.

Cabras; islets or rocks, in Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago. This name does 

not appear on La Perouse's chart of Bucareli bay, which was the first 

publication of the Spanish surveys, of 1775 and 1779. On all the later 

charts it appears as here written, being variously called islands, island, 

and rock. In the late Coast Pilot erroneously Cabas. Cabras is Spanish 

for goats.
Cac Cal. 112 [BULL. 187.

Cache; creek, tributary to north shore of Norton sound, between the mouths of 

Solomon and Topkok rivers. Prospectors' name. Its Eskimo name is 

reported by Barnard to be Orobuktulak. Near it the Davidson-Blakeslee 

map of 1900 locate? an Eskimo village called Opiktulik.

Cache; island, in the Koyukuk river, a little below the mouth of Batza river. So 

named by Alien in 1885.

Cache; island, in Naha bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

the Coast Survey in 1886.

Cactus; point, on Revillagigedo island, in Behm canal, opposite entrance to Rudyerd bay, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Cadiack, island; see Kodiak.

Caetani, lake; see Castani. - .

Caiganee, cape; seeMu/on.

Cain, island; see Gain.

Cairn; point, in Albatross anchorage, Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by 

the Fish Commission in 1893.

Cairn; island, near entrance to Snag cove, Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Calder; bay, near Mount Calder, in Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Helm in 1886.

Calder; mountain (3,371 feet high), in the northwestern part of Prince of AVales 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after 

Captain Calder, of the British navy.

Calder; rocks, westerly from Mount Calder, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball in 1879.

Caldera; port, in Malaspina island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Puerto de la Caldera by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779, presumably on account of the rough or boiling water in its vicinity. Has 

also been called a harbor and the name spelled, erroneously, Caldero and 

Coldera.

California; bay, indenting north end of Prince of Wales island, near Point Colpoys, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball in the Coast Tilot, 1883 (p. 90), 

after the steamer California.

California; boulder or boulder patch, near Blind point, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Presumably so named by Nichols, in 1881, after the 

steamer California.

California; creek, tributary to Bonanza river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

California; gulch and creek, tributary to Glacier creek, just north of Turnagain 

arm, Cook inlet. Local name, published in 3899.

California; head, a bluff point on southwest shore of Revillagigedo island, separating'George inlet from Carroll inlet. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1880, 

presumably after the steamer California.

California; ridge or range of mountains, in eastern part of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, in 1883, presumably after the 

steamer California.

California; rock, near southern end of Tongass narrows, Alexander, archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1885, after the steamer California, which 

touched upon it. Has also been called Wayanda (misspelled Wyanda), 

from the U. S. revenue cutter Wayanda having touched upon it.

Calm; a high point somewhere on the north shore of Bristol bay was so named by 

Cook, July 13, 1778, who had calm weather when off it. Tebenkof, 1849, 

identifies it with the south point of Hagemeister island, which he calls 

Shtilia (calm), and this usage is followed by the Fish Commission and 

Coast Survey. Possibly identical with Peirce. See Peirce.
BAKEK.] 113 Cal an.

Calming; islet, in southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot, 1891. It is Utichi 

(escape) island of Vasilief, 1S09,. or perhaps this is intended for some 

derivative of Utikat (to grow calm).

Calton, point; see Catton.

Cam; islet, in Port Camden, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Moore in 1892.

Cambon; cape, on northwestern coast of San Juan Bautista island, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. So named by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Camden; bay, on the Arctic coast, about 4° west of the international boundary. So 

named by Franklin, in 1826, "in honour of Marquess Camden."

Camden; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Camden, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1892.

Camden; port, indenting the northeastern shore of Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Cameron; point, nea'-r Halkett point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So 

named by Dease and Simpson in 1837.

Camp; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the east, in the .Fortyniile mining 

region. Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898.

Camp; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Camp; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Camp; island, in Dry strait, near entrance to Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas in 1887.

Camp; mountain (5,300 feet high), northeast of Valdes glacier. So named by 

Abercroinbie in 1898. Sawmill camp was at the foot of this mountain.

Camp; point, near the Indian village Kutkwutlu, on left bank of the Chilkat river, a 

few miles above' its mouth. So named by United States naval officers in 

1880.

Camp; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender in 1868.

Camp Coogan; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named after Michael Coogan, of Battery I, Second 

United States Artillery, who, in August, 1.871, was reported "on extra duty 

in Quartermaster's Department in charge of wood party." Coogan had a 

wood-cutting camp here and the bay was named after him. Erroneously 

published as Camp Kogan and Camp Cogan. From the description, it is 

not certain what bay is intended. . It may be either Kadiak bay of Tebenkof, 1849 (Nachlezhnaia of Vasilief, 1809), or Lisefskaia bay of Tebenkof, 

1849 (Aleutkina of Vasilief, 1809). See Aleutkina.

Campbell; point, at head of Cook inlet. Named by Vancouver in 1794.

Campbell; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the south, near the international 

boundary line. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Camp Kogan, bay; see Camp Coogan.

Canal (The). About 15 miles below Bethel in the lower Kuskokwim is a large 

island. The slough or channel which separates it from the river's south 

bank is known locally as The Canal.

Canal; point, at western entrance to St. Michael canal, Norton sound. Named by 

the Coast Survey in 1897..

Canal; point, behind St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de la Canal by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Canal de Portillo; see Portillo and similarly for this kind of names.

Canas; islet, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Ysla de Canas by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779,

Canas, Punta de; see St. Elias.

Bull. 187 01 8
Can Cap. . - 114 [BULL. 187.

Candle; island, between Snieaton and Rudyerd bays, in Behm canal, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Ball in 1879. 

Cane, mountain; see Cone. 

Cangrejo; point, the western point of entrance to Port Refugio, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta Cangrejo (crab point) by

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Has been called, erroneously, Grego. 

Canning; river, in extreme northern Alaska, debouching into Camden bay. So

named by Franklin, in 1826, after "the late Mr. Canning." 

Cannon; island, at entrance to Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Pushki (cannon) by Vasilief in 1809.

Canoe; bay, at the head of Pavlof bay,. Alaska peninsula. So named by Ball in 1880. 

Canoe; cove, on the southwestern coast of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander

archipelago. So named by.Nichols in 1883. It is a stopping place for the

natives when waiting for good weather and affords excellent shelter for

their canoes; hence the name. 

Canoe, island, in Peril strait; see Povorotni. 

Canoe; passage, separating Brownson island from Etolin island, in Ernest sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. Descriptive term. 

Canoe; point, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, named

Punta de la Canoa (canoe point) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Canoe; point, near south point of entrance to Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Canon, creek; see Canyon. 

CanoosMe, island; see Koniuji. 

Cantwell; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 149°.

Named by Alien, in 1885, presumably after Lieut. John C. Cantwell,

U. S. R. M., who explored the Kowak river in 1884 and 1885. According

to Peters and Brooks, the native name is Tutlut. According to Lieutenant

Castner, it is Nanana.. 

Canwell; glacier, tributary to Delta river, from the east, near latitude 63° 30'. So

named by Glenn, in 1898, after Private Canwell, of the Hospital Corps, a

member of his party. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Forty mile creek, from the south, at Deadman riffle.

Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898. . Has also been

written Canon. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Imuruk basin, from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Iron creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. . 

Canyon; creek, tributary to the Koksuktapaga river, from the west, Seward penin-

 sula." Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm,. Cook inlet, from the south, Kenai

peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895. Has also been shown

as a tributary of Sixmile creek. 

Canyon Creek; glacier, on north shore of Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So

named by Abercrombie in 1898. Has also been called Shoup glacier. 

Cape, bay, indenting southwestern shore of Sitkalidak island, near Kodiak. So

named by Lisianski in 1804. Name apparently now obsolete. 

 Cape, island, in Sitka sound; see Lazaria. 

Cape; mountain, at Cape Prince of Wales, Seward peninsula. Name from. Brooks,

1900.

Cape Douglas, village; see Kaguyak.

Cape Fox; Indian village at Kirk point, Foggy bay, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. Petrof

in the Tenth Census, 1880, has a Cape Fox village on Cape Fox.
BAKER.] 115 Cap Car.

Cape of the Straits; see Strait.

Cape Seppings; Eskimo village, at Cape-Seppings, of which the Eskimo name is 

given by Tikhmenief, 1861, as Kivalinag-miut, and by U. S. Hydrographic 

chart No. 68 as Kechemudluk.

Capones; point, near St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de Capones by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Captains; bay, indenting northeastern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Capt. 

Lient. Michael Levashef wintered in the arm or branch at the head of this 

bay, September 18, 1768, to June 6, 1769, and named that arm St. Paul 

harbor after his vessel. The large bay was, however, nameless till Veniaminof, in .1840, applied the name Captains to the whole bay, in 

memory of Levashef s visit. It was called Unalashka bay by the Fish 

Commission in 1888 and afterwards Unalaska by the Coast Survey.

Captains, harbor; see Levashef, port.

Captains, island, in AVrangell strait; see Burnt.

Car; point, on eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Caracol, point; see Snail.

Caribou; creek, the chief tributary of Matanuska river, northeast of Cook inlet. 

Local name, published in 1899.

Caribou; creek, tributary to igloo creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Caribou; mountain, on west bank of AVhite river, near latitude 63°. Named by 

Peters and Brooks, who ascended it in 1898.

Caribou; pass, between the Chulitna and Cantwell rivers. So named by Glenn in 

1898. Mnldrow calls it Broad pass and applies the name Caribou to 

another pass immediately east of this.

Caribou, river; see Cutler.

Carl; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from -the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Carlile; bay, shown on United States Hydrographic chart No. 225, made by Commander Meade in 1869, in Dry strait. So named by the Coast Survey, in 

1883, after Carlile P. Patterson, the superintendent. Later surveys disprove the existence of the bay indicated.

Carlisle; rapids, in the Tanana river, between the mouths of Johnson and Gerstle 

rivers. So named by Alien, in 1885, presumably after Hon. John Griffin 

Carlisle, of Kentucky.

Carlisle; volcanic island (7,500 feet high), one of the group of islands of the Four 

Mountains. So named by officers of the U. S. S. Concord, in 1894, after 

Hon. John G. Carlisle, Secretary of the Treasury.

Carlook; village; see Karluk.

Carlton; island, in Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Snow in 1886.

Carmel; Moravian mission and school, established in 1886, and village, near the 

. mouth of Nushiagak river. Population in 1890, 189.

Carmen, island; see Kayak.

Carol, inlet; see Carroll.

Caroline; shoal, in Muir inlet, Glacier bay, Alaska. Origin of name not known. 

First appears on British Admiralty chart 2431, corrected to February, 1890.

Carolus; point, the western^point of entrance to Glacier bay, Cross sound. So 

named by Dall in 1879.

Carolyn; island, in Golofnin bay, Norton sound. Named by the Coast Survey in 

1900.

Carp; island, in entrance to Smeaton bay, Behin canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.
Car Cas. 116 [BULL. 187.

Carr, hills; see Karr.

Carr; range of mountains (4,000 to 4,500 feet high), on eastern j-hore of Portland 

canal. Named by Pender in 1868.

Carrew; point, the south point of entrance to DeMonti bay, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dixon in 1787. There has been confusion 

in the application of the name Phipps, Carrew, and Ocean. See Phipps.

Carrizales, Puntade; see Reed Grass.

Carroll; anchorage, on north shore of Prince of Wales island, at entrance to Red bay, 

with which it connects by a narrow passage, dry at low water. Named by 

the Coast Survey, in 1883, after Capt. James Carroll, of the steamer California, who had anchored here and found the anchorage good.

Carroll; glacier, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Reid, 

in 1892, after Capt. James Carroll, who in that year was the first to take 

a ship into the upper part of Glacier bay. Erroneously Woods.

Carroll; inlet, indenting southern shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archi-

 - pelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1880, after Capt. James Carroll,

long in command of steamships in these waters. It was then called a

channel, being unexplored. It has since been shown to terminate and

constitute a canal or inlet. Erroneously Carrol and Carol.

Carroll; island, about 3 miles east of Murder cove, at south end of Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named after Capt. James Carroll and published 

by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Carroll, point; see Walker.

Carroll; point, at entrance to Carroll inlet, Eevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1880, after Capt. James Carroll.

Carroll, straits; see Gastineau channel.

Carry; inlet, off the northern end of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named by the 

Russians Carry (perewalnoi; from perewal, a dragging over or across, a 

portage}. Has been called, erroneously, Perewamno and Perevainoy.

Carter; lake, and- creek tributary to Trail creek, Kenai peninsula. Local name 

published in 1899.

Carter; mountain (4,700 feet high), near the outlet of Klutina lake. So named by 

Abercrombie in 1898.

Casaan, bay; see Kasaan.

Casa-de-Parga, creek; see Koksuktapaga.

Cascade; bay, in Baranof island, west of Point Gardner, Chatham strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Moore in 1895. 

'Cascade; creek, about two miles northwest of Sitka, on Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, in 1880. 

Cascade; glacier, at head of Valdes glacier. So named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Cascade; glacier, in the St. Elias region. So named by Prof. I. C: Russell in 1890,

"on account of its splendid ice fall." 

Cascade; glacier, near Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. So

named by the Harriman Expedition in 1899. 

Cascade; inlet, on eastern coast of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Local

descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1883. There is a

large cascade near its southern point of entrance. 

Cascade; point, the southeasternmost-point of St. George island, Pribilof group,

Bering sea. Called luzhnie (south) by Tebenkof, 1849, and generally.

Southeast point. On a recent Coast Survey map it is called Cascade.

There is a waterfall near it. 

Cascade, point; see Waterfall Head. 

Case; mountain (5,509 feet high), near the head of Glacier bay, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Reid, in 1890, after the Case School of Applied

Science, Cleveland, Ohio.
BAKER.] 117 Cas Cat.

Casement; glacier, tributary to Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. Reid, in 1890,

called this the First North Tributary (of Muir glacier) and later Casement,

after R. L. Casement, a member of his party in 1890. 

Castalia; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the west, near Eagle. Local name,

obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898. 

Castani; lake, in the St. Elias region. "Named Lake Caetani" by Prof. William

Libbey, of Princeton College, in 1886, "in honor of the Duke of Sermoneta, president of the Italian Geographical Society." (Am. Geog. Soc

Jour. 1886, XVIII, 149.) All references except this one here cited have

the name Castani. 

Castigo, Punta de; see Punishment. 

Castilla; a supposed bay on the mainland coast a few miles north of Lituya bay;

Avas called Ent'J* de Castilla, by Malaspina, in 1792. In this place Tebenkof shows no bay, but has a river called Katagini. 

Castle; bay, indenting the southern shore of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Local

name. Tuliumnit point is turreted like a castle, and this bay near it takes

its name from this circumstance. 

Castle; islands, in Duncan canal, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Thomas in 1887. 

Castle; mountain, on the mainland west of the Stikine river. Name published by

the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Castle; mountain peak, in the Talkeetna range, about 40 miles from Knik arm of

Cook inlet. Local and descriptive name, published by the Geological

Survey in 1899. 

Castle; peak (10,314 feet high), about 12 miles south of Mount Blackburn, near

Kuskulana pass. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine in 1900. 

Castle; rock, off the north end of Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group. So called

by the fishermen. Descriptive name, reported by Dall in 1872. 

Castle Island; slough, one of the passes through the delta of the Copper river.

Name from Schrader, 1900. 

Castner; glacier, tributary to Delta river, from the east, near latitude 63° 30'. So

named by Glenn, in 1898, after Lieut. Joseph C. Castner, U. S. A., a

member of his party. 

Cat; island, between Duke and Mary islands, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Catalina; island, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Ysla Catalina (Catalina island) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-

1779. 

Cataract; bight, in Bay of AYaterfalls, Adak ieland, middle Aleutians. Descriptive

name, given by United States naval officers in 1893. 

Cataract; glacier, tributary to Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound.

Descriptive name, given by the Harriman Expedition in 1899. 

Cathedral; bluff and rapids, on the Tanana river, near longitude 144°. Descriptive

name, given.by Alien in 1885. 

Cathedral; mountain, in the Tordrillo range, between the headwaters of the

Skwentna and Kuskokwim rivers. So named by Spurr in 1898. 

Catherina. "That great series of -islands extending from the mouth of Cook's inlet

to the.end of the Aleutian chain, and perhaps properly including the

Commander's islands, was named by Forster, in 1786, the Catherina archipelago, in honor of Catherine the Great, Empress of all the Russias."

Name obsolete.

Caton; island, the easternmost of the Sannak group. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Caton; shoal, in Popof strait, Shumagin islands. Reported to the Coast Survey, in

1880, by Mr. Caton and named after him. .
Cat On. 118 [BULL. 187.

Catton; point, on the Arctic coast, near Herschel island. So named by Franklin 

in 1826. Erroneously Calton.

Caution; island, on the northern shore of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Nanied Berezhnoi (cautious) by Vasilief in 1809.

Caution; point, the southern point of entrance to Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. 

This name is erroneously transferred to, another point, farther south, on 

British Admiralty chart 2431.

Cave; point, the southwestern head of Oksenof bay, oh western coast of Unimak 

island, eastern Aleutians. Named Shishkova (Shishkof's) by Lutke in 

1828, who wrote it in French Chichkoff. Veniaminof calls this Pogromnoi 

second, and the next one west from Sarichef he calls Pogromnoi first. 

Tebenkof gives Pogromnoi as an alternate name, the cape being near 

Pogromnoi volcano. The Fish Commission, in 1890, called it Cave point, 

taking the name from Samuel Applegate who reports it as local usage. 

"Cave point takes its name from a cave on its face."

Cave; rock, on Amaknak island, Captains bay, Unalaska. Under it is a burial cave 

which Ball investigated in 1872-73, and which he has called Amaknak 

cave.

Cawtaskakat, river; see Kautas.

Cayman;- point, in North bay, Tlevak strait, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Dall, in 1882, from its fancied resemblance to an alligator's 

head.

Cedar; bight, indenting the northern shore of Hawkins island, Prince William 

sound. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Cedar; bight, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Meade in 1869.

Cedar; cove, in Freshwater bay, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Cedar; island, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Meade in 1869.

Cedar; point, in Kootznahoo archipelago, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Cedar;-point, near the entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander-archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Cedar; point, the northern head 01 Smuggler cove, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Celenic, lake; see Selenie.

Cenotaph; island, in Lituya bay. So named by La Perouse in memory of 26 

officers and men, constituting two of his boats' crews, who were caught 

in the bore or boiling ebb tide at the entrance to Lituya bay and drowned 

July 13, 1786. A cenotaph then erected on the southeastern end of this - 

island to commemorate the event was sought for by a Coast Survey party, 

in 1874, and no trace of it found. The island has since been called Egg 

(Yaichnoi) by the Russians.

Cenotaph; point, the southeastern extreme of Cenotaph island above, where the 

cenotaph was erected. So named by Dall in 1874.

Center; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the north, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Has also 

been called Wonder creek.

Center; island, in Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, southwestern coast of Etolin 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in. 1886; Descriptive 

term.

Center; island, in the southern entrance to Wales passage, Portland canal. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891. The island lies in the middle of the entrance,
BAKEB.] 119 6en-Clia.

Center; island, on the southeastern" shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Central; river, of eastern Alaska, -which unites with South river to form the Chitina. 

First called by Alien, in 1885, "Central branch (of the Chittyna)."

Chacktoole, bay; see Shaktolik.

Chacon; breakers or reef, in Dixon entrance, off Cape Chacon. Reported by Captain Carroll, of the steamer Idaho, April 13, 1883. Called also Chacon 

reef and Chacon breaker.

Chacon; cape, the southeastern point of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Named Cabo de Chacon by Caamano in 1792. It is Cape Murray of Douglas, 1789, and Bald cape of Rowan (ship Eliza} in 1799. 

According to Rowan, the native name is Intankoon. Tebenkof has the 

name Shaken. "Sometimes known locally as Musatchie Nose." (Coast 

Pilot, 1891, p. 86.)

Chagafka, cove; see Shahafka.

Chagak; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name, 

from Kuritzien, 1848. It means ditch or trench.

Chagak, bay, Adak island; see Shagak..

Chagamil, island; see Kagamil.

Chagavenapuk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the east, near latitude 

62°. Eskimo name obtained by Spurr and Post, of the United States 

Geological Survey, in 1898, from trader A. Lind.

Chageliuk, slough; see Shageluk.

Chayulak, island; see Chugul.

Chaguliak, island; see Herbert.

Chagvan; bay, indenting mainland coast just north of Cape Newenham, Bering 

sea. Native name, published by Sarichef, 1826. It is called Portage bay 

on a recent Coast Survey map. On its shores Petrol', 1880, locates a settlement which he calls Tzahavagamute, which has been copied on some 

maps as Tzaharagamute.

Chaiagaguk; river, tributary to the Togiak river. Not shown on any map. Name 

from Spurr, 1898, who wrote it Tshayagdguk. An Eskimo village, presumably at the junction of this river with the Togiak, is called by 

Spurr Tshayagagamut.

Ch.aich.ei; islands, south of Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Chaichei (gull) by Vasilief in 1809.

Chaichie, islet, point, etc.; see Gull.

Chalk; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. Native name, published by the Coast Survey, in 1896, as 

Cha-ik. Supposed to be identical with Chaqua cove of Eliza, in 1799, and 

Chaque bay of Meade in 1869.

Chaild, islet; see Gull.

Ohaitna, river; see Chuit.

Chaix; hills, back of Icy bay, in the St. Elias region. Named, in 1886, by Prof. 

William. Libbey of Princeton College, after Prof. Paul Chaix, president 

of the Geneva Geographical Society.

Chakik; cape, the northwest point of Umnak island, middle Aleutians. Native 

name, apparently from officers of the United States North Pacific Exploring 

Expedition, 1855, by whom it was written Tchakhikh.

Chakina; river, tributary to the Chitina river, from the south. Native name, from 

a manuscript map made by prospectors in. 1900.

Chakok; small stream on Kenai peninsula, debouching near Anchor point, Cook 

inlet. .Apparently a native name, reported by Wosnesenski, about 1840, 

and printed by Grewingk as Tchakoch.
Clia Cha 120 '. [BULL. 187.

Chakwa; bay, or cove In Hood bay, Chatham strait. Native name, first mentioned 

by Captain Eowan, of the ship Eliza, in 1799. Has been called Chaque 

bay and Chaque cove. See also Cha-ik.

Chalit; Eskimo village, of about 60 people in 1878, on left,bank of the Kuguklik 

river, northwest of Kuskokwim bay. Visited by Nelson in December, 

1878, and its name reported by him to be Chalitmiut, i. e., Chalit people.

Chaliuknak. An Aleut village bearing this name existed, in 1790, on the northern 

shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians.

Chaljchnikikaljslun. Grewingk following Wosnesenski, 1840, gives this string of 

letters as the native name of a small stream on Kenai peninsula debouching a little south of the Kaknu river, Cook inlet. Perhaps it sounds like 

Kal-ik-nik-ik-al-is-lun.

Chalmers; port, in Montague island, Prince William sound. Named Chalmer's 

harbour by Portlock in 1787.

Chalzekahin, river; see Kicking Horse.

Chamisso; island (231 feet high), in Kotzebue sound, at entrance to Eschscholtz 

bay. So named by Kotzebue, in 1816, after Dr. Louis Adelbert von 

Chamisso, who accompanied him during his explorations here. The 

native name, according to Beechey, 1827, is E-ow-ick.

Champion; creek, tributary to Fortyrnile creek, from the east, near latitude 64° 30'. 

Local name, reported by Barnard in 1898.

Chandik, river; see Klondike.

Chandlar; lake, and river tributary to the Yukon, from the north, near the Arctic 

circle. Locally known as the Chaudlar and said to be named after John 

Chandlar, a factor of the Hudson Bay Company. Has also been called 

Gens de Large. Apparently identical with Achenchik river of Raymond, 

1869, and Petrof, 1880, and with Tadrandike of recent Coast Survey maps.

Chandos; point, the eastern point of entrance to Yarboro inlet, on the Arctic coast, 

east of Colville river. So named by Franklin in 1826.

Chankliut; island, near Chignik bay, south shore of Alaska peninsula. Native 

name, from the Russians. Has been written Chankluit.

Channel; islan^d, in Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1881. They appear like two islands, but are connected by 

a sand spit. Rev. Sheldon Jackson has named the northern part Sheldon 

island and thQ southern Jackson island.

Channel; island, in Toiigass narrows, near Ward cove, Alexander archipelago. Presumably so named by pilot Capt. W. E. George, about 1880. Descriptive 

term.

Channel; islands, in Behm canal, near Walker cove, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Channel; rocks, in Kakul narrows, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by'Coghlan in 1884. Descriptive term. Have been called indiscriminately islets and rocks. ' '

Channel; point, in Kootznahoo inlet,"" Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Meade in 1869. Descriptive term.

Channel; rock, in entrance to Hassler harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols in 1882. Descriptive term.

Channel; rock, in middle of the entrance to the western anchorage, Sitka harbor. 

So named by Beardslee in 1880. Descriptive term.

Channel; rock, ,in entrance to St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named by the Coast Survey 

in 1869. Descriptive name.

Chapeau; mountain (2,000 feet high), a spur of Davison mountain, east of Tamgas 

harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols in 

1883.
BAKER.] 121 Cha Cha.

Chapel; cove, indenting eastern side oi Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle

Aleutians. So named by Gibson in 1855. 

Chapel; islet, near south point of entrance to Gam bier bay, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Chapin; bay, indenting the southern shore of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, in 1892, after Ensign Frederick Lincoln

Chapin, U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Chapman; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near

longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

Chapman; creek, tributary to Minook creek, from the east. Prospectors' name,

published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Chapman, point; see Entrance. 

Chaqua, bay; see Chakwa. 

Charcoal; island, one of the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Ugolnoi (stone coal) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Chariot (The). A spur of the peak of Mount St. Elias was so named by Russell in

1890. This may be identical with The Hump of Topham in 1889.

Charles; point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease and 

Sirnpson in 1837, Not found on any map and its exact location unknown.

Charley; creek, tributary to Siuuk river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Charm, point; see Chasina.

Charpentier; glacier, on the western shore of Glacier bay. So named by Reid, in 

1892, after a Swiss glacialist.

Chasen, point; see Chasina.

Chasik, island, in Cook inlet; see Chisik.

Chasina; anchorage,*at entrance to Cholmondeley sound, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Surveyed and named by Clover in 1885.

Chasina, bay; see Cholmondeley sound.

Chasina; point, in Clarence strait, near southern point of entrance to Cholmondeley 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a native name adopted from 

the Russians and in some cases erroneously transliterated Charm. It is 

Chasen of Tebenkof and Chasina of Russian Hydrographic chart 1493. 

Has also been written T.chaseni. The settlement near it is Chasintsef of 

the Russians, written Chasintzeff on United States Hydrographic chart 225.

Chastie. Lutke, 1.836, applied the name Tchastie" (serre'es) to .a group of 13 rugged 

islets and 5 large isolated rocks lying between Atka and Adak, middle 

Aleutians. Also written Tschastiji. It means crowded together, close-set, etc.

Chastie. Tebenkof, 1849, applies this name Chastie (compact, crowded together) to 

some islets and rocks lying very near the south shore of Adak, while 

Lutke applies it to a group lying farther east between Atka and Great 

Sitkin.

Chatham; port, immediately behind Cape Elizabeth, at eastern point of entrance to 

Cook inlet. Surveyed by Vancouver, in 1794, and named after one of his 

vessels.

Chatham; strait, in Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1794, after 

Lord Chatham. "It was also called Menzies' strait by the fur traders as 

late as 1799." To its expanded southern end Colnett gave the name 

Christian sound in 1789. La Perouse had, in 1786, called this part Chirikof 

(Tschirikow) bay, while the Spaniards, in 1791, called it Ensenada del 

Principe.

Chatiuak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Yukon, a little below Andreafski. 

Native name, from Nelson, 1878, who writes it Chatinakh.

Chauik; mountain (3,510 feet high), a little east of Mount Bendeleben, Seward 

peninsula. Native name, from Peters, 1900, who wrote it Chowik.
Cha Che. 122 [BULL. 187.

Chayagaguk, river; see Chaiagaguk.

Chechotkin, inlet; see Linnet.

Checkers; camp, on Kuzitrin river. Seward peninsula. So called by the prospectors, 1900, after one of their comrades, nicknamed Checkers.

Cheenik; village and mission at head of Golofnin bay, Norton sound. This is said 

to be a native name and has been written Chee-nik, Chenik, Chinick, 

Chinik, etc. Pronounced Chee-nik. Tikhmenief, 1861, shows an Eskimo 

village here called Ikaligvig-miut. It is also called Dexter Post-Office, 

though no post-office has been established there by the Government.

Cheerful; cape, the western head of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Called Veselofski (cheerful) by Kotzebue in 1817. Sarichef, 1792, shows 

a village near here called Veselofski. Lutke, 1836, has V6celovskoi 

cape and mountains. An unnamed Cascade near it is a landmark for 

Captains bay.

Cheerful. Sarichef, 1792, shows a native village, Veselofski (cheerful), near Cape 

 Cheerful, Unalaska. Veniaminof says this village lies on the left side of 

Cape Cheerful, in the left corner of a bight of the same name, qn a spit. 

Population about 1830 was 15.

Cheericoff, cape; see Bartolome.

Cheericoff, island; see Chirikof.

Chefoklak; Eskimo village of 4 huts in the Yukon delta, near Kusilvak mountain, 

visited by Nelson in December, 1878. He reports its name to be Chefokhlagamiut, i. e., Chefoklak people.

Chegoula, island; see Chugul.

Chelekhoff, strait; see Shelikof.

Chena; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the east, near longitude 147° 30'. Native 

name, reported by Schrader in 1898 as Che-na, i. e., Chee river.

Chenango; mountain (2,987 feet high), in the northern part of Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Chenega; island, on the western shore of Prince William sound. Apparently a 

native name. On Petrof's map of 1882 in the Tenth Census this name is 

given for an Indian village (population, 80) on Knight island. On late 

maps this village is shown on an island called Chenega, immediately 

west of Knight island. On one recent map written Cheniga.

Chenik, mission; see Cheenik.

Chenik, village; see Chimekliak.

Chentansitztan; village, on north bank of the Yukon, about 30 miles below the 

mouth of Melozi river. Native name, published by the Coast Survey 

in 1898.

Chepp, river; see Chipp.

Chernabura; island, the southernmost of the Shumagin group. Named Chernoburie (black-brown, whence also a priest thus clad) by the Russians. The 

native name is Nunik (porcupine). Has been variously written Chernabour, Chernabur, Niunak, Niunyak, Niuniak, Nuniak, etc. Lutke has an 

island Tounak in his list of the Shumagins, apparently a typographical 

error for Nounak.

Chernabura, island, Cook inlet; see Augustine.

Chernabura; islet (100 feet high) and surrounding rocks on the western edge of the 

Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak. Called Chernabura (black-brown, 

or a priest clad in black-brown garb) by the Russians. Lutke says Tagamak, called by the Russians Tchernoboury, while Veniaminof says the 

Aleut name is Kagak Unimak, i. e., East Unimak. Sarichef has Taganak. 

Variously written, Chernabour, Chernabur, Chernobura, Chernaboor, 

Tchernobour, etc.
BAKER.] 123 CllC Oil.

Chernieslief, mountains; see Devil's Prongs.

Chernof; cape, in Kupreanof strait, on northern shore of Kodiak. So named by 

Murashef, in 1839-40, presumably after Ivan Chernof, who made explorations and surveys in the Russian American colonies, 1832-1838.

Cliernofski; hai'bor, indenting the northern coast of Unalaska near its western 

end. Named Chernofski by Sarichef, in 1792, presumably from Chernof, 

a Russian family name'. Variously written Tchernovskaia, etc.

Chernofski; native village, in Chernofski harbor, Unalaska. So called by Sarichef 

in 1792. In 1831 it consisted of 4 huts (yourts) and 44 people. Population in 1880, 101; in 1890, 78. . Cherry; creek, in the Fortymile mining region, tributary to Walker fork. Local 

name, from Barnard in 1898.

Cheshni; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, near latitude 62°. 

Native name, from Abercrombie, 1898, who \vrites Cheshnena, i. e., 

Cheshni river.

Chesloknu, bay; see Seldovia.

Chesta; creek, tributary to Copper river, from the east, near latitude 62°. Native 

name, from Abercrombie, 1898, who wrote it Chetastena and later Chestalena. Also written Chetaslena.

Chestakof, island; see Chistiakof.

Chester; lake, near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Chester; port, on the western coast of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols, in 1883, after Commander Colby 

Mitchell Chester, U. S. K

Cheslochina, river; see Chistochina.

Cliestoknu, bay; see SeMovia.

Chetaslina; glacier, on the southern flank of Mount Wrangell and drained by the 

Chetaslina river. Native name, from Schrader, 1900.

Chetaslina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the northeast and heading 

near Mount Wrangell. Native name, given by Abercrombie, in 1898, as 

Chestalena. Apparently this is Liebigstag river of Alien in 1885.

Chetaut; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the northj at the Lower Ramparts. 

Native name, given by Dall as Tsee"toht and by Raymond as Chetaut. 

Schwatka has Che-taut and Petrof Chetaht.

Chetierek, mountain; see Fourpeaked.

Chetlechuk; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, a few miles below Dall 

river. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Chetletchuk. 

Petrof, 1880, wrote it Chetlechuk.

Chetlyna, river; see Chitina.

Chiachi; cape, on western shore of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named Chaiachie (gull) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Chiachi; islands, northeast of the Shuinagins, on south shore of Alaska peninsula. 

So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Has been written Chiache (gull) and 

Chiachi

Chiachi; islet, near the southeastern coast of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Called Chaiachie (gull) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Chibukak; the northwesternniost point of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Called 

Northwest by Tebenkof, 1849, who shows a settlement on the cape. In 

copying his map the name of the village was taken as the name of the 

cape. According to Kotzebue the native name of the island is Tschibocki, 

or, as it may be written, Chiboki.

Chicagos, island, see Chichagof.

Chican, village; see Shakan.
Chl Chl. 124 [BULL. 187

Chic Cioon, bay and river; see Chickaloon.

Chichagof; bay, in Clarence strait, on southeastern coast of Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians and variously spelled 

Chichagoff, Chitchagoff, and erroneously Tehitchagoff. It is not an 

uncommon Russian proper name. Admiral Vasili lakob Chichagof, with 

a fleet of three ships, made explorations in the Arctic regions in 1765- 

1766. One of the vessels of the Russian American Company, an armed 

brig, was named Chichagof. The name of this bay has been misplaced on 

some charts. On Tebenkof's map it is very obscurely printed, making it 

difficult to say whether it is Chichagof or Chigatz. Also called a harbor.

Chichagof; cape, on the northern coast of Alaska peninsula, at mouth of Ugaguk 

river. Named Chichagova (Chichagof's) by Lutke, in 1828, after Admiral 

Chichagof, of the Russian navy. Variously written Chichagbv, Chichagow, 

Tchitchagow, etc.

Chichagof; harbor, indenting north shore of Attu island, western Aleutians.. Surveyed and presumably named by Etolin, in 1827, after one'bf the early 

Russian Arctic explorers. Sometimes written Tschitschagoff. 

Chichagof; island, or group of islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by Lisianski, 

in 1805, after-Admiral Chichagof. First known to the Russians as Yakobi 

or Jakobi, a name restricted by Lisianski, in 1805, to an island at the 

northwestern angle of the group, and the name Chichagof applied to the 

remainder. It forms the northern part of King George the Ill's archipelago of Vancouver. The native name is Khuna or Hooniah. Variously 

called Chichagov, Chichagoff's, etc., and erroneously Chicagos.

Chichagof; passage, between Etolin and Woronkofski islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians and variously spelled as above. Called 

also pass and strait.

Chichagof; peak (2,600 feet high), in the northwestern part of Wrangell island, 

Alexander 'archipelago. Named by Snow in 1886. Erroneously Chicagoff on Coast Survey chart 706.

Chichaldinskoi, volcano; see Shishaldin.

Chichinak; Eskimo village on the mainland, east of Nunivak island, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported by him as 

Chichinagamiut, i. e., Chichinak people.

CJdchmareff, inlet; see Shishmaref.

Chickaloon; bay, at head of Cook inlet. Presumably a local name. A stream 

. tributary to this bay, from the south, is called by Becker, 1895, Chic

Cloon. s 

Chickaloon, creek, tributary to the Matanuska river, from the west. Said by Mendenhall to be a proper name in local use and the spelling as above well

established. Reported by Mendenhall, of the Geological Survey, in 1898. 

Chickamin; river, of southeastern Alaska, flowing into Behm canal. Native name,

reported by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Chicken; creek, in the Fortymile mining district,. tributary to Mosquito fork, from

the north. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in

1899. 

Chicken; creek, tributary to Cache creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Chidak, cape; see Aguliuk. 

Chief, island, Sitka sound; see Nachlezhnoi. 

Chief, mountain; see Tyee. 

Chief Stephen; Indian village, on right bank of the Copper river, near latitude 62°.

Name from Abercrombie, 1898, who. wrote it Chief Stephan. Is 1 also

written Stiphan and Stiphan or Stick. Apparently it is the English name

Stephen, derived through Russian pronunciation and spelling.
BAKER.] 125 CllI Clll.

Chigalz, bay; see Chichagof.

Chiginagak; bay and mountain, on southern coast of Alaska peninsula, north of 

the Semidis. Native name, reported by Vasilief in 1831-32. Usually 

spelled as above. Has been written Tchighinagak and, erroneously, 

Tiginagak.

Chigmit. Grewingk, 1849, applies the name Tschigmit to the high range of mountains between Cook inlet and the Kuskokwim river. Dall, 1869, calls this 

the Alaskan range, and says the portion of them immediately northwest 

of Cook inlet has been termed Chigmit mountains on some maps. A map 

made by the United States Land Office in 1869 calls the southwestern part 

of the Alaskan range Chigmit mountains and the northeastern part Beaver 

mountains. Eldridge, 1898, adopts the name Chigmit for a range west of 

Cook inlet, in which are the volcanoes Iliarnna and Redoubt. See also 

Alaska, range of mountains.

Chignik; bay, on the south shore of Alaska peninsula. Probably a native name. 

From the Russians. Also, erroneously, Tiznik.

Chignik; lagoon, at head of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Local name, published by the Fish Commission in 1899.

Chignik; river (about 6 miles long), tributary to Chignik lagoon, Chignik bay, 

Alaska peninsula. Local name, published by the Fish Commission in 

1899.

Chignik Bay; fishing station on Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Population in 

1890, 193.

CMgul, island; see Chugul.

Chikalan. Grewingk, following Wosnesenski, 1840, gives Tschichkalansk or 

Tschichkiln Tan as the native name of a point on the eastern shore of 

Cook inlet just south of Kenai. Name apparently obsolete.

Chilcat; see Chilkat.

Cliiicoot; see Chilkoot.

Childs; glacier, tributary to Copper river, from the west, opposite Miles glacier. 

So named by Abercrombie, in 1884, after George "Washington Childs, of 

Philadelphia.

Chilga. An island of this name between Adak and Great Sitkin, middle Aleutians, 

is mentioned by Lutke. Not identified.

Chilkat; group of islands near entrance to Chilkat inlet. So named by Beardslee. 

in 1880. According to Dr. Arthur Krause, the native names of the four 

islands constituting the group are Al^ane, Katagune, NechrajS, and Schikossean.

Chilkat; inlet, at head of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Name of a native 

tribe obtained by the Russians and first applied to the inlet by United 

States naval officers in 1880. It lias had various spellings, Chilcat being 

most common. Also written Chilkaht, Tchillkat, Tsilkat, etc. The 

native word is a difficult one for an American to spell or pronounce. 

Perhaps Tsl-kaht pronounced explosively is as near as it can be rendered.

Chilkat; lake, near the head of Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska, draining through 

the Tisku river into the Chilkat river. So called by U. S. naval officers 

in 1880. It is Tschilkat of the Krause brothers.

Chilkat, mountains; see Chilkoot.

Chilkat; pass (3,100 feet high) about 60 miles northwest -from the head of Lynn 

canal, southeastern Alaska. Local name.

Chilkat; peak, near west bank of the Chilkat river. So called by Beardslee in 1880. 

It is Tschilkat (Chilcat Pik) of the Krause brothers, 1882. See also High 

point.

Chilkat; point, near the Chilkat Indian village, Klukwan, Chilkat river. So named 

by United States naval officers in 1880.
CM-CM. 126 . . [BULL. 187.

Chilkat; river, flowing into Chilkat inlet at the head of Lynn canal. Named Chilkat 

by the Russians, after the Indian tribe inhabiting its banks. Spelled 

variously Chilcat, Chilkaht, Tchillkat, T'silkat, etc., and Tschilkathin by 

Krause.

Chilkat, village; see Klukwan.

Chilkoot; inlet, at head of Lynn canal. So named from a tribe of Indians which . 

has a village near its head. Also written Chilcoot and called by Meade 

False Chilkaht or Tschillkat inlet. See also Dyea and Taiya.

Chilkoot; lake, near the head of Chilkoot inlet. Named from the Chilkoot Indian 

village on its shores. Also written Chilcoot and Tschilkut. Has also been 

called Akha lake.

Chilkoot; mountains or range of mountains near the head of Lynn canal. Variously 

called Chilkat, Chilkoot, and Tschil-kut. Called Kotusk mountains on a 

recent map.

Chilkoot; pass (3,500 feet high), 20 miles from Skagway, between the drainage into 

Lynn canal and the Yukon basin. 'Variously spelled. Has also been 

called Perrier and Dejah. Possibly also identical with Shasheki of Ball 

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 200).

Chilkoot; river, tributary to head of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Native name, variously spelled. Its lower part,-between Chilkoot lakeland Chilkoot inlet, has been called Deyea, and the upper part, 

above the lake, Krause calls Katschkahm; also written Kachkahin.

Chilkoot; village, or settlement of Chilkoot Indians, at outlet of Chilkoot lake. 

Has been called Tschilkut and Tananei or Chilcoot.

Chimekliak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, near mouth 

of Kuskokwim river. This may be identical with Chenik of a Russian 

Admiralty chart of 1802. Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, calls it Chimiagamute, i. e., Chimiak people, while the Eleventh Census, 1890, has 

Chimingyangamute. Spurr and Post, in. 1898, obtained'from Missionary 

Kilbuck the name Chim-e-kliag-a-mut.

Chimiagamute, village; see Chimekliak.

Chimingyangamute, village; see Chimekliak.

Chimiudi, islands; see Kudiakof.

Chin; point, the northern point of entrance to N.eets bay, in Behm canal, on northwestern shore of Revillagigedo island. Named by the Coast Survey in 

1891. Brow and Nose points are near by.

China, river; see Tsina.

Chinaldna, creek; see Chunilna.

Chinchan, bay; see Akutan harbor.

Chiniak;. bay, indenting the eastern end of Kodiak. Native name, obtained by the 

early Russian explorers and variously written Chiniak, Chiniatskoi, and - 

even, by error, Tuniak. Chiniak is Aleut for a rocky, impassable, wretched sea.

Chiuiak; cape, on the mainland coast, northwest of Afognak island. Native name 

from early Russian explorers. Written Chiniakskie, Chiniatskoy, Tchineyak, and even Tuniak.

Chiniak; cape, the easternmost extremity of Kodiak. Named Greville by Cook in 

1778. Langsdorf identifies it with Cape Hermogenes of Bering in 1741. 

The Russians usually called it Tolstoi (broad). It has also been called 

Elovoi (spruce) and Chiniatskoy. According to Tanner, 1888, it is locally 

known as Chiniak.

Chiniak, cape; see Shakmanof.

Chiniak; islet, off Cape Chiniak, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Langsdorf, who accompanied 

Krusenstern in his voyage round, the world, 1803-1806, says (II, 56) Cape 

Chiniak "is bounded to the north by two small islands, one of which, in 

the language of the country, is called Giniak, the other Ugak."
BAKER. J 127 CM CM.

Chiniak; islet, near the northern coast of Afognak island, Kocliak group. Native 

name, published by the Kussian American Company, in 1849, as Chiniakskoi.

Chiniak, settlement; see Aleksashkina.

Chinick, village; see Cheenik.

Chiniklik; peak, in the Ilivit mountains, south of Anvik. Native name, from the 

Russians.

Ch.in.itua; bay, indenting the western shore of Cook inlet, south of Iliamna peak. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Chiokuk, village; see Chiukak.

Chipp; peak (2,532 feet high), in the northeastern part of Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named' by Thomas, in 1887, after Lieut. Charles 

Winans Chipp, U. S. N., who perished in the Lena delta in November, 

1881.

Chipp; riv.er, in northernmost Alaska, tributary to Admiralty bay, at the head of 

Dease inlet. Its supposed Eskimo name Ik-pik-pung was published by

the Coast Survey in 1884. Has also been written Ikpikpung. Is also

called the Chepp or Ik-pik-puk on United States Hydrographic chart 1189, 

published in 1890. I have assumed that it was named, about 1890, by the 

Hydrographic Office after Lieut. Charles W. Chipp, TJ. S. N., who perished 

in the ill-fated De Long expedition in the Lena delta, November, 1881.

Chirikof; bay, the south end of Chatham strait (Christian sound of Colnett in 1789), 

was named "Baie Tschirikow" by La Perouse, in 1786, in honor of the 

distinguished Russian navigator, who visited this part of the coast in 

1741. Name obsolete. See Chatham strait.

Chirikof, cape; see Bartolome and Ommaney.

Chirikof; island, southwest of Jvodiak. Usually called Ukamok or Chirikof island 

and spelled most diversely. Ukamok is said to be a native name of the 

marmot, but this is not verified. The island appears to be the Tumannoi 

(foggy) island of Bering in 1741. Cook so identified it in 1778. Sarichef, 

according to Sauer, called itElkamok and Vancouver, in 1794,- in honor of 

Bering's companion, Capt. Alexie Chirikof, called it Tscherikow's island. 

 It is variously written Akamok, Ookamok, Oukamok, Ukamok, and 

Ugamok, while Cliirikof appears variously as Chirikoff, Chirikov, 

Tchirikoff, Tscherikow, Tschirikoff, etc.

Chisana; mountain (3,200 feet high), on left bank of the Tanana, near Tetling 

river. Name from Peters and Brooks, 1898, who report it to be an Indian 

word. It is near the Chisana, i. e., Chisa, river of Alien, 1885.

Chisana; river, tributary to the Tanana, near its headwaters. Native name, from 

Alien, who wrote it Chisana, i.e., Chisa river. Has since been written 

Chusana. Identity of this river is doubtful.

Chishelnoi, islet; see Sushilnoi.

Chisik; island, on western shore of Cook inlet, near Iliamna volcano. Native 

word, given by Tebenkof, in ]849, as Khazik and in Eichwald's German 

text Chasik. Commonly now called Chisik. Has been printed Chisick.

Chislechina, river; see Chistochina.

Chistiakof; island, in Heiden bay, on north shore of Alaska peninsula. Named 

Chestakof by the Fish Commission, in 1890, presumably after Peter 

Egorovich Chistiakof, who was director of the Russian American Colonies, 

1826-1831.

Chistochina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the north, near latitude 63°. 

Native name, obtained, in 1885, by Alien, who has Chistotchiml on his map 

and Chitsle'tchin;i in his text (pp. 65, 66). Has also been written Chestochina, Chislechina, Chitsletchina, Tieschenni, etc. According to Spencer, 

of the Geological Survey, Chistochina represents local usage.
Clii Clio. 128 . [BULL. 187.

Chiswell; islands, off the southern coast of Kenai peninsula. Named Chiswell's 

islands by Portlock in 1786. Also, erroneously, Chisswell's. They are the 

Aialiki islands of Tebenkof, which may be a native name. Has also been 

written Ajaliki.

Chitchagoff, bay; see Chichagof. . Chitina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, near latitude 62°. Native 

name, reported, in 1885, by' Alien, who spells it Chittyna, from chitty, 

copper, and na, river. Hayes wrote it Chittenah; Brooks, Chittena, and 

Abercrombie, Chettyna.

Chitistone; river, tributary to the Chitina. Named Chittystoiie by Alien in 1885; 

from chitty, copper and stone, the English word, i. e., Copperstone river, 

on account of copper discolorations on the bowlders and rocks of the 

river's bed.

Chititu; creek, tributary to the Nizina, from the south. Called Chitty Too (copper 

water) by Alien in 1885: Hayes, 1891, says too means river and dek means 

creek, and that he has usually omitted these generic endings. The water 

of this stream is reported to be of a dark copper color.

Chitnak; native village, on the southern shore of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, who wrote it Shitnak. Has also been written 

Chitnak, Sshitnak, and Tchitnak.

Chitnashuak, village; see Sitnazuak.

Chitsletchina; see Chistochina.

Chittenah; see Chitina.

Chittyna, river; see Chitina.

Chittystone; see Chitistone.

Chitty Too, creek; see Chititu.

Chiukak; Eskimo village near- Golofnin bay, on north shore of Norton sound, 

Bering sea. Eskimo name called Chiukak-miiit by the Eussians and 

' Chiokuk by Petrof in 1880. This appears to be the same as that called 

Knecktakiuiut by the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, in 1867, and 

Scookuk on a late Coast Survey chart. See also Akpaliut.

Chkazehin, river; see Katzehin.

Chlachatsch, island; see Pyramid.

Chlanak; cape, on the southeastern coast of Kanaga island, middle Aleutians. 

Probably a native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Ulanach.

Chlebnikojf, cape; see Khlebnikof.

Chnikchak, creek or river; see Ninilchik.

Chock; island, near entrance to Snug cove, Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Chokfoktoleghagamiut, lake and village; see Shokfaktolik.

Chokosna; river, tributary to the Kuskulana river, from the south. Native name, 

from a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900.

Chokoyik; island, in the Yukon river, about 15 miles above the mouth of the Nowi 

river. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who shows a fishery on the 

island.

Cholmondeley; sound, indenting the eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, opposite Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 

1793. Erroneously Cohnondeley. It is Chasina bay.of Tebenkof. Pronounced Chum-ly.

Ch.om.ly; post-office, on the north shore of Cholmondeley sound. Established in 

July, 1900. . Choris; peninsula, partly separating Kotzebue sound from Eschscholtz bay, Arctic 

ocean. Apparently so named by Beechey, in 1826, after Louis Choris, who 

accompanied Kotzebue on his voyage round the world.

Chornoi, cape; see Black.
BAKEK.] 129 CllO Cllll.

Chortof, island; see Devil.

Chouyak, island; see Shuyak.

Chowiet; island (1,200 feet high), one of the largest of the Semidi group. Native 

name, obtained by Ball, in 1874, and spelled at first Cho\vee-et. This and 

Aghiyuk' are of about equal size and are the two largest islands of the 

group. Billings speaks of "Evdokeeff, the largest Simedan,"'and Lutke 

also says "Semidin, the largest of the Evdokeevskies." This name, 

applicable to either, probably refers to Aghiyuk.

Cliraalcli. The Krause brothers, 1882, show on their map a supposed river, draining from a glacier southward to the Tahini river (of their map), which in 

turn debouches into the Chilkat river. They write it Chratilch.

Christian; sound, the southern end of Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Capt. James Colnett of the Argonaut, an English fur trader on 

this coast in 1789. Also called Christians, Christian's, and, erroneously, 

Christiana.

Christie;, point, the western point of entrance to Dease inlet, on the Arctic coast,

just east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after

Chief Factor Christie, of the Hudson Bay Company. Erroneously Christy.

Christina; islet; see Cristina.

Christinas; island, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Glass in 1881.

Christoval, channel; see San Christoval.

Chuarlitilik; a deserted Eskimo village on the Kanektok river, north bank, about. 

55 miles from the Kanektok's mouth. Is called by Spurr and Post, of the 

Geological Survey, who passed by it September 3, 1898, Chwarlitilfganiut, 

i. e., Chu-ar-li-til-ik people.

Chuck; mining camp, on a small stream, flowing into the head of Windham bay, 

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Local name, published by the 

Coast Survey in 1891. Perhaps Shuck, across the bay, may refer to the 

same camp.

Chudnoi, island; see Queer.

Chudoekoiv, islands; see KudiakoChugach; islands, near eastern entrance to Cook inlet. Native name, from the 

Russians, who wrote it Chugatskie or Chugatzkiia. Has also been written 

Chugatz.

Chugach; mountains (5,000 to 6,000 feet high), near the head of Cook inlet. A 

native name, obtained by early Russian traders and by them written 

Chugatz and Tchougatskoi. Now usually Chugach or Chugatch. 

Chugach, gulf; see Prince William sound.

Chugachik, bay; see Kachemak.

Chugachik; island at head of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Native name, from 

Tebenkof, 1848. . Chugatch, mountains; see Chugach.

Chugatz, islands; see Chugach.

Chugigiuak; rock (123 feet high) between Amukta and Yunaska, in the group of 

islands of the Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from 

Veniaminof, 1840.

Chuginadak; island, the largest of the group of islands of the Four Mountains, 

eastern Aleutians. Discovered by Stepan Glottof in 1764. Called by 

the natives Tanak-angunak (land-big), and variously called Tana, Tano, 

Tana-unok, Tanakh-Angounakh, etc. In 1849 Tebenkof'called it Chuginadak, variously written Tchoughinadokh, Chuginok, etc. Tradition has 

it that there were formerly two islands which were united by a volcanic 

eruption filling the strait which separated them.

Bull. 187 01 -9
Chu Cliti. '130 [BULL. 187.

Chuginok, island; see Chuginidak and also Herbert.

Chugul; island (2,696 feet high), east of Kiska, Rat island group, western Aleutians. 

Apparently a native name, from early Russian explorers. Variously 

written Chugal, Segula, Sigoola, Tschechovla; also Tchougoule or Iron 

island of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1855.

Chugul; island, southeast of Great-Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Native name, from the early Russians. Billings, 1790, wrote it Tshugulla. 

Has also been written Chigul, Tchigul, Tchougoul, Tchougoulak, etc.

Chugul; volcanic island (4,300 feet high), one of the group of islands of Four 

Mountains, as classified by Veniaminof. It is between Amukta and 

Yunaska. Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790, who wrote it Chugula. 

Variously written Chegoula, Chagulak, Tchougoulok, etc.

Chuit; river, tributary to Cook inlet, from the northwest, near its head. Native 

name reported as Shuitna and Chuitna, i. e., Chuit river. Also has been 

written Chaitna, Chuitan and Shuitna. Called Chuitan by the Coast 

Survey, in 1898, i. e., Chui cape..

Chuiu; river, tributary to south shore of Karnishak bay, Cook inlet. Native name, 

published by Tebenkof in 1849/ . 

Chukajak; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, froni Peters, 1900.

Ch.ukch.uk; Eskimo village on right bank of the lower Yukon, called Chukchukamute, i. e., Chukchuk people, by Raymond, 1869. Perhaps identical with 

Takshak. See Takshak.

Chuligmiut, villages; see Upper Chulik.

Chulik. The Eleventh Census, 1890 (p. 114), speaks of two Eskimo villages on the 

eastern shore of Nunivak, together containing 62 people, and called Upper 

Chuligmiut and Chuligmiut, i. e., Chulik people. Not found on any map.

Chulitna; pass, between the Sushitna and Chulitna rivers. So called by Eldridge 

in 1898.

Chulitna; river, one of the principal western tributaries of the Sushitna river. 

Native name, from Eldridge, 1898, who says it is often pronounced Chulitno. Chulitna or Chulitno means Chulit river.

Chulitna; river, the principal southern tributary of the Kuskokwim. The first 

white man to visit it was the Russian creole Lukeen, who descended it in 

1832. Its native name appears to be Holitno, Holiknuk, Hulitna, Hulitnak or Hulitno. By transliteration from the Russian this has been 

written Chulitna, Hoolitna, Khulitno, etc. The name first appears on 

sheet 3 of Sarichef's atlas, corrected to 1829, as "Hulitna. According to 

Spurr, 1898, deriving his information from A. Lind, a trader, it is Chulitna, i. e., Chulit river of the Indians and Holiknuk of the Eskimo.

Chuliun; lake, south of Nushagak lake. So called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Chunak; cape, on the northeastern coast of Unimak island, at entrance to Isanotski strait. Native name, reported by Lutke, who wrote it Tchounok. 

Tebenkof, 1849, wrote Chunak and Dall, Chunnok. Veniaminof in his 

notes (I, 214) writes it Chunnak.

Chuniksak; cape, on the southwest coast of Attu island, western Aleutians. Native 

name, published by Tebenkof in 1848.

Chunilna; creek, tributary of the Talkeetna, from the north, in longitude 150°. 

Name from Eldridge and Muldrow, 1898." On one map they have Chunilna on another Chinaldna.

Chunnok, cape; see Chunak.

Chunu; cape, the southwesternmost point of Kanaga island, middle Aleutians. So 

called by Tebenkof in 1849. Has also been written Tchuna.

(Jhurch; peak, on mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Named 

by Thomas in 1887,
BAKKK.] 181 CllU-Cle.

Church; point, on the southern coast of Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Cluusana, river; see Chisana. .

Clt'ustielena, lake; see Tustumena.

Chuyak, island and strait; see Shnyak.

Chvilnuk; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, a little above Andreafski. 

Called Chvilnuk by the Kussians and Milavdnoff (a Eussian proper name) 

by Dall. Possibly identical with Clear river. See Clear.

Cli'warlit'iMgamut, village; see Chuarlitilik.

Cipres, Puntade; see Cypress.

Circle; islet, in or near Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So called 

by the Coast Survey in Coast Pilot, 1883. Not found on any map.

Circle; point, the south point of entrance to Slocum inlet, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name given by Thomas in 1888.

Circle; trail and mining camp, on west bank of the Yukon, near latitude 66°. 

Called Circle City by the miners from its supposed, location on the Arctic 

circle. See also Birch Creek trail.

Clahona, river; see Klahini.

Clam; island, in Neets bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the 

Coast Survey in 1891.

Clam; island, in northeastern part of Prince William sound. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1900.

Clara; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Clarence; port, indenting, western end of Seward peninsula, Bering strait. Long 

known to the Kussians under the name of Kaviaiak bay. First described 

by Beechey, who visited it in September, 1827, and named it Clarence, 

after the Duke of Clarence. According to Sauer its native name is 

Irnagru.

Clarence; strait, in Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and named by Vancouver in 

1793, "in honour of His Royal Highness Prince William Henry * * * 

The Duke of Clarence's Strait." Also written Clarence sound and Clarence 

strait.

Clark; island, the westernmost large island of the Siginaka group in extreme northern part of Sitka sound. Named Kliarkof (Clark) by Vasilief in 1809~

Clark; lake, west of and near Cook inlet. Supposed to have been discovered by 

.John W. Clark, chief of the Nushagak trading post, in 1891, and in late 

charts named after him. It is, however, shown on a Russian government map, of 1802, with the name Ilima, while Iliamna lake is called 

Shelikof. 

Clark; point, near mouth of Nushagak river. Named Clark's point by the Fish 

Commission, in 1890, perhaps after Prof. Samuel Fessenden Clark, of 

Williams College. See also Ekuk cape.

Clashmore; mountain (5,502 feet high), east of Portland canal. Named by Pender 

in 1868.

Claude; point, on the northern shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Clear; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the north. Prospectors' name, reported 

oy Gerdine, 1900.

Clear; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1900.

Clear,' is! ets; see Battery.

Clear; point, the north point of entrance to Funter bay, near south end of Lynn 

canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890.
Cle-Clo. 132 [BULL. 187.

Clear; river, tributary to the Yukon, right bank, at Andreafski, near head of the

Yukon delta. Called Andreafski by the Coast Survey in 1898. Kayrnond,'

1869, calls it Konnekova or Clear river. On several maps called Clear

river. Its native name as used by the Russians is Niegieklik. 

Clear, river; see Chvilnuk. 

Cleare; cape, the southern end of Montague island, Prince William sound. So

named by Portlock in 1789. Also called Cape Clear and Southwest cape. 

Cleave; creek, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, near latitude 61°. Local

name, from Schrader in 1898. 

Cleft; island, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive

name, given by Meade in 1869. 

Clerke's, island; see St. Lawrence. 

Cleveland. A mountain near Mount St.' Elias was so named by the New York

Times expedition of 1886, after President Grover Cleveland. 

Cleveland; passage, between Whitney island and the mainland, Frederick .sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after President

Grover Cleveland. 

Cleveland; peninsula, a projection of the mainland between Behm canal and Ernest

sound. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1886, after President Grover

Cleveland. 

Cleveland; volcanic peak (8,150 feet high), on Chuginadak island, one of the group

of islands of the Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. So named by officers

of the U. S. S. Concord, in 1894, after President Grover Cleveland. 

Cliff; islet, in entrance to Womens bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Utesistoi

(cliffy) by Russian naval officers 1808-10. 

Cliff; point, between Middle and Womens bays, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named

Utesof (cliff) by Russian naval officers in 1808-10.

Cliff; point, on the eastern shore of Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Cliff; point, on the southeastern shore of Pearse island, Portland inlet, Alexander

archipelago. So called by Pender in 1868. Has also been called Base

point and Rose point. 

Clifford; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the southwest, in the Eagle mining

region. Local name, published in 1899. 

Clifford; island, off the south shore of and near to Sannak. So named by the Fish

Commission in 1890. 

Clinker; plateau, in western part of St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering sea.

Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875. 

Clondyke, river; see Klondike. . . Close; bay, on outer coast of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Close

(dushnaia) by the Russians before 1850. Has been called Close or Dushnaia, Close, and Doushnai. 

Close, island; see Near. 

Closed, bay; see Banks harbor. 

Cloudman; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Bligh island, Prince William

sound. Local name from Schrader, 1900. 

Clover; bay, indenting eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, just north of Cholmondeleysound, Alexander archipelago.. Surveyed and named Thomas

by Commander Richardson Clover, U. S. N., in 1885. Afterwards the

name was changed to Clover by direction of the Superintendent of the

Coast and Geodetic Survey to prevent confusion with another Thomas bay

in the Alexander archipelago. 

Clover; passage, in northern entrance to Behm canal, separating Betton and other

islands from Revillagigedo island. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1886,

after Commander Richardson Clover, U. S. N. 
BAKEK.] 133 Clll-Col 1.

Club; point, on Liesnoi island, Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield in 1889.

Club; rocks, two in number (15 feet high), 3 miles south of Gape Northumberland, 

Dixon entrance. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Ciubokoi, lake; see Deep.

Coal; bay, on the northern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Called Ugolnoi 

(stone coal) by Tebenkof, 1849. Coal abounds here and mines are in 

operation. . ' c

Coal; bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest from the Shumagins. So named by Dall in 1880. Near it is Ugolnoi (stone coal) island of 

the Russians.

Coal; bay, on the southern shore of Kasaan bay.'Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Nichols, in 1891, who reports outcrops of coal here.

Coal; cape, on southern coast of Alaska peninsula near the Chiachi islands. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Coal; cove or harbor, in Port Graham, Cook inlet. Named Coal harbor by Dixon,

in 1786, who found "a vein of coals" there. Also called Coal bay.

Coal; creek, tributary to Matanuska river, from the south, opposite the mouth of 

Chickaloon creek, near longitude 148° 30'. Local descriptive name, 

from Mendenhall, 1898.

Coal; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Coal; glacier, tributary to Tyndall glacier near Mount St. Elias, southeastern Alaska. 

So named.by Topham in 1888.

Coal; harbor, at the head of Zachary bay, Unga island, Shumagin group. Probably so named by the Western Union Telegraph Expedition in 1805. The 

name has also been applied to Zachary bay. Also called North harbor of 

Unga.

Coal; point, the end of a long spit projecting from the northern shore of Kachemak 

bay, Cook inlet. Called Ugolnoi (stone coal) by Tebenkof, in 1849, from 

the presence of coal upon and near it.

Coarse Gold; creek, tributary to the Kugruk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1900.

Cobb; island, near Silver point in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So nagjed 

by United States naval officers in 1880.

Cobblestone; river, tributary to Imuruk basin, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Coblura. This word Coblura appears on British Admiralty chart of Point Barrow 

No. 2164, published in 1854, nearo a small sand spit in the northern part of 

Elson bay, Arctic coast.

Cochrane; point, opposite Port Wells, on the northwestern shore of Prince William 

sound. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Erroneously Cochran.

Cocos; point, on south end of St. Ignace island, Bncareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Cocos (cocoa point) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

Codiac, island; see Kodiak.

Coffee, creek; see Slate.

Coffee; point, near the mouth of the Nushagak river. Traders' name, published by 

the Fish Commission in 1891.

Coffman; cove, indenting the northeastern shore of Prince of Wales-island, at southern entrance to Kashevarof passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Snow, in 1886, after Lieut. Dewitt Coffman, U. S. N., a member of his 

party.
Col Col. 134 ' [BULL.iSl

Coffman; island, near Coffnian cove, at southern entrance to Kashevarof passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow in 1886.

Coghlan; island (436 feet high), near the .western entrance to Gastineau channel, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1885, after Commander Joseph Bullock Coghlan, U. S. N. Erroneously Coglan.

Cogrua, river; see Kugrua.

Cogtua, river; see Meade.

 Cohen; island, in Favorite channel, Lymi canal, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1893.

Cohen; island, on southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Named by Ball, in 

188Q, after a trader of that name stationed in Cook inlet at that time.

Cohen; reef, in Favorite channel,' Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Coghlan in 1884.

Cohoes; creek, in the southern part of the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. Name 

published by the Coast'Survey in 1889. '>

Coke; point, the northern point of entrance to Holkham bay, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver in 1794.

Cold; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, just west of Belkofski. 

Named Morozovskie or Morozova (cold, frozen) by the Kussians. Has 

been called Cold, Frozen, Morozoffski, etc.

Cold; bay, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak. Named Studenaia (cold, freezing) by the Kussians on account of the cold winds which 

draw through a deep ravine or gorge from-Becharof lake. The native 

name appears to be Puale. Variously called Studenaja, Puale, Pouale, 

and, erroneously, Stulchena.

Colder a, port; see Caldera.

Coleen; mountain, on north bank of the Yukon, near mouth of the Coleen river. 

So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Coleen; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the north, between the upper and 

lower Ramparts of the Porcupine. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Coleman, point; see Thatcher.

Coleman; reef or shoal in Chatham strait, off Thatcher point, near the eastern end 

of Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast 

Pilot in 1883. The name Coleman had been given by Homfray, in 1867,

to the adjacent point, now called Thatcher.

College; fiord, in Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by the Harriman 

Expedition in 1899.

Collie; point, on the Arctic coast, at entrance to Wainwright inlet. Named by 

Beechey, in 1826, after his surgeon, Alex. Collie. Called Kalidge on 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1495. Perhaps this comes from an erroneous transliteration of Collie into Russian,

Colling; mountains (3,000 to. 4,000 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland 

canal. Called Colling range by Pender in 1868.

Collinson; point, near Camden bay, on the Arctic coast, about 4° west of the international boundary. Capt. Richard Collinson, R. N., of Her Majesty's 

ship Enterprise, wintered here in 1853-4, whence the name.

Colmondeley, sound; see Cholmondeley.

Colorado; creek, tributary to Cripple creek, in the Nome mining region, Seward 

peninsula. Prospectors' name published in 1900. Identical with Dog 

creek or Ryan creek of the Davidson-Blakeslee map of 1900.

Colorado; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Colorado; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the south, in the Eagle mining 

region. Local name, published in 1899.
BAKER.] 135 C01 COD.

Colpoys; point, at northeast angle of Prince of Wales island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Admiral Colpoys, R. N.- 

Colt; island, west of Douglas island, in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Columbia; bay, immediately west of Port Valdes, indenting northern shore of 

Prince William sound. So called by the Harriman Expedition in 1899. It 

is Glacier bay of Abercrombie, 1898.

Columbia; creek, tributary to O'Brien creek, from the west, in the Fortymile mining region. Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898.

Columbia; glacier, discharging into Columbia bay, Prince William sound. So 

named by the Harriman Expedition in 1899.

Columbia; peak (7,500 feet high), in the Tordrillo range. So named by Spurr and, 

. Post in 1898.

Columbia; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1891.

Column; point, the northeast headland of Lisianski strait, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name given by Dall in 1880. Vancouver's 

name Lucan has been accidentally applied to this point.

Colville; river, draining to the Arctic ocean near longitude 151°. Named by Dease 

and Sinipson, in 1837, after Andrew Colvile, esq., of the Hudson Bay 

Company. On Dease and Simpson's map it was spelled Colville. The 

Eskimo name is. reported to be Or-kim-ya-nook. Ray (Report, 1885, 

p. 55) says: "The Colville river was always spoken of as 'Neg-a-lenmi-ku,' 'the river at Negalek,' and we did not obtain the name."

Colwell; bend, in the Koyukuk river,.near longitude 157°. So named by Alien in 

1885, "in honor of Mr. Colwell, of the Adjutant General's Office, who 

gave me such conscientious work in working up my observations and 

making my maps."

Comet; creek, an affluent of Fortymile creek. Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898. It is Count creek of Abercrombie's map.

Comfort; point, near Cape Halkett, on the Arctic coast east of Point Barrow. So 

named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, "in gratitude for seasonable comforts."

Composite; island, near the head of Glacier bay. Descriptive name, given by Reid 

in 1892. '

Conclusion; island, in southern part of Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Vancouver, in 1793, who concluded his season's work of 1793 at this 

point.

Conclusion; port, near the south end of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named, in 1794, by Vancouver, who here concluded his survey of the 

northwest coast of America.

Concord; point, the southeastern point of Chuginidak island, islands of the Four 

Mountains group, eastern Aleutians. So named, in 1894, by officers of the 

TJ. S. S. Concord, who made surveys here at that time.

Cone; hill (551 feet high), in the western part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875.

Cone; island (300 feet high), in Revillagigedo channel, at entrance to Thorne arm, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1883.

 one; mountain (2,718 feet high), in the northern central part of Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883.

Cone; mountain (1,395 feet high), near the mouth of Cripple river, Seward peninsula. So called by the prospectors in 1898.

'Cone; mountain, on north bank of the Koyukuk river, near longitude 156°. 

Descriptive name, given by Schrader in 1899.
Con Coo. 136 [BULL. 187.

Cone; mountain (3,800 feet high), on the mainland, about 14 miles northeast of Cape 

Fox, Dixon entrance. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Cone; mountain, on the mainland, about 10 miles south of the Stikine river. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Cone; mountain (6,100 feet high), .on the mainland, on east bank of the Stikine and 

near Scud river. Erroneously Cane mountain. Name published by the 

Coast Survey, in 1891, as Cane and, in 1899, as Cone.

Cone; point, the southern head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883. Also called Cone Island point. 

Descriptive term.

Cone, point, in Clarence strait: see Grindall.

Cone, point, in Wrangell strait; see Blunt and Turn.

Cone Hill, river; see Fortymile creek.

Cone Island, point; see Ape.

Coney; island, near the junction of Dry strait and Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Conical, hill; see Potato.

Conical; volcano, on the northwestern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians. 

Called Konicheskaia by Ingenstrem, 1829, and Chernof, 1832.

Constantine; anchorage, near Ilin bay, on western shore of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russian pilot Ilin near the beginning 

of the century.

Constantine; bay, indenting eastern shore of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians. So called by Veniaminof, 1830. Said to derive its name from 

the Russian American Company's ship Constantine, which was wrecked in 

attempting to enter it.

Constantine; cape, the western point of entrance to the estuary at mouth of the 

Nushagak river, Bristol bay, Bering sea. So named by Ustiugof in 1818. 

Also written Constantin and Konstantina.

Constantine; harbor, indenting north'shore of Amchitka island,,Rat island group, 

western Aleutians. So named, apparently, by Klinkofstrem prior to 1849. 

Also written Constantin and Konstantina.

Constantine and Helena, Fort; see Nuchek.

Convenient; cove, in Hassler island, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named

by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Controller; bay, near the mouth of the Copper river. Named Comptroller's bay 

by Cook in 1778. Has also been called Bering haven.

Cook; bend, in Klutina river about 12 miles above its mouth. Name from Abercrombie, 1898.

Cook; inlet, on south .coast of the Alaskan mainland. First explored and mapped 

by Capt. James Cook in 1778. Not having in his journal applied any 

name to it "Lord Sandwich directed that it should be called Cook's River." 

Vancouver calls it Cook's inlet, and also refers to it as Groosgincloose 

or Cook's inlet. The Russians call it Kenai bay. It has been called an 

arm, bay, gulf, inlet, and river, and the name Kenai has been rendered 

Kenaiskoi, Kenaiskaia, Ke.naiskischer. According to Grewingk, quoting 

Zagoskin, the correct name is "Ttunaiskysch" bay.

Cook; mountain (13,758 feet high), in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Dall, in 1874, after the great English navigator, Capt. James 

Cook.

Cook, strait; see Etolin.

Cook's rock; see Signals (The).

Cool, bay; see Graham harbor.

Coon; island, in George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.
BAKER.] 137 Coo Cor.

Cooper; creek, tributary to Kenai lake, Kenai peninsula. Local name, published 

in 1899.

Cooper; island, near entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. 

So named, in 1855, by Gibson, of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 

after the U. S. schooner Fenimore Cooper.

Cooper; island, near Dease inlet, just east of Point Barrow, Arctic ocean. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty in 1855.

Cooper; lake, drained by Cooper creek, Kenai peninsula. Local name, published 

in 1899.

Cooper; pass, between the Nabesna and Tanana rivers, near latitude 62°. So named 

by Peters in 1899.

Cooper; point, on the mainland, on western shore of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Mansfield in 1890.

Coot; cove, on the northern shore of Funter bay; Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890.

Copleston; mountain, near Camden bay, on the Arctic coast. So named by Franklin, in 1826, "in honour of Dr. Copleston, provost of Oriel College, now

Bishop Landaff." Erroneously Coplestone and Coppleston. 

Coply; reef, near Keene island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Coposo; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Ysla Coposo (tufted) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Copper; bay, in the northeastern part of Prince William sound. Name published

by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Copper; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the south. Prospectors' name, from

.Gerdine, 3900. 

Copper; creek, tributary to Nugget creek, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Copper; lake, on Unalaska island, eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof, getting his

information from the natives, says (I, 171): "Near Makushin bay,

between a long isthmus and Tarasof bay, in the mountain, is a lake on

whose shores native copper occurs." Name not heretofore used. 

Copper; mountain peak (5,000 feet high), and range 'on eastern shore of Prince

. William sound. So named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Copper; point, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Nichols in .1883.

Copper; river, in central Alaska. Discovered by Nagaief, in 1781, and named Copper (miednaiaf, on account of the reported existence of copper in its

vicinity. The native name is Atna, i. e., At river. Often called the Atna

or Copper. 

Copper Center; mining camp or village, oh the Copper river. Prospectors' name,

first published in 1898. About GOO miners and prospectors wintered here

in 1898-99.

Copper City; see Valdes. 

Copper Mountain; point, on the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. So

named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Copper River; plateau between Copper and Sushitna rivers, about latitude 62°.

Named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Cora; creek, debouching between capes Douglas and Woolley, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Cora; point, the northeastern point of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Snow in 1886. 

Coral; rocks off the southwest end of Montague island, Prince William sound. This

name appears to have been first applied by the Coast Survey in 1868.
Cor Cor. 138 .[BOLT.. 187.

Corbin; glacier and pass, near Valdes, Prince AVilliam sound. Named by Abercrombie, in 1898, after Adjt. Gen. Henry Clark Corbin, U. S. A.

Cordova; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Prince William sound: The first 

publication of the name appears to be on chart 11 of Vancouver's atlas 

(1798), where it is called Pto. Cordova, a name either given by Vancouver 

or adopted by him from the Spaniards.

Cordova; bay, on the northern shore of Dixon entrance in Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago. The name Puerto Cordova y Cordova appears to 

 have been first applied by Caamafio, in 1792, and published by Vancouver 

in 1798.

Cork; islet, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Glass in 1881.

Cor lies;, group of two islets, on eastern shore of Tlevak strait, opposite View cove, 

in Ball island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball, in 1882, after Rev. 

AV. H. R. Corlies, of Philadelphia, a missionary who began work in Alaska 

in 1879. Sheldon Jackson has named the north one Rankin and the south 

one Young.

Corlies; point, the north point of entrance to Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Cordova 

bay, Alexander archipelago. Named by Sheldon Jackson, after Rev. 

William Henry Richards Corlies.

Cormorant; rock, near the entrance to Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. Named 

Cormorants by La Perouse in 1786.

Corner; mountain, on south side of Silver bay, at the corner or angle where the 

bay turns to the southeast, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Uglovaia (corner) by Vasilief in 1809.

Cornwall; ridge, on east side of Copper river, north of Mount Sanford. Named 

by Lowe, in 1898, after John Cornwall, a member of his party. Erroneously Corwells and Cornwell.

Cornwallis; point, the north head of Liscome bay, Ball island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Hydrographic Office in 1882 and perhaps 

earlier.

Cornwallis; point, the north point of entrance to Saginaw bay, Kuiu island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Coronados; group of islands, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Los Coronados (tonsured priests), by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Coronation; island, at junction of Sumner and Chatham straits, southeast of Cape 

Ommaney, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in September, 1793, "the day of our passing it having been the 

anniversary of that happy event" (II, 423). Koronatsie of the Russians.

Coronation, islands; see Spanish.

Corwells, ridge; see Cornwall.

Corwin; cape, the southeasternmost point of Nunivak island, Bering sea. So called 

by Tebenkof, in 1849, after Capt. Mikhail Nikolaevich Vasilief, I. N., of the 

Otkrietie (discovery), who, in 1821, discovered Nunivak island. The Russian Hydrographic office, 1852, called it Etolin and the Coast Survey has 

recently called it Corwin.

Corwin; cliffs, in the St. Elias region. So named by I. C. Russell, in 1890, after the 

U. S. R. M. steamer Corwin.

Corwin; coal mine, on Arctic coast, east of Cape Lisburne. Definitely located and 

used by Captain Hooper, of the U. S. revenue cutter Convin, in July, 

1880, and named after his vessel.

Corwin; lagoon, on the Arctic coast, between Cape Seppings and Cape Krusenstern. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1884, after the U". S. revenue cutter Corwin.
BAKKK.J - 139 Cor COW.

Corwin; rock, in the group of islands of the Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. So

named, in 1894, by officers of the U. $. S. Concord, after the U. S. revenue

cutter Comvin. 

Cosinas; point, on the southern shore of Port Asuincion, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Cosinas by Maurelle and Quadra in

1775-1779.

Cosmos; cove, on the northeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, in 1895, after the surveying steamer

Palterson's steam launch Cosmos. 

Cosmos; point, on the .northeastern shore of Mitkof' island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Thomas, in 1887, after the steam launch of the Coast Survey

steamer Pattenon. 

Cosmos; range of mountains (3,900 feet high), on the mainland near Thomas bay,

Frederick sound. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after the steam launch 

 Cosmos attached to the Coast Survey steamer Patlerson. 

Cottonwood; group of low wooded islands, at mouth of the Stikine river. So named

by Thomas in 1887.

Cotton-wood, point; see Martin.

Council; mining camp and post-office, on the Niukluk river, at mouth of Ophir

creek, in the Eldorado mining district, Seward peninsula. Called Council

City by the prospectors. A post-office was established here in September,

1899, and named Council. 

Count, creek; see Comet. 

Countess; point, on the western shore of Prince William sound. Named by \raucouver, in 1794, "after Captain Countess, of the navy." 

Course; point, in Narrow strait, on northern shoi'e of Kodiak. Named Kursa (course,

of a ship) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Course, point; see Turn.

Couverden; island, at junction of Lynn canal and Chatham and Icy straits, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Meade in 1869. 

Couverden; point, the southwestern point of entrance to Lynn canal, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1794, after the seat of his ancestors

(HI, 245). ' -. . 

Cove (The); cove, in San Antonio bay, Bncareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Called "TheCove" (ElPuerte/uelo) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Cove; hill (619 feet high), on the mainland, neai'ly east of Cape Fox, Dixon entrance.

So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Cove; islet, near Applegate cove, in Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by

the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Cove; mountain, near Ward cove, in the western part of Revillagigedo island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886. 

Cove; point, on Raspberry island, on the northern shore of Knpreanof strait, Kodiak

group. Named Bukti (bight or cove) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Cove; point, on the northeastern shore of Glass peninsula, Admiralty island, Stephens .

passage, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in

1.893. Descriptive term. 

Core, point, the southern point of entrance to Kah Shakes cove, Revillagigedo

channel, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Name not found on any map and presumably obsolete. 

Cove, point, Wrangell strait; see Mountain. 

C'ovearak, tract and river; see Kaviruk. 

Cov-vee-arak, tract and river; see Kaviruk. 

Cow: island, between Annette and Percy islands, Gravina group, Clarence strait,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886.
Cow Cra. ' 140 [BULT-. 187.

Cowpen; bay and river, on the northern shore of- Prince William sound. Local 

name, reported by Glass in 1898.

Cox; landing, on Klutina river, at or ne,ar foot'of "The Gorge." Name from Abercrornbie, 1898.

Coyote; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the south, Seward peninsula.' 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Coyukuk, river; see Koyukuk.

Cozian; reef, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named after Anton George 

Coziah, a native of Dalmatia, and long a pilot in the employment of the 

Kussian American Company. This reef was discovered by him and named 

after him by naval officers in 1880. Said also to have been called Nikolas 

rock, after the steamer Nikolas, which touched upon it in 1854. The name 

has also been erroneously written Cozain and Kozian.

Crab; cove, at the head of Funter bay, near the junction of Lynn canal and Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield in 1890.

Crab; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Crafton; island, northwest of Knight island, in western part of Prince AVilliam 

sound. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Craig; point, on the northeastern coast of Zarernbo island, the northwestern point 

of entrance to Stikine strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver in 1793 (II, 400).

Craig; sunken rock, in entrance to Nakat inlet. Named by Nichols, in 1888, presumably after Commander Joseph Edgar Craig, U. S. N.

Cranberry; peak (5,200 feet high), near Cranberry marsh, on the northern shore 

of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Cranberry Marsh; name used by the prospectors to designate the flat marshy 

mouth of the valley northwest of Klutina lake. Name published in 1899.

Crane; cove, near Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. -Named 

Zhuravlina (crane) by Vasilief in 1809.

Crater; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Crater; hill, an extinct volcanic crater, in western part of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

islands, Bering sea. Name published, in 1875, by the Coast Survey.

Crater; lake,-near Chaix hills, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. Named 

by Prof. William Libbey, of Princeton College, in 1886. Descriptive term.

Crater; mountain or hill (633 feet high), about 7 miles south of St. Michael, Norton 

sound. So named by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Crater; .peak, near head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell 

in 1890.

Crater; point, the southeastern point of Otter island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

So named by Elliott, in 1874, who, in his notes accompanying his map of 

St. Paul, in his Seal Fisheries of Alaska, 1881, says: "A slight mistake of 

the engraver causes Crater point to appear as a bifurcated tongue. It is 

not so; but there is a funnel-shaped cavity here plainly emarginated from 

the sea, and on that extreme point constituting and giving to it this name.''

Craven; point, the southeastern extreme of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, in 1869, after Admiral Thomas Tingey Craven, U. S. N. 

Erroneously Graven. Has also been called Point Williams by Homfray 

and Tliakinikut by Tebenkof. The correct native name is said to be 

T'liankhini.

Crawfish; inlet, indenting the outer coast of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Kussians Bakof or Rakovoi, from Rak (crawfish). Has 

also been called Rokovoy.
BAK.EK.] 141

Creadon; river, tributary to Kluane lake, from the east, near latitude 62°. So

called by Peters in 1899. 

Creek; point, on the eastern shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 189.1. It is at or near the

mouth of a creek. 

Creek; point, on the southwestern shore of Halleck island, Olga strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1885. 

Oreig, mountain; see Greig. 

Crescent; low sandy island, in front of Elson bay, Arctic coast, just east of Point

Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty in 1853. Descriptive name. 

Crete; creek, debouching between capes Douglas and Woolley, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Crib; point, on the mainland, .near head of Port Snettisham, Stephens passage,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1888.

Crillon; glacier, near Mount Crillon, in the southern part of the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall in 1874. 

Crillon; mountain (15,900 feet high), in the southern part of the St. Elias region,

southeastern Alaska. So named by, La Perouse, in 1786, after the French

minister of marine. 

Cripple; -creek or river, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Named by

the prospectors, in 1898, after the famous Cripple Creek in Colorado. 

Cripple; creek, tributary.to Mission creek, from the east, in the Eagle mining

region. Prospectors'name, published in 1899.

Cripple; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the south, near latitude 67°. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. 

Cristina; islet, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Has also been written Christina. 

Crooked; creek, tributary to Birch creek, from the Avest, near Circle city. Descrip-

. tive name, published-by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Cropked; creek, tributary to headwaters of Ophir creek, Seward penhisula. Name

from Barnard, 1900.

Crooked; creek, tributary to Seventyniile creek, from the north, in the Eagle mining region. Local name, published by the* Geological Survey in 1899. 

Crooked; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Krivoi (crooked) by the

Russians in 1809. 

Crooked; island, one of the Walrus island group, in northern part of Bristol bay,

Bering sea. So called by the Fish Commission in 1890. Apparently

identical with Nizkoi (low) of Sari chef, 1826, andllgushtuof Tebenkof, 1849. 

Crooked, island, Yakutat bay; se$ Kriwoi. 

Crooked, river; see Igushik. 

Crooze, island; see Kruzof. 

Cross; cape, on the western coast of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. Described

by Cook, in 1778, as "a high promontory" and named Cross from having

passed it on Holy Cross'day, May 3. " 

Cross; cape, the northeastern point of Unga island, Shumagin group. Named Krest

(cross) by the Russians. 

Cross, cape; see Bingham. 

Cross, cape; see Theodore. 

Cross; gulch, in Port Santa Cruz, Suemez island, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Arroyo de la Cruz (gulch of the cross) by Maurelle and Quadra,

1775-1779.

Cross, harbor, Kruzof island; see Krestof.

Cross; hill, on Northeast point, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. So 

- called by Elliott in 1874. Perhaps this is the local name.
Cro Cub. 142 ' [nui.r,. 1ST.

Cross; island and strait, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Canos y Ysla de la Cruz by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

Cross, island, north of Sitka sound; see Krestof.

Cross; island, the westernmost of the Midway'islands, on the Arctic coast, east of 

the mouth of the Colville river. So named by Lieut. Commander Charles 

Herbert Stockton, of the II. S. S. Thetis, in 1889, because a wooden cross 

has been erected on the island by the whalers.

Cross; islet, "small and wooded," in Portland canal, just north of Halibut bay. 

So called by Mchols in the Coast Pilot, 1891, p. 76. Not named on any 

chart.

Cross; mountain (2,597 feet high), near Sitka, on Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Bavidson in 1869.-

Gross, point, Krestof island; see Kresta.

Cross, port; see Krestof.

Cross; sound, between the mainland and Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Discovered by Cook, May 3, 1778, and named Cross sound, after this day, 

designated in the calendar as Holy Cross day. By the Russians this has 

been called Lohtianoi (icy) and Kresta (cross); by the Spaniards Puerto 

de la Cruz. Variously called Cross sound or Icy strait. Both names are 

now in use, Cross sound for the western and Icy strait for the eastern part.

Cross, strait, north of Sitka; see Krestof. .

Ooss Cape; rocks, off Cape Cross, Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. So called 

by Ball in 1880.

Crosswise; island, in southern entrance to Nakwasina passage, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Poperechnoi (crosswise) by Vasilief in 

1809.

Crow; creek, tributary to Glacier creek, near the head of Turnagain arm. Local 

name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Crow; island, in Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by 

the Coast Survey in 1898. On the .old Russian chart of 1809 it is called 

Korga.

Crow; island, in Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Ball island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols in 1881. Sheldon Jackson has named it James.

Crow; island, one of the Middle island group, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Voronie (the raven, corvus corax) by Vasilief in 1809. The Russian dictionaries give voronie as the adjective form of vordn, a raven or crow. 

Elliott gives Varrone as the Russian for. raven, while Ball gives the form 

Varonie, translating it crow. Has been erroneously called Blue island, 

. while one chart gives Crow, Voroni, or Blue island.

Crow; point, on San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta del Cuerbo (crow) .by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Croyere, Isles de la; see Hazy.

Crucifix; mountain, in the pass between the headwaters of the Skwentna and Kuskokwim rivers. So called by Spurr in 1898. Not shown on the map.

Cruz, Puerto de la; see Cross.

Cub; creek, tributary to Sixmile creek, from the west, at Sunrise, Kena'i peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895.

Cub; point, between Boulder and Fox bays in Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Named by Ball in 1880.

Cuban; gulch, on left bank of the Yukon, 6 miles above Eagle, eastern Alaska. 

Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Cube; point, the southern head of Square cove, near northern end of Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball in 1880.
143 Cud Dag.

Cudahy; post, on the west bank of the Yukon, near mouth of Fortymile creek.

Also called Fort Cudahy. The above form, Cudahy, has been adopted by

the Canadian Board on Geographic names. 

Culebrina; island, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Culebrina (culverin) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Culross; point, near Port Wells, on the northwestern shore of Prince William sound.

So named by Vancouver in 1794. Erroneously Cull Ross and Gulrass. 

Cupola; peak, near the head of Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Kupolnaia (cupola) by the Russians. 

Curlew; ledge, in Funter bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

 by Mansfield in 1890.

Curlew; point, on the northwestern coast of Revillagigedo island, being the southwest point of entrance to Benin narrows, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Current; cape, on the northern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Strong 

currents flow between Shuyak and Afognak islands, and the cape on the 

Afognak shore of the narrow strait separating the islands was named by

Muraahef, in 1839-40, Silnago tecJienia ( of strong current). Hence the name 

which on all the American charts is erroneously applied to a point farther 

: east.

Curtis; creek, tributary to the Koksuktapaga river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Curtis; gulch, on the western shore of Klutina lake. Apparently a prospectors' 

name; reported by Abercrombie in 1898.

Curve; mountain, in California ridge,1 on Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols in 1883.

Gushing; glacier and plateau, at head of Glacier bay. So named by Reid, after 

Prof. Henry Platt Gushing, one of his companions, in 1890. In Reid's 

account, published in 1892 (Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv), the plateau is called 

'' Northwest tributary-'' of Muir glacier.

Custom House; cove, on the western shore of Mary island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. A custom-house which existed here for some 

years was moved to Ketchikan in 1900.

Cutler; river, tributary to theNoatak, from the south, near longitude 158°, northwestern Alaska. Origin of name not discovered. First applied by the 

Coast Survey in 1890. Has recently been called Caribou river.

Cutter; two rocks, awash, in Revillagigedo channel, at entrance to Carroll inlet, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Cyane; peak, on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, near Farragut bay. Named 

by Thomas, in 1887, after a vessel of that name.

Cygnet; island, at mouth of Mink bay, Boca de Quadra, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Cypress; point, on the eastern shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de Cipres (cypress point) by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Ikicldazuy; cape, on-Seduction tongue, northwest of Seduction point, Lynn canal, 

. southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers in

1882 as Dachlaziig. 

Dagelet; mountain (9,708 feet high), in the southern part of the St. Elias alps. So

named by Dall, in 1874, after Lepaute Dagelet, the astronomer of La

Perouse's expedition to this coast in 1786. Often written D'Agelet. . 

Pagitli; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near longitude 157°.

Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, as Doggetlooscat and Dogget-

 looskat. Schrader writes it Doggetlikakat. See Kakat.
Dag-Dan. 144 [BULL. 187.

Dagorashapka; mountain, on the north bank of the Yukon, about 25 miles below 

Koserefski. So called by Kaymond in 1869. Not seen on any other map. 

Perhaps,this is an error for Pogoreshapka. Petrof, 1880, has a village 

Pogoreshapka (burnt hat) near this mountain.

Dahlgren; peak (3,502 feet high), on the mainland north of Frederick sound and 

near Farragut bay. Named Dahlgreen by Thomas, in 1887, after Rear 

 Admiral John Adolf Dahlgren, U. S. N.

Daisy; glacier, tributary to the Tyndall .glacier, near Mount St. Elias, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Topham in 1888.

Dakli; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near longitude 157°. 

Native name, reported by Alien in 1885. In his text Alien calls it 

Dakliakakat and on his map Daklikakat. The latter has been.copied by 

the Coast Survey. See Kakat.

Dall; head, a promontory at the south end of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the pilots prior to 1879, after Capt. C. C. Dall, of the 

Pacific Mail Steamship Company's service.

Dall; island, in the Koyukuk river, near the mouth of Huslia river. Named by 

Alien, in 1885, after William Healey Dall. Has also been written Dolls 

island. . .

Dall; island, on the northern side of the mouth of Dixon entrance. Named by the 

Coast Survey, in 1879, after W. H. Dall. Port Bazan indents the western 

shore of Dall island and (according to present information) nearly, but 

not quite, cuts it in two. Coast Survey chart 8050 calls the southern part 

of the island Dall and the northern part Quadra.

Dall; lake, in the delta coast region between the Yukon and Kuskokwin rivers, east 

of Cape Vancouver, drained by the Kiniak river. Named by Nelson, in 

1878, after W. H. Dall.

Dall; point or cape, on the mainland coast, near Cape Romanzof, south of the 

Yukon mouth and north of Nunivak. So called, in 1869, after W. H. Dall.

Dall; ridge of mountains, on the western coast of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, in 1883, after W. H. Dall.

Dall; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, at the Lower Ramparts. It is 

Notokakat or Dall of the Coast Survey in 1869; Notochangut or Dall of 

Raymond, 1871, and Notochargut of Schwatka, 1883.

J)alnie, cape; see Far.

Dalnie, island, Yakutat bay; see Knight.

Dalnoi; point, the westernmost point of St. George island, Pribilof islands, Bering 

sea. Tebenkof and Tikhmenief call it West Konetz (west end). Otherwise known as Dalnoi (distant) point.

Dalton, glacier; see Turner.

Dalton; post, range of mountains and trail leading from head of Lynn canal to the 

interior. As applied to a range of mountains near Dezadeash lake this 

name has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. 

Dalton trail is a well known local name. Named after John Dalton, a 

well known miner and frontiersman, "justly considered the pioneer 

explorer of the region."

Dana; peak (4,260 feet high), on the mainland near Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Prof. James Dwight Dana, of 

Yale College.

Danaaku, lake; see Silver.

Danger; bay, indenting the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Opasnaia (dangerous) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Danger; cape, on the northeastern coast of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named 

O.pasnie (dangerous) by Murashef in 1839-40.
BAKER.] 145 Dan Dav.

Danger; island, in the entrance to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Helm in 1886. Erroneously Dead island on

one chart. , 

Danger; island, near Ward cove, in Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols in 1883. 

Danger, island; see Dead. 

Danger; islet, "small and wooded" at the southern end of Mary island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast

Pilot (1891, p. 98). It is now called Danger. 

Danger; passage, between Cat island and Mary island, Revillagigedo channel,

. Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Danger; point, on the eastern or Mitkof island shore of Wrangell strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Dall in 1879. 

Danger; point, the southern point of entrance to Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty

island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name given by Meade in 1869. 

Danger; reef, in Tongass narrows, near Ward cove, Alexander archipelago.

Named by the Coast Survey in 1883. Name not found on any chart.

Also called Danger Island reef. 

Danger; rock, in Narrow strait, between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak group.

Named Opasnie (dangerous) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Danger; rock, near Danger point, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade in 1869. 

Dangerous; cape, between Kiliuda and Ugak bays, on the southeastern shore of

Kodiak. Named Opasnie (dangerous) by Lisianski in 1805. Has also

been Avritten Onatzno. 

Dangerous; cape, the northern point of entrance to Graham harbor, Cook inlet.

Named Opasnoi (dangerous) by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Dangerous; channel, separating Biorka from other islands in 'or near Sitka sound.

So named by United States naval officers in 1879-80. Nichols, in the

Coast Pilot, suggests that this name is premature. 

Dangerous; passage, on the western shore of Prince William sound, separating

Chenega island from the mainland. So named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Danger Point; reef, off Danger point, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Daniels; creek, west of Golofnin sound, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Darby; cape, between Golofnin bay and Norton bay, on northern shore of Norton

sound. So named by Cook in 1778. Has also been written Derby. 

Dare, creek; see Dora. 

Dark, creek; see Dora. 

Dark; island, off north coast of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named Temiiie (dark)

by the Russian American Company in 1849. 

Dark; point, the southernmost point of the mainland between Nakat and Willard

inlets, Dixon entrance. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Dassar-dee-asli, lake; see Dezadeash. 

David; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

David, creek; see Sheep. 

David; island, in Wrangell harbor, Alaska peninsula. So named by Vasilief in

1831-32. Also called Davidofl 

Davidof; island, one of the Rat islands, western Aleutians. So named in Krusenstern's atlas, 1.827, after Gavriil Ivanovich Davidof, a Russian naval officer,

who, with Khwostof, made explorations in Alaska in 1802-1804. The

existence of this island, at least in the place it occupies 011 most charts, is

doubtful.

Bull. 187 01 10
Dav Dea. . 146 . [BULL. 187.

Davidson; bank or fishing ground, near Unimak pass. Named by the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Prof. George Davidson, of the United States Coast 

and Geodetic Survey.

Davidson; glacier, on the mainland; near head of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1867, after Prof. George Davidson. 

. According to Krause, 1882, the native name is Ssitkaje.

Davidson; inlet, south of Kosciusko island, on the western coast of Prince, of Wales 

archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1879, after Prof. George Davidson.

Davidson; mountain, on the south side of Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagin 

group. So named by Dall, in 1872, after Prof. George Davidson.

Davis; creek, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Meade, in 1869, after General Jefferson C. Davis, TJ. S. A., then 

. in command of the military division of Alaska.

Davis; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the south. Local name obtained 

- by the Geological Survey, in 1898, and published in 1899. It is Smith 

creek of Abercrombie's map. The Yukon map, sheet 10, published by 

Canada, in 1898, makes Davis creek tributary to Walker creek.

Davis; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the south, near latitude 

67°. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Davison; mountain (2,652 feet high), in the southern part of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Davison; point, the southernmost point of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Alexander Davison, esq., "owner of our storeship.'.'

Dawes; glaciers, two in number, at the head of Endicott arm, Holkham bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after Hon. 

» Henry Laurens Dawes, of Massachusetts.

Dawson; peak, near Teslin lake, Yukon;

range of mountains at the confluence of the Lewes, Pelly, and Yukon

rivers, Yukon;

town, Government headquarters, and post-office on the Yukon river, at

mouth of the Klondike river, Yukon. (Not Dawson City.)

The above entry for Dawson is taken from the first annual report of the

Canadian Board of Geographic Names. Named after Dr. George Mercer

Dawson, of the Canadian Geological Survey.

Day; harbor, on the southeastern shore of Kenai peninsula. Named Day's by 

Portlock in 1787.

Day ay, inlet; see Taiya.

Dead; islet, in the entrance to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, in 1886. See Danger.

Deadman; reach, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Deadman's bay 

by Meade, in 1869, in memory of the 150 Aleuts killed by eating poisonous 

mussels in this vicinity in 1799. Variously written Deadman's, Deadmans, and Deadman.

Deadman; riffle, on Fortymile creek, near the international boundary. Commemorative name given by the miners. Published by the Geological Survey in 

1899.

Dead Pine; island, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1881.

Dead Tree; bluff, in Mitchell bay, Kootsnahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869.

Dead Tree; island, in Hanus bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive 

name, given by Moore in 1895.

Dease; creek, lake, and river of British Columbia. Named as early as 1867, and 

perhaps earlier, after Peter Warren Dease, of the Hudson Bay Company.
BAKER.] . 147 Dea Dee.

Dease; inlet, on the Arctic coast of Alaska,.near Point Barrow. Named by Thomas 

Simpson, in 1837, after his "worthy colleague," Peter Warren Dease.

Deceit; cape, on the southern shore of Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean. Named 

Betrug (deceit) by Kotzebue in August 1816. He writes: "I had double 

reason to call it cape Deceit." He was deceived by its appearance, indicating a bay, which he found not to exist, and he found the natives expert 

cheats.

December; point, on Mitkof island, in southern part of Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. Lindenberg, in 1838, called it 

Zelonoi (green).

Deception, islands;'see Near.-

Deception; islet, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade in 1869.

Deception; point, on AVoewodski island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade in 1869. The mariner may be deceived as to which 

is the main channel.

Decision; cape, the southernmost point of Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Vancouver, in 1793. (II, 420), to commemorate his decision 

against the pretensions of De Fuca, De Fonte, and others to a prior 

knowledge of this region. In Russian called Rishe'nia and Razrishe'nia 

(decision).

Deep; bay,- indenting the southern shore of Cbichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Glubokoi (deep) by Vasilief in 1833.

Deep; bay, near Banner bay, on the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Called Glubokaia (deep) by Lutke about 1830. Not shown on any chart..

Deep, bay; see Kelp.

Deep; inlet, about 5 miles from Sitka, in Baranof island, opening into Sitka sound. 

Named Glubokaia (deep) by Vasilief in 1809, on account of its great depth. 

It is Dorokhova (fool's) bay of Tebenkof, 1849.

Deep; lake, about 10 miles, from Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Gloubokoi (deep) by Vasilief in 1809. Tebenkof calls it Redoubt 

lake. A fishing station at the lake's outlet was called The Redoubt. 

Erroneously given also as Clubokoi. Grewingk also calls it Der tiefe see. 

Has also been erroneously called Kluchev (springs) bay.

Deep; point, on the western bank of the Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named 

Glubokie (deep) by Lindenberg in 1838. This name is obsolete..

Deep, river; see Klondike.

Deep-water; point, the northern point of entrance to Woewodski harbor, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. In 1838, Zarembo made a sketch of Woewodski harbor and named its south point of entrance Glubokoi (deep 

water). On late charts this name is applied to the north point of entrance.

Deer; creek, tributary to Anikovik river, near .York, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Deer; island, in Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Deer; island, southwest from Belkofski, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Named Oleny (reindeer) by the Russians, who derived the name from 

the Aleuts, whose name for reindeer, says Veniaminof, is Itkaiak. Lutke 

has Animak, and Billings Animok, for the Aleut name.

Deer; islet, in Port Moller, northern coast of Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall 

in 1882. ApPar(3ntly this is Kudobin peninsula of Lutke in 1828.

Deer; mountain, near Tongass narrows, on Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. Has also been called Deer 

mountains.

Deer; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. .Named by the Coast Survey in 1886.
Deg Den. . 148 ' . [HULL. 187.

/

De Groff; bay, in Krestof island, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moore, in 1897, after a prominent merchant of Sitka.

DeitricJc, river; see Dietrich.

Dejah, inlet; see Chilkoot and Taiya.

Dejah, pass; see Chilkoot. -

Dejahssanke, harbor; see. Taiyasanka.

Dejahssankessit, glacier; see Ferebee.

Dek. Indian word for creek. Used in the Copper river region. It is appended to 

the name, thus: TatoncM, Taton creek.

Delarof; harbor, in Unga island, Shumagin group. Apparently named by Tebenkof, 

in 1848, after Eustrate Ivanovich Delarof, a native of Greece, who was 

chief director of the Russian American colonies from about 1784 to July, 

1791. Also written Delaroff and Delarovskoi. Generally spoken of as 

Unga harbor, and the village on its shores called Unga. Lutke says the 

native name of the village is Ougnagok.

Delarof; islands, at western end of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. The 

two islets, Skagul and Ogliuga, are called Delaroff islands by Lutke, who 

says the group consists of seven islands. They were named after the former 

superintendent at Kodiak. 

Delgada; point, in Portilla channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta Delgada (narrow or sharp point) by Maurelle and Quadra 

in 1775-1779.

Del Monte; peak (2,482 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Delome; creek, 'tributary to Garfield creek, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

De Long; islands, in Foggy bay, at south end of Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1885, after Lieut. Commander George Washington De Long, U. S. N., of the exploring steamer 

Jeannette, who perished in the Lena delta in November, 1881.

De Long; islands, off the north coast of Siberia.. Discovered by the Jeannette 

exploring expedition, in 1881, and named after its commander, De Long.

De Long; peak (3,737 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887," after Lieut. Commander

George W. De Long, U. S. N.

Delta, creek; see Silok.

Delta; river, tributary to the Tanana river, from the south, near. longitude 146°. 

So named by Alien in 1885. This and Silok creek (Delta creek of Alien) 

are distinct streams, their mouths being about 22 miles apart. Erroneously Delt on one chart.

Demarcation; point, on the Arctic coast, at the international boundary line. So 

named by Sir John Franklin, in 1826, as marking the boundary between 

British and Russian possessions. Has also been written Demarkation.

De Monti; bay, between Khantaak island and a peninsula on the eastern side of the 

entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Bahia de Monti 

by Malaspina in 1791. La Perouse, in 1786, had called Yakutat bav or 

some part of it, not identifiable, Bale de Monti, after Lieutenant de Monti, 

first officer of the Astrolabe, who first landed and reconnoitered it. Malaspina applied La Perouse's name to the bay above described. The Coast 

Pilot says: "This modified application has the advantage of preserving an 

historic name, and also of naming a part of the bay which otherwise Svould 

have required a new name."

Denbigh; cape, the southern point .of entrance to Norton bay, on eastern shore of 

Norton sound. So named by Cook in 1778. Erroneously Dembigh.
BAKER.] 149 JJCIl DCV.

Dennison, fork, of South fork of Fortymile creek. Called Denison by Barnard

(Fortymile sheet of Geological Survey) in 1898. Abercrombie has, also

in 1898, Dennison fork of Fortymile creek. Apparently these are two

spellings of one name. 

Denslow; lake, tributary to the Chuitna river, near the head of Cook inlet. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Dent; mountain (5,057 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Named

by Fender in 1868. 

Derbin; strait, separating Avatanak and Tigalda islands of the Krenitzin group,

eastern Aleutians. Called Derbenskoi by Veniaminof. Lutke has Derbin

and Derbinskoi. Perhaps the name is derived from Derabin or Deriabin

or Derzhavin, who was massacred at Nulato in 1851. 

Derby, cape; see Darby. 

Desconocida; point, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named

Punta de la Desconocida (point of the unknown) by Maurelle and Quadra

in 1775-1779, whose surveys ended near this point. 

Dese; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Desengano, Puerto de; see Disenchantment.

Desert (The}. For 12 miles above Point Rothsay, at the mouth of the Stikine 

river, "the river valley is sandy and almost destitute of vegetation. This 

tract * * * has received the name of the Desert," probably from the 

prospectors and miners. (Coast Pilot, p. 109.) According to Ogden this 

is a misnomer.

Desgraciada, islet; see Unlucky.

Deshka; river, tributary to the Sushitna river, from the north, about 35 miles above 

the mouth of the latter. Apparently a native name, from Muldrow, in 

1898.

DesJm, village; see Haines.

Destruction; point, on the northeastern shore of Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, who in February, 1869, destroyed 

two Indian villages in Security bay.

Detached; rock, near Outer Spruce cape, near St. Paul, Kodiak. So named by the 

Coast Survey in 1869.

Devastation, volcano; see Pogromnoi.

Deviation; peak, on the mainland east of Kotzebue sound. So named by Beechey 

in 1827.

Devil; mountain, in northern part of Seward peninsula, southwest from Kotzebue 

sound. Named Teufelsberg by Kotzebue in August, 1816. It is Chortof 

(devil) mountain of Russian charts.

Devil; rocks, in Dixon entrance. Tebenkof, in 1848, shows a sunken danger called 

Devil bank. Later a United States Hydrographic Office chart shows 

similarly a danger called Devil ridge. The later charts abandon this 

name and show two sunken dangers, called, respectively, East Devil rock 

and West Devil rock. See East Devil and West Devil.

Devils Prongs. This appellation was applied by the Coast Survey, in 1869, to two 

mountain peaks near St. Paul, Kodiak. Elevation of the north peak, 

2,057 feet. Also called Devil's mountains. Named by the Russians, in 

1809, Chernieshef, a name not found in any Russian dictionary at my 

command, but which is very suggestive of the Black One.

Devils Thumb; a remarkable pinnacle, on the summit of a mountain on the mainland east of Frederick sound. So named by Meade, in 1869, according to 

whom it is 400 feet high. According to Nichols the shaft or thumb is 

1,662 feet high;'the elevation of the whole is 9,077 feet.
Dev Dig. 150 [BULL. 187.

Devine; cape, the southeastern point of Korovin island, Shumagin group. Named 

by Dall in 1880. ' '

Dew; point, on the mainland, in Behm canal, near north end of Revillagigedo 

island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Dewey; anchorage, in the southern end of Etolin island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, in 1886, after Ensign Theodore Gibbs 

Dewey, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Dewey; creek, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, opposite the mouth of 

Tiekel river, near latitude 61° 1(K. So named by Abercrornbie, in 1898, 

after Admiral George Dewey, U. S. N.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Eureka creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Fox river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Cape Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula Local name published by the Coast Survey in 

1900. Near by is Sampson creek and Schley creek.

Dewey; rock (30 feet high), in entrance to Cordova bay, Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. Named .by Clover, in 1885, after Ensign T. G. Dewey, 

TJ. S. N., a member of his party.

Dexter; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the west, in the Cape Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Dexter; point, on the southern shore of Norton bay, Norton sound, Bering sea. 

Local proper name, published in 1900.

Dexter, post-office; see Cheenik.

Deyea, river; see Chilkoot.

Dezadeash; lake, back of the St. Elias range of mountains. Native name reported 

by Davidson as Tots-an-tee-ash and by E. 3. Glave, in 1892, as Dassar-Deeash. Variously written Deza-de-ash, Dazadeash, etc. The above form, 

Dezadeash, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Dgak, bay; see Ugak.

Diamond; island, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Diamond; point, on the west end of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Diamante (diamond point) by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Diana; mountain, near Ward cove, in the western part of Kevillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Diane, roads; see Tianna. . Dick; port, on the outer coast of Kenai peninsula. Named Dick's harbor by Portlock in 1786. Port Dick of the Russians.

Dickason; mountain, on the southern bank of the Skwentna river, near longitude 

152°. Named, in 1898, by Post, of the Geological Survey, after Col. L. T. 

Dickason. Erroneously Dickerson.

Dickens; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dickens; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Named by Penderin 1868.

Dierovatie, point; see Holes.

Dietrich; river, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, near its source. Published, in 1899, by the Geological Survey with the. spelling Deitrick; here 

changed to Dietrich.

Digges's, sound; see Disenchantment.
BAKER.] 151 Dlk DIV.

Dikoi, island; see Wild.

Diomede; a group of three islands, in' Bering strait, known as the Big Diomede, 

Little Diomede, and Fairway rock. They, or one of them, appear to have 

been first discovered by Bering, August 16, 1728, and named by hirn the 

island of the holy martyr Diomede. August 16 is St. Diomede's day of 

the church calendar. It also bore on early maps the name of St. Demetrius. August 14 is St. Demetrius' day of the church calendar. It is 

possible that this name was applied by Bering, but usage has established 

Diomede. Michael Gvozdef, surveyor, also explored in Bering strait, in 

1730, and after him the islands have been called by the Russians Gvozdef 

islands. Thus the islands have been called Diomede, St. Diamed, St. 

Diomede, St. Diomed, Diomedis, St. Deomid, S. Dimitre, Gwozdeff, and 

Gwosdew; doubtless several other forms have also been used.

Dirt; glacier, near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, 

given by Reid in 1892.

Dirt, glacier; see Mud.

Discovery; creek, tributary to Flambeau river, from the west, Seward peninsula.

So called in the Cape Nome report of 1899, where it is shown as debouching in Port Safety. On a late map called Seattle or Discovery.

Discovery; creek, tributary to Birch creek, from the south, near latitude 66°. 

Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Discovery; fork, of American creek, in the Eagle raining region. Prospectors' 

name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Discovery; rock, in Chiniak bay, near St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named. Atkritoi 

(discovery) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

Disenchantment; bay, at the head of Yakutat bay. Named Puerto del Desengano 

by Malaspina in July, 1791, who, looking for a northeast passage, commemorated, by this name, his failure to find it here. This name was not 

published until 1802, and meanwhile Vancouver had named it Digges's 

sound. Malaspina's Spanish name has been rendered by Disenchantment 

in English and Razuvirenie in Russian. Recent additions to our knowledge of this region require some modification in the application of the 

names. This name appears to have been applied by Malaspina to the head 

of Yakutat bay, while to the ice encumbered arm stretching eastward and 

southeastward was given the name Bahia de las Bancas (bay of shoals). 

The water is, however, very deep, more than 120 fathoms, and hence the 

name may have been applied with reference to the floating ice as suggested 

by Dall. This name appears to have never come into use. Perhaps our 

improved knowledge will revive it. Vancouver's name Beerings Bay is, 

on his chart, applied to this part of Yakutat bay. Tebenkof has the name 

Ferrer applied to the entrance of this bay, and says it was given by Malaspina, in 1791, after his first mate Ferrer^

Disraeli; mountains (5,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. Named 

by Pender in 1868.

Distant, island, Peril strait; see Otstoia.

Distant, island, Yakutat bay; see Knight.

Distant, point, St. George island; see Dalnoi.

Distant; point, the southern point of entrance to Hood bay, Admiralty island, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Distin; mountain (2,300 feet high), at head of Snake river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Distin; peak, on the north bank of Happy river, near latitude 62°. So named by 

Post in 1898.

Divide; creek, tributary to Sixmile creek, Kenai peninsula. Local name, published 

by the Geological Survey in 1899. .
Dlv Dol. ' 152 [BULL. 187.

Divide; island, in Shakan bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Helm in 1886; it divides an unnamed bay into two parts.

Divide; peak, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound and near Patterson glacier. 

Named Divide (peak?) by the Coast Survey in 1888. (See Coast and. 

Geodetic Survey chart 705.)

Divide; point, separating Herendeen bay from Port Moller, Alaska peninsula. So 

named by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Dix; point, the northern point of entrance to American bay, Kaigani strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball, in 1882, after Lieut. Timothy Dix 

Bolles, U. S. N. Also named Graham by Sheldon Jackson.

Dixon; creek, tributary to the Koksuktapaga river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dixon; harbor, on the mainland coast a little north of Cross sound. Name published 

by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Dixou; mountain (4,800 feet high), near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Kussell, in 1890, presumably after Capt. George Dixon, 

who, in 1787, made the first sketch of Port Mulgrave.

Dixon Entrance; a broad open sound or strait, between the Columbian and Alexan-

/ der archipelagoes, through which passes the southern boundary line 

between British Columbia and Alaska. It has been variously called an 

inlet, channel, strait, sound, and entrance. Usage seems to have settled 

upon the above name. Dixon Entrance was discovered by the Spaniards, 

in 1774, and called Entrada de Perez. Dixon, in 1787, visited it and named 

it, after himself, Dixon's straits, the name being applied to the waters 

east and north of Queen Charlotte islands. Meares at about the same 

time named it Douglass entrance, after Capt. William Douglass (or Douglas) 

who commanded his consort ship the packet-boat Iphigenia (Nubiana). 

To its northeastern part he applied the name Buccleugh sound, which he 

also spelled Bucclugh. The Russians have called it Granitsa (boundary) 

strait, whence we find Dixon entrance or Granitsa channel and Graenz 

strasse. Tebenkof, using the native name, has Kaigani strait.

Dlinnaia, reef; see Long.

Dobriek Vestei, bay; see Goodnews.

Doctor; low sandy island, pn'the Arctic coast, near Point Barrow. Perhaps this is 

identical with Crescent island or Martin island or both (called Il-liut-kak

by the Eskimos) of British Admiralty chart 2164, published in 1854. (See 

Martin.)

Doe; mountain (2,976 feet high), on Revillagigedo island, near Tongass narrows, 

-Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. Buck and Fawn 

mountains are near by.

Dog; cape, the southeasternmost point of Agattu island, western Aleutians. Called, 

by Tebenkof Southwest or Sabak (dog).

Dog, creek; see Colorado. (

Dog; island, on the northern shore of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Dog; point, the south point of entrance to Nakwasina passage, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Sabachi (dog) by Vasilief in 1809.

Dogfish.; bay, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, near its mouth. Named by 

. Pender in 1868.

Doggetlooscat; see Dagitli.

Dolgay, island; see Long.

Dolgoi; cape, the south point of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula. 

So called by Dall in 1880.

Dolgoi, cape; see Kukistan.
BAKEB.] 153 l>0l IJOIV

Dolgoi; harbor, indenting the western coast of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski. Probably a local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Dolgoi, island, Cordova bay; see Long.

Dolgoi; island, in Port Bazan, Ball island, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Dolgoi (long) by Zarembo in 1834.

Dolgoi; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Called Dolgoi (long) by 

Tebenkof in 1849.

Dolgoi; island, near Belkofski, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula. Named 

. Dolgoi (long) by the Russians. Its Aleut name, according to Veniaminof 

(I, 252), is Ananakeik.

Dolgoi, island, Sitka sound; see Long.

Dolgoi, lake; see Lower.

Dolomi; post-office, between Moira and Cholmondeley sounds, on the eastern shore 

of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Established in August, 

1900.

Dolores; port, in Sueinez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named

Puerto de los Dolores (port of the sorrowing) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

Dolls, island; see Dall.

Dome; creek, tributary to American creek, from the south, in the Eagle mining 

region. Local name, reported by Barnard in 1898.

Dome; creek, tributary to O'Brien creek, from the east, in the Fortyrnile mining 

region. Local name, reported by Barnard in 1898.

Dome; creek, tributary to Tisuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dome; mountain (2,100 feet high), on the western side of Portland canal, in latitude 55° 047 . Named by Pender in 1868.

Dome; pass (4,300 feet high), in the St. Elias alps. Descriptive name given by 

Russell in 1890.

Dome; peak, near the head of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name 

given by Thomas in 1887.

Dome; peak (4,420 feet high), on the mainland, west of Lincoln island, Lynn canal, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Dome; peak (6,500 feet high), on the western side of Portland canal, in latitude 

55° 25'. Descriptive name'given by Pender in 1868.

Dome, peak; see Fortymile dome.

Dome; point, on the eastern shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. So named 

by Dall in 1880.

Dome; point, on the western shore of Long island, Port Frederick, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Dominion; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Mission creek, from the west, near 

latitude 64° 20' in the Eagle mining region. Local name, published by 

the Geological Survey in 1899.

Donjek; river, tributary to White river, from the south, near latitude 62°. Native 

name; has also been written Donjeck. The above form, Donjek, has been 

adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Dora; bay, in Cholmondeley sound, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Clover, in 1885, presumably after his wife, formerly Miss Dora Miller.

Dora; creek or river, tributary to the Chitina river, from the north, about 25 miles 

above junction of the Chitina and Copper rivers. Named Dora by Lieutenant Alien, April 14, 1885, after Miss Dora Johnson, of Chicago, afterwards his wife. On map 1 of Alien's report it is printed Dora, but on map 

2 of same report it is printed Dare, and this form has been copied on 

Coast and Geodetic Survey chart 3091. Oil a late map it is printed Dark.
Dor Don. 154 ' [BULL. 187.

Dora; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Ikatan island (or peninsula), near 

Isanotski strait, Unirnak island. Named Loras by the Fish Commission 

in 1888. Called Lords by the Coast Survey and known locally as Dora 

harbor.

Doran; strait, separating the front of Washington glacier from the opposite mainland, Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by 

the Harriman Expedition, in 1899, after Capt. P. Doran, of the steamer 

George W. Elder, which bore the expedition.

Doris, bay; see Mud.

Dorn; island, in Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, in 

1890, after Lieut. Edward J. Dorn, TJ. S. N., a member of his party. .

Dornin; sunken rock, off the western end of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield in 1890, after j. B. Dornin, a 

member of his party.

Doroklwva, bay; see Deep.

Doroshin: glacier, on Kenai peninsula, near Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So 

named by Dall, in 1880, after Peter P. Doroshin, a Russian mining engi- 

* neer, Who made investigations in Cook inlet in 1848.

Dorothy; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dorozhnoi, island; see Road.

Double; island, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Dvoinoi (twin) by Vasilief in 1809. Called Dwinoi in the Coast 

Pilot (1883, p. 155) and Double in late Coast Survey publications.

Double; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Dvoinoi (double, or twins) by 

Vasilief in 1809.

Double; island, near Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow in 1886. The' island is double at high water.

Double; islands, between Cat and Dog islands, in Felice strait, southeast of Annette 

island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 

1883.

Double Point; mountain, on the north bank of the Koyukuk, near Arctic city. 

Descriptive name, given by Alien in 1885.

Doubtful; harbor, on the southern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So 

named by Berry in 1881. Possibly this is a synonym for Selfridge bay.

Douglas; bay, indenting the southern coast of Kupreanof island, Sumner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Helm, in 1866, and spelled on various 

charts Douglas and Douglass indiscriminately.

Douglas; cape, on the western shore of Seward peninsula, just south of Port 

Clarence. So named by Beechey in 1826.

Douglas; cape, the western head of Cook inlet. So named by Cook, in 1778 (II, 

385), after Dr. Douglas, canon of Windsor. It is Kamieshatskoi of a 

Russian chart of 1802. The native name is given as Kukvak, Koukhat, 

and Kuchat.

Douglas, entrance; see Dixon.

Douglas; island, opposite Juneau, at the north end of Alexander archipelago. 

Named Douglas's by Vancouver, in 1794, after the Bishop of Salisbury. 

Has sometimes been written Douglass.

Douglas; post-office on Douglas island, southeastern Alaska. Established in January, 1888. ...

Douglas City. The mining town on Douglas island (population 402 in 1890) is often 

so called.

Douglass; peak, on the mainland, east of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas in.1887.
BAKER.] 155 JDOU 

Doushnai, bay; see Close.

Dove; islet, at entrance to Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after a Mr. Dove, employed 

on the U. S. S. Jamestown in that year.

Bowling1 ; peak, on the north shore of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie 

in 1898.

Drake; island (about 1,000 feet high), in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Origin 

of name not discovered. First found on British Admiralty chart 2431, 

corrected to 1890. . . Dranishnikof; mountain or peak, near Deep lake, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809. Has been called Mount Dranish. 

Locally known as Redoubt mountain.

Dranishnikof. The settlement or fishing station at the outlet of Deep lake, in Sitka 

sound, was sometimes so called. More commonly it was, and still is, 

spoken of as The Redoubt.

Draper; mountain (7,546 feet high), near the head of Disenchantment bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, in 1891, after Prof. John William

Draper.

Dress; point, in Behm canal on the north western shore of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Drew; point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. Named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after Richard Drew, esq., of the Hudson Bay Company.

Drier; bay, indenting the western shore of Knight island, Prince William sound. 

Name from Schrader, 1900.

Driest; point, the north point of entrance to Port'Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. Erroneously Dreist.

Driftwood; small open bay, on the southern shore of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. Named Drovenaia (firewood) by the Russians on account of the 

abundance of driftwood found here. On account of its shape the Russians 

sometimes called it Dvoinoi (double or twin). Also it was known as Staraia gavan (old harbor), because one of the early Russian trading vessels 

anchored here. Has also been written Drovianaia.

Drovenaia, bay; see Driftwood.

Drozdof, island; see Blackbird.

Drum; mountain (13,700 feet high), east of and near the Copper river, near longitude 144°. Named, in 1885, by Alien, after Adjt. Gen. Richard Coulter 

Drum, U. S. A.

Drum Head; peak, on the northern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Named 

Drum Head, by Berry, in 1881. Also written Drumhead.

Drunkard; bay, on the southeastern coast of Kodiak. This name Avas given by 

Lisianski, in 1805, in his text. Name not found elsewhere and the place 

not identified.

Dry; bay, on the mainland coast, between Lituya bay and Yakutat. So called by 

Davidson in 1869. It appears to be a shallow lagoon where the waters 

from the melting glaciers contend with the ceaseless surges of the Pacific. 

Cook saw this place, in 1778, and under the supposition that it was the spot 

where Bering anchored July 20," 1741, named it Beerings's bay (II, 347). 

This name, variously spelled, was adopted by Malaspina, Dixon, and 

others. La Perouse called it Behring's river. Tebenkof represents this 

as the delta of the Alsek, debouching through five mouths or rivers, of 

which four bear the names Tlegan, Taaltsug, Vankahina, and Kakanhina, 

the fifth being unnamed; whence arose the name Five Rivers or Dry bay. 

In the Coast Pilot of 1869 Davidson also calls it Shallow bay.

Dry; cove, on the western shore of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name given by Nichols in 1882.
Dry Duf. 156 [BULL. 187.

Dry; creek, tributary to Carnp creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dry; creek, tributary to Copper river, from the east, north of Sanford river. So 

named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Dry; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the east, near its mouth, in the Nome 

mining region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Dry; island (2,461 feet high), in delta at mouth of the Stikine river, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Dry; open bay, just north of Alitak bay, on southwestern shore of Kodiak. Named 

Sukhoi (dry) by Tebenkof in 1849.

Dry, passage; see Blind.

Dry, river; see Blind.

Dry; strait, much obstructed by shoals, separating Mitkof island from the mainland, 

near Stikine river mouth, Alexander archipelago. Named Sukhoi (dry) 

by the Russians. Also written Suchoi channel and Soukhoi strait.

Dry, strait; see Hayward.

Drying; point, the western point of entrance to Dry Spruce bay, on the northern 

shore of Kodiak. Named Obsiekaiushie (drying up round about) by 

Murashef in 1839-40.

Dry Spruce; bay, on the northern coast, of Kodiak. Named Sukhoi Elnik (dry 

spruce) by Murashef in 1839-40. Written erroneously Sucho Emnik bay.

Dry Spruce; peninsula (at high water), in Kupreanof strait, on the northern shore 

of Kodiak. Named Sukhaho Elnika (of dry spruce) by Murashef in 

1839-1840. Sucho Emnik on one chart by error of transliteration.

Dschenuteche; a ridge of mountains, near the head waters of Klehini river, southeastern Alaska. The Krause brothers report this name, Dschenuteche, to 

be the native name, and give its meaning as Back of the mountain goat.

Dubuque; mountain (2,145 feet high), in the eastern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Duck; bay and settlement, on the southeastern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Named Selezneva (wild duck or drake) by-the Russians. Selezni 

(Russian) is Kalagin (Aleut) for a lake bird. Kalagak, according to 

Veniaminof, is Aleut for Selezen (Russian for duck) and also for a marine 

fish, Kalaga. Elliott says the Aleuts call all the small cottoid fishes Kalog.

Duck; cape, on the northeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Selezneva (wild duck) by the Russians in 1848.

Duck; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Helm in 1886.

Duck; island, near the head of Bradfield canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Snow in 1886. ^ .

Duck; islet, near Kukak bay, Shelikof strait, west of Afognak island. Named 

Utinoi (of ducks) by the Russians. Lutke calls it 1'tlot Outinoi (des 

canards).

Duck; islet, southeast of Grave point, Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by local pilots. Name not found on 

any map.

Duck; point, the south point of Whitney island, Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Dude; mountain, in the western part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Dufneld; peninsula, forming the northern end of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, in 1895, after Gen. William Ward Duffield, 

Superintendent of the Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Duffield, glacier; see Turner.
BAKER.] 157 ' J>Ilg Dllt.

Dugan; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 150°. Named, 

iu 1885, by Alien, after Lieut. Thomas Buchanan Dugan, U. S. A.

Duke; hill (540 feet high), on the eastern edge of Duke island, Gravina group, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in 1879.

Duke; island, the southernmost of the Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall in 1879. The southernmost point of this island had been 

named Northumberland by Vancouver, in 1793, after the Duke of Northumberland.

Duke; point, the easternmost point of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall in 1879.

Duke of Clarence, strait; see Clarence.

Duke of York, islands; see York.

Dulbi; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the east, in longitude 156° 30/. Native 

name, reported by Alien, in 1885, as Dulbikakat, i. e., Dulbi river. See 

Kakat.

Dunbar; inlet, opening into Tlevak strait, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1882, after Miss Margaret J. Dunbar, of Steubenville, Ohio, who began missionary work in Alaska in 1879.

Dunbar; point, the southern point of entrance to Young cove, Howkan strait, 

Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 

after Miss Margaret J. Dunbar.

Duncan; canal, indenting the southern coast of Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Admiral Duncan, E. N. Has 

also been called Duncan channel and Canal de Dunkan.

Duncan, passage; see Beecher.

Duncan; peaks, two in number, east of Duncan canal, on Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Dundas; bay, indenting the mainland coast, on northern shore of Cross sound, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall in 1879.

Dundas; point, the eastern point of entrance to Dundas bay, Cross sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Vancouver in 1794.

Dununak, village; see Tanunak.

Dupont; peak (5,794 feet high), on the mainland coast east of Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Admiral Samuel 

Francis Du Pont, U. S. N.

Durelle; mountain (4,300 feet high), east of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrornbie in 1898. Also has been written Du Relle.

Durrant; creek, tributary to Stewart river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dushistoi, islands; see Fragrant.

Dushkot; islet, near the head of Beaver bay, Unalaska. Probably so named by 

Sarichef, who made a sketch or reconnaissance of Beaver bay and Captains bay, Unalaska, June 3-10, 1790.

DusJmaia, bay; see Close.

Dutch; creek, tributary to Ophir creek, from the north, in the Eldorado mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Dutch; harbor, on the eastern side of Amaknak island, in Captains bay, Unalaska. 

So named from the tradition that a Dutch vessel was the first to enter it. 

Veniaminof says that it is called, by old navigators, Dutch (Hollandish) 

harbor. Sarichef, 1792, calls it Udakta. According to Lutke, Tebenkof 

calls it Ougadakh. Davidson and Dall wrote Ulakhta harbor. It, and 

the village on its shores, is now universally known as Dutch harbor.

Dutch Camp; basin, on Lowe river, east of Valdes, Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrombie in 1898. Now generally known as Dutch Flat.
Dvo Eagt 158 [BULL. 187.

Dvoini-bratef (twin brothers), Sitka sound; see Twin3, . ,

Dvoinoi, bay; see Driftwood.

Dvoinoi, island; see'Double.

Dwinoi, islet, Krestof sound; see Double.

Dyea; port of entry and post-office (established in June, 1896) at the head of Lynn

canal. The inlet was called Tyya by Meade, in 1869, Dejah by Krause, in

1882, Dayay by Schwatka, in 1883, and Chilkoot or Taiya by the miners. 

Dyer; cape, on the Arctic coast between Point Hope and Cape Lisburne. So named

by Beechey in 1827. 

Dyer; cape, on the mainland coast, southwest from the mouth of the Yukon river.

So named by Dall, in 1869, after Joseph Tarbell Dyer, now of Washington,

D. C., who explored in this region, in 1865-66, for the Western Union

Telegraph Company. 

Dying; glacier, near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive

name, given by Reid in 1892. " Dying glacier belongs to the past and is

melting away." 

Dyke; mountain (6,700 feet high), on the western shore of Klutina lake. So

named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Eads; peak (4,636 feet high), on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after the distinguished 

engineer, James Buchanan Eads.

Eagle; bay, on the southern coast of Unalaska, immediately east of Kashega bay. 

So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Eagle; cape, on the northwestern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Called 

Orlinie (eagle) by the- Russians, who in turn seem to have taken it from 

the native name Amakaktuli, supposed to mean eagle.

Eagle; creek, tributary to the right fork of the Bluestone river, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Eagle; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the east, near Eagle. Local name 

obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898.

Eagle; glacier (1,200 feet high), on the mainland, east of Lynn canal. Apparently 

so named by Meade, in 1869, from its fancied resemblance to an eagle with 

outstretched wings.

Eagle; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island, Shumagin group.

So named by Dall in 1872.

Eagle; harbor, on the southern [or (?) northern] shore of Ugak bay,.on eastern 

shore of Kodiak. The Eagle Harbor Packing Company, of Kodiak, has 

an establishment at this harbor, which, on a late Fish Commission map, 

is located on the north shore of Ugak bay. According to some, Eagle harbor village or settlement is identical with Orlova of the Russians. A postoffice was established here in November, 1898. The Kodiak Packing 

Company established a saltery here prior to 1890.

Eagle; island, east of Onslow island, near junction of Ernest sound and Clarence 

strait, -Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Eagle; mining camp, on left bank of the Yukon near the international boundary. 

A trading station, consisting of one log house, was built here, in 1881, and 

abandoned the next year. This was called Belle Isle. On its site was 

established the mining camp locally called Eagle City, about 1898. An 

United States post-office, called Eagle, was established here in November, 

1898.

Eagle; mountain (about 1,500 feet high), at'head of Eagle harbor, Nagai island, 

Shumagin group. So named by Dall in 1872.
BAKER.] 159 Eag Eas.

Eagle; point, on the mainland, near head of Portland canal. Apparently so named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891. May possibly have been named by Fender 

in 1868.

Eagle; point, on the southern shore of Unalaska, separating Eagle and Kashega 

bays. Named by the Fish Commission in 1888. From a manuscript note 

on Sarichef's Chart XIV of 1792 it would appear that the native name of 

this point is Amtchik. It is East point of the Coast Survey in 1869.

Eagle; reef, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Coghlan in 1884.

Eagle Crag; mountain (5,705 feet high), on the mainland, east of the Stikine river 

and near the international boundary. Has also been called Eagle.

Eaglek; bay, indenting the northern shore of Prince William sound. Apparently 

a native name, published by the War Department, in 1900, as Eagleck.

Eagle Nest; mountain, on north bank of the Lewes river, Yukon, a little above 

the mouth of Nordenskiold river. According to Schwatka, 1883, the 

Chilkats call it by a name which means Eagles' Nest, the Tahk-heesh by 

a name which means Otter Tail. To settle the matter he named it Parkman, after the historian, Prof. Francis Parkman. It is Adler-Nest butte 

of one German publication. c

Eananukhto, bluffs and hills; see Einahnuhto.

Ears; two peaks on the' Arctic coast, between Point Hope and Cape Lisburne. 

Descriptive name given by Beechey in 1827.

Ears; two peaks, southwest of Shishmaref inlet, on Seward peninsula, northwestern 

Alaska. Descriptive name given by Beechey in 1827.

East; bay, immediately south of Pavlof volcano and near the entrance to Pavlof 

bay, Alaska peninsula. Presumably a local name, reported by Dall in 1880.

East, bay; see Nazan.

East; beacon, on the Middle Eckholm, Sitka sound. Erected and named by United 

States naval officers in 1880.

East; bight of Nagai, a bay or harbor indenting the eastern shore of Nagai island, 

Shumagin islands. So-called by Dall in 1872.

.East; cape, on the eastern end of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Called Vostochnoi 

(east) by Tebenkof, 1849.

East; cape, the easternmost point of Amchitka island, Rat island group, western 

Aleutians. So called by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1855.

East; cape, the easternmost point of Attu island, western Aleutians. Named 

Vostochnie (east) by the Russians.

East; cape, the easternmost point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named Vostochnie (east) by Murashef in 1839-40. Tikhmenief calls it Ostrovskoi (islets) 

point.

East; fork of the Chandlar river, near longitude 147°. Prospectors' name, published, 

in 1899.

East; fork of the Kusawa river, one of the tributaries of the upper Yukon. Little 

is known of it. Krause calls it Kussooachrawathfni (Yukon).

East; island, near Duke island, in southern entrance to Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

East; island, near the entrance to Ward cove, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Probably so named by pilot W. E. George. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1883.

East; island, one of the Inian group, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

East; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow in 1886.
Eas-Eas. .160 [BULL. 187.

East; ledge, east of Keene island, on Mitkof shore of Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot, 1891.

East; peak (1,406 feet high), near Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Gibson in July, 1855.

East; peak (4,900 feet high), near Valdes, Prince William sound. Named by 

Abercrombie in 1898.

East; point, between Freshwater bay and Tenakee passage, on the eastern coast of 

Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. The name was applied by 

Meade in 1869 to the eastern pointof entrance to Freshwater bay. Neither 

of these names, East and Freshwater, has its original application.

East; point, in the eastern part of Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Glass in 1881.

East; point, on the eastern shore of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1882.

East; point, on the eastern shore of Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow in 1886.

East; point, on the southeastern shore of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named 

Vostochnie (east) by Murashef, 1839-40. It is Uskosti (narrow) of the 

' Russian American Company map of 1849.

East; point, the eastern point of entrance to Chernofski harbor, Unalaska. So 

named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

East; spit, at the south end of Cleveland passage, Frederick scfund, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Nichols in 1891.

East, cape; see Eagle.

East Anchor; cove indenting the eastern shore of Ikatan island (or peninsula), near 

southern entrance to Isanotski strait, Unimak island. Named by the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

East Clump; "a small high-water islet" in Tongass narrows, "called by the pilots 

East Clump." Dall, in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 80), calls it Seat island, 

an,d says it is so named from a conspicuous and peculiar seat-shaped rock 

at its outer end. "

East Devil; rock or reef, bare at low water, in Dixon entrance, 4 miles northwest 

of Zayas island. Named by Dall in 1883. Prior to that date a sunken 

rock of doubtful position had been called Devil rock, a name suggesting 

the sailor's state of mind as to sunken rocks. In 1883 Capt. James Carroll, in the Idaho, found another sunken reef farther west, arid this was 

called by Dall West Devil rock.

East Foreland; "steep, cliffy point" near the head of Cook inlet, so named by 

Vancouver in 1794. Wosnesenski, about 1840, according to Grewingk, 

calls it East cape and gives its native name as Mikischkin or Tuchan Tan 

(tan meaning cape), and a nearby stream is called Kantiitschike. Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. of 1847) calls it East or Katiushkin cape.

Eastern; anchorage, between the Mission buildings and northern entrance to Middle channel, Sitka harbor, Sitka sound. Old descriptive name.

Eastern; channel, leading into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Vostochnie (eastern) 'by the Russians.

Eastern, ocean; see Bering sea and Pacific ocean.

Eastern; passage,- between the northern part of Wrangell island and the mainland, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in 1877.

Eastern; passage, leading from Glacier bay to Muir inlet, southeastern Alaska. 

Has been called East pass. Origin of name not discovered.

Eastern; point, the. easternmost point of Krestof island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Eastern, shoal; see Southeast.
BAKER.] 161 Eas Kdg.

X 

Eastern Sitkin, island; see Great Sitkin.

East Francis;, sunken rock, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Discovered and named by Coghlan, in 1884, after pilot E. H. Francis, the 

first person who succeeded in making soundings upon it.

East Head; promontory, between Porpoise and San born harbors, on the western 

coast of Nagai island, Shuniagin group. So named by Ball in 1872.

East Head; the northeastern point of entrance to Popof strait, Shumagin islands. 

Named by Ball in 1872.

East Kusawa; lake, near the headwaters of the Yukon river. Native name. Also 

spelled Kussuaand Kussooa. The Canadian Board on Geographic Names 

has adopted the spelling Kusawa.

East Nagai; strait, separating Big Koniuji and Nagai islands, Shumagin group. 

Named by Ball in 1872.

Eaton; mountain, between Convin cliffs and Mount Augusta, in the St. Elias alps, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1890.

Eaton; post-office, established in May, 1899, at the Eaton Reindeer station, on the 

Unalaklik river, about 10 miles above its mouth, northwestern Alaska. 

So named after Gen. John Eaton, formerly United States Commissioner 

of Education.

Eaton; river, tributary to Grantley harbor, Seward peninsula. So called in 1900. 

Fo'rmerly called Fish river, that name including what is here called Niukluk and Eaton.

Eckholms (The); group of islets, on the south side of Eastern channel into Sitka 

harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 

1809. Has also been written Eckholm, Eckholmes, and, by error in 

transliteration, Ekgalit-tch. It has also been called Beacon group. Eckholna is a Swedish family name.

Eclipse; creek, tributary to Melsing creek, from the east, in the Eldorado mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Ecolik, point; see Ikolik.

Edgecumb, island; see Kruzof.

Edgecumbe; cape, at entrance to Sitka sound. Named Edgecumbe by Cook, in 

1778, presumably after Mount Edgecumbe, at the mouth of Plymouth 

harbor, England. It has been variously spelled Edgcumbe, Edgcombe, 

Edgecombe, Edjecumbe, and Edgkomb. It was seen, and named Cabo 

del Engano (deceit or deception) by Maurelle in 1775. This name has 

been variously spelled Engauno, Engano, and Engario. By the early 

Russians it was called St. Lazaria or St. Lazarus, on the assumption that 

Mount Edgecumbe was the peak seen and named St. Lazaria by Chirikof 

in 1741. Also, it has been called Trubitsina. This name is said to have 

been given by Baranof, in honor of boatswain Trubitsin, one of Chirikof's 

officers. In the official list of Chirikof's officers and men, however, this 

name is absent. The name Sitka (spelled Sitkha, Sitcha, etc.) has also 

been applied to this cape, and on some charts both names are retained 

and applied to different parts of the same locality. This and adjacent land 

to the eastward has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive 

order dated January 4, 1901. In that order it is spelled Edgecombe.

Edgecumbe; lake, near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Edgecornb by the Coast Survey in 1897. "

Edgecumbe; mountain (3,467 feet high), an extinct volcano, on Kruzof island 

near the entrance to Sitka sound. Elevation given as 2,676, 2,800, 2,855, 

3,467, and 8,000 feet, the last being an estimate by Lisianski, who climbed 

it in 1805. The elevation 2,855 is that determined by the Coast Survey 

in 1867, and 3,467 the determination by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Bull. 187 01 11
PIT

Edg Egg. 162 [BULL. 187.

Edgecumbe Continued.

Named Edgecumbe by Cook, in 1778, presumably after Mount Edgecumbe, 

at the entrance to Plymouth' harbor, England. It is Mount St. Lazarus or 

St. Lazaria of early Russian charts, this name, it is said, having been given 

by Chirikof in 1741. Maurelle, in 1775, called it Mount de S. Jacinto, 

which La Perouse, translating, writes Mount Saint-Hyacinte. Variant 

spellings of all these forms are found including the erroneous one San 

Vacinto.

Edgecumbe, island; see Kruzof.

Edith; lake, near the Tanana river in latitude 62° 40/. So named by Abercrombie 

in 1898.

Edward; cape, on the western coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver in 1794. Tebenkof calls it Elkugu, which is presumably the native name.

Edward; creek, tributary to Cripple river, from the east, near its mouth, Seward 

peninsula. Local name, published in 1900 as Eduards and Edward.

Edward; passage, between Fillmore island and the mainland, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Edward; point, the northern point of Deer island, Port Mpller, Alaska peninsula. 

So named by Dall, in 1882, after Capt. Edward Perry Herendeen, to whom 

is due a considerable extension of our knowledge of the geography of Port 

Moller. This name has, on one chart, been transferred to an adjacent point 

on the mainland.

Edwards; island, in Port Beauclerc, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Helm in 1886'.

Eek; river, tributary to the Kuskokwirn, from the east, near its mouth. Eskimo 

name, published in Sari chef's atlas, 1826, where it is spelled Ik; on late 

maps it. is Eek.

Eek; inlet and lake, in southwestern part of Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Called Eeke by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Eenanukhto; see Einahnuhto.

Egbert, fort; see Fort Egbert.

Egg; bay, west of Egg cape, on the northwestern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians. Called laitchnoi (egg) by Lutke in 1836. 

.Egg; cape, the south point of entrance to Korovinski bay, on northwestern coast of

Atka, middle Aleutians. Named lachnoi (egg) by Lutke or Ingenstrem

about 1830. Has been.written lachnoi, laitchnoi, Jaichnoi, Yaitchni. 

Egg; harbor, on the north shore of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Snow in 1886. "It is a rendezvous for the Indians, who here

await favorable weather to go out to the Hazy islands to gather eggs." 

Egg; island, between Kittiwake and Little Raspberry islands, Kodiak group.

Named lachnoi (egg) by Murashef, 1839-40. 

Egg; island, in Disenchantment bay, Yakutat bay. Named by the Coast Survey in

1891. Not. found on any chart. 

Egg; island, in Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Snow in 1886. 

Egg, island; see Fish Egg. 

Egg; island, northeast of St. Michael, in Norton sound. Named lachnoi (egg) by

the Russians. It is L'ile des Oeufs of Lutke. Archimandritof calls it

Zharoi. 

Egg; island or mud bank, in the Copper river delta. Name from manuscript Coast

Survey map, 1900.

Egg, island, Lituya bay; see Cenotaph. 

Egg, island, Sandman reefs; see Hunt. 

Egg, island, Unalga pass; see Ugalgan.
BAKER.] 163 Egg-Eld.

Egg;' islands, in Popof strait, Shumagin islands. So called by Dall in 1872.

Egg, islets, Necker bay; see Guibert.

Egg Shell; island, east of Cape Whitened, at mouth of the Copper river. So called 

by Moser in 1899. These are the Egg islands of Coast and Geodetic 

Survey chart 8500 (ed. of 1900).

Egashak, river; see Igushik.

Egichtalik, village; see Aiaktalik.

Egilka, island; see Igitkin.

Egoochshac. Cook gives this as the native name of a bay in Unalaska, which one I 

have not determined. He entered it October 2, 1778, and says (II, 492): 

"As all harbours are alike to me, provided they were equally safe and 

convenient, I hauled into a bay, that lies 10 miles to the westward of 

Samganoodha, known by the name of Egoochshac; but we found very 

deep water; so that we were glad to get out again."

Egorkovskoi, cape; see Tanak.

Egousliikj river; see Igushik.

Egoivik, creek and village; see Iguik.

Egypt; mountain (2,500 feet high), on the west bank of the Kuskokwin river near

latitude 62° 30'. So named by Spurr and Post in 1898. 

Eidenu; Eskimo settlement, on Cape Prince of Wales. Variously written Eidannou,

Iden-noo, etc. It is not an Eskimo word. Can this be an Eskimo

rendering of "I don't know"? Beechey, 1826, writes Ei-dan-noo and

Iden-noo.

Eider; anchorage and point, on the western shore of Captains bay, Unalaska, 

. eastern Aleutians. Sarichef, 1792, shows a village here called Pestriakovo

(eider duck). Kotzebue, 1816, calls it Igognak or Pestriakovo. Thus it

has been called Eider, Igognak, Pestriakof, etc. 

Eider; native village, at Eider point/ Captains bay, Unalaska, called by Sarichef,

1792, Pestriakof (eider duck). Veniaminof, about 1830, says it was composed of five huts (yourts) and 37 people. 

Mghteenmik, arm, of Kasaan bay; see Twelvemile. 

Eightmile; bend, in the Koyukuk river, near longitude 152° 30/. Descriptive

name, given by Alien in 1885. 

Einahnuhto; bluffs and hills (600 feet high), in the western part of St. Paul island,

Pribilof islands, Bering sea. Also written Ein-ah-nuh-toand Eenannkhto.

According to Elliott this is Aleut for the "mammae." Also, according

to same, it means the "three mammae." 

Eivoogiena, island; see St. Lawrence. 

Eivuyen, island; see St. Lawrence. 

Ekgalit-tch, islets; see Eckholms (The). 

Ekilik; Eskimo village, on the west bank of Togiak river, about 10 miles from its

mouth. Eskimo name obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, who write it

Ekilfgamut, i. e., Ekilik people. 

Ekogmute, village; see Ikogmute. 

Ekuk; cape, on the eastern shore of Nushagak river, near its mouth. Native name,

from Lutke, 1828, who wrote it Ekouk. Clark point of the Eish Commission, 1888, may be a synonym for this. In the Eleventh Census written

Yekuk. 

Ekuk: Eskimo settlement, near the mouth of the Nushagak river. Name from

Lutke, 1828, who spelled it Ekouk. Has also been written Yekuk. 

Elbow; mountain (4,111 feet high), at the first great bend or elbow of the Stikine

river, on its northern bank. So named by the Coast Survey. 

Eldorado; creek, tributary to headwaters of Budd creek, Seward peninsula. Name

from Brooks, 1900.
Eld Elo. 164 [BULL. 187.

Eldorado; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude 147°. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Eldorado; creek, tributary to Tisuk river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Eldorado; river, tributary to Port Safety, Seward peninsula. So.called by Barnard 

in 1900. Previously called Eldorado creek.

Eldred; passage, in Kachemak bay, Cook inlet, separating Cohen, Hesketh, and 

Yukon islands from the mainland. Named by Ball, in 1880, after Sarah 

Eldred, wife of Marcus Baker.

Eldred; rock (50 feet high), in Lynn canal, east of Sullivan island. Visited, located, 

and named, in 1880, by Marcus Baker, after his wife, Sarah Eldred. Krause, 

in 1882, reported the native name to be NechrajS. Keserved for light-house 

purposes by Executive order of January 4, 1901.

Eleanor; cove, in eastern part of Yakutat bay, behind Knight island. So named 

by Puget of Vancouver's party in 1794.

Eleanor; point, the north point of Knight island, Prince William sound. Named 

by Vancouver in 1794.

Elephant; point, in Eschscholtz bay, Kotzebue sound. So named by Beechey, in 

1826, "from the bones of that animal being found near it."

Elephants Head; mountain peak, on the eastern shore of Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thonias'in 1887.

Eliza; harbor, indenting the southern coast of Admiralty island, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Discovered April 17, 1799, by Mr. Bumstead, of 

the ship Eliza, from Boston, Captain Rowan, and named "Eliza's liarbour, in compliment to our ship."

Eliza; point, the southern point of entrance to Port Armstrong, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Elizabeth; cape, at the southwestern angle of Kenai peninsula. So named by Cook, 

in 1778, because "the discovery of it was connected with the 'Princess 

Elizabeth's birth-day" (II, 382). Sauer calls it, erroneously, cape St. 

Elizabeth.

Elizabeth; point, the northwest point of entrance to Rodman bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1895.

Elkamok, island; see Chirikof.

Elkhorn; creek, tributary to the Niukluk, from the south, in the Eldorado mining

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Also, erroneously, Elkorn.

Elkugu, cape; see Edward.

Ellamar; post-office, established September,, 1900, at Virgin bay, between Ports 

Fidalgo and Valdes, on the northeastern shore of Prince William sound.

Ellice; point,-on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. Named by Dease and 

Simpson, in 1837, after the Right Hon. Edward Ellice. Erroneously Elice.

Elliot; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the east. Name from a manuscript 

map made by prospectors in 1900.

Ellis; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Tebenkof bay, Kuiu island, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. 

An Indian village here has been called Point Ellis village.

Ellsworth Cut; a narrow" channel, in Sitka sound, separating Harris island from 

the Baranof shore. Named Ellsworths Cut by United States naval officers, 

in 1879, after Lieut. Henry G. Ellsworth, United States Marine Corps.

Elma; island, one of the Sannak group. So named by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Elovpi, cape; see Chiniak.

Elovoi, cape; see Spruce.
BAKER.J 165 ElO Elld.

Elovoi; island, one of the Necker group,. Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Elovoi (spruce) by Vasilief in 1809. Variously called Spruce,

Yelowoi, etc. 

Elovoi; islet, opposite Hooniah sound, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named Elovoi (spruce or fir) by Vasilief in 1833. Has also been written

Yelowoi, Firtree, or Spruce island. See also Spruce. 

Elovoi, strait; see Narrow. 

Elovoi vnutrennie, cape; see Inner Spruce. 

Elrington; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Bainbridge, .Prince William

sound. Named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Elsie; point, the easternmost point of Bell island, Behm canal, Alexander archi-

- pelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Elson; bay, near Point Barrow. So named by Beechey in September, 1826, "in

compliment to Master Thomas Elson," R. N., a member of his party. Its

Eskimo name, according to English naval officers, is Tasiik. 

Emgeten; island, in northeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809. Has been variously given as

Emheleni, Emgayten, etc. It has also been called Luce island. Origin

or meaning of name not discovered. 

Emheleni, island; see Emgeten. 

Emilie; canyon, on Sanford river, near latitude 62° 30X . So named by Abercrombie

in 1898. . 

Emily; island, in Duncan canal, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Thomas in 1887. 

Emily; peak, in eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Thomas in 1887. 

Emma; cape, on the southern shore of Bennett island, Arctic ocean. At this point

the shipwrecked crew' of the United States arctic exploring steamer

Jeannette landed, in 1881, and De Long named the cape after his wife. 

Emmerich; mountain (6,940 feet high), about 6 miles west of Pyramid harbor, Lynn

canal, southeast Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1897. 

Emmons; island, in Hooniah sound, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Coast Survey, in 1899, after Lieut. George Thorn ton Emmons, U. S. N. 

Empalizada, Punta de la; see Palisade. 

Empinado; cape, on the southeastern shore of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Cabo Empinado (high cape) by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. Erroneously Etpinado. 

Empty; island, one of the Kasiana group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Pustiia (empty) by Vasilief in 1809.

Emukpun. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map of 1885 for some feature, perhaps a lagoon near western end of Elson bay at Point Barrow, Arctic coast.

Possibly an error for Emukpuk. 

Enchantment; cape, on the northwestern shore of Russell fiord, Yakutat bay,

 > southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1891. 

Endicott; arm, of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. Named

by Mansfield, in 1889, after Hon. William Crowninshield Endicott, then

Secretary of War. 

Endicott; lake, on the eastern border of Muir glacier. Named by Reid in 1890-

1892. The valley was named Main by Muir, and by Reid changed to

Endicott on account of improved knowledge of its relation to Endicott

river.

Endicott; river, on the mainland, tributary to Lynn canal, from the west, southeastern Alaska. Named by United States naval officers in 1880, after

Hon. William C. Endicott, Secretary of War.
End Ent. 166 [BULL. 187.

En.di.cott; valley, southeast of Muir glacier. Named Main valley by Muir, and this 

name changed, by Reid, to Endicott valley on account of improved knowledge of its relations to Endicott river.

Endora, mountain; see Eudora. . Engano, Cabo del; see Edgecumbe. (

Engaylen, island; see Emgeten.

Engineers; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal: Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1897.

English, bay, Cook inlet; see Graham harbor.

English, bay, Unalaska; see Samganuda.

English; shallow bay, indenting the southern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

islands, Bering sea. Local name derived, according to Elliott, from the 

circumstance that a large British vessel was wrecked here in 1847.

Ennis, point; see Bald Head.

Enright, creek; see Slate.

Ensenada del Principe; see Chatham.

Entrance; cape, forming the western point of entrance to a small bay on northern 

shore of Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named Ustia (entrance) by 

Murashef, in 1839-40, a name which, in 1849, was applied by the Russian 

American Company to a point a little farther west.

Entrance; island, at entrance to St. John Baptist bay, in Neva strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Entrance; island, at entrance to Swanson harbor, near southern end of Lynn canal, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by United States naval 

officers in 1880.

Entrance; island (45 feet high), at mouth of Symonds bay, Biorka island, Sitka sound. 

So named by Symonds in 1879.

Entrance; island (458 feet high), in mouth of Hobart bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

.Entrance; island, near the north end of Winstanley island, in Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Entrance, island; see Twins (The).

Entrance; point, being the eastern point of Raspberry island, Kodiak group, and 

marking the beginning of Kupreanof strait. Named Nachalnie (beginning)

by Murashef in 1839-40.

Entrance; point, on Douglas island, marking the western entrance to Gastineau 

channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Symonds in 1880.

Entrance; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Moller, Alaska peninsula. 

So named by Dall in 1880.

Entrance; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Valdes, Prince William 

sound. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Entrance; point, the eastern point of entrance to Sawmill cove, Dall island, Howkan strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in 1882. Also 

named Chapman point by Sheldon Jackson, after James E. Chapman, 

commissioned as a teacher at Howkan village in August, 1881.

Entrance point, the northern point of entrance to Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick, 

Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Symonds in 1880.

Entrance; point, the western point of entrance to Narrow strait (between Kodiak 

and Spruce islands). Named Nachalnie (entrance) by Murashef in 

1839-40.

Entrance; point, the western point of entrance to Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Entrance; rock, in entrance to Hassler harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1882.
BAKER.] 167 Ent Esq.

Entry; peak (1,400 feet high), on the southern coast of Wales island, Dixon 

entrance, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Eolus; point, the southern point of entrance to Breezy bay, Tlevak strait. This 

name, given by Ball in 1882, was suggested by the strong winds encountered there.

E-oo-uogen, island; see St. Lawrence.

E-O'w-ick, island; see Chamisso.

Ericsson; peak (4,296 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of Frederick sound. 

Named by Thomas, in 1887, after the distinguished Swedish engineer John 

Ericsson, inventor of the Monitor. Erroneously Ericson on some charts.

Ermine; island, on the southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Gornostai (weasel or ermine) by the Russian American Company in 1849.

Ermoshkinskie, cape; see Kovrizhka.

Ernest; sound, east of Prince of Wales archipelago, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Prince Ernest's sound by Vancouver, in 1793, "after His Royal Highness 

Prince Ernest."

Ernestine; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Kanata river. Local .name, 

N reported by Schrader in 1900.

Error; island, one of the Kutchuma group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Oshibki (error) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been written Oshinpi 

and Oshipki. Has also been called White island and Ship island.

Erskine; bay, at head of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. So named by 

the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Captain Melvin C. Erskine of the 

Alaska Commercial Company. Sarichef, 1792, calls it Kikukalen, apparently its native name. Veniamenof calls it Kikukalia.

Erskine; point, the eastern head of Kalekta bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. So 

named by the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Captain Erskine, of the 

Alaska Commercial Company.

Escape; cape, on Kruzof island, at junction of Hayward strait and Krestof sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Koloshskoi strechi (Koloshian escape) 

by Vasilief in 1809.

Escape; point, on the western shore of Eevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Vancouver, in 1793, in commemoration of his escape from a 

hostile attack by the natives. Izbavlenia (deliverance) of the Russians.

Escarpment; cape, on the northern shore of Norton sound. Named Utes (cliff 

or bluff) by Tebenkof, in 1833, which is translated escarpti by Lutke. 

Descriptive name. Not found on recent maps.

Esch.sch.oltz; bay, an arm of Kotzebue sound. Named by Kotzebue in August, 

1816, after Dr. Frederick Eschscholtz, his physician and naturalist. Also 

has been written Eschholtz, Escholtz.

Esker; glacial stream, from the Malaspina glacier, debouching near the head of 

Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1891.

Eskimo; island, in Harrisonbay, Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. Named Esquimaux by Dease and Simpson in 1837.

Espada, Punta de; see Sword.

Espenberg; cape, the southern point of entrance to Kotzebue sound. Named by 

Kotzebue, in 1816, after his friend, Dr. Karl Espenberg, who, as surgeon, 

accompanied Krusenstern on his voyage round the world 1803-06. Erroneously Espenburg and Spanberg.

Esperanza, point; see Latouche.

Esquibel; bay or gulf, on the western coast of Prince of Wales archipelago. So 

. named by Maurelle in 1779. Variously denominated bay and gulf. Misspelled Esquible. The original name is given by Petrof as Bahfa de 

Esquivel.
Esq Eva. 168 [BOI.L. 187.

.Esquimaux, island; see Eskimo.

Estelle; mountain, near headwaters of the Kuskokwim river, longitude 153° 15'. 

So named by Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898.

Esteriks, islas; see Barren.

Esther; island, in Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver 

in 1794.

Estrella; port, in Malaspina islancl, Bucareji bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

 Named Puerto de la Estrella (port of the star) by Maurelle and Quadra 

in 1775-1779.

Esuktu, river; see Usuktu.

Esutkwa; small stream, in northernmost Alaska, near the United States refuge station Utkiavi. Eskimo name from Ray, 1885.

Etches; port, indenting the western shore of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William 

sound. Visited and named by Portlock, in 1787, after John and Camclen 

Etches & Co., of London, early fur traders on the Northwest coast. 

Dixon, 1787, called it Port Rose. The Russians adopted the native name 

Nuchek, which has been variously written Noocheck, Nutschek, etc., and 

even Nooscha.

Etolin; cape, the northernmost point of Nunivak island, Bering sea. So named 

by the Russians after Capt. Adolph Karlovich Etolin, Director of the Russian American colonies, 1841-1845 who, with Khromchenko, explored 

this region in 1821. It has also been called Khromchenko.

Etolin, cape; see Vasilief.

Etolin, harbor; see Wrangell.

Etolin; island, between Wrangell island and Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Russians after Etolin, governor of the Russian American colonies, 1841-1845. Variously written Etholen (Bancroft's 

Hist., p. 559), Etholine, Etoline, etc.

Etolin; mountain (3,778 feet high), in the southern part of Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So. named by Snow, in 1886, after Director Etolin.

Etolin; point, in Bristol bay, the eastern point of entrance to Nushagak river. So 

called by Lutke, about 1830, after Director Etolin, who made surveys and 

explorations in this region in 1821. Variously spelled Etholin, Etoline,

and also called Bristol and Bristolski.

Etolin; strait, separating Nunivak island from the mainland, Bering sea. Discovered, in 1821, by Etolin, afterwards governor of the Russian American 

colonies, who named it Cook strait, after Capt. James Cook. Krusenstern, however, proposed that it be called after its discoverer, Etolin, and 

accordingly it appears variously as Cook or Etolin strait.

JEudoda or Eudokia, islands; see Semidi.

Eudora; mountain (3,500 feet high), on Prince of Wales island, between Moira and 

Cholmondeley sounds, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 

1885. Erroneously Endora.

Eudoxia, islands; see Semidi.

Eugenia; point, on the northern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de [illegible] Eugenia by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Eureka; creek, tributary to Skookum river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Eureka, ledge; see Wayanda.

Eva; islands, in the eastern part of Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moore in 1895.

Eva; islet, near the entrance to Hamilton bay, Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Moore in 1895.
BAKER.] 169 . Eva Fal.

Eva; lake, on the north shore of Baranof island, near Hanus bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1895. 

Eva; peak, in the divide between the headwaters of the Kuskokwim and Skwentna

rivers, near longitude 153°. So named by Post in 1898. 

Eva; point, on the mainland, the north point of entrance to Budyerd bay, Behm

canal. So called by the Coast Survey, in 1891; also called Slide point by

the Coast Survey in 1894. 

Evans; mountain (5,400 feet high),-between Valdes glacier and Klutina lake. So

named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Evans; point, on the northern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Named by

Berry, in 1881, presumably after Commander (now Bear Admiral) Bobley

Dunglison Evans, U. S. N. 

Evdokeejf, island; see Chowiet and Semidi. 

Everett; peak (3,645 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, south-

. eastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1888, after the distinguished

orator Edward Everett.

Etirashichichie, cape; see Marmot.

7iVra.s7ila, bay; see Marmot.

Mudoldjetf'tian, islands; see Semidi.

Ewen Nass. Vancouver gives this as the supposed Indian name of Portland inlet 

and connecting waters. Ewen was by him supposed to mean great Avhile 

the meaning of Nass he did not discover.

Excelsior; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the west, in the Eagle mining 

region. Local name, reported by Barnard in 1898.

Exchange; cove, in' Prince of AVales island, opening into Kashevarof passage, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow in -1886.

Exchange; island, in Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow in 1886.^

Excursion; inlet, on the northern shore of Icy strait, between Lynn canal and

' Glacier bay. It was entered by the excursion steamer Idaho, in 1883, and

named Excursion inlet by pilot W. E. George. It is said to be known as

Hudson Bay inlet, and appears on the charts as Hudson Bay inlet and

Hudson Bay or Excursion inlet.

Expedition; islet, in Iliuliuk harbor, Captains bay, Unalaska. So named by Dall 

 in 1871.

Expedition; point, on the northeastern shore of Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Extra Dry; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the west, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. The neighboring creek is named Dry.

Eyak; lake, native village, and river, at western edge of the Copper river delta. 

Petrof in the. Tenth Census, 1880, wrote it Ikhiak. The Eleventh Census, 

1890, has Ighiak or Odiak. Recent maps have Eyak. Moser, 1899, calls 

it Odiak. Pronounced Af-ak. :

Eye Opener; a dangerous rock, covered at three-fourths tide, near the middle of 

Sunnier strait, off Bed bay, Alexander archipelago. Named Atkroiglaza (eye opener) by the Russians. Also known locally as Shoo Fly 

rock.

Eye Opener; islet, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Abre-el-ojo (open the eye) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Fair; island, at junction of Beecher passage and Duncan canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Fairmount; island, on north shore of Prince William sound, near mouth of .Unakwik 

bay. Name from Schrader, 1900.
Fal-Fal. 170 [BULL. 187.

Fairs; island, in Stockdale harbor, on western shore of Montague island, Prince 

William sound. So named by Portlock in 1787.

Fairview; creek, tributary to. Bering sea near Cape Woolley, in western part of 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1900.

Fairway; island (100 feet high), and reef, in entrance to Affleck canal, Sumner 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Fairway; island, in the eastern entrance to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869. It has been reserved for light-house purposes 

by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Fairway; rock, forming part of the Diomede group of islands in Bering strait. So 

named by Beechey, in 1826, because, he says, "it is an excellent guide to 

the eastern channel.'' Its native name has been variously written Okivaki, Oo-ghe-e-ak, Ugiiak, etc.

Fairway; rock, south of Whale island, Kedoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Farvaternoi (fairway) by Vasilief in 1809.

Fairway, rocks; see Green.

Fairweather; cape, on the mainland, in the St. Elias region. Named Fair Weather 

by Cook -in May, 1778. It is Beautems of La Perouse in 1786; Buentiempo of Galiano, 1802; Cape de Beauteinps of De Mofras in 1844; Gutwetter 

of Grewingk, 1849; Horoshi pogodi of the Russians, and L'tua of Tebenkof, 

1849. The last is the native name.

Fairweather; mountain (15,292 feet high), in the St. Elias region. So named by 

Cook in May, 1778, doubtless on account of fine weather at the time of 

his visit; universally called Fairweather by English-speaking people. It 

is Beautems of La Perouse, 1786; Buen-tiempo of Galiano, 1802; Horoshi 

pogodi of the Russians; Phaier-veder of Tebenkof, 1849; Gutwetterberg 

of Grewingk, 1850, and Schonwetter Berg of Justus Perthes, 1882. This 

mountain with its neighboring peaks and crest constitute the Fairweather 

range.

Fairweather Ground. The waters of the north Pacific in the vicinity of the Fairweather range, was much frequented by the whalemen fifty years ago, and 

by them called the Fairweather Ground.

Falfan; point, on the southern shore of Port Asumcion, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Falfan by Maurelle and Quadra in

1775-1779.

Fall; creek, tributary to Imuruk basin, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Fall; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Kanata river. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Fall; creek, tributary to Kluvesna creek, from the north. Prospectors' name, from 

Gerdine, 1900.

Falmouth; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island, Shumagins. So 

named by Call, in 1872, after a vessel of that name driven into it by a gale, 

which is the first vessel known to have entered it.

False; bay or anchorage, on the eastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Name adopted by Meade, in 1869., from the fur 

traders.

False; cape, near Franklin point, Arctic coast. Perhaps it is the easternmost point 

of the Seashore islands. So called on British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 

1882).

False; hill, at head of Taragas harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by the Coast Survey as early as 1891 and perhaps earlier.

False; island, on the northern shore of Peril strait, opposite Rodman bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1895.

False; point, on the eastern shore of Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880.
BAKER.] ]71 Fal Far.

False, rock, Sitka sound; see Liar.

False Channel; bay, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago.

Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869. 

False Cliilkat, inlet; see Chilkoot. 

False Ears; mountain, on Seward peninsula, south of Goodhope bay, Kotzebue

sounct. So called on British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 1882). Perhaps

so called by some of the English naval officers engaged in the Franklin 

. search expeditions 1849-1854. 

False Green; point, on the mainland near the mouth of the Stikine river. Called

by Durkin and Kadin, who made a survey here, in 1863, "Lower limit of

Zelonoi (green) cape," whence the name False or South Zelonoi point,

False Green point, and False Zelonoi point. 

False Island; point, near to and resembling Island point, Linden berg peninsula,

Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

False Lead; an opening leading from Tlevak strait to View cove, Ball island,

Alexander archipelago. Being liable to be mistaken for the main channel

it was named False Lead by Nichols in 1881.

False Lindenberg1 ; rocky bluff, on the northern shore of Peril strait, on the southeastern shore of Chichagof island. Name probably adopted by the Coast 

Survey from the pilots.

False Mount Cald&r; see Bed Bay mountain.

False Paw, strait; see Isanotski.

False Point Pybus; point, the south easternmost point of Admiralty island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. It has been confused on some charts 

with the true point Pybus, which is about 5 miles southwest from it.

False Point Retreat; point, on the western shore of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago, about 5 miles south of the true Point Retreat. Named from 

fancied resemblance to Point Retreat.

False Zelonoi, point; see False Green.

Fankuda; island, on the southern shore of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Vasilief in 1809.

Fannie; island, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas in 1888.

Fanshaw; bay, indenting the mainland coast on the eastern side of Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Fanshaw; cape, on the northeastern shore of Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Fanshaw; peak (2,818 feet high), on the mainland, near Cape Fanshaw, northeast 

of Frederick sound. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Fanshaw; range of mountains, on the mainland, northeast of Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Far; cape, on the northern shore of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named Dalnie (far or distant) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Far; point, the easternmost of the Barrier islands, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Farallon; see Kekur.

Farewell, island, Lynn canal; see Pyramid.

Farewell; mountain, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim river, near longitude 154°. 

So named by Spurr and Post in 1898.

Farewell; point, the southern extreme of-Chernabura island and the southernmost 

point of the Shurnagin group. Name supposed to have been adopted by 

the Coast Survey from the fishermen or Russians. It is the last land seen 

by the fishermen when setting out from their fishing grounds for home.

Farm; island, in delta at mouth of the Stikine river. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

The island is low and flat.
Far Fel. 172 [BULL. 187.

Farmer. A cape in Dixon entrance was so named by Douglas in 1789. 'Identity

doubtful and name obsolete. 

Farragut; bay, on the northern shore of Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Admiral David Glascoe Farragut, TJ, S. N. 

Fassett; island, in Albatross anchorage, Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So named

by the Fish Commission in September, 1893. 

Fassett; islet, in Sitka sound, one of the Kutchuma group. Named by Beardslee, in

1880, presumably after sailmaker Thomas 0. Fassett, TJ. S. N. Has been

erroneously written Fasseet and Fasset. 

Fatigue; bay, between Smith bay and Dease inlet, on the Arctic coast, east of Point

Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, in memory of their

tedious and fatiguing walk around it. 

Fault; mountain, on headwaters of the Koyukuk river, near latitude 68°. So

named by Schrader, in 1898. 

Faust; island, in Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield,

in 1890, after Ensign William H. Faust, U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Faust; sunken rock, in Saginaw channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. *

Discovered and named by Mansfield, in 1890, after Ensign William Harry 

t Faust, U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Faustino; point, on the northwestern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Faustino by

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Favor; peak, in extreme eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Thomas in 1887. 

Favorite; anchorage, in Deadman reach, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after the little steamer

Favorite, belonging to the Northwest Trading Company. 

Favorite; channel, at south end of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named.by

United States naval officers, in 1880, after the steamer Favorite, above.

Also, erroneously, Favourite. 

Favorite; glacier, on the western shore of Glacier bay. Named by Eeid, in 1892,

after " the little steamer Favorite, in which Captain Beardslee first entered

Glacier bay in 1880." 

Favorite; reef, in Saginaw channel, on-the southwestern shore of Shelter island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1885,-after the

little trading steamer Favorite. 

F wn; mountain (2,112 feet high), near the southern end of Revillagigedo island,

Alexander archipelago. So named, in 1883, by Nichols. Buck and Doe

mountains are near by. 

Fawn; point, the southernmost point of Deer island, near Belkofski. So named by

Dall in 1880. Called South cape by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Fawn; river, near Return reef, Arctic ocean. So named by Dease and Simpson in

1837. 

Feather; river, in the Cape Nome mining region, Se\vard peninsula, debouching a

little north of Cape Woolley. Local name from Barnard, 1900. 

Fee. One of the glacial streams emerging from the Malaspina glacier was called Fee

river by the New York Times expedition of 1886. Seton Karr calls it Fee

Springs.

Felice; strait, separating Annette island from other islands south and east of it, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1883, after the

Felice, one of Meares' ships, which visited this coast in 1788. -Is also

called Felice passage. 

Felix; cape, the southeastern point of entrance to Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Cabo de San Feliz by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-

1779, and variously called Saint Felix point, Point Saint Feliz, etc.
BAKER.] 173 Fcr Fin.

Ferebee; glacier, near the head'of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

United States naval officers, in 1880, after Surg. Nelson Macpherspn Ferebee, 

U. S. N., who visited the region that year. According to Dr. A. Krause, 

who visited the region in 1882, its native name is Dejahssankessit.

Ferebee; rocks, in the Galankin group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after Surg. Nelson 

M. Ferebee, U. S. N. Erroneously Ferabee.

Ferebee; valley, in which Ferebef glacier heads. Named by United States naval 

officers in 1880.

Fergusson, point; see Rocky.

Ferrer; passage, the entrance to Disenchantment bay, from Yakutat bay. Variously 

called entrance, inlet, passage, and strait. According to Tebenkof it is 

said to have been so named by Malaspina, in 1791, after Ferrer Maldonado. 

The name is obsolete.

Fetkina; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta. So called by Nelson, who visited it 

in December, 1878. Population 30, in 1880. Origin of name not discovered.

Fickett; river, of central Alaska, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near

longitude 150°. So named by Alien, in 1885, after Private Fred. W. Fickett, 

U. S. A., a member of his party. Its native name, according to Alien, is 

Aschee"shna, i. e., Ascheesh river. On recent charts called Oschesna and 

Ochesna.

Fidalgo; mountain, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. Was called 

Volcan de Fidalgo by the Spaniards, probably in 1790, the name being 

published in 1802.

Fidalgo; port, indenting the eastern shore of Prince William sound. So named by 

Vancouver, in 1794, in honor of Sefior Don Salvador Fidalgo, who visited 

this region in 1790.

Fighting John; peak (5,078 feet high), on the mainland, east of Thomas bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Figure Four; mountain (about 2,000 feet high), near shore of Bering sea, a little 

north of Goodnews bay. Local name from missionary Romig and published by the Geological Survey in 1898.

File; point, the southeasternmost point of Liesnoi island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Fillmore; inlet, separating Fillmore island from the mainland,- Dixon entrance. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. Has been erroneously called Nakat 

inlet.

Fillmore; island, west of Pearse island, Portland canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1885, presumably after Ensign John Hudson 

Fillmore, U. S. N.

Fillmore; peak (3,633 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1888, after President Millard 

Fillmore.

Fillmore; rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1883.

Finns, Bocas de; see Bocas de Finas.

Finger; islets, in Sumner strait, off Ruins point, Kosciusko peninsula, Prince of 

Wales island. So called in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 101).

Finger; lake, a few miles from the head of Knik arm of Cook inlet. Descriptive 

name, given by Glenn in 1898.

Finger; mountain, in the Moore range, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Finger; point, on the western shore of AVrangell strait, Alexander archipelago, 

Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1881.
FIr-Fls. 174 ' [BULL. 187.

Fir; island, between Ilput and Kanga islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Sosnovoi (fir) by Vasilief in 1809.

Fire; island, near Knik (fire) arm, at head of Cook inlet. Name published by the 

Geological Survey in 1895. It was named Turnagain, by Vancouver, in 

1794. It is Mushukli of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 and Fire 

island of late charts.

Fire; islet, in the northern end of Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Fire; point, the northern point of entrance to Saks cove, Behm canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Fired; point, on the southern shore of Norton sound, a few miles east of St. Michael.' 

Called Palenoi (fired) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Fired, point; see Palonoi.

First, glacier; see Popof.

First; islet, in Sitka sound, near Whale island. Named Nachalnie (beginning) by 

Vasilief in 1809. Descriptive term.

First; narrows, in Eedfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So called 

by Moser in 1897. .

First, .point, Sitka sound; see Shoals.

First, rapid, Peril strait; see Northern.

First Kekur; an isolated rock or rocky islet, on the western shore of Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So called by the Russians. Also written Kekour. 

See Kekur.

Firtree, island; see Elovoi and Spruce.

Fish; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Rieba (fish) by the Russians, and variously called Rubia, 

Ribnaia, Fisch and Fishing and designated as bay or gulf.

Fish; creek, on Revillagigedo island, flowing into Tongass harrows. Name probably adopted by the Coast Survey from the pilots and published in 1883.

Fish; creek, tributary to Chandlar river, from the east, near latitude 68°. Local 

name from Schrader in 1899.

Fish; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the south, near longitude 

151°. Prospectors'name, published in 1899.

Fish; island, in the Koyukuk river, near longitude 151°. So named by Alien

in 1885.

Fish; islet, in Felice strait, southeast of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Fish; mountain, in the southwestern part of Revillagigedo island, near Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Fish; point, on the mainland, on eastern shore of Behm canal, the northern point 

of entrance to Chickamin river. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Fish; point, the northern point of entrance to Fish bay, in Peril strait, on the northwestern shore of Baranof island. Named Riebnie (fish) by the Russians.

Fish; river, in Seward peninsula, which late maps show as one of the eastern affluents of the Niukluk. What is here regarded as the Niukluk bore, the 

name Fish on most maps from 1869 till quite recently. Named by the 

 AVestern Union Telegraph Expedition, 1865-1867. Its Eskimo name was 

reported by the Russians as Ikeutpak and by the Telegraph Expedition 

as Icathliuk. See also Eaton..

Fish; rock, in Iliuliuk harbor, Captains bay, Unalaska. So named by Ball in 1871.

Fish Egg; islets, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago. Northeast of San Juan Bautista island about 1 mile, according to Nichols (Coast 

Pilot, 1891, p. 121), is a wooded rocky islet, named by Maurelle and 

Quadra, in 1779, LaBalandra (the sloop). Somewhat.more than a mile
BAKER.] 175 Fis Fla.

Fish Egg. Continued.

farther, in the same direction, are two more rocky, woody islets, also 

named by Maurelle and Quadra, Los Mondragones, and called Balena by 

Moserin 1897. These three islets says Nichols (Coast Pilot, p. 121), "have 

received the local name of Fish Egg islets." Moser, 1897, uses the name 

Fish Egg for an island about a mile north of these. Moser's name is here 

adopted for the island and the islets near it.

Fishery; point, on the western coast of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1883. There is 

an Indian fishing station here.

Fish Ranch; bay, in Mitrofania bay, Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shumagins. 

So called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Fitzgibbon; cove, in the mainland debouching into Behm canal, near Burroughs 

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Fitzgibbon; point, on the mainland, in Behm canal, at entrance to Burroughs bay, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793.

Five Fathom; rocky patch in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Moser in 1897.

Five Fingers; group of islets and ledges, in Frederick sound, off Port Houghton,

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive term given by Meade in 1869. This

group, or the southeastern part of it, has been reserved for light-house

purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. 

Fivemile; islet, in Sunnier strait, 5 miles from Wrangell, whence the name Piatiinilni (five mile) given by the Eussians in 1863. May be Scraggy island

of Meade in 1869. 

Five .Rivers; See Dry bay. 

Flag; hill (1,200 feet high), on the eastern bank of the Tanana river, near longitude

147°< Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks in 1898. 

Flag; point, in Whitewater bay,'Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Glass in 1881. 

Flambeau; river, tributary to Port Safety, Se\vard peninsula. Name from Barnard,

1900. 

Flat; bay, on the western shore of Chilkoot inlet, Lymi canal. Said to have been

so named by Dr. Arthur Krause in 1882. He reports its native name to

be Nj'ichk, also written Nakh.

Flat; creek, tributary to Chandlar river, from the north, near longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899. 

Flat; island, in Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Helm in 1886. 

Flat; island, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive

name, given by Meade in 1869. 

Flat, island; See Wolf rock. 

Flat; islet, in AVrangell harbor, Alaska peninsula, north of the Sernidi group.

Named Gladkie (flat) by Vasilief in 1832. Has also been called Platte. 

Flat; islet, near Graham harbor, Cook inlet. Descriptive name, given, presumably,

by Dall in 1880. 

Flat; mountain (1,800 feet high), in California ridge, in the southeastern part of

Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Presumably a descriptive term,

published by the Coast Survey in 1885. 

Flat; point, on the eastern coast of Pearse island, Portland inlet. Named by Pender

in 1868.

Flat: point, on the western shore of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1882.
Fla Foil. 176 [BULL. 187.

Flaw; point, in Mole harbor, Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Flaxman; island, on the Arctic coast, near Camden bay, east of Point Barrow. So

named by Franklin, in 1826 (p. 151), "in honour of the late eminent

sculptor." 

Eleece; rock, about 12 feet above high water, in Dixon entrance, near Cape Fox. So

named by Mchols in 1883. 

Flemming; island, in the southwestern part of Prince William sound. So called by

Schrader in 1900. 

Flock; rock, in Farragut bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Flood; glacier, on the western bank of the Stikine, near the international boundary.

So called by the Coast Survey.

Floral; hills and pass, between Hayden and Lucia glaciers, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So called by Russell, in 1890, "on account of the

luxuriance of the vegetation covering them." 

Florence; bar, on the Koyukuk river, near longitude 154°. Prospectors' name, given

in 1899. ' . 

Florence; cape, on the northwestern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So

named by Berry in 1881. 

Florence; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Flores; Canal de; see Shelikof. 

Flpres; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Port Refugio, in.Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Cabo de Flores (cape of flowers) by Maurelle

and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Flusser; peak, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Thomas in 1887. 

Foggy; bay, indenting the mainland, in the southern part of Revillagigedo channel,

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1883, or earlier. 

Foggy; cape, the eastern end of Sutwik island, Alaska peninsula, near the Semidis.

Named by Cook in 1778. Exact locality of Cook's Foggy cape uncertain,

as might be guessed from the weather conditions prevailing when it was

named. Lutke identifies, it with Cape Kuniliun, which see. Lutke also

calls it Brumeux.

Foggy; island, between Camden bay and Colville river, Arctic coast. So named by 

Franklin, in 1826, who describes (p. 155) "the propriety of designating 

this dreary place by the name of Foggy Island."

Foggy, island; see Andronica.

Foggy; islands; see Semidi islands. Vancouver thought Chirikof island waa the 

"Foggy island of Beering." But Cook applied the name Foggy to the 

present Semidi group and Vancouver named Chirikof (Tscherikow), after 

Bering's companion. . Foggy, islet; see Poa.

Foggy; point, on the mainland, in Revillagigedo channel, the south point of entrance 

to Foggy bay. So named by Vancouver in 1793. The Russians called it 

Foggy or Brurnez (Tumannie)." On some charts it is Point Brumez.

^oggy; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Apparently so named by the British Admiralty in 1890.

Foggy Island; bay, between Camden and Harrison bays, Arctic coast. So named 

by Dease and Simpson in 1837.

Fogniak, island; see Afognak.

Fohlin; creek, tributary to Lakina creek, from the north. So named by Rohn in 

1899, after a member of his party.
BAKER.] 177 Fern For.

Fontaine; island, in Shakan bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Helm 

in 1886; has also been written Fontain.

Food, bay; see Agamgik.

Fools; inlet, indenting the southern shore of Wrangell island, and opening into 

Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Fools; .point, on the western shore of Portland canal. Apparently so named by the 

Coast Survey in 1891.

Foot; island, in Steamboat bay, Frederick sound; Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1889. ,

Foot; island, Prince William sound. See Latouche.

Foote; peak (5,176 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Rear-Admiral 

Andrew Hull Foote, U. S. N.

Ford; cove, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Named Ford's by the Coast 

Survey, in 1891, after Harry L. Ford.

Fords Terror; narrow inlet, on the northern shore of Endicott arm, Alexander archipelago. It is very narrow at one point. Floating ice from glaciers, with 

falling tide, jamming in this contracted throat, make it a dangerous place. 

Named by Mansfield, in 1889, after Harry L. Ford, a member of his party.

Forrest, cape; see Icy point.

Forrester; island, off the southwestern coast of Prince of Wales archipelago. So 

named by Dixon in July, 1787. Perez, in 1774, called it Santa Cristina, 

which is also written in the journal of his voyage Santa Christina and 

Santa Catalina (Bane. Hist., vol. 33, pp. 196, 201). Douglas in August, 

1788, named it Douglas island (Meares, p. 327); Maurelle, 1775, called it 

San Carlos island. This name was published in Barrington's Miscellanies 

in 1781. La Perouse, 1786, called this island and Wolf Bock the San 

Carlos islands. Vancouver adopted Forrester, and this name has been 

adopted and used for a century, to the exclusion of all others.

Fort; point, on the northern shore of Tongass island, Tongass harbor, eastern part 

of Dixon entrance. So named by Nichols in 1891.

Fort; point, the north point of entrance to Steamboat bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Fort Adams. An American trading station was established on the north bank of 

the Yukon, at the mouth of the Tozi river, in 1868 or 1869, and called 

Fort Adams. The place is still so called. St. James Mission is at this place.

Fort Alexander; see Nushagak.

Fortaleza; point, in Bucareli bay, Prince of AVales archipelago. Named Punta de 

la Forteieza (fortitude) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Fort Archangel Gabriel, Baranof island; see Sitka.

Fort Cosmos; trading post, on the Kowak river, near longitude 157°. Local name, 

published in 1900.

Fort Oudalvy; see Cudaby. 

Fort Davis; military post at mouth of Snake river, near Nome, Seward peninsula. 

Established in 1899.

Fort Egbert; military post, at Eagle, on the upper Yukon, near the international 

boundary. Established and so named by the War Department in 1889.

Fort Gibbon; military post and reservation, on north bank of the Yukon, at mouth 

of the Tanana river. Named after Gen. John Gibbon, U. S. A.

Fort Hamilton; village, in the Yukon delta, on right bank of the Apoon pass, 

about 25 miles above its mouth. Called Nunapithlugak or Fort Hamilton 

by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Fort Hamlin; station or post, on the south bank of the Yukon, near longitude 

149°. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Bull. 187 01 12
For Foil. 178 [BOLL. 187.

Fort Liscum; military post, Port Valdes, Prince William sound.

Fort Morion; see Morton.

Fort Nicholas, Cook inlet; see Kenai.

Fort Reliance; post, an old trading post of the Hudson Bay Company, now in 

ruins, on the east bank of the Yukon, a few miles below Dawson, Canada.

Fort St. Michael; see St. Michael.

Fort Selkirk; Canadian military headquarters, at mouth of the Lewes river. The 

site of the old fort of the Hudson Bay Company is on the opposite bank 

of the river. This name has been adopted by the Canadian Board on 

Geographic Names.

Fort Tongass. A military post of the United States known as Fort Tongass was 

maintained on Tongass. island, from June 1868 to September 1870. Fort 

Tongass was the official spelling. Variously called Fort Tongas, Fort 

Toingas, etc.

Fort Wrangell; post-office, established in October, 1895, at Wrangell.

Fort Wrangell; see Wrangell.

Fort Yukon; fort and trading post, established by McMurray, of the Hudson Bay 

Company, in 1847, on the supposition, it may be assumed, that it was in 

British territory. The boundary line between the British and Russian 

possessions had been agreed upon in J825, but the line had not been 

marked on the ground. Shortly after Alaska had been acquired by the 

United States, Lieut. (now Col.) C. W. Raymond,,United States Engineers, 

ascended the river and determined the longitude of this post, which was 

found to be on American territory.

Fortuna, island; see Klokachef.

Fortuna; strait, separating Chichagof island from Klokachef island, Alexander 

archipelago. Has also been called a passage or channel. Named by the 

Eussians. The Spanish schooner Fortuna, with seven natives of the 

Hawaiian islands on board, was found ashore here and taken by the 

 Russian American Company's vessels as a prize in 1819. The name has 

doubtless come from this circumstance.

Forty-mile; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the west, near latitude 64° 30'. 

Prospectors' name, given, presumably, by prospectors, in 1886, when gold 

was first found here. It takes this name from being about 40 miles below

old Fort Reliance. It was called Cone Hill river by Schwatka, in 1883,

"from a conspicuous conical hill in its valley." The Canadian Board on

Geographic Names has adopted the name Fortymile. 

Fortymile; mining camp, at the mouth of Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 30'.

It was started in 1893.

Fortymile; trail, from Fortymile creek to the Tanana river. Local name. 

Fortymile Dome; peak (3,900 feet high), in the Fortymile mining region, near the

international .boundary. It is Dome peak of some maps and Fortymile

Dome of others. 

Foster; creek, tributary to Camp creek, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Foster, creek; see Pine. 

Foster; glacier, on the mainland, near the head of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska.

Named, in 1890, by the Coast Survey, after Hon. Charles Foster, Secretary

of the Treasury. 

Foul; passage, in Peril strait, near the Southern rapids. Descriptive name, given by

Coghlan in 1884.

Found; island, in Ernest sound, at the mouth of Zimovia strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sno v in 1886.
BAKER.] 179 Foil Fox.

Fountain; glacial stream, from Malaspina glacier, debouching between Sitkagi bluffs 

and Icy bay. So named by Russell in 1891.

Fountain; sunken rock, near Middleton island, Gulf of Alaska. Descriptive name, 

given by the Russians.

Four Mountains; a group of volcanic islands just west of Umnak, in the eastern 

Aleutians, was discovered by the Russians at an early day and called 

ostrova chetierek sopochnie, i. e., Islands of the Four Craters-, or Islands of 

the Four Mountains, as they are usually called. The group consists of 

five principal islands, though on many charts only four are shown. Our 

knowledge of the group, still very imperfect, has been considerably 

improved by the work of the U. S. S. Concord, there in 1894. Their Aleut 

name, according to Veniaminof, is Unigun, or, according to Sauer, 1790, 

Oone-agun. Sarichef, who was the first to give any details, says (Phillips 

Voyages, vol. 6, pp. 4-5) on May 30, 1791, "we fell in with the four volcanic islands which take their names from the four craters which they 

contain. They lie contiguous to each other and bear distinct names. That 

to the southwest is called Ulaga; that northeast, Tschiginsk; that to the 

north, Tana; and that to the southeast, Chagamil." The names applied 

by different authorities are as shown below, but this correlation is to a 

considerable extent conjectural.

ashcf. 

1791. Billings............

1791. Sarichef ...........

1830. Veniaminof........

1836. Lutke..............

18-17. Kus. Hyd. chart 1397

1895. Hyd. Office chart 8.

Carlisle.

Ollaga ......

Ulliagin....

Herbert.

Chegulak...

Names of islands.

(/'liuglnndiik.

Tanak-Angunak ...

Kngtiiull.

Kigamiliak .

KIgalffln.

Kigalga.

Fourpeaked; mountain, near the western entrance to Cook inlet. Descriptive term, 

given by the Russians, who called it Gora chetierek glavaia, i. e., mountains 

with four heads. On one chart Chetierek (four) has been written Tapirag 

and the peak called Mount Tapirag.

Fox; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. So called 

by Dall in 1880.

Fox; cape, on the mainland, at eastern end of Dixon entrance. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after the Right Hon. Charles James Fox.

Fox; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shuuiagins. 

Named Leesy (fox) by the Russians.

Fox; cape, the northernmost point of Little Tanaga (or possibly Kagalaska) island, 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Apparently named (fox) by the 

Russians, though I have not found this in any Russian map or book. On 

United States Hydrographic chart No. 8, made from reports by the United 

States North Pacific Exploring Expedition,'of 1855, occurs the entry "C. 

Lises (Fox cape)."

Fox; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.
Fox Fra. 180 [BULL. 187.

Fox: creek, tributary to Salmon lake, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1.900.

Fox; hill, in the southwestern part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Presumably a local name. Published by the Coast Survey in 1875. Elliott 

has this name Fox, and near it in quotation marks "Seethah." Perhaps 

this is the native name.

Fox; hill (563 feet high), on the mainland, near Cape Fox, Dixon entrance. So 

named by Nichols in 1883.

Fox; island, near Port Valdes, Prince William sound. On this island Mr. Story, 

agent of the Alaska Packing Association, and some others, are engaged in 

raising foxes. Local name.

Fox; islands, the easternmost group ot the Aleutian chain of islands. The limits 

of the application of the name are now rather vague. Veniaminof, the 

best authority of his time, writing in 1840, says the islands lying between 

Amnkta and Alaska peninsula, together with the islands near the peninsula, are called the Fox islands. Cook, in 1778, calls them the Fox. islands. 

Probably named Leesy (fox) by early Russian fur traders. They are Fox 

or Andreanof islands of Langsdorf, lies aux Renards of Lutke, etc. The 

whole Aleutian chain is known to mariners and whalemen as the Fox 

islands. The Coast Survey now restricts this name Fox to include only 

Unimak, Unalaska, and Umnak with their various associated islands. 

See also Aleutian islands.

Fox; islet, near the north shore of Deer island, between Sannak and Belkofski. 

Called Leesy (fox) by Tebenkof in 1849.

Fox; lake, near Nome, Seward peninsula." Name from Barnard, 1900.

Fox; point, on right bank of the Yukon river, a little above Hall rapids. So named 

by Raymond in 1869.

Fox; point, on the southeastern shore of'Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Fox; river, tributary to Fish river, from the west, between the Niukluk and Klokerblok rivers, Seward peninsula. Local name.

Fragrant; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Dushistoi (fragrant)'by Vasilief in 1809. 

' Franqais, Port des; see Lituya.

Francis; 'anchorage, in Farragut bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, in 1887, after pilot E. H. Francis.

Francis; island, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Apparently so named by the 

British Admiralty in 1890.

Francis; mountain (4,800 feet high), near Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Francis; mountain (3,015 feet high), on the southern shore of Shipley bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 1886, after pilot 

E. H. Francis.

Francis; point, in Behm canal, on the eastern coast of Cleveland peninsula, opposite Traitor cove. It is the south point of entrance to Port Stewart. Named 

by the Coast Survey, in 1886, after pilot E. H. Francis.

Francis, river; see Stikine.

Francis; sunken rocks, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Discovered and named by Coghlan, in 1884, after pilot E. H. Francis, the 

first person to secure soundings on them.

Franklin; creek, tributary, from the west, to South fork of Fortymile creek. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898. Has also been called Franklin gulch.

Franklin; mountains, in northernmost Alaska, east of the Col ville river. So named 

by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after Sir John Franklin.
BAKER.] 181 Fra Fug.

I ' Franklin; peaks (3,909 and 4,314 feet high), on the mainland, north of Frederick

sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

, , ' j 

V Franklin; point, on the Arctic coast, between points Belcher and Barrow. So 

 ' t named by Beechey in September, 1826, after Sir John Franklin. 

Jfyederick, harbor; see Hooniah. 

Frederick; lake, east of and near Dezadeash lake, in longitude 137°. Name pub-

 _lished by Canadian Board on Geographic Names in 1899.

Frederick; point, on the northeastern shore .of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by'Thomas in 1887.

Frederick; port, in the northern end of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver in 1794. According to Meade its native name is 

Komtok Hon.

Frederick; sound, separating the Admiralty island group from the Kupreanof island 

group, Alexander archipelago. Named Prince Frederick's sound by Vancouver, in 1794 (III, 285), after His Royal Highness Frederick, Duke of 

York, a name now shortened to Frederick.

Frederika; glacier, tributary to Skolai creek, from the north. So named by Hayes,

in 1891, presumably after Frederick Schwatka, with whom he visited it. 

 Freemantle; point, the western point of entrance to Port Valdes, Prince William 

sound. Named by Vancouver, in 1794, who on his chart has Freemantle 

and in his text Fremantle. In the 8° edition of his voyage, in 1801, it is 

Freemantle in both text and chart.

Frenchman's, bay; see Lituya.

Freshwater; bay or inlet, on the eastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Nichols says (Coast Pilot, 1891, p. 163): "Pavlof 

harbor was sketched by Meade, in 1869, and published as a subsketch on 

Hydrographic Office chart No. 225, under the name of Freshwater bay; 

this latter name is now applied to the whole inlet." It was called Novaia 

(new) by Vasilief, in 1848, and New harbor on British Admiralty chart 

2431 (ed. of 1882). See also Pavlof.

Freshwater; creek, tributary to Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Fresno; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm, from the south, Kenai peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895.

Frezas, Laguna de las; see Strawberry.

Fripo; islet, in Danger passage, between Duke and Mary islands, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Fritz; cove, in the western end of Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. Named, 

in 1880, by Symonds, after his son Fritz.

Fritz; islet, in the Japonski group, Sitka sound. Named by naval officers, in 1880, 

after little Fritz, son of Lieut. F. M. Symonds, U. S. N.

Frocade.ro, strait; see Trocadero.

Frog, rocks; see Hog.

Frogs (The); group of rocks and islets in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of AVales archipelago. Named Las Ranas (the frogs) by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Frosty; peak, west of Cold bay, near the western end of Alaska peninsula. So 

named by Dall in 1.882.

Frozen, bay; see Cold.

Fruit; small group of islets in the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Fugitive. Lisianski, 1805 (Voyage, p. 178), mentions a "thriving village" of this 

name on Sitkalidak island, Kodiak group. It appears to have been on or 

near the Port Hobron of recent maps.
Ful Gap. 182 [BULL. 187.

Fula; point, on Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Punia de Fula by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Full; creek, tributary, from the north, to Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Fulton; peak (3,252 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of Frederick sound, 

Boutheastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after the distinguished 

engineer, Robert Fulton.

Funter; bay, in Admiralty island, near the south end of Lynn canal. Named by 

Ball, in 1883, after Capt. Robert Funter, one of the very early explorers 

and surveyors of the northwest coast of America.

Fur Seal, islands; see Pribilof.

Gable; mountain (4,490 feet high), at the head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Reid in 1892.

Gagalgin, island; see TJgalgan.

Gagara, rocks; see Arre..

Gagarin, island; see Loon.

Gain; island, in Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1889. Erroneously Cain.

Gako; river, tributary to the Copper river from the west, near latitude 6"2° 30'. 

Native name from Alien, 1885, who writes it Gakona, i. e., Gako river.

Galankin; group of islands, between Eastern channel and Middle channel, Sitka' 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Name apparently first applied by Ball in 

the Coast Pilot, 1883. About a dozen islands in the group have been 

named, the largest of which are Galankin, Whale and Bamdoroshni.

Galankin; island, the principal island in the Galankin groupj Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Tebenkof in 1850. Was also called 

Peschani (sandy) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Thompson 

island by Beardslee, in 1880, after the then Secretary of the Navy. The 

name is derived from Galanka, the Russian name of their brick stove.

Galena; bay, near Port Valdes, Prince William sound. Local name. "Supposed 

, to be named from the occurrence of galena on its shores.''

Galera; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La Galera

(the gallery) by Maurelle and Quadra, in 1775-1779. 

Galiano; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay. So named by Russell, in 1891,

after Don Dionisio Alcala Galiano, the reputed writer of the report on 

Malaspina's voyage.

Gambier; bay, in Admiralty island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield in 1889. . Gambier; island, at entrance to Gambier bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Gambler; point, the eastern point of entrance to Gambier bay, Stephens passage. 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Game; cove, near Marsden point, Admiralty island,-near the north end of Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Baker, in 1880, on account of 

the abundance of game there.

Gannet; island, in Boca de Quadra, at the mouth of Vixen bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Gan-te-gas-laJc-heh; Indian village, consisting, in 1867, of 12 large houses and, in 1880, 

of 16 houses and 171 people, at mouth of the Chilkat river, southeastern 

Alaska. Variously called Tondustek, Yendestaka, etc. The name obtained 

by Baker, in 1880, from an Indian interpreter, was Gan-te-gas-tak-heh, 

meaning village on right bank of river. Beardslee, in 1880, has Tondustek; 

Krause, 1882, Jendestaka, and the Eleventh Census, 1890, Hindasetukee.

Gap; mountain (3,400 feet high), on the mainland,'west of the mouth of Portland 

canal. Presumably so named by Fender in 1868..
BAKER.] lOt) Gar Gas.

Garcia; island and point, on the northwestern coast of San Fernando island, Gulf 

of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla y Punta de Garcia by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

 Garden; cove, near the head of Port Etches, Prince William sound. So named by 

Davidson. in 1869.

Garden; cove, on the eastern shore of St. George island, Pribilof islands, Bering 

sea. Local name. Origin riot discovered. Published by the Coast Survey in 1875.

Garden; island, in Garden cove, Port Etches, Prince William sound. So named, in 

1787, by Portlock, who, in that year, made a garden upon it.

Garden, island; see Kutkan.

Garden; point, at the mouth of Indian river, Sitka harbor. Descriptive name, 

published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Gardiner; creek, tributary to the Tanana river, from the north, near longitude 141° 

30'. So named by Peters and Brooks, in 1898, after L. D. Gardiner, a 

member of their party. Erroneously Gardner on the maps.

Gardner; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Clarence

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Kupreanof in 1848. Also 

called Port Gardner.

Gardner; point, the southernmost point of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Gareloi; volcanic island and peak thereon (5,334 feet high), near the western end

of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Named Gareloi (variously

 written Goreloi, Gorely, Gorelloi, etc., i. e., burnt, or burning] by early

Russian explorers. Its Aleut name, according to Tebenkof, is Anangusik.

Garfield; bay, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish 

Commission, in 1888, after President James Abram Garfield.

Garfield; creek, tributary to the Kuzitrin river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Garfield; peak (3,929 feet high), on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after President Garfield.

Garfield, point; see Lieskof.

Garforth; island, in Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Apparently 

so named by the British Admiralty in or about 1890.

Garnet; point, the southernmost point of Kannaghunut island, Dixon entrance. So 

named by Nichols in 1883. Erroneously Garnot.

Garnet; point, the southwesternmost point of Choris peninsula, Kotzebue sound, 

Arctic ocean. So called by Beechey in September, 1827.

Gams, point;'see Harris.

Garrett; peak (5,700 feet high), between Valdes glacier and Klutina lake. So 

named by Abercrombie, in 1898, after private Garrett, a member of his 

party.

Ga rison; glaciers, at head of Kicking Horse river, near the head of Chilkat inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Ball in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Garry; river, emptying into the Arctic ocean near Cape Halkett. So named by 

Dease and Sirnpson, in 1837, after Nicholas Garry, esq.

Gassman; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Gastineau; channel, between Douglas island and the mainland, southeastern Alaska. 

So named on Homfray's manuscript map, of 1867, furnished to the Western 

Union Telegraph Company, the name being derived from one of the 

Hudson Bay Company's steamers, which in turn took its name from the 

Gastineau or Gatineau river of Quebec, a branch of the Ottawa. Has also 

been designated Gastineaux channel, Icy channel, and Carroll straits.

Gastineau, point; see Hobart.
Gat Oeo. 184 [BULL. 187.

Gates; glacier, an arm of Kennicott glacier, on the southern flank of Mount Regal. 

So named by Schrader, in 1899, after Mr. Gates, a sojourner in the vicinity.

Gauge; island, near the middle of Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. . So named by Mansfield in 1890. '

Gavanski, islet; see Little Gavanski.

Gavanski, peak; see Harbor.

Gavanski; two islands (Big and Little Gavanski), immediately in front of- Old 

Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Gavanski 

(harbor) by the earliest Russian visitors.

Gavanski Bolshoi; see Big Gavanski.

Gawanka; brook, draining from a lake into Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western 

Aleutians. So called by Grewingk, 1850.

Gechiak; creek, tributary to the Togiak river, from the west, a few miles above its 

mouth. Native name obtained by Spurr and Post in 1.898." An Eskimo 

village at its mouth is called Gechiagamut, i.e., Gechiak people.

Gedney; island, in the northwestern .part of Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after one of its vessels.

Gedney; passage, between Hassler and Revillagigedo island^ in Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Gegarka, rocks; see Arre. . . . Geese; islands, off the southwestern end of Kodiak:. Early Russian maps have the 

native .name Anaiaktak and Anaiaktalik. Archimandritof, in 1849, has. 

Gusinaia (goose). Petrof, in 1880, calls it Goose island, and shows a native 

settlement upon it called Aiakhatalik. Now usually called Geese islands. 

According to the Eleventh Census they were called Geese islands by the 

Russians under Solovief in 1762. This must be an error, as the first visit 

of Russians to Kodiak was in 1763, under Glotof.

Geike; glacier and inlet, on the western shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Names from Muir and Reid, published in Appleton's Guide, 1893. Named 

after Sir Archibald Geike.

Geissen. The Krause brothers, in 1882, report this to be the native -name of a hill 

just' back of Gan-te-gas-tak-heh village, at head of Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska.

Gelch. The Krause brothers, in 1882, report this to be the native name of a hill

between the heads of Chilkat and Chilkoot.inlets, southeastern Alaska. 

Gem; point, the eastern point of entrance to Snug cove, Gambier bay, Admiralty

island/Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in.1889. 

Gens de Large, lake and river; see Chandlar. 

Gens des Suites, river; see Tanana. 

Genunam, island; see Seguam. 

George; arm, in the southern shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago.

Named George arm or inlet by the Coast Survey, in 1880, after pilot W. E.

George, to whom is due the first sketch of Revillagigedo channel and Tongass narrows. 

George; island, in entrance to Port Althorp, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Ball in 1880. 

George; mountains (3,225 feet high), east of Portland canal and west of Hastings

arm, British Columbia. Perhaps so named by Pender in 1868. 

George; reef, near Skowl point, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander

archipelago. Apparently so named by the Coast Survey, in 1883, after

pilot W. E. George. . . 

George; rock (covered at spring tide), off the western end of Douglas island,

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Beardslee, in

1880, presumably after pilot W. E. George. 

George'Simpson, cape; see Simpsou.
BAKER.] 185 4icO Gla.

Georgiana; cape, the north westernmost point of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Portlock in 1787. Called Siuchi (sea lion) by 

Vasilief, in 1833, and Olga by Tebenkof in 1848. Also has been written 

Slouch i.

Geroe; creek, tributary to the Chandlar river, from the south, near latitude 68°. 

Local name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Gerstle; bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Port Moller. Named by the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Lewis Gerstle, president of the Alaska Commercial Company.

Gerstle; point, the northern point of entrance to Gerstle bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Named by the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Lewis Gerstle, president of 

the Alaska Commercial Company.

Gerstle; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 145°. So 

named by Alien, in 1885, after Lewis Gerstle, president of the Alaska 

Commercial Company.

Gertrude; creek, tributary from the west, to Slana river, near its junction with the 

Copper river. So named by Lovve, in 1898, after Miss Gertrude. Wagner.

Giant, island; see Grant. *

Giant; point, the northernmost of Mary island and the luestern point of entrance to 

Mary island anchorage, Mary island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883. Formerly called Winslow point, 

which name is now transferred to the eastern point of entrance to Mary 

island anchorage. See Winslow.

Giant; rocks, in Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So named by Abercrombie 

in 1898.

Gibbon, fort; see Fort Gibbon.

Gibson; creek, tributary to Dietrich river, from the west, near latitude 68°. Local 

name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Gibson; island, near the entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. Named by the United States North Pacific Surveying Expedition 

of 1855, after Lieut. AVilliam Gibson, U. S. N., commanding the U. S. 

schooner Fenimore Cooper. Gibson surveyed Chichagof harbor in July, 

1855.

Gilahina; river, tributary to the Chitina river, from the north. Native name, from 

a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900.

Gilder Head; promontory, between Cape Thomas and Zanes cliff, on the western 

end of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Apparently so named by the Coast 

Survey in -1890.

Gillmore; islands, part of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Gilmore by Beardslee, in 1880, after Ensign James C. Gillmore, 

U.S.N.

Gilmer; cove, indenting the western shore of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Moore, in 1897, after Lieut. William Wirt Gilmer, U. S. N.

Gilmour. The north point of entrance to Port Chalmers, Montague island, Prince 

William sound, is so designated on a sketch by Portlock in 1787.

Giniak, islet; see Ugak.

Girdled; glacier, on the eastern border of Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Reid, in 1890, on account of the moraine, which completely 

surrounds it.

Gisasa; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the west, near latitude 65°. Native 

name, reported by Alien in 1885. In his text (p. 106) it is Gissassakakat; 

on his map 4 it is Gissakakat. See Kakat.

Glacier; bay, penetrating the Alaska mainland in the Fairweather region and opening into Icy strait. Entered by Lieut. Chas. E. S. Wood, in 1877, and 

named by Beardslee in 1880. Descriptive name.
Gla-Gla. 186 - [BULL. 187.

Glacier; creek, tributary to Imuruk basin, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Glacier; creek, tributary to Sixtymile creek, from the west, near longitude 147°.

Local name. . _ 

Glacier; creek, tributary to Shake river, from the"east, in the Cape Nome mining.

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' .name published in 1900. 

Glacier; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, from the north, near its

head. Local name, published in 1899. 

Glacier, inlet; see Taku. 

Glacier; island, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. So called by

Abercrombie in 1898. 

Glacier; mountain (about 6,000 feet high), 18 miles west of Eagle, eastern Alaska.

Presumably a local name. Published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Glacier; mountain (4,769 feet high), on the western bank of the-Stikine river, near

Great glacier. 

Glacier; mountains, east of the Stikine river, near the international boundary line.

Ball, in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. Ill), says, "The miners term the rugged

region of this vicinity the Gladier mountains." Also called Stikine

mountains. 

Glacier; point, in front of Davidson glacier, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

So called by Meade in 1869. Lindenberg, in 1838, called it Lohtianoi (icy)

point. 

Glacier; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head, southeastern

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey. 

Glacier; prominent point or butte, in upper part of the Matanuska valley. Local

name, published in 1899. 

Glacier; river, in the western part of the Copper River delta. So named by the

Coast Survey in 1900. 

Glacier; spit, in front of Grewingk glacier, Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So named

by Ball, in 1880. 

Glacier, valley; see Makushin. 

Glacier Cone; mountain peak, on Kenai peninsula, near Kachemak bay, Cook inlet.

So named by Dall in 1880.

Gladhaugh; bay, indenting the northeastern coast of Prince William sound. An

iron and copper mine was found and staked here by a Mr. Gladhaugh in 

1897. It or an arm of it is also known locally as Virgin bay.

Gladkie, islet; see Flat.

Gladstone; mountain (4,800 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. Named 

by Pender, in 1868, after the Right Hon. William Ewart Gladstone.

Gladys; small lake, in the valley of the Matanuska river, about 35 miles from Knik 

arm of Cook inlet. So named by Mendenhall in 1898.

Glagolm; islets, near the entrance to Redoubt bay, Sitka so'-"d, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief in 1809.

Ola-huts, island; see Kochu.

Glass; peninsula, between Seymour canal and Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by\the Coast Survey, after Commander Henry Glass, 

U. S. N., who made surveys in the'Alexander archipelago in 1881.

Glass; point, on the eastern shore of Glass peninsula, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey..

Glass; point, on the left bank of the Chilkat river, opposite the mouth of Tlehini 

river, southeastern Alaska. Named by naval officers, in 1880, after Commander Henry Glass, U. S. N.

Glave; river, tributary to Chilkat river, from the west. Named by the Geological 

Survey, in 1899, after Mr. E. J. Glave, who explored in this region in 1891.
BAKER.]. 187 Gla Gol.

Glazenap; cape, the western point of entrance to Izembek bay, on northern shore 

of Alaska peninsula. So named by Lutke, in 1828, presumably after two 

midshipmen, Vladimir Glazenap and Gotlieb Glazenap, members of his 

party. Has also been called Round point by the Fish Commission.

Glen; island, the westernmost of the .Kudiakof islands, Izembek bay, Alaska 

peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Glenora; small town, at head of steam navigation on the Stikine river, near mouth 

of Great canyon, British Columbia.

Glorious; high point, near Pinnacle pass, in the St. Elias alps. So named by Russell, in 1890, on account of the view it affords.

Glory of Russia. An extinct Russian penal colony established, in 1795, near Ankau 

creek, on the southeastern shore of Yakutat bay. It has been referred to 

as the Yakutat colony or settlement, New Russia, Novarassi, Slavarassi, 

Slawa Rossij, etc. Presumably named after Billings's vessel the Slava 

Rossia (Glory of Russia). The history of the place is very obscure. It 

appears to have been founded in 1795, fortified with a blockhouse and 

stockade by Polomoshnoi in 1796, and in perpetual trouble ever after till

exterminated.by the natives in about 1803 or 1804. Russell visited the

site in 1891, and reports that the cellars marking the site contain spruce

trees, some of them 2 feet in diameter. 

Gtory of Russia, bay; see Tanaga. 

Glory of Russia; cape, the northwestern point of St. Matthew island, Bering sea.

So named by the Russian Hydrographic Office after Billings's ship, the

8lava Rossia (Glory of Russia). 

Glubokoi, bay; see Banner. 

Glubokoi, bay; see Partof.

Glubokoi, bay, inlet, etc.; see Deep and Deepwater. 

Gnat; cove, on the eastern shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Gobler; creek, tributary to Livingston creek, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Gold; creek, on the mainland, in edge of the town of Juneau, southeastern Alaska.

Miner's name, published in 1883. 

Gold; creek, tributary to Bluestone river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Gold; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude

.150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899. 

Gold; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the west, in the Cape Nome mining

region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. 

Gold; islet, southwest of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Gold; mountain, on north bank of the Yukon, near longitude 154°. So named by 

 Alien in 1885. Its native name is given by the Coast Survey as Nuhkahllanny. 

Gold; run, tributary to American river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Brooks, 1900. 

Goldbottotn; creek, tributary to headwaters of Snake river, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900.. 

Goldbottom; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the north, in the Eldorado

mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900- 

Goldbottom; creek, tributary to Skookum river, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Golden; peak, just east of Mount Bendeleben, Seward peninsula. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.
6oi- to0. 188 [BULL. 187.

Goldengate; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Golofnin; bay and sound, on north shore of Norton sound, Bering sea. Discovered, 

in 1821, by Khromchenko, who named it after his vessel, the brig Golofnin, 

which in turn had been named after Capt. Vasili Mikhailovich Golofnin, 

of the Russian navy. In Roman letters this name has been written 

Golovnine and Golofnin. The native name is said to be Tatchik. A large 

and shallow sound stretches inland from the bay. This inner bay the 

Russians, it-is reported, called Sun Golovine or Golovine sound. The 

name Golofnin is here applied "to both the inner part, the sound, and the 

outer part, the bay.

Golofnin, point; see Hope.

Goloi; island, between Inner Iliasik and Do^goi islands, near Belkofski. Named 

Goloi (bare) by Veniaminof.

Goloi, island; see Aektok.

Goloi, island; see Kalibri.

Goloi, island;, see Long. .

Goloi, island, point, etc.; see Bare. . Goloi; islands, in the northeastern part of Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Goloi (bare) by the Russians.

Goloi; islands, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Goloi (bare) by Vasilief in 1809.

Goloi, islands; see Passage.

Goloi; islet, near Kruzof island, in entrance to Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Goloi (bare) by Vasilief in 1809.

Goloi, islet; see Bush Top..

Golova, cape; see Head.

Golova, cape; see Mountain.

Golovni; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Golomiannoi (sea breeze) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been 

written Golomi, which, according to George Kostrometinoff, TJ. S. Court 

Interpreter at Sitka, is a corruption of the Russian Golovni or Golovnid 

(fire-brand).

Golsova; river, debouching in the southeastern part of Norton sound. Call, 1866,

calls it Golsova and Nelson, 1879, Goltzovaia, obviously two forms of the

same word. Perhaps from the German lioltz (wood). Tebenkof uses the

native name Negvelnuk. 

Goltsovaia, bay; see Holtz. 

Gomair, lake; see Gumaer. 

Good; island, in Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Mansfield in 1889. 

Good; island, in the Yukon river, about 4 miles below the mouth of Soonkakat

river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Goodhope; bay, in the southeastern part of Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean. So

named by Kotzebue in August, 1816, because here he had "good hope"

of making important geographic discoveries. 

Goodman, glacier; see Goodwin. 

Goodnews; bay, indenting the mainland coast a little south of the mouth of the

Kuskokwim river. Called by Sarichef, 1826, port Dobriek Vestei (good

news) or Imakpiguak bay. Lutke, following this, calls it Bonnes Nouvelles bale, and adds, "it might better be called the bay of false reports."

It was visited and probably named Good News by the land expedition of

Ustiugof and Korsakof of 1818-19. 

Goodpaster; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the east, in latitude 64°. So

named by Alien, in 1885, after the Goodpaster family of Kentucky.
BAKER.] 189 GOO GOV.

Q-oodwin; glacier, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, just south of Childs

glacier. So named by Abercrombie, in 1884, after Maj. W. E. Goodwin,

U. S. V. Erroneously Goodman. 

Goose; cove, at the head ot .Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichois in 1882. 

Goose; creek, on the northern shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

Named Gusinaia (goose) by Vasilief in 1833. Has also been written Gousna

and Gusna. 

Goose; creek, tributary to Koksuktapaga river, from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Goose; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm in 1886. - 

Goose; island, at western point of entrance to Mud bay, Cross sound, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Hanus in 1880. 

Goose; island, on the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. So named by

' Abercrombie in 1898. 

Goose; island or islands, on the southern edge of the Sandman reefs. Named Gusinnoi (goose) by the Russians. Lutke calls them "Civoutchy (du lion

inarm) roeher," i. e., sea lion rocks. They are still unsurveyed. Dall's

chart of 1882 (Coast Survey, 806) shows two islands, Big Goose and Little

Goose.

Goose, island; see Geese. 

Goose; point, on the Arctic coast, at mouth .of Sinaru creek, just west of Refuge

inlet. Presumably so named by British naval officers connected with the

Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1853. 

Gora, cape; see Mountain.

Gora Chetierek Glavaia, mountain; see Fourpeaked. 

Gorbun, rock; see Humpback. 

Gorda; point, in Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named

Punta Gorda (broad point) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Gorda; point, on the northwestern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay,'Prince

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta Gorda (broad point) by Maurelle

and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Gorda, point; see Ankau. 

Gore; cape, on the southwestern coast of St. Matthew island, Bering sea. Named

Gore by Lutke, in 1836, to preserve the name which Cook gave to the

island, in 1778. 

Gore; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Dick, Kenai peninsula, Gulf of

Alaska. So named by Portlock in 1786. 

Goreli, island; see Seguam. 

Goreloi, islands; see'Gareloi. 

Goreloi, volcano; see Redoubt. 

Gore's, island; see St. Matthew. 

Gorge (The); canyon, in Klutina river, a little below Klutina lake. Name from

Abercrombie, 1898. 

German; strait, between Andronica and Korovin islands, Shumagin group. So

named by. the fishermen prior to 1872. 

Gornoi; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Gornoi (mountainous) by Vasilief in 1809. Erroneously Cornoi. 

Gornostai, island; see Ermine. 

Goshawk, cape; see Agulink. , 

Goulding; harbor, near Portlock harbor, on the western shore of Chichagof island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Portlock in 1787. 

Gousna, creek; see Goose. 

Government Station; see Utkiavi.
Gov Gra. 190 [BULL. 187.

Governor Simpson, cape; see Sirnpson.

Govorushechi, cape, point, etc.; see Gull.

Govorushechie, island; see Kittiwake.

Goyot, glacier; see Malaspina. . Grace; point, the northernmost point of Latouche island, Prince William sound. So 

called in Yancouver's atlas, 1798.

Graham; harbor, in Cook inlet. Called Graham'_s harbor by Portlock in 1786. It 

is Cool bay of Meares, in 1788, and English bay of the Russians. Often 

called Port Graham.

Graham, point; see Dix.

Grand; island, in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade 

in 1869.

Grand; island, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1881. Has also been named McNair by Sheldon Jackson.

Grand; point, the east point of entrance to Farragut bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Grand Central; river, tributary to Salmon lake, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Grand Pacific; glacier, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Apparently so 

named by Reid and the name published in Appleton's guide in 1893.

Grand Plateau; glacier, in the Fair weather range, southeastern Alaska. La Perouse, 

in 1786, called this place Le Grand Plateau and Ball, in 1874, called it, as 

above, Grand Plateau glacier.

Grand Wash, river; see Kwik.

Granichnoi, -point; see Termination.

Granite; cove, in George island, Port Althorp, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name, given by Ball in 1880.

Granite; creek, tributary to Chandlar river, from the west, near latitude 67°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Granite; creek, tributary to Matanuska river, from the west, about 25 miles above 

the mouth of the latter. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Granite; creek, tributary to Sixmile creek, Kenai peninsula. .Local name from 

Mendenhall, 1898.

Granite; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the west, near longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Granite; creek, tributary to Tisuk river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Granite; point (1,500 feet high), forming the south point of entrance to Sanborn 

harbor, Nagai island, Shumagin group. Name published by Dall in 187C.

Granite; point, in Kedfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moser in 1897. . . Granite Canyon; glacier, on the eastern border of the Muir. glacier, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Reid, in 1890, from the crystalline nature of the 

rock, which, however, turns out to be not a true.granite.

Granitza, strait; see Dixon entrance.

Grant; island, in Behm canal, on the western side of Revillagigedo island, near 

Naha bay. So named by Clover in 1885. Erroneously Giant.

Grant; peak (5,291 feet high), on the mainland north of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after President Ulysses S. 

Grant.

Grant; point, in Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula, Named by the Fish Commission, 

in 1888, after President Ulysses S. Grant.

Grant, point; see Whidbey.
BAKER.] 191 Gra Grc.

Grantley; harbor, at head of Port Clarence, Bering strait. Surveyed by Beechey 

in September, 1827, and named Grantley "in compliment to Lord 

Grantley."

Grass; islet, in Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. 

So called by Sheldon Jackson, in 1880.

Grass; rock, in entrance to Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, in 1883.

Grass Knoll; islet. This name was applied by Dall, bi 1883, to that part of Bush 

Top islet, which is detached at high water.

Grass Top; rock, in the entrance to Deep bay, Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Grassy; islet, south of Iliasik islands, in Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak. So 

called by Dall in 1880.

Grave; creek, tributary to Middle fork of Chandlar river, near longitude 148°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Grave; point, the northeasternmost point of Duke island, Gravinagroup, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1882 (map in Coast

Pilot, p. 72). Presumably a descriptive name, obtained from the pilots.

Grave; point, the northwestern point of Pitt island, Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers

in 1880. 

Grave; point, the western point of entrance to Taku harbor, Stephens passage,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. There were a few

graves on the point. 

Gravel; island, one of the Kutchuma group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Pesiak (gravel) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Martin

island.

Graven, point; see Craven. 

Graveyard; cape, in Marmot bay, on the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak

group.' Named Kladbitsha (graveyard) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Gravina; group of islands, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, of which the

principal ones are Annette, Duke, Gravina, and Mary. They were thus

designated by the Spaniard Don Jacinto Caamaiio in about 1790. 

Gravina; island, at entrance to Port Gravina, Prince William sound. So named by

Abcrcrornbie in 1898. 

Gravina; island, in Clarence strait, between Kevillagigedo island and Prince of

 Wales archipelago. It is the northernmost of a group named Gravina by

Caamano in about 1790. 

Gravina; point, separating Cordova bay and Port Gravina, Prince William sound.

Named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Gravina; point, the easternmost point of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Dall in 1879. 

Gravina; port, indenting the eastern shore of Prince William sound. So named by

Fidalgo in 1790. 

Gray; peak (4,694 feet high), near the head of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska.

Named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Prof. Asa Gray, of Harvard

College. 

Great; arm, of Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Bolshoi

roukav (big sleeve) by the Russians. 

Great; canyon, about 50 miles long, on the Stikine river, British Columbia. This

canyon marks the head of steam navigation. 

Great; glacier, on the western bank of the Stikine river, southeastern Alaska.

Hunter, writing in 1877, says: " Great glacier is said to extend nortwestwardly to the coast about 70 miles, from 350 to 400 feet high."
Gre-Gre. '192 [BULL. 187.

Great; lake, near Northeast point, St. Paul island, Bering sea. So called by Elliott

in 1874. 

Great Bend; local name for an ox bow in the Kuskokwim river, near longitude

158°, obtained by Spurr and Post from missionary J. PI. Kilbuck in 1898. 

Great Bering; glacier, west of Icy bay, in the St. Elias alpine region. So named

by Seton-Karr in 1886. 

Great Sitkin; island (5,033 feet high), between Atka and Adak, Andreanof group,

middle Aleutians. Native name from the earliest Russian explorers.

Called Great Sitkin to distinguish it from Little Sitkin, near Kiska. Has

been written Seetien, Sigdak, Sitchin, Sitchini, Tschechina, Tsetchina, etc.

Lutke calls it Eastern Sitkin, while Dall calls it Sitkin or Great Net island. 

Great Strelki, bay; see Big Branch. 

Greely; point, on the mainland, in Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by

Mansfield, in 1890, after Gen. Adolphus Washington Greely, U. S. A.

Erroneously Greeley. 

Green; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the south. Local name from

Barnard in 1898. 

Green; island, in Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by

United States naval officers in 1880. 

Green; islands, northwest of Montague island, in Prince William sound. So named

in May, 1778, by Cook, who found them "Low, free from snow, and covered with wood and verdure." Also called lies Vertes. Nikolai island

of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. of 1847). 

Green; islets (at high water), on eastern shore of Portland canal, southeastern

Alaska. So.named by Pender in 1868. 

Green; point, on Lindenberg peninsula, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

Apparently so named by Dall in Coast Pilot, 1883. It is point Meli (shoal)

of Lindenberg in 1838. 

Green; point, on the mainland, a little south of the mouth of the Stikine river.

Named Zelenoi (green), in 1863, by the Russian surveying party, under

Commander Basargin, on the steamer Rynda. Has been called Zelonoi,

Zelony, and Green. The name is descriptive. 

Green; point, on the northeastern shore of. Hemlock island, Port Chester, Annette

island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in

1876.

Green; ridge, of wooded hills (about 1,300 feet high), near Cape Fox, Dixoii

entrance. Named by Nichols in 1888. 

Green; point, the northern point of entrance to Pyramid harbor, Chilkat inlet, Lynn

canal, southeastern Alaska. Named Zelenoi (green) by Lindenberg in

1838. It is Indian point of Meade, in 1869, and Pyramid point of Beardslee

in 1880.

Green; rocks, between Island and Rock points, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Zelenoi (green) by Lindenberg in 1838. Meade, in 1.869,

called them Fairway rocks. 

Greenhorn; mountains, east of Mount Bendeleben and north of Golofnin sound,

Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. 

Greenough; mountain (4,800 feet high), in extreme northeastern Alaska. So

named by Franklin in 1826. 

Grego, point; see Cangrejo (crab). 

Greig; cape, on the north shore of Alaska peninsula, at the mouth of Ugashik

river. Named by Lutke, in 1828, after Admiral Greig, of the Russian

navy. Variously written Greigh, Grey, etc. 

Greig; mountain (6,500 feet high), in the Tordrillo range, between the Kuskokwim

and Skwentna rivers. So.named by Spurr and Post in 1898. E.rrqne,-

ously Creig.
BAKER.] 193 Ore Gul.

Greville, cape; see Chiniak.

Grewingk; glacier, on. Kenai peninsula, tributary to Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. 

Named by Dall, in 1880, after Dr. Constantin Grewingk, a distinguished 

writer on Alaska.

Grewingk; volcanic island, near Bogoslof island, Bering sea. This island rose from 

the sea, in 1883, and was at first called New Bogoslof. Dall proposed the 

v name Grewingk, after Dr. Constantin Grewingk, who had previously 

. written on the geology and vulcanism of Alaska.

Grey; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Greys; island, on the southern edge of the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Meade in 1869.

Griada, rocks; see Border.

Grief; islet, in Duncan canal, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Thomas in 1887.

Griffin; point, on the Arctic coast, a little west of the international boundary line. 

So named by Franklin in 1826.

Griffith; island, in western anchorage of Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1885.

Grindall; island, in Clarence strait, at entrance to Kasaan bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in 1880.

Grindall; passage, between Grindall island and Grindall point, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols (Coast Pilot, p. 90) in 1891.

Grindall; point, the north point of entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Captain Grindall, 

R. N. Sometimes called Cape Grindall. It is Cone point of the traders.

Grindall; post-office, at Grindall point, Alexander archipelago. Established in 

July, 1900.

Groosgincloose, inlet/see Cook.

Grouse; creek, tributary to the Kruzgamepa river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Grouse; creek, tributary to Mint river, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 

1900.

Grouse; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river, near its source, Seward peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1900.

Grouse; island, at mouth of Mink bay, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Grunt; point, Ganibier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1889.

Guadalupe, Puerto de; see Shelikof.

Guanton; mountains (5,163 feet high), east of Portland canal. So named by Pender 

in 1868.

Guard; islands (25 feet high), at junction of Behm canal, Clarence strait and'Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Name given by local pilots about 

. 1880. These islands have been reserved for light-house purposes by 

Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Guertin; islet, in Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by United States naval officers in 1880, after Master Frank Guertin, U. S. N.

Guibert; islets, in the entrance to Necker bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Necker isles by- La Perouse in 1786. By the Russians 

called Yaichnia (egg) and -by Dall, in 1883, Guibert, in order " to distinguish them from the host of others which have likewise received from the 

Russians the title of Egg (Yaichnia) islands." Variously called Egg, 

Necker, Yaitchny, etc.

Bull. 187 01 13
Gul-Oiis, 194 [BULL. 187.

Guibert, port; see Whale bay.

Guide; island, in the northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Krestofskoi (cross) by Vasilief in 1809. Later it was called Ukazatel

(guide) island by the Russians. Has also been called Index island. In

the Coast Pilot, 1891, it is called Guide (p. 168) and Unastal (p. 176). 

Guide; rocks, in the southeastern part of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

Guillemot; island, north of the Shumagins. Named lachnoi (egg) by Tebenkof in

1849. Renamed Guillemot by Dall iri 1880. 

Gulch; creek, tributary to Sixmile creek, Kenai Deninsula. Local name, obtained

by Becker in 1895. 

Gull, bay; see Udamat. . 

Gull; cape, the southern point of entrance to Kafla bay, on north shore of. Shelikof

strait. Named Govorushechi or Govorushek (gull) by the Russians.

According to Elliott Goverooskie, Russian for gulls, refers to Larus brevirostris and Larus tridactylus. 

Gull; hill, at east end of St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Perhaps a

local name; used by Elliott in 1873-74. 

Gull; island, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Beardslee in 1880. 

Gull; island, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Nicholsin.1883. 

Gull, island; see Kutkan. 

Gull; islet, in western anchorage St.'Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Chaichi (gull)

by the early Russians.

Gull; islet (20 feet high), near the northern coast of Unga island, Shumagins. Presumably so named by the Western Union Telegraph Expedition in 1865. 

Gull; islet, near the northwestern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named

Chaichi (gull) by the Russian American Company in 1849. 

Gull; islet, southeast of Long island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Chaiki (gull) by Vasilief in 1809. Called Gull rocks by Nichols in the

Coast Pilot (1891, p. 173). 

Gull; point, the northwestern point of Onslow island, Clarence strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Gull; point, the south point of entrance to Igak bay, on eastern shore of Kodiak. 

Named Govorushiche (Kittiwake, a kind of gull) and Chaichi (gull) by 

the Russians. Lisianski, 1805, calls it Gull's point. Elliott says Chikie 

is the Russian for the Burgomaster gull (Larus glaucus).

Gull; rock, near Pinnacle island, Bering sea. Apparently so called by Elliott in 

1874. Sarichef shows the rock and calls it Rock with gravel.

Gull; six rocky islets, between Unalga and Akutan, in Akutan pass, eastern Aleutians. Locally known as Chaiki (gull) rocks. The name Chaichi (gull) 

was published by Tebenkof in 1849. Called Gull rocks by Dall, who in 

1871 established a tide gauge upon one of them. See Unalga island. . Gulrass, point; see Culross.

Gumaer; lake, near Tetling river, in about longitude 142°. So named by Lowe, in 

1898, after John Gumaer, a member of his party. Erroneously Gomair 

on the maps.

Gunahadet&je. The Krause brothers, 1882, report this to be the'native name of a 

lake in or near the Krotahini pass, southeastern Alaska.

Guria; see Kekur.

Gusinaia, creek, islands, etc.; see Goose.

Gusinaia, islands; see Geese.

Gusna, creek; see Goose. ,
BAKER.] 195 « us Hal.

Gustavus; point, the eastern point of entrance to Glacier bay, Icy strait, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall in 1879.

Gut; bay, on the southeastern coast of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Cfutivetter, cape; see Fairweather.

Guttvetterberg; see Fairweather.

Guyot; glacier, between Karr hills and Eobinson hills and tributary to Malaspina 

glacier, near Mount St. Elias. Originally this name was applied by the 

New York Times expedition, of 1886, to the western lobe of Malaspina 

glacier. The above description follows Russell's application. Named 

after Prof. Arnold Guyot, of Princeton College.

Gvozdef, islands; see Diomede.

Gwozdef, cape; see Prince of Wales.

1 Givozdeff, islands; see Diomede.

Gwydyr; bay, a little east of the mouth of the Colville river, Arctic coast. So 

named by Franklin in 1826. Erroneously Gwydir.

Hadon; peak, near the head of Libbey glacier, in the St. Elias region. So named

by Topham in 1886.

Haenke; island, in Disenchantment bay, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Malaspina, in 1791, after Thaddeus Haenke, botanist and naturalist of his expedition.

Hafuache, point; see Kaniachi.

Hagemeister; island, in northern part of Bristol bay, Bering sea. So named by 

the Russians, after Capt. Leontius Vasilevich Hagemeister, who made 

three voyages to the Russian American colonies and round the world, 

1806-7 in command of the Neva, 1816-1819, in command of the Kutuzof, 

and 1828-1830, in command of the Krolkoi. This name was published in 

Sarichef's atlas in 1826. Erroneously Hagenmeister.

Hagemeister; strait, separating Hagemeister island from the mainland, Bristol bay. 

Name published by Sarichef in 1826.

Hague, cape; see Umshaliuk.

Hague; rock, between Sarinak island and Sandman reefs. Named by the Fish Commission in 1890. Possibly identical with Midway island. See Midway.

Haines; village and post-office, on Portage bay, near the head of Chilkoot inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. Prior to 1880 there existed here an Indian village 

called Kutkwutlu (Deshu or Daschu, according to the Krause brothers). 

In 1881 a Presbyterian mission school was established here, a trading 

post having been already established, and called Willard Mission. This 

name was soon afterwards changed to Haines. The post-office is called 

Haines and the whole place known locally as Chilkoot. The post-office 

was established here in February, 1884.

Hakorcins; two stations (old and new) on north bank of the Yukon, about 75 

miles below the mouth of the Tanana. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1898.

Haley; anchorage, in Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Coghlan, in 1884, after a miner, Nicholas Haley.

Halfmoon; anchorage, in Wrahgell strait, Alexander archipelago. Traders' name, 

first reported by -Meade, in 1869, and published by the Hydrographic 

Office in 1869.

Halfway; point, on the southeastern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering 

sea. It is about midway between "the village and Northeast point." 

Named Polovinnoi (halfway) by the Russians.

Halibut; bay, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Pender in 1868.
Hal-Hal. 196 [BULL. 187.

Halibut; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Apparently so named by Dall in 1880.

Halibut, island; see Sannak.

Halibut; point, 4 miles northwesterly from Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Paltus (halibut) by Vasilief in 1809. Also written Paltoose. Has also been called Peschani (sandy). jjfr

Halibut; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, at entrance to Halibut bay. 

Name published by the Coast Survey.

Halibut; rock, bare at. low water, in the entrance to Port Frederick, Icy strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Name published in the Coast Pilot (1883, 

p. 191).

Haliknuk; river, tributary to the Chulitna river, from the east, in longitude 156° 30'. 

Eskimo name, obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, from A. Lind, a trader. 

It is pronounced Hal-fk-uook, and said to mean sudden or unexpected. 

Tikhmenief, 1861, calls it Agalitnak.

Halkett; cape, between Smith and Harrison bays, on the Arctic coast, east of Point 

Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, in compliment to one 

of the directors of the Hudson Bay Company. Has often been written 

Halket.

Halkin, island; see Raven.

Hall; cape, the north point of Hall island, Bering sea.': So'called by Tebenkof, 

1849, after Lieut. Eobert Hall, Avho accompanied Billings and visited this 

locality in 1791. Has also been called North cape.

Hall; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the east, in the Fortynaile mining 

region. Local name from Barnard in 1898.

Hall; island, near the southeastern shore of Big Koniuji island, Yukon harbor, 

Shumagin group. So named by Dall, in 1874, after Captain Hall, sailing 

master of the Coast Survey schooner Humboldt, 1871-72.

Hall; island (1,500 feet high), off the western end of St. Matthew island, Bering 

sea. The early Russian hunters called this Morzhovoi (walrus), because 

they found these animals there. Lutke and Tebenkof follow this, Lutke 

writing MorjovL(aux morses) and Morjovy. Russian Hydrographic chart 

1427 calls it Sindsha, probably after its alleged Russian discoverer, Sind. 

Billings and Sarichef anchored between it and St. Matthew, July 14, 1791 

(o. s.), and on American maps for the last thirty years it has. borne the 

name Hall, presumably after Lieut. Robert Hall, who accompanied 

Billings.

Hall; peak (3,726 feet high),.in the northern part of Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Captain Charles Francis 

flail, the distinguished Arctic explorer, who died November 8, 1871.

Hall; rapids, in the Yukon river,. 25 miles above Anvik. Named Hall's Rapids by 

Raymond, in 1869, "in honor of Capt. Benjamin Hall, who first passed 

this point in a steamer."

Hall; rock, in the Kasiana group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief in 1809.

Halleck; harbor, in Saginaw bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Meade in 1869, after Major-General Henry AVager Halleck, U. S. A.

Halleck; island, a little north of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, in 1869, after General Halleck, U. S. A., then in 

command at Sitka.

Halleck; range of mountains (3,500 to 4,000 feet high), west of Portland canal.- So 

named by Pender in 1868.

Hallet; valley and river, tributary to the head of Klutina lake.. So named by 

Abercrombie, in 1898, after Private Hallet, a member of his party. Erroneously Hallett.
BAKER.] 197 Hal Mar.

Hallo; .bay, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait. Corruption of a native word

given by Tebenkof as Aho, and Avhich has appeared as Ago and Hioo.

The local pronunciation is like the telephone call, Hello. 

Ham, cove; see Sawmill. 

Ham; island, near the eastern shore of Annette island, Kevillagigedo channel,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

flam, island; see Blake. 

Hamilton; bay, in Kekn strait, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by the United States Navy, presumably in 1879 or 1880, after the

owner of a sawmill there. Sometimes called Hamilton harbor. 

Hamilton; island, in Shakan bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 101). 

Hamilton; landing, on right bank of the Yukon, a little above Kaltag. Called

Hamilton's landing on recent maps. 

Hamilton; mountain peak (about 2,500 feet high), in the Kilbuck range, western

Alaska, about 30 miles ENE. of Bethel. So named by Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898.

Hamilton; point, the southern point of entrance to Hamilton bay, Keku strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1892. 

Jrlamiltons Mill. A sawmill and wharf, on Shakau strait, Kosciusko island, Alexander

archipelago; so called after its owner. The post-office Shakan is at this

place. See Shakan. 

Hamond, cape; see St. Elias. 

Hanagita; trail, valley and river tributary to Tebay river, from the east. So named

by Gerdine, in 1.900, after an Indian chief in the vicinity.

Hancock; peak (3,851 feet high), on the mainland, west of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after the first

steamship to cross the Atlantic. 

Hanin; rocks, near the northern point of entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak island.

Named Haninskia (Hanin) by Murashef in 1839-40. Twins of Coast

Survey charts. 

Hanning; bay, on the northwestern coast of Montague island, Prince William

sound. So named by Portlock, in 1787, "after the worthy family of the

Hannings." Erroneously Hunning. It is Port Bazil of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378. 

Hantak, island; see Khantaak. 

Hanus; bay, indenting the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after Lieut.

Gustavus Charles Hanus, U. S. N. Was called Hanus inlet in the Coast

Pilot of 1883. 

Hanus; islet, at eastern entrance to Syrnonds bay, Biorka island, Sitka sound.

Named by Symonds, in 1879, .after Lieut. G. C. Hanus, U. S. N. 

Hanus; point, the eastern point of entrance to Hanus bay, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Moore, in 1895, after Lieut. G. C. Hanus, U. S. N. 

Hanus; reef, in the eastern entrance to Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Beardslee, in 1.880, after Lieut. G. C. Hanus, U. S. N., who discovered

and surveyed it. Also called Hanus rocks. 

Happy; river, tributary to the Skwentua, from the north, near its source. So named

by Spurr and Post in 1898. 

Harbor; island, immediately in front of the wharf at Sitka, Sitka sound, Alexander

* archipelago. Named Gavanski (harbor) by Yasilief in 1809. 

Harbor; island, in Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade in 1869. 

Harbor; island, in Security bay, Kuin island, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Meade in 1869.
Har-Har. 198 [BULL. 187.

Harbor, island; see Pitt.

Harbor, islet; see Danger.

Harbor; peak (2,200 feet high), near Sitka harbor, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Gavanski (harbor) mountain by Tebenkof in 1850. Has 

also been called Gavan. . , Harbor; point, a sand spit in Port Moller, Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall in . 

1882. ' j

Harbor; point, on Annette island, the southern point of entrance to Hassler harbor, \. 

Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mchols in 

1882.

Harbor; point, on the eastern, shore of Long island, Port Frederick, Icy strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Harbor; point, the eastern point of entrance to Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Dall in 1874. It is luzhnoi (south) point of Tebenkof, 1849.

Harbor; point, the southern point of Old Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Gavanski by Vasilief, in 1809, and called, indifferently, Gavanski and Harbor.

Harbor; ridge (1,700 feet high), on the mainland, east of Nakat harbor, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Harbor; rock, between the middle and western anchorages, Sitka harbor, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So called -by Dall in the Coast Pilot 

(1883, p. 149). . Harman; point, the eastern head of Day harbor, Kenai peninsula. So named by 

Portlock in 1786. Meares calls it Harmon.

Harold; mountain (3,428 feet high), on the mainland, east of Stikine river and near 

the. international boundary line. Name published by the Coast Survey 

in 1895. . Harper; bend, in the Tanana river, about 20 miles below the moutb of the Toklat 

river. Locally known as Harper's bend, this designation being derived 

from Arthur Harper, a pioneer trader on the Yukon. Here, in a log house, 

was Harper's trading station, the scene of the murder of Mrs. Bean, wife 

of the agent stationed there.

Harrell; island, in the Kuskokwim river, near latitude 63°. So named by Spurr, in 

1898, after A. E. Barrel], a member of his party. -

Harriet; creek, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the south, near longitude 151°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Harriet; point, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet, near Redoubt volcano. 

So called in Vancouver's atlas (1798, chart 10). . Harriman; fiord, opening into Port Wells, Prince William sound. Discovered and 

named by the Harriman Expedition, in 1899, after Mr. Edward Henry 

Harriman.

Harriman; glacier, tributary to the head of Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince 

William sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition, 1899.

Harringtoii; point, the north point of Observation island, forming the western 

point of entrance to Steamer bay, Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver in 1793.

Harrington; rock, in Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols in 1882. , 

Harris; creek, tributary to the north fork of Kugruk river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Harris; island, near the mouth of Tamgas harbor, Felice strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885.

Harris; islet, near the entrance to Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Beardslee in 1880.
BAKER.] 199 Har Hat.

Harris; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Malmesbury, Kuiu island, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 

1794. By transcription into Russian letters, an error in lettering, and a 

retranscription into English, this has appeared on sonie charts as Garns.

Harrisburg, city, harbor, etc.; see Juneau.

Harrison; bay, on the Arctic coast, near mouth of Colville river, east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, in honor of the deputy 

governor of the Hudson Bay Company.

Harrison; mountain (6,955 feet high), on the mainland, near Holkham bay, 

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, in 

1889, after President Benjamin Harrison.

Harrison; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So ' 

called by the Coast Survey. This is Leading point of British Admiralty 

chart 2431 (1865-1888).

Harrison, river; see Alsek.

Harry Saddle; mountain (2,086 feet high), just north of Cape Fox, Dixonentrance.

Apparently so named by Meade in 1869.

Hartford; range of mountains, on the mainland, north of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Admiral Farragut's flagship.

Hartman; river, tributary to the headwaters of the Kuskokwim river. So named 

by Spurr, in 1898, after George Hartman, a member of his party.

Hartt; point, on Dall island, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Sheldon Jackson, in 1880.

Harvard; glacier, tributary to the head of College fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition in 1899.

Harvester; island, near or in Uyak anchorage, Uyak bay, northern coast of Kodiak. 

i So named after the bark Harvester and name published in 1899.

Hassler; harbor, indenting the northeastern shore of Annette island, Revillagigedo 

channel, Alexander archipelago. Surveyed, and named, by Nichols in the 

Coast Survey steamer Hassler, in 1882.

Hassler; island, in Behm canal, on the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after its 

surveying steamer Hauler.

Hassler, island. It was supposed, in .1882, that Carroll inlet or arm extended 

entirely across Revillagigedo island, cutting it in two. The southern part 

was then named Hassler. The name is, however, inapplicable, there being 

no such island.

Hassler; passage, separating Hassler island from Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Hassler; point, the northern point of entrance to North bay, Tlevak strait, Dall 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1882, after the Coast 

Survey steamer Hassler, which was in this vicinity on a surveying cruise 

in 1881.

Hassler; reef (10 feet out at low water), 5 miles south of the Percy islands and in 

the southern entrance to Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

after the Coast Survey steamer Hassler by Nichols, in 1883, who says (Coast 

Pilot, p. 74), "probably identical with Brundige Rock." And again (p. 

. 85), "This is without doubt the reef reported by Captain Brundige, though 

his bearings would not so confirm it." See Brundige.

Hastings; creek, debouching near Cape Nome, in the Cape Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Local name published in 1900.

Hat; mountain, on Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 

1888.
Hat-Hay. . 200 [BULL. 187.

Hatan, cape; see Kovrizhka.

Hatchet; point, on the eastern shore of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Called

Topor (hatchet) by Tebenkof in 1849. Also has been written Tapor. 

Hattie; island, in Portland canal, in latitude 55° 19'. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Hawaii; cape, the southeastern point of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Seen for

the first time, August 16, 1867, by Capt. Thomas Long, of the American

whaling bark Nile, and by him named Hawaii. 

Hawk; inlet, indenting the northwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. Name published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 182). 

Hawk, island; see Aguligik. 

Hawkins; island, in the entrance to Prince William sound. Named Hawkins's by

Vancouver in 1794. Has also been printed Hawkin.

Hawley, island; see Boidarkin. . 

Hawthorne; peak (4,021 feet high), between Juneau and Taku inlet, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Mansfield in 1890. 

Hay; islet, on the southeastern edge of Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak. So

called by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Hayden; glacier, tributary to Malaspina glacier, northwest of Yakutat bay, in the

St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, in 1890, after.

Prof. Ferdinand Vandiveer Hayden, founder and long director of the

United States Geological Survey of the Territories. 

Hayden, port; see Heiden. 

Hayes; glacier, at the source of Hayes river, northwest of Cook inlet. So named

by Spurr and Post, in 1898, after Dr. Charles Willard Hayes, of the

United States Geological Survey. 

Hayes; mountain (about 14,000 feet high), near latitude 63° 307 and longitude 147°.

So named by Peters and Brooks, in 1898, after Dr. C. Willard Hayes, of

the United States Geological Survey. 

Hayes; point, the northeastern point of entrance to Peril strait, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, in 1880,

presumably after President Rutherford Birchard Hayes. 

Hayes; river, tributary to the Skwentna, from the south, northwest of Cook inlet.

§o named by Spurr and Post, in 1898, after Dr. C. Willard Hayes, of the

United States Geological Survey. 

Haystack; island (450 feet high), one of the Proctor group, off the southwestern

shore of Wales island, at southern entrance to Tongass passage, Alexander

archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1888. 

Haystacks; a group of five large and a number of small rocks, extending about 2

miles southerly from Andronica island, Shumagin group. Name published

by Dall in 1875. 

Hayward; point, the northernmost point of Partofshikof island, at junction of

Sukoi inlet and Neva strait, Alexander archipelago. So called.by Dall

(Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 155). On British Admiralty chart 2337 and Coast

Survey chart 727 the name is erroneously applied to the north end of

Kruzof island. 

Hayward; strait, separating Krestof and Kruzof islands and uniting Krestof and

Sitka sounds, Alexander archipelago. This is recent Coast Survey usage.

The name Hayward was given by Portlock, in 1787, to a body of .water

which on late Coast Survey charts bears three names, viz,-Souhoi inlet,

Krestof sound, and Hayward strait, i. e., to the waters bathing the eastern

shore of Kruzof island and uniting Salisbury and Sitka1 sounds. Portlock

named his Hayward strait after his mate, who was the first white man to
BAKER.] ' 201 May Hcl.

Hayward Continued.

pass through it and thus establish the insularity of Kruzof island. The

Russians called it Sukoi (dry), variously written Soukhoi, Soukoi, etc.,

and erroneously Souhoi. 

Hazel; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Hazen; bay, northeast of Nnnivak island, Bering sea. So named by Nelson in

December, 1879, after Gen. William Babcock Hazeii, Chief Signal Officer,

U. S. A. 

Hazen; point, in the eastern part of Izenibek bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by

the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Hazy; group of islands, south of Cape Ommaney and west of Coronation island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by early English fur traders in the

eighteenth century. La Perouse, 1786, called them Isles de la Croyere.

In Gallano's atlas, 1802, they are called Los Hermanos (the brothers).

The Russians called them Tumannoi (foggy). 

Head; cape, the'Southern point of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Called Goloya

(head) by the Russian-American Company in 1849. Apparently identical

with Zhila (lode) point of Murashef in 1839-40. 

Head, mountain; see Tyee. 

Headland, island; see Sebree. 

Heald; point, the' western point of entrance to Yarboro inlet, on the Arctic coast,

east of the mouth of the Colville river. So named by Franklin in 1826. 

Healy; rock, in Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Glass in 1881. 

Heart; mountain, on the north bank of the Yukon, a little above the mouth of the

Melozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Heceta; island, on the western border of Prince of Wales archipelago. Named by

Ball, in 1879, after Don Bruno Heceta, a Spaniard, who, in the Santiago,

explored and surveyed hereabouts in 1775. 

Heesman, point; see Hiesman. 

Heiden; canyon, in upper part of Lowe river, east of Port Valdes. So named by

Abercrombie, in 1898, after Corp. Robert Heiden, a member of his party.

Erroneously Hyden. 

Heideu; port or bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of

Chignik bay. Named Heldena (Heiden's) by Lutke, in 1828, after Count

Heiden. In French, Lutke wrote it Heyden and Krusenstern wrote it

Hayden. Has also been written Haiden. 

Helen; peak (3,675 feet high), in the northern part of Etolin island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Helikoff, strait; see Shelikof. 

Hell Gate; rapids, in the Klutina river, above Copper Center. Prospectors' name,

in use in 1898. Used by prospectors, during season of 1898, to denote the

extreme rough waters on the Klutina above Copper Center. 

Hells Acre; a place of violent tidal currents and rough water in Kootznahoo inlet,,

Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. 

Helm; bay, in Cleveland peninsula, opening into Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 1886, after Lieut. James Meredith Helm,

U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Helm; point, the southernmost point of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Snow, in 1886, after Lieut. James M. Helm, U. S. N., of his

party. 

Helm; rock, off Point"Baker, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named after

Lieut. J. M. Helm, U. S. N., who surveyed this region in 1886.
Hel Her. 202 [BULL. 187.

Helmick; mountain (about 2,000 feet high), near the coast and east of Knskokwim 

bay, western Alaska. Named by Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898, 

after the Moravian missionary, Rev. Benjamin Helmick.

Hemlock; island (peninsula at low water), in Port Chester, Annette island, Alex- 

.ander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Hemlock; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869.

Henderson; island, near the western point of Korovin island, Shumagin group. 

Named by Dall.in 1872.

Hendrickson; mountain (4,430 feet high), 'in the St. Elias alps, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Russell, in 1890, after the Swedish missionary, Rev. 

Karl Johan Hendrickson. Erroneously Hendriksen, Hendricksen, etc.

Hennig; sunken rock, west of Sannak island. Named by Dall, in 1880, after Captain 

E. Hennig. Perhaps Aleks rock of Coast Survey chart 8800 is identical 

with this one.

Henrietta; island, in the Arctic ocean, north of the New Siberian islands. Discovered and so named by De Long in 1881. *

Henry; peak (3,386 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Prof. Joseph Henry, Secretary 

of the Smithsonian Institution.

Hepburn; point, on the northwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Honifray, in 1867, after James Hepburn, of Victoria, Vancouver island, long a naturalist and explorer in this 

region, and who died about 1866. 

Herald; island (856'feet high), east of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Discovered 

and landed upon in July, 1849, by Captain Kellett, of H. M. S. Herald and 

named by him after his ship.

Herbert; glacier, on the mainland, just south of Eagle glacier, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Mansfield, in 1890, after Hon. Hilary A. Herbert, Secretary of 

the Navy.

Herbert; volcanic island (5,291 feet high), one of the group of islands of th'e Four 

Mountains, eastern Aleutians. So named by officers of the U. S. S. Concord, 

in 1894, after Hon. Hilary Abner Herbert, Secretary of the Navy. This may 

be the island Tshugidi of Billings, 1791, and variously called since then

Chuginok, Chaguliak, Tchegoulak, etc. See Four Mountains islands. 

Herendeen; bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska~peninsula, near or in

Port Moller. The bay was first explored and sketched by Capt. E. P.

Herendeen, in about 1881, and named for him by the Coast Survey. 

Herendeen; island, forming the northern side of Northwest harbor, Little Koniuji

island, Shumagin group. So named by Dall, in 1874, after Capt. Edward

Perry Herendeen, sailing master of the Coast Survey schooner Yukon,

1873-74 and 1880. < 

flermogenes, cape; see Chiniak. 

Herring; bay, indenting the southern shore of Admiralty island, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. Named Seldovaia (herring) by the Russians. 

Herring, cove; see Salmon. 

Herring; islets, at entrance to Tutka bay, Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So named

by Dall in 1880. 

Herschel; island (about 500 feet high), on the Arctic coast, near the-international

boundary line. So named by Franklin in 1826. Has sometimes been

written Hershel. 

Hery, point; see. Hey. 

Herzfels, island; see Alaid.
BAKER.] 203 HeS-Hlg.

Hesketh; island, on the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Named by 

Ball, in 1880, after Sir Thomas Hesketh, who in his yacht, the Lancashire 

Witch, visited Cook inlet that year.

Hess; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the east, near Rampart city. Raymond, 

1869, calls it Yokuchargut (Yoku-kakat) or Whymper. Ball calls it 

Yukutzchttrkat, and says Captain Ketchum called it Whymper, after his 

Mend and companion. On recent maps called Hess creek.

Hessa; inlet, in Prince of Wales island, opening into Cordovabay, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Hetta; inlet and lake, in the southwestern part of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archip'elago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Hey; point, 011 the northern shore of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska. Named by 

Vancouver in 1794. Erroneously Hery.

Hibahibgik; pinnacle rock, off Scotch Cap, in Unimak pass. Native name from 

Veniaminof. Lutke calls it Ounga.

Hicks; creek, tributary to the Matanuska river, from the north, near latitude 62°. 

So named by Glenn, in 1898, after H. H. Hicks, guide of his expedition.

Hicks; point, on Mitkof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Meade, in 1869, after a Mr. Hicks, pilot and trader of the Hudson Bay 

Company, who piloted the U. S. S. Saginaiv on her first trip in Alaskan 

waters in 1868-69.

Hid; reef, in Nichols passage, off Canoe cove, western side Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Hidden; glacier, tributary to Russell fiord, from the east, near Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, in 1891, who only obtained glimpses 

of it as he passed.

Hidden; inlet, in the mainland north of Pearse island^ southeastern Alaska. 

Descriptive name, given by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Hidden; island, at the northern entrance to Dry strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas in 1887.

Hiesman; point, on the southwestern shore of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Erroneously He&sman and Heisman.

Higgins; point, the westernmost point of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after "Senr. Higgins de Vallenar, 

President of Chili." Higgins was an Irishman from Ballenagh, Ireland, 

and spelled his name 0'Higgins.

High; island, between Korovin and Popof islands, Shumagin group. Named 

Viesokoi (high) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Vesoki and 

Visokoi.

High; island, in the entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Dall in 1880.

High; island, in the entrance to Womens bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named 

Viesokoi (high) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

High; island, one of the Walrus island group, in northern part of Bristol bay. So 

called by the Fish Commission in 1890. Apparently identical with 

Ingekvak of Sarichef in 1826.

High; islet, near Kita island, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Viesokoi (high) by Vasilief in 1809.

High; mountain (2,540 feet high), in California ridge, Gravina island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1886.

High; mountain, in Peninsula ridge, on the mainland, east of Revillagig«do channel, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols in 1883.
Hig Hill. 204 [BULL. 187.

High; point, between Port Tongass and Nakat inlet, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Nichols in 1883.

High; point, on Dall island, Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols in 1881.

High, point, on left bank of the Chilkat river, abont 10 miles above its mouth. 

Named Viesokie (high) by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is obsolete. 

The place seems to be identical with Chilkat peak (4,000 feet high) of 

United States Hydrographic chart 883.

High; rock (123 feet high), near the easternmost point of Chugul island, eastern 

Aleutians. So called, apparently, by the United States North 'Pacific 

Exploring Expedition in 1855.

High; rock, off the southeastern coast of Arnukta island, eastern Aleutians. So 

called by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition in 1855.

High; rock, off the southwestern end of Near island, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named 

Viesokoi (high) by the early Eussians. It may be identical with Inner 

Humpback; see Inner Humpback. . - N . Highfleld; anchorage, off the north end of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. 

Surveyed, in 1862, by F. 0. Simpson, master H. M. S. Devastation, and by 

him called Anchorage off Point Highfield. . Meade, 1869, calls it Point 

Highfield harbor, while the Hudson Bay. traders called it Labouchere bay 

or anchorage, after the steamer Labouchere.

Highfield; point, the northernmost point of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver in 1793.

Highland; point, on the mainland on the northern shore of Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name given by Meade in 1869.

High Rock, Sitka sound; see Viesoki.

Highwater; islet, in Neva strait, near St. John Baptist bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884. At low water it is not an inlet.

Hijosa, Isla de; see Middleton.

Hilda; creek, tributary to North fork of Forty mile creek, from the east. Prospectors' name^ from Barnard in 1898.

Hilda; point, on the. southern shore of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Hilgard; mountain (1,500 feet high), near Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagin

group. So called by Dall, in 1872, after Julius Erasmus Hilgard, afterwards Superintendent of the Coast Survey.

Hill; island, at entrance to Portlock harbor, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Hills by Portlock in 1787.

.Hill, islets; see McFarland.

Hinchinbrook; cape, the southwestern -point of Hinchinbrook island, Prince 

William sound. Named, in 1778,-by Cook who spells it Hinchingbroke in 

his text and Hinchinbrook on his chart. This name, with several variations of spelling, was used by Dixon, Meares, Portlock, and Vancouver. 

Tebenkof calls it Morskoi (ocean) cape.

Hinchinbrook;. island, in Prince William sound. So called by Vancouver in 1794. 

It is Kose island of Meares and Portlock, 1787-88, and Islade la Magdalena 

of the Spaniards in 1791. Tebenkof uses the native name Khtagaliuk or 

Khta-aluk, according to Petrof, while an old Russian chart of 1802 has 

Tkhalka, which has a manuscript French rendering of Tchalka. Abercrombie, in 1898, calls it Nuckek island.

Hindasetukee, village; see Gan-te-gas-tak-heh.

Hines; glacial stream, debouching immediately west 'of the western mouth of the 

Alsek river, southeastern Alaska. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Apparently a native word, pronounced He-no's.
BAKEH.] ' 205 Hill Holt.

Hini. An Indian word meaning river, in use in southeastern Alaska. It is appended 

to the names of rivers, as Klehini, Krotahini, etc.

Hitchcock; range of mountains, between Marvine and Seward glaciers, St. Elias 

. alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, in 1890, "in acknowledgment of the services to science rendered by the first State geologist of 

Massachusetts.''

J-f'lil-tu-yuh, bay; see Lituya.

Hobart; bay, indenting the mainland coast, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Hobart; point, on the mainland coast, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver in 1794. Has also been called Gastineau point.

Hobron; port, indenting the northeastern shore of Sitkalidak island, near Kodiak. 

It is "a snug harbor on the north side of Sitkalidak Island, in the second 

deep bay coming from seaward." Apparently so named by Petrof, in 1887 

or 1888, who at that time established here a fishing station for the Alaska 

Coast Fishery Company and became its manager. Lisianski, 1805, locates

a village, called Fugitive, at or near this place.

Hobson; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Hockley; hills, east of Kotzebue sound and north of Selawik lake. Apparently 

so named by English naval officers during the Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1854.

floffnung, point; see Hope.

Hog; island (300 feet high), near Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander'archipelago. Named Svinoi (hog) by Vasilief in 1809.

Hpg1 ; island, west of Amaknak island, in Captains bay, Unalaska. Called Swinoi 

(hog) by Tebenkof, 1849. Its native name as given by Sarichef, 1792, is 

Uknodok, and by Veniaminof, Uknadak. Lukte calls it Onknadok. 

Veniaminof records that in olden time an Aleut village existed here and 

that a fight occurred between the Unalaskans and Aleuts from Unimak, 

in which the latter were exterminated. Hogs were placed on this island 

by the Russians, whence the name.

Hog; rocks, near the southern end of Revillagigedo island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. Erroneously Frog 

rocks on some charts.

Hogan; island, at the entrance to Portlock harbor, Chichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Hogans by Portlock on his sketch of Portlock harbor, made in August, 1787, and published in his Voyage, p. 258. On his 

general chart it is called Vincent island.

Hogatza; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from, the north, near longitude 156°. 

Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, as Hogatzakakat. See Kakat. 

This maybe the same river as the-one called Hokachatna and Hokuchatna. Has also appeared as Hogatiakakat.

Hogback; hill (300 feet high), near the shore of Pas to 1 bay, Norton sound. Named 

Hog Back by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Hogback; small glacier, a few miles east of Valdes, Prince William'sound. So 

named by Abercrombiejn 1898.

Hoggatt; bay, on the southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, in 1895, after Ensign Wilford 

Bacon Hoggatt, U. S. N., a member of his party. Erroneously Hoggat.

Hohonilla, mountain; see Totanilla.

Hokachatna, river; see Hogatza.

Hokotena; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near longitude 149°. 

Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.
Hok-Hoo. 206 [BUU,.187.

Ho-ku-cJi.at-na, river; see Hogatza.

Holden; point, on Dall island, opposite Howkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson in 1880.

Hole-in-the-Wall; small cove, in the northwestern part of Prince of Wales island, 

opening into Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by delm 

in 1886.

Holes; point, on the southern shore of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named 

Dierovatie (full of holes) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Holiday, island; see Praznik.

Holikitsak. The -Eleventh Census, 1890 (p. 165), records a native village of this 

name in the Yukon enumerating district with a population of 114. I have 

not discovered its location.

Holiknuk, river; see Chulitna. '

Holitno, river; see Chulitna.

Holkham; bay, indenting the mainland and opening into Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Hollings, cape, Kodiak; see Narrow.

Holooatna, river; see Kowak.

Holtkagelia, mountain; see Totanilla.

Holtz; open bay, indenting the northern shore of Attu island, just west of Chichagof harbor, western Aleutians. Lutk'e calls this Goltsovaia bay. Perhaps 

the name conies from the German word ' holtz (wood). It has also 

appeared as Goltzeb and even Gotzeb.

Holy Cross; Jesuit mission school, on the northern bank of the Yukon, about 25 

miles below Anvik, at or near Koserefski, established in 1886.

Holyoke; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Homer; post-office, in Coal bay, Kachemak bay, Cook inlet, established in November, 1895.

Hqmestake; creek, tributary to the Kruzgamepa river, from the west, Seward 

peninsula. Prospectors' name from Barnard, 1900.

Honey; creek, tributary to Penny river, from the east, in the Cape Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Hoochinoo, archipelago, village, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Hoochitna. Alien, 1885, reports this to be the Indian- name of the main stream of 

the Koyukuk river at its source. Name found only in his text (p. 100), 

where it is written Hoochitna.

Hood; bay, indenting the western shore .of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vancouver in 1794. There has been 

confusion of names and geographical representation in this vicinity. The 

latest Coast Survey chart available calls this bay Hootz (from Khutz or 

Khudz, meaning bear).

Hood; point, at the southern end of Lindeiiberg peninsula, Duncan canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So named' by Vancouver, in 1793, after Admiral Alexander 

Arthur Hood, E. N., afterwards Lord Bridport.

Hood; point, on the northeastern shore of Killisnoo island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Hoof; hill, in Tyndall glacier, near Mount St. Elias. So called by Topham in the 

Alpine Journal (vol. 14), 1889.

Hook; point, on the western shore of Portage bay, Kupreariof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Presumably so named by Nichols in 1882.

Hooniah; harbor, in Port Frederick, Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. Native name meaning cold lake and variously spelled Hooniah, 

Hoonyah, etc. Has also been called Port Frederick harbor.
BAKER.] 207 HOC HOT.

Hooniah; hot or warm springs, on the northern shore of Tenakee inlet, Chichagof 

island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot 

(1891, p.163).

Hooniah.; sound, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name derived from a resident tribe of Indians, and variously 

spelled Hoonah, Hoonjah, Huna. The Sitka Indians are said to call it 

Shekak.

Hooniah, village; see Kantukan.

Hoonyah, island; see Chichagof.

Hooper; bay, in the Yukon delta. Visited and named by Nelson in December, 1878, 

after Capt. Calvin Leigh ton Hooper, of the United States !Re venue Marine, 

well known for .his investigations in Bering sea and the Arctic ocean.

Hooper; mountains, along the Arctic coast, between Cape Lisburne and Point Barrow. So named by Petrof, in 1880, after Capt. C. L. Hooper, United States 

Revenue Marine. Apparently identical with the Meade river mountains 

of Ray in 1885.

Hoorts; mountain (2,077 feet high), east of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

called by McGrath in 1893.

Hoosier; creek, tributary to Minook creek, from the east. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Hoosnoff, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

HootaMnqua, river; see Teslin.

flootchy-eye, lakes; see Hutshi.

Hootz, bay; see Hood.

Hope; mining camp, at mouth of Resurrection creek, Turnagain arm, Cook inlet. 

Called Hope City by the prospectors.

Hope; point, on the Arctic coast, about 30 miles to the southward of Cape Lisburne. 

So named by Beechey in August, 1826, in compliment to Sir William 

Johnstone Hope. Called Hoffnung (hope) by German map makers, and 

Golofnin and Golovin by the Russians.

Horace; mountain, on headwaters of the Koyukuk river, near longitude 149°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

florboon, rock; see Humpback.

Horboon vnutrennie; see Iriner Humpback.

Horn; cape, near the entrance to Falmouth harbor, Nagai island, Shumagin group. 

Named by the fishermen prior to 1871.

Horn; cliffs (1,800 feet high), on the mainland, opposite northern entrance to 

Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So called in the Coast Pilot 

(1883, p. 127).

Horn; island, the largest of the Ball group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers in 1880. It was named Rogova 

or Rokhova (from Rog, horn) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been printed 

Homey and Morne.

Horn; mountain (2,929 feet high), just back of Horn cliffs. So called by Thomas 

in 1887.

Horn; point, the southern point of entrance to Port Etches, Prince William sound. 

So named by Portlock in 1787.

Horoshipogodi, cape and mountain; see Fair'weather.

Horse; island, west of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by Mansfield in 1890.

Horse; shoal, near Horse island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Mansfield in 1890. . H or ton; creek, tributary to headwaters of the Fox river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900. %
Hos How. . 208 [BUM,. 187.

Hose; point, on the mainland, the north point of entrance to Fitzgibbon cove, 

Behm canal, southeastern Alaska. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Hostage; point, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Named Amanat 

(hostage) by Zarembo in 1834. Zarenibo's sketch was published on Russian Hydrographic chart 1396 in 1848. Called Amanat point on United 

States Hydrographic chart 225.

Hot; springs, on Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Name from 

the Russians.

Hot; springs, 20 miles northwest of Katmai, Alaska peninsula. Reported by Spurr 

and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898.

Hotham; inlet, east of Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean. Named by Beechey, in 1826, 

"in compliment to the Hon. Sir Henry Hotham, K. C. B., one of the 

lords of the Admiralty."

Hot Springs; small bay, near Sitka sound, on the western shore of Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Kluchef or Kluchevoi (hot spring) by 

Vasilief, in 1809, on account of the warm springs there. On British 

Admiralty chart 2337 this name, called Klucher and translated Marsh, ia 

applied to the southwest end of Deep lake, and from this we have, on 

Coast Survey chart 8240 (ed. of 1898), one end of Deep lake named Marsh 

bay.

Hotspur; island, between Annette and Duke islands, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. Presumably so named by local pilots.

Houchnou, archipelago; see Kootznahoo. 

Houghton; port, indenting the mainland, Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Hound; island, in the northern part of Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moore in 1892. Erroneously Round island.

Hourigan; point, the southern point of entrance to Band cove, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass in 1881.

House; island, in Revillagigedo channel, between Foggy bay and Boca de Quadra, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

House; mountain, in California ridge, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols in 1883.

House; mountain, on left bank of the Matanuska river, about 35 miles from Knik

arm of Cook inlet. Local name, published in 1899.

House; peak (6,001 feet high), on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Howard; mountain (2,340 feet high), northwest of Port McArthur, Kuiu island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm in 1886.

Howard; point, on the mainland, near south end of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield, in 1890, after Ensign AVilliarn Lauriston 

Howard, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Howe; point, on the southern shore of Mitkof island, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Vancouver in 1793. Erroneously Hove.

Howkan; narrow strait, between Dall island and Long island, west of Cordova bay, 

Dixon entrance. The narrowest part of the strait is called Howkan narrows. Has been written Howca'n. "Native word, published by the Coast 

Survey in 1883. 

Howkan; reef, in Howkan narrows, immediately in front of Howkan village. 

Named by Nichols in 1881. Has also been written How-kan.

Howkan; village of Haida Indians on Long island, Tongass narrows, Cordova bay, 

Alexander archipelago. At this village is. the Jackson (Presbyterian) 

mission and also the post-office Jackson.
BAKEK.J - 209 Hlia HUH.

Huagin; river, in the St. Elias alps, debouching immediately north of Lituya bay.

So called by Tebenkof in. 1849. It is .Riviere aux Saumons (Salmon

river) of. La Perouse, French edition, and, erroneously, Silmon in the

English edition. 

Hub; rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Nichols in 1883. 

Hubbard; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named

by Russell, in 1890, after Gardiner Greene Hubbard, president of the

National Geographic Society. 

Hubbard; mountain (12,064 feet high) north of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Russell, in 1890, after Gardiner Greene Hubbard, president

of the National Geographic Society. 

Hubbard; peak (5,700 feet high), on the left bank of the Kotsina river. So named

on a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900. 

Hudson Bay; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the south, near

latitude 67°. Prospectors' name, from Schrader in 1899. 

Hudson Bay, inlet; see Excursion. 

Hudsunoo, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo. 

Huggins; island, 14 miles long, in the Koyukuk river, near the mouth of Batza

river. So named by Alien, in 1885, after Capt. Eli Lundy Hugging,

U. S. A., for a long time a resident of the territory and a warm friend of

'Alien's expedition (Alien, p. 103). On his map 4 Alien calls this

McQuisten island. This last, which should be McQuesten, has also been

printed McQuister and McQuestion.

Hugh; point, the southernmost point of Glass peninsula, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Hugh. Miller; glacier arid inlet, near the head of Glacier bay. So named by Reid,

in 1892, after the distinguished geologist, Hugh Miller. 

Huiak, island; see Shuyak. 

Hulitnak, river; see Chulitna. 

Hull; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Moore, Elson bay, Arctic coast,

just .east of Point Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty in 1853,

after Master Thomas Hull, R. N., of H. M. S. Plover. 

Humboldt; harbor, indenting the western shore of Popof island, Popof strait,

Shumagin group. So named by Ball, in 1872, after the Coast Survey

schooner Humboldt. 

Humbug; point, on south end of Lindenberg'peninsula, Wrangell strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. 

Hump; island, in Clover passage, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago.- So named

by Clover in 1885. 

Hump; island, north of Point Retreat, in Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade, in 1869, from its appearance. 

Hump (The); see Chariot. 

Humpback; rock (18 feet high), in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Horboon

(humpback) by Lisianski in 1804. Also written Gorbun. The Coast

Survey, 1869, called it Humpback or Sugarloaf rock. 

Humphrey; point, on the Arctic coast near the international boundary line. Named

by Franklin, in 1826, who has in his text Humphrys (p. 145) and Humphreys (p. 169). On his map it is Humphreys. 

Hump Knoll; peak (3,116 feet high), on the mainland, near head of Thomas bay,

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

Huna, sound; see Hooniah.

Bull. 187 01 14
Hun lab. 210 . [BULL. 187.

Hungarian; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, near longitude 150°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Hungry; creek, tributary to Oregon creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Hunning, bay; see Banning.

Hunt; island, near western end of the Sandman reefs, south of Deer, island and 

northeast of Sannak. So 'called by the Fish Commission in 1888. This 

may be Egg (lachnoi) island of Tebenkof, 1849.

Hunt; peak (3,494 feet high), in the northeastern part of Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Ensign Henry J. 

Hunt, U. S. N. . . Hunt; point, the western head of Rodgers harbor, on south shore of Wrangell island, 

Arctic ocean. So named by Berry in September, 1881, after Ensign Henry 

Jackson Hunt, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Hunter; bay, in Prince of Wales island, opening into Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Hunter; creek, tributary to Minook creek, from the east. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Hurtle; creek; tributary to Tonsina lake. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Huskisson; mountain, in extreme northeastern Alaska. So named by Franklin, in 

1826, after the "president of the board of trade."

Huslia; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the west, near longitude 156° 30'. 

Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, as Hussliakatna, on his map 1 

and 4, and Husliakakat in his text (p. 105). See Kakat.

Hut; point, on the mainland, the north point of entrance to Walker cove, Behm 

canal, southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Hut; point, on the northwestern coast of Douglas island, at entrance to Gastineau 

channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Symonds in 1880. There 

were some Indian houses or huts on the point.

Hut; point, on the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Zhila 

(hut, cabin, house) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Hutchinson, creek; see Quartz.

Hutchinson; hill, on Northeast point, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Called Sealion by Dall, in 1874, which may be the local name. Later it 

was called Hutchinson, after Hay ward Malcolm Hutchinson, of the Alaska 

Commercial Company. Elliott speaks of it as the '' volcanic nodule known 

as Hutchinson's hill."

Hutchinson; sunken reef, off Outer Spruce cape, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1881.

Hutshi; chain of lakes draining northward into the Lewes river in longitude 137°. 

Native name, apparently first published by Glave in the Century, September and October, 1892, where it. is spelled Hootchy-Eye. It has been 

variously written Hootch Eye, Hootch-i, Hutchi, Hotchi, Huchai, etc. 

The Canadian Board on Geographic Names has adopted the above form, 

Hutshi.

Huxley; peak (11,907 feet high), in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Topham, in 1886, after Prof. Thomas Henry Huxley.

Hydah, cove; see Mission.

Hyden, canyon; see Heiden.

Hydra; island, near the southern coast of Alaska peninsula, north of the Semidi 

islands. Name published by Tebenkof in 1849. On a manuscript Russian 

map, of 1849, it is called Zatschra island. Apparently identical with Otter 

island of Coast Survey chart 8500.

Jabloshnie, island; see Middle.
BAKER.] 211 lac Ida.

lachnoi, cape and island; see Egg.

lachnoi, island; see Ugalgan.

lailchnoi, bay; see Egg.

laklek, cape; see Aklek.

lanaliun, cape; see Bog.

lanlar, stream; see Amber.

lantarni, bay; see Amber.

Icathliuk, river; see Fish.

Icathluik, river; see Niukluk.

Ice; river, tributary to Copper river, from the east, near Wood canyon. So named 

by Alien in. 1885.

Ice; spit, off the northeastern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So named by 

Berry in 1881.

Iceberg; point, on the southeastern shore of Lemesurier island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Hanus in August, 1880. At that time 

much drift ice had stranded there.

Icehouse; point and lake, on the western shore of Woody island, St. Paul harbor, 

Kodiak. Named Pestchanoe (sandy) by Russian naval officers in 1808- 

1810. This is the lake from which the Kodiak Ice Company obtains its 

ice. On this spot Tebenkof, 1849, shows a native village Aleksashkina, 

which lie calls the Chiniak settlement. On the old Russian Chart XVI 

of 1808-1810 the Aleut village of Aleksashkano is shown about a mile 

farther south.

Ice.Water, river; see Soynai.

Ichock. Langsdorf (II, 234) gives this as the name of a creek southwest from Kukak 

bay. Not identified. .

Icy; bay, in front of the Malaspina glacier, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by Vancouver in 1794. It is Lothianoi (icy) of Tebenkof, 1849.

Icy; bay, on the western shore of Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver 

in 1794.

Icy, bay; see Pal ma.

Icy. ' Billings, in July, 1790, when off the entrance to Cook inlet, saw at a distance 

of 15 miles northwest, behind the Chugach islands, a glacier used by the 

traders as a landmark for entering Cook inlet and called by them 

"Ledeneaia Reka (Icy river)."

Icy; cape, on the Arctic coast about midway.between Cape Lisburne and Point Barrow. So jiamed by Cook, in 1778, "because it was much encumbered 

with ice."

Icy; cape, the northern head of Icy bay, near Mount St. Elias. Called Ledianoi 

(icy) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Icy, channel; see Gastineau.

Icy; passage, separating Pleasant island from the mainland, Icy strait, southeastern 

Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Icy; peak, near Kialagvik bay, on the south shore of Alaska peninsula. Name 

apparently derived from Tebenkof, 1849.

Icy; point, on the mainland coast, between Lituya bay and Cape Spencer. Named 

Ledianoi (icy) by Tebenkof in 1849. Has also been called Cape Forrest.

Icy; reef, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary. So named.by 

Franklin in 1826.

Icy; strait, north of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Russians. See Cross sound.

Idaho; inlet, indenting the northern shore of Chichagof island, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by pilot W. E. George, after the Steamer 

Idaho, which grounded here.
Ida Igv. ' 2.12 [BULL. 187.

Idaho; peak (3,100 feet high), on Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Snow, in 1886, after the steamship Idaho. 

Idak; cape, the northeasternmost point of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. Native

name, from Kuritzien, 1849. Apparently it means outlet or exit. It is

the northwestern head of Umnak strait. 

Idaliuk; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak island, near its western end. Native

name, from Kuritzien, 1849. 

Idaliuk, cape; see Prominence. 

Idalug; cape, on the northern shore of Amlia island, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Native name from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ideal; cove, in Mitkof island, near the north end of Dry strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Thomas in 1887. Nichols reports

"excellent anchorage here for small vessels." 

Idelfonso, point; see Ildefonso. 

Iden-noo, village; see Ei-dan-noo. 

Ides Neck; narrow isthmus, separating Schulze cove from Peril strait, Baranof

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884. 

Igagik, river; see Ugaguk. 

Igak, bay; see Ugak. 

Igatskai, bay; see Ugak. 

Ighiak, village; see Eyak. 

Igiagiuk, lake; see Becharof. 

Igiak, cape; see Ugyak. 

Igiak; Eskimo village of two huts, visited by Nelson in December, 1878. He reports

its name to be Igragamiut (text, p. 665), and on the map Igiagamute.

Petrol, 1880, has Igiagagamute. 

Igitkin; island, near Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut

name, from the Russians, written Igitkihn, Igitkihn, Igitkum, etc., and

Egilka by Billings, 1790. 

Igloo; creek, in western part of Seward peninsula, debouching near Cape AVoolley.

Name from Barnard, 1900. It is the Eskimo word for house. 

Igloo; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Eskimo name, meaning house, from Barnard, 1900. 

Igloo; creek, tributary to American river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Eskimo

name, meaning house, from Brooks, 1900. 

Ignaliuk, island; See Little Diomede. 

Ignatief, cape; see Mendenhall. 

Ignatio, island; see St. Ignace. 

Ignok; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, near Koserefski. P.etrof,

1880, calls it Ignokhatskamute and Ignokhatskomute. Raymond, 1869, has

Ingekasagmi. Both name and village have disappeared from recent maps. 

Igognak, anchorage; see Eider. 

Igognak, cape; see Kalekta. 

Igragamiut, village; see Igiak. 

Iguik; creek, and very small Eskimo village at its mouth, on eastern shore of

Norton sound, just north of the Unalaklik river. Native name, written

on the Western Union Telegraph Expedition map, of 1867, Igouik; by

Dall, Egowik, and by Petrof, Igowik. 

Igushik; river, draining southward from Amanka lake to Nushagak bay. Eskimo

name reported by Tebenkof, in 1849, as Iguzhak; by Petrof, 1880, as

Igushek; by the Fish Commission, 1890, as Egashak; by the Coast Survey,

1897, as Egashik, and by Spurr, in 1898, as Egoushik or Crooked. 

Igvak; cape, the western point of entrance to Portage (Kanatak) bay, on the

southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west from Kodiak. Native name,

from the Russians. Erroneously Iswak.
BAKER.] 213 Ilia Ila.

lhack, bay; see Ugak.

Ijoot, cape; see Jzhut.

Ik, river; see Eek.

Ikak; Eskimo village, east of Naknek lake, Alaska peninsula. Native name, from

the Russians. Petrof, 1880, calls it Ikkhagmute, i. e., Ikkak people. The

Eleventh Census and Coast Survey call it Ukak. Population in 1880,162. 

Ihaligirig-miut, village; see Cheenik. 

Ikalu; low sandy islet, on the Arctic coast, abreast of Dease inlet. Eskimo name,

from British Admiralty chart 593 (1830-1882), where it is written Ikalue. 

Ikatan; bay, at the south end of Isanotski strait, Alaska peninsula. So called by

Dall in 1880. 

Ikatan; island, or possibly a peninsula joined to Unimak island, at south end of

Isanotski strait, Alaska peninsula. Native name, variously written Ikatak, Ikatan, Ikatane, Ikatok, Ikatun, etc. Veniaminof says Ikatok or,

properly, Ikatan. 

Ikatlek; Eskimo village, on right bank of the lower Yukon, about 30 miles below

Anvik. Nelson, who passed through it, in 1879, reports its name to be

Ikatlegomute, i. e., Ikatlek people. Not shown on late maps.

Ikeulpak, river; see Fish.

Ikhiak, lake and village; see Eyak.

Ikikilctoik, village; see Kiktaguk.

Ikiginak; high rocky islet, a few miles West of the western end of Atka, middle 

Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Lutke calls it Nerpitchy 

(seal).

Ikiraaluk, channel; see Moore.

Jkkhagamut, village; See Savonoski.

Iknetuk; Eskimo village, on the western shore of Golofnin bay, Norton sound. 

Called Kniktag-miut by the Russians as early as 1852. By Petrof, 1880, 

' called Ignituk.

Iknetuk; point, near Golofnin bay, Nortonsound. Nativename, f rom Schrader, 1900.

Ikogmut; village and Russian Orthodox Church mission (Pokrovskaia mission), 

which appears to have been first occupied in or about 1843. For many 

years spoken of as "The Mission," and shown on the maps with the designation Mission. It is on the north bank of the lower Yukon, near its 

southernmost bend. Has been variously written Ekogmute, Ikogmiut,etc.

Ikolik; point, on the western shore of Kodiak. Called Southwest point by Lisianski, 

in 1805, and Ikolik by later Russians. Variously given as Ecolik, Ikalik, etc.

Ikpikpung, river; see Chipp.

Ikpiling. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map, of 1885, for some feature just 

east of the United States Signal Service station Utkiavi, near Point Barrow, 

Arctic ocean.

Iksiahtak, bay; see Anderson.

Ikti; cape, between Chignik bay.and Mitrofania island, on the southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula. Native name, from the Russians. Has been written 

Itkhi and, accidentally, Itkbi.

Iktigalik; native village, of eight or ten houses, on right bank of the Unalaklik 

river, about 25 miles above its mouth. Native name, from Dall, 1866.

Ikuak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the lower Yukon, near head of delta. 

Eskimo name, from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Yukagamut. Tikhmenief, 1861, presumably quoting Zagoskin, writes it Ikuagmiut, i. e., 

Ikuak people. Apparently identical with Ingahameh (also Ingahaine') of 

Petrof, 1880. Population in 1880, 63.

llak, cape; see Ugyak.

Ilak; islet, in Kukak bay, Alaska peninsula, mentioned by Langsdorf (II, 234). 

Not identified.
I la Ima. 214 ' [BULL. 187.

Ilak; islet, southwest of Tanaga island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut 

name, given by Billings, 1790, as Jlluk, and by Lutke, Tebenkof, and 

other Russians as Illiak. Has also been written Illakh.

Ildefonso; point, in Sari Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago." 

Named Punta de San Yldefonso by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Erroneously Idelfonso.

Iliamna; lake, the largest in Alaska, about 25 miles wide by 75 miles long, between' 

Bristol bay and Cook inlet. Named Shelekof by the Russians as early as" 

1802,.but now universally known by its native name, Iliamna. A Russian 

map of 1802 calls this Shelekof, while Clark lake, supposed to have been'' 

discovered in.1891, is shown and called Ilima lake.

Iliamna; volcano (12,066 feet high), on the west coast of Cook inlet. Native name," 

from the early Russian explorers. The Spanish explorers of the last 

century called; it Volcan de Miranda.

Iliasik; group of islands on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near Belkofski. 

Native name, from the Russians. . Veniaminof and Lutke have Eliazik' 

and Tebenkof, laliasik. See also Inner Iliasik and Outer Iliasik.

Iliaviki, island; see Irner Iliasik and Outer Iliasik.

Iliazhek, island ; see Inner Iliasik. ~

Ilin; bay, on the. western shore of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago: 

Named Ilina (Ilin's) by the Russians, early in the century, after the Russian naval officer, Peter Ivanovich Ilin.

Iliuk; lake, which is.either an arm of Naknek lake or, possibly, a lake wholly 

separate from but near to it. On some Russian maps this name is applied 

to Naknek lake.

Ilmliuk; harbor, in Captains bay, Unalaska, just west of town of same name." 

Veniaminof called this Gavanskaia (harbor) bay.

Iliuliuk; the chief town of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Founded by the "terrible" 

Solovief between 1760 and 1770 and named Iliuliuk (Aleut for harmony 

or good understanding}. Population in 1890 was 317. It is often called 

Unalaska. The spelling of the name has been Illiouliouk, Illuluk,- etc. 

See Unalaska.

Iliutak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay. Native name, 

from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Iliutagamute, i. e., Iliutak people.

Population 40 in 1880. 

Ilivit; group of hills or mountains on right bank of the Yukon, south of Anvik.

Native name, from, the Russians. 

Ilkognak; rock, between Kodiak and Kittiwake islands, Kodiak group. Native

name, from Murashef, 1839-40. 

Ilktugitak; cape, between Katmai and Kukak bays, on north shore of Shelikof

strait. Native name, from the Russians. 

Illak, island; see Ulak. . 

Iliamna, volcano; see Iliamna. 

Illiuk, lake; see Naknek. 

Il-luit-kuk. This is given by the British Admiralty, 1853, as the Eskimo name of

the low sandy islands in front of Elson bay, on the Arctic coast, just east

of Point Barrow. 

Illuk, islet; see Ilak. 

Ilmalianuk; cape, the western head of Inanudak bay, on the north shore of Urnnak,

eastern Aleutians. Native name given by Kuritzien, 1849, as Ilmalianok. 

Ilput; islet, in the southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Apparently a native name, obtained by Vasilief, in 1809,

who wrote it Ilpiet. Has also been written -IIpit. 

Iluiak, island; see Shuyak. ,..:...- 

Imaglin, island; see Little Diomede. . ' '
BAKER.] 215 Ima Ind.

Imagnee; Aleut village, in Summer bay, on eastern shore of Captains bay, Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians. Sarichef shows a settlement here, in 1790, which he 

calls Sinagnia. Veniaminof, however, calls .the village and bay Imagninskoe. Imagnee is the local and, presumably, the native name. Population in 1830 was 32.

Imagninskoe, bay; see. Summer.

Imagru, port; see Clarence.

ImaJdit, island; see Big Diomede.

Imakpiguak, bay; see Goodnews.

Imiak; Eskimo village, at outlet of Aleknagik lake, northwest from mouth of the 

Nushagak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Imoktegokshuk. Eskimo village, on south shore of Seward peninsula, a little east 

of Nome. Petrof, in 1880, reported its population as 30, and its name 

Irnokhtagokshuk in his text (p. 11) and Imokhtegokshuk on his map. 

Both town and name, have vanished.

Impassable; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Nepropusknoi (impassable) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been

called Neprop, which Kostrometinof translates not to be omitted. 

Imuruk; basin, east of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, reported

by Beechey, in 1827, as Imau-rook. Variously written Imaourouk, Imaurook, Imurook, Imagazuk, and on a late map Cowvinik. Murdoch writes

it Imau-ruk. 

Imiiya; bay, just west of Kialagvik bay, on south shore of Alaska peninsula. Native

name, from the Coast Survey. 

Inalak. Small island, near Unalaska, not identified, perhaps Unalga. Name from

Berg, 1823 (pv59). ?. 

Inalin, island; see Big Diomede. 

Inanudak; bay, indenting the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians.

Native name from'Veniaminof. There are some coves in this bay, one of

which is probably the one called Stepanofskaia by Lutke. According to

Grewingk, Lutke called Inanudak bay Stepanow bay, but this appears to

be an error. 

Inaru; river, in northern Alaska, flowing northeasterly and supposed to debouch

into Dease inlet. Crossed by Ray in March, 1883. The natives, he says

in his text (p. 27), call it Inaru; on his map he calls it Kuahroo, and this

name has been copied on Coast Survey and other charts. 

Independence; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Independence; island, in Steamer bay, Etolin. island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Snow in 1886. 

Index, island; see Guide. 

Indiada; islet, in Port Santa Cm/, Suemez island, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Isleta de la Indiada by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Indian, bay; see Sumner. 

Indian; creek, tributary to the Sushitna river, from the north, near latitude 63°.

So named by Muldrow in 1898. 

Indian, creek; see Tsadaka. 

Indian, point; see Green. 

Indian; point, the northern point of entrance to Naha bay, Behm canal, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885. There are Indian graves on

the point. 

Indian; rock, bare at lowest -water, in Felice strait, Gravina group, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Indian; rock, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named' by

Meade in 1869. '
Ind Int. ' 2lO [BULL. 187.

Indian; river, near Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Locally so called. 

It is Koloshanka and Koloshenka (Koloshian) of Russian charts.

Indian; sunken rock, at mouth of Taiya inlet, Lynn-canal, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 203).

Indian; sunken rock, in middle anchorage of Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1881.

Indut, cape; see Izhut. .

Inellen, island; see Big Diomede.

Ingahameh, village; see Ikuak.

Ingakalik; island, off the south shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of Sutwik 

island. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ingekasagmi, village; see Ignok.

Ingekvak, island; see High. .

Ingenstrem; rocks, just east of the Semichi islands, western Aleutians. So named 

by the Russians after pilot Ingenstrem, who visited the Andreanof group 

of islands, in 1829, and twice wintered at Atka, correcting the charts of this 

general region. The name appears variously, Ingenstern, Ingenstrem, 

Ingenstrom, Inghestrom, etc.

Inger; Eskimo village, in southeast part of Nunivak island, Bering sea. Native 

name, from the Eleventh census, where it is written Ingeramiut (mountain village), the termination miut meaning people. Population, 35 in 

1890.

Ingichuak; hill (525 feet high), in the Yukon delta, northeast of Kusilvak mountain. Eskimo name, from the Russians. On a late Coast Survey chart 

this is called Ingrikchoa.

Ingich.uk; Eskimo village (of 8 people in 1880) in the Yukon delta. Native name, 

from Nelson, who visited'it in December, 1878. Also has been written 

Ingechuk.

Ingieguk, mountain; see Kusilvak.

Inglestat, point; see Bald Head promontory.

Inglikhakh, island; see Karpa.

Inglutalik; river, tributary to the head of Norton bay, Norton sound. An Eskimo 

name. Tebenkof, 1849, calls this river, or one which appears to be this 

one, Inaktuli. The Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 

calls a native village on this stream, Ingletalik. For the rest there has

been hopeless confusion, Ingluealik, Iiiglucalik, Inglaliktalik, etc.

Ingrauam; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Clarence 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named, by'Ball, in 1879, after Joseph 

Ingraham, master of the brig Hope, of Boston, 1791-92, whose unpublished 

hydrographic notes of this region were used in compiling the Coast Pilot 

of 1883.

Ingrakak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, near longitude 

161° 30/. Native name, from Coast Survey officers, in 1898, by whom it is 

written Ingrakaghamiut.

Inian; islands, in Cross sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall in 1879. 

Have also been called Brian islands.

Initial; island, at entrance to Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Nachalnie (initial or beginning) by Vasilief in 1809.

Initkilly; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, just east of Cape Lisburne, near the 

Corwin coal mines. Eskimo name, published by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Inland, river; see Noatak.

Inlet; point, Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Name published 

by the Coast Survey in 1896.

Inlet; point, the northernmost point of Woewodski island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in 1879.
BAKER.] 217 lUl^-lSti.

Inlikak, island; see Karpa.

Inner; cape, on the western shore of Kizhuyak bay, northern coast of Kodiak.

Named Vnutrennie (inner) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Inner; point, on the southeastern shore of Kruzof island, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Otmeloi vnutrennie (inner shoals) by Vasilief, in

1809, to distinguish it from another point called Shoals, and also Outer

Shoals point. Shoals extend off both points. Lisianski, in 1804, called it

Second point. It has also in late charts been called Rocky point. 

Inner; rocks, in Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by

Gibson in July, 1855. 

Inner Humpback; rock, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Horboon vnutrennie

(inner humpback) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. This-may be

identical with High rock of the Coast Survey in 1869. 

Inner Iliasik; island, near the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, off Belkofski.

Native name, from the Russians, who wrote it Iliaviki and lliazhek. This

one is nearest the shore of the peninsula, the other, Outer Iliasik, is farther

out. The group has been called Iliasik islands.

Inner Spruce; Cape, at entrance to St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Elovoi vnutrennie (spruce inner) by the Russians in 1808-1810. 

Inuoko; river, tributary to Shageluk slough, northeast from Anvik. Native name,

from the Russians. Tikhmenief calls it Innoko or Shiltonato. Ball, 1866,

calls it Innoko or Shageluk. Petrof calls it Innoko on his map and Innok

in his text. 

Inside;-passage, from Clarence strait to Tongass narrows, between Vallenar point

and Guard islands. So named by Clover in 1885. 

Insignificant; ridge of mountains (2,050 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

loulakh, island; see Ulak. 

Ipewik; river, in northwestern Alaska, tributary to the Kookpuk river. Eskimo.

name, published, in 1890, as Ippewik. 

Iphigenia; bay, on the western border of Prince of Wales archipelago, between

Bucareli bay and Sumner strait. So named by Davidson, in 1869 (Coast

pilot, p. 95), after the packet boat Iplrigenia Nubiana, Capt. William

Douglas, which was here in 1788. 

Iphlgenia; point, the eastern point of entrance to PortCaldera, Bucareli bay, Prince

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Eugenia by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Ipuot; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, near Cape Thomson, a little south of Point

Hope. Name from Petrof, who wrote it Ip-Not and Ipnot, and reported

a population, in 1880, of 40. 

Ippewik, river; see Ipewik. 

Irak, bay; see Ugak. 

Irene, creek; see Moss. 

Iron; creek, tributary to Flambeau river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. . 

Iron; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Irving, cape; see Muzon. 

Irving-; mquntain (9,000 feet high), north.of the Malaspina glacier, St. Elias alps,

southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, in 1890, after Roland Duer

Irving, United States geologist. Has been erroneously printed Irvin. 

Irving; peak (2,169 feet high), on the mainland, near Slocum inlet, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1888. 

Isaacs, point; see Bald Head. 

Isanotski, bay; see Bechevin
Isa Ism. 218 [BULL. 187.

Isanotski; islands, in Bechevin bay, Isanotski strait, Alaska peninsula. Named 

Issanakh islands, by Ball, in 1882. -

Isanotski; point, on the eastern end of Unimak island, near entrance to Isanotski 

strait. So called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Isanotski; ridge of mountains, on eastern end of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Called Issanakski by Veniaminof in 1831.

Isanotski; strait, at the western end of Alaska peninsula, separating it from Unimak 

island. According to Veniaminof, the name is Issanakskie, a Russian 

adjective .from the Aleut name isanaJc (hole, tear, rent). Lutke, 1836, 

says "not Issanotsky, as ordinarily called; the name of the strait is the 

same as that of the island Sannakh or Issannakh." On the early Russian 

charts it is Isanotskoi, Isanotzky, etc., and Lutke so uses it in 1828. It is 

usually called Isanotski and sometimes False Pass.

Isanotskoi, volcano; see Pogromnoi.

I-she-ik, lake; see Aishihik.

Ishiik, lake and village; see Aishihik.

Iskoot; mountain (4,800 feet high), near the junction of the Iskoot and Stikine 

rivers. Native name. Hunter, in 1877, wrote it Skoot.

Iskoot; river, tributary to the Stikine, from the east. Native name given as Skoot 

and Iskut.

Island; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, about 20 miles below the 

mouth of Tozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. This 

appears to be the stream called Sitzikunten by Ball, 1869, Newchuklicargnt by Raymond, 1869, and Nuchuklikakat by Petrof, 1880.

Island; point, at the southern side of entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball in 1880. ""''"-

Island; point, on Baranof island, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named, in 1884, by Coghlan, who shows an island off the 

point.

Island; point, on Lindenberg peninsula, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Coghlan in 1884. There is an island off this point.

Island; point, on the western shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891. There is.an island.off the point.

Island; point, the southeasternmost of Sitklan island, Tongass passage, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1883. There IS a 

small island off the point.

Island; slough, on the south side of Big island, Yukon river. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1898. Its native name, according to Zagoskin, 1842- 

1844, is Notliagepia-ta.

Islands, Bay of; indenting the western shore of Adak island, middle Aleutians. 

Descriptive name, given by Ball in 1873.

Islands of the Four Mountains; see Four Mountains.

Islet; cape, on the northern shore of Kodiak, in Kupreanof strait. Named Ostrovka 

(islet) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Islet; point, on the southern shore of Port Santa Cruz, Suemez island, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de la Isleta (point of the islet) by 

Maurelle and Quadra iii 1775-1779. There is an islet off the point.

Islets; point, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de los 

Yslotillos (point of the barren islets) by Maurelle and Quadra fti 1775-1779.

Ismailof; island, near Halibut cove, Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Named by Ball, 

in 1880, after a Russian naval officer, Gerassiini Grigorovich Ismailof, who 

made explorations in Alaska in the last century. Cook calls him Erasim 

Gregorieoff Sin Ismyloff and Vancouver Mr. Smyloff.
BAKER.] 219 IS8 Izll.

Issannakh, strait; see Isanotski.

Isthmus; bay, on the southern shore of Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Peresheinoi

(isthmus) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. 

Isthmus; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Peresheechnoi

(isthmus) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. 

Isthmus; island, near Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Peresheechnoi (isthmus) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Iswak,-cape; see Igvak. 

lukuk; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Raspberry island, Kodiak group.

Native name, from Murashef in 1839-40. 

lukuk, island; see Raspberry. 

luri, point; see Urey. 

luzhnie, cape; see South. 

luzhnie, point; see Southeast. 

luzhnoi, cape; see Trinity. 

luzhnoi, point; see Harbor.

Ivakin ; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Constantine harbor, Amchitka island,

western Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Ivan; barntbora or house belonging to one Ivan (John) on the divide between 

Unalaklik and the Yukon. Name from Ball, 1866. Since 1869 has 

appeared on maps as a village Ivan.

Ivan; small island, in Pavlof.bay, Alaska peninsula. Presumably named Ivan 

(John) by .the Russians. Name reported (or given) by Ball in 1880.

Ivanof; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the 

Shurnagin group. Named by Ball in 1880. A cape near by was named 

Ivanof (John's) by Lutke, 1835.

Ivanof, cape; see Kupreanof.

lyoukeen; cove, on the northeastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Native name, reported by Davidson, in 1869, as 

I-youk-een.

Izbavlenia, point; see Escape.

Izembek; bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, near its western 

end. Named by Lutke, after Surgeon Karl Izembek, a member of his 

party. Lutke spells the name Izenbek and Isenbeck. Grewingk follows 

the spelling Isenbeck. The official list of the officers of the Holler, Captain 

Staniukovich commanding, on which vessel this surgeon served, has Surgeon Karl Izembek. That list, in the Journal of the Russian Hydrographic Office for 1850 (Vol. VIII, p. 182), appears to have been carefully 

prepared and leads to the belief that the name should be written Izembek.

Izhiga; cove, iii Inanudak bay, on the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. 

Native name from Veniaminof.

Izhut; bay, indenting the southeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Apparently a native name; from Tebenkof, 1849. Variously given as 

Izhutskaia, IJjut, Uyut, etc. Izhut bay of Tebenkof is west.oi Pillar 

point; Izhut bay of the Russian-American Company's report for 1849 is a 

smaller bay east of Pillar point.

Izhut; cape, forming the western head of Izhut bay, Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

So called by Tebenkof, who identifies it with AVhitsuntide of Cook, in 

1778, calling it Piati-desiat-nitzi (Pentecost or Whitsuntide). It is Cape 

Shariepof of Murashef, 1839-40. The Russian-American Company's map 

of 1849 applies the name Izhutskoi to the western head of a small Bay 

farther east. Thus we have Ijoot, Ishoot, Indut, Izhutskoi, Pentecost, 

Piatidesiatnitzi, Shariepof, Shiripof, and Whitsuntide as names which 

have been applied to this cape.
Izli Jam. 220 [BULL. 187.

i

Izhut; creek, tributary to Anikovik river, from the north, in western part of Seward 

peninsula. Eskimo name, which has been published as Ishoot and Ishout.

Izigau; cape, on the southern shore of TJnalaska, near its western end. So called 

by Tebenkof in 1849.

Jachach, cape; see Yakak. 

Jachlanissa, island; see Kochu.

Jack; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Port Valdes, opposite Lowe point, 

Prince William sound. Named Jack's by Abercrombie, in 1898, presumably after W. G. Jack, a prospector in this region.

Jack; river, tributary to Cantwell river, from the south, near latitude 63° 3(K. So 

named by Eldridge and Muldrow, of the Geological Survey, in 1898, presumably after W. G. Jack, a prospector.

Jackass; islet, near the southeastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Jackass; point, the southernmost point of Akun island, eastern Aleutians. So 

named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Jackson; cove, indenting the southern shore of Glacier island, Prince William 

sound. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Jackson; creek, tributary to Bonanza river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Jackson; island, near the head of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883, after Eev. Sheldon Jackson. Jackson, in 

his Alaska (1880, p. 376), calls it Norcross island.

Jackson, island; see Channel.

Jackson; point, the north point of entrance to Port Clarence, Bering strait. So 

named by Beechey, in 1827, in compliment to Capt. Samuel Jackson, R. N.

Jackson; post-office, Presbyterian mission, and trading post at Howkan village, 

Long island, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Rev. Sheldon Jackson, in his report for 1886 (p. 19), says: "On the 22d of August, 1881, I 

established a mission among them (Haidas) at the village of Howcan, 

placing Mr. James E. Chapman in charge as a teacher. The station was 

called Jackson by the missionaries.'' A post-office called Jackson was 

established here in February, 1884.

Jack Wade, creek; see Wade.

Jacob; island, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shumagins. Named St. Jacob by AVoronkofski in 1837.

Jacob, island; see Yakobi.

Jacoota't, bay; see Yakutat.

Jade; mountain, or mountains (3,500 feet high), on the north bank of Kowak river. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1884. The green stone, jade, of 

which the Eskimo make ornaments, is said to be derived from this mountain.

Jaichnoi, cape; see Egg.

Jaitschnoi, island; see Ugalgan.

Jakobia, island; see Chichagof.

Jakorny, point; see Anchor.

James; island, in Ivanof bay, northeast of the Shumagins. So called by Dan in 

1880.

James, island; see Crow.

Jamestown; bay, in the northeastern part of SitKa sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. In 1879-80 the U. S. ship Jamestown was stationed in 

e southeastern Alaska and for the most part was at Sitka, where her officers, 

especially Lieut. F. M. Symonds, navigating officer, and Master G. C.
BAKER.] 221 Jam Jim.

Jamestown Continued.

Harms, engaged in surveying, and added materially to previous knowledge 

of Sitka sound and some other places. This bay or cove was named after 

the ship and various islets in the sound after officers of the ship.

Jamestown; peak (2,940 feet high), on the mainland, northwest of Farragut bay, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after the U. S. ship 

Jamestown, at one time stationed in Alaskan waters.

Jamestown; point, on left bank of the Chilkat river. Named by United States 

naval officers, in 1880, after the U. S. ship Jamestown.

Janesville; mountain (2,620 feet high), east of Port Chester, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. Erroneously 

Janeville.

Japan, island; see Japonski.

Japonski; island, near Sitka, .Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Japonski 

(Japanese) by the Russians. In 1805 the storm-drifted hulk of a Japanese junk went ashore on this coast. Its rescued sailors lived for a time on 

this island; hence the name Japonski, i. e., Japanese. Erroneously

Jeponski; also has been written Japan and Yaponski. 

Jarvis; creek, tributary to Delta river, from the east, near its junction with the

Tanana, in about latitude 64°. So named by Glenn, in 1898, perhaps after

Lieut. David Henry Jarvis, U. S. Rev. Cutter Service. 

Jauncey; mountain (3,654 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So

named by Fender in 1868. 

Jaw; point, on Liesnoi island, the southwestern point of entrance to Woewodski

harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mans- 

. field in 1889. 

Jaw; point, on the mainland, east shore of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Mansfield in 1890. 

Jeannette; island, northeast of the New Siberian islands, Arctic ocean. Discovered

by De Long, in 1881, and named by him after his ship Jeannette. 

Jeannette; mountain, in the Augusta range, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Russell in 1890. 

Jdchitni; river, tributary to Chilkat river, southeastern Alaska. Native name, as

reported by the Krause brothers in 1882. 

Jeltowa, island; see Spruce. 

Jeltakatschkahin; river, tributary to the Klehini river, from the north, in southeastern

Alaska. Native name, as reported by the Krause brothers in 1882. 

Jendesldka, village; see Gan-te-gas-tak-heh. 

Jenkins; peak (3,292 feet high), on the mainland, east of Thomas bay, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Rear-Admiral

Thornton Alexander Jenkins,- U. S. N. 

Jenkins; sunken rock, near the head of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern

Alaska.. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Jeponski, island; see Japonski. 

Jerome; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Jesus Mary; cape, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta

de Jesus Maria by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Jet, island; see Loon. 

Jim; creek, tributary to Taylor creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name from

Brooks, 1900.

Jim; river, draining into the South fork of the Koyukuk, from the south, near longitude 151°. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.
Jim Jon. 222 [BULL. 187.

. Jimtown; mining camp, at mouth of Jim river, near longitude 151°. Prospectors'

name, reported by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Jockedch; river, tributary to the Klehini river, from the north, southeastern Alaska.

Native name, as reported by the Krause brothers in 1882. 

Joe; island, in Clover passage, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Clover in 1885.

Johann Bogosloiv, island; see Bogoslof. . 

John; island, near the southwest coast of Nagai island, Shumagins. So called- by

Dall 'in 1880. 

John; island, northeast of the Shumagins, in Ivanof bay, Alaska peninsula. So

called by Dall in 1880. 

John; peak, on the mainland, east of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So named

by Thomas in 1887. 

John; rock, off Alaska peninsula, southeast of Belkofski. Presumably so named by

the traders. Published by the Coast Survey in 1882. 

Johns; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Johns; Indian house, near Mentasta lake, on trail between the Tanana and Copper

rivers. It is near the head of Slana river. So called by Lowe, in 1898,

from the name of its Indian occupant. Known as Johnnie's village. 

Johns Hopkins; glacier, at the head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named

by Reid, in 1892, after Johns Hopkins University.

Johnson; creek, tributary to the Koksuktapaga river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Johnson, island; see Berry. 

Johnson; mining camp, west of Council, in the Fish river mining region, north of

Golofnin bay, Seward peninsula. Called Johnson City by the prospectors

and this name published by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Johnson; mountain (6,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. So named

by Pender in 1868. 

Johnson; river, tributary to the Tanana river, from the south, near latitude 64°.

Discovered and named by Alien, in 1885, after Peder Johnson, a Swedish

mirier, member of his party, of whom he speaks in high praise. 

Johnsons, point; see Johnstone.

Johnston; creek, tributary to Feather river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Johnston; hill, near the mouth of Naknek river, Bristol bay. Named Johnston's 

by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Johnstone; passage, separating Khantaak island from the mainland, Yakutat bay, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Dall, in 1879, after Master James Johnstone, R. N., one of Vancouver's officers.

Johnstone; point, on the northern shore of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William 

sound. Named by Davidson, in 1868, presumably after Master James 

Johnstone, R. N. of Vancouver's party, in 1790-1795. Erroneously Johnsons and Johnston. . 

John's Village. The Yukon map, sheet 10, published at Ottawa in 1898, gives this 

name to a village on the upper Yukon near the mining camp Eagle. .It 

is Johnnie's village of Schwatka in 1883.

Jones; islands, on the Arctic coast, a little east of the Colville river. Discovered 

and named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after "Rev. David T. Jones, 

the faithful and eloquent minister at Red River." Renamed Thetis by 

Stockton, who, in 1889, made a cruise along this coast in the U. S. ship 

Thetis. .
BAKER.] 223 .Ion Kaf.

Jones, river; see Yahtse.

Jounakh, .islet; see Unak.

Jude; .island (100 feet high), west of Unga, Shumagin group. Named by the Russians after the apostle.

Judy; hill (631 feet high), in the eastern part of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885.

Jug; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Kubieshka (jug) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

.Jug; island, in the southern part of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Kubieshka. (jug) by Vasilief in 1809. .

Jukchana, river; see Yukon.

Juna, river; see Yukon. -

Junaska, island; see Yunaska.

Juneau; city, harbor, arid island, southeastern Alaska. " Two prospectors, Harris 

and Juneau, found mineral, here, in 1880, and soon afterwards a camp was 

located." This camp, it is said, was named Harrisburg and the district 

.luneau. ' United States naval officers reconnoitered the harbor about this 

time, and called the camp Rockwell, after Commander Charles H. Rockwell, U. S. N. Owing to the resulting confusion in names, the residents 

held a town meeting and adopted the name Juneau. A post-office, called 

Juneau, was established here in April, 1881.

Juneau; creek, tributary to Kenai river, Kenai peninsula. Local name, published 

in 1899.

Junior; creek, tributary to Mills creek, from the east, Kenai peninsula. Local 

name, from Becker, 1895.

Juno; mountain, in the western part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols in 1883.

Just; island, at entrance to Willard inlet, northeast of Dixon entrance. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Kaatl; river, tributary to the Chilkat river, from the east. Native name, reported 

by United States naval officers in 1880.

Kabakof; bay, indenting the southern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. So named 

by the Russian-American Company's pilot Ingenstrem, about 1830.

Kablialclier, cape; see Kaphalsek.

Kabuch; point, the south westernmost point of Alaska peninsula. Called Khaboutcha 

by Lutke, 1835, and Khabuch by Tebenkof, 1849. Apparently a native 

name. It is probably identical with Alaska cape of Billings, 1790.

Kachek, island; see Middleton.

Xachd, island; in Kaiuchali.

Kachemak; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Cook inlet. It is Chugachik or 

Kachekmak of the Russians. Tikhmenief has Kachetmakskaia. Grewingk has Kotschekmaksky, and it has been often written Kachekmak.

Kachiginskaia, bay; see Kashega.

Kachkahin, river; see Chilkoot.

Kach-klianna, island; see Wrangell.

Kadiak, bay; see Camp Coogan.

Kadin; island, on the southern edge of the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Russian surveying party on the Rynda, in 

1863, "after the veteran pilot, M. M. Kadin, a native of the Aleutian 

islands, and who drew, at Sitka, the charts contained in Tebienkof's atlas."

Kadugin, islands; see Pavlof.

Kadugnak, cape; see Kudugnak.

Kaflia; bay, near Kukak bay, on the north shore of Shelikof strait. Named Kaflia 

(Dutch tile) by Vasilief in 1831. Lutke, 1835, wrote it Kafla.
Kag Kal. . 224 [BULL. 187.

Kagai; island, one of the Shumagin group, which one not determined. Was so called 

by Sari chef.

Kagak Unimak, islet; see Chernabura.

Kagalaska; island, immediately east of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Lutke calls it Kagalaska, but Tebenkof and the Russian 

Hydrographic charts have Kagalaksa.

Kagalga, island; see Tigalda.

Kagalus; cape, the southeastern point of Chugul island, near Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Perhaps a native name; from Tebenkof, 

1849. Has also been written Kagalis.

Kagamil; volcanic island, one of the group of islands of the Four Mountains. 

Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Has been variously written 

Chagamil, Khogamil, Kigamil, etc. Veniaminof calls it Kagamiliak. 

Several mummies in the Smithsonian Institution came from this island.

Kagaia, lake; see Amanka.

Kagigikak; cape, on the southern side of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Aleut name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has been written Kagigikhnach.

Kagigun, islands; see Shumagin.

Kaguyak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kodiak, immediately west of Two 

Headed island. Called Alsentia bay by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Kaguyak; village, at Kaguyak bay, on the southwestern shore of Kodiak. Native 

name, published by Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, where it is spelled 

Kaguiak. It may be identical with the Kaniag-miut of the RussianAmerican Company, in 1849. In 1868, the Coast Survey published the 

name Alsentia for this village. Of the origin of this I find no trace.

Kaguyak; village, on Svikshak bay, Shelikof strait, about 25 miles southwest of. 

Cape Douglas. Lutke, 1835, says (nautical part, p. 275), "Kaiayak river 

and Kaiayakak village in Svikhchak golfe.' The Russians wrongly call 

this village Naouchkak." The bay was called Noakchak on manuscript 

map of the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, 1867. Tebenkof, 1849, 

has Kaiaiak settlement, which has on many charts appeared as Kayayak. 

Prior to 1884 the Coast Survey charts had Kayayak, but since that date 

Kaguyak. The change appears to have been accidental and unfortunate, 

there being a Kaguyak on the southwest shore of Kodiak island. In the 

Eleventh Census, 1890, the village is called Douglass, after Cape .Douglas. 

Kaguyak seems to be the proper name for what is sometimes called 

Alsentia, on the southwest shore of Kodiak.

Kahtiog, village; see Kal tag.

Kah Shakes; cove, in Revillagigedo channel, near the southern point of entrance 

to Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. So named from Kah Shakes, 

the chief of an Indian village, situated at its northern point of entrance.

Kah Shakes; Indian village " of half a dozen houses" on Kah Shakes cove, southeast Alaska. The Tenth Census, 1880, has two settlements on Etolin 

island, called Kash's village and Shake's village, population 49 and 38, 

respectively. Evidently there is some confusion as to names here.

Kahsitsnah; bay, indenting the southern shore o* Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. 

Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Kahurnoi, cape; see Kekurnoi.

Kaiaiak, village; see Kaguyak.

Ka .ikak; native village, on right bank of the Yukon, a little below Nulato. So 

called by Petrof, in 1880, who reported a population of 124 at that date.

Kaiakishmg-miut, village; see Otukah.
 BAKER.] 225 . Kal Kak.

Kaialik; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta northeast of Hazen bay. Visited by 

Nelson in December, 1878, who reports its name as Kaialigumiut, i. e., 

Kaialik people. Population in 1880, 100; in 1890, 157. The Eleventh 

Census calls it Kailwigamiut (p. 164) and Kialigamiut, i. e., people of 

Kialit mountains- (p. 110).

Kaianak; cape, the western head of Vulcan cove, on south shore of Akutan island, 

Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. The 

Fish Commission, in 1888, called this South Head. Possibly this point is 

the Battery point of Venianiinof. See Battery.

Kaiashik, island; see Round.

Kaiashik, islands; see Walrus.

Kaiasik; one of the Shuniagins, not identified. Native name from Venianiinof, 

who says it is high and rocky. Lutke writes it Kassik.

Kaichali, island; see Kaiuchali.

Kai-gah-nee, strait; see Dixon entrance.

Kaigan; portage, between the heads of Cholmondeley sound, Moira sound, and 

Tliakaek bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Called

Kaigantsef on Russian Hydrographic chart 1493, and Kaigan by Dalf in

the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 85). It is doubtful whether it exists as described.

Kaigani, cape; see Muzon.

Kaigani; harbors, South, Middle, and North, in Dall island, opening into Kaigani 

strait, near Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. So called by Etolin 

in 1833. Presumably a native name, often or generally written Kaigahnee. 

South Kaigani harbor was known, in 1799, as Taddiskey, a native name, or 

 Taddy's cove, a corruption of the former.

Kaigani; point, the southern point of Long island, Cordova bay, Dixon entrance. 

Named luzhnoi (south) by Tebenkof, 1848. Has also been called Kaigan 

and Uzhnoi.

'Kaigani; strait, the southern part of the strait between Long island and Dall island, 

Cordova bay, Dixon entrance. Native name, reported by Etolin, in 1833, 

as Kaigan. Variously called Kaigahnee, Kaigan, Kaijani, etc.

Kaigani; village of Haida Indians, at Cape Muzon, Dixon entrance, Alexander 

archipelago.

Kailwigamiut, village; see Kaialik.

Kaisana, island; see Kasiana.

Kaiuchali; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently a native name, from Vasilief in 1809. Has also been written 

Kaichali. Apparently a corruption of the Russian kachd, from kachat, 

to S'wing, rock, roll.

Kaiugnak; bay, west of Sitkalidak island, on the southern coast of Kodiak. So 

called, by Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from the Aleut word kayuk, meaning 

berry.

Kaiulik, bay; see Kujulik.

Kaiyuh; mountains, in western Alaska, between the Irmoko and Yukon rivers. 

Native name, from the name of a tribe of Indians living in the region.

Kaiyuh; river, tributary to the lower Yukon, from the east, about 60 milej below 

Nulato. Called Kaiyuh on most maps. Tikhmenief, 1861, calls it Kutulnakt. Dall, 1866, has Kaiyuh, and Raymond, 1869, Kayuh for the 

mountains and Kaiyuh for the river.

Kai-yukh-pal-ikj island; see Kiukpalik.

Kak; islet, at entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. The native name, according to Tebenkof, is Kak or Kakh, which has also been written Katch 

By the Coast Survey, in 1875, it was called Rocky island,

Kakayin, inlet, see Basket.

Bull. 187 01 15
Kak-Ksik. 226 [BULL. 187,

Kakan; river, one of the five rivers in the delta of the Alsek ri^er, southeastern 

Alaska. Called Kakangina or Kakan/tim, meaning Kakan river, by 

Tebenkof in 1849. Native name. . 

Kakanhini, bay; see Dry.

Kakani; lake, immediately behind the beach in the St. Elias alpine region, between 

the Alsek delta and Yakutat bay. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Apparently a native name. It is near Kakan river. 

Kakat. This is an Indian word, used in northwest Alaska, meaning river and is

appended to the name. Thus we have: 

Allenkakat river = Alien (river) River. 

Batzakakat river = Batza (river) River. 

. Daklikakat river = Dakli (river) River. 

Dulbikakat river = Dulbi (river) River. 

Gisasakakat river = Gisasa (river) River. 

Hogatzakakat river = Hogatza (river) River. 

Husliakakat rj,ver = Huslia (river) River. 

Tozikakat river = Tozi (river) River, etc.

In such cases it has been thought best to drop the generic termination kakat 

and write Alien, Batza, Dakli, etc. This word kakat was written, in 1871, 

by Captain Raymond, U. S. A., on his maps of the Yukon, kargut and 

chargut, as Atutsakulakuschchargut, Tosekargut, etc.

Kakati; lake, on north bank of the Stikine river, opposite mouth of Katete river, 

southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by Hunter, in 1877, as 

Kahkahtoi.

Kakatkusik, cape; see Sarichef. 

Kake, strait; see Keku.

Kake; village, in the northwestern part of Kiipreanof island, Alexander archipelago. 

It is the principal village of the so-called Kake Indians. Keku (islands 

and strait) is apparently only another form of this same name. Meade, 

1869, says the Indians here are called.the Kakes, Kekis, or Kehons, the 

terms being indifferently applied. 

Kakhvalga, island; see Kavalga.. 

Kakhvegina, stream; see Kakvi. 

Kakidaguk; cape, the western point of entrance to Morzhovi bay, near west end of

Alaska peninsula. According to Lutke it was called Kakhidagouk by

Kudiakof in or about 1791. Obviously this is the native name. 

Kakka, village; see Makak. 

Kakliaklia; native village, on right bank of the Koyukuk, at mouth of the Sukloseanti river. Name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who wrote it Kakliakliakakat, i. e.,'Kakliaklia river. Not found on recent maps. 

Kaknu, lake; see Skilak. 

Kaknu; river, .on Kenai peninsula, tributary to Cook inlet. Native name, from the

Russians; apparently first used by Wosnesenski about 1840. Grewingk

has called it Nik river, an abbreviation of Nikolas. 

Kakogkakat, creek; see Medicine. 

Kakovo; islet, in Whale bay, Baranof bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by

the Russians as early as 1850. 

Kakuak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Nushagak river, about 60 miles above

its mouth. .Native name, from Petrof, 1880. On recent maps written

Kakwok. 

Kakul; narrows, the contracted part of Peril strait near its western end. So named,

by-Moore in 1897. 

Kakul; point, between Fish bay and Neva strait, in eastern part of Salisbury sound,

Alexander archipelago. So called by the Russians. Perhaps derived

from Kekur. See Kekur,
BAKEB.] 227 ' Kak-Kal.

Kakvi; glacial stream, in the Fairweather range, debouching a few miles north of 

Lituya bay. Tebenkof on his Chart VII, 1849, calls this Kakhvegina, and 

on his Chart VIII, 1849, Katagina. The word is apparently of Indian 

origin, the termination gina or hini meaning river.

Kakwan; point, on the northern bank of the Stikine river, near Popof glacier. 

Native name, from Hunter, 1877.

Kakwok; see Kakuak. ' .

Kalabri, islet; see Kalibri.

Kalchagamut, village; see Kaltshak.

Kalekta; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Uiialaska, between Beaver and Captains bays. Aleut name, from Sarichef, 1790. Also has been written 

Kalekhta, Kalekhtak, and Kaleakhta.

Kalekta; cape or promontory, on the eastern shore of TJnalaska, between Captains 

and Kalekta bays. Aleut name, from Sarichef, 1790. Veniaminof also 

calls it Kalekta, but Lutke says the natives call it Igognak. The Fish 

Commission has called it Priest point.

Kalekta, Native village on Kalekta bay, Unalaska; was found by Sarichef, in 1790, 

and shown on his chart. Veniaminof describes it'(about 1825) as composed of 3 huts (yourts) and 14 people. Not now in existence.

Kalga, cape; see South.

Kalgin; island, near the head of Cook- inlet. Apparently a native name, reported 

by Wosnesenski about 1840. In Galiano's atlas, 1802, it is called Isla del 

Peligro (danger island). On a Russian map of 1802 it is called Kulgiak.

Kaliaiiaktna, river; see Sukosleanti.

Kalibri; islet, at junction of Sukoi strait and Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago. 

. So called by Vasilief in 1833. Apparently identical with, Goloi (bare) 

island of Vasilief in 1809. Also written Kalabri.

Kalidge, point; see Collie.

Kaligagan; islet, one of the Krenitzin group between Tigaklaand Ugamak, eastern 

Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof. The Fish Commission, in 1888, 

called it Sealion.

Kalignak; native village, on one of the western tributaries of the Nushagak river. 

Eskimo name, from Petrof, 1880.

Kalinin; bay, indenting the northern shore of. Kruzof island, Salisbury sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Kalinina (Kalinin's) by Vasilief, in 1833, 

doubtless after Kalinin, pilot of the Russian ship Neva, who, with 34 

others, was drowned January 9, 1813, near Mount Edgecumbe in the 

wreck of the Neva.

Kaliukluk; Eskimo village, on Nelson island, near Cape Vancouver, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported by him as 

Kaliokhlogamute, i. e., Kaliukluk people.

Kalivinaguk; channel, connecting Baird inlet with Etolin strait and separating 

Nelson island from the mainland, Bering sea. Eskimo name, from Nelson, who crossed it in December, 1878.

Kalsin; bay, in the southwestern part of Chiniak bay, Kodiak.. Named Kalsinskaia by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Kalsin; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Kalsinskoi by Russian 

naval officers, 1808-1810.

Kalsin; reef, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named by Russian naval officers in 1808- 

1810. It is Kalisin of the Coast Survey in 1869..

Kaltag; native village, on left bank of the Yukon, near eastern end of the trail 

from Unalaklik to the Yukon. Called Kaltag by the Russians. Petrof, 

1880, shows two villages on the right bank, called. Lower Kaltag and 

Upper Kaltag. Tikhmenief, 1861, writes it Kkhaltel and Raymond, 1869, 

Kahltog. ^
Kal Ktm. 228 ' [BULL. 187.

Kaltag; range of mountains, on the Northern bank of the Yukon, between Nulato 

and the coast. So called by Pe'trof in 1880.

Kalthagamute, village; see Kaltshak.

Kaltshak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, near longitude 161°. 

Eskimo name, reported by Petrof, in 1880, as Kalthagamute and Kaltkhagamute, and by Spurr and Post as Kaltshagamut, i. e., Kaltshak people.

Kaluiak; native village, on the southern shore of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. 

So given by Petrof, in 1880, and the Fish Commission in 1888. The census 

of 1890 reports the only village existing in this locality to be one on Mitrofania island. No name is applied to it.

Kamachi; point, the northern point of entrance to Wrangell harbor, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently a native name, reported by Zarenibo in 1834. 

It appears on Zarembo's sketch on Russian Hydrographic chart No. 1396. 

Has also been called point Hafuache.

Kamchatka, Sea of; see Bering.

Kame; glacial stream, debouching on the northwestern shore of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1891.

Kamegli; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim river, about 10 miles 

above Bethel. Its native name, according to Spurr and Post, who obtained 

it from missionary ,T. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, is Kameglimut, i. e., Kamegli 

people. .

Kamenaia; peak, north of Silver bay, Baranof island, Alexander, archipelago. 

Named Kamennaia (rocky) by the Russians.

Kamenistaia, bay; see Necker.

Kamenistie. This is the Russian adjective for stony, covered with stones, from kamcn, 

a stone or rock. This word, spelled Kamminista and Kamninista, is applied 

to a spot on St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Elliott, 1874, has 

Kamminista, Russian for rocky place.

Kamenistie, islets; see Rocky.

Kamenistie, point; see Rock.

Kamenoi; island, south of Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kamennoi (stony) by Vasilief in 1809.

Kamenoi; point, on the eastern shore of Kruxof island, in the northernmost part of 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Kamennoi (rocky) by Vasilief in 1809. Variously written Kamenni, Kamennie, Kamennoi, Kamenoi, Rock and Rocky. ' .

Kamieshatskoi, cape; see Douglas.

Kamishak; bay, in the southwestern part of Cook inlet. Native name, reported by 

the early Russians and variously spelled Kamiskuk, Kamieshatskaia, 

Kamiischatskaja, Kainychatskoi, etc.

Kamishak; river, tributary to Kamishak bay, Cook inlet. Native name, reported 

by the early Russians.

Kamminista; see Kamenistie.

Kanaga; island (1,392 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from early Russian explorers. 

Probably identical with Kanaton island of Cook. Has also been written 

Konega and Konniaga.

Kanagunut; island, near Tongass harbor, Dixoii entrance, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, from Davidson, 1869, who wrote it Kan-na-ghu-nut. Also 

erroneously Kannagkhunut.

Kanak; island, in Controller bay, east of the mouth of Copper river. Native name, 

published by Tebenkof in 1849.

Kanakanak; Eskijno village, in the Nushagak enumeration district of the Eleventh 

Census, 1890; population, 53. Location not given nor discovered.
UAKEU.] 229 JKaii-ltail.

Kanalku; bay, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, given by the Coast Survey, in 1891, as Kanalkoo. 

Kanata; river, the north fork of the Tiekel, northeast of Port Valdes, Prince 

William sound. Native name, from Rohn, 1898.

Kaiiatak, bay; see Portage.

Eanatak; cape, between Portage bay and Cold bay, on the northern shore of 

Shelikof strait. . Aleut name, from the Russians, supposed to mean snowy. 

Has been written Kanalak and Kanatah.

Kanaton, island; see Kanaga.

Kanauguk; river, near York, in. western part of Seward peninsula. - Native name, 

from Brooks, 1900, who wrote it Kanaugok.

Kane; islands, in the northern part of Neva strait, Alexander archipelago. Named, 

apparently by the Russians, after Captain Kane, an American pioneer 

trader on this coast at the beginning' of the 19th century. Have also 

been called Kan islets.

Kane; peak (3,292 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after the

arctic explorer ELisha Kent Kane. 

Kanektok; river, just south of the Kuskokwiin river and tributary to Kuskokwim

bay. According to Spurr, who uses Kanektok, its Eskimo name is Kwina

or Kanektok (snowy). 

Kanewok, district; see York. 

Kang-a; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island,

Alexander archipelago. Name applied by Ball in the Coast Pilot, 1883. 

Kanga; islet, in the southeastern part .of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809. It is an Asiatic name of the

Mongolian gun.

Kangaiulouk, island; see Spectacle. 

Kangusuk, river; see Kvinguk. 

Kanial, bay; see Alitak. 

Kaniek, river; see Buckland. 

Kaniek; small stream, tributary, from the west, to Kulukak bay, on north shore of

Bristol bay. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Kanig-miut, village; see Kaguyak. 

Kanikluk; native village, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. Native

name, reported by Petrof, in 1880, as Kanikhluk. 

Kaniliak; island, one of the Shumagin group; which one is not discovered. Name

from Veniaminof and Lutke, who write it Khainiliakh. 

Kaniugi, island; see Koniuji. 

Kanoozhki, island; see Koniuji. 

Kanowock or York, mining district; see York. 

Kantukan; village of Hooniah Indians, Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick, Icy strait,

Alexander archipelago. Name from the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 191), where

it is written Kan-tu-kan. The post-office Hoonah has been established

here recently. 

Kanuktik; creek, tributary to the Kanektok river, from the southeast, about 60

miles above the mouth 'of the Kanektok, western Alaska. Native name,

from Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who passed its mouth September 4, 1898. . Kanulik; Eskimo village, near the mouth of the Nushagak river, on left bank.

Native name, from Petrof, 1880. 

Kanuti; village, and also a river tributary to the Koyukuk, from the south, near

Arctic city. Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, and by him written

Konootena, i. e., Kanuti river. This is, apparently, Old Man river of the

prospectors.
Kao Kas. . ' 230 [BULL. 187.

Kaouttkhta, island; see Kauatka.

Kaphalseic; cape, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Native name,

reported by Zarembo, in 1834, as Kap-khal-tsech. The name was pub-

* lished, in 1848, on Zarernbo's sketch of the harbor on Russian Hydrographic

chart No. 1396. On United States Hydrographic chart No. 225 this point

is called Kabhalcher.

Kapho; mountain (5,000 to'6,000 feet high), on the mainland, near head of Bradfield canal, southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native name, obtained by 

Snow, in 1886, and said to mean brothers.

Karablin, islet; see Ship.

Karlooch, village; see Karluk.

Karluk; .cape, at mouth of the Karluk river, on the northwestern shore of Kodiak. 

Native name, from the Russians. It is a precipitous mountain mass about 

1,600 feet high, locally known as Karluk Head.

Karluk; lake, drained by the Karluk river, in the western part of Kodiak. Native 

name.

Karluk; reef, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet, between Kaknu and Kasilof river 

mouths. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Karluk; river, draining from Karluk lake, in the western part of Kodiak. Native 

name.

Karluk, strait; see Kupreanof.

Karluk; village, at mouth of Karluk river, Kodiak. Native name, from the Russians. 

"Lisianski, 1805, spells it Carlook and Karlooch. Shelikof, according to 

Coxe, called it Karluta. There are several canneries here, and the place 

is locally known as Karluk spit. A post-office called Karluk was established here in March, 1895.

Karlusi; rock, the largest of the Old Sitka rocks, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809.

Karpa; island, the north easternmost of the Shumagin group and at or near the 

entrance to Stepovak bay. Called Buldyr (hovel) by the Russians. The 

Aleut name is Inh'kak, or, as Lutke writes it, Inglikhakh. Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1379 (ed. of 1847) calls it Karpa (carp) island, while 

Tebenkof, 1849, calls'it Tangimak. Tangik is the Aleut word for island

and Tangidak for islet. Thus this island has been called Boulder, Bouldyr

(hovel), Inglikhakh, Inlikak (perhaps from Ingliakun, whiskers), Karpa 

(carp) and Tangimak (islet?).

Karr; hills, back of Icy bay and near Mount St. Elias, southeastern Alaska. Named 

by Topham, in 1888, presumably afte'r Mr. Seton-Karr. Erroneously Carr.

Karta; bay, at the head of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Called, in 1880, Kasaan anchorage (Coast Pilot, p. 85). Kasaan 

bay was then called Karta, following the erroneous form on British 

Admiralty chart 2431. Later the charts adopted Kasaan for the large 

bay and retained Karta for this little bay at-its head. Just east of it is 

the Baranovich fishery, the salmon fishery of Philip Baranovich having 

been established here in about 1878 or earlier.

Kasaan, anchorage; see Karta bay.

Kasaan; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name of Indian origin obtained by the Russians and variously written Casaan, Kasan, Kazarn, and even, by error, Karta.

Kasaan; post-office, on north shore of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago; established in December, 1899.

Kasaan; village, of Haida Indians, on Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. Native name.
BAKEU.] 231 Kas Kus.

Kasatochi; island (1,018 feet high), northwest of the western end of Atka, middle

Aleutians. Called Kassatotchy by Lutke, about 1830, who says it is an

extinct crater reported to contain a lake. 

Kashaiak; Eskimo village, on the north bank of Togiak river, near mouth of the

Kashaiak river. Its native name, according to Spurr and Post, 1898, is

Kashaiyagamut, i. e., Kashaiak people. 

Kashaiak; river, tributary to the Togiak river, from the north, about 30 miles above

the mouth of the latter. Native name, from Spurr and Post, who write it'

Kashdiyak. 

Eashaw; river, tributary to the Kaskawulsh, from the northeast, north of the St.

Elias alps. Native name, from Brooks, 1900. 

Kashega; bay, indentingthe northern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Named

Koshiginskoi by Sarichef, in 1792, supposedly after Yefim. Koshigin, who

wintered at Unalaska in 1763. Has been variously written Kachiginskaia,

Kasheega, Kashuga, Koshigin, etc. 

Kashega; cape, between Kashega and Pumicestone bays, on northern shore of

Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Kashega; native village, in Kashega bay, on the northern shore of Unalaska. So 

called by Sarichef in 1792. In 1831 it was the headquarters of the bidarshik or foreman of the Kussian-American Company for the western half 

of Unalaska. Its population then was 41; in 1880, 74, and in 1890, 46. 

Has been called Kashigin and Koshigin,

Kashevarof; group of islands, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Ball in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 89).

Kashevarof; passage, separating the Kashevarof group of islands from Prince of 

Wales island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by the 

Eussians. Variously written Kashevarow, Kashevaroff and, erroneously, 

Kashvarow. It is an oftrrecurring Russian family name.

Kashigaluk; Eskimo village, on Nelson island, Bering sea. Visited by Nelson in 

December, 1878, and its name reported by him to be Kashigalogamute, 

i. e., Kashigaluk people.

Kashuga, bay; see Kashega.

Kashunuk; Eskimo village, of 20 houses, in the Yukon delta, near the Kashunuk 

river. Eskimo name, from Nelson, who visited it in December, 1878, and 

reported a population of 100 or 200. Petrof, 1880, writes Kashunok and 

reports a population of 125. The Eleventh Census, 1890, calls it Kashunahmiut and gives a population of 232.

Kashunuk; river, in the Yukon delta, forming one of the outlets of the Yukon 

river. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who wrote Ki/hunak. Also 

has been written Kizhunok. Nelson, who crossed it in 1878, calls it 

Kashunuk.

Kashutuk; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta, near Andreafski. Eskimo name, 

from Nelson, who visited it in December, 1878. Also has been written 

Kashutok. .

Kashvarow, passage; see Kashevarof.

Kashvik; bay, immediately southwest of Katniai bay, Shelikof strait. Native name 

from Tebenkof, 1849.

Kasiak; cape, the western point of entrance to Sitkalidak strait, on the southeastern 

shore of Kodiak. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Native name. Kasik 

is Aleut for need and Kaiasik for high and rocky.

Kasiana; group of islands, in the northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809. Erroneously Kaisana. It is a 

Eussian family name.
Kas Kai. 2 [BULL. 187.

Kasilof; cape, at mouth of the Kasilof river, Cook inlet. The cape appears to have 

been named by Wosnesenski about 1840. Also written Kassilow, Kussiloff, etc.

Kasilof; fishing village, at mouth of the Kasilof river, Cook inlet. Upon or near 

the site of this village the Russian foreman Kolomin, in 1786, began for 

the Lebedef-Lastochkin Company a settlement by building.two log houses 

surrounded by a stockade. This was called St. George, presumably after 

one of the ships of the company. The name Georgiefskaia appears on 

the old maps.

Kasilof; river, on Kenai peninsula, draining from Tustumena lake to Cook inlet. 

Apparently a Eussian proper name, due to Wosnesenski about 1840. Variously written Kasilof, Kasilova, Kasilovka, Kussiloff, Kussilowa, etc.

Kaskawulsh.; river, northeast of Yakutat bay, and tributary to the Alsek. Native 

name, published, in 1898, and probably earlier. Has been variously written 

Kaskarwurlch, Kaskarwulch, etc. The above form, Kaskawulsh, has been 

adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Kasnatchin, point; see Anchor."

Kasnyku; bay, on the eastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Native name, reported by Moore in 1895.

Kasook; inlet and lake, on the northern shore of Cord ova bay, Alexander archipelago. Named published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Kassatotchy, island; see Kasatochi.

Kcmik, island; see Kaiasik.

Kassilqf, river and village; see Kasilof.

Kasson; creek, tributary to Shovel creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Katag-uni; island, one- of the Chilkat islands, in Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Native name obtained by the Krause brothers, in 1882, and by them written 

Katagune.

Katak. The Russian American map of 1849 shows an Aleut settlement on Afognak 

bay, Afognak island, called Kattagmiut, i.e., Kat-tak people.

Katch, islet; see.Kak.

Katclieldat, river; see Yentna.

Kateekuk; island (300 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name obtained, 

in 1874, by 'Ball, who wrote it Katee'khnk.

Kate; mountain (4,600 feet high), near Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Kateel; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the west, about 40 miles above mouth 

of the latter. Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, as Kateelkakat (on 

his map) and Koteelkakat (in his text, p. 105), i. e., Kateel river. Has 

also appeared as Kotelkakat. See Kakat.

Kates Needle; mountain (9,960 feet high), on the western bank of the Stikine, 

near the international boundary. Also called Kates Needles.

Katete; mountain (4,170 feet, high), near the Katete river. Native name, from 

Hunter, 1877, who has Kwah-tee-tah and Ka-te'-te'.

Katete; river, tributary to the Stikine river, from the southeast. Native name, 

published by the Coast Survey, in 1883, as Kwahteetah and later as Ka-te-te 

and Kahtite.

Katiushkin. A small stream on Kenai peninsula, debouching in Cook inlet, near 

East Foreland, is on Wosnesenski's map (1840) in Grewingk (map 3), 

called Kantiitschike. The cape East Foreland is called Katiushkin on 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1378, (ed. of 1847).

Katlian; bay, in the northeastern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Lisianski after Katlian or Kotlean, one of the native chiefs of 

Sitkainl809. Has been called Katlianof a gulf and Kotleana( Kotlean's) bay.
BAKER.} 233 ' Kat-Kay.

Katmai; bay, indenting the northern shore of Shelikof strait. Native name, from

Vasilief, 1831-32; \vritten Katmai and Katinaiskoi. 

Katmai; creek, tributary to Katmai bay, Shelikof strait. Native name. 

Katmai; village, on Katmai bay, Shelikof strait, northwest of Kodiak. This is one

of the most important of the native villages. Population in 1880, 218; in

1890, 132. 

Katnu; river, debouching on the northwestern, shore of Cook inlet, immediately

west of the West Foreland. Native name, from the Russians^ 

Katrina; river, tributary to the White, from the west, in latitude 63°. This name

has been adopted by the Canadian .Board on Geographic Names. It is

apparently an accidental corruption of the native word Katsimi, published

by the Coast Survey in 1890. Katrina is reported to be the local usage. 

Katschadelch. The Krause brothers, 1882, report this to be the native name, of a

river tributary, from the west, to the upper waters of the Chilkat river. 

Kalschin, river; see Katzehin. 

Katschkalrin, river; see Chilkoot. 

Katsehahin, river; see Kicking Horse.

Katselina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, a little north of the 

Chitina river. Native name, from Abercrombie, 1898, who writes it 

Katselena.

Katsina, river; see Katrina.

Katz; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880, after Ensign Edward M. 

Katz, U. S. N.

Katzehin; river, on the mainland, tributary to Chilkoot inlet, from the east, southeastern Alaska. Native name, variously written Chkazehin (Krause), 

Katsehin (Coast Survey), and, by error, .Katschin. Apparently it is 

Katz-hini, i. e., Katz river.

Kaualka. One of the Shumagin islands, not identified, is called Kaouakhta by Lutke, 

who in turn obtained this name from V'eniaminof. Veniaminof' s notes, 1840, 

has the form Kauatka, meaning "long, narrow, and with some stony places."

Kautas; river, draining from a lake, northward to the Koyukuk river, near longitude 

157°. Native name, from Alien, 1885, who wrote it Cawtaskilkat, i. e., 

Kautas river.

Kavalga; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from the Russians. Lutke and others write it Kakhvalga, 

but Tebenkof has Kavalga. Erroneously Ravalga.

Kaviaiak, bay; see Clarence, port.

Kaviak; Eskimo village, between Golofnin bay and Port Clarence. Called Kaviagamute on the map and Kaviazagamute in the text of? the Tenth Census by 

Petrof, in 1880, who reports the population to be 200. Kaviazagemut of 

Dall and the Coast Survey in 1869. Near it many maps, since 1869, show 

a river called Kaviavazak, a name said to be now unknown locally.

Kaviruk; swampy tract and small river at head of Irnuruk basin, east of Grantley 

harbor, Seward peninsula. An Eskimo word, apparently from some of 

the Franklin search parties about 1850, and spelled Cov-vee-arak. Has 

also been written Covearak. Billings, 1790, shows a river here called 

Kauveren on his chart and Ka-ooveren in his text. On a Russian chart 

of 1802 it is called Kvuveren.

Kayak; cape, the eastern head of Protection harbor, on south coast of Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, in 1849, perhaps from a real or 

fancied resemblance to the native skin boat called kaiak. Called Mountain cape by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Kayak; group of islets, at the southwestern end of the Galankin group, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809. Kayak is
Kay Keg. . 2<34 - [BOLL. 187.

Kayak Continued.

the native name for their small skin-covered boats. The name has 

appeared as Kayaik, Kayaktch, and Kayatchi. Was also called Beardslee 

island by United States naval officers in 1880.

Kayak; island, on the southern border of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska. This is 

the island which it is believed Bering saw and named St. Elias in 1741. 

Cook, in 1778, saw and named it Kaye's island, after Rev. Dr. Kaye, dean 

of Lincoln. It has also appeared as Kay's island. The Spaniards Arteaga 

and Bodega, in 1779, called it Nuestra Sefiora del Carmen, whence the 

name Carmen island. The Russians called it Kayak from a fancied 

resemblance of its outlines to an Eskimo kayak or skin canoe. This has 

been written Kaiak and Kyak.

Kayakliut; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Also written Kayagliuk.

Kayaku, island; see Adak.

Kayayak, village; see Kaguyak. 

Kay-e-ghlen, bay; see Whale. . '

Kaye's, island; see Kayak.

Kayuk, river; see Koyuk.

Kazakof; cape, forming the western point of entrance to Danger bay, on south shore 

of Afognak island, Kodiak group. So named by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Tebenkof applies this name, spelled Kazakofskie, to the eastern head of 

the bay. Its meaning is Cossack's.

Kazarn, bay; see Kasaan.

Kazhgi-Igvat, cape; immediately north of Cape Douglas, Cook inlet. So called on 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. of 1847). Obviously a Russian 

rendering of some native phrase or name.

Kazik, island; see Chisik. . Kchisakh. On United -States Hydrographic chart No. 8 a cape, the southernmost 

point of Little Tanaga island, middle Aleutians, is called C. Kchisakh. 

This name has not been found on any chart of earlier date. Most of the 

names upon it are taken from Tebenkof's charts. In this case Tebenkof 

shows an islet which he calls Silak island, but does' not .name the cape.

The hydrographic chart does not name the island, but calls the nearby

cape C. Kchisakh. Perhaps this is the origin of the name. 

Kchulacli, point; see Kulah. 

Keating: range of mountains (3,000 feet high), in the western part of Etolin

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Kechumstuk; range of hills, south of the Tanana, in longitude 145°. Often called

Razor Back Divide by the prospectors. On Coast Survey chart T, editions

of 1895 and 1896, it is called Razor Back Divide, and on later editions and

maps Ketchumstock Hills. 

Keeli' Khtagikh, island; see Kiliktagik. 

' Keene; channel, north of Keene island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named Keene's channel by Meade, in 1869, after the pilot J. W. Keene. 

Keene; island, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago.

Name published in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 121). 

Keene; island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Keene's island

by Meade, in 1869, after the pilot J. W. Keene. 

Keeue; rock or rocky patch, northwest of the middle channel into Sitka harbor,

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by the United States Navy,

in 1879, after pilot J. W. Keene, who reported it in that year. 

Kegezruk, creek; see Kigezruk.
BAKER.] . 235 Kcc Kel.

Keete; inlet, indenting the southwestern shore of Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently a native name, published by the Coast Survey 

in 1899.

Keelovaia, bay; see Whale.

Kegiktoiuruk, village; see Kiktaguk.

Kejachu, island; see Adak.

Kekoor; rock; see'Second Kekur.

Kekour, rock; see Third Kekur.

Keku; group of islets, in the north end of Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, which has been written Kekou and Kiku.

Keku; strait, between Kuiu and Kupreanof islands, Alexander archipelago. A 

native name, which has been variously written Kake, Kiku, etc.

Kekur. This word, spelled Kekoor, Kekour, Kekur, etc., is frequently found on 

Russian m_aps of Alaska and Eastern Siberia. It appears to be some 

native term adopted into the Russian and to mean any high isolated rock 

or rocky islet. Apparently it is an exact equivalent of the Spanish word 

Farallon. In the Journal of the Russian Hydrographic Office (1844, vol. 

2, pp. 115-129) is a list of words in use by the seafaring folk (promieshlenniki) of the Archangel government. In this list occurs these two entries: 

Gurie; pyramid of rocks. Kekur; same as gurie, but oftener by this 

word is meant an isolated pillar-like rock. The word is in use in Nova 

Zembla. Paktusof, in 1833, speaks of Guria or Kekufa. Petrof (Bancroft's History of Alaska, p. 225) says, "This expedition fell in with a 

large party of savages, who had taken up a position on a Kekour," and 

then adds this explanation, "Such places, to which the Russians applied 

the Kamchatka name of Kekour, were often used by the natives as natural 

fortifications and places of refuge. War parties or hunting expeditions 

would leave their women and children upon such cliffs for safe-keeping 

till their return." In Wrangell's narrative, edited by Sabine, we find 

(p. 354) Kekury, Kekurnoi, or columns.

Kekur, cape; see Pillar.

Kekur; islet, near the entrance to Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Called Kekurnoi (pillar) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

Kekur, rock; see First Kekur.

Kekur, rock; see Pinnacle.

Kekurnie, cape; see Rocky.

Kekurnoi; cape, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait, between Katmai and Cold 

bays. By Tebenkof, 1849, it is called Kekurnoi, from Kekur (pillar), and 

by mistranslation this appears on current charts as Kahurnoi. Lutke, 

1835, calls it Nelupaki or Neliupiaki, apparently a native name, while 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1379 has another native name, Nukakalkak.

Kell; bay, Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Said to be so called 

by the Indians. Name reported by Helm in 1886.

Kellek, island; see Summit.

Kellett, island; see Wrangell.

Kellogg; point, the northern point of entrance to Young cove, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Named by Sheldon Jackson after Miss 

Fannie E. Kellogg, a teacher at Sitka in 1878.

Kellogg-; point, the western point of entrance to Dunbar inlet, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball, in 1882, after Miss Fannie 

E. Kellogg, a teacher at Sitka in 1878.

Kelly; mountain, in northwestern Alaska, near headwaters of Pi tin egea river. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1890.
Kel Ken. . 236 [BULL. 187.

Kelp; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Often referred to as Deep bay, and in 1879 named 

Kelp bay by Ball in the Coast Pilot, published in 1883.

Kelp; island, near the southern shore of Duke island, Dixon entrance, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Kelp; point, between Dewey and McHenry anchorages, on Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Kelp; rocks, off Port Chester, Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1883.

Kenachananak; Eskimo village, on the seashore east of Nunivak island, Bering 

sea. In the Eleventh Census, 1890, it is called Kennachananaghamiut, 

i. e., Kenachananak people, described as composed of 8 dwellings and 181 

people.

Kenai, bay; see Cook inlet. - . Kenai; lake, on Kenai peninsula, between Turnagain arm and Kesurrection bay, 

. and draining through Kenai river westward .to Cook inlet. On some maps 

called Second lake. See also Skilak. .

Kenai; mountains, forming the axis of Kenai peninsula. Commonly so called. 

Name published in the Tenth Census, 1880. Grewingk, 1849, deriving his 

information from Wosnesenski, 1842, gives the native name of these 

mountains as Triiiili; also written Truuli.

Kenai; peninsula, between Cook inlet and Prince William sound. Native name, 

from the Russians. On early Russian maps the peninsula bears no name, 

but Cook inlet is called Kenaiskaia gulf. Billings, 1802, calls it Kanaiski 

land. Grewingk calls it Tschugatsk (Chugach) peninsula.

Kenai, strait; .see Shelikof.

Kenai; village, at mouth of Kaknu river, on eastern shore of Cook inlet. A fortified post was established here by Grigor Konovalof, commanding the ship 

St. George, of the Lebedef-Lastochkin Company, in August, 1791, and 

called fort or redoubt St. Nicholas or St. Nicolas or St. Nikolas. On a 

Russian map of 1802 it is called Pavlovskaia, i. e., .Paul, and a manuscript 

note says fort De Pawlofsk. In the summer of 1869 there was a military 

post of the United States here called Fort Kenai, and by this name Kenai, 

a native name, the place is now known. A post-office, Kenai, was established here in February, 1899,

KenaisJcischer, inlet; see Cook.

Kenasnow, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Kenasnow, island; see Killisnoo.

Kenasnow; rocks, in Kootznahoo roads, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Called Kootznahoo by Meade, in 1869, and Kenasnow by Nichols in 1891.

Kendrick; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Clarence 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1879, after Capt. John 

Kendrick, of the sloop Columbia, from Boston, who wintered at Nootka 

in 1788-89.

Kennedy; point, the eastern point of entrance into Saook bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, in 1895, after Surgeon Robert 

Morris Kennedy, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Kennicott; glacier, on the southeastern flank of Mount Blackburn, forming thesource 

of Kennicott river. So named by Gerdine, in 1900, after Robert Kennicott.

Kennicott; pass, between Lakina river and Kennicott glacier... So named by 

Gerdine, of the Geological Survey, in 1900.

Kennicott; river, tributary to the Nizina, from the north. Local name, in memory 

of the Alaskan explorer, Robert Kennicott, a pioneer on the Yukon river, 

who died at Nulato, May 13, 1866.
BAKER. J 237 Ken Kill.

Kennon; island, in the entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Gibson in July, 1855, after Lieutenant Beverley Kennon, U. S. N.

Kentucky; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Kentucky; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Kenunimik; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, 15 miles above 

Andreafski. Native name, from the Coast Survey, 1898. Perhaps this is 

identical with Ankachak.

Kestrel; islet, on the north shore of Bora de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Kelavie, point; see Whale. . Ketchikan; post-office and village, on Kevillagigedo island, in Tongass narrows, 

Alexander archipelago. The post-office was established in April, 1892. 

Also has been written Kichikan and Kitch-i-kan.

Keichumstock; see Kechumstuk. . Ketchumvilk. This name is found on Nelson's map of 1878-79, published in the 

Proceedings of the Royal Geographic Society for 1882 (p. 712), and is 

applied to a post or fort on the mainland just south of St. Michael, Norton 

sound. It was copied on the census maps of 1880, but is not found on 

Jater maps.

Ketlrachtci, point; see Battery.

Ketoy, island; see Kittiwakei

Kettle; cape, on the southeastern shore of Umnak island, near Urnnak pass, eastern 

Aleutians. Named Kotelnoi (kettle) by the Russians. The native name 

is Utmak, presumably from the Aleut, ulmdn (out of the middle).

Kevulik; river, of northwestern Alaska, debouching between Point Hope and Cape 

Krusenstern. Eskimo name, published by the Coast Survey, in 1890, with 

the spelling Kevuleek. The village near its mouth is called Kivalinagmiut by the Russians and Cape Sepping village by Petrof, 1880.

Key; reef, east of Kashevarof islands, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Snow in 1886.

Keystone; canyon, on Lowe river east of Valdes, Prince William sound. So named 

by Abercrombie, in 1898, presumably after Pennsylvania, the Keystone 

state.

Kha!)outcha, point; see Kabuch.

Khabuch, point; see Kabuch.

Khaigamute, village; see Nunaikak.

Kliainiliakh, island; see Kaniliak.

KhaUsekahin, river; see Kicking Horse.

Khantaak; island, in Yakutat bay,> southeastern Alaska. This is the native name 

of a wooden dish used for holding food. First applied by Tebenkof in 

1849. Has been written Hantak and Khantak, and might better be written Kontog, to agree with the pronunciation.

Khatnbtoutze, creek; see Medicine.

Khaz; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently named Khaz (fag-end) by Tebenkof in 1849.

Khazamil, island; see Kagamil.

Khazik, island; see Chisik.

Khiltat; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the north, near longitude 144° 30/. 

Named by Alien, in 1885, after an Indian chief, Kheeltat.

J£h:il.khouk, cape; see Scotch Cap.

Kldtuk, cape; see Scotch Cap and Seal.
Klil-Kig. 238 '[BULL. 187.

Khlebnikof; cape, between Chichagof harbor and Sarana bay, on the northern 

shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Etolin, in 1827, 

presumably after the pilot, Andrei Khlebnikof, who made surveys about 

Kodiak in 1810. Also written Chlebnikoff. 

Khlikakhlik, island; see Latouche. 

Klwostoff, island; see Khwostof. 

Khoudiakoff, islands; see Kudiakof. 

Khromchenko, cape; see Etolin. 

Khtqgaliuk, island; see Hinchinbrook. 

Khulitno, river; see Chulitna. 

Khulukh, bay; see Kuluk. 

.KTmw, bay; see Kun. 

Khuna, island; see Chichagof. 

Khutsnoi, island; see Admiralty. 

Khutz-n'hu, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Khwostof; island (1,873 feet high), one of the Rat island group, western Aleutians. 

Apparently so named by Krusenstern, 1827, after Nikolai Alexandrovich 

Khwostof, a Russian naval officer who, with Davidof, made explorations 

in Alaska, 1802-1804. According to Lutke the name was applied to a 

group of which Khwostof island was one. Variously written Khoostoff, 

Khvostoff, Khwostov, etc.

Kiakasia; river, tributary to the Stikine river, from the south, 3 miles below mouth 

of the Iskoot. Native name, published as Ki-ka-hay, in 1868, and written 

Kiah-kah-seah by Hunter in 1877. 

Kialagvik; bay, on the southeastern coast of Alaska peninsula, near Mount Becharof. Native name, from the Russians. Also written Kialagvit. 

Kialegak; native village, on the eastern end of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who wrote Kgallegak. Also has been 

written Krallegak, The above spelling, which seems more probable, is 

from Russian Hydrographic chart 1455 (ed. 1852).

Kiavak; bay, west of Sitkalidak island, indenting the southern shore of Kodiak.

So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Native word. Has been written Kiawak

and Kiyavak. It is apparently identical with Naumliack bay and village

of Lisianski in 1805.

Kiavak; cape, at the south point of entrance to Kiavak bay, Kodiak. So called by

Tebenkof in 1849. 

Kiawak, passage; see Kiawak. 

Kichikan, village; see Ketchikau. 

Kichzulik, bay; see Kuzhulik.

Kicking Horse; river, tributary to the Chilkat river, from the south, near its 

mouth, southeastern Alaska. So called on a recent railroad map. Its 

native name has been variously given as Chalzekahin (Krause), Katsekahin 

(Nichols), Khaltsekahin (Coast Survey), Khalzekahin (Dall), etc. 

Apparently its native name sounds like Katsek-/imi, i. e., Katsek river. 

Kielkek, island; see Summit. 

Kiestotnak, cape; see West Foreland. 

Kietaguk, village; see Kiktaguk. 

Kigalga, island; see Tigalda.

Kigalgin; island, one of the group of islands of .the Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Veniaminof, about 1830. Not inhabited. Has 

been written Kigalga, "a name often recurring in the Aleutian islands." 

See also Ugalgan. 

Kigamil, island; see Kagamil.
BAKER.] 239 KIg Kll.

Kiganin; island, one of the Shumagin group, not identified. Called Kiganghym 

by Lutke, who, in turn, obtained the name from Veniaminof. In a later 

publication Veniaminof calls it Kiganin.

Kigezruk; river, in the extreme western part of Seward peninsula, debouching 

between capes York and Prince of Wales. Named after Kiviarzruk, a 

Prince of Wales Eskimo, who discovered gold here in June, 1899. Has 

been written Kiryarzark, Kiugaarzruk and Kivyearzruk, and is now 

called, locally, Kigezruk.

Kightak Sichtunak, islands; see Trinity.

Kigluaik; range of mountains, in western part of Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, 

from Beechey, 1827, who wrote it Kig-low-aic. Has. also been called 

Kiglowa, and by the miners Kiglo-white and Craggly-white. On a late 

map called Sawtooth.

Kigmil, cape; see Prince of Wales.

Kiguga; cape and cliff, on the northwestern coast of Adak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. . 

Kigun; cape, the westernmost point of Atka, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from the Aleut Idguk (diver 

or grebe).

Kigunak; cape, in Inanudak bay, on the northern coast of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849.

Kig-ushimkada; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native 

name, from Kuritzien, 1849.

Kikhtak, island; see Kodiak.

Kikiktak; Eskimo village, at the mouth of Hotham inlet, Kotzebue sound. Eskimo 

name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Kikiktagamute, i. e., Kikiktak people. Population in 1880, 200.

Kiktagaliuk; islets, north of Chirikof island, near Cold bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, from the Russians.

Kiktaguk; Eskimo village, on the southern shore of Norton sound, about 22 miles

 east of St. Michael. Ball, who visited it October 8, 1866, reports its name

to be Kegiktowruk, a "word derived from Kikhtuk, meaning an island."

Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Kiektaguk, while the Coast Survey parties of 1898

call it Ikikiktoik and the hill near it Toik.

Kiktak; Eskimo village, on a large island in the Kuskokwim river, about 25 miles 

above Bethel. Native name, from Nelson 1878-79, who wrote it Kikkhtagamute, i. e.,J3ig Island people. Kiktak is the native word, which has by 

corruption become Kadiak and Kodiak. Petrof in 1880 gives its population as 232 and its name Kik-khtagamute. The Eleventh Census gives 

a population of 119 and the name, Kikikhtagamiut.

Kiku, islet and village; see Kake.

Kikukalen, bay; see Erskine.

Kilbuck; range of mountains, east of the lower reach of Kuskokwim river, western 

Alaska. So named by Spurr, in 1898, after Rev. John H. Kilbuck, a Delaware Indian missionary and teacher at Bethel.

Kiliatva; river, in St. Elias alpine region, debouching between the Alsek delta and 

Yakutat bay. Apparently a native name; published by Tebenkof in 1849.

Kiliktagik; island (750 feet .high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name, 

obtained, in 1874, by Dall, who wrote it Keeli'Khtagikh.

Kilimantavie; Eskimo village, near Wainwright inlet, Arctic coast. Tikhmenief, 

1861, calls it Kilametagag-niiut; Petrof, 1880, calls it Kolumakturook; 

Hydrographic chart 68 calls it Kelamantovvruk, while later charts omit it 

or call it Kilimantavie. According to Murdoch this name is Ke-16 v-atow-tin (sling).
Kil-Klii. 240 [BULL. 187.

Kiliuda; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kodiak. Native name, reported by 

the Russians. Has been written Kiliouda, Kiliouk, Kiliuda, Kiluidinskoi, 

Kiliuk, Kiliuda, Kiluden, etc. Perhaps it is a corruption of Kiliak^aii 

Aleut word meaning morning, or Kiliak, early in the morning, and uda, 

bay.

Kiliuda; native village, on the north shore of Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Has been generally written Kiliuda.

Kiliuhik, bay; see Kuliliak.

Killai. Petrof, 1880, shows two native villages 011 the headwaters of the Kok river, 

northern Alaska, designated as Killai'mutes, i. e., Kilai' people.

Killisnoo; island, opposite Peril strait, in Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Corruption of some native word. Apparently only another form of 

Kootznahoo (Khutz-n'hu = bear fort). It is identical with Kenasnow 

island of Meade in 1869. Speaking of this island and the harbor east of 

it, etc., Meade says: "The names Kenasnow and Koteosok are the Indian 

names of these places, and as such I have inserted them on my charts."

Killisnoo; post-office and native village, on or near Killisnoo island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. The post-office was established here in 

July, 1884.

Killisnoo; reef, off west end of Killisnoo island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Kenasnow by Meade, in 1869. On late charts changed to 

Killisnoo.

Kilikuhn; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

So named by Brooks, in 1900, after his cook, Charles Kuhn.

Kiliuda, village; see Kiliuda.

Kilokak; rocks, near Agripin bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Kiluidinskoi, bay; see Kiliuda.

Kimball; mountain (10,000 feet high), south of the Tanana river, near longitude 

145°. So named by Alien in 1885.

Kimball; pass, west of the Copper river, in latitude 61° 30'. Name from Abercrombie in 1898.

Kinak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the lower Kuskokwim. Visited by Nelson in January, 1879, who reported its native name to be Kinagamiut, 

i. e., Kinak people. Its population was at that time about 175. Population in 1880, 60; 1890, 257. Kinak is said to be the Eskimo word for/Ctce.

Kinak; river, on the mainland, east of Nunivak, draining from Ball lake, southward to Bering sea. Native name, from Nelson, 1878. According to 

J. H. Kilbuck, the word means face. Late maps show the Kinak river 

flowing not southward to the sea, but eastward to the Kuskokwim.

Kinegnagmiut, village; see Bazboinski.

Kinegnak; Eskimo village, of 76 people in 1890, near Cape Newenham, Bering sea. 

Name from the Eleventh Census, where it is Kinegnagmiut in the text' 

(p. 99) and Kniegnagamute on the map, i. e., Kinegnak people.

King, cove; see Peterson bay and Salmon bay.

King George Third's archipelago. That part of the Alexander archipelago which 

lies west of Chatham strait and south of Cross sound and Icy strait was 

named by Vancouver King George Third's archipelago. The name\ 

is obsolete.

King; island (700 feet high), in Bering strait. Discovered'by Cook, August 6,1778, 

and named by him King's island, after Lieut. James King, a member of 

his party. Its native name, according to Nelson, is Ukiwuk, a name which 

has been given as Okiben, Oo-ghe-book, Oo-ghee-a-book, Ookivok, Oukivok, 

Ukivok, etc.
BAKER.] 241 Kin K.1S.

King; mountain (about 1,300 feet high), in the Nome mining region,'Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Kingegan; Eskimo village, with population, in 1890, of 488, at or near Cape Prince 

of Wales, Bering strait. Beechey, in 1827, says: "The natives have a village upon the lowland near the cape called Eidannoo, and another inland, 

named King-a-ghe.'' Ball says: '' Known to natives as far south as Norton 

sound and to local navigators as King-e"-gan." It has been written Kinga-ghee, Kingigarnute, King-a-khi, etc.

Kinghiak, village; see Suworof.

Kings; cove, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, just west of Belkofski. Named King's cove by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Kings; creek, tributary to the Matanuska, from the north, about 30 miles above the 

mouth of the Matanuska. So known locally. Presumably named after 

Al. King, one of Alaska's pioneer prospectors. Name published in 1899.

King Salmon; river, tributary to the Nushagak. Local name, obtained by Spurr 

and Post, in 1898, from trader A. Mittendorf.

Kings Cabin; home of Al. King, a prospector, at junction of Kings creek and Matanuska river.

King-smill; point, on the northwestern shore of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1794, after Vice-Admiral 

Kingsmill, K. N.

King Solomon; creek, in the Fortymile mining district, trihuuary to O'Briencreek. 

Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Kiniaak, village; see Suworof.

Kinik, arm, river, etc.; see Knik.

Kiniklik; village, on northern shore of Prince William sound. Native name, from. 

Schrader, 1900, who wrote it Kinicklick.

Kinkaid; mountain, on the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, presumably after C. A. 

Kinkaid, who was one of the first council elected at Sitka, shortly after 

the transfer of Alaska from Russia to the United States in 1867. It is the 

mountain of four stone pyramids of Vasilief in 1809.

Kinuiak, village; see Suworof.

Kiougilakh, cape; see Kiugilak.

Kipnaiak, river; see Black.

Kipniak; Eskimo village and Coast Survey tidal station, at mouth of the Black river, 

in the Yukon delta. Nelson, 1879, reports its name to be Kipniaguk and 

Ball writes it phonetically Kip-nai-ak. A late Coast Survey chart has 

Kripni y ukamiut.

Kipniak, river; see Black.

Kirbas; island, immediately south of Spruce island, of the Necker group, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief in 1809.

Kirilof; bay, indenting the northern shore of Arnchitka island, Rat island group, 

western Aleutians. So named by Ingenstrern in 1830. Has been written 

Kirilovskaia, Kirloff, etc.

Kirinskaia, creek; see Sawmill.

Kirk; point, the northern point of Foggy bay, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. The point is almost an island 

at high water and was in the Coast Pilot of 1883 called an island.

Kiru.sh.kin; island, southwest of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Kiriushkin (smelt) by Vasilief in 1809.

Kiryarzark, river; see Kigezruk.

Kishnak, cape; see Seal.

Bull. 187 01 L«t
Kis-Kkli. 242 [BULL. 187.

Kiska; harbor, indenting the eastern shore of Kiska island, Rat island group, western Aleutians. Named Kyska by Dall in 1873.

Kiska; island, one of the principal islands of the Rat island group, western Aleutians. Perhaps this is St. Stephen island of Bering in 1741. Kiska or 

Keeska is, according to Dall, the Aleut word for gut. Variously written 

Kiksa, Kishka, Kyska, Kiiska, Kysa, etc., and often Great or Big Kiska 

to distinguish it from Little Kiska, near by.

Kismaliuk, bay; see Alimuda.

Kisselen; bay, at the head of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Sarichef, 

1792, gives its Aleut name, as Kisselen, but Veniaminof has Kissialiak. 

The Fish Commission, in 1888, called it Worsham bay.

Kita; islet, in the southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Kita (whale) by Vasilief in 1809.

Kitagutak, island; see Ukolnoi.

Kitchen; anchorage, in Belkofski bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by the Fish 

Commission in 1888. . . - . Kite; island, in Boca de Quadra, near Vixen bay, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Kitkuk, cape; see Scotch Cap.

Kitovi, island; see Whale.

Kittens (The) ; two rocky islets, in the southern end of Lynn canal, near Funter 

bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield 

in 1890.

Kittiwake; island, between Afognak and Kodiak. Called Govorushechie or Kitoi 

(red-legged kittiivake a species of gull, or whale) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

This usage was followed by Tebenkof and the Russian American Company, 

1849. Has also been called Ketoy.

Kiugaarzruk, river; see Kigezruk.

Kiugilak; cape, on the southwestern shore of Great Sitkin island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Native name, apparently from North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1855, which wrote it Kiougilakh.

Kiukpalik; island, in the northeastern part of Shelikof strait. Native name from 

the Russians. Russian Hydrographic chart 1378, edition of 1847, has 

phonetically TJ-kai-yukh-pal-iek, and- Tebenkof, 1849, Kai-yukh-pal-ik. 

It has appeared as Kaiuklipalik (1868), Kiukhpalik (1869), and Kiukpalik

(1886).

Kivalenag-miut, cape; see Seppings. 

Kiviarzruk, river; see Kigezruk. 

Kivvichavak, river; see Kvichivak. 

Kiwalik; river, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Spafarief bay, Kotzebue sound.

Eskimo name, published by the British Admiralty as early as 1882 and

probably.earlier as Kee-wa-lik. 

Kiyavak, bay; see Kiavak. 

Kizhuchia; small stream, on the northern shore of Redoubt bay, Baranof island,

Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief in 1809. 

Kizhunak, river; see Kashunuk. 

Kizhuyak ; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kodiak and opening into Marmot

bay. Named Shakmanof or Kizhuyakskaia by Murashef in 1839-40.

Called Kizhuyak by Tebenkof, 1849.' 

Kizhuyak; cape, the western point of entrance to Kizhuyak bay, on north shore

of Kodiak. Named Kizhutskoi by Murashef in 1839-40. Called Kizhuyak

by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Kkhalfel, village; see Kaltag. 

Kkhulakh, point; see Kulak.
BAKER.] . 243 Kill KlC.

Kladbitsha, cape; see Graveyard.

Klahini; river, tributary to Burroughs bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, from the Coast Survey. Variously written Clahona, 

Klaheena, Klahena, etc., i. e., Kla river.

Klak; creek, tributary to the Kanektok river, from the south, about 40 miles east of 

Kuskokwim bay. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the 

Geological Survey, in 1898.

Klakas; inlet (unexplored), indenting Prince of Wales island and opening into 

Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Native name, published by the 

Coast Survey in 1899.

Klakas; lake, in the southern part of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Klakwan, village; see Klukwan. 

Klamaskwaltin; native village, on the north bank of the Yukon river, near the 

mouth of the Kaiyuh. Native name, from the Coast Survey, 1898, who 

wrote it Klamasqualttin.

Klan; hill, on Sitklan island, Dixon entrance, southeastern Alaska. Native name 

being part Of the word Sit-kliin, reported by Nichols and published in 

f 1889.

Klanacliargut, creek; see Minook.

Klanakakat, creek; see Minook.

Klatassin, river; see Klotassin.

Klalena, river; see Klutina.

Klatsuta; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, about 25 miles below the 

mouth of the Tozi river. Native name, reported by Raymond, 1869, as 

Klatsutachargut; by Petrof, 1880, as Klatsutachakat, and by Alien as 

Klatsutakakat, i. e., Klatsuta river.

Klawak; inlet, opening into Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Corruption of some native word, obtained by the Russians. Variously written 

Klawack, Klawok, Kliavakhan, Tlevakh, Tlevak, etc., and erroneously 

Kiawak.

Klawak; post-office and village, on Klawak inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Variously written Klawock, Kliawak, Kliavakhan, Kiawak, Tlevak, 

Tlewak, etc. Corruption of some native word, obtained by the Russians. 

The post-office here was established in February, 1884.

Klawasi; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, near Copper Center. 

Native name from Alien, 1885, who wrote it Klawasinti, i. e., Klawasi 

river. Has also been written Klawasena.

Klchakuk; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of the Kuskokwim bay, just north 

of Goodnews bay. Sarichef, 1826, has at this place the words Kchakuk 

bay, though no bay is shown. Petrof, 1880, shows a village which he calls 

Klchangamute or Kl-changainute, i. e., Klchank people.

Kleguchek; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, at its mouth. 

According to Spurr and Post, who obtained this information from missionary J. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, its native name is Klegutshe'garnut, i. e., 

Kleguchek people.

Klehini; river, tributary to the Chilkat, from the west, in latitude 59° 24'. Native 

name, reported by United States'naval officers, in 1880, as Kluheeny. 

Krause, in 1882, spelled it Tlehini. The above form, Klehini, has been 

adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. Perhaps the same 

word as Klahini, which see.

Kletsan; creek, flowing northward to the White river, near longitude 141°. Native 

name, reported by Hayes in 1891 as Klet-san-dek, or Copper creek, the 

termination dek meaning creek.
KH-KlU. 244 [BULL. 187.

Kliarkof; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kliarkof (Clark) by Vasilief in 1809.

Kliavakhan, inlet and village; see Klawak.

Klikaklik, island; see Latouche.

Kiinchef, peak; see Kliuchef. .

Klinkwan; Haida Indian village, near Hunters bay, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Native name from the Coast Survey in 1900.

Klinkwan; Haida Indian village, on the western shore of Long island, Cordova 

bay, Alexander, archipelago. Native name, called Klinquan in the Eleventh Census, 1890, and Koianglas village by Sheldon Jackson in 1880.

Kliuchef; mountain, near Hot Springs bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kliuchevaia (hot springs) by Vasilief in 1809. Has been called 

Kliucheff or Springs mountain, a.name*recently transferred to another 

near-by peak and spelled Klinchet. Erroneously, Kiinchef.

Kliuchef; volcano, in the northern part of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named Kliuchevskaia (springs) by the Russians, says Lutke, on account of the large 

number of warm springs on its.western slope. Variously written Klioutchevskoi, Kljutschewskoj, etc.

Klochkof; rock, 2 or 3 miles ENE. (by compass) from the eastern end of Anilia 

island. Named after the pilot of the Russian-American company's ship 

Chirikof, who discovered it in 1818. It is Siuvich (sea lion) rock of the 

natives. A manuscript note in Davidson's copy of Sarichef's atlas indicates a rock awash here. The .pilot Ingenstrem denies the existence of 

ihis rock.

Klokachef; island, at the northern point of entrance to Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. Name apparently first used on British Admiralty 

chart 2337. Has also been called Fortuna island and Vincent island. 

Klokachef is a Russian family name.

Klokachef; point, the southwesternmost point of Klokachef island, Salisbury sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1833. Has also been 

called Olga point.

Klokachef, sound; see Salisbury. ' 

Klokerblok; river, tributary to the Niukluk river,, from the west, in the Blake 

Recording district, Seward peninsula. The local rendition ofHorne native 

name, which is variously written Klokblok, Kluchablok, etc.

Klondike; gold district, and river, tributary to the Yukon, from the east,, near 

latitude 64°. This river was named Deer river by the Western Union 

Telegraph Expedition, in 1867, and so appeared on various maps. Later 

it was called Ralndeer and. after wards Reindeer. Ogilvie, writing September 6,1896, from Cudahy, says: "The river known here as the Klondike;" 

and in a footnote says: "The correct name is Thron Duick." It has also 

been called Clondyke and Chandik, or Deer.

Kloquan, village; see Klukwan.

Klotassin; river, tributary to the White, from the east, near latitude 62° 30'. Native 

name, reported by Hayes in 1891. The above form, Klotassin, has been 

.adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Kltagutan. This name is given by Petrof, 1880, as the name of a large lake southwest 

of Fort Yukon. The lake was shown as an enlargement of Birch creek 

on some maps. All late maps omit it.

Klu; river, tributary to the Chakina, from the west. Apparently so called by the 

prospectors.

Kluane; lake and river, flowing therefrom to the Donjek river, near latitude 61° 30', 

Native name, reported by Hayes, in 1891, as Kluantu river, the termination
BAKER.J 245 K1U K.HO.

Kluane Continued.

tu meaning river. The name has also been written Kluahne. The above 

form, Kluane, as applied to both lake and river, has been adopted by the 

Canadian Board on Geographic Names. This is, doubtless, the lake called 

by Glave (Century, Oct., 1892, p. 877) Tloo Arny. Possibly, also, this may 

be Ta-ku-ten-ny-ee of Davidson.

Kluantu; see Kluane.

Kluchablok, river; see Klokerblok.

Kluchev, bay; see Hot Springs.

Kluchev, lake; see Deep.

Klukwan; village, near the mouth of Chilkat river. Native name, first reported 

by naval officers, in 1880, as Chilkat or Klukquan. Krause, in 1882, calls it 

Kloqudn. Has also been written Klakwan. The above form, Klukwan, 

has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Klutina; glacier, extending from Valdes Summit down inland to the headwaters 

 . of the Klutina river. Native name, which has generally been written

Klutena. 

Klutina; lake, about 40 miles north of Valdes, Prince William sound. Native name,

adopted by the several hundred earliest prospectors camped at the lake

in the season of 1898; has also been called Abercrouibie lake. Generally

written Klutena. 

Klutina; river, draining from Klutina lake, northeastward to the Copper river.

Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, as Klatemt, i. e., Klati river.

Generally written Klutena.

Klutlan; glacier, and river, draining from it northward to the White river in longitude 141°. Native name, reported by Brooks in 1899. 

Kluvesna; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the n6rth, draining from Kluvesna

glacier. Native name, from manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900. 

Kluvesna; glacier, on southern flank of Mount Wrangell. Native name, from the

prospectors, 1900. 

Knakatnuk; .Indian village, on the northern shore of Knik arm of Cook inlet.

Native name, reported by Petrof in 1880. 

Knecktakimut, village; see Chiukak. 

Kneep, arm, river, etc.; see Knik. 

Knetina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, in latitude 62°. Native

name, from Abercrombie, 1898, who wrote it Knetena. 

Knight; island, in the western part of Prince William sound. Named Knights

. island by the Coast Survey in 1869. 

Knight; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Vancouver in

.1794. It is Dalnie (distant) island of Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Dalni. ' 

Knik; arm, river, and village at the head of Cook inlet. Knik is the Eskimo word

iorfire. It has been printed Kinik, Kneep, Knick, Knik, Kook, Knuyk,

Kweek, etc.

Kniktag-miut, village; see Ignituk. 

Knob; mountain (4,250 feet high), near the eastern bank of the Stikine river. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Knowles; creek, tributary to the Koyuk, from the north, Seward peninsula. So

called by Peters in 1900. 

Knowles; head, oh the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. So named by

Abercrombie in 1898. 

Knox; peak, in the Teocalli mountains, near headwaters of the Kuskokwim. So

named by Spurr and Post in 1898.
Knu Kod. 246 [BULL. 187.

Knuyk, arm, river, etc.; see Knik.

Kobakof; bay, on the southern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. So named by the 

Russians. Called Kobakotshaia on Russian Hydrographic Chart No. 1400.

Kochu; island (150 feet high), in Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Named Kochu by Lindenberg in 1838. It is Ventosa island of Meade in 

1868. The native name is said to be Gla-huts, but the Krause brothers, 

1882, report the native name to be Jachlanissa..

Kodiak; large island near Cook inlet. Discovered by Stephen Glotof, a Russian fur 

hunter, who anchored in Alitak (Kaniat) bay, in the southwestern part 

of the island, on September 8,1763. He learned from the natives that the 

island was by them called Kikhtak. (Bane. Hist., 141, 145.) Kikhtuk 

is the Innuit word for island. (Ball's Alaska, 532.) Petrof (Bane. Hist., 

224) says: "Kikhtak or Kikhtowik is the Innuit word for island. At the 

present day (1886) the natives of the peninsula speak of the Kadiak people 

simply as Kikhtagamutes, islanders. The tribal name appears to have 

been Kaniag, and the Russian appellation now in use was probably derived 

from both.'' Martin Sauer, who wrote the account of Billings' expedition, 

1785-1794, says (p. 174): "Shelikof has called this island Kichtak as the 

original, name of it, in which, however, he is mistaken, for Kichtak or 

Kightak is merely an island; they call the Trinity island Kightak Sichtunak, thus, Kightak Kadiak; and to my astonishment one of them called 

Alaksa a Kightak or island.'' Cook in 1778 got the name Kodiak from the 

Russian Ismailof (II, p. 504). This spelling was followed by Meares 

(1788), Vancouver (1794), and Langsdorf (1804), who has Kodiak, Kadjak or Kuktak, i. e., Great Island (II, p. 58). The British Admiralty 

charts, Nos. 260, 278, 787,- 2172, 2460, and 2558, followed the spelling 

Kodiak. Sauer, about 1790, has Kadiak (Billings' Voyage, pp. 168-170.), 

and so also has Lutke, 1836 (Naut, part, p. 268). Dixon, 1789, has Kodiac 

and Codiac (p. 145); Lisianski, 1804, has Cadiack. At the time of the 

purchase of Alaska the form Kodiak (pronounced K5-dy-ak) was in general use among English speaking people, and the same form, Kodiak (pronounced Kad-yak), was in general use among the Russians. Dall (Alaska, 

p. 529) says: "The Russian 0 when not accented should, be rendered in 

English by A; from the neglect of this (comes) Kodiak instead of Kadiak."

Also, at p. 532, he says: "Kadiak. The name of the largest island south 

. of Alhtska. It is a derivative, according to some authors, from the Russian 

Kadia, a large tub; more probably, however, it is a corruption of Kaniag, 

the ancient Innuit name. The inhabitants, according to Coxe, called 

themselves Kaniagist or Kaniagmut. This name is almost invariably misspelled by English authors as Kodiak, Codiac, Codiack, Kadiack, and in 

other similarly absurd ways. The above is the only correct spelling." 

The spelling of this name was submitted to the Board on Geographic 

Names in 1890 and the form Kadiak adopted. Local usage has, however, 

remained Kodiak, both in form and pronunciation, while the pronunciation Ka-dy-ak is often heard from the lips of those who have learned the 

name, not from hearing it, but from the printed page. Moser, in Report 

of the Fish Commission (1899, p. 19), says: "Though the present approved 

spelling of the name of this island is Kadiak, the, company retains the 

former spelling Kodiak." Martinez and Lopez de Haro in 1788 named 

the island Florida Blanca.

Kodiak; rock, near the entrance to St, Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Kadiak by the 

Coast Survey.

Kodiak; town, on Kodiak island, one of the principal towns of Alaska. The first 

Russian settlement on Kodiak was made by Shelikof at Three Saints bay.
BAKER.] ' 247 Kod Kol.

Kodiak Continued.

In or about 1792, the settlement was removed to this place, which was 

named St. Paul. It is popularly known as Kodiak. The post-office Kodiak 

was established here in August, 1888. In the Eleventh Census (p. 74) it is 

stated that "The place was selected as a central station and headquarters 

of the Russian fur-trading companies in the year 1789 on account of its 

good harbor and the close vicinity of good building timber. Previous to 

the establishment of New Archangel, or Sitka, on its present site Kadiak 

was also the headquarters of the Eussian-American Company. The Russians gave it the name of Pavlovsky gavan (Pavlof's, i. e., Paul's harbor), 

and the natives and Creoles of the island speak of it to the present day 

simply as gavan, or the harbor. The canonization into St. Paul is the result 

of faulty translation by our map makers."

The above is not wholly borne out by the record. The Russian 

Lisianski, on his map of 1805, published in 1814, has St. Paul. Pavlof is 

the Russian for Paul. Early Russian charts have PavlovsJci gavan, but

Tebenkof, 1849, has gavan St. Pavla.

Kodiak; post-office at St. Paul, Kodiak, established in August, 1888.

Kogiung; Eskimo village, at mouth of Kvichak river, Bristol bay. Native name, 

reported, in 1880, by Petrof who spelled it Koggiung.

Kogok; river, debouching into Norton sound, about 20 miles southwest from St. 

Michael. Native name, obtained by the Coast Survey in 1898.

KolMux, village; see Koklux.

Kohlsaat, peak; see Kolsaat.

Koianglas, village; see Klinkwan.

Koidern; river, tributary to the White river, from the south, near longitude 140° 

30'. Native name, reported by Hayes in 1891.

KoikpaJc, river; see Koyuk.

Kok; river, tributary to Wainwright inlet, Arctic coast. Eskimo name, published 

by the Coast Survey, in 1869, as Kook. Since then given indifferently as 

Kok or Koo. Hydrographic chart 68, edition of 1892, shows two rivers, 

one called Koo and the other Kee, and near their mouths, on Point Collie, 

a village called Koogmute, i. e., Kuk people. Tikhmenief, 1861, calls 

this village Kululin. Koog river of the Eleventh Census may be this 

river, or Kukpuk river.

Koka; islet, in southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. A Finnish family name, applied by Vasilief in 1809.

Koklux; astronomical station, near Klukwan, Chilkat river, southeast Alaska, occupied by Davidson, August 7, 1869, as a solar eclipse station. Native name 

from Davidson, who wrote it Kohklux.

Kokok; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, near the YukonKuskpkwim portage. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it 

Kochkogamute, i. e., Kokok people.

Kokolik; Eskimo settlement, at Point Lay, Arctic coast. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1899.

Koko; Eskimo village on the right bank of the lower Yukon, a little below Ikogmut. Name published by the Coast Survey, in 1898, as Kochkomut, i. e., 

Koko people.

Koksuktapaga; creek, tributary to the Niukluk river, from the south, in the 

Eldorado Recording district, Seward peninsula. Native name, variously 

written Casa-de Parga, Koshotok, Kosoktok, Koksukdeparga, etc.

Kolkiket; mountain, northwest of Togiak lake, in the Ahklun range. Native name, 

from Post, 1898, who wrote it Kolchichet. Not shown on any map.
Jtol Koo. 248 ' [BUM,. 187.

Kolmakof; an old Russian trading post and stockade or redoubt, on the north bank

of the Kuskokwim, about 200 miles above its mouth. Ivan Simonson

Lukeen, a Russian Creole, ascended the Kuskokwim in 1832-to this place,

where he built .a stockade, which was for a time known as Lukeen's fort.

In 1841 it was partially destroyed by the Indians with fire, whereupon it

was rebuilt by Alexander Kolmakof and took his name. Variously known

since as Kolmakof redoubt, Kolmakovski, etc. 

Koloshanka, river; see Indian. 

Kolosh; island, in Hot. Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Vasilief in 1809. 

Koloshian; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Koloshenkin (Koloshian) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Koloshskoi, cape; see Escape. 

Kolumakturuk, village; see Kilimantavie. 

Komarof. Nelson, in 1878, shows a village bearing this name in the Yukon delta,

near Kotlik. It is not shown on recent maps. 

Komtok Hon, port; see Frederick. 

Kolsaat; peak, in the Tordrillo mountains, near headwaters of the Kuskokwim.

Native name, from Spurr and Post, in 1898, who wrote it Kohlsaat. 

Konaton; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, a little above the mouth

of the Yuko or Soonkakat river. Name from Ball, 1869, who wrote ii.

Konaton. Neither name nor river found on recent maps. 

Konega, island; see Kanaga. - ( 

Konetz, point; see Dalnoi.

Kongiganak; Eskimo village (of about 175 people in 1878), on north shore o: 

- Kuskokwim bay. Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its native

name reported by him as Kongiganagamiut, i. e., Kongiganak people. 

Kongik; Eskimo village, on the Buckland river, Seward. peninsula; reported by

Petrof, in 1880, as Kongigamute, i. e., Kongik people. The Eskimo name

of the river, on which is this village, the Eskimo are said to call Konguk or

Kunguk. . 

Konguk, river; see Buckland. 

Konicheskaia, volcano; see Conical. 

Konioujii, island; see Big Koniuji.

Koniugi, island; see Big Koniuji.

Koniuji; island (1,113 feet high), off the northwestern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. So called by the early Russians from the abundance there of crested 

auks (sirnorhynchup cristatellus'), called by the Russians Kanoozhki or 

Kanooskie. The Aleut name of this bird is Kunuliuk. The word Koniuji 

often appears and is variously spelled Kaniugi, Koniouji, Koniouzhka, 

Canooskie, etc. See also Little Koniuji.

Koniuji; islet, in Little Raspberry strait, between Kittiwake and Kodiak islands. 

Named by Murashef in 1839-40. The name is a corruption of. the Aleut 

name Kun-u-liuk, meaning crested auk. Elliott spells it Canooskie.

Koniuji; strait, between Big and Little Koniuji islands, Shumagin group. Called 

Koniushi by Dall in 1872.

Konnekova, river; see Clear.

Konniaga, island; see Kanaga.

Konootena, river and village; see Kanuti.

Konsina, river; see Tiekel.

Konstantina, harbor; see Constantine.

Kontog, island; see Khantaak.

Kooagamuies, villages; see Kowak. *

Kooak, river; see Kowak.
BAKER.] 249 KOO KOS.

Koog, river; see Kok.

Kongrock, mining district, etc.; see Kugruk.

Koogroog, river; see Kugruk.

Kook, bay; see Basket.

Koolc, river, etc.; see Knik.

Kookpoowrook, river; see Kukpowruk.

Kookpuk, river; see Kukpuk.

JCoolvagavigamute, village; see Kulvagavik.

Koosetrien, river; see Kuzitrin.

Koot; Eskimo village, near Cape Etolin, Nunivak island, Bering sea. Native name, 

from the Eleventh Census. Population in 1890, 117.

Kootznahoo; archipelago, head, inlet, roads, and village, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. This word comes from a native word, Khutz-n'hu 

(bear's fort). Its obscure and difficult gutturals have produced great 

diversity of rendering. It has been called Hoochinoo, Hoosnoff, Houchnou, Hudsunoo, Kenasnow, Khutz-n'hu, Kootsnoo, Koutsnou, Kutznou,

Koutznow, etc. An island near and the post-office bear the name Killisnoo, another form of this word. See Kenasnow and Killisnoo.

Koourovskaia, bay; see Kovnrof.

Kooyak, slough; see Kuiak.

Korga, island; see Crow.

Korkpowrook, river; see Kukpowruk.

Koronatsie, island; see Coronation.

Korovin; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Presumably so named by the Kussians, after Ivan Korovin, captain of the 

trading vessel Trinity, in these waters in 1762. Written Korowinsky, 

Korovinskaia, etc.

Korovin; cape, the northern head of Korovin bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians. 

It is Korovei of Sarichef, in 1790, and usually Korovinski.

Korovin; island, one of the Shumagin group. Named by the Russians, presumably

' after Ivan Korovin, one of the early Russian explorers, who, in command

of the Sv. Troilzka (Holy Trinity), explored the Aleutian islands in 1762.

Also called Korovinskoi and Korovin. The word is from the .Russian

Kor6va (cow).

Korovin; volcano (4,988 feet high), on the north end of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Called Korovinskaia by Lutke about 1830.

Korovinski; deserted native village on Korovin bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians. 

Lutke calls it Nikolskoi. The village now .appears to be abandoned, the 

natives having removed to Nazan bay, across the island.

Kosciusko; island, in the'north western part of Prince of Wales archipelago. So 

named by Dall in 1879.

Koserefski; village, on the left bank of the Yukon, near the mouth of Shageluk 

slough. Called Leather village by Dall, 1866, who reports this to be the 

Russian usage. Has appeared on various maps as Koserefski, Kosyrof, 

Kozerevsky, Kozyrof, etc. Holy Cross Mission is at or near this place.

Koserefsky; post-office, at Koserefski, on the Yukon, established in September, 

1899.

Koshigin, bay; see Kashega.

Koshotok, creek; see Koksuktapaga.

Kostromitinof; cape, forming the eastern point of entrance to Danger bay, on the 

southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. So named by Murashef 

in 1839-40. It is a Russian family name. The U. S. court interpreter at 

Sitka at the present time is George Kostrometinoff.

Kosyrof, village; see Koserefski.
Kot Koy. 250 [BULt.187.

Kotelkakat, river; see Kateel.

Kotdnoi, cape; see Kettle.

Xoteosok, harbor. The anchorage at.east end of Killisnoo (Kenasnow of Meade) island

was so called by Meade in 1869. Has also been called Koteosok creek.

The name appears to be obsolete. 

Koteosok, island; see Killisnoo. 

Kotlik; Eskimo village (population 31 in 1890), at the mouth of Kotlik river. An

Eskimo name which, according to Nelson, means breeches. It was, in 1878,

the fur-trading station for the district. So named to designate the junction

of two small streams. 

Kotlik; small river, in the Yukon delta, near Pastol bay. Named Kotlik (breeches)

by the Eskimo.

Kotory, islands; see Pribilof. - 

Kotsechekmaksky, bay; see Kachemak. 

Kotsina; river, near Mount Wrangell, tributary to the Copper river, from the east

in latitude 61° 3(X. Native name, reported by Peters in 1899. 

Kotsokotana, river; see Buckland. 

Kotusk, mountains; see Chilkoot. 

Kotzetoue; sound, on the northern shore of Seward peninsula, Arctic ocean. Dis

covered, explored, and named by Kotzebue in August, 1816. He says.

"In compliance with the general wish of my companions, I called this

newly discovered sound by my own name, Kotzebue's sound." 

Kou, island; see Kuiu. 

Koubougliakkhli, cape; see Kubugakli. 

Kougrok, mining district, etc.; see Kugruk. 

Koujalik, bay; see Kujulik. 

Koujulik, bay; see Kujulik. 

Koukak, bay; see Kukak. « 

Koukhat, cape; see Douglas. 

Koulagayakh, island; see Kuliugiak. 

Koulakh, lake; see Kulik. 

Koulichkow, bay; see Snipe. 

Koulitzkoff, rock; see Kulichkof.

Koulugmut, cape; see Kuliuk.

Koumloun, cape; see Kumliun.

Koutznow, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Kovrizhka; cape, forming the north head of Makushin bay, on the northwestern 

shore of Fnalaska, eastern Aleutians. Sarichef, 1792, called it Hatan, perhaps from the Eussian word hat (sea wall or dam), and the Russian Hydrographic charts have Hattan. Veniaminof calls it Ermoshkinskie and 

applies the name Kovrizhka to another point 12 miles farther south. It 

is Makushin cape (not Makushin point) of the Fish Commission, 1888. 

Kovrizhka is Russian for a small loaf, or gingerbread cake. ,

Kovurof; bay, indenting the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. So named 

by Ingenstrem or Lutke about 1830. Lutke calls it Koourovskaia. Has 

also been called Kovurova.

Kowak; river, tributary to'Hotham inlet, Kotzebue sound. An Eskimo word, long 

in use and variously spelled Kooak, Koowak, Kowuk. According to 

Spurr it is Kubuk or Kuvuk, meaning great river. 'According to Alien it 

is Holooatna or Kowak river. It has also been called Putnana or Kowak 

river.

Ko'w-e-rok, village; see Kaviruk. "

Koyana; creek, west of Golofnin sound, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard,. 

1900.
BAKER,] 251 Koy Krl.

Koyuk; river, tributary to the head of Norton bay,vNorton sound. An Eskimo, 

name, given by Tebenkof as Kvieguk, by the Western Union Telegraph 

Expedition map as Koikpak (river big), by the Seward map of 1867 as 

Koipak, and since then as Kaynk, Koyuk, Kuyuk, etc. As here used this 

name applies also to what has been called the Kanguksuk or Left Fork 

of the Kviguk (Koyuk). According to Brooks, 1900, this river is now 

locally known as Koyuk.

Koyukuk; mountain, near the mouth of the Koynkuk river. Native name published by the Coast Survey in 1884.

Koyukuk; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, a little above Nulato. 

Native name, reported by the Russians as Kuiuk and by the Western 

Union Telegraph Expedition, 1867, as Coyukuk. On Coast Survey maps 

called Kouiak, Koyoukuk, and Koyukuk.

Kozerevsky, village; see Koserefski and Holy Cross Mission.

Kozian, rock or shoal; see Cozian.

Kozyrof, village; see Koserefski.

Krainie, cape; see Last.

Krallegak, village; see Kialagak.

Krasnoi, cape; see Red.

Krasnoi Ribi, islets, etc.; see Redfish.

Krasnoriechnoi, cape; see Red River.

Krenitzin; cape, the western end of Alaska peninsula, the northeast point of 

entrance to Isanotski strait. Named by Lutke, 1828, presumably after 

Peter Kuzmich Krenitzin, who explored in the Aleutian islands in 

* 1768-69. Variously written Krenitsyn, Krenitsine, Krenitsyn, etc.

Krenitzin; group of islands, between Unalaska and Unimak, eastern Aleutians. 

So called by Tebenkof, prior to 1836, presumably after Capt. Peter Kuzmich 

Krenitzin, who explored in this regron in 1768. The principal islands of 

this group are Aektok, Akun, Akutan, Avatanak, Tigalda, Ugamak, and 

Unalga.

Kresta, cape; see Northwest Shoulder.

Kresta; point, at south end of Krestof island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kresta (cross) by Vasilief in 1833.

Kresta, sound; see Cross.

Krestof, bay; see Winter anchorage.

Krestof; island, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Krestof 

(cross) by the Russians. Krestof is a Russian family name.

Krestof; mountain, on Krestof island, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Krestofskaia (cross) by Vasilief in 1809.

Krestof; port, indenting the eastern shore of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Mielkoi (shoal) bay by Vasilief in 1809. A.lso called 

Krestof (cross) very early by the Russians.

Krestof; sound, between Krestof, Kruzof, and Partofshikof islands, just north of 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So designated in recent Coast Survey publications. It constitutes a part of what Portlock, in 1787, called 

Hayward strait. It was called Krestof (cross) by Vasilief in 1833. Vasilief, sr., in 1809, applied the name Krestof to what is here called Olga 

strait. See Hayward and Olga.

Krestofskoi, island; see Guide.

Kripniyuk, river; see Black.

Kripniyukamiut, village; see Kipniak.

Krischa; ridge, south of the Takhini river, near Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. Native name, as reported by the Krause brothers in 1882.

Krissey, island; see Rat.
KrI Kua. 252 [BULL. 187.

Kritskoi; island, one of the Kudobin islands, on the northern shore of Alaska

peninsula. So named by Lutke, in 1828, wh'o says that this island was

erroneously called Vile aux Loups (Avolf) on his Chart XIV. 

Krivoi, island; see Crooked. 

Kriwoi; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Kriwoi (crooked) by

Tebenkof in 1849. Also, written Krivoi. Has also been called Crooked

island. 

Krogh; lake, in southern part of Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Snow in 1886. 

Krotahini; pass, between the valley of the Alsek and Chilkat rivers. Name

published in the Coast Pilot, 1883. 

Krotahini; river, tributary to the Alsek river, southeastern Alaska. Native name,

reported by the Krause brothers, in 1882, as Krotahini, i. e., Krota river. 

Kroto; Indian-village, on the right bank of the Sushitna, 33 miles above its mouth.

Native name, from Muldrow, 1898. 

Krugloi; island, in Peril strait, opposite Hooniah sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Krugloi (round) by Vasilief in 1833; by error, Kruoloi. 

Krugloi; islands, in Salisbury sound, near entrance.to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Krugloi (round) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Krugloi, island; see Agattu. 

Krugloi, island; see Round. 

Krugloi, islet; see Mills. 

Krugloi; point, the southernmost point of Halleck island, north of Sitka sound.

Named Krugloi (round.) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Krusenstern, island; see Little Diomede. 

Kruseustern; promontory, constituting the northern point of entrance to Kotzebue

sound, Arctic ocean. So named by Kotzebue in August, 1816, after

Admiral Adam Johann von Krusenstern, of the Russian navy. Has been

written Krnzenstern. 

Krutoi, cape;, see Steep. 

Krutoi; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Krutoi (steep) by

Tebenkof in 1849. Erroneously Krustoi. 

Krutoi, point, on the western shore of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern

Alaska. Named Krutoi (steep) by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is

x obsolete.

Kruzgamepa; river, in the Seward peninsula, flowing into the Kaviruk and thence 

to Imuruk basin. Local name, from the Eskimo; written Kruzgamapah 

or Kruz-ga-ma-pa. Also sometimes called Pilgrim. Pronounced Kroozegay-nuiy-pah.

Kruzof: island, one of the large islands of the Alexander archipelago, northwest

 of Sitka. Tebenkof, 1849, .calls it by its native name, Tleekh. According

to Grewingk (p. 93), Mount Edgecumbe was called St. Lazaro by Juan d'

Ayala, in 1775, and the island became afterwards known as San Jacinto

- (St. Hyacinth). In 1787 Portlock named it Pitt island. Early Russian

traders called it Sitka island. Lisianski, in 1805, named it Crooze "after

our late Admiral" (p. 221, English edition). Grewingk, 1849, calls it

Edgecumb or Krusow island. Kruzof (possessive of Kruze) has been

selected and adopted, that being, in some of its variant forms of Kruse,

Krusoff, Kruzoff, Kruzow, etc., more frequently used.

Kryci, islands; see Rat.

Kshaliuk; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name, 

from Kuritzien, 1849.

Kowak; Eskimo villages, on the lower part of the Kowak river, northwestern 

Alaska. Reported by Petrof, 1880, as Kooagamutes, i. e., Kuak peoples.

Ku-ali-ru, inlet; see Woody.
BAKER.] . 253 Klia Kill.

Kuahroo, river; see Inaru.

Kubieslika, island; see Jug.

Kubugakli; cape, the south point of entrance to Katmai bay, Shelikof strait, Alaska 

peninsula. Native name, from the Russians. Variously written Kouboughakkhli, Kubugakhli, etc.

Kubuk, river; see Kowak.

Kudiakof; islands, in front of Izembek bay, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula. Tebenkof, 1849, calls them Chiniindi, apparently a native word, the 

ending uda meaning bay and chim possibly from cldrnik, a species of marine 

fish found there. Dall, in 1882, named these islands Kudiakof, after 

Kudiakof, the surveyor, who in the autumn of 1791 was sent there from 

Unalaska in a baidarka by Captain Sarichef. He wintered on TJnimak 

island, and in the following spring made a tour of the island in his 

baidarka, passing by Sannak and Deer islands. Variously written Chudoekow, Khoudiakoff, Khudiakoff, etc.

Kudobin; a string of low islands bordering the north shore of Alaska peninsula from 

Port Moller westward, of which the principal ones are Walrus, Kritskoi, 

and Moller. Called Khudobin by Dall, in 1882, after Andrew Khuc.ubin, 

one of the naval officers of Lutke's party.

Kudobin, peninsula; see Deer islet.

Kudugnak; cape, the northern head of Nazan bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has been written Kadugnak and 

Kudugnake.

Kuearuk; river, tributary to Fish river, from the east, north of Golofnin sound, 

Seward peninsula. Name, from the Eskimo, published in 1900. Also 

called Right fork of Fish river.

Kugalga, island; see Tigalda.

Kugaluk; Eskimo village, on Spafarief bay, Kotzebue sound, Seward peninsula. 

Population in 1880, 12. According to the Russians, in 1852, its name is 

Kualiug-miut, and according to Petrof, 1880, it is Kugalukmute, i. e., 

Kugaluk people.

Kugidach-Jagutscha; see Pogromnoi volcano.

Kugirukruk; river, tributary to the Kuzitrin river, from the north, in the central 

part of Seward peninsula. Eskimo name,-from Brooks, of the Geological 

Survey, 1900.

Kugrua; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean at the Seashore islands. Native name, 

from English naval officers during the Franklin search expedition. Always 

hitherto has been written Cogrua. According to Murdoch, Kug'ru is the 

Eskimo name of the whistling swan.

Kugruk; mining district, and river, tributary to the Kuzitrin, from the north, in 

western part of Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, variously written 

Koogrock, Kougrok, Kugrock, etc., from Barnard and Brooks, 1900.

Kugruk; river, tributary to Kotzebue sound, Seward peninsula, a little west of Cape 

Deceit. Eskimo name, from Brooks 1900. Has been written Koogroog.

Kuguklik; river, in western Alaska, a little north of Kuskokwiin bay. Eskimo 

name, from Nelson, who crossed its mouth in December, 1878.

Kugulik, bay; see Kuzhulik.

Kuiak; slough, about 2 miles from St. Michael canal, near St. Michael, western 

Alaska. Eskimo name, from the Coast Survey, 1898, who wrote it Kooyak.

Kwik-anuik-puk; see Kuyikanuikpul.

Kuikli, village; see Kwik.

Kuilkluk; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, about 20 miles above 

Bethel. Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Kuilkhlogamute, 

i. e., Kuilklok people. Petrof gives its population, "in 1880, as 75, and its 

name Kulikhlugamute in his text (p. 17) and Kuilkhlogamute on his map.
Kul Kill. 254 [BULL. 187.

Kuimla, pass; see Kvvemeluk.

Kuiu; island, one of the large islands of the Alexander archipelago. Native name,

obtained by the Russians. Has also been called Kou island. 

Kuiuk, river; see Koyukuk. 

Kuiukta; bay, northeast of Mitrofania island, indenting the southern shore of.

Alaska peninsula. Native name, from the Russians. 

Kujulik; bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, immediately east of

Chignik bay. Native name, from the Russians. Pronounced Kee-zhulik. Has also been written Kaiulik, Koujalik, Kugulik, etc. 

Kuka, rock; see Signals (The). 

Kukak; bay, west of Afognak, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait. Native

name, from early Russian explorers. Sometimes written Koukak. Langsdorf, 1813, wrote it as above, Kukak.

Kukak; Indian village, on Kukak bay. Lutke, 1835, has Koukak bay and village. 

Kukistan; cape, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. Called Dolgoi (long) or

Kukis-Tan by Wosnesenski about 1840. Native name. The termination

tan appears to mean point or cape. 

Kukkan, harbor; see Portlock. 

Kuklax; lake, near the water portage, between the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers.

Raymond, in 1869, reported its native name as Kuklaxlekuhta. I have 

. followed him part way and called it Kuklax. 

Kukluktuk; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim river, about 30

miles below- Kolmakof. Name from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Kokhlokhtokhpagamute. 

Kukpowruk; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean, between Cape Lisburne and Icy

cape. Eskimo name, published, in 1890, as Kookpoowrook and Kookpowrook. Kuk in the dialect of the northwestern Eskimo means river.

It is probable that Kukpaurungmiut of the Eleventh Census refers to

some village or people near or on this river. 

Kukpuk; river, tributary to Marryat inlet, near Point Hope, Arctic ocean. Eskimo

name, published by the,Coast Survey, in 1890, as Kookpuk (river big). 

Kukuliak; native village, on the northern shore of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea.

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Kukuyukuk. Raymond, 1869, gives this as the name of a small river tributary to the

Yukon, from the south, about a dozen miles above the mouth of the Koyukuk. Name not found elsewhere. 

Kukvak, cape; see Douglas. 

Kulak; point, the southern point of entrance to Tanaga bay, Tanaga island, middle

Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who indicates the initial K

as very hard. His spelling has been transliterated Kchulach, or, as it

might be, Kkhulakh. 

Kulgiak, island; see Kalgin. 

Kuliak; cape, west of Afognak island, on northern shore of Shelikof strait. Native

name, from the Russians, who write it Kuliak and Kuliakuiak. 

Kulichavalt, river; see Kvichivak. 

Kulichkof, bay; see Snipe. 

Kulichkof; islet, east of Near island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Kulichkof

(snipe) by the early Russians. 

Kulichkof; islet, near the southern point of entrance to Kukak bay, Shelikof strait.

Named Kulichkof (snipe) by Vasilief in 1831. 

Kulichkof; rock, off Burunof cape, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Kulichkof (snipe) by Vasilief in 1809. Has been variously written Koulitzkoff, Kulichek, Kulitch, etc.
BAKER.] 255 Kill Klin.

Kulik; lake, in the water portage between the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers. 

Called Kullik by Tikhmenief, in 1861, and Koulakh by Eaymond, in 1869. 

Spurr and Post, who passed here, in 1898, make no mention of this, but 

call a lake in this vicinity Oknakluk.

Kuliliak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called 

by its Aleut name, Kuliliak (sorrow, anguish), by Sarichef in 1792, and 

since spelled in many ways, as Kiliuluk, Kouliliak, Kullilak, etc.

Kuliugiak. One of the Shumagins, not identified, is so called by Veniaminof and 

Lutke. It is a native word, meaning round and rocky. Lutke writes it 

Koulagayakh.

Kuliugmiut, cape; see Kuliuk.

Kuliuk; cape, between Uganuk and Uyak bays, on the northern shore of Kodiak. 

Native name, from the .Russians. Lisianski, 1805, shows a village here 

called Koloock. Usually called Kuliug-miut (Kuliuk people) on maps 

and written Koulugmut, Kulinyernute, Kuliugmiut, Kumelmot, Kumolmotj etc.

Ktdugrua, river; see Meade.

Kuluk; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written 

Khulukh.

Kulukak; lake, draining to Kulukak bay, on north shore of Bristol bay. Native 

name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who wrote it Kuliukak. Perhaps this is 

identical with Oallek lake of Spurr in 1898.

Kulukak; small shallow bay, indenting the northern shore of Bristol bay, about 

35 miles northwesterly from Cape Constantine. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who'wrote it Kuliukak. Has also been written Kouloukak, 

Kouloulak, Kuliuk, Kululuk, etc. To a large open bay outside this bay 

a late Coast Survey chart applies the name Kululak.

Kulvagavik; .Eskimo village, on the western side of Kuskokwim bay, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson in January, 1879, and its native name reported by him 

to be Koolvagavigamiut, i. e., Kulvagavik people.

Kumelmot, cape; see Kuliuk.

Kumisik, cape and island; see Kumlik.

Kumlik: .cape and island, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest of 

Sutwik island. Native name, from the Russians. Erroneously Kumisik.

Kumliun; cape, the northern point of entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. 1 

Native name, from the Russians. Variously written Koumloun, Kum- ; 

Hum, Kumtiak, etc. It may be identical with Foggy cape of Cook m> 

1778. j

Kumtiak, cape; see Kumliun.

Eun; river, in the Yukon delta, tributary to the head of Scammon bay. Native; 

name, written Khun by the Coast Survey in 1898. Dall, 1869, wrote it?> 

Kun, and says it is Kun of the Innuit, and was named Maria Louisa by 

Captain Smith of the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, about 1867.

Kunaiugiuk, island; see Spectacle.

Kunakakvak. The Russian-American Company's map of 1849 shows a native village 

of this name near Karluk, on the north shore of Kodiak.

Kunakan, island; 'see Sitkalidak.

Kungitak, cape; see Reef.

Kungiugan. The south end of Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group, has the appearance of an island, and is by Tebenkof shown as a separate island with the 

native name Kungiugan. Dall gives the name as Kungagingan. Lutke 

calls one of the islands in the Shumagin group Kiganghym, which seems 

to be another rendering of this word.
Kuii Kus. 256 [BULL.187.

Kung-uk, river; see Buckland.

Kunikakagi; island (perhaps a lump of ice now melted), in the delta of the Alsek 

river, southeastern Alaska. So called by Tebenkof in 1849 (Chart VII). 

Apparently a-native name. In the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 205, footnote), 

it is spelled Kunakagi and applied to a river.

Kunmik; cape, the northeastern point of entrance to Aniakchak bay, Alaska peninsula. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Kunuliuk, island; see Koniuji.

 Kunuyu-tanan. One of the Shurnagin islands, not identified, is called by Sarichef 

Kunujutanany (Phillips Voyages, VI, 15) and by Lutke KunuyouTanany, i. e., Kunuyu-fci#.

Kupolraia, peak; see Cupola.

Kupreanof; harbor, between Paul and Jacob islands, off the southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula, northeast of the .Shumagins. So named by Woronkofski, in 1837.

Kupreanof; island, one of the principal islands of the Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Russians, after Capt. Ivan Andreevich Kupreanof, who 

succeeded Wrangell, as governor of the Russian-American colonies, in 

1836. Variously spelled Kupreanoff, Kupreanov, Kupr^anow, etc.

Kupreanof; point, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the 

Shumagins. Named Ivanof (John's) by Lutke, 1836, and afterwards 

Kupreanof by the Russians. Called Ivanoff, Ivanovsky, Kupreanoff, and 

St. John.

Kupreanof; strait, between Kodiak and Afognak islands. Named Karluk by 

Murashef, in 1839-40, Kupreanof by the Russian-American Company's 

officers, in 1849, Sievernoi (northern) by Tebenkof, in 1849, and variously 

called North, Northern, and Kupreanof.

Kusawa; lake (elevation 2,700 feet), northwest of Chilkat pass, draining to lake 

Laberge. Native name, written Kussooa by Krause, in 1882, Kussiia by 

the Coast Survey, in 1883, Kusawah by the Canadian Geological Survey 

in 1898. Has also been called Arkell. The above form, Kusawa, has 

been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Kiishti; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Vasilief in 1809.

Kushukvag-miut, village; see Alitak. 

* Kusilvak; island, one of the outer islands of the Yukon delta. Native name. Has

also been written Kusalvak. 

Kusilvak; mountain (2,449 feet high), in the Yukon delta, about 35 miles westerly

from Andreafski. Apparently a native name, obtained by Dall, who, in

1870, published the form Kusilvak, as above. Earlier Russian charts call 

\ it Ingieguk. Tebenkof calls it Ingun. 

iKuska, island; see Kiska. 

Kuskok; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the lower Kuskokwim, near its mouth.

Native name, from Nelson, 1879, who wrote Kuskogamute, i. e., Kuskok

people. Has also been written Kuskohkagamiut, Kuskokvagamute, etc.

Population in 1880, 24; in 1890, 115. 

Kuskokwim; bay, at mouth of the Kuskokwim river, Bering sea. Native name,

from Ustiugof, who visited it in 1818. Variously written Kouskokvim,

Kuskoqnim, etc. The word Kuskokwim, according to missionary J. H.

Kilbuck, is the genitive of Kuskokwik, the last syllable meaning river and

the rest of doubtful meaning. 

Kuskokwim; river, one of the large rivers of western Alaska, south of the Yukon.

Native name, apparently obtained by Ustiugof, in 1818, and published in

Sarichef's atlas, 1826, Variously spelled.
BAKER.] 257 JCllS Kilt.

Kuskovak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim river, near its 

"mouth. Name from Nelson, who passed near it in January, J879, and

Avho writes it Kuskovakh. 

Kuskulana; glacier, on the southwestern slope of Mount Blackburn. So named by

Gerdine in 1900. 

Kuskulana; pass, between the Chokosna and Kuskulana rivers. So named by

Schrader in 1900. 

Kuskulana; river, tributary to the Chitina fiver, from the east, and draining from

Kuskulana glacier. Native name, from Rohn, 1899. Kuskulana means

Kuskula river. 

Kuslina; creek, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, between, the mouths

of the Kotsina and Cheshnina rivers. Native name, from Schrader, 1900. 

Kussiloff, cape; see Kasilof. 

JCussooa, lake; see Kusawa.

JZussooachrawaihini. The Krause brothers, 1882, report this to be the native description of the stream which drains Kusawa lake, southeastern Alaska. See

also East. 

Kustatan; Indian village (population 65 in 1880), on shore of Redoubt bay, Cook

inlet. Native name, reported by Petrof in 1880. The last syllable, tan,

means point or cape. 

Kussua, river; see Kusawa.

Kutchuma; group of islands, in northeastern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Russian naval officers, in 1809, called-this group Boidarkin, which

has also appeared as Boidarka. Have also been called Kutchiuma. It is

a corruption of Kuchumof, a Russian family name. 

Kutenige; creek, tributary to Jockeach river, Chilkat region, southeastern Alaska.

Native name, reported by the Krause brothers, in 1882, and by them written

Kutenige1 .

.fCut.htldat.no, river; see Gisasa. 

Kutkan; island, in Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Russians, after a famous Indian chief who freed his slaves and

embraced Christianity. Has also been written Kuch-kan and Kukh-kan.

It has also been called Garden, Gull, Popof, and Stanovoi (rocky). The

last-named was given by Vasilief in 1809. 

Kutkwutlu; Indian village, on the left bank of the Chilkat river, near its mouth,

southeastern Alaska. Katkwaltu or Kut-kwutlu is said to mean place of

gulls. A Presbyterian missionary station called Willard (afterwards

changed to Haines) was established at this village in 1881. 

Kutlik, village and river; see Kotlik. 

Kutluut, island; see South. 

Kutmuknuk; channel, leading into the Kwerneluk pass, in the Yukon delta.

Eskimo name, from the Coast Survey, 1898. 

Kutsch-ktzik-mutsclia, lake; 'see Salamatof. 

Jfutsch-lschchamna. Grewingk, 1850, following Wosnesenski, 1840, gives this as the

native designation of a small lake on Kenai peninsula, near East Foreland.

Perhaps Kutsch means lake, and the rest of this might be pronounced

Shamna. 

Xutten. Ball, writing in 1869, says there is a native settlement in the Yukon delta,

on the Kun river, about 10 miles from the head of Scaininon bay, known

as Kuttenmut (Kutten people). 

Kut-tuk-wah, island; see Tongass. 

Kutul; native village, on the right bank of the Yukon, about 50 miles above Anvik.

Name from Nelson, 1878-79, who writes it Khutulkakat, i. e., Kutul river. 

Kululnakt, river; see Kaiyuh.

Bull. 1ST 01 17
K-ut-Kwl. 258 . [BULL. 187.

Kutuzof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little east of Port 

Moller. Named Kutuzova (Kutuzof s) by Lutke, in 1828, presumably 

after Hagemeister's ship, the Kutuzof. This cape and the one next east of 

it, Seniavine, have sometimes been confounded on the charts. It has 

been variously spelled Koutousoff, Kutuzoff, etc.

Kuuk, river; see Mungoark. . Kuyikanuikpul. Raymond, 1869, gives this as the native name of an Eskimo village 

on the right bank of the Yukon a little below Koserefski. Village 

and name appear to be obsolete. Perhaps it should have been written 

Kuik-anuik-puk.

Kuyuk, river; see Koyuk.

Kuyukuk; lakes, near the south bank of the Yukon, drained by the Kukuyukuk 

"river. Name from Raymond,. 1869.' Not found on recent maps.

Kuyuyukak; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of Sutwik 

island. Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Kuzitrin; river, in the Seward peninsula, flowing westward to Kaviruk and through 

this to Imuruk basin. Eskimo name, from.Brooks, of the Geological Survey, 1900. Locally written Koosetrien.

Kvichak; village, and river, draining from Iliamiia lake to Bristol bay. Native 

name, reported by the ea^rly Russians. Lutke, writing in 1828, says: 

".Kvitchak (river), called by Cook .Bristol."

Kvichivak; river, between the Kuskokwim and Yukon rivers, tributary to the 

Kuskokwim, from the west. Name from Nelson, who traveled along this 

sluggish stream in January, 1879, which he says is by the natives called 

Kivvichavak. Apparently identical with Ankitiiktuk creek of Spurr and 

Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898, who obtained this name from 

missionary J. H. Kilbuck. Tikhrnenief, 1861, calls it Kvinchagak. Has 

also been called Kulichavak and Kulichivak.

Kvichpak, river; see Yukon.

Kvieguk, river; see Koyuk.

Kvigatluk; Eskimo village, in the Big Lake country, between the' Yukon and 

and Kuskokwim. Nelson, in 1879, passed near it and reports its name to 

' be Kvigathlogamute, i. e., Kviga.tluk people.

Kviguk; Eskimo village, on north shore of Norton bay, at mouth of the Kviguk 

river. Eskimo name, from the Russians. Tikhmenief, 1861, has Kviegmiut and Kvieguk-miut, i. e., Kviguk people.

Kvikak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Yukon, about 30 miles above Anvik. 

Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Kvikhagamute, i. e., 

Kvikak people.

Kvikh, river; see Kwik.

Kvinchagak, river; see Kvichivak.

Kvingak; small stream, tributary to the head of Norton bay, Norton sound. 

Eskimo name, from Tebenkof, 1849. It appears to be identical with 

Kvienkak of Tikhmenief, 1861.

Kruveren, tract and river; see Kaviruk.

Kwahteetah, river; see Katete.

Kweck, arm, etc.; see Knik.

Kweleluk; Eskimo village, in the Kuskokwim district, given in the Eleventh 

Census, 1890 (p. 164), as Quelelochamiut, i. e., Kwelelok people. Population in 1890, 112. Location unknown.

Kwemeluk; pass, in the Yukon delta. Native name, from the Coast Survey in 

1898. The Russians wrote it Kuimla.

Kwichlimut, river; see Kwikli.
BAKEK.] 259 K\Vl-K\Vl.

Kwik; Eskimo village, on the western side of Bald Head, Norton bay, Norton

sound. On a recent map called Isaacs, from the name of a person living

there. 

Kwik; Eskimo village, northeast of Bald Head, on the 'northern shore of Norton

bay, Norton sound. Called Kvikh by Petrof, 1880. On a late map called

Kuikli. 

Kwik; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 10 miles above

Bethel. Nelson, 1878-79, reports its native name to be Kwigamute, i. e.,

river people. Petrof, 1880, follows this spelling. Spurr and Post in 1898,

following missionary Kilbuck, write Kwe'gamut. 

Kwik; Eskimo village, on the southern shore of Nunivak island. Native name,

from the Eleventh Census, which spells it Kweegamute on the map and

Kwigamiut in the text (p. 164). 

Kwik; river, flowing from the Malaspina glacier into Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Kwik is the Eskimo word for

river. Has also been called the Grand Wash. 

Kwik; river, tributary to north shore of Norton bay, Seward peninsular. Called

Kuik by Peters in. 1900. It is the Eskimo word for river. Earlier maps 

show a village here called Kvikh. ~"

Kwik. The Eskimo name lor river. (Singular Kwik, dual Kweek, plural Kweet.)

Kwikak; Eskimo village, on the left (? right) bank of the Kuskokwim, about 25

. miles below Kalchagarimt. It is apparently identical with Kwigalogainute

of Petrof in 1880. Missionary Kilbuck, according to Spurr, 1898, writes it

Que6kagamut, and it was published by the Geological Survey as Kwika-

. gamut, i. e., Kwikak people.

Kwikak; Eskimo village, on the outer coast in the Yukon delta, a little south of the 

mouth of Black river. Native name, from the Coast Survey, 1898, who 

give it as Kwikagamiut.

Kwikli; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the east, a little above Bethel. 

Its Eskimo name, according to Spurr and Post, who obtained it from missionary J. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, is Kwiklimut, i. e., Kwikli people.

Kwikhiak; pass, in the Yukon delta, one of the outlets of the Yukon river. Eskimo 

name. On late Coast Survey charts called Kwiklok. Tebenkof, 1849, 

hasKwikliuak and Kwikltak, and Raymond, 1869, called it American Mouth.

Kwikpak; pass, one of the mouths of the Yukon river. Eskimo name. Kwik 

means river (dual Kweek, plural Kweet) and puk means big, large. Variously written Kwikhp'ak, Kwikhsak, etc.

Kwikpak, river; see Yukon.

Kwiktalik; mountain (1,200 feet high), on Seward peninsula, between Golofnin and 

Norton bays, north shore of Norton sound. Native name, from Peters, 

1900. Also written Quiktalik.

Kwina, river; see Kanektok.

Kwinak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, at the-mouth of 

the Kwinak or Kanektok river, Bering sea. So given by Sarlchef, 1826, 

and Tebenkof, 1849. Petrof, 1880, writes it Quinehahamute, or, omitting 

the termination mute, meaning people, it would be Quene-a-ak. Variously 

written Quinhagamute, Quinehaha, etc.

Kwiniuk; mountain, Seward peninsula. Native name, from the prospectors, who 

write it Quinnehuk.

Kwiniuk; river, east of Golofnin bay and tributary to north shore of Norton bay. 

Eskimo name, written Quinnehuk by the prospectors.

Kwisnon. Raymond, 1869, shows a western tributary of the Tosd river called Quisnon. 

Name not found elsewhere.
Kwi-Lak. -260 [BULL. 187.

Kwiyadik; creek, tributary to Kuskokwim river, just south of Kanektok river, 

western Alaska. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898, and by them written Quiyaidik.

Kyak, island: see Kayak.

Kygane, cape; see Muzon.

Kygmil, cape; see Prince of Wales.

Kyska, harbor, etc.; see Kiska.

Kyllek, island; see South.

Lab; reef, between Cat and Mary islands, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander.archipelago. Name published in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 98).

Labandera; reef, in the entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Suemez island, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named La Labandera (the washer-woman) by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Iiabouchere; bay, indenting the northeastern coast of Prince of Wales island, and 

opening into Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. , Named by the traders, after the Hudson Bay Company steamer Labouchere. Has also been 

called a port and a harbor.

Labouchere, bay; see Highfield anchorage. 

Labouchere, harbor; see Pyramid.

Labouchere; island, at entrance to Labouchere bay, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Called Ship island by Helm in 1886.

Labouchere, island; see Pyramid.

Labouchere; mount, west of Chilkat inlet, near Pyramid harbor, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by^Meade, in 1869, after the Hudson Bay Company's 

steamer Labouchere, which in turn was named after a Mr. Labouchere, of 

the Hudson Bay Company.

La Chaussee. Prom the northern point of entrance to Lituya bay there extends a 

spit called by La Perouse la chaussee (the road). On the English edition 

of La Perouse's chart (No. 19) this is designated as "Road to the Fishery 

& Morai" (burial place).

Lachina, river; see Lakiua.

Ladds; fishing station, at mouth of ,the Chuitna river, near head of Cook inlet. 

Apparently a local name, in use in 1895. It is at or near the site of an 

 Indian village called Chuitna.

Ladue; creek, tributary to the White river, from the west, near longitude 140°.

Presumably named after a prospector, La Due, who wintered on the Yukon

in 1884-85. ' . 

Ladrones, Islas de; see Robber. 

Lagoon; point, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little west of Port Moller. So named by Ball in 1882. Possibly identical with Bozhnof .of Lutke

in 1828.

La Grand Plateau; see Grand Plateau. 

Laida. This is a Kamchatkan word meaning slioal, and was adopted by the Russians

in the American possessions., 

Laidennoj, point; see Anchor. 

Laja. An islet with rocks about it near San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince

of Wales archipelago, was named by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1.779

la Laja (the thin flat stone). ' . Lake; creek, tributary to Chandlar river, from the east, near longitude 148° 3CK.

'Presumably a descriptive name, from Schrader, 1899. 

Lake; hill, on St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Presumably a local name,

published by the Coast Survey in 1875. 

Lake, point; see Aiak.
BAKEK.] 261 Laic Las.

Lake Bay; small fishing village, on the northeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago. It is near Stevenson island, in Kashevarof passage. So called in the Eleventh Census, 1890.

Lakina; river, tributary to the Chitjna river, from the north, near longitude 143°. 

' Native name, from Rohn, 1899, who wrote it Lachina. Pronounced 

Lak-i-ml.

Lancashire; rocks, on the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Named 

by Ball, in 1880, after the English yacht Lancashire Witch (Sir Thomas 

Hesketh, owner), which visited Cook inlet that year.

Landlocked; bay, on the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. Local 

descriptive name, published, in 1898, by the Geological Survey.

Landmark; conspicuous gap in the foothills of the Alaskan mountains, near the 

head of Delta river, longitude 146°. Descriptive name, by Men den hall, of 

the Geological Survey, in 1898.

Landslip; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head. Descriptive 

name, given by Fender in 1868.

Lane; islet, in Danger passage, between Mary and Duke islands, Gravina group,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Lanin, cape; see Lapin.

La Perouse; glacier, in the southern part of the St. Elias alps. So named by Dall, 

in 1874, after 3. F. G. de La Perouse.

La Perouse; mountain (10,740 feet high), in southern part of the St. Elias alps. 

So named by Dall, in 1874, after Jean Francois de Galaup de la Perouse, the 

celebrated and unfortunate French navigator, who explored this coast in 

1786.

Lapin; cape, forming the eastern head of Urilia bay, on northern shore of Unimak, 

eastern Aleutians. Tebenkof called this Lanin, but it has usually been 

written on American charts Lapin. Capt. Ivan Savich Lapin was a fur 

trader in this region, in 1762, and is an authority on the early history of the 

Aleutian islands. Perhaps the name Lanin is derived from the Russian 

word lan (deer). On most modern charts the name is misplaced, being 

applied to Mordvinof and Cave.

Larch; bay, near the south end of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Listvinichnaia (larch) by the Russians.

Large; island, in Na/an bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. Named Bolshoi (large) 

by the Russians. Erroneously Bomcboi.

Large, Isle du; see Navy.

Larger or Great Arm, Whale bay; see Great arm.

Larratito,, islet or reef; see Larzatita.

Larsen; bay, indenting the western shore of Uyak bay, on northern shore of 

Kodiak. So called in the Eleventh Census, 1890. Moser, 1899, lias 

Larsen (Uyak) bay.

Larzatita; islet or reef, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago, called by Maurelle and Quadra, in 1775-1779, Lar/atita, according to the English edition of plate 26 in. the plates accompanying La 

Perouse's voyage. On the old Russian copy of this it is Larratita.

Las Animus, island and point; see Animas.'

Lascano; islands. This name appears to have been applied by the Spaniards, in 

1788, to some of the islets in Unimak pass.

Las Puercas, islets; see Sows (The).

Las Ranas, islets and rocks; see Frogs (The).

Last; cape, on the northern shore of Afognak bay, near mouth of Afognak river. 

Named Krainie (the very last) by Murashef in 1839-40. Near by he has 

Posliedni (last) cape.
lias Lea. 262 [BULL. 187.

Last Chance; creek, just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

Last Chance; creek, tributary to the Snake river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Last Chance; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the east, near Eagle. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Last Timber; cape, on the southern shore of Raspberry island, Kupreanof strait, 

Kodiak group. The descriptive name Posliednaho liesy (last of. the 

woods) was given by Murashef in 1839-40.

Late; point, the,south point of Windfall island, Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Latouche; island, in the southwestern part of Prince William sound. So called by 

Vancouver in his atlas, 1798. Portlock, 1787, called it Foot island, possibly from a fancied resemblance to a human foot. The native name is 

reported to be Klikaklik or Klikaklit, -also spelled Khlikakhlik.

Latouche; point, the eastern point of entrance to Disenchantment bay, Yakutat 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Latouche by Puget, of Vancouver's 

party, in 1794. It was called Punta de la Esperanza (hope point) by 

Malaspina, in 1791, perhaps in allusion to his hope of here finding the 

famous Northwest passage.

Lauder; point, the southern point of entrance to Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dixon in 1787. Has also'been called 

South point.

Lauf; islands, in Rodman bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Moore in 1895.

Launch; cove, at Southern rapids, Peril strait, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Coghlan in 1884.

Laura; mountain (7,527 feet high), on the mainland, east of the Stikine river. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Laurada, creek; see Moss.

Lava; islet, near Kruzof island, in entrance to Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief in 1809.

Lavinia; point, on the northwestern shore of Chichagof island, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. . So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Lay; point, on the Arctic coast, between Cape Lisburne and Icy cape. So named by 

Beechey, in 1826, after George Tradescant Lay, the naturalist of his expedition. On Tikhmenief'a map this is called Sloistie (in layers).

Lazaref; cape, on the southeastern shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. So 

 named by Lutke, in 1828, who says that Kudiakof, in 1791, reported its 

native name as Touliouliaga.

Lazaro; mountain (1,767 feet high), on the south end of Duke island, Dixon entrance. 

Named St. Lazaro by Douglas in June, 1789. Usage has shortened the 

name to Lazaro.

Leader; island, in the entrance to Ivanof bay, Alaska peninsula. Named P^ovodnik 

(leader) by Woronkofski in 1837.

Leading; point, on Prince of Wales island, in southeastern part of Cordova bay, 

Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Leading, point; see Harrison.

Leadville; mountain (1,797 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

League; point, on the mainland, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1868.

Leather, village; see Koserefski.
BAKER.] 263 Leb Lcil.

Lebarge; river, tributary to the Yukon river, from the north, about 40 miles above 

the mouth of the Koyukuk. So named by Dall, in 1869, after his friend 

and companion, familiarly called Mike Lebarge. Its native name, according 

to Dall, is Miskuntl'kakat.

Lebedevski, islands; see Pribilof.

Lebiazhe, lake; see Swan.

Le Conte; bay, in the mainland, east of Mitkof island, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Joseph Le Conte, professor 

of geology in the University of California. Has also been written Leconte.

Le Conte; glacier, at head 6f Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by 

Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Prof. Joseph Le Conte. Has also been 

written Leconte.

Ledge; islet, in Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1890.

Ledge; point, on the mainland, the south point of entrance to Walker cove, Behm 

canal. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Ledge; point, the southwestern point of entrance to Nakat inlet, southeastern 

Alaska. Descriptive name given by Nichols in 1883.

Ledianoi, cape; see Icy.

Leduc; river, on the mainland, tributary to the Chickamin river, southeastern Alaska. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Also written Le .Due.

Lees; point, the eastern point of entrance to Anchor passage, Benin canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793.

Leesia, bay; see Aleutkina.

Leesoffskaia, bay; see Aleutkina. 

Leesy, cape and islet; see Fox.

Left; cape, the western head of Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Named Lievoi (left hand) 

by the Russians. It is on the left hand as one enters the bay.

Leg; island, west from Latouche island, Prince William sound. So named by Dixon 

in] 787.

Legma; island, one of the Necker group; Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Vasilief in 1809. Legma is Aleut for calm.

Leila; small lake, near the headwaters of the Matanuska river, about latitude 62°. 

So named by Glenn in 1898.

Leisnoi, island; see Liesnoi.

Lemesurier; island, near entrance to Glacier bay, Icy strait, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Dall, in 1879, after the officer who commanded one of Vancouver's boats during the exploration and survey of Cross sound in 1794.

Lemesurier; point, at the junction of Ernest sound and Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Mr. Le Mesurier, a member of his party. Sometimes it has been written Mesurier.

Lemly; rock and group of rocks, off Lemesurier point, at the junction of Ernest 

sound and Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 

in 1885, presumably after Capt. Samuel.Conrad Lemly, Judge-Advocate- 

,General, U. S. N. Erroneously Lemley.

Lemon; point, the north point of entrance to Port McArthur, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm in 1886.

Lena; cove, indenting the mainland, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1893.

Lena; point, on the mainland, near southern entrance to Favorite channel, Stephens 

passage, southeastern Alaska. So named by Beardslee in 1880.

Lenard; harbor, in Cold bay, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula.. Apparently so 

named bv the Fish Commission in 1888.
Leii-Lia. 264 t u..!87.

Lenard; sunken rock, southwest of Sannak island. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Lennan; shoal, off south end of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski. So named by Dall 

in 1880.

Lennox; island, near the eastern point of entrance to Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission in 1.888.

Leo; anchorage, in Fortuna strait at south end of Chichagof island, Alexander archi-' 

. pelago. Surveyed and so named by Coghlan, in 1884,'presumably after 

the schooner Leo.

Leontovich; cape, the western point of entrance to Gerstle bay, on north shore of 

Alaska peninsula, between Port Moller and Izembek bay. Named by 

Lutke, in 1828, after Lieut. Alexander Leontovich, I. N., a member of his 

party. Has also been called Leon cape and Starling cape.

Leroy; creek, tributary to Bluestone river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Lcskqf, cape; see Lieskof.

Lesnoi, islet; see Liesnoi.

Leaser or Small arm, Whale bay; see Small arm.

Letnikof; cove, on the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Lindenberg in.1838.

Letwhkwin, village; see" Old Kootznahoo.

Levashef; port or harbor, at head of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Capt.-Lieut. Michael Levashef wintered here, September 18,1768, to June 

6, 1769, and, after his vessel, called the place St. Paul harbor. In 1790, 

Sarichef surveyed in this locality, and, after Levashef, named this place 

Captains harbor. Krusenstern, in 1827, says of this place that it is properly 

called Captains, but to distinguish it from others it will be convenient to 

.call it Port Levacheff. It has generally been called Captains harbor.

Level; island, at entrance to Duncan canal, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name, given by Snow in 1886. At high water it becomes two 

islands.

Level; .mountain, on Revillagigedo island, near Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Lewes; river, one of the affluents of the upper Yukon. In 1847 or 1848 Robert 

Campbell, of the Hudson Bay Company, descended this river ancl named

it Lewes. Present usage appears to regard the Yukon as beginning at 

the junction of the Lewes and Pelly rivers at Fort Selkirk. Often 

written Lewis. The form Lewes has been adopted by the Canadian 

Board on Geographic Names.

Lewis; cape, on the Arctic coast, between Point Hope and Cape Lisburne. So 

named by Beechey, in 1826, presumably after Mr. Charles Lewis, who 

accompanied him as a volunteer.

Lewis; low islet, west from Alava point, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by local pilots. Near it is Walker island, 

and there has been confusion between these names. Called Side island 

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 77).

Lewis; point, on Gravina island, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Named, 

presumably, by local pilots about 1880.

Leuis, river; see Lewes.

Lewis; reef, off Lewis point, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by local pilots.

Lgun, rock; see Liar.

Liakik, bay; see Three Saints.
BAKER.] 265 Lla liig.

Liakik; cape, forming the eastern point of entrance to Three Saints bay, Kodiak. 

So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from Liak, the Aleut name for the 

black-footed goose.

Liar; rock, the westernmost of the Eckholms group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Lgun (liar) by the Russians in 1809. Has also been 

. can ed False rock.

Liard; river, tributary to the Mackenzie, from the west. Has also been called 

Mountain river. The above name, Liard, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Libby; river, tributary to the headwaters of Niukluk river, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. Presumably so named after Daniel B. Libby, 

of the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, in .1866.

Libbey; glacier, tributary to Agassiz glacier, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Topham, in 1888, after Prof. William Libbey, jr., of Princeton 

college. Erroneously Libby.

Liberty; fork, of O'Brien creek, in the Fortyrnile mining district. Local name, 

obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Lida; island, near the northeastern point of Sannak island, Sannak group. So called 

by the Fish Commission in 1880.

'IMrejana,, bay; see Andrew. . ''

Liebigstag; river, tributary to,the Copper river, from the east, near latitude 62°. So 

called by Alien, in 1885, after an Indian chief living at or.near its mouth. 

Apparently identical with Chetaslina.

Liesisloi, islet; see Wooded.

Lieskof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest of .Pavlof bay. 

Named Lieskova (Lieskof's) by Lutke, in 1828, after Lieut. Arcadie Lieskof, 

I. N., a member of his party. Has been written Leskoff, Lieskoff, Liskoff, 

etc. Apparently identical with Garfleld point of the Fish Commission in

Liesnoi, cape; see Wooded.

Liesnoi; island, between Woewodski and Eliza harbors, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named'Liesnoi (woody) by Zareinbo in 1888.

Liesnoi; island, in Krestof harbor, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Liesnoi (woody) by Vasilief in 1809.

Liesnoi; island, northwest of Wrangell, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Liesnoi (woody) by the Rynda party in 1863. The island is low 

and wooded. Has been printed erroneously Leisnoi.

Liesnoi; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Liesnoi (wooded) by Vasilief, in 1809, who has a North Liesnoi 

and a South Liesnoi. Has also been erroneously written Lusnoi.

Liesnoi, island; see Makhnati.

Liesnoi; islet, near Kruzof island, in entrance to Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Liesnoi (woody) by Vasilief in 1809.

Liesnoi; islet, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Liesnoi (woody) by Vasilief in 1833. Has also been written Lesnoi.

Liesnoi; shoal, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Coghlan in 1884.

Lietnik; cape, in Kizhuyak bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named Lietnika (summer village) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Lietnik, cape, on the western shore of Afognak bay, Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Lietnika (summer village) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Lievoi, cape; see Left.

Lighter; creek, in Kootznahpo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade who, in 1869, opened a coal mine here.
T-T"

Lig Liii. 266 [HULL. 387.

Lighthouse, island; see Signal.

Lighthouse; rocks, southwest of the Semidis. So named by Ball in 1874. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Namdak ci-ag or pinnacle. Also called Namtschak.

Lillian; creek, tributary to Buster creek,.from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from. Barnard, 1900.

Lilly; lake, 10 miles north of and tributary to Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie in 1898. Also written Lily.

Lime; creek, tributary to the Niukluk river, from the south, in the Eldorado mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name published by the Geological 

Survey in 1900. Called Bear creek on a recent local map.

Lime; point, the western point of entrance to Nutkwa inlet, Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Limestone; creek, tributary to Bettles river, from the north, near longitude 149° 30/. 

Descriptive name, from Schrader, 1899.

Limestone; creek, tributary to Clear creek, from the east, on south slope of Mount 

Wrangell. Apparently a local name, reported by Schrader in 1900.

Limestone; gap, in the Talkeetna mountains, between the headwaters of Bubb and 

Hicks creeks. So named by Glenn in 1898.

Limestone; inlet, in the mainland, opening into Stephens passage, southeastern 

Alaska. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869. On the north shore 

are some high limestone bluffs.

Limestone Bluffs; mountain, on the north shore of Limestone inlet, Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade, in 1869, who says: "From 

a remarkable-looking streak on the side of the mountain forming the west 

side of the inlet I called it Limestone Inlet and the mountain Limestone 

Bluff."

Lina, bay; see Lituya. -

Lincoln, cape; see Mordvinof.

Lincoln; channel, between Sitklan and Kannaghunut islands, Dixon entrance. 

Presumably named, in 1869, after the U. S. revenue cutter Lincoln.

Lincoln; island, north of Point Eetreat, in Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869.

Lincoln; mountains (6,200 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. Apparently 

so named by the Coast Survey. Erroneously Licoln.

Lincoln; open bay, on the northwestern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group,

Bering sea. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890. Designated 

as Lincoln bight on a recent Coast Survey chart.

Lincoln; peak (4,894 feet high), on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after President Abraham 

Lincoln.

Lincoln; rock, awash at lowest water, southeast of Kashevarof passage, in Clarence 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, in 1886, after President 

Lincoln. This rock has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Lindeman; lake, near Chilkoot pass, in the Yukon drainage basin. Named by 

Schwatka, in 1883, after Dr. Moritz Lindeman, vice-president of the Bremen 

Geographical Society. '

Lindenberg; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1833.

Lindenberg; head, the eastern head of Lindenberg harbor, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Name apparently first applied by Moore in 1895.

Lindenberg; peninsula, constituting the eastern part of Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. The Russians called its eastern side Lindenberg shore 

or coast, after G. Lindenberg, who explored and surveyed in the Alex-
BAKKK.I 267 Hn Lit.

Lindenberg -Continued.

ander archipelago in and about 1838. Ball, in the Coast Pilot, 1883, applied

the name to the peninsula. 

Lindenberg, point; see Glacier. 

Line; island, at entrance to Whiting harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Linnet; islet, near Spruce island, of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Chechotkin (linnet) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Lion; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, near its head. So named by

the Coast Survey as early as 1891. 

Lion; reef, on the Arctic coast, east of Colville river. So named by Franklin after

his boat Lion, which grounded upon it, August 7, 1826. 

Lisburne; cape (849 feet high), on the Arctic coast of Alaska. Discovered and so

named by Cook, August 21, 1778. Erroneously Lisburn and Lisbon. 

Liscome; bay, on the southern shore of Ball island, Dixon entrance. A bay in this

vicinity, not-exactly identified, was named Port Liscome by Ingraham in

1792.

Liscum, fort; see Fort Liscum.

Lisefskam, bay; see Camp Coogan.

Lisianski; peninsula, between Katliana bay and Nakwasina passage, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball in the Coast Pilot of 1883.

Lisianski; point, the north point of entrance to Katliana bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball, in the Coast Pilot of 1883, after Capt.. 

luri Fedorovich Lisianski, I. N., who was at Sitka in 1804.

Lisianski; small bay, on the southeastern coast of Kodiak, northwest of Sitkalidak 

island. Name given by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Lisianski; strait, separating Yakobi island from Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball, in 1879, in the Coast Pilot, after Capt. luri 

Fedorovich Lisianski, upon whose chart of 1814 it first appears. Has 

been written Lisiansky.

Liskqff', cape; see Lieskof.

Litnik; Indian village, on Afognak bay, Afognak island. This name is found on a 

map made by the Fish Commission in 1889. Apparently it is the Afognak 

of other maps, and may be intended for Lietnik (summer village).

Little; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Akun island, Krenitxin group, 

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Little; canyon, 011 the Stikine river, British Columbia.

Little; cove, at head of Middle bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Mielkoi (very 

small) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. . '

Little; creek, tributary to Bed bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Helm in 1886. 

Little; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the north, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 

1899. On a late map this is shown as a branch of Moonlight creek and 

Moonlight creek made a tributary of the Snake.

Little, glacier; see Popof.

Little; island, at entrance to Beep bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Malie (little) by Vasilief in 1833.

Little; island, in southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Symonds in 1880.

Little; islands, west of Unga and north of Wosnesenski island, near entrance to 

Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by Ball in 1882.

Little; mountain, on the south bank of the Yukon, near mouth of the Koyukuk 

river. So named by Alien in 1885.
Llt-Lit. ^(38 [BULL. 1S7.

Little; river, about one mile west of Cape Ugat, on northern coast of Kodiak. So 

called by Mo«er in 1899.

Little; rock (10 feet a \re high water), near north end of Duke island, in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Presumably so named by local 

pilots about 1880.

Little Anvil; creek, just east of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

Little Black, river; see Big Black.

Little Blanche; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the south, about 10 

miles from Eagle, on the Yukon. Prospectors' name, from Barnard in 

1898.

Little Branch; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Maloi Strelka (little arrow, i. e., little offshoot) by 

the Russians.

Little Diomede; island, one of the Diomede group, in Bering strait. Commonly 

known as the Little Diomede. Sauer and, after him, Lutke give its name 

.as Imaglin. Beechey, 1830, has Kruzenstern (Igna-look), while Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Ignaliuk. Beechey named this island, in 1826, after the 

Russian admiral, Krusenstern.

Little Fort; island, on the southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Maloi Krieposti (little fort) by the Russian-American Company 

 in 1849.

Little Gavanski; island, immediately opposite Starri-gavan bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Gavanski menshoi (little harbor) by Vasilief 

in 1809. Has also been called Little island.

Little Goose, island; see Goose.

Little Hurrah; creek, tributary to Big Hurrah creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Little Kiska; island, just east of Kiska, Rat island group, western Aleutians. So 

called by Lutke. See Kiska.

Little Koniuji; island, between Big Koniuji and Simeonof islands, Shumagin group. 

So named by the Russians. According to-Veniaminof this is Tangimak 

island of the Aleuts. Lutke writes it Tounghim'ik. See also Koniuji.

Little Minook; creek, tributary to Minook creek, from the east. Prospectors' name,

published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Little Naked; island, near. Naked island, Prince William sound. Local name.

There is a fox farm on this island. 

Little Polovina; hill, in the northeastern part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group,

Bering sea. Presumably the local name. Name published by the Coast

Survey in 1875. Polovina is Russian for halfway. 

Little Rapids; islet, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Coghlan in 1884. 

Little Raspberry; island, between Afognak and Kodiak, Kodiak group. Named

Maloi Malinovoi (little raspberry) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Little Raspberry; strait, between Kittiwake and Kodiak islands, Kodiak group.

Named Maloi Malinovoi (little raspberry) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Little Rose; island, one of the Opasni islands, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884. 

Little Sitkin; island (3,585 feet high), betwen Kiska and Semisopochnoi islands,

Rat island group, western Aleutians. So'called by the Russians. Lutke,

1835, calls it Little or Western Sitkin. Also has been written Little Sitchin. 

Little Strelki, arm, of Whale bay; see Small. 

Little Sushitna; stream, entering head of Cook inlet, between Sushitna river and

Knik arm. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.
BAKER.] 269 . L,lt 1,0111.

Little Tanaga; island, east of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Called Tannak on Russian Hydrograpjiic chart 1400, edition of 1.848; 

Tanaga by Tebenkof, in 1849, and Little Tanaga by the United States 

North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1855, doubtless to distinguish it 

from the larger Tanaga island, about 70 miles west of this one. Native 

name.

Lituya; bay, in southern part of the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. This name 

is of Indian origin and was obtained and used by. the Russians. The 

Indian word is thought by Dall to be H'lit-tu-yuh, accented on the last 

syllable. Lisianski, in 1805, wrote it L'tooa bay, and Tebenkof writes it 

Ltua. Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 has Altua bay or Port Frantsuzof. 

Out of these has come Ltuya, Alituya, Altona, and Lina. La Perouse 

surveyed the bay, in 1786, and named it Port des Franeais and to the whaleman it has been known as Frenchman's bay. The name Skecter has also 

been applied to it under a misapprehension.

Lituya; mountain (11,832 feet high), in the Fairweather range, southeastern Alaska.

Name published by Tebenkof in 1849.

Lively; group of islands, in Tlevak strait, near Tlevak narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, in 1882, after the steam launch of the Hassler. 

Sheldon Jackson has called this group Voorhees isles.

Lively; sunken rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Nichpls, in 1883, after the Hassler's steam launch Lively.

Livingston; creek, tributary to Feather river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Lizard; point on the southeastern shore of Pearse island, Portland inlet. So named 

by Pender in 1868. Erroneously Lizzard.

Loaf; ridge of mountains (2,200 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of Dixon 

entrance. So called by Nichols in 1883.

Lockwood; peak (3,510 feet high) in the northeastern part of Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Lieut. James 

Booth Lockwood, U. S. A., who perished at Cape Sabine in 1883.

Lockwood; point, on Woewodski island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named' by Meade in 1869. It was called Poverotni (turning) by 

Lindenberg in 1838..

Lode; point, on the right bank of the Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named Zhila 

(lode, also hut) by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is obsolete.

Lofka; hut, of an Indian named Lofka, where the earliest American travelers on 

the Yukon used to spend a night. Called Lofka, Lofka's and Lofka's 

barrabora (hut). It was on the right bank of the Yukon and due east 

from St. Michael.

Log; point, on Liesnoi island, Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Logan; mountain (19,539 feet high), in the St. Elias region. So named by Russell, 

in 1.890, in honor of Sir William Edmond Logan, "founder and long director of the Geological Survey of Canada." The name has been adopted by 

the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Logan; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender in 1868.

Lohiianoi, point; see Glacier.

Lohtianoi, sound; see Cross. .

Lotnas; cape, on the western shore of Port Caldera, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Cabo de las Lomas (cape of the hillocks) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Lomavik; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the lower Kuskokwim. Name from 

Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Lomavigamute, i. e., Lomavik people.
:- Loii Loo. 270 [BULL. 187.

Lone; mountain (2,142 feet high), near Barlow cove, on northern end of Admiralty 

f. island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Meade in 1869. Has, on a 

r . recent Coast Survey chart, been called Barlow mountain, 

f.. Lone; rock, in Hood bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Meade in 1869.

Lone: rock, in or near Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula. Named Odinakoi (isolated 

j. or lone) by Vasilief in 1832.

Lone; small islet, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given by 

Reid in 1892.

 : Lone Tree; islet, near entrance to Whitewater bay, Chatham strait, Alexander 

v archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 157).

 -' Long. A sunken bank or reef, called by the Russians Dlinnaia (rather long), and 

it lying near Pamplona rock, Gulf of Alaska, is shown on Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (1847).

Long; beach, in Mitrofania bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Long; glacier, on the southern flank of Mount Wrangell and tributary to Kotsina 

creek, from the north. So named by Schrader, in 1900, from its shape.

Long; island, in Chiniak bay, near St. Paul, Kodiak. Named Dolgoi or Goloi (long 

or bare) by the Russians in 1809. Lisianski, in 1804, called it Barren island.

Long; island, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869.

Long; island, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1880.

Long; island, in northeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Dolgoi (long) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called 

Dolgay and Dolgoi.

Long; island, in Port Frederick, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. -So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Long; island, on the western shore of Cordova bay, Dixon entrance. Named Dolgoi (long) by the Russians.

Long; peak (about 2,500 feet high), on Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Climbed by 

Lieutenant Berry, in 1881, and its height measured by aneroid barometer. 

Capt. Thomas Long, of the whaling bark Nik, measured its height in 1867 

and obtained the result 2,480 feet. Named Long peak by the Hydrographic office in (or before) 1879 and Berry's peak by the same office in 

1881.

Longfellow; peak (2,955 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1888, after the poet, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow.

Lookout; mountain, about 800 to .1,000 feet above the river, on west bank of Koyukuk river, near latitude 67°. So named by Alien, who ascended it in 

August, 1885.

Lookout; point, on the mainland,. Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869.

Lookout; point, on the south shore of Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Lookout; point, the eastern point of Caton island, Sannak group. So called by the 

Coast Survey in 1900.

Loon; island, one of the Middle islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Gagarin (loon) by Vasilief in 1809. Also called Jet by a mistranslation. Has also been written Gagari (diver).

Loon; point, in Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1889.
BAKEU.] 27 1 I<01> Lo\Vt

Lopp; lagoon, just north of Cape Prince of Wales, Seward peninsula. So named by 

Brooks, in 1900, after Rev. William Thomas Lopp, of Indiana, a missionary to the Eskimo, who began work here in 1890.

Lor as, harbor; see Dora.

Lord; islands, in Dixon entrance, near Cape Fox. So named by Fender in 1868.

Lord; rock, near Lord islands, Dixon entrance, south of Cape Fox. Named by 

Nichols in 1883.

Lords, harbor; see Dora.

Lorentz: river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 150° 30'. 

Named by Alien, in 1885, after Mr. Lorentz, of the Alaska Commercial 

Company, chief trader for the Yukon country. On some maps it is Lorenz.

Lor ing1 ; post-office, and fishing village, on Naha bay, west side of Eevillagigedo 

island, Alexander archipelago. The post-office was established here in 

November, 1885.

Los Coronados, islands; see Coronados.

Lcs Hermanos, islands; see Hazy.

Los Mondragones, islets; see Fish Egg.

Lost; Creek, tributary to the Klokerblok river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Lo§t; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name from Peters, 1900.

Lothianoi, bay; see Icy.

Lothianoi, inlet; see Taku.

Louisa; point, on the mainland, at south end of Favorite channel, Stephens passage, 

southeastern Alaska.' So named by Beardslee in 1880.

Louise; lake (elevation 2,200 feet), on the Copper River plateau, in about latitude 

62° 30', arid in the Sushitna drainage system. So called, in 1898, by Glenn, 

who indicates that this is its local name.

Louise, point; see New Eddystone.

Love' islet, one of the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after a Mr. Love, employed 

on the Jamestown at Sitka in that year.

Low; bluff, on the northern shore of Anichitka island, western Aleutians. So designated by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition of 1855.

Low; cape, on the southwestern shore of Kodiak. Named Nizmennoi (low) by 

Tebenkof in 1849. Has also appeared as Nizmenno point.

Low; cape, the western head of Kizhuyak bay, Kodiak. Named Nizniennie (low) 

by Murashef in 1839-40.

Low, cape; see Narrow.

Low; hill, in the northern part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Name 

from Elliott 1873-74.

Low; island, between Spruce and Kodiak islands. Named Nizmennie (low) by 

Murashef in 1839-40.

Low; island, off Shoals point, in entrance to Sitka sound, Alexan :ler archipelago. 

Named Nizmennoi (low) by Vasilief in 1809.

Low No. 1; island, southwest of Deer island, near Belkofski. So called by the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

Low No. 2; island, southwest of Deer island, near Belkofski. So called by the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

Low; point, on' the eastern shore of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibsoii in 1855.

Low; point, on the eastern shore of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. Called Nizmennoi 

(low) by Tebenkof in 1849.

Low; point, the eastern point of entrance to St. John harbor, Zarembo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.
Low Lut. 272 [HULL. 187.

Low; point, on east side of Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. Name published by the 

Hydrographic Office in March, 1893.

Lowe ; point and river, on the north shore of Port Valdes, Prince William sound. 

Named by Abercrombie, in 1898, after Lieut. Percival G. Lowe, U. S. A., 

a member of his party.

liowenstern; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Shishmaref inlet, Seward peninsula, Arctic ocean. Named Lowenstern by Kotzebue in August, 1816.

Lower; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak, draining to Shahafka cove. Called Dolgoi 

(long) by the Russians, in 1808-1810, but by Tebenkof, 1849, called Nizhni 

(lower).

Lower Kootznahoo, bay; see White water.

Lower Ramparts; gorge, in the Yukon river, between the mouths of the Ball and 

Tanana rivers. Apparently so called by Dall in 1884. See also Ramparts.

Lower Ramparts; gorge or canyon in the Porcupine river, about 75 miles above 

Fort Yukon. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Lowrie; island, near Forrester island, off the west coast of Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Dall, in 1879, after Captain Lowrie, of the snow 

Captain Cook, in 1786, who was perhaps the first English-speaking navigator to visit Queen Charlotte islands, and possibly the first who saw this 

island.

L'tooa, bay; see Lituya.

Ltua, bay; see Lituya.

Lucan; point, the western point of entrance into Port Althorp, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. See also Column.

Luce; island, one of the Kutchuma group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after a Mr. Luce, 

employed on the Jamestown at Sitka in that year. See also Emgeten.

Lucia; glacier, northwest of Yakutat bay, in the St. Eliasalps, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Mark Brickell Kerr in 1890, after his mother.

Lucile; small lake, about 10 miles north of Knik. arm, Cook inlet. So named by 

Glenn in 1898. Written Lucile on his map and Lucille in his text.

Luck; point, on Prince of Wales island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow in 1886.

Lucky Strike; creek, tributary to Bluestone river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard,-1900.

Lukanin; open bay, on the southern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering 

sea. Usually written Lukannon. Elliott says it derives its name from 

"one Lukannon, a pioneer Russian, who distinguished himself with one 

Kaiecov, a countryman, by capturing a large number of sea-otters at that 

point, and on Ottter island, in 1787-88." Petrof (Bane. Hist., p. 183) says 

that Ivan Lukanin was the peredovchik (senior officer) with Ismailof.

Lukeen's Fort; see Kolmakof.

Lull; point, the northern point of entrance to Kelp bay, Chatham strait, Alexanderarchipelago. Named by Dall, in 1883, after Capt. Edward Phelps Lull, 

U. S. N., hydrographic inspector of the Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Lulu; peak, in southern part of the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Lung; island, near the south end of Duncan canal, Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by.Thomas in 1887.

Lusnoi, island; see Liesnoi.

Lutke; cape, the southern head of Unimak bay on south shore of Unirnak island, 

eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof, 1831, calls this Siuchi (sealion) and is 

followed by Tebenkof (1849). The Russian Hydrographic charts (1847) 

call it Lutke, while the Fish Commission (1888) calls it Promontory.
BAKEK.] 273 Iiyn MeC.

Lynch.; cape, on the western shore of Heceta island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by the local pilots. Not shown on existing charts. Name published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 122). 

Lynn; canal, the great northern arm of Alexander archipelago. It was explored and

so named by Vancouver in 1794. Has also been called Lynn channel. 

Iiynn; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the east, in the Nome mining region,

Seward peninsula. Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in

1899. . Lynn Brothers; group of islands, in St. James bay, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named The Brothers by Meade, in 1868, and since modified to Lynn

Brothers. 

Lynu Sisters; two small islands, in the southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander

archipelago. Called The Sisters by Meade, in 1868, and modified to Lynn

Sisters in the Coast Pilot in 1883. 

Lynx; creek, tributary to Sixmile creek, from the south, in the Kenai peninsula,

about 20 miles southeast of Sunrise, Cook inlet. Local name, published

by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Lyre; point, on the eastern shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Punta de Lira (lyre point) by Maurelle and Quadra

in 1775-1779. 

Mab, island, near Bridget cove, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Mansfield in 1890. 

Mabel; island, in Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Snow in 1886. Erroneously Mable. 

Me Adam; creek, tributary to Tisuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

McArthur; peak (2,239 feet high), near Port McArthur, Kuiu island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Helm, in 1886, after the Coast Survey steamer

McArlhur.

McArthur; port, near the southern entrance to Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Helm, in 1886, after the Coast Survey steamer

McArthur, under his command. 

McArthur; reef, in Sumner strait, off the mouth of Clarence strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, after its surveying steamer

McArthur. ^ 

McBride; glacier, part of the Muir glacier. Called Second North tributary by Reid,.

in 1890, and later, McBride after H. McBride a member of his party. 

McCartey; point, the southernmost point of the Bronaugh islands, off Dall Head,

Gravina island,' Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Also erroneously McCarty. 

McCarthy; creek, tributary to Kennicott river, from the east. Prospectors' name,

reported by the Geological Survey in 1899. _ 

McClellan; flats, at head of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So

named by naval officers, after Lieut. Edward P. McClellan, U. S. N., who

visited the locality in 1880.

McClellan; group of islets, forming part of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after

Lieut. E. P. McClellan, U. S. N. 

McClellan; rock, near Lindenberg harbor, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after its discoverer, Lieut.

E. P. McClellan, U. S. N. Erroneously McLellan. 

McCullough; rock, in Dixon entrance, west of Zayas island. Reported by Captain

McCullough, of the Hudson Bay Company steamer Otter, and named after

him by the Coast Survey in 1883. Erroneously McCollough.

Bull, 187 01 1$
JTIcD Mac. 274 ' [BULL. 187.

McDoel; peak (6,000 feet high), near headwaters of the Kuskokwim river, in latitude 62°. So named by Post of the Geological Survey in 1898. 

McDonald, bay; see Yes. 

McDonald; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the north, near its mouth. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

McDonald; islands, opposite the north end of Wrangell strait, in Frederick sound,

.Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Ensign John

Daniel McDonald, U. S. N., a member of his party.

. McDonough; peak (2,873 feet high), in southeastern part of Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1893. 

McFarland; group of islands, on the eastern shore of Tlevak strait, north of Dunbar

inlet, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1882, after Mrs. A. R.

McFarland, a missionary and teacher, who began work in Alaska in 1877.

Sheldon Jackson has named them Hill islets. 

McFarland, islet; see Village.

McFarland; point, on Dall island, opposite Howkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander 

 archipelago. Named by Sheldon Jackson, after Mrs. A. K. McFarland, a

missionary and teacher, who began work in Alaska in 1877. 

McGrath; mountain (6,179 feet high), on the mainland, on north side of Iskoot

river. So named by the Coast Survey, after Assistant John Edward

McGrath. 

McHenry; anchorage, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Snow, in 1886, after John McHenry, a member of

his party.

McHenry; inlet,, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, in 1886, after John McHenry, a member of his

party. 

McHenry; sunken ledge, at entrance to Union bay, Cleveland peninsula, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885. 

McKinley; creek, in the Porcupine gold district. Prospectors' name published in

1900. 

McKinley; lake, just north of or in edge of delta of the Copper river, 3 miles north

ofAlaganik. Local name, from Gerdine, 1900. 

McKinley,; mountain (20,464 feet high), near the headwaters of Kuskokwim river.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1897. Also called Bulshaia, a

corruption of the Russian word for big. It was named McKinley by.a'

prospector, Dickey, who published an account of it in the New York Sun,

January 24, 1897. 

McLean; arm, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, about 6

miles north of Cape Chacon. Named by Clover, in 1885, after Ensign

Walter McLean, TJ. S. N., a member of his party. 

McLellan, rock; see McClellan. 

McNair, island; see Grand. 

McNairy; point, the south point of entrance to Steamboat bay, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

McPherson; point, not shown on any map and not identified, on the Arctic coast

somewhere east of Point Barrow. Named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837,

after M. McPherson. 

McQuesten, island; see Huggins. 

McTavish; point, on the western shore of Dease inlet, Arctic coast.. Name from

British Admiralty chart 593 (1830-1882). 

Macartney; point, the northeastern point of entrance to Keku strait, Kupreanof

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.
ISAKEK.] . 275 Mac Mal.

Mackay; inlet, immediately east of Dease inlet, on the Arctic coast. Named M'Kay's

inlet by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after one of their guides, James

M'Kay, a Scotchman, who had served with Sir George Back in 1834. 

Mackenzie; point, at the head of Cook inlet. Named by Vancouver, in 1794, "after

the Eight Hon. James Stuart Mackenzie." Erroneously Mackinzie. 

Mackenzie; river, in Canada, named after its first explorer, Alexander Mackenzie. 

Mackenzie; small bay, between Dease inlet and Point Barrow, Arctic ocean. So

named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after Chief Factor Roderick Mac- 

. kenzie, of the Hudson Bay Company. 

Macks, bay; see Tanaskan. 

Macks Head; promontory, Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. Local name,

from the Coast Survey. 

Macks Head; small rounded island, off northern point of entrance to Sanborn

harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. Local name, reported by Dall in 1872.

The point behind it has also been called Mack's Head. 

Macleod; harbor, on the northwestern coast of Montague island, Prince William

sound. Named McLeod's by Portlock, in 1787, after one of his officers. 

Macleod; point, in Smith bay, on the Arctic coast, between Cape Halkett and Tangent point. Named M'Leocl by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after A. B.

M'Leod.

Macmillan; mountains (3,500 feet high), and river, tributary to Pelly river, from 

' the east, near latitude 63°. Sometimes written McMillan. The spelling

Macmillan has been adopted by the Canadian Board on .Geographic

Names. 

Macnamara; point, on Zarembo island, the northeast point of entrance to Clarence

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, after

Captain Macnamara, R. N. Often written McNainara. 

Macooshino, village; see Makushin. 

Madan; point, on the mainland, in Eastern passage, Alexander archipelago. So

named by A^ancouver in 1793.

Madeira; creek, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1901. 

Madison; peak (2,507 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1888, after President James

Madison. 

Madre de Dios; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named

Isla de la Madre de Dios (island of God's mother) by Maurelle and Quadra

in 1775-1779. Has also been written erroneously Madre de Deos. 

Magdalena; cape, the north point of entrance to Port Bazan, Dall island, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Either this cape or Cape Muzon was named Cabo de

Santa M'aria Magdalena by Perez in 1774. 

Magdalena, Isla de la; see Hinchinbrook. 

Magnolia; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Brooks, 1900. 

Magoun; islands, between Krestof and Kruzof islands, Alexander archipelago.

Named by the Russians, after a Captain Magoun, who traded on this coast

in early times. Has also been written Magun. 

Mahid; island, one of the Necker islands, Sitka sound, Alexander Archipelago.

Named Ma-id by Vasilief in 1809. Is often written Maid. Pronounced

Mtlh-id. 

Mahlo; valley, and river flowing through it, at east end of Klutina lake. Named

by Abercrornbie, in 1898, after Emil Mahlo, a member of his party. 

Mahutzu; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 146° 30'.

Native name reported by Peters and Brooks in 1898. 

Maiachnoi, island; see Signal.
Mal-OTal. 276 .[BULL. 187.

Main, lake and valley; see Endicott.

Major; cove, on the southeastern shore of Norton sound. Called.Major's cove by 

Ball, in 1866, because it was the first point at which Major Kennicott" 

landed with his party after setting out from St. Michael.

Makak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, between Anvik and 

Koserefski. Called Makka by Tikhmenief in 1861. Raymond, 1869, 

calls it Makagamute, i. e., Makak people, and Petrof, 1880, Makeymute. 

Population in 1880, 121.

Makaka; point, the northwestern point of Hawkins island, Prince William sound. 

Apparently a native name, reported by Abercrombie in 1898.

Makhnak, rock; see Black.

Makhnati; island, at southern entrance to western channel into Sitka harbor, 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelgo. Named Makhnatie (rough or shaggy) 

by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Liesnqi (wooded) island.

Makhnati; islet, in Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Makhnatoi (rough or shaggy) by the Russians.

Makhnati; submerged rock, in Sitka sound, 2£ cables from a beacon on Makhnati 

. island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1883. Has also been called 

Beacon rock.

Maknashka, bay; see Sycamore.

Maknashka, cape; see Rocky.

Maknashkina, cape; see Miller.

Makrovskoi, bay; see Pumicestone.

Makushin; active volcano (5,631 feet high), on Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Sarichef, 1792, designates it as ognedieshutshaia gora (burning mountain). 

By Kotzebue, about 1825, it is called Makuschkin volcano. According to 

Grewingk, quoting Sarichef, its native name is Aigiigin, which appears to 

be from the Aleut word Aigak, big. Coxe writes it Ayaghish, and Grewingk, Ajiigisch. Postels, in 1835, called it Wesselow, i. e., Cheerful mountain. It is near Cape Cheerful.

Makushin; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Presumably so called by Krenitzin and Levashef in 1768-69. Coxe, in his 

account of their voyage, published in 1780, has on an accompanying map 

Makyshinskaia bay. Written Makushi, Makushinskoi, etc.

Makushin; cape, on the northern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. Called 

Makushi by Tebenkof, 1849. It is Makushin point (but not Makushin 

cape) of the Fish Commission in 1888.

Makushin, cape; see Kovrizhka.

Makushin; native village, on the northern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. 

Sarichef, 1792, shows this village, which he calls Makushinskoe settlement. Lisianski, 1805, has . Macooshino settlement. Veniaminof, 1831, 

says it was the headquarters of the Russian-American Company's bidarshik or foreman and that it contained 6 huts (yourts) and 35 natives. 

Population in 1880, 62; in 1890, 51.

Makushin; valley, beginning at Broad bay, in Captains bay, Unalaska, and stretching inland. So called by Davidson in 1869. Dall called it Glacier valley 

in 1873.

Malaspina; glacier, on the flanks of the St. Elias alps, immediately north of Yakutat bay. This was named Malaspina plateau by Dall, in 1874, who did not 

then get near enough to recognize its true character. In 1880, however, 

it was approached nearer and its true character seen. Since that time it 

has been called the Malaspina glacier. In 1886 the New York Times 

expedition applied the names Agassiz and Great Agassiz, also Guyot and 

Great Guyot, to glaciers now regarded as parts of this one.
BAKER.] 277 JTIal Man.

Malaspina; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by

Ball, in 1879, after Capt. Don Alessandro Malaspina, the distinguished and

unfortunate Italian nwigator, who, in the service of Spain, explored and

surveyed on the northwest coast of America in 1791. 

Malaspina; mountain, in the St. Elias alps, near Mount St. Elias. So named by Ball,

in 1880, after the unfortunate Malaspina, who was in Yakutat bay in 1791.

Dall suggests that this may be identical with Piton of La Perouse in 1786. 

Malchatna, river; see Mulchatna. 

Malcolm; river, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary line. Named

Sir Pulteney Malcolm river by Franklin in 1826. 

Male; point, the southwestern extremity of Fillmore island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Maley.Roiikav; see Small. . 

Malie, island; see Little. 

Malinof, island and strait; see Raspberry. 

Malinovoi, cape; see Raspberry.

MalinovsM, cape; 'see Nuniliak.

Malmesbury; port, on the western side of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Maloi Krieposti, island; see Little Fort. 

Maloi Malinovoi, island; see Little Raspberry. 

Maloi Strelka, bay; see Little Branch. 

MammvR, bluffs and hills; see Einahnuto. 

Mammoth; river, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Kotzebue sound, immediately

east of Cape Deceit. So named by Petrof, in 1880, from the occurrence of

mammoth bones in the vicinity. 

Manby; glacial stream, from'Malaspina glacier, debouching near Manby point,

Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1891. 

Manby; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Vancouver, in 1794, after a member of his party.

Apparently identical with Pte. de la Boussole of La Perouse in 1786. It

is St. Elias of Malaspina, in 1792, and Bolshoi (great) point of Tebenkof

in 1849. 

Mandarin; rock, at head of Zachary bay, Unga island, Shumagin group. So named

by Dall in 1872 

Manila; creek, tributary to Hobson creek, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Manila; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Manker; valley, near foot of Klutina lake, through which flows Manker creek.

So named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Manning; point, on the Arctic coast near or on Barter island. So named by

Franklin in 1826. 

Man of War; peak, on the mainland, west of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Thomas in 1887. ~, 

Manopiknak; river, in the Yukon delta, one of the outlets of the Yukon river.

Eskimo name from Nelson, 1878, who in his text writes Manopiknak and

Manokinak and on his map Manokinak. 

Mansfield.; lake, in the Kechumstuk hills draining southward to the Tanana.

Origin of °name not discovered. It was published by the Coast Survey

in 1895. 

Mansfield; peninsula, forming the northern part of Admiralty island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1893, after Lieut. Commander Henry Buckingham Mansfield, U. S. N., who made surveys in

the Alexander archipelago in 1889-91.
Man Mar. 278 [BULL. 187.

 ' ~~ .

Mantalik, creek; see Mentalik.

Manzanita; island, in Behm canal, northwest from the entrance to Rudyercl bay. 

So named by the.Coast Survey in 1891.

Manzanita; peak (3,959 feet high), in the eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

. Maple; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender in 1868.

Marabilla; island and point, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla y Punta de la Marabilla by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Marble ; islet, in the southern part of Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 1886, "from its formation."

Marble; two small bare islets, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So called by 

the Coast Survey, in 1883, on account of the rocks of which they are 

composed.

Marble Bluffs; locality on the western shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name of local origin, published by 

the Coast Survey in 1883.

Maria; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Asumcion, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Maria Josefa by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Maria Louisa, river; see Kun.

Mariner; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the west, in the Fortymile mining 

region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Marion; creek, tributary to American creek, from the east, in the Eagle mining 

region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Marion; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude 150°. Prospectors' nanie, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Marmion; island, at junction of Gastineau channel and Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by.Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Marmot; bay, between Afognak and Kodiak. It was named Whitsuntide by Cook 

in 1778. Called Evershichie (marmot) by Tebenkof, 1849. The word 

Evrashka comes from Siberia. Kotzebue says (I, 229): "An animal in 

many respects similar to the squirrel; but it is much larger and lives in 

the earth; it is .called in Siberia Gewraschka. The Americans (in Kotzebue sound) call it Tschikschi." CbJ-glk', according to Nelson, is the

Eskimo name of Parry's spermophile, so that Chigik and Tschikschi seem 

to be two renderings of the same Eskimo word. Veniaminof gives the 

Koloshian name of Evrashka as Tsalk and the Aleut name as Ulnik.

Marmot; island, east of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Evrashichie (marmot) by the early Russians. It is St. Hermogenes of Billings, about 1790, 

and of Galiano, 1802. "The only land animals (on this island) are the 

foxes and myriads of ground squirrels (spermophilus) upon which the 

foxes prey for their subsistence. These rodents are called yevrashka in 

Russian. This word bur map makers erroneously translated marmot, and 

" thus misnamed the island." (Eleventh Census, p. 73.) " Marmot; river, tributary to Portland canal, from the east, near its head. So named 

by Pender in 1868.

Marmot; strait, between Marmot and Afognak islands. Named Evrashichichie 

(marmot) by the Russians, in 1849.

Maroonitch; old village site, on north shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Name from Elliott, 1873-74, who says: "Site of a pioneer village, 

established by one Maroon."

Marr; butte (3,000 feet high), near junction of the Delta and Tanana rivers. So 

named by Glenn, in 1898, after Private Marr, a member of his party.
BAKEK.] . 279 Wfar Mar.

Marr; mountain (2,447 feet high), near the south end of Cleveland peninsula,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1886, after Robert

Athelston Marr, then subassistant, Coast and Geodetic Survey. 

Marr; mountain, on north bank of the Porcupine river, near the Lower Ramparts.

So named by the Coast Survey as early as 1895. 

Marryat; cove, immediately north of Point Hope, Arctic coast. So named by

Beechey, in 1827, after Captain Marryat, R. N., who discovered the cove.

Called Marriet by Tikhmenief. 

Marsden; point, on the northwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Marsh, bay; see Hot Springs. 

Marsh; island, southeast of the Kashevarof group of islands, in Clarence strait,

Alexander archipelago* Named by Snow, in 1886, after Ensign Charles

Carlton Marsh, U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Marsh; lake, northeast of Chilkoot pass, on headwaters of Lewes river. Named, in

1883, by Schwatka, after Prof. Othniel Charles Marsh, of Yale College.

This name has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Marsh; peak, 011 the mainland, near head of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Prof. 0. C. Marsh, of Yale 

College.

Marsh; point, the eastern point of entrance to Cordova bay, Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. Named by Clover, in 1885, after Ensign Charles C. 

Marsh, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Marsh; point, the western point of entrance to Wainwright inlet, Arctic coast. So 

named by Beechey, in 1826, after his purser, George Marsh.

Marshall; creek, tributary to Matanuska river, from the north, just below the 

Chickaloon. So named by Mendenhall, in 1898, after a prospector, W. H. 

Marshall. . Marshall; islet, near the entrance to Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Marshall; mountain (5,200 feet high), on the eastern shore of Klutina lake. So 

named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Marshall; mountain (4,500 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. 

Named Marshal by Pender in 1868.

Marshall; peak (3,017 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettishain, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1888, after the great Chief Justice, 

John Marshall.

Marten; arm, of Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast 

Survey in 1891.

Martin; harbor, a small arm of Korovinski bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians.

Named Pestchanaia (sandy) by Ingenstrem, about 1830, and called Sand,

Peschani, etc. Locally known as Martin's harbor, after Capt. Martin

 Klinkofstrom, of the Russian-American Company's service, who first

entered and afterwards used it.

Martin, island; see Gravel.

Martin; low sand island, in front of Elson bay, Arctic coast, just east of Point Barrow. 

So named by the British Admiralty in 1853. It may be identical with 

Doctor island of later charts.

Martin; point, at the eastern edge of the Copper river delta. So named by Vancouver, in 1794, after Sir Henry Martin. Cottonwood point of late charts 

seems to be identical with this point.

Martin; point, on the Arctic coast, a little east of Camden bay. Named Point Sir 

Henry Martin by Franklin in 1826. * 
Mar May. 280 [BUM.. 187.

Martin; river, tributary to Copper river, from the east, near its mouth. So named 

by Abercrombie in 1898.

Martin; rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1883. '.

Marvine; glacier, tributary to the Malaspina glacier, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, in 1890, after the geologist Archibald 

Eobertson Marvine.

Mary, bay; see Shelikof.

Mary; cove, in Shelikof bay, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago.' So named by 

Vancouver in 1794. See Shelikof bay.

Mary; island, north of Duke island, in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by pilot W. E. George in 1880 {Coast Pilot, 76). Erroneously St. 

Mary island, on British Admiralty chart 2431, edition of 1882.

Mary; point, the northern point of entrance to Shelikof bay, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Mary Island; anchorage, in the northern end of Mary island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Local name, published by the Coast Survey 

in 1883.

Mary Island; light-house reservation, in northeastern part of Mary island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Reserved for light-house purposes 

by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Mashik; native village, at Port Moller, Alaska peninsula. Native name, reported 

by Petrof, in 1880, who wrote it Mashikh.

Mason; narrows, in the Tanana river, near longitude 146°. So named, in 1885, by 

Alien, in honor of Prof. Otis Tufton Mason, of the Smithsonian Institution.

Massacre; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. 

Named Ubiennoi '(massacre) by Davidof, about 1802, presumably to commemorate the wanton massacre here of 15 natives by Cossack fur hunters, 

in 1745, under Alexai Bieliaef. Lutke wrote it Oubiennaia and Grewiugk 

has Subienna.

Massacre; brook, flowing from a lake into Massacre harbor, Attu island, western 

Aleutians. Name from Grewingk, 1850, who has Subienna, apparently 

an error for Ubienna (massacre).

Mastic; sunken rock, in Revillagigedo channel, near entrance to Thorne arm, 

Alexander archipelago. Named after the vessel Mastick, which struck 

upon it in July, 1882. Is now usually written Mastic and has been, 

erroneously, Mystic.

Matanuska; glacier, near the source of the Matanuska river. So named by Mendenhall in 1898.

Matanuska; native village, on the eastern shore of lake' on Copper river plateau. 

Native name, obtained by Glenn in 1898. j

Matanuska; river, tributary to Knik arm, Cook inlet. Native name, published by 

the Coast Survey in 1897. Has also been written1 Matanooski.

Matwi, island; see St. Matthew.

Maud; lake, draining to Kusawa lake, near latitude 60°. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1895.

Maurelle; islands, in Iphigenia bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Ball, 

in 1879, after the Spaniard Don Francisco Antonio MaureJe, who made 

surveys in this region in. 1775 and 1779.

Maury; peak (5,566 feet high), on the mainland, between Thomas bay and Port 

Houghton, southeastern Alaska. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1895, 

after Capt. Matthew Fontaine Maury, U. S. N.

Mayastetchnoi, island; see Signal.
BAKEK.] 281 May OTel.

Mayer; peak (6,100 feet high), near the head of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie in 1898. Has also been written Meyer. 

Mayo; bend, in the Koyukuk river, about 10 miles below the month of Alien river.

So named by Alien, in 1885. Erroneously Mays on a late chart. 

Mayoral; cove, behind St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Puerto Mayoral (Steward port) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-

1779. 

Maysil; cape, on the western shore of Port Kefugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Cabo Maysil by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Meade; glacier, east of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal. So named by the Coast Survey,

presumably after Kear-.Admiral Kichard Worsam Meade, U. S. N., who

surveyed in southeastern Alaska in 1868 and 1869. 

Meade, mountains; see Hooper. 

Meade; point, on the northwestern shore of Kuiu island, between Security and Saginaw bays, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, after

Rear-Admiral B. W. Meade, U. S. N.

Meade; river, of northern Alaska, explored by Ray in April, 1883, and by him

named Meade. Its Eskimo name, according to Murdoch, is Kulugrua, 

which has been printed Kol u gru'a, and, by error, Cogtua.

Meares; passage, between Suemez and Quadra islands, near Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 97). 

Called Sea Otter bay by Lisianski after Meares (?), Ingraham, and other 

early traders.

Mieares, port; see Prisoners cove.

Medicine; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, about 15 miles below 

Lower Kaltag. Raymond, 1869, calls it Takaltski; Tikhmenief, 1861, 

Kakogkakat, i. e., Kakog river. A native village at its mouth is called by 

Petrof, 1880, Khatnotoutze; he gives its population as 115.

Medvednikova, bay; see Bear.

Medvctcha, creek; see Sawmill.

Medviednik, cape; see Bear.

Medviezhi, island; see Woewodski.

Medviezlria, cove; see Bear.

Meiklejohn; entrance, to Prince William sound, between Hinchinbrook and Montague islands. So named by Abercrombie, in 1898, after Hon. George D. 

Meiklejohri, Assistant Secretary of War.

Meiklejohn; pass (4,500 feet high), one of the passes between the Copper and 

. Tanana rivers. It lies between Tok river and Wagner lake. Named by 

Lowe, in 1898, after Hon. G. D. Meiklejohn, Assistant-Secretary of War.

Melanson; lake,'near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Mell, point; see Green.

Melkoivadia, point; see Shallows.

Mellish; cabin, on shore of Knik arm of Cook inlet. So called, in 1898, after its 

owner, Henry Mellish. Has also been written Melishe's.

Melnichnoi, cape; see Miller.

Melozi; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, between the mouth of the 

Koyukuk and Tanana rivers. Native name, reported by the Western 

Union Telegraph Expedition, in 1867, as Melozecargut and usually written 

Melozikakat. See Kakat.

Melsing; creek, tributary to the Niukluk river, from the north, in the Eldorado 

mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900, after 

L. Melsing, a miner.
 Met. . ' 282 [BULL. 187.

Memtrelegamule, village; see Mumtrelek.

Mena-kak-a-shah, lake; see Walker.

Mendenhall; cape, the southernmost point of Nunivak island, Bering sea. Named 

Ignatief by Tebenkof, in 1849, after Lieut. J,yan Ignatief, I. N., who accompanied Shishmaref in the Blagonamierennie (good-intent) 1819-1822. 

Recently renamed Mendenhall by the Coast Survey.

Mendenhall; glacier, on the mainland, northwest of Juneau, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by the Coast Survey, in 1892, after Prof. Thomas Corwin Mendenhall, its Superintendent. 

Mendenhall; river, tributary to the Takhini river, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by the Coast Survey, in 1898, after Superintendent T. C. Mendenhall.

Menefee; anchorage, at the entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. . Named by Clover, in 1885, after Ensign Daniel Preston 

Menefee, U. S. N., a member of his party. Has been written, erroneously, 

Menafee.

Menefee; inlet, in Etolin island, opening into Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow, in 1886, after Ensign D. P. Menefee, U. S. N., a member 

of his party. Has also been written, erroneously, Menafee and Menefes.

Menendez. The western part of the Copper river delta was called Ensenada de 

Menendez by the Spaniards in 1788. ,

Menshikof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, near the mouth of 

Ugashik river. Named Menshikova (Menshikof's) by Lutke in 1828. 

Has often been written Menchikoff.

Mentalik; creek, tributary to the Yentna, from the north, near latitude 62°. 

Native name, from Eldridge and Muldrow, 1898. Post obtained the name, 

in 1898, through J. Madison, a resident of Cook inlet, as Mantalik.

Mentanontli; lake and river, near longitude 152°. Native name, reported by Alien 

in 1885. On his map 4 it is Mentantlekakat, and in his text (p. 97, etc.) it 

is Mentanontlekakat." See Kakat.

Mentasta; lake, mountain range, pass (2,300 feet high), and trail, between Copper 

and Tanana rivers. Native name, reported by Alien in 1885.

Mentokakat; native village, on the south bank of the Yukon, about 20 miles above 

the mouth of the Melozi river. ' Native name, reported by Petrof in 1880. 

Population 20 in 1880. Late maps omit the village and show a creek 

called Montekakat creek, i.e., Monte river creek. Zagoskin, 1842-1844, 

gives the name of the river as Minkotliatno.

Menzies, cape; see Ommaney.

Menzles1 , strait; see Chatham.

Mercier. Petrof, in his map in the Tenth Census, 1880, shows a place called Mercier station on the north bank of the Yukon, about 40 miles below the 

mouth of the Tanana. Name not found elsewhere.

Mer d' Ormante, sea; see Bering.

Merk; cape, the western point of Hall island, Bering sea. Named Merka (Merk's) 

by Tebenkof, 1848, presumably after Dr. Karl Merck (or Merk), surgeon 

and naturalist in the Billings expedition, 1785-1794.

Mertz; islet, in bight on the northern shore of Long island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after Lieut. 

Albert Mertz, U. S. N.

Mesquatilla; mountains, on the north bank of the Yukon, between the mouths of 

the Melozi and Tozi rivers. Native name, from Raymond, 1869.

Mesurier, point; see Lemesurier.

Metlakatla; post-office and Indian village, at Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Called Port Chester and Metlakatla. Metlakatla is the 

name of a group of Tsimpsean or Chimsyan Indians that founded the
BAKER.] .283 JtlCt Mid.

Metlakatla Continued.

village. It has been variously spelled Metlahcatlah, Metlahkahtla, Metlakatla, etc. The post-office was established here in October, 1888, and 

spelled Metlakahtla.

Prior to 1887 there was a village of Metlakatla Indians about 15 miles 

south of Port Simpson, on the western shore of Chiinsyan peninsula, 

British Columbia, where the Scotch missionary, William Duncan, had 

lived and successfully labored for many years. Owing to disagreement 

with the established church, Duncan and his Indians, in 1887, abandoned 

their village, which thereafter became known as Old Metlakatla, and 

founded the present Metlakatla, which was at first called New Metlakatla, 

and is sometimes still- so called and sometimes Port Chester village.. As 

to this Capt. D. D. Gaillard, Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., who surveyed 

and built storehouses in Portland canal, in 1896, says (Senate Doe. No. 19, 

Fifty-fourth Congress, second session, p. 4):

"The largest settlement in the region under discussion is at New

Metlakahtla (Port Chester), where there is a store, a cannery, a sawmill,

and about 850 Christian Indians who, in 1887, to obtain greater religious 

liberty, abandoned their village in British Columbia and followed their 

devoted missionary, Mr. William Duncan, to their present abode, upon 

arrival at which it is said that they hoisted the United States flag and 

formally transferred their allegiance from Canada (to the United States. 

By act of Congress, approved March 3, 1891, the body of lands known as 

Annette Islands was set apart as a reservation 'for the use of the 

Metlakahtla.Indians and those persons known as Metlakahtlans who have 

recently emigrated from British Columbia to Alaska, and such other 

Alaskan natives as may join them,' etc."

Mexico; point, on Prince of Wales island, in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Meyer, peak; see Mayer.

Mice; islands, in Behm canal, opposite entrance to Rudyerd bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Mid; rock (25 feet high), between Cat and Dog islands, Gravina group, Alexander 

- archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Middle; anchorage, between the Indian village at Sitka and Japonski island, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. There are three anchorages, Eastern, 

Middle, and Western. Descriptive appellation.

Middle; arm, of.Kelp bay, Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Moore in 1895.

Middle; arm, of Three Arm bay, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, 

given by Gibson in 1855.

Middle; bay, an arm of Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Srednaia (middle) by the 

Russians.

Middle; bay, indenting the northern shore of Unalaska, between Kashega bay and 

Chernofski harbor. Given the descriptive name Srednaia (middle) by 

Veniaminof, 1840. The Fish Commission used this name Middle in. 1.888. 

Sarichef used the name Alimuda for this place, a name which belongs to 

the bay next east of it.

Middle; cape, on the northern coast of Kodiak, near Spruce island. Named Srednie 

(middle) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Middle; channel, leading into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Srednie (middle) by the Russians.

Middle; fork, of the Chandlar river. Descriptive name, from Schrader, in 1899.
Mid Mid. 284 ' [BULL. 187.

Middle; fork, of the Koyukuk river. Descriptive name, from Schrader in 1899. 

Middle; island, in Chiniakbay, near Kalsin bay, Kodiak. Named Srednie (middle)

by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810. 

Middle; island, in Shakan bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Helm in 1886. 

Middle; islands, in the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Snow in 1886. 

Middle; group of islands, in northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Name not heretofore used. 

Middle; island, the principal island of the Middle island group, in northern part of

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelego. Named Sredni (middle) by Vasilief in 1809. By later Russians called labloshnie (apple) and afterwards

variously called lablosh or Middle. 

Middle, islands; see Vitskari. 

Middle; mountain, on the eastern side of Annette island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols in 1883.

Middle; mountain, on the mainland, east of the Stikine river and near the international boundary. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Middle; peak (1,908 feet high), near Chichagof harbor, on Attu island, western

Aleutians. So named by Gibson in July, 1855. 

Middle; point, between East and Volcano bays, northeast of Belkofski, on south

shore Alaska peninsula. Presumably a local name, reported by Ball

in 1880. 

Middle; point, on Baranof island, between Northern and Southern rapids, Peril

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Srednie (middle) by Vasilief in

1833. Has been called Mid and Sredni. 

Middle; point, on the southern shore of Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Cordova bay,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson in 1880. 

Middle; point, the north point of entrance to Chapel cove, Bay of Waterfalls, Adak

island, middle Aleutians. Named by United States naval officers in. 1893. 

Middle, point; see Bear cape. 

Middle; rock, in Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive

name, given by Gibson in 1855.

Middle; rock, in the Necker group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Srednie (middle) by Vasilief in 1809.

Middle, rock; see Prolewy.

Middle; rocks, in the middle of the entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Gibson in July, 1855.

Middle; shoal, immediately east of Turner point, Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 208).

Middle Station; trading post, on the Nushagak river at the mouth of the Mulchatna. 

Local name, obtained in 1898 by Spurr and Post from trader A. Mittendorf.

Middleton; island, in the Gulf of Alaska. So called by Vancouver in his atlas. The 

Spaniards, in 1791, called it Isla de Hijosa. Tebenkof calls it Achek or 

Ochek, and some Russian charts Kachek or Kochek. The earliest name 

applied is Atchaka or Achakoo, apparently the native name.

Middy; point, the northeast point of Ham island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Midnight; mountain, near headwaters of Kugruk river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Midun; island (150 feet high), near Deer island, in the Sandman reefs, northeast 

of Sannak. So called by Dall in 1880. Presumably a local name.

Midway; island, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moser in 1897.
BAKER.]' . 285 ' Mid Mil.

Midway; island, northeast of Sannak. So called by the Coast Survey in 1900. It 

is apparently identical with Hague Rock of the Fish Commission, 1890.

Midway; islands, between Holkhambay and Port Snettisham, in Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. These islands were 

reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 

1901.

Midway; islands, on the Arctic coast, east of the mouth of Colville river. So named 

by Stockton, in 1889, from the circumstance that they are about midway 

between Lion reef proper and Return reef.

Midway; point, on Glass peninsula, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield in 1889.

Midway; reef, at the eastern entrance to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 167;.

Midway; rock (awash at highest water), in southern part of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869. Lindenberg, in 1838, called it Polivnoi (awash).

Midway; rock, near the Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named

Srednie (middle) by Vasilief in 1833.

Mielkoi, bay; see Krestof harbor.

Mielkoi, cove; see Little.

Mieshak; cove, on south shore of Alaska peninsula, between Cold and Portage bays. 

So called by the Russians. - MiesofsM, point; see Black.

Micsofskoe, lake; see Round.

Miga; cape, on the northwest shore of Kanaga island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Miga is the genitive of the 

Russian mig (wink, twinkling of an eye, no time).

Mikhailovskaia, bay; see Alimuda.

Mikischkin, point; see East Foreland.

Milavanof, river; see Chvilnuk.

Miliflores, Punta de los; see Thousand Flowers.

Miles; canyon, in the Lewes (formerly Yukon) river, between lakes Marsh and 

Laberge, often spoken of as the Great canyon of the Yukon. Schwatka, 

who passed through it and its rapids on a raft, July 2, 1883, named it 

after his department commander, General Nelson Appleton Miles, U. S. A.

Miles; glacier, near the mouth of Copper river. So named by Alien, in 1885, after 

General Nelson A. Miles, U. S. A.

Miles; pass, between the headwaters of the Copper and Tanana rivers. So named 

by Alien, in 1885, after General Nelson A. Miles, U. S. A.

Milkie, point; see Rock.

Mill; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak, draining to Popof bay. At the mouth of the 

stream draining from it, Tebenkof, 1849, shows a melnitza (mill).

Mill; reef, in Howkan strait, northwest from Howkan village, Cordova bay; Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson in 1880. There i<~ 

(or was) a sawmill near this place.

Millard; trail, about 90 miles long, from Copper Center to Mentasta pass along the 

western slopes of Mounts Drum and Sanford. Prospectors' name. Some 

60 or 70 miles of this trail were cleared, under the direction of Mr. B. F. 

Millard, in or about 1898.

Miller; cape, the eastern head of Sycamore bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named 

Maknashkina by Murashef in 1839-40. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it rnelnichnoi (relating to a mill), perhaps by reason of a mill in the adjacent bay. 

It has been called Millers cape by the Coast Survey.

Miller, cape; see Popof,
rail-JMir. 286 [BULL. 187.

Miller; creek, tributary to Sixtymile creek, from the west, near longitude 141^. 

Local name, from Abercrombie, 1898. '

Miller; lake, at head of North arm, Moria sound, Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Clover, in 1885, perhaps after his wife. Has 

been printed erroneously Mitten and Mitter.

Millerton; village, in the Nushagak enumerating district of the Eleventh Census, 

1890, containing a population of 165. Location not discovered.

Mills; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the east, Kenai peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895.

Mills; islet, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Krugloi (round) by.-Vasilief in 1809.' Renamed Mills by Moore, in 1897, 

after a prominent merchant at Sitka.

Milne; point, somewhere on the Arctic coast, east of Colville river. So called by 

Dease and Simpson, 1837, in their narrative (p. 129). Location not discovered.

Mine; harbor, in lierendeen bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by the Fish Commission in 1890. A coal mine Avas opened here in 1888.

Mine: -point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, who in 1869 opened a coal mine near this point.

Mineral; creek,,tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Mineral; creek, tributary to Port Valdes, from the north, near Lowe point, Prince 

William sound. Presumably a local name; published in 1898.

Mineral; point, on the southern shore of San Antonio bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Mineral by Maurelle and Quadra 

in 1775-1779. . , -

Miners; bay, in Unakwik inlet, Prince William sound. Local name, reported by 

Glenn in 1898.

Miners; cove, in Gastineau channel, near the town of Juneau. Local name, published 

by Ball in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 171), where it is written Miner's.

Miners; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1897.

Miners; river, tributary to Miners bay, Unakwik inlet, Prince William sound. 

Local name, reported by Glenn in 1898.

Minerva; mountain, in the southwestern part of Hevillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Minett; islet, in Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named

by United States naval officers, in 1880, presumably after Lieut. Henry

Minett, U. S. N. 

Mink; bay, indenting the southern shore of Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Minook; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the east, near longitude 150°.

Apparently identical with Klanachargut (Klana-kakat) river of Raymond

in 1869. Has been spelled Mynook and Munook. Named, presumably,

after a Mr. Minook, .the interpreter at Fort Reliance.

Mint; river, tributary to Lopp lagoon, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Mintok; lake, somewhere in the region south of Minook creek, draining to the

Tanana river. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who spells it Mintokh. 

Minx; islands, at head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Miraballes; point, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta de Miraballes (point of white plums) by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Miranda, volcano; see Iliamna.
BAKER.] 287 Mlr M.og.

Mirror; creek, tributary to the Tansina, frofh the east, near latitude 62° 30'. Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks, in 1898. 

Miskunti'kakat, river; see Lebarge. 

Mission; cove, just north of Howkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Dall in 1882. Has also been named Hydah by Sheldon

Jackson. 

Mission; creek, in the Eagle mining district, tributary to the Yukon, from the west,

at Eagle., Local name, published in 1898. Its native name, as obtained

by Schwatka in 1883, is Tatotlinda. 

Mission; creek, tributary to Port Clarence, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Missionary; range of mountains (2,500 to 2,800 feet high), east of Portage bay, on

Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Thomas in 1887. 

Mission Warehouse, village; see Shiniak. 

Mist; harbor, indenting the eastern shore of Nagai island, Shumagin group. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Mitchell; bay, in Kootsmahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, in 1869, after his classmate, Lieut. Commander John 

Gardner Mitchell, U. S. N.

Mitchelt, island; see Wingham.

Mitchell; point, on the southern shore of Kupreanof island, Surnner strait, Alex-. 

ander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Capt. William 

Mitchell, R. N.

Mitchell; sunken rock, in Middle channel, Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Mitchell; post-office and trading post, on the upper Yukon, near'the mouth of Fortymile creek. The post-office was established in 1892, and discontinued in 

1896. Mr. L. N. (Jack) McQuestin was postmaster. In 1890 the population was reported to be 238.

Mitkof; large island, off the mouth of the Stikine river, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Russians after a Captain Mitkof. Variously written Mitgoff, 

. Mitkoff, etc.

Mitrofania; bay, northeast from the Shumagins, indenting the south shore of Alaska 

peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Mitrofania; harbor, in Mitrofania bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

Mitrofania; island, west ot the Semidi islands, and near the south shore of Alaska 

peninsula. So named by the Russians, who wrote it Mitrofania and St. 

Mitrofania. Has also been written Mitrofa.

Mitten, lake; see Miller.

Mizofek, point; see Black.

Moffet; cove, at east end of Izembek bay, on the north shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Named by Dall in 1882. The Fish Commission, 1888, show this cove 

divided into two parts, one called Sloss bay, the other Neumann bay.

Moffet; point, the eastern point of entrance to Izembek bay, on north shore of 

Alaska peninsula. Named by Lutke, in'1828, after Midshipman Samuel 

Moffet, a member of his party. Has been called Neumann by the Fish 

Commission.

Mogilnoi; island, southwest of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Mogilnoi (grave) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Shell 

island.

Mogul; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the south. Local name, 

obtained by Barnard in 1898.
Moll Jttoo. 288 [BULL. 187.

Mohican; cape, the westernmost point of Nunivak island, Bering sea. Named 

Boil by Tebenkof, in 1849, after Lieut. Roman Boil, who was in the party 

of Vasilief when Nunivak was discovered by Vasilief in 1821. Recently 

called Cape Mohican by the Coast Survey.

Moira; bare rock (50 feet high), at entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885.

Moira; sound, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Clarence 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, "after the 

noble Earl of that title."

Mokrovskoi, bay; see Pumicestone.

Mokrovskoi, cape; see Spray.

Molchatna, river; see Mulchatna.

Mole; harbor, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield in 1889.

Moller; island, one of the Kudobin islands, on north coast of Alaska peninsula, near 

Port Moller. So named by Ball in 1882. Also written Moller.

Moller; port, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula. Partially explored by 

Staniukovich, of Lutke's party, in 1828, and named after his vessel, 

Moller.

Mondragones (Los), islets; see Fish Egg..

Monolith; point, on the western side of Portage bay, Alaska peninsula.- Namepublished in Hydrographic Office Notice to Mariners No. 48, 1893.

Montague; island, in entrance to Prince William sound. Named Montagu by Cook 

in 1778. The native name Tsukli was also used by the Russians. The usual 

spelling Montague has largely superseded the original spelling Montagu.

Montana; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the south. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Montekakatj creek; see Mentokakat.

Monument; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Monument; point, rocks, and river, on eastern side of Kruzof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Monumentalnoi (monument) by Vasilief in 1809.

Moonlight; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Moonlight; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Moore; channel, leading through some low sandy islands to Port Moore, Arctic 

coast, near Point Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty, in 1853, 

after Commander Thomas E. L. Moore, R. N: Its Eskimo name was given 

by the British as Ik-ke-rtl-luk. Ray calls it, 1885, Ikiraaluk.

Moore; island, in the Koyukuk river, near latitude 67°. So named by Alien 

in 1885.

Moore; mountains, on the southern border of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1895, after Lieut. Commanders 

Edwin King Moore and William Irwin Moore, U. S. N.

Moore; nunatak, in the Agassiz glacier, near southeastern end of the Chaix hills, St. 

Elias alps. So called by Russell, in 1891, presumably after Will C. Moore, 

a member of his party, who was drowned in landing at Icy bay on June 

6, 1891.

Moore; port, at Point Barrow. So named, in 1853, after Commander Thomas E. L. 

Moore, R. N., of the Franklin search expedition.

Moorovskoy, bay; see Pumicestone.

Moose; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the south, Kenai peninsula. Local 

name, from Becker, 1895.
BAKEI:.] . -289 Moo JTIor.

«

Moose; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the south, at the international 

boundary. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Moose, creek; see Tsadaka.

Moose Camp; place, on the northern bank of the Klutina river, about 1.0 miles 

above its mouth. Name from Abercrombie, 1898.

Moosehorn; mountain (5,000 feet high), near the international boundary and latitude 63°. So named by Peters and Brooks in 1898.

Mop; point, at the head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Mordvinof; cape, forming the northern head of Oksenof bay, northwest coast of 

Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. Named Mordvinova (Mordvinof'.s) 

by Staniukovich in 1828. Lutke uses Noi'sak or Mordvinof. Apparently 

Noisak is the native name. Veniaminof, 1831, calls it Oksenof or Mordvinof and Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Mordvinof or Oksenof. The Fish Commission, in 1888, called it Lincoln.

Mordvinof, cape; see Lapin.

Morgan; cape, the south westernmost point of Akutan island; Krenit/m group, 

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Morjevskoi, peak; see Walrus.

Morjovi, island; see Hall.

Morkovskoi, bay; see Pumicestone.

Morne, island; see Horn.

Morning Call; creek, tributary to Grand Central river, from the south, Seward 

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Morozovskie, bay; see Cold.

Morris; reef, in Chatham strait, at eastern entrance to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after William 

Gouverneur,Morris, United States collector of customs at Sitka.

Morse; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Duke island. Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, in 1883, presumably after Fremont 

Morse, a member of his party.

Morse; glacier, part of the Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. Named by Reid, in 

1892, after J. F. Morse, one of his companions in 1890. In Reid's first 

publication of this (Nat. Geog. Mag., 1892, Vol. IV, map) the glacier is 

called West tributary (of Muir glacier).

Morse, island; see Bendel.

Morse; rock (awash at low water), near Hemlock island, Port Chester, Annette 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, presum- 1 

ably after Mr. Fremont Morse, of the Coast Survey.

Morskoi; breaker, about half a. mile westerly from Olga rock, at entrance to Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Morskoi (sea) by Moore in 

1897.

Morskoi, cape; see Hinchinbrook.

Morskoi, cape; see Ocean.

Morskoi, cape; see Phipps.

Morskoi, islet; see Navy.

Morskoi, rock; see Sea.

Morton; fort, at mouth of the Kowak" river, Hotham inlet, Arctic ocean. This 

name, Fort Morton, was published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Morzhovoi; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula near its western end. Named Mor/hovoi (walrus) by the Russians. Its Aleut name 

is Adamagan. Has been variously written Morjevskaia, Morshevoi, Morshovoi, Morzovia, etc.

Morzhovoi, island; see Hall.

Morzhovoi, island; see Walrus.

Bull. 187 01 19
Mor Moil. . 290 [BUhh.187.

Morzhovui, islet; see Shaiak.

Morzhovoi; native village, at western end of Alaska peninsula. Named Morzhovoi 

(walrus) by the Russians. Variously spelled. There are or were two 

.villages, one called Old Morzhovoi, the other, New Morzhovoi, being 

about 12 miles apart. Old Morzhovoi,was at the head of Morzhovoi bay: 

New Morzhovoi is on Traders cove, which opens into Isanotski strait. 

The Greek church here is named Protassof, and Petrof, 1880, called the 

settlement. Protassof.

Moser; bay, in Behm canal, indenting the western shore of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1886, after Commander Jefferson Franklin Moser, U. S. N.

Moser; island, near head of Hooniah sound, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1899, after. Lieut. Commander 

Jefferson Franklin Moser, U. S. N.

Moses; point, the western point of entrance to Hanus bay, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Moore, in 1895, after Asst. Engineer Stanford 

 Elwood Moses, a member of his party.

Mosman; inlet, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, in .1879, afterAlonzo Tyler Mosman, Assistant 

Coast and Geodetic Survey, who made surveys in Alaska in 1867.

Mosquito; creek, tributary to Fish river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, of obvious origin.

Mosquito; creek, tributary to Tonsina river, from the south. Name from Schrader, 

1900.

Mosquito; fork, of South fork of Fortymile creek. Prospectors' name, published 

by the Coast Survey in 1890. '

Mosquito; fork, of South fork of the Koyukuk, near longitude 150°. Prospectors' 

name, of obvious origin; from Schrader, 1899.

'Moss; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little east of Belkofski. 

Presumably a local name, reported by Dall in 1880. Erroneously Mosk.

Moss; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. Apparently 

this is Irene creek or Laurada creek of a late map.

Moss; island, in Douglas bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Thomas in 1887.

Moss; mountain (1,631 feet high), east of Tamgas harbor, Amiette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

, Moss; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Moth; point, at entrance to Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island. So named by the 

Coast Survey in 1891.

Mound; hill (1,956 feet high), near the southern end of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Mound; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Karta bay, Prince of AVales 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885.

Mountain, bay; see Uniktali.

Mountain; cape (500 or 600 feet high), Nagai island, Shumagin group. Named 

Golova (mountainous) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Mountain; cape, on Raspberry island, Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named 

Gorie (mountain) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Mountain, cape; see Kayak.

Mountain; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the east, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Mountain; creek, tributary to Stewart river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.
BAKER.] 291 MOU Mill.

Mountain; glacier, on the mainland, near head of Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Mountain; point, on Lindenberg peninsula, WrangeII strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so called byCoghlan in 1.884. In the Coast Pilot, 1883, this is 

called Cove point. Apparently identical with Waterfall (vodopada) cape 

of Lindenberg, in 1838, or possibly Krutoi (steep) of Lindenberg.

Mountain; point, on Revillagigedo island, near north end of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Mountain, river; see Liard.

Mountain Head; point, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Mount Little; island, in the Yukon river, just above mouth of the Koyukuk. So 

named by Alien in 1885.

Mud; bay, indenting the northern shore of Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Hanus in 1880.

Mud; bay, indenting tlie southern shore of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Locally

so known. There is an extensive mud flat at its head. Also called Doris

bay.

Mud; creek, tributary to Bed bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexaiider archipelago. 

So named by Helm in 1886.

Mud; glacier, on the western bank of Stikine river, near the international boundary. 

Called .Dirt glacier by Hunter in 1877. On late maps Mud glacier:

Muerta; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla del Muerto (island of the dead) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

Muffin; islands, in the entrance to Ernest sound, Alexander' archipelago. So named 

by Snow in 1886.

Muganolowik; shallow stream, in the Yukon delta, debouching between Scammon 

bay and the mouth of Black river. Eskimo name from Dall, who 

wrote it Muganolowik. By the Western Union exploring parties, 1865- 

1867, this was called Pope's river, after Frank L. Pope, of that expedition.

Muir; glacier, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named in about 1880, 

after John Muir.

Muir; inlet, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published in the 

Coast Pilot (1883, p. 189). Named after John Muir.

Mwitsofski, island; see St. La/aria.

Mukacharni; hill (1,700 feet high), north of Grantley harbor, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Beechey, 1827, who wrote it Muck-a-char-ne.

Mulchatna; river, tributary to the headwaters of the Nushagak river; also Eskimo 

villages on same. Written Molchatna by Petrof in 1880. Has been often 

written Malchatna. Here written Mulchatna to conform to the reported 

local pronunciation.

Mule; rock (awash at high water), in entrance to Tan'igas harbor, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named, presumably, by Nichols in 1883.

Mulgrave; hills or mountains, north of Kotxebue sound, between the Noatak river 

and the sea. Cook, in August, 1778, named a point in this vicinity 

Mulgrave, back of which were "hills of a moderate height." Beechey, 

coining nearer, in 1826, saw that these hills were farther inland than Cook 

supposed and.called them the Mulgrave range.

Mulgrave; port, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. \risited, sketched and 

named by Dixondn 1787, "in honour of the Bight Honourable Lord Millgrave." It was called Burik harbor by Khromchenko, in 1823, presumably after the Russian American Company's brig .Rurik.

Mulligan; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.
Mum Myn. 292 " [BULL. 187.

Mumtrak; Eskimo village, at head of Goodnews bay, Bering sea. Population in 

1890,162. Name from Petrof, 1880, who spelled it Munitrahamute. Variously given Mumtrahahamut, etc.

Mumtrelek; Eskimo village, on left bank of the lower Kuskokwim. Bethel Mis-

, sion is at this place. First reported by Petrof, in 1880, as Mumtrekhlogamute,, and variously written Mumtrelegamut, Mumtreckhlagamute,

etc. Mumtrelega-mut (smokehouse people) was so called from the fact

that here a peculiar house for smoking fish was first erected.

Mungoark; river, tributary to Eschscholtz bay, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Called Kuuk on British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 1882) and Mungoark 

on a recent map.

Munina, village; see Ninilchik.

Munook, creek; see Minook.

Munoz; point, the westernmost point of Khantaak island, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Munoz by Malaspina in 1791. It is Southwest 

point of Tebenkof in 1849. 

Murder; cove, at the south end of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

. named by Meade, in 1869, on account of the murder here, by the natives, 

of a small party of traders.

Murdo; islet, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1883.

Murray, cape; see Nune/.

Murre; point, in Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Named Arie (a sea bird, the arrie or 

murre or 'guillemot, Pallas's rnurre, Uria, lomvia arra) by Tebenkof in 

1849.

Murre; rocks, near Yukon harbor, Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group. Named 

by Ball in July, 1874. There were clouds of murres in this vicinity at 

that time.

Musatchie Nose; see Chacon, cape.

Muse; island, in Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1889.

Muahukli, island; see Turnagain.

Muskoieika. Raymond, 1869, shows a native village on the right bank of the Yukon, 

about 65 miles above Anvik, bearing this appellation. Both place and 

name have vanished from recent maps.

Mussel; point, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Mussle by Moser in 18.97.

Mussel; point, on San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta Almejas (mussel point) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779."

Mute. Eskimo word for people; variously written mint, mute, and mut, and added 

to the name of the people. Thus, Ak-mute. Pai-mute, etc.

Mutnaia; small stream, on Kenai peninsula, debouching at Anchor point, Cook 

inlet. Named Mutnaia (muddy) by Wosnesenski about 1840.

Muzon; cape, the southernmost point of Dall island, Dixon entrance. It is highly 

probable that this is Cabo de Muno/ or Munoz Goosens or Munoz Giorens 

of Caamano, in 1792, and that Vancouver, in copying from Caamano, transposed two letters, making Muzon. In this form it has come into general 

use and is well established. Dixon, in 1787, called it Cape Pitt, and about 

the same time it was named Irving by Douglas. Tebenkof, in 1848, 

called it Kaigani, evidently the native name .which has also been'written 

. Caiganee, Kygane, etc. ;

Mynook, creek; see Minook.
BAKER.] - 293 " . IfTyr Nak.

Myrtle; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude .150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Mystery; creek, tributary to .the Niukluk river, from the north, in the Eldorado 

mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Mystery; creek, tributary to Shovel creek, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Mystic, rock; see Mastic.

Na. An Indian word meaning river; much used in .the Copper river region and 

added as a final syllable to the names of rivers; as Tanana, Chitina, etc.

Nabesna; river, one of the principal tributaries of the Upper Tanana. According 

to Alien (p. 136) "The natives of the Upper Tanana call that river 

Nabesna." Peters and Brooks, 1898, say that this use, mentioned by 

Alien, is locally obsolete, and they apply the name not to the main stream, 

but to a principal tributary.

Nachalnie, island; see Initial.

Nachalnie, point; see Entrance.

Nachc/eMt; glacier, on the southern side of Klehini river, southeastern Alaska.

Native name, from the Krause brothers, in 1.882, who write it Nachgelsslt. 

Nachk, bay; see Flat. 

Nachkzhnia, bay; see Camp Coogan. 

Nach.lezh.noi; island, south of Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Nachlezhnoi (chief) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Nackchamik, island; see Nakchamik.

Nadezhda; group of islets, in the western part of Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Nade/hda (hope) by-V.asilief, in 1833, after Krusenstern's

vessel. 

Naducha; islet, on the southwestern edge of the Sandman reefs, northeast of

Sannak. Called Nadoutcha by Lutke and Nadoucha by Dall. Nada is

the Aleut word for west, from which word the name of this western islet

is obviously derived. 

Naerie; rock, at-entrance to Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Vasilief in 1809. 

Nag-ai; island, one of the largest of the Shumagin group. Native name, from early

Russian explorers. Has also been written Nagay. 

Nagai; rocks, off the western shore of Chirikof island. So named by Kashevarof

in about 1830. Erroneously Naga and Nagau. 

Naghaikhlavigamule, village; see Nakolkavik. 

Naginak; cove, at head of Anderson bay, Makushin bay, Unalaska. Native name,

from Veniaminof, 1840. 

Nagnek, river; see Naknek. 

Nagzamik, island; see Nakchamik. 

Naha; bay, indenting the western shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal,

Alexander archipelago. Native name. Ball in the Coast Pilot (1883,

p. 75) says, "known as Naha bay." 

Nah.ihm.ud; native village, in Kihiden bay, on southern coast of Kodiak. Was

called Nahimood by Lisianski in 1804. Presumably a native name. ~ 

Nahsayvernia, point; see North. 

Naliwazuk, Jake; see Salmon. 

Nakalilok; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of

Sutwik island. Native name, from Russian Hydrographic chart 1379

(ed. of 1.847), where it is written Nakkhalilok. 

Nakat; harbor, about 3 miles northeast of Port Tongass, Dixon entrance. So named

by Nichols in 1888.
Nak Nao. 294 [BinYL.187.

Nakat; inlet, northeast of Dixon entrance. Local name, of Indian origin. Nichols 

says in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 79), "The body of water between Cape 

Fox and Tongass is sometimes called Nakat Inlet, but that name really 

applies only to the inlet proper," whose southwest point of entrance is 

Ledge point; See also Fillmore.

Nakat; mountain (2,921 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of .Dixon entrance. 

So named by Nichols in 1883.

Nakchamik; island, near the entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native 

name, from the Kussians. Variously written Nackchamik, Nag/amik, etc.

Naked; island, at the south, end o,f Lynn canal, near Funter bay, Admiralty island, 

Alexander ai'chipelago. Descriptive name, given by Mansfield in 1890.

Naked; inlands, in the northern part of Prince William sound. So named byAbercrornbie in 1898.

Nakh, bay; see Flat.

Naknek; lake, between Becharof and lliamna lakes, Alaska peninsula. Native 

name, from Lutke, 1828. According to Vasilief its native name is Akulogak. Has also been called Illiuk lake. PetrOf, in 1880, named it Walker, 

after Gen. F. A. AValker, Superintendent of the Tenth Census.

Naknek; river, draining from Naknek lake westward to Bristol bay, Bering sea. 

 Native name, from Lutke, 1828. Erroneously Naknik.

Naknek, village; see Suworof.

Nakolkavik; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, near its mouth. 

Its native name, according to Nelson, 1878-79, is Naghaikhlavigamute, 

and according to Spurr and Post, 1898, getting their information from missionary Kilbuck, Nacholchavfgamut, i. e., Nakolkavik people. Petrof 

wrote Naghaikhlavigamute on his map and Naghikhlavigamutein his text 

(p. 17). Population in 1880, 193.

Nakwasina; island, one of the Siginakagroup, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Nakwasinskoi by Vasilief in 1809.

Nakwasina; passage, separating Halleck island from Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. It was called Nakwasinskaia gulf by Vasilief in 1809, and 

has also been written Noquashinski and Little Noquashinski bay. According to Greorge Kostrometinoff this is from the Russian nakwashina (fermented).

Naluldclivak, cape; see Providence.

NnmdaTi, crag; see Lighthouse rocks.

Nameless; cape, on the western shore of Kenai peninsula. Called Besimenny

(without a name) by Wosnesenski about 1840. 

Nameless; islet, in the southern part of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Beziemiannoi (nameless, anonymous) by Vasilief in

1809.

Namtschak, rocks; see Lighthouse. 

Nunana, river; see Cantwell. 

Nandell; Indian village, on Tetling river, near Wagner lake, about 20 miles from the

Tanana river. Visited by Alien, in 1885, who found a village of four houses

and 86-people, presided over by the chief Nandell. Has been called

Nandell's and, by error, Nandellas. 

Nanok. This, says Langsdorf (II, 83), was the nickname given to Baranof by the

natives about Sitka. 

Nanvogaioklak; Eskimo village, in the Big Lake country. Visited by Nelson in

January, 1879, who reported its native name to be Nanvogalokhlagamute,

i. e., Nan-vog-a-lok-lak people. Erroneously Nanvogalokhlagamute in

text of Tenth Census. In Eleventh Census, 1890, called Nunavoknakchlugamiut. Population in 1880, 100; in 1890, 107. 

Nf(ouch,k<ik, village; see Kaguyak.
BAKEK.] 295 Nao Nat.

/

Naouclilacjamut, village; see Nauklak.

Napai; Eskimo village, on the northern bank of the Kuskokwirn, a little above 

Kolmakof. Spurr and Post obtained from Dr. Romig, in 1.898, the name 

Napj'iimut, i. e., Napai people, as the Eskimo name of this place.

Napaiskak; Eskimo village, on. the left bank of the Kuskokvvim, about 4 miles 

below Bethel. According to Nelson, 1878-79, its native name is Napaskiagamute, and according to missionary Kilbuck, 1898, it is Napaiskdgamut, 

i. e., Napaiskak people.

Napakiak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 10 miles 

below Bethel. Nelson, 1878, reports the native name as Napahaiagamute, 

and this is copied by Petrof and the Hydrographic Office. Spurr and Post, 

1898, following missionary Kilbuck, write Napachiaktichagamut, i. e., 

Napakiakachak people.

Napean; point, the southwestern point of entrance to Eliza harbor, Admiralty island, 

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1794, 

who, in the text of his original edition of 1798, spells it Napean. It

occurs there four times, always spelled Napean. On his chart, on the

French copy of it, and in the 8° edition of 1801 it is Nepean, and this form

has gained wide usage; variously corrupted to Nepen and Nepken. 

Napoleon; creek, tributary, from the east, to South fork of Fortyniile creek.

Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898. 

Napoleon; point, in the Yukon delta, on right bank of the Kwikpak pass; was so

called by Raymond in 1869. Not identifiable on recent charts. 

Narrow; cape, the northwestern point, of .Unga island, Shumagin group. Named

Tonkie (narrow) by the Russians. 

Narrow; cape, the northern point of entrance to Ugak bay, on eastern shore of

Kodiak. Named Tonkie (narrow) by the Russians. It was named Rollings

by Meares in 1788. It has been called Low, Narrow, Ton key e, etc. 

Narrow; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm in 1886. 

Narrow; passage, in Behm canal, separating Rudyerd island from Revillagigedo

island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Narrow; point, on Prince of Wales island, in Clarence strait, opposite month of

Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Tonkie (narrow) by the

Russians. Has also been written Tonkey. 

Narrow; point, on the right bank of the Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named

Tonkie (narrow) by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is obsolete. 

Narrow, point; see Tonki. 

Narrow; strait, between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak group. Named Uxenkoi (narrow) or Elovoi (spruce) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Narrows; mountain (2,940 feet high), in the eastern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. It is near Tongass

narrows, whence the name. 

Narrows; point, on the southern shore of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named

Uekosti (narrows) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Narrows; two peaks (2,750 and 2,759 feet high), at the northern entrance to Wrangell strait, Lindenberg peninsula, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Thomas in 1887. 

Nasanki, harbor; see Pavlof. 

Nasrikan, island; see Two Headed. 

Natagehin. The Krause brothers, 1882, report Natagehin to be the native name of a

small stream near Krotahini pass, southeastern Alaska. 

Natazhat; mountain range, north of Mount St. Elias. Native name, reported by

Hayes in 1891 as Nat-axli-at. 

Natcluwk, village; see Nuchek.
Nat Nee. ' 296

Nateekin; Aleut village, at Nateekin bay, in Captains bay, Unalaska. Sarichef 

shows a village here, in 1792, which he calls Natieka settlement. "Veniaininof, 183 ', calls it Natiekinskoe, and says it consists of two lints (yourts) 

and 15 people.

Nateekin; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called Natiekinskaia by Veniaminof and known locally 

as Nateekin bay.

Nathlie; mountain, east of Coppef river, between Drum and Sanford mountains. 

So named by Abercrombie in 1898. Perhaps it should be Nathalie.

Nation; point, the western point of entrance to Egg harbor, Coronation island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 3886.

Nalsina, river; see White.

NatuUen, village; see Notaloten.

Naugvik, village; see Suworof.

Nauklak; Eskimo village, in the interior of the eastern part of Alaska peninsula, 

on the trail from Kamishak bay, Cook inlet, to Naknek lake, and about 

15 miles east of the latter. According to Spurr and Post, who1 obtained 

their information, in 1898, from the chief of Savonoski, its native name is 

Naouchlagamut, i. e., Nauklak people.

Naulchi, bay and river; see Black.

Naumliack, bay; see Kiavak.

Navy; islet, near Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula. Named Morskoi (sea) by 

Vasilief in 1832. Lutke has Isle du Large and the Coast Survey, 1869, 

Navy islet. .

Navy; peak (3,734 feet high), near McHenry inlet, Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Nazan; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Atka island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Apparently so named by Tebenkof. Lutke calls it East bay.

Nazan; bay, indenting the southern shore of Little Tanaga island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. So named by Tebenkof in 1849.

Nazidak, island; see Two Headed cape.

Nea-kluk, river; see Niukluk.

Near; cape, on the northwestern shore of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named 

Blizhnie (near) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Near; group of islands, the westernmost of the Aleutian chain, and hence nearest, of 

all the Aleutians, to Asia. The early Eussian explorers, accordingly, called 

them Blizhnie (near) islands. Langsdorf has (II, 13) Plishnie ostrowa or 

nearest islands. Have also been called Blijnie or Rat islands. Berg says 

Bering called them Deception islands, but Lutke says he finds no warrant 

for this in Bering's journal. Variously written Blijni, Blijnies, etc.

Near; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Blisnie and Bliskie (near or close) 

by the early Russians. Lisianski, 1804, calls it Close island.

Near; island (600 feet high), near the southeastern shore of Nagai island, Shumagin 

group. Named Blizhnie (near) by the Russians.

Near; point, on the western shore of Piper island, Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Nearer, point; see Blizhni.

Nechraje, rock; see Eldred.

Necker; bay, indenting the western shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Called Port Necker by La Perouse in 1786. Called Kameiiistaia (rocky or 

stony) by the Russians. Has been called Rocky, Stone, and Stony.

Necker; islands, near the southern entrance to Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So called in the Coast Pilot, 1883, and attributed to 

La Perouse, 1786. La Perouse-'s chart 16 shows Port Necker in this place 

and chart 17 Port Neker for the same place.
BAKER.] 297 Nec Ncr.

Nwker, isles; see Guibert.

Nedostatka; islet, in the northern part of Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Nedostatka (want) island by Vasilief in 1833. 

Needle; peak (1,700 feet high), near the center of Coronation island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Needle; peak, near the head of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle Aleutians.

Descriptive name, given by Gibsoii in 1855. 

Needle; rock, near the northwestern shore of Ainaknak island, Captains bay,

Unalaska. Descriptive name, given by Dall in 1874. 

Needles; mountain (7,000 feet high), on right bank of the Tanana river, near latitude

62°. Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks in 1898. 

Neets; bay, in Behm canal, indenting the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Negro; cape, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Cabo Negro (black cape) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Negsue: creek, tributary to Penny river, from the east, in the Nome mining region,

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Negvelnuk, river; see Golsova.

Nellie Juan; port, indenting the western shore of Prince William sound. Discovered and named, in 1887, by Samuel Applegate, after his schooner, Ndlie 

Juan.- This spelling is from Applegate's map, where it is also written Nell 

Juan and sometimes Nelly Juan.

Nellie Juan, cape; see Aspid.

Nelson, creek; see Baker.

Nelson; island, on the western coast of Alaska, northeast of Nunivak island, Bering 

sea. So named by Gannett, in 1880, after Edward William Nelson, who 

spent about five years in this region as an observer for the United States 

Signal Service and collector for the Sinithsonian Institution.

Nelson; lagoon, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little west of Port 

Moller. So named by Dall, in 1882, after Mr. E. W. Nelson.

Nelson; point, in Behm canal, on the mainland, the southern point of entrance to 

Smeaton bay. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Lord Nelson.

Netupaki, cape; see Kekurnoi.

Nemeth; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude 148°. Presumably a prospectors' name, published by the Coast 

Survey in 1899.

Nenevok; lake, between the headwaters of Togiak and Kanektok rivers, western 

Alaska. Native name, from Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, 

who camped on its shore September 10, 1898. They give the name as 

Nenev6kuk adding "Nenevok lake -with descriptive ending."

NenilixcMk, cape; see Ninilchik.

Nepean, point; see Napean.

Nepovorotni; group of rocks, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Nepovorotnoi (not turning) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Entering: Sitka harbor by Middle channel, these rocks, on the port hand, 

are not to be turned around. The course is to be kept for about a mile 

further, when one reaches Povorotnoi (turning) island, around which one 

turns to the anchorage. Has also been written Nepoverotni.

Neprop, island; see Impassable.

Nepropusknoi, island; see Impassable.

Nerelna; creek, tributary to the Chitina river, from the south. Native name, from 

a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900.

Nerpichi; islets, south of Middle island, Sitka sound; Alexander archipelago. 

Named Nerpichi (seal) by Vasilief in 1809.

Xi',rp'iclriti, bay, etc.; see Seal.
FT"

Ner New. . 298 [BULL. 187.

Nerpitchy, islet; see Ikiginak.

Nesbitt; point, the southernmost point of Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver in 1793. Has also been written Nesbit, this form 

being found in the 8° edition of Vancouver (vol. 4, p. 245).

Nesbitt; reef, off Point Nesbitt, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Snow in 1886.

Netne; lake, nearTyonek, at head of Cook inlet. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1898.

Neumann, bay and point; see Moffet.

Neumann; island, the easternmost of the Kudiakof islands, Izembek. bay, Alaska 

peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission, in 1888, after Mr. Rudolph 

Neumann, of the Alaska Commercial Company.

Neva; bay, immediately north of Cape Edgecumbe, on the western side of Kruzof 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by officers of the RussianAmerican Company in about 1849.

Neva;'island, east of the Parker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Nevi. Named after the 

ship Neva.

Neva; point, at junction of Nakwasina passage and Neva strait, on Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Ball in the Coast Pilot, 

1883. . .

Neva; strait, separating Baranof island from Partofshikof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Lisianski, in 1804, after his vessel; called Olga strait 

by Vasilief in 1809. It then included what has been termed Olga strait. 

The present Neva channel is the Olga strait of the Russian chart of 1809, 

but not of Tebenkof.

Nevski; group of islets, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Presumably named by the Russians, in 1809, after the Avar ship 

Neva, which was at Sitka in 1804.

Neiv, harbor; see Baralof.

New Archangel, town; see Sitka.

New Balaam; see Uzinkee.

Newberry, river; see Teslin.

New Bogoslof, island; see Grewingk.

Ne.wchv.kli, Alien, 1885, shows a river tributary to the Yukon, from the north, near 

longitude 153°, which he calls Newchuklikakat, i. e., Newchukli river. 

Late maps have in this vicinity two streams, called Birch creek and Island 

creek. The latter seems to be the Newchukli of Alien.

New Eddystone; islands, in Behm canal, near entrance to Rudyerd bay, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty about 

1865. .

New Eddystone; point, in Behm canal, the south point of entrance to Rudyerd 

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named on the Russian charts. The point 

is a short distance from New Eddystone rock. On a late Coast Survey 

chart the point is called Louise.

New Eddystone; rock, in Behm canal, between Smeaton and Rudyerd bays, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver,' in 1793, from its resemblance 

to the Light-House rock off Plymouth, England.

Newell; sunken rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 93).

Newenham; cape, on the mainland, the northern point of entrance to Bristol bay, 

Bering sea. So named by Cook, July 16, 1778. The natives call it Black,

/ on account of its color, and Tebenkof has Newenham followed by chernoi 

(black) in parenthesis.
BAKER.] 299 New Nik.

Newicargut, island; see Nowi.

Neiv Morzhovi, village; see Mor/hovoi.

New Ruma, colony; see Glory of Russia.

Newton; creek, tributary to Dry creek, near Nome, Seward peninsula. Name from 

' Barnard, 1900.

Newton; glacier and mountain (13,774 feet high), near Mount St. Elias, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, in 1890, after Henry Newton, 

author of a report on the geology of the Black Hills of Dakota.

Niblack; anchorage, in Moira sound, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Clover, in 1885, after Ensign Albert Parker Niblack, U. S. N., 

a member of his party. Erroneously Niblick on British Admiralty chart 

2431.

Niblack; islands, in Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 

1886, after Ensign A. P. Niblack, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Niblack; point, on Cleveland peninsula, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Clover, in 1885, after Ensign A. P. Niblack, U. S. N., a 

member of his party. Erroneously Niblick point.

Nicholas, settlement; see Korovinski.

Nichols; bay, indenting the southern end of Prince of Wales island, Dixon entrance.

So named by the Coast Survey, in 1880, after Commander Henry Ezra

Nichols, U. S. N. '

Nichols; group of islands, in Tlevak strait, opposite Breezy bay, Alexander archipelago. SonamedbyDall, in 1882, after Commander H. E. Nichols, U. S. N.,

who reconnoitred this region in 1881. Near them- are " The Sentinels"

or Sentinel islands. Coast Survey chart 713, published in 1883, calls the

whole group Sentinel islands. 

Nichols; hill (280 feet high), at mouth of Nushagak river. So named by the

Fish Commission, in 1890, presumably after Commander H. E. Nichols,

U. S. N. Erroneously Nicholls. 

Nichols: mountain, near Mount St. Elias. So named by the New York Times

Expedition, of 1886, after Commander H. E. Nichols, U. S. N. 

Nichols; passage, between Annette and Gravina islands, Gravina group, Alexander

archipelago. Called Nichols pass in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 79), after

Commander H. E. Nichols, U. S. N. 

Nichols Bay; cannery (now burned and abandoned), in Nichols bay, at the

southern end of Prince of AVales island, Alexander archipelago. So called

in the Eleventh Census, 1890. 

Nicholson; rocks, north of Makhnati island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Niegieklik, river; see Clear. 

NieJcta, cape; see Prince of Wales. 

Nigaluk; Eskimo village, near the mouth of Colville river, Arctic coast. Native

name, published as early as 1867, and probably earlier. 

Niga-To, river; see Yukon. 

Nights Lodging1 ; cape, on the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group.

Named Nochlega (night's lodging) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Nik, river; seeKaknu. 

Nikolai; creek, tributary to McCarthy creek, from the east. So called by the

prospectors, after the Indian chief, Nikolai. 

Nikolai; house, on Nizina river, south bank, near the mouth of the Chitistone.

Name of an Indian chief, reported by Haves, in 1891, who says "Nicolai,

or Scolai, as the Yukon Indians call him." 

Nikolai, islands; see Green.
tiik Niz. 300 [BULL. 187,

Nikolaief; anchorage and small village, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula. Called 

Nikolaievsky by Petrof, in 1880, and Nicoloffsky by the Fish'Commission. 

Presumably named by the Russians after Tsar Nikolas.

Nikolas, rock or shoal; see Cozian.

Nikolski, cape; see Tanak.

Nikolski; native village, on the northern shore of Umnak, opposite Driftwood bay. 

So called by the Russians as early as 1830. Veniaininof speaks of it as 

Riecheshnoe (river), now called Nikolski. Population in 1834, 83; in 1880, 

127; in 1890, about 100. Lutke writes it Retchechnoi and Petrof, Nikolsky.

Nikolskoi, village; see Korovinski.

Nilkoka; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the north, near latitude 65°. Native 

name, reported by Peters and Brooks in 1898.

Ninagiak; island, in Hallo bay, Shelikof strait. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ninilchik; capeand river, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. So called byTebenkof, 

1849. Wosnesenski, about 1840, calls the cape Neniltschik or Snnit and 

the river Chnik-Chnak.

Ninilchik; rock or rocks, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet, between Kasilof and 

Ninilchik river mouths. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ninilchik; village of 81 people (1890), on eastern shore of Cook inlet, south of the 

Kasilof river mouth. Late maps show a fishery here. A small Russian 

settlement was made here early in the century. Petrof (Tenth Census, 

VIII, p. 27) says: "A number of 'colonial citizens,' or superannuated 

employes, of the old Russian Company were ordered to settle some fifty 

or sixty years ago (1830 or 1820) at Ninilchik, and their descendents live 

there still." On Wosnesenski's map in Grewingk, about 1840, the place 

is called Munina and the nearby cape Neniltschik or Sunit.

Ninuan-Tugal, lake; see Becharof.

Nipple; mountain, in.California ridge, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols in 1883.

Nipples (The); two mountains (elevations 2,450 and 2,900 feet high), near Shakan bay, on Kosciusko island, Alexander archipelago. Called Shakan 

nipples in the Coast Pilot of 1883 (p. 101). Usually called The Nipples.

Niprohodni, bay; see No Thorofare.

Nisling; river, tributary to the White river,, from the east, near longitude 140°.

Native name, reported by Hayes in 1.891.

Nismeni; cove, at north end of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Moore in' 1895.

Nismeni; lake, on the border of Malaspina glacier. Tebenkof shows such a lake just 

behind Point Riou (Nismeni of Tebenkof), which he calls Nizmennie (low).

Nismeni; point, the northernmost point of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Nismeni (low or low-lying) by V'asilief in 1833. 

Has also been written Nismenna and Nizmennie.

Nitak; Indian village, on Knik arm of Cook inlet. Native name, reported by 

Petrof, in 1880, as Nitakh.

Niukluk; river, in Seward peninsula, tributary to Golofnin sound. An Eskimo 

name, now used locally, and variously written Nea-kluk, Neukluk, 

Neukeluk, etc. The AVestern Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 

calls it Icathluik. In 1869 it was called Fish river, apparently by Dall, 

and has since borne this name on most maps till quite recently. The 

Russians, as early as 1852, called it Ikiut-pak (Ikiut-big) or Big Ikiut of 

the Eskimo. See also Eaton.

Niu-iiak, island; see Chernobour.

N'izlnii, lake; see Lower.
BAKER.] 801 NiZ NOO.

Nizina; glacier, and river, tributary to the Chitina. Native name reported, in 1891, 

by Haves, who spells itNi/zenah, i. e., Nizi river.

Nizkoi, island; see Crooked.

Nizmennia, point; see Shoals.

Nizmennoi, cape, island, etc.; see Low.

Nizmennoi, point; see Riou.

Noatak; Eskimo villages, on the lower part of the Noatak river, northwestern 

Alaska. Called Noatagainutes, i. e., Noatak peoples, by Petrof in.1880.

Noatak; river, in northwest Alaska, tributary to Hotham inlet. On early maps, 

this is called Inland river and sometimes Inland or Nunatok. The prevailing modern usage is Noatak, as above given.

Nob; mountain, near George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols in 1883.

Nocadero, strait; see Trocadero.

Nocltlega, cape; see Night's Lodging.

Nocotocargut, creek; see Beaver and Birch.

Nohookhinta. Alien, 1885, gives this as the name of a native village on the right 

bank of what is now called the South fork of the Koyukuk, about 3 miles 

from its mouth; see South fork of Koyukuk.

Nohtalohton, village; see Notaloten. 

, Noisak, cape; see Mordvinof.

Noisy; islands, near the northeastern shore of Kocliak. Called Sodonmiia (noisy) 

.by Tebenkof, 1849. A cape near it was called Noisy cape by the Coast 

Survey in 1867. Has also, on one chart, been called Zotschoinnia.

Nokrot; Eskimo village, near Cape Roinanof, on south shore of Norton sound. 

Native name, obtained by the Coast Survey, in 1898, and published as 

Nokrotmiut, i. e., Nokrot people.

No Man; creek, tributary to the Koksuktapaga river, from the east, Sewarcl peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Nome; cape, on the northern shore of Norton sound. Named Tolstoi (blunt or 

broad) by Tebenkaf in 1833. Russian Hydrographic chart 1455, published in 1852, calls it Sredni (middle), adding Tolstoi as.a synonym. 

The name Nome first appears on British Admiralty charts, after the 

Franklin search expeditions, and was given by Kellett, in 1849. Sir 

William Wharton, hydrographer to the British Admiralty, writing in 

April, 1901, says: "The name Cape Nome, which is off the entrance to 

Norton bay, first appears on our charts from an original of Kelletts in 1849. 

I suppose the town gets its name from the same source, but what that is 

we have nothing to show." Prof. George Davidson says that this nameless 

cape on the original sheet bore the memorandum "?Name" which the 

draftsman interpreted to be C. Nome.

Nome; mining camp, near Cape Nome, on southern shore of Seward peninsula. 

Local name. Schrader and Brooks, who visited it in October, 1899, speak 

of the thriving young city of Nome, first called Anvil City, now officially 

Nome. Gold was found here in June, 1898, and on October 18, 1898, the 

Cape Nome mining district was organized.

Nome; mountains, in the Nome mining region, in southern part of Seward peninsula. 

Local name, published in 1900.

Nome; post-office, at Nome, Seward peninsula. Established in June, 1899.

Nome; river, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Name published in

1900. 

Noocheek, village; see Nuchek.
Noo Nor. . . ; 302 [UUU..187.

Nook (The); cove, indenting the eastern shore of Tigalda island, Krenit/in group,

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Nook (The], village; see Teller. 

 Nookmut, station; see Teller. 

Noon; point, the north eastern most point of Pleasant island, Icy strait, Alexander

archipelago. Name published by Dall, in 1883, in the Coast Pilot. 

Noon; point, the southernmost point of Jacob island, iiortheast of the Shumagin

group. Named Poludennie (noon) by Woronkofski in 1837. 

Nootoiuuktoy, lake; see Nutuvukti. 

Noowook, settlement; see Nuwuk. 

Noquashinski, passage; see Nakwasina. 

Norcr.oss, island; see Jackson. 

Nordenskiold; river, tributary to Lewes river, from the south, near longitude 136°.

Named by Schwatka, in 1883, after Baron Nils Adolf Erik von Nordenskiold,

the celebrated Swedish arctic explorer. 

Norfolk, sound; see Sitka. 

Norieg-a; point, on the southern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta Noriega by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Norma; bay, indenting the western end of Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. So

named by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Norris; glacier, in Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. ' So called by Reid, in 1892,

(National Geographic Magazine, vol. IV, p. 46). 

North.; anchorage, on the northern shore of St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering

sea. Local name. 

North; arm, of Bay of Pillars, Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. , 

North; -arm, of Hooniah sound, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

North; arm, of Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by

the Coast Survey in 1894. 

North; arm, of Three Arm bay, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name,

given by Gibson in 1855. 

North; bay and point, on the northern shore of Stuart island, Norton sound. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1898. ) 

North; bay, in Dall island, opening into Tlevak strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols in 1881. 

North; bay, on the northern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890. 

North; cape, between Necker and Whale bays, on the western shore of Baranof

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the -Russians. 

North; cape, on the northern coast of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Named

Sievernoi (north) by the Russians. Erroneously Siepermo. 

North; cape, the northernmost point of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named Sievernoi

(north) by Tebenkof. 1849. 

North; cape, the northernmost point of Kanaga island, middle Aleutians. So

named by Gibson in 1855. 

North; cape, the northernmost point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named

Sievernie (north)"by Murashef in 1839-40. 

North, cape; see Afognak. 

North, cape; see Hall. 

North, cape; see Stag.

North; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the. east,' near longitude 147°. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.
BAKER.] 803 Nor Nor.

North; flat, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Wrangell North

Flat by Meade in 1869. 

North; fork, of Birch creek, eastern Alaska. Local, name, published by the Coast

Survey in 1899. 

North; fork, of Fortymile creek, near the international boundary line. Local

designation, published by the Coast Survey in 1890. Presumably in use

us early as 1886. 

North; fork, of the Koyukuk river. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader

in 1899. -

North, harbor; see Coal. 

North; hill (422 feet high), on the northern coast of St. Paul island, Pribilof group,

Bering set). Presumably a local name, published by the Coast Survey

in 1875. 

North; island, at'entrance to Port McArthur, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm in 1886. 

North; island, in the southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Beardslee, in 1880, or possibly by Meade, in 1869.' 

North; island, in Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Glass in 1881. 

North,, island; see Raspberry.

North; ledge, in the southern end of Lynn canal, near Funter bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890. 

North; ledge, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in

1869. 

North; passage, connecting Eliza harbor with AVoewodski harbor, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.. 

North; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade in 1869. 

North; point, on Lindenberg peninsula, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Dall in 1879. 

North; point, on the northern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea.

Local name, from the Russian Sievernoi (north). A late Coast Survey

map has Severnoye, while Elliott, 1874, wrote it Nahsayvernia, which lie

translates "on the north shore." 

North; rock; at northern point of entrance to Iliuliuk harbor, Captains bay, Unalaska. So named by Dall in 1871. 

North, strait; see Kupreanof. 

North; sunken rock, in Dixon entrance, just north of and near West Devil rock*;

Name published by the Coast Survey, in 1886, but appears to be now

obsolete. 

North BronaugJi,; island, in Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. So called by

Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 95). 

Northeast; bluff, on the northern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. So

named by Gfibson in 1855. 

Northeast; cape, the easternmost point of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. So

called by Tebenkof, 1849. It is Cape Anderson of Russian Hydrographic

chart 1455 (ed. of 1852), thus preserving-the name which, in 1778, Cook

gave to St. Lawrence island. Krusenstern in his Hydrographic Memoirs

named this Shishmaref (Chichinareff), after Captain Shishmaref, who

surveyed the shore of the island in 1821. 

Northeast; harbor, between Karluk and Ugak bays, on the northern shore of

Kodiak. So called by Mioser in 1899. 

Northeast; harbor, indenting the southwestern shore of Little Koniuji island, Shumagin group. Local name, published by Dall in 1875.
lip

Nor Nor. 304 [BUJ,L. 187.'

Northeast; point, the northeasternmost point of Saint Paul island, Pribilof group,

Bering sea. Local name. Tikhmenief, 1862, calls it Vostochnie ''east)

point. 

Northeast; point, the northeasternmost point of Sannak island. So called by Dall

in 1880.

Northeast; point, the northernmost point of Khantaak island, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Northerly; island, in St. John harbor, Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by officers of the U. S. S. Adams in 1884. 

Northern; rapids, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Perwie porogi

(first rapids) by the Russians and often spoken of as the First or Northern

rapids. 

North Foreland; cape, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet. So named by '

Vancouver in 1794. 

North Green; rock, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. * So called by Nichols

in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 132). 

North Head;..point, the northern point of entrance to Coal harbor, Unga island,

Shumagiri group. So named, presumably, by the Western Union Telegraph Expedition in 1865. 

North Head; see Sigak. 

North Head; see Ulakta Head. 

North Marble, islet, Glacier bay; see Marble. 

North Passage; point, the northern point of entrance to Freshwater bay, Chichagof

island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. It was named North

by Meade in 1869. 

North Passage; rock, near Stockdale harbor, Prince William sound. So named by

Vancouver in 1794. 

North Point; ledge, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by

Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 131). '' 

North Point Baker; see Baker. 

North Quadra; mountain (2,353 feet high), on the mainland, just north of entrance

to Boca de Quadra. .So named by Nichols in 1883. 

North Semidi, island; see Aghiyuk. 

North Star; creek, tributary to Windy creek, from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Northumberland; cape, the southernmost point of Duke island, Gravina group,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, "in honor of that

illustrious family."

Northumberland, island: see Duke. % 

Nortlnuest, cape, Tanaga island; see Sajaga. 

Northwest, cape, Unimak island; see Sarichef. 

Northwest; harbor, indenting the northern shore of Little Koniuji island, Shumagin group. So called by the fishermen. This may be. the Agugum uda

(God's bay) of the Aleuts. 

Northwest; island, one of the Inian group, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago.

Apparently so named by Ball in the Coast Pil6t (1883, p. 186). Has also

been written North-west. 

Northwest; point, the northVvesternmost point of St. Paul island, Pribilof group,.

Bering sea. This may be the Zapadnie (west) point of Tebenkof, 1849.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890. 

Northwest, point; see Chibukak. 

Northwest; shoal, lying northeast of the anchorage in Port Mulgrave, Yakutat

bay, southeastern Alaska. Called Northwestern by Dall in the Coast

Pilot (1883, p. 208).
BAKir.it.] 305 - Nor IVoy.

Northwest Shoulder; cape, on the northwestern shore of Attu island, western 

^lentians. So called by the United States North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1855. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Kresta (cross) cape.

Norton; bay, in the northeastern part of Norton sound, Bering sea. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1884.

Norton; sound, in the northeastern part of Bering sea. Discovered by Cook in 

September, 1778, and by him named Norton "in honour of Sir Fletcher 

Norton (afterwards Lord Grantley), speaker of the House of Commons." 

Sometimes called Norton bay. The designation Norton bay is now generally applied to the northeastern arm of Norton sound.

Norutak; lake, near the Arctic circle, drained by the Kovvak river. Native name, 

reported by Cantwell, in 1885, as Nor-u-tak. Schrader, in 1899, calls it 

Nowgettoark.

Nose; point, in Behm canal, on the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo island. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. Brow and Chin points are near by.

Nosovskoi; native village, on the western end of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians,

about 6 miles northwest from Scotch Cap. So called by Lutke in 1828.

Notaloten; village (of 15 people), on north bank of the Yukon, about 20 miles 

above the mouth of the Koyukuk. A native name, reported in the Tenth 

Census (1880) as Natulaten, in the Eleventh Census (1890) as Notaloten, 

and on Coast Survey chart 3093 (ed. of 1.898) as Nohtalohton.

Notch; mountain (1,879 feet high), on the southern end of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

No Thorofare; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Niprohodni (no thorofare) by Vasilief 

> in J809. It is Poroshki bay of Tebenkof, which name has also been 

written Boroshki and Paroshki.

No Thorofare; island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Called No 

Thoroughfare by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 131).

No Thorofare; point, on Woewodski island, Wrangell strait,-Alexander archipelago. Named No Thoroughfare by Meade in 1868. Has also been written 

No-thoroughfare.

Noilia<jepia-t.a, slough; see Island.

Notokakal, river; see Dall.

Nouchagak, river, etc.; see Nushagak.

x No Use; ledge, in Swanson harbor, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1890. Has also been written No-use.

Novarassi, colony; see Glory of Russia.

Nome Balaam, village; see Uzinkee.

Novy, islands; see Pribilof.

Nowell; point, on the western shore of Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Has also been printed No wall.

No'wgettoark, lake; see Norutak.

Nowi; island, mountains, village, and river tributary to the Yukon, from the south, 

about 100 miles below the mouth of the Tanana river. Native name, first 

reported by the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, in 1867, as Newicargut, the termination caryut, now written kakat, meaning river. (See 

Kakat.) Petrof, in 1880, wrote the name Noyakakat, now usually written 

Nowikakat.

Noyakakat, island; see Nowi.

Noyes; island, off Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Dall, 

in 1.879, after Mr. William M. Noyes, of the Coast Survey party employed 

in Alaska, 1873-1880.

Bull. 187 01 20
Nua Nuk. 3(>6 [BULL. 187,

Nuasuknan; high bluff, being a "noted landmark visible for many miles around," 

on the Meade river, northern Alaska. Native name from Ray, who passed 

it March 29, 1883. Ray writes it Nua-suk-nan.

Nubbins; mountain, in northern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols in 1883.

Nubble; point, the western point of entrance to Kahsitsnah bay, Kachemak bay, 

Cook inlet. Descriptive name, given by Dall in 1880.

Nuchek; harbor, in Port Etches, Prince William sound. Native name, from the 

early Russians. Chernof, in 1830, calls Port Etches, as here used, Nuchek 

bay, and what is here called Nuchek harbor he calls Constantine harbor. 

Portlock, in 1787, called this Brooks harbor.

Nuchek; village, on Nuchek harbor, Port Etches, Hinchinbrook island, Prince 

William sound. Native name, adopted by the Russians at an early day 

and variously spelled Natcheek, Noocheek, Nutschek, etc. The Russians 

built here, in or about 1793, a stockaded post, called Fort Konstantine or 

Konstantinovsk. On a Russian chart of 1802 it is called fort and harbor 

of [illegible] Konstantine and Helena. It was visited by Vancouver in 

June, 1794, and was not in existence in June, 1792. Dall's Alaska (p. 318) 

gives the date 1798, which appears to be an error for 1793.

Nuchek, island; see Hinchinbrook.

Nuchek, port; see Etches.

Nudre-vjok, lake; see Selby.

Nueslra Senora del Carmen; see Kayak.

Nugget; creek, tributary to Grand Central river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Nugget; creek, tributary to Kuskulana river, from the north. So named, in 1900, 

by Gerdine, who found a large block of native copper near it.

Nugget; creek, tributary to Oregon creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Nugget; gulch, in Eagle City mining district, near headwaters of American creek. 

Miner's name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Nugget; gulch, near Bonan/a bar, Fortyiiiile creek. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Barnard in 1898.

Nuhkahllanny, mountain; see Gold.

Nuka; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kenai peninsula, Gulf of Alaska.

Apparently a native name. Published by the Russians, in 1847, and

perhaps earlier. 

Nukclmlahchakak; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, a little below

Nulato. Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Nuklit; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Norton sound, immediately behind

Cape Denbigh. Name from Tebenkof, 1849. Name not shown on recent

maps. 

Nukluk; creek, tributary to the Kanektok river, from the south, about 30 miles

east of Kuskokwim bay. Native name, Nuk-luk, obtained by Spurr and

Post in 1898.

Nu'klukayel, station; see Walker. 

Nuklukayet; village, on the north bank of the Yukon at mouth of the To/i river,

or on north bank at mouth of the Tanana. The maps are confused and

contradictory as to its site. Perhaps it has occupied two sites. Population

in 1880, 29; in 1890, 120. Native name, variously spelled. Dall spells it

Nuklukahye"t, Petrof, Nuklukaiet. Also Nuklakyet, Nuklukyet, etc. See

also Tuklukyet. 

Nukluuek; mountain, at headwaters of the Kanektok river, western Alaska.

Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who

passed near it September 7, 1898. Pronounced Nu-khi-nek.
BAKER.] 307 Nuk Nun.

Nukshak; cape, forming the southwestern point of entrance to Hallo bay, on north 

shore of Shelikof strait. Native name, from the Russians, which has been 

printed Nuchtschak and Nukhshak.

Nulato; post or village, on the Yukon river, north -bank, about 400 miles above the 

mouth. Founded by the Russian Malakof who built a blockhouse lifjre in 

1838. Shortly after, in his' absence, this was burned by the Indians. It 

was rebuilt by Arasili Derzhabin or (?) Derabin in 1842.

Nulato; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, at Nulato. Tikhmenief, 

1861, calls it Nulata,

Nuloktolok; Eskimo village, in the southern part of Nelson island, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson in December, 1.878, and its name reported by him as 

Nuloktolgamute. Petrof writes it Nulokhtologaniute, i. e., Nuloktolok 

people.

Nunaikak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, opposite the mouth of 

Shageluk slough. Name from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Nunaikagainute. May be identical with Khaigamute, or perhaps Ookagamute of 

Petrof, 1880. Both name and place have vanished from recent maps.

Nunaktak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, about 30 miles above 

Anvik. Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Nunakhtagamute, 

i. e., Nunaktak people.

Nunamiut; native village, on the shore of Three Saints harbor, Kodiak. Erroneously Ziatitz. See Three Saints harbor.

Nunamiut, harbor; see Three Saints.

Nunapithlugak, village; see Fort Hamilton.

Nunaria, settlement; .see Sedaru.

Nunatak; glacier, near the mouth of Russell fiord. So named by Russell, in 1891, 

because of a rounded butte of bare rock, a mmatak, rising through it.

Nunalok, river; See Noatak.

Nunava. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map, of 1885, for some feature just west 

of the United States signal station Utkiavi, Arctic coast.

Nunez; point, the southeast point of Bean island, near Cape Chacon, Dixon entrance. 

Named, by Caamano in 1792. Vancouver, following Caamano, has on his 

chart Punta de Nunez. It is Cape Murray of some of the early traders.

Nunez; reef, bare at half tide, off Nunex point, Dixon entrance. So named by the 

Coast Survey in 1885. Has also been written Nufiex,.

Nunigvaiak. Crooked island, in the northern part of Bristol bay, is shown by 

Sarichef, '1826, as composed of two islands, the northern one being designated by its Eskimo name Nunigvaiak. Tebenkof, 1849, calls itNunaliugak.

Nuidk, island; see Chernobour.

Nuniliak; cape and summer village, on the southwestern shore of Afognak island, 

Kodiak group. The cape was called Malinovskoi (raspberry) by Murashef 

in 1839-40, who gives Nuniliak as the native name. A village here he calls 

the Malinovskie lietnik (Raspberry summer village). Tebenkof calls the 

settlement Nunalik.

Nunivak; island, on the eastern shore of Bering sea. Discovered by the Russian 

naval officer Vasilief, July 21, 1821, and named by him after his ship 

Otkritie (discovery). Etolin and Khromchenko, in ships of the RussianAmerican Company, found this island at about the same time. Speaking of 

this, Lutke says the native name Nunivak (he writes Nounivak) has been 

properly retained on the charts, and he adds had this course been followed in 

similar cases much confusion and embarrassment would have been avoided. 

Has been variously written Nounivak, Nounivok, Nnnivack, Nuniwak, etc.

Nunochok; Eskimo village, in the Big Lake region. Visited by Nelson in January, 

1879, who reports its native name to be Nunochogmute, i. e., Nunochok
Nun Obs. 308 [BULL. 187.

Nunochok Continued.

people. Population in 1880, 40; in 1890, 135. Spelled Nunochogamute 

in the Tenth Census (text, p. 11) and Nunachanaghamiut in the Eleventh 

Census (p. 164).

Nushagak; bay or estuary, at mouth of the Nushagak river. Called Nushagak bay 

by Tebenkof, 1849.

Nushagak; lake, between Kuskokwim river and Bristol bay. On late maps this is 

called Tikchik, and the river draining from it to the Nushagak. river is 

called Tikchik river.

Nushagak; river, tributary to the head of Bristol bay. Native name, reported by 

the early Russian explorers as Nushegak and Nushagak. Lutke, 1828, 

writes it Nouchagak. Apparently it is the river which Cook, in 1778, 

named Bristol.

Nushagak; trading post, at mouth of Nushagak river. The Russians established a 

trading post at the mouth of 'the Nushagak, in 1818 or 1819, and called it 

Alexandrovsk, perhaps after Alexander Baranof, under whose orders the 

post was established. Variously called since then redoubt or fort and 

spelled Alexander, Alexandrovsk, Alexandrovski, etc., and erroneously 

Alexandra. Now generally known as Nushagak. The post-office Nushagak was established here in August, 1899.

Nushakantna, river; see Toklat.

Nutkwa; inlet and lagoon, on the northeastern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. Native name given as Nutqua by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Nutuvukti; lake, near the Arctic circle, drained by the Kowak river. Apparently 

a native name, reported by Schrader, in 1898, as Nootowucktoy.

Nutzotin; range of 'mountains, near the headwaters of Tanana river. Named by 

Peters and Brooks, in 1898, after a tribe of Indians in the region.

Nuwuk; Eskimo settlement, at Point Barrow. Nu-wuk or Noowook means The 

Point. "The assemblage of winter huts at Point Barrow is so named by 

the Eskimo." Variously written Noowook, Noo-wook, etc. Population 

in 1853, 309.

/Vy/c/tta) cape; see Prince of Wales.

Oallek, lake; see Kulukak and Ualik.

OaUiyamut, village; see Ualik.

Obernoi; point, 011 the eastern shore of Port Levaslief, Captains bay, Unalaska.

Called Obernoi (upper) by Dall in 1872. Presumably it was locally so

known. 

Obetavannaia; open bay, between Banner and Korovin bays, on, northwestern coast

of Atka. So called by Lutke about 1830. 

Obf/oridi, islet, point, etc.; see Burnt. O'Brien; creek, tributary to Fortyrnile creek, from the north. Miners' name,

published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

O'Brien; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river, from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Obsechki; islet, in the eastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Obsechki (miss fire) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also

been written Obsetchka and Obsetchki.

Observation; island, at entrance to Steamer bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 1886, whose astronomical station was on

this island near its north end. 

Observation; point, on the northeastern shore of Stuart island, Norton'sound. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Observation; rock, in the inner arm of Nakat inlet, southeastern Alaska. So called

by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 79). Not named on any chart.
BAKEK.] 309 . ObS-OkS.

Observatory, island; see Pyramid.

Obsiekaiuslrie, point; see Drying.'

Ocean; cape, .the southern point of entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Named Morskoi (ocean or sea) by Tebenkof in 1849. It is doubtless 

identical with Cape Phipps of earlier charts. See Phipps.

Ocean; creek, debouching between York and Cape Prince of Wales, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Ochek, island; see Middleton.

Oclisakieen, creek; see Oksa.

Oconnor; glacier and river, on upper waters of the Alsek river, northeast of Yakutat 

bay. So named by Petars in 1899.

Odd Fellows, cape; see Starichkof.

Odgovigamut, village; see Uknavik.

Odiak; cannery, of the Alaska Packer's Association, about 3 miles south of Orca, 

Prince William sound. Apparently this is only another rendering of some 

native word which is written Eyak, Jghiak, etc. See Eyak.

Odiak, lake and village; see Eyak.

Odinakoi, rock; see Lone.

Ogliuga; island, at the western end of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. It 

is Ogloga of Lutke. This with Skagul island constitute the Delarof 

islands of Lutke. Has also been written Ogliouga.

Oglodak; islet, off the western end of Atka, middle Aleutians. So called by Lutke 

about 1830. Also has been written Oglodok, Ogmodak, and Ogmo'dakh. 

This would seem to come from the Aleut word Aglfgak (albatross).

Ogowinagak; Eskimo village, on the northern shore of Norton bay. Native name, 

from Petrof, 1880, who reported its population as 20, and its name Ogowinagak in his text (p. 11) and Ogowinanagak on his maps.

Ohio; creek, tributary to Jackson creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Okaganak; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, about 85 miles 

above Bethel. Native name, from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Okhaganak.

Okiben, island; see King.

Okiva/d, rock; see Fairway.

Oldune, mountains; see Ahklun.

Oknagamut; Eskimo village, on the north bank of the Kuskokwim, above Kalchagamut. Eskimo name, from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Okhogamute, 

i. e., Okok people. Has also been written erroneously Okhagamute. 

Coast Survey charts have Oknagamnt, and this is the name, according to 

missionary Kilbuck. It is said to mean milage on the oilier side. Pronounced Ook-na-gaVmiite. Has also been written Oh-hagamiut. Population in 1880, 130; in 1890, 36.

Oknakluk; lake, on the water portage between the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers. 

Eskimo name, from Spurr and Post, 1898. Apparently this lake, 2£ miles 

long and 4 feet deep, is the one called Ookaht on Coast Survey chart.3092.

Oki'i.avifjamut, village; see Uknavik.

Oicrmtjiatdme, cape; see Termination.

Okpiktalik, village; see Opiktulik.

Oksa; creek, tributary to the Stikine from the east, near Little Canyon. Native 

name, from late Coast Survey charts, where it is written Ochsakieen, 

Och-sa-ki-een, and Oksakiin. The termination seems to be a variant form 

of Mm (river), so often occurring in this region.

Oksenof; bay, on the northwestern coast of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Called Oksenova (Oksenof's) by Veniaminof in 1831.

Oksenof, cape; see Morel vinof.
Oks-OH. 310 [BULI,. 187.

Oksukfeok; river, somewhere in the Yukon delta. Location not determined. Name 

from Eleventh Census, 1890 (p. 110).

Okwega; pass, into the Apoon mouth of the Yukon river. So called by the Coast 

Survey in 1898.

Olai, mountains; see Alai.

Old Andreafski, fort; see Andreafski.

Old Crow; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the north, about 25 miles east of 

the international boundary line. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Old Harbor; small harbor, on the eastern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. The

present settlement of Makushin is on its shores. It is so called, says

\reniaminof, because a Russian ship wintered here in 1761. Tebenkof,

probably erroneously, applies the name to a harbor or open bay on the

. south shore of "Unalaska, nearly opposite the head of Beaver bay.

Old Harbor, bay; see Old Sitka.

Old Harbor, Kodiak; see Three Saints.

Old Kootznahoo. Formerly a populous Indian village stood on the northern side 

of Chaik bay, on the western coast of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Its native name, according to Ball (Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 175), was 

Letushkwin. Now generally referred to as Old Kootznahoo.

Old Man; island, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla del Viejo (island of the old [one]) by Manrelle and Quadra 

in 1775-1779.

Old Man, river; see Kanuti.

Old Morzhovoi, village; see Morzhovoi.

Old Sitka; harbor, in Starri-gavan bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. It 

was on the shores of this harbor that the first Russian settlement was 

planted, by Baranof, in 1799. Here he built the fort Archangel Gabriel, 

which the natives destroyed in 1802r Thereupon this site was abandoned 

for the present site of Sitka, and henceforward this place is referred to as 

the old harbor (starri-gavan). Vasilief, in 1809, calls this Starri-gavan (old 

harbor) bay.

Old Sitka; rocks, in entrance to Starri-gavan bay, Sitka,sound, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 189J..

Old J.]/onek; r see Tyonek.

Oleny, island; see Deer.

Olga; bay, an arm of Alitak bay, indenting the western shore of Kodiak. Presumably so named by the Russians. Name published by the Eleventh 

Census, 1890. Olga is a Russian feminine proper name.

Olga; islands, in Dolgoi harbor, Dolgoi island, near Belkofski. Local name, reported 

by Ball in 1880.

Olga; point, the northernmost point of Krestof island, Alexander'archipelago. So 

named by the Russians."

Olga, point; see Klokachef.

Olga; rock, off Alaska peninsula, southeast of Belkofski. Name reported by Ball 

in 1880. ". ' Olga; rock, off entrance to Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Moore in 1897.

Olga; strait, separating Halleck island from Krestof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief in 1833. It has also been called Krestof (cross) 

strait, having been so named by Vasilief, sr., in 1809.

Olga, strait; see Neva and Salisbury.

Oliver; inlet, in the northern coast of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield in 1890.
BAKER.] 811 Ollia O011.

Omalik; creek, mountain, and silver and lead mines, in the Fish river region, Seward 

peninsula. Eskimo name, Avhich has been given as Omilak and Omalik, 

and might perhaps be better written Urnalik.

Omega; creek, tributary to American river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Ommaney; cape, forming the southern point of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Colnett in 1789. La Perouse, in 1786, named it 

Chirikof, after the distinguished Russian navigator. Malaspina, in 1791, 

called it Punta Oesta de la Entrada del Principe. The traders, 1796-1799, 

called it Menzies cape, and Lisianski, in 1804, South cape.

Onatmo, cape; see Dangerous.

One Tree; rock, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moser in 1897.

Onihitsk; native village, on the eastern end of Sitkalidak island, near Kodiak. So 

called by Lisianski in 1805.

Oniliitsk, settlement; see Anihitsk.

Onman, cape; see Bomanof.

Onokovuk, creek; see Anikovik.

Onslow; island, at junction of Clarence strait and Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1887.

Onslow; point, in Clarence strait, the southwestern point of entrance to Ernest 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793. Erroneously Onelow. Has also been called Onslow rock.

Ooallikh, village; see Ualik.

Oobakagamute, village; see Unakak.

Ooganok, bay; see Uganik.

Ooyashik, village; see Ugashik.

Oo-g1ie-l>ook, island; see King.

Oo-yli,e-e-ak, rock; see Fairway.

Ooglamic, village; see Utkiavi.

Oogomgamute, village; see Ugovik.

Oohack, bay; see Ugak.

Oohaimk, village; see Akhiok.

Oohaiack, village; see Uhaiak.

Oohanick, island; see Uganik.

Oohaskeck, village; see Uhaskek.

Oohiack, bay; see Uyak.

Oo-innakhtagowik, village; see Uinuk. . 

Ookagamute, village; see Nunaikiik.

Ookagamute, village; see Ukak.

Ookaht, lake; see Oknakluk.

Ookakhl, lake; see Ukak.

Ookamok, island; see Chirikof.

Oomanak, island; see Umnak.

Oonakagamute, village; see Unakak.

Oonakldolik, village; see Ungalik.

Oonalakleel, river; see Unalaklik.

Oonalaklik, \dllage; see Unalaklik.

Oonalashka, island; see Unalaska.

Oonalgi, island; see Unalga. . 

OonangasJdk, village; see Unangashik.

Oone-ayun, islands; see Four Mountains.

Oonella, island; see Unalga.
Oon Osk. 312 [BULL. 187.

Oonemak, island; see Unimak.

Ootkeavie, village; see Utkiavi.

Ootoo-kok, village; see Otukah.

Opasnaia, bay, cape, etc.; see Danger and Dangerous.

Opasni; group of islands, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named Opasnie (perilous or dangerous) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Open; bay, on the southern shore of Unalaska, east of Kashega bay. Descriptive

name, given by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Open; rock, in the Kasiana group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Atkritoi (open, i. e., uncovered or discovered), by Vasilief in 1809. 

Operl; island, one of the Kudiakof islands, Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. So

named by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Ophir; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the north, in the Eldorado mining

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. 

Opiktfulik; Eskimo village, on the northern shore of Norton sound, 40 miles east of

Nome. Petrof reported its population in 1880 as 12, and its name Okpiktolik, in his text (p. 11), and Okpiktalik on his maps. A recent local

map calls it Opiktulik, i. e., Opik region. 

Oratia; mountain (7,300 feet high), near the headwaters of Kanektok river, western

Alaska. So named by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, Avho

passed near it in September, 1898. 

Orca; cannery, of the Pacific Steam Whaling Company, and post-office, on the

eastern shore of Prince William sound. Named after one of the company's

vessels. The post-office here was established in December, 1894. 

Orca; point, on the southern shore of Boca de Quadra! So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Oregon; creek, tributary to Cripple river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Orel, shoal; see Pamplona. 

Or-k'im-ya-nook, river; see Colville. 

Orlova; native settlement, at Eagle harbor, Ugak bay, Kodiak. Named Orlova

(Orlof's) by .the Russians and "erroneously renamed St. Orloff in our

Coast Survey maps. It is now popularly known only by the name of the

bay," i. e., Eagle harbor.

Orobuktulak, creek; see Cache.

Orzenoy; cannery (established in 1889) on western shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska 

peninsula. So called by Moser in his report, 1899 (text, p. 171), but on 

his map Ozernoi. Apparently from the Russian adjective Ozernoi, meaning lake.

Osar; glacial stream, debouching northeast of Manby point, on the northern shore 

of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1891.

Osborn; mountain (4,700 feet high), in the Kigluaik mountains, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Osborn; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Also written Osborne. Prospectors' name, published 

in 1900.

Oschesna, river; see Fickett.

Oserski, bay; see Redoubt.

Oshibki, island; see Error.

Osier; island, near or in the entrance to Russell fiord, Disenchantment bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell in 1891. "It is covered with a dense 

growth of willows, hence its name."

Oskawalit; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim river, from the east, near longitude 

158°. Native name, pronounced Os-ka-wit-lit, obtained by Spurr and Post, 

. in 1898, from A. Lind, a trader.
BAKERj 313 OSS-Olll.

Ossipee; cliannel, between Bushy-and Shrubby islands of the Kashevarof group,

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in

1895, after the U. S. S. Ossipee. 

 Ostovia, island; see Otstoia, 

Ostra/ia, mountain; see Barometer. 

Ostrovka, cape; see Islet. 

Oslrovki, islands; see Pribilof.' 

Otai, mountain; see Alai. 

Otcheredin, point; see Acheredin. 

Otkiawik, village; see Utkiavi. 

Otma, island; see Attu. 

Otmeli, cape, etc.; see Shoal. 

Otmeloi; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Otmeloi (shoal) by

Tebenkof in 1849. . There is a shoal extending off from the island. Also

called Shoals island. 

Otmeloi vnieshnie, point; see Shoals. 

Otmeloi mutrennie, point; see Inner.

Otok-kok, village; see Otukah.

Otrubistoi, cape; see Bluff.

Otstoia; island, opposite Hooniah sound, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Otstoia (off-lying) by Vasilief in 1833,. . Also called Ostovia and 

sometimes translated distant. George Kostroinetinoff calls this Otstoi 

(shelter).

Otter; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest from the 

Shumagin group. It is Bobrovoi (beaver) bay of Tebenkof, 1849, and 

Otter bay of later charts. On some charts Otter bay is shown as a small 

bay indenting the western shore of Portage bay.

Otter: creek, tributary to Nome river, near its mouth, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Otter; island, one of the Pribilof group, Bering sea. So called by the Russians, as 

early as 1816, and probably earlier. Kotzebue has, in the English text, 

Bober. Lutke calls it Bobrovi (des loutres), and the Russian charts generally Bobrovoi (sea.otter). Now well known as Otter island.

Otter, island; see Hydra.

Otter; sound, in the western part of Prince of Wales archipelago. Meares, in 1788, 

named some body of water in this vicinity and which can not now be 

identified with certainty, "Sea-Otter Harbour," which he writes Sea: 

otter, Sea Otter, and on his charts calls it Harbour and Sound. In the 

Coast Pilot of 1869, by Davidsoii, this is called Otter sound.

Otter; strait, between Bird and Chernobour islands, Shumagin group. So named 

by Ball in 1882. > Otters, Sea of; see Bering.

Ottoway;. valley, on the north border of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie 

in 1898.

Otukah; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, at or near Icy cape. Eskimo name, 

from Petrof, 1880, who wrote it Otok-kok. Has also been written Ootookok. Russian Hydrographic chart 1495, dated 1854, shows a settlement 

here called Kaiakishvig-miut. According to Murdoch, the name is 0-tukah [mun]. Population 50 in 1880.

Otukah.; river, in northwestern Alaska, debouching between Point Lay and Icy 

cape. Eskimo name, published by the Coast Survey, in 1899, as Ootokok.

Otumgwilut; creek, tributary to Kanektok river, from the north, about 50 miles 

east of Kuskokwim ba'y, western Alaska. Native name, obtained by 

Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898, and by them written 

OMmgwilute.
Otv Oya. 314 [BULL. 187.

Otviesnoi, cape; see Upright.

Oubeloi, islet; see Ubiloi.

Oubiennaia, bay; see Massacre.

Oudagakh, strait; see Udagak.

Ouegakli, island; see Uegak.

Ouektock, island; see Aektok.'

Ougadakh, harbor; see Dutch.

Ougatchik, river; see Ugashik.

Ouglovaia, village; see Uglovaia. Ougimgok, harbor; 'see Delarof.

Oukamok, island; see Chirikof.

Oukivok, island; see King.

Ouknadok, island; see Hog. 

Ouliaga, island; see Uliaga.

Oulidaklio. An island, not identified, somewhere between Adak and Great Sitkin

islands, middle Aleutians, .is so called by Lntke. 

Oumakh, island; see Umak. 

Ounalakleel, village; see Unalaklik. 

Oimalashka, island; see Unalaska, 

Oimalga, island and pass; see Unalga. 

Ounga, island; see Unga. 

Ounga, pillars; see Hibahibgik.

Oungaklitalik, river^see Ungalik. . Ourand; mountain (4,300 feet high), between Valdes glacier and Klutina lake. So

named by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Ouserdi, point; see Zeal. 

Outer; point, the eastern point of entrance to Wachnsett cove/Freshwater bay,

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass in 1.881. 

Outer; point, the westernmost point of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Symonds in 1880. 

Outer; rock, in Nazan bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. Called Vnieshnie (outer) by

Tebenkof, 1849. 

Outer Iliasik; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near Belkofski.

Name from the Russians, who wrote it Iliaviki and Big Iliazhek. 

Outlet; cape, on the northern shore of Kodiak, being the point where vessels pass

out from Kupreanof strait into Shelikof strait. Named Viekhoda (passage

out) by Murashef in .1839-40. 

Overhang; point, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Mose'r in 1897. 

Owen; mountain, east of Seward glacier, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Russell, in 1890, after David Dale Owen, United States

geologist. 

Owen; shoal (3^ fathoms water), about 10 miles northeast from Point Barrow, Arctic

ocean. So called after Captain Owen, of the whaling ship Mary and Helen.

Published on United States Hydrographic Office chart 1189, in 1890.

Hydrographic Notice No. 7 of 1890 (p. 80) has a statement from Capt.

Everett Smith, of the steam wha,\er Balena, that this sboal does not exist. 

(hueruk, creek; see Aueruk.

Ox; point, on the mainland, in Port Snettisham, at mouth of Whiting river, southeastern Alaska: So named by Thomas in 1888. 

Oxide; creek, tributary to Ophir creek, near its headwaters, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Oyak; native village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, just north of the

mouth of the Kanektok river. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post,
BAKER.] 315 Oya Pain.

Oyak Continued.

in 1898, from the missionary John F Kilbuck, who gives it as Oyagamnt, 

i. e., Oyak people.

Ozerskoi, station; see Kedonbt.

Pablof, harbor; see Pavlof.

Pacific; shoal, off Cape Halkett, Arctic ocean. Reported by Captain Knowles, of 

the whale ship Pacific, prior to 1889, and named Pacific by the Hydrographic Office.

Pacific; ocean. This is the South sea or Great South sea of the old navigators and 

Vostochnie (eastern) ocean of the Russians. Named Mar del Sur (South 

sea) by-Balboa, in 1513,.and Pacific by Magellan in 1521.

Pagoobnoy, strait; see Peril.

Pah; rapids, in the Kowak river, near longitude 156°. Near these rapids debouches 

a river whose name, according to Cantwell, 1.885, is Shok-ah-pok-shegiak. 

The name of the rapids Pah, transformed to Par, has been applied to this 

river. -

Paimute; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Knskokwim, about 25 miles

above Bethel. Eskimo name, from the Russians, who wrote it Paimute,

i. e., Pai people. Population in 1.880, 30. Omitted from recent maps.

Tikhmenief, 1861, placed it on the left bank of the river. 

Pajara; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Pakenham; point, in Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver

in ,1794.

Pnkivik, Eskimo village; see Pawik. 

Palenoi, point; see Fired. 

Palisade; point, on San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta de la Empalizada (point of the palisade) by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Palisades; bluffs, 011 the south bank of the \nkon, about 40 miles below the

mouth of the Tanana. So called by Alien in 1885. 

Palma; bay, on the mainland coast, a little north of .Cross sound. Named Bahia de

Pal ma by Malaspina in 1791. Has also been called Icy bay. 

Palmer; creek, tributary to Resurrection creek, from the east, Konai peninsula.

Local name, from Becker, 1895. On one map this is tributary to Fresno

creek. 

Palmers Store; trading place, on the shore of Knik arm of Cook inlet. Local.

name, published in 1899. 

Palmetto; point, on the south shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Palmito (Palmetto point)

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Palo Cano; point, on San Fernando island, San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Palo Cano (point of the white

pole) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Pal.omci.8, Ysla de; see Pigeon." 

Palonoi; point, on the mainland, very near Point Rothsay, at mouth of the Stikine

river. Named Palonoi (fired) by Basargin, of the Rynda party, in 1863. 

Pattus, point; see Halibut. 

Pamiek; lake, draining through Wood river to the Nushagak. Native name, from

Tebenkof, 1849. It is Akuliukhpak of Petrof in 1880.

Pamplona. The Spaniard Arteaga reported that on July 1.6,1779, he saw at the distance of a mile the appearance of a bank or shoal (bajo). This shoal, in

the Fairweather ground off Mount St. Elias, he placed upon his chart

with the name Bajo Pamplona. Vancouver refers to it as Roco Pamplona

of the Spaniards. Tebenkof says that Talin, mate of the Russian vessel
Pam Par. 51 (3 [B.ULL. 187.

Pamplona Continued.

Orel, saw it, in 1794, and named it Orel (eagle), after his ship. Recent

charts omit it altogether, it having been searched for and not found. 

Pancacke, creek; see Slate. Pankof; cape, the southeastern point of Ikatan island, near Isanotski strait, Alaska

peninsula. Named Pankova (Pankof s) by the Russians. Also written

Pankoff.

Papin, river; see Parantulik. 

Papka; Eskimo village, on the north shore of Kuskokwim bay, near the mouth of

Kuskokwim river. According to Spurr and Post, who obtained their

information from missionary J. H.-Kilbuck, in 1898, its native name is

Papkamut, i. e., Papka people. 

Paps (The); two small rounded hills, on the southern side of the entrance to

Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published in 1875 on Coast Survey chart 742. Descriptive name. First use of the name not discovered. 

Par, rapids; see Pah. 

Paradise; flats, at head of Saook bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Moore in 1895. 

Parakhotnid, bay; see Steamer. 

Paralysis; point, separating Band cove from Security bay-, Kuiu island, Alexander

archipelago. Called South point by Meade, in 1869, and Paralysis point'

by Glass in 1881. 

Paramanof; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of A fognak island, Kodiak group.

Named by the Russians. Apparently a proper name. Has al.so appeared

as Paramano and Paramonofskaia. 

Paramanof; cape, the western point of entrance to Paramanof bay, Afognak island,

Kodiak group. Named by the Russians. The native name is Tanaak;

perhaps from tanak, the Aleut word for big. 

Parantulik; river, in Seward peninsula, draining to Golofnin sound. Local name,

 derived from the Eskimo. The termination tulik is said to mean place or

region. It has been called Papan, Papin, arid some alleged lakes at its

head Paran. 

Parida; island, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Parida (woman just delivered of a child) by Maurelle and Quadra

in 1775-1779.

Paris; creek, near Douglas, Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. Perhaps a local

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1893. 

Parker; group of. islands, near the western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Parker; point, on the west shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander

. archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Parlor, harbor; see Pavlof.

Paroshki, bay; see No Thorofare. ' ' 

Parsons; peak (5,500 feet high), near head of Taiya inlet, southeast Alaska. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1897. 

Partennoi; point, on the western shore of Chichagof island, near entrance to Ilin bay,

Alexander archipelago. So named by mate Ilin early in the 19th century. 

Partof; bay, indenting the southern shore of Umnak, near Vsevidof volcano. Called

Partovaia'by Kuritzien in 1849. Veniaminof and Lutke call it Glubokoi

(deep) bay. . 

Partofshikof; island, between Baranof and Kruzof islands, Alexander archipelago.

Named Partofshikof (party) by the Russians. Variously written Partoffschikoff, Partovstchikoff, etc. 

Party; cape, the northwestern point of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named

Partie (party) by the Russian-American Company in 1849..
BAKEU.] 817 Pas Pa V.

Pasco; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyuknk, from the south, near latitude 67°. Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899.

Paso; point, in Umnak strait, near the western end of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Pass; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the south. Descriptive name, given by 

Schrader in 1900.

Passage; canal, or arm, in the northwestern part of Prince William sound, from 

which there is a portage to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet. Called Passage 

channel by Vancouver in 1794. Has recently been called Portage bay.

Passage; group of islands, at entrance to Middle channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Prokhoda (passage) by Vasilief 

in 1809. Hasalso been written Prokodi. Tebenkof calls them Goloi (bare).

Passage: island, in Graham harbor, Cook inlet. So named by Portlock in 1786.

Passage; island, northeast from Sannak, between Deer island and the Sandman 

reefs. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Passage; islet and point, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by M^eade in 1869.

Passage; islet, between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak trroup. Named

Prikhoda (passage) by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Passage; rock, near the entrance to Tongass harbor, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (.1.891, p. 79). 

Passage; sunken rock, in the entrance to Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Dall in 1874. 

Pastol; open bay, between St. Michael and the main mouth of the Yukon. Eskimo

name, from the Russians, 1852. Also written Pastole, Pastoli, and Pastolik. 

Pastoliak; Eskimo village, on "the right bank of the Postoliak river, a few miles

above its mouth, on southern shore of Norton sound. Native name, from

Tebenkof, 1849. T.t is, or rather was, for it is not shown on late maps, a

few miles north of Pastolik, with which it should not be confounded.

Dall writes it Pastoliak. 

Pastoliak; river, tributary to Pastol bay, Norton sound, western Alaska, Eskimo

name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Pastolik; Eskimo-village, on the right bank of the Pastolik river, a few miles above

its mouth. Population in 1890, 118. 

Pastolik; river, tributary to Pastol bay, western Alaska. Called Pastol by Tebenkof,

1849. Eskimo name, pronounced Pas-to-lik.

Patterson; bay, on the southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, after its surveying

steamer Patterson. " 

Patterson; glacier, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Dall,'in 1879, after Carlile Pollock Patterson, the then

Superintendent of the Coast Survey.

Patterson; island, in the entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, in 1885, after the Coast Survey steamer

Patterson. 

Patterson; peaks (4,746 and 4,848 feet high), near Patterson glacier, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

Paul; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shurnagins.

Named St. Paul by Woronkofski in 1837. 

Pavlof; active volcano, on the Alaskan peninsula, west of the Shumagins. Named

Pavlof (Paul or St. Paul) by the Russians. 

Pavlof; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of the Shumagins. Named Pavlofskie (Paul) by the Russians. Variously spelled.

Its Aleut name is Tachik or Tatschik.
Pa v Pel. 318 [BULL. 187.

Pavlof; group of islands, near Belkofski, consisting of-Long, Goloi (bare), Ukolnoi

(coal), Popereehnoi (crosswise), and Wosnesenski. Its Aleut -name,

according to Veniaminof, is Kadugin (narrow). 

Pavlof; harbor, indenting the northern coast of Sannak. Called Pavloff by the

Fish Commission in 1888. Also designated "Cove." 

Paviof; harbor, in Fresh water bay, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander

archipelago. Named Pavlof (Paul) by Tebenkof in 1849. Has also been

called Pablof and, erroneously, Parlor. Its native name is said to be

Nasanki. Meade, in 1869, made a sketch of it and published it with the

name Freshwater bay. This name Freshwater is now applied to the

whole inlet and Pavlof to the anchorage within it. See Freshwater. 

Pavlof; village, at Selenie point, Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. Called Pavlovsk by

Petrof in 1880.

Pavlovsk, village; see Selenie, point. 

Pavlovskaia, village; see Kenai. 

 Ptwlovsfci, town; see Kodiak. 

Pawik; Eskimo village, on the eastern side of Bristol bay, Bering sea. Also

written Pawig. The name Pawik was obtained by Spurr and Post, in

1898, from Fritz Blando, a resident. Apparently this is the Pakwik of the

Eleventh Census, 1890. 

Peabody; mountains (4,000 to 5,000 feet high), on the western shore of Portland

canal. So named by Pender in 1868. 

Peacock; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the south. Apparently a prospectors'

name, reported by Schrader in 1900. 

Peak; point, on the north shore of St. Matthew island, near its eastern end. Named

Pik (peak) by Sarichef in his atlas of 1826. 

Peaked; island, off the western end of Attu island, western Aleutians. Apparently

so named by Gibson in 1855. 

Peard; cliff, on.the southern shore of Peard bay, Arctic coast. Presumably so called

by the British Admiralty as early as 1855. 

Peard; open bay, on the Arctic coast, between the Seahorse islands and Point Barrow.

Named by Beechey in August, 1826, after his first lieutenant, George Peard.

Often written Pearl and on one chart Pedrl. 

Pearl, bay; see Peard. 

Pearl; point, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta de Perlas (point of pearls) by Maurelle arid Quadra -in

1775-1779. 

Pearse; canal, north of Pearse island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Pender

. in 1868. 

Pearse; island, at mouth of Portland canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Pender in 1868. 

Peavey; post-office and mining camp, on the north bank of the Koyukuk, near

longitude 152°. It is also called Peavy and Peavy Trading Post. 

Pedrl, bay; see Peard. 

Peerleshin; mountain, on the mainland, east of the Stikine river and near the

international boundary. Native name, from the Coast Survey. _ Has been

written Peerleshin and Pereleshin, i. e., Pereles river. 

Peirce; cape, a little east of Cape Newenham, on the north shore of Bristol bay.

Named Peirce, in 1869, by the Coast Survey, after Prof. Benjamin Peirce,

then Superintendent of the Coast Survey. Tebenkof calls it Peschera (cave)

point. Perhaps it is Calm point of Cook in 1778. See Calm. 

Peirce; mountain (more than 2,000 feet high), on the northern part of Nagai island,

Shumagin group. So called by Dall, in 1872, after Prof. Benjamin Peirce,.

then Superintendent of the Coast Survey.
BAKER.] 319 Pel Per.

Peisar; island, in the southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Peisar (writer) by Vasilief in 1809. Pronounced 

Pe-sar.

Pelenga, point; see Azimuth.

Pdigro, Isla del; see Kalgin.

Pellew; point, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Pelly; mountains (5,000 to 7,000 feet high), Jake, and river, Yukon, Canada. 

Named after a former governor of the Hudson Bay Company.

Pelly, mountains; see Roinanzof.

Pelozikklla; mountains, on the north bank of the Yukon river, near mouth of the 

Melzoi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Peluk; creek, just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Native name, from 

Barnard, 1900.

Peluk; creek, tributary to the Kugirnkruk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Native name, from Brooks, 1900.

Penelope; creek, tributary to Koksuktapaga river, from the south, Seward penin- 

.sula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Penikl, islet; see Pinnacle.

Peninsula; island (800 feet high), near the northwestern shore of Big Koniuji island, 

Shumagin group. So named by Ball in 1875.

Peninsula (The); isolated hill, near east bank Qf the Copper river, just north of 

Brernner river. So named by Abercroinbie in 1898.

Peninsula; point, on Revillagigedo island, in Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Local name, given by the pilots.

Peninsula; ridge of mountains, on the mainland, between Boca de Quadra and 

Dixon entrance, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Peninsula Bluff; cape, the northern point of entrance to Albatross anchorage, 

Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So named in 1893.

Peninsular; point, on the southeastern shore of Chichagof island, opposite Kootznahoo, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. This name, which is 

descriptive, first appears in the Coast Pilot of 1891 (p. 162).

Pennock; island, at the south end of Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the pilot AV. E. George.

Pennock; reef, off the northwestern end of Pennock island, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in 1883.

Penny; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Penny; river, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula.^ Local name, given by 

prospectors in 1898. AVas also called by Schrader No Name river.

Pentecost,, cape; see Izhut.

Pepper; point, the southern point of entrance to Port Asumcion, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of AVales archipelago. Named Punta de la Pimienta (pepper point) 

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Percebes; point, the easternmost point of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Percebes by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Percy; group of islands, at junction of Felice and Clarence straits, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 83).

Percy; point, the westernmost point of the Percy islands, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793.

Peregrebni; cape, in Kizhuyak bay, on the northern coast of Kodiak. Named 

Peregrebnie (passable, i. e., a point which can be rowed past) by the Rus-
Per Pet. 320 LBULL.187.

Peregrebni, islands; see Barren.

Peregrebny, island; see Wosnesenski.

Perenosa, point; see Portage.

Perenosnaia, bay or creek; see Portage.

Pcresheechnai, island; see Isthmus.

Perevainoy, inlet; see Carry.

'Perevalnie; islet, at the north end of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named Perevalnie (wallowing) by the Russians.

Pereivamno, inlet; see Carry.

Perez, Entrada de; see Dixon.

Perignak; Eskimo summer camp, on the western shore of Elson bay, near Point 

Barrow. Native name, from English naval officers in the Franklin search 

expeditions, 1849-1853, who wrote it Pergniak. Ray, in 1885, writes it 

Perignax.

Peril; strait, separating Baranof island from Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

This strait derives its name from the circumstance that on its shores, in 

1799, a large number of Aleuts (said to be 150) perished from eating poisonous mussels. Lisianski, who reports this story, calls it Pagoobnoy or 

Pernicious strait. The later Russian charts call it Pogibshie (peril) strait.

Perpendicidaire, cape; see Upright.

Pernicious, strait; see Peril.

Perrier, pass; see Chilkoot.

Ptrwie porogi; see Northern rapid.

Poschani; point, on the northeastern shore of Duffield peninsula, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Peschani (sandy) by Vasilief in 1833. Has 

also been called Pestchani, Sandy, and, by mistranslation, Stony.

Pescliani, island; see Galankin.

Peschani, point; see Halibut.

Peschanie, cape, etc.; see Sand.

Peschanie, island; see Pyramid.

Peschera, cape; see Peirce.

Pesiak, island; see Gravel.

Pestchanaia, harbor; see Martin.

Pestehanoe, point and lake; see Ice House.

Pestchani, island; see Pyramid.

Pestchanay, bay; see Sandy. '.

Pestriakof. The Russian-American Company map of 1849 shows a village on the

south shore of Spruce island, Kodiak group, called Pestriakova (of eider

duck) settlement. 

Petstriakof, anchorage; see Eider. 

Pestsovaia, bay; see Blue Fox. 

Petelin; mountain, near Katmai bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by Spurr and

Post, in 1898, after missionary A. Petelin. 

Petersburg; post-office, at north end of Wrangell strait, on north end of Mitkof

island, Alexander archipelago. Established in March, 1899. 

Peterson; bay, indenting the southern shore of Sannak island. So called by the

Fish Commission in 1888. Perhaps this is identical with King cove of

Dall in 1880.

Peterson, creek; see Slate. 

.Petitski, island; see Bird. 

Petka; point, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, near Andreafski. Called

Petka's point by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Petmegea, island, see Pitmegea.
BAKER.] 321 Pet Pll.

Petrel; island, one of the Chiachi islands, off southern shore of Alaska peninsula. 

So named by Ball in 1875.

Petrel; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by the Coast Survey in 1.895.

Petrie's, strait; see Shelikof.

Petrof; point, the westernmost point of Sannak island. Named Petrova (Petrof's) 

by Tebenkof in 1849.

Phaier-veder, mountain; see Fairweather.

Phelan; creek, tributary to Delta river, from the east. So named by Glenn in 

1898.

Philadelphia; mountain, near George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Philkhiulik, lake; see Pilktulik.

Phipp; point, on the northwestern shore of Wales island, Dixon entrance. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1.891.

Phipps; peninsula, at the southern entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Dixon, in 1787, named some point on its shore for Hon. Constantine 

John Phipps, Baron Mulgrave. (See Coast Pilot, p. 20fi. ) There has 

been some confusion in the application of this name, it being the same as 

Carrew and Morskoi (ocean or sea) of some charts. Has been misprinted 

Phips.

Pliipps, point; see Carrew.

Phoebe; creek, tributary to Settles river, from the east, near longitude 149°. Prospectors', name from Schrader, 1899.

Pi, island; see Pye.

Piatidesiatnitzi, cape; see Izhut.

Pickarts; creek, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near Arctic City. 

Named, in 1899, after Pickarts, of the firm of Pickarts, Bettles & Pickarts, 

owners of the trading post Bergman.

Picdras, Isla de; see Rocky, island.

Piedr'as; point, the eastern point of entrance to Rurik harbor, Khantaak island, 

Yakutat bay. Named Punta de las Piedras (point of rocks) by Malaspina 

in 1791. 

Piedraif Blancas, rocks; see White.

PietmiektaMgmiut, village; see Pikmiktahk.

Pigeon; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla de Palomas (island of pigeons) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1774-1775.

Pigot; point, the western point of entrance to Port Wells, Prince William sound. 

So named by Vancouver in 1774. Erroneously Piqot.

Pik, point; see Peak.

Pikmiktalik; Eskimo village, near the mouth of Pikmiktalik river, about 30 miles 

to the south of St. Michael, western Alaska. Native name, from the Russians, who wrote it Pietmiektaligmiut. Nelson wrote it Pikmiktalik. The 

termination talik or tulik means place or region.

Pikmiktalik; river, a little south of St. Michael, western Alaska. Eskimo name, 

from the Russians, who wrote it Pietmiektalik.

Pilgrim, river; see Kruzgamepa.

Pilktulik; lake, on the portage between the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers. Raymond, 1869, reports its name as Philkh Tulik (Philk region) and later 

maps write Philkhtulik.

Pillar; cape, in Kizhuyak bay, on north coast of Kodiak. Named Kekurnoi (pillar) 

by the Russians.

Pillar, cape; see Bold.

Bull. 187 01 21 -
Pll Pill. . 322 [BULL. 187.

Pillar; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Izhut bay, on the southeastern shore 

of Afognak island, Kodiak group. This may be Cape Whitsunday of Cook 

in 1778. Called by the Russians Kekur (pillar).

Pillar; hill or mountain (1,491 feet high), very near St. Paul, Kodiak. A note on 

the old Russian chart made by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810 says: 

"On (this) mountain a pillar rises 150 fathoms above sea level." On the 

Coast Survey chart of 1869 this hill was called Pillar mountain.

Pillar; point, on the eastern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So named by 

Berry, in 1881, who shows a rock near it. . «

Pillar; rock, northwest from Kiska, Rat island group, western Aleutians. The 

Russians designated it as Viesokie kamen (high rock); Tebenkof, 1849, 

calls it Stolb (pillar), and the United States North Pacific Exploring 

Expedition, in 1855, called it Pillar rock.

Pillars, Bay of; bay, indenting the western shore of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, published by Dall in the 

Coast Pilot (1883, p. 120).

Pillars (The); high rocks, off the southern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. 

Local name, from the Russians. . *

Pillsbury; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, in 1869, after Lieut. Commander John Elliott Pillsbury, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Pilot; point, on the southeastern shore of Hemlock.island, Port Chester, Annette 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1896.

Pimienta, Punta de la; see Pepper.

Pin; peak (1,300 feet high), on the northwestern shore of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Pin; peaks, on the 'mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas in 1887.

Pin;, point, on Liesnoi island, at entrance to Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alex- - 

ander archipelago/ So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Pined, Punta del; see Pinegrove.

Pine; creek, just east of the mouth of Solomon river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Pine; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the south, in' the Eldorado mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Has also 

been called Foster creek.

Pine; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of AVales island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Helm in 1886.

Pine; island and point, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta y Ysla del Pino by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779.

Pine, island; see Spruce.

Pine; point, the eastern point of entrance to. Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm in 1886.

Pinegrove; point, on San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Pinal (pinegrove) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779. . '

Pinekl, islet; see Pinnacle.

Pine Tree; islet, in Sawmill cove, Howkan narrows, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Sheldon Jackson in 1880.

Pingolee; low sandy island, off the mouth of Dease inlet, Arctic ocean. Apparently 

so named by the British Admiralty.

Pingoshugarun, village; see Pinoshuragin.

Pinik, islets; see Punuk.
BAKER.] 323 ' Pill PI r.

Pinnacle; pass, in the St. Elias alpine region. Descriptive name, given by Russell 

in 1890.

Pinnacle; point, on the northwestern sho're of Nagai island, Shurnagin group. It 

is the north head of the nameless .bay at the head of which is San born 

harbor. So called by Dall in 1872. Descriptive name.

Pinnacle; rock, in Chignik lagoon, Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula.. So.named by 

Moser in 1897.

Pinnacle; rock, in entrance to Pavlof harbor, Freshwater bay, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Pinnacle; rock, in the Chiachi group of islands, off south shore of Alaska peninsula. 

So named by Dall in 1875.

Pinnacle; rock, off Entrance point, Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Pinnacle; rock, on the southwestern edge of the Sandman reefs, northeast of 

Sannak. Designated as Kekur (pillar) by Tebenkof, 1849; as Pinnacle 

by Dall, 1.880, and later called Pinnacle rock.

Pinnacle, rock; see Second Priest.

Pinnacle; sunken rock', near Cape Fox, in Dixon entrance. Shown on British Admiralty charts and in Tebenkof s atlas. Called Pinnacle rock on United 

States Hydrographic chart 225. Its existence is denied by local navigators.

Pinnacle; volcanic islet (930 feet high), south of St. Matthew island, Bering sea. 

Descriptive name, given by Cook in 1778. Variously Pinekl, Penikl, 

Pinacle, etc. Lutke calls it ile des tours (towers) or iles des niches (spires).

Pinnacle Pass; cliff, forming the north wall of Pinnacle pass, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1890.

Pinnacles. Between Unga island, Shumagin group, and Wosnesenski island, Tebenkof shows some rocks called Kekuri (pillars). These appear on Coast Survey chart 806 (1882), with the designation Pinnacles, but are not found 

on later charts.'

Pinoshuragin. Petrof, 1880, shows a native village of this name (population 29) on 

the Seahorse islands. On British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 1882) it is 

called Pingoshugarun.

Pinta; head, on Baranof island, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, in 1884, after the U. S. S. Pinta.

Pinta; mountain (5,000 feet high), northeast of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Russell, in 1891, after the U. S. S. Pinta,.

Pinta; peak, on the mainland, near Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Thomas, in 1887, after the U. S. S. Pinta.

Pinta; rocks, off Cape Bendel, Frederick sound, Alexander, archipelago. Named by 

the Coast Survey, after the U. S. S. Pinta.

Pinusuk; island (850 feet high), one of the Chiachi group, on southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula. Native name, obtained by Dall in 1875.

Pio; point, at head of Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Piper; island, at entrance to Schulze cove, Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880. Family, name.

Piqot, point; see Pigot.

Pirate; cove, on the northeastern shore of Popof island, Shumagin group. Local 

name, based on the reputation of the place. In use as early as 1880.

Pirate; point, on the southeastern shore of Pearse island, Portland inlet. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Pirate; peak (3,289 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after his steam launch.
Pir Pog. 324 [BULL. 187.

Pirie; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender in 1868.

Pisa Tower; rock, near the entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western 

Aleutians. So named by Gibson in July, 1855.

Piskuk; mountain peak, near the head of Togiak river, western Alaska. Eskimo 

name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who passed 

near it September 13, 1898. -They write it Piskuk.

Pitak; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Vasilief in 1809.

Pitmegea; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean, near Cape Sabine. Eskimo name, 

published in 1890. Has been written Petmegea and Pitmigea.

Piton, mountain; see Malaspina.

*Pitt, cape; see Muzon.

Pitt; island, in Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick,' Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers in 1880. In Hydrographic 

Office Notice to Mariners No. 97 of 1880 it is called Harbor island.

Pitt, island; see Kruzof.

Pitt; point, the eastern point of entrance to Smith bay, east of Point Barrow, Arctic 

. coast. So named by Dease and Simpson in 1837.

Plain; mountain (2,035 feet high), in California ridge, Grayina island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Platte, islet; see Flat.

Plavezhnoi, lake; see Tazlina.

Pleasant; island, in Icy strait, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall in 1879.

Pleasant Camp; locality, on the Dalton trail, in Porcupine gold district, .southeastern Alaska. Local name, from Brooks, 1900.

Pleveznie, lake; see Tazlina.

Plies, Islas des; see Sannak.

Plishnie, islands; see Near.

Plover; point, the western point of entrance to Port Moore, in Elson bay, Arctic 

coast, just east of Point Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty in 

1854, after H. M. S. Plover.

Plover; supposed island, in the Arctic ocean, near Herald island. Reported and 

named by Kellett, in 1849, after H. B. M. ship Plover. Perhaps some part 

of Wrangell island was seen by Kellett and given this name. The island 

does not exist and does not appear on modern maps. See Wrangell.

Poa; islet, between Akun and Avatanak islands, eastern Aleutians. Tebenkof, in 

1849, calls it Tumannoi (foggy). Called Poa by the Fish Commission in 

1888. Poa is the name of a genus of grasses.

Pocket; island, at the northern end of Dry strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Thomas in 1887.

Podsopochni; cape, on the northern shore of Atka island, near Kovurof bay. It 

is near a volcanic peak (sopka), and was therefore designated by Lutke, 

about 1830, Podsopochni (under tJie peak) cape.

Pogakhluk, lake; see Amanka.

Pogibshi; point, on the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Pogibshi (perilous or dangerous) by Vasilief in 1833.

Pogibshie, strait; see Peril. 

Pogoreshapka; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, about 20 

miles below Koserefski. Name from Petrof, 1880, who gives its population as 121. Near it is Dagorashapka mountain of Raymond. Pogoreshapka appears to be Russian for burnt Jiat.

Pogoreshapka, mountain; see Dagorashapka.

Pogromnoi, cape; see Sarichef.

Pogromnoi, cape; see Shishkof.
BAKER.] 325 Pog Poll.

Pogromni; native village, 7 or 8 miles northeast from Cape Sarichef, on the northern 

shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. So called by Lutke, 1828. It 

is near Pogromni volcano.

Pogromni; volcano (5,525 feet high), in the western part of TJnimak island, eastern 

Aleutians. Named Pogromnoi (destroying, desolation) by Sarichef in 

1790. Variously spelled Pogromnia, Pogrumnoj, Pogromskaia, etc. Also 

called Isanotskoi or Devastation. The native name, according to Grewingk, 

is Kugidach-Jagutscha.

Point Barrie; village and salmon salting station, on the southernmost point of 

Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Local designation. Name

- published in the Eleventh Census, 1890. 

Point Ellis; village and cannery, ' rat the head of a bay opening into Chatham

strait, about 3 miles from the south point of Kniu island." The cannery

was brought "from Freshwater bay, on Baranof island," and established

here in 1890. See Ellis. 

Point Retreat; peninsula. The northern part of Admiralty island was so designated

on Coast Survey chart 728, published in 1885, but has not since been used.

Pointer; peak, on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas in 1887. Perhaps it is a .pointer for the northern 

entrance to AVrangell strait.

Poison; cove, in Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Meade, in 18(59, in commemoration of the death of 150 Aleuts, somewhere in the vicinity, in 1799, from eating poisonous mussels.

Poison; rocks, opposite Povorotni point, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Ball in the Coast Pilot, who says that these "are the rocks from 

which Baranof's Aleuts, in 1799, picked the poisonous mussels which 

caused the death of over 100 persons."

Pok; native village, on the right bank of the Koyukuk river, near its mouth. 

Native name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who wrote it Pokkakat, i. e., Pok 

river. Not found on recent maps.

Pokoinaia, harbor; see Quiet.

Polar, .S'co; see Arctic ocean.

Pole; cape, on the western end of Kosciusko island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Captain Pole, R. N.

Polivnoi; rock, near the southern entrance to Uinnak pass, eastern Aleutians. 

Kurit/ien, 1849, designates it as a rock awash (kamen polivnie).

Polivnoi, rock; see Midway.

Polivnoi; rocks, in Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Polivnoi karnen (washed-over rock) by Zarembo in 1838.

Polivnoi, rocks; see Surf.

Polnoi; islet, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Polnoi (full) by Vasilief in 1833. Renamed Brady, by Moore, in 1897.

Polovina; hill (470 feet high), on the eastern side of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. . It is near Halfway (polovinnoi) point. Local name. Written Polavina, Poluvina, etc.

Polovinnoi, point; see Halfway.

Poltava; island, in or near Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula. So named by Vasi-

 lief in 1832. Usually written Pultava.

Poludennie, point; see Noon.

Pond; bay, in Dall,island, Kaigani strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Ball in 1882. It is Sinclair cove of Sheldon Jackson in 1880.

Pond; bay, indenting the northern shore of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, in 1883, presumably after Ensign 

Charles Fremont Pond, U. S. N., a member.of his party.
Poii For. - 326 [BULL. 187.

Pond; creek, tributary to Imuruk basin, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Pond; reef, in northern entrance to Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Name

published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 81). 

Pond; rock (awash at low water), in Howkan narrows, Cordova bay, Alexander

archipelago.. Named by Nichols, in 1881, after Ensign C. F. Pond,

U. S. N., a member of his party.

Ponte; point, on Woodchopper island, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Meade, in 1869, after a Mr. Ponte, an expert

on coal, employed on board the U. S. S. Saginaw. 

Pop, mountain; see Top. 

Pop; point, at head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Poperechnoi; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of the Shumagin group. Named Poperechnoi (crosswise) by the Russians. The

Aleut name is Kuiagdak. Variously written Poperetchny, Popereshnoi,

etc.

Popereclvnoi, island; see Broad. 

Poperechnoi, island; see Crosswise.' 

Poplar; point, at west end of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, Prince of

'Wales archipelago. Named Punta de los Alamos (point of the poplars)

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Popof; bay, on the northeast coast of Kodiak, near St. Paul. Named Popofskaia by

Murashef in 1839-40. Has also been called Popoff or Priest bay. Vasili

(William) and Ivan (John) Popof were pioneer traders and fur hunters in

Alaska in 1762-63. . Popof; cape, on the western shore of Popof bay, Kodiak island. Named Popofskie

by Murashef in 1839-40, Popof is a Russian proper name. This may.be

identical with Miller (melnichnoi) cape of Tebenkof. 

Popof; glacier, on north bank of the Stikine river, near its mouth. Called First or

Little glacier by Hunter in 1877. Apparently named Popof by the Rynda

party in 1863.

Popof; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. So named by the Russians in 1808-1810. 

Popof; island, one of the principal islands of the Shumagin group. Named Popovskoi by the early Russians. Popof is a Russian proper name, often written

Popoff.

Popof, island; see Kutkan.

Popof; reefs, in Popof strait, Shumagins. Named Popoff by Dall in 1872. 

Popof; rock (42 feet high), near the northern shore of Popof island, Shumagins.

Named Popoff by Ball in 1872. 

Popof; strait, separating Unga and Popof islands, Shumagin group. Surveyed and

named by Dall in 1872. 

Popof Head; point (500 feet high), the southern point of Popof island, Shumagins.

Local name, published, in 1872, and perhaps derived from Vasili and Ivan

Popof, traders and fur hunters here in 1762-63. 

Porcupine; city, creek, and gold district, near Chilkat river, southeastern Alaska.

Prospectors' name, reported by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Porcupine; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the north, near

longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899. 

Porcupine; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk river, from the north,

near latitude 68°. Published by the Coast Survey in 1899. Perhaps this

creek is identical with the previous one. 

Porcupine; creek, tributary to Steamer bay, on Etolin island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Snow in 1886.
BAKER.] 327 For For.

Porcupine; islands, in Kenai lake, Kenai peninsula. So called by Mendenhall in

1898. 

Porcupine; point, on the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. So named

by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Porcupine; river, in northeastern Alaska, tributary to the Yukon. Old name,

probably given by factors of the Hudson Bay.Company. 

Porcupine; river, tributary to the Stikine, from the east, near the international

boundary line. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Porfla; cape, at entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Suemex island, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Cabo de la Porfia (cape of the dispute) by Manrelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Poroga, island; see Rapids. 

PoroshM, bay; see No Thorofare. 

Porpoise; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island, Shumagins. Name

derived from small schooner Porpoise, which wintered there some time

prior to 1871.

Porpoise; islands, off the mouth of Excursion inlet, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Porpoise; islets, in the entrance to Port Etches, Prince William sound. Named 

Ptichi (bird) by Chernof, in 1830, and Porpoise or Bird islands by the 

Coast Survey in 1869.

Porpoise; point, on the northern shore of Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Port; mountain, on Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in

Portage; arm, of Kelp bay, Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Moore in 1895. 

Portage; bay, indenting the northern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group.

Named Perenosnaia (portage) by the Russian-American Company in 1849. 

Portage; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Perenosnaia (portage) bay by the Russians. Meade, in

1869, calls it Perenosnaya creek. Has also been called Portage harbor.

Presumably there is a portage from its-head to the head .of Duncan canal. 

Portage; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska pe'ninsula, immediately north

of the Shumagins. A short portage connects it with Herendeen bay.

Named Perenosnaia (portage) by the Russians. 

Portage; bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west from Kodiak, from

which there is a portage to Becharof lake. Named Perenosnoi (portage)

by Tebenkof, 1849. Earlier Russian charts use the native name Kanatak, 

Portage, bay; see Chagvan. 

Portage, bay; see Passage canal. 

Portage; cove, near head of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

Called Portage bay by the traders. From it there is a short portage

between Chilkat and Chilkoot inlets. 

Portage; creek, tributary to American river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Brooks, 1900. 

Portage; creek, tributary to headwaters of the Skwentna river in the Tordrillo

range. So named by Spurr and Post in 1898. 

Portage; creek, tributary to the Sushitna river, from the north, near latitude 63°.

So named by Muldrow in 1898. 

Portage; glacier, onJCenai peninsula, between Passage canal and Turnagain arm.

So called by Mendenhall in 1898.
Por Pot. ' 328 [BULL. 187.

Portage; mountains (3,500 feet high), near head of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Portage; point, east of McClellan flats, Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. The western end of the portage across Seduction tongue to Haines 

is near this point.

Portage; point, the eastern point of entrance to Dry Spruce bay, on northern shore 

of Kodiak. Named Perenosa (portage) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Portage; river, on the west coast of Kodiak. So designated by the Fish Commission in 1888. Tebenkof has the word Perenos (portage) here.

Portage; two small islets, near the entrance to Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Perenosnaya (portage) by Meade in 1869.

Port Chester, village; see Metlakatla.

Port Clarence. The Eleventh Census, 1890, gives the population of Port Clarence 

as 485. This does not appear to refer to any particular settlement or village, though it has sometimes been so used.

Port des Franqais; see Lituya bay.

Porter; peak (4,798 feet high), on the mainland east of Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Admiral David Dixon Porter, 

U. S. N. . _ '

Portillo; channel, in Bucareli bay, Prince of AVales archipelago. Named Canal de 

Portillo (passage canal) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Portland; canal, in southeastern Alaska, through which runs the boundary line 

between Alaska and British Columbia. Named Portland's canal,-in 1793, 

by Vancouver, who says: "The distance from its entrance to its source is 

about 70 miles, which, in honor of the noble family of Bentinck, I name 

 Portland's canal." The canal is here regarded as terminating at Point 

Ramsden.

Portland; inlet, east of Dixon entrance, separating Pearse island from the mainland 

of British Columbia. Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 57) says: "The 

broader portion (of Portland canal) on modern charts is often denominated Portland inlet, the name of Portland canal being then restricted to 

that part of it of contracted width which lies to the westward of Observatory inlet."

Portland; island (206 feet high), near the northern end of Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Beardslee in 1&80.

Portland; point, on the northeastern coast of Pearse island, at southern end of 

Portland canal, Alexander archipelago.

Portlock; bank, northeast of Kodiak. So named, in 1888, by the Fish Commission, 

after Capt. Nathaniel Portlock.

Portlock; harbor, on the western coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

This name was given, in 1787, by Capt. Nathaniel Portlock, ar. English fur 

trader, who published a sketch of it in 1789. Nichols, in the Coast Pilot 

(1891, p. 189), regards it as identical with Kukkan of the Indians.

Posliedni; cape, on northern shore of Afognak bay, Afognak island. Named Posliedni (last) by Murashef in 1839-40. Near by he has Krainie (the very 

last).

Possession; point, on Kenai peninsula, at head of Cook inlet. Named by Cook, in 

1778, who here "displayed the flag and took .possession of the river and 

country in His Majesty's name." Tebenkof, 1849, indicates a settlement 

(naseleniia) here

Post; creek, tributary to the Niukluk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Potainikof; cape, on the northwestern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. A reef, 

with islets and rocks above and below water, extends off the point for
BAKER.J 329 Pot PrI.

Potainikof Continued.

about 2 miles. Potai'nik is Russian for a hidden or secret place and in the

colonies was applied to a rock which never uncovered, but revealed itself

by breakers in heavy weather. At such times they said "The Potainik is

playing." 

Potato; mountain, on Seward peninsula, about 10 miles northeast of Cape Prince of

Wales, near Bering strait. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Apparently this is Conical hill of Beechey, 1.827. 

Potato; point, in Valdes narrows, Prince William sound. So called by Abercrombie in 1898. 

Pouale, bay; see Cold. 

Poundstone; rock, in the southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Mansfield, in 1890, after Ensign Homer Clark Poundstone, U.

S. N., a member of his party. 

 Poverotni, "point; see Lock wood. 

Poverotnie, point; see Vanderbilt. 

Poverty; island, off the south end of Long island, Chiniak bay, Kocliak. Named

Ubezhitsha (? poverty) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. 

Povorotni; island, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotni (turn

or turnabout) by Vasilief in 183%. Has also been written Povero and

Poverotni; also called Turnabout. It is Return island of Meacle in 1869.

For a long time, 1835-1875, it was conspicuously marked by a canoe,

marking the burial place of a family of Sitka Indians who died of measles

in 1835. From this it derived the local name of Canoe island. 

Povorotni, island; see Turnabout. 

Povorotni; point, the northeast point of entrance to Redoubt bay, Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotnoi (turnabout) by Vasilief in

1809. Also has been called Povorot, Poverotnoi, and Turnabout. 

Povorotni, point; see Turner. 

Povorotnoi, point; see Protection. 

Pow; island, in Hassler harbor, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols in 1882. 

Powell; peak (2,655 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Maj. John AVesley Powell,

then Director of the United States Geological Survey. 

Powell; peak, on the northwestern shore of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrornbie in 1898. 

Pratt; mountain, on the mainland, west of the Stikine river. Named by the Coast

Survey, after John Francis Pratt, assistant, Coast and Geodetic Survey. 

Pravoi, point; see Right Hand. 

Praznik; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Rocky by Lisianski in

1804. Russian naval officers, 1808-1810, named it Prazdnichnoi (holiday

or picnic). It has also been called Holiday island. 

Preacher; creek, tributary to Birch creek, from the south, near latitude 66°. Name

published by the Coast Survey.in 1895. 

Preble; peak (5,028 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Rear-Admiral George Henry

Preble, U. S. N. 

Pribilie; island, at the north end of Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Pribilie (profitable) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Pribilof; group of islands in Bering sea, composed of two larger ones, St. Paul and

St. George, and two smaller ones, Otter and Walrus. Often called the Fur

Seal islands. They were "discovered in 1786 by the pilot Pribilof and

then called Novy (new), afterwards Lebedevski, from the name of the
Pri-Pri. 330 ' ' [BULL. 187.

Pribilof Continued.

owner of the vessel which discovered them. Shelikof called them Zouboff (after the then Russian Minister of the Interior). Later they were 

called Kotovy (fur seal) from the immense number of these animals found 

there, and Sieverny (north) from their relation to Unalaska. Sarichef 

on his map named them Pribilof, after their discoverer.'' (Lutke 336-337). 

In the colonies they were, under the Russians, usually called Ostrovki, 

the little islands. St. George was first seen and landed upon June -]T2-, 

.1786. .Hunters wintered there, and the next year, on June-29, in the morning, they saw St. Paul. On visiting it they found the copper handle of a 

sword, a clay pipe, and fireplaces proofs of prior visits by parties unknown. 

Often now called The Seal Islands.

Price; island, near the entrance to Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Priest, bay; see Popof.

Priest, point; see Kalekta. v

Priest; rock,.near Cape Kalekta, the eastern head of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Locally so called from fancied resemblance to a Russian 

priest. Lutke says (p. 281) "The broken down cliffs and isolated rocks 

sometimes take the most fantastic forms; as, for example, the one just in 

front of Cape Kalekta exactly resembles an old man having Ids head 

 inclined and his arms crossed on his breast."

Prince; creek, tributary to Caribou creek. So called by H. H. Hicks, guide of Captain Glenn's expedition in 1898. Not identified and name not found on 

. any map.

Prince Ernest's, sound; see Ernest.

Prince of Wales; archipelago, between Dixon entrance and Sumner strait, southeastern Alaska. Named "The Prince of Wales's Archipelago" by Vancouver in 1793.

Prince of Wales; cape, at the western end of Seward peninsula, Bering strait, 

being that point of North America which approaches nearest to Asia. So 

named by Cook, August 9, 1778. The Eskimo name is reported to be 

Niekta, also written Nychta. Billings, 1790, calls it Prince of Wales'or 

Kigmil or Kygmil. It is said to have been named Gwozdef by Bering in 

1728. Now universally known as Cape Prince of Wales.

Prince of Wales; island, the largest island of Prince of Wales archipelago, in Alexander archipelago. The earliest use of this name appears to be in the 

treaty between Great Britain and Russia of February ff, 1825.

Prince of Wales; passage, in the southwestern part of Prince William sound. So . 

named, in 1787, by Hay ward, of Portlock's vessel.

Prince of Wales; shoal, off Cape Prince of Wales, Bering strait. So called by the 

Coast Survey in 1890. '' ' '

Prince William; sound, indenting the northern shore of the'Gulf of Alaska. . Named 

Prince William's by Cook in 1778. The Russians called it Chugach gulf 

or Prince.William sound.

Princes Head; cliff, on the eastern shore of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. So called by Dall in 1871.

Prisoners; cove, on the southern shore of Middle Kaigani harbor, Kaigani strait, 

near Dixon entrance. Named Prisoners cove (pliennaia gavantza) by 

Etolin in 1833. Some persons identify this, probably erroneously, with 

Port Meares of Douglas.

Pritchard; rocks, in the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880. Called Pritchard shoals 

in Hydrographic Notice No. 5 of 1880.
BAKER.] 331 Pro Pro.

Proctor; islands, in Dixon entrance, near the southwestern shore of Wales island. 

Originally theyAvere included in the group called Boston islands. Named 

by Nichols in 1891.

Prokhoda, islands, etc.; see Passage.

Prolewy; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Prolewy (strait) by Lindenberg in 1838. It is ProHva point of Meade's sketch, 1869.

Prolewy; rock, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Prolewy 

is the Russian word for strait. This name seems to have been first 

applied by Coghlan in 1884.

Prolewy; rock, off Prolewy point, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Coghlan in 1884. It is Middle rock of Meade in 1868.

Promezhutochnie, cape; see Between.

Prominence; cape, on the southern shore of Unalaska, between Open and Usof 

bays. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. Its native name is 

given by Tebenkof as Idaliuk.

Promisla; bay, indenting the southern shore of Krestof. island, Sitka SOUnd, Alexander archipelago. Named Promisla (business) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Bozhie promisla means God's business, which a Russian dictionary translates Providence. Thus this bay has been called Providence. Kostrometinoff 

translates this furs.

Promontory, cape; see Lutke.

. Promontory; cove, indenting the southern shore of Unirnak island, eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Prospect; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Prospect; point, on the eastern shore of Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1"888.

Protassof. The Russian orthodox church at Morxhovoi. is called Protasisof in the 

Tenth Census, 1880, and Eleventh Census, 3890. Petrof in the Tenth 

Census called the town Protassof; accidentally Protasso on his map.

Protection; bay, between Old harbor and Three Island bay, indenting the southern 

shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission 

in 1888.

Protection; point, on the western shore of Nushagak bay or estuary. Named 

Povorotnoi (turn) by Tebenkof, 1849. The coast line bends or turns at 

\ this point. Renamed Protection by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Protection; port, in the northwestern part of Prince of Wales island, opening into 

Suinner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, who in 

1793 here rode out a heavy gale, and, "grateful for such an asylum," 

named it Port Protection.

Prowdnik, island; see Leader.

Providence; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak. 

Named Providenia (providence) by Vasilief in 1831. His skin boat 

(bidarka) was wrecked here and he narrowly escaped drowning. The 

Aleut name of the cape is Naluktchvak.

Providence; cape, in the eastern part of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Not identified. So named by Cook in 1778 (II, 527); also so called by Sauer on 

Billings' track chart and also in Galiano's atlas 1802.

Providence, bay; see Promisla.

Providence; point, the northern point of entrance to Estrella bay, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de la Providencia by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779.
Pru Pus. 332 [BULL. 187.

Prudhoe; bay, on the Arctic coast, east of the mouth of Colville river. So named

by Franklin in 1826. 

Ptarmigan; creek, tributary from the south to the Tsina or south fork of theTiekel

river, about 25 miles east of Valdes. Name from Schrader, 1900. 

Ptarmigan; small lake, near Kenai lake, Kenai peninsula. Name from Mendenhall,

1898. . 

Ptarmigan; valley, and creek therein, tributary to the Kuskokwim, near its source.

So named by Spurr and Post in 1898. 

Ptichi, islets; see Porpoise. 

Ptichie, cape, island, etc.; see Bird. 

\Puale, bay; see Cold. 

Puffin; islet, near Chamisso island, Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean. So named by

Beechey in July, 1826. 

Puffin; bay, indenting the southern end of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

Named Toporkof (puffin) by the Russians. Has also been written Toporkoff and Toporkov. 

Puffin; islet, near St. Paul, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Toporkof (puffin) by

Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. 

Puffin; islet, near the southwestern end of Sitkalidak island, off southeastern shore

of Kodiak. Named Toporkof (puffin) by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Puffin; point, the south point of entrance to Puffin bay, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Toporkof (puffin) by the Russians. 

Puget; cape, on the southeastern coast of Kenai peninsula. Named by Vancouver,

in 1794, after Lieut. Peter Puget, R. N., of his party. 

Puget; cove, about 5 miles northeast of Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Ball, in 1879, after Lieut. Peter Puget, R. N., one

of the companions of Vancouver, who was in this vicinity in 1794. 

Puguviliak; native village, near Southwest cape, St. Lawrence island, Bering sea.

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Pugupiliak. 

Puk or Pak. Eskimo for big; thus, Kwikpak, river biy. 

Pultava, island; see Poltava. 

Pumicestone; bay, indenting the western shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians.

Named Mokrovskoi (wet) by Sarichef, in 1792, and since variously given

as Morkovskoi, Moorovskoy, etc. In 1888 it was named Pumicestone by.

the Fish Commission. Its native name is given by Veniaminof as

Aliuksuk, perhaps from the Aleut word Aliuk, river otter.

Punch; hill (1,885 feet high), near south end of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Punchbowl; cove, indenting the southern shore of Rudyerd bay, Behm canal,,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Punishment; point, near St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta cle Castigo (punishment point) by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Punuk; islets, near the eastern end of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Eskimo

name from Tebenkof. Erroneously Pinik. 

Pup; island, off the entrance to Port Cainden, Keku strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Moore in 1892. 

Puppets (The); two Mils (1,987 feet high), at the southern end of Gravina island,

Alexander archipelago. Punch and Judy are near by. Named by

Nichols in 1883. 

Purple; mountain (2,447 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Pushki, island; see Cannon. 

Pustiia, island; see Empty.
BAKER.] " 333 PUS QUO..

Pustoi; islet, near Ship island, in Umnak strait, eastern Aleutians. Called Pustoi 

(barren or desert) by Kuritzien, 1849. Lutke calls it Tanghinakh, perhaps 

intended for Tangidak, the Aleut word for islet. The name Tanginak 

applies to Ship island.

Putnam; peak (3,887 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after Master Charles 

Flint Putrnan, U. S. N., a member of Berry's party in Bering strait in 1880; 

Putnam was driven to sea on an ice floe in Bering strait and perished.

Putnam, river; see Kowak.

Pybus; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Admiralty island, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So called by Mansfield in 1889.

Pybus; point, the eastern point of entrance to Pybus bay, Admiralty island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Pye; islands, near Nuka bay, off the southern coast of Kenai peninsula, Gulf of 

Alaska. Named Pye's by Portlock, in 1786, and variously written Pi, Pies, 

Pyes, etc.

Pyke; point, on the eastern shore of Port Bainbriclge, Prince William sound. So 

named by Vancouver, 1794.

Pyramid; harbor, at the head of Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska. The Hudson 

Bay Company employes called this place Labouchere bay, after the steamer 

of that name. Meade, in 1869, called it Pyramid Island harbor. It is now 

commonly known as Pyramid harbor. The native name Avas reported by 

the Krause brothers, in 1882, and is obscurely engraved on their map. It 

appears to be Tichtinige.

Pyramid; island, at the head of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869. Lindenberg, in 1838, called it 

Peschanie (sandy). Has also been called Farewell through an erroneous 

translation of Peschani. (proshaite=farewell.) Has also been called 

Stony, another translation of Peschani. It has been occupied by the Coast 

Survey as an astronomical station and called Observatory island. The 

native name, according to the Krause brothers, 1882, is Chlachatsch, which 

Dall writes Shla-liatch.

Pyramid; mountain (2,320 feet high), near Iliuliuk, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875.

Pyramid; peak (4,068 feet high), on the northeastern shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, from Eeid, 1892.

Pyramid, point; see Green.

Quadra, bay; see Boca de Quadra, canal.

Quadra, island; see Dall.

Quartz; creek, debouching nearly opposite Sledge island, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

 Quartz; creek, emptying into Kenai lake, Kenai peninsula. Prospectors' name, 

published by the Geological Survey in 1898. Mendenhall says (20 Geol. 

Surv. Rep., VII, 302): "Quartz creek (the two streams of this name must 

not be confused; one empties into Lake Kenai, the other into Turnagain 

Arm)."

Quartz; creek, tributary to Chandlar river, from the west, near latitude 68°. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1901.

Quartz; creek, tributary to Goose creek, from the south, Seward peninsula, Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Quartz; creek, tributary to Kugruk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name^ 

from Brooks, 1900.

Quartz; creek, tributary to Penny river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. It is Hutchinson creek of a recent local map.
Qua Kai. ' . 334 [BUM,. 187.

Quartz; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Quartz; creek, tributary to the Tonsina river, just below Tonsina lake. Local name, 

from Schrader, 1900.

Quartz; point, in Coal harbor, Uriga island, Shumagin group. So named by Dall 

in 1872.

Quartz; point, the western point of entrance to Mud bay, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 190). The 

place is marked by large masses of white quartz, resembling ice.

Quartz; rock, near the entrance to McHenry anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago.. So named by Snow in 1886.

Quay; peak (5,000 feet high), near Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So named 

by Abercrombie, in 1898, after Hon. Matthew Stanley Quay of Pennsylvania.

Queekagamut, village; see Kwikak.

Queen; inlet, at the head of Glacier bay. Named by Reid, in 1892, after the steamship Queen, the first ship ever taken to the upper part of Glacier bay.

Queer; island, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. /Named Chudnoi (queer, odd, strange) by 

Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

Quemabo, cape; see Quemado.

Quemado; cape, on the western shore of Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. It is 

Quemabo on La Perouse's copy (English edition, 1798) of Maurelle and 

Quadra, but this appears to be an error for Quemado (burnt).

Quiet; harbor-, in Etolin island, opening into Stikine strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Pokoinaia (quiet) by the Russians. Has been called Pokoinay 

and Quiet bay.

Quiktalik, mountain; see Kwiktalik.

Quinehahamute, village; see Kwinak. : Quinnehuk, mountain; seeKwiniuk.

Quito Suenos. The Spaniards Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779, have on their chart 

in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, this name 

Quito Suenos (sleeping obstacle), or, as I, suppose, a sunken reef. Just 

south of it is Sheer-off-there (alargate-alla) rock and just north of it the Eye 

Opener (abre-el-ojo).

Quitoway, island; see Whale.

Quiyaidik, creek; see Kwiyadik.

Race; island, in Kootenahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869.

Race; point, the northernmost point of Annette island, and the eastern point of 

entrance to Annette bay, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Presumably a descriptive name, given by local pilots about 1875-1880.

Race, reef; see Walden rocks.

Radcliffe; glacier, tributary to Harvard glacier, at the head of College fiord, Port 

Wells, Prince William sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition, in

1899. after Radcliffe college, the woman's annex to Harvard University.

Ragged; cove, in Prince of Wales island, opening into Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. Erroneously Rugged cove.

Rainbow; creek, tributary to Grand Central river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Rainbow; creek, tributary to Quartz creek, from the east. Name from Schrader,

1900.

Rainbow; glacier, on the mainland just north of Davidson glacier, Chilkat inlet, 

Lynn canal. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1893.
BAKER.] 835 Hal Has.

Raindeer, river; see Klondike.

Rakof, inlet; see Crawfish.

Rakovoi; bay, in Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Rakovoi (shell) by the Russians" Has also been called Shell bay.

Ralph; lake, in the lower Matarmska valley. So named by Mendenhall in 1898. 

Not shown on map and not identified.

Ralston; island, in southern part of.Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Meade, in 1869, after Mr. William C. Ralston, banker, in San Francisco. This island has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Rampart; mountains, on south bank of the Yukon, just above the mouth of the 

Tanana. So called by Raymond in 1869. The Western Union Telegraph 

Expedition map of 1867 applies this name to mountains farther up the 

river.

Rampart; village and post-office, on the south shore of the Yukon, in the Lower 

Ramparts, near the mouth of Minook creek. Called Rampart City by 

the miners. A post-office called Rampart was established here in November, 1898.

Rampart House; station, on the Porcupine river at the international boundary. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Ramparts; gorge or canyon, in the Yukon river, beginning a few miles above the 

mouth of the Tanana river and extending up river about 100 miles. The 

designation Lower Ramparts has been applied to all of it, and also to a 

part, the most picturesque part, some 30 miles above Minook creek. The 

Upper Ramparts are described by Schwatka as beginning at Old Fort 

Selkirk on the Yukon and extending some 400 miles down stream.

Ramsderi; point, at the junction of Portland canal and Observatory inlet. Named 

by Vancouver, in 1793, after "Mr. Ramsden, the optician."

Ranch; point, at the Indian village Gan-te-gas-tak-heh at head of Chilkat inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Has also been written Ranche.

Rancheria; island, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named La Rancheria (the farm) by Maurelleand Quadra in 1775-1779.

Range; creek, on Baranof island, debouching in Northern rapid, Peril^trait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Range; island, in the northern entrance to Popof strait, Shuniagins. So named by 

Ball in 1872.

Range; islet, in Coal harbor, Shumagins. So named by Dall in 1872.

Range; point, in Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named 

by Gibson in July, 1855.

Range; point, N. by W. £ W., 3 miles distant, from Jaw point, Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 153).

Range; point, the southern point of entrance to 'Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884. 

Jtankin, island; see Corlies.

Rapid; river, tributary to the Porcupine river, from the north, near the international boundary. Possibly identical with Sucker river of the Coast Survey 

in 1890; on recent maps Rapid river.

Rapids; island, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Poroga (rapids) by Vasilief in 1833.

Rapids; point, on Chichagof island, near Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Name apparently first used by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, 

p. 163).

Rasbinik, village; see Razboinski.
Kas Kay. 336 " [BULL. 187.

Hasp; ledge, at northern entrance to Mole harbor, Seymour canal, Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Raspberry; cape, the westernmost point of Malinof island, Shelikof strait. Named 

Malinovoi (raspberry) by Murashef, in 1839-40, who applied it to a point 

about one mile southeast of the point here described. The RussianAmerican Company map of 1849 applies the name as here used. It is 

Strawberry point of Coast Survey chart 8500 (ed. of 1900).

Raspberry; island, between Afognak and Kodiak. Called Malinof or Sievernoi 

(raspberry or north) by Murashef in 1839-40. Lisianski, in 1804, called it 

North island. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Bolshoi malinof (big raspberry). 

There is a Little Kaspberry island near by. The native name is lukuk, as 

given by the Russian-American Company, 1848.

 Raspberry; strait, separating Raspberry and Afognak islands, Kodiak group. 

Named Malinovoi (raspberry) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Rat; group of islands, in the western part of the Aleutian chain, immediately east 

of.the Near island group. The gro.up comprises the chain from Amchitka 

to Buldir, inclusive. Arnchitka and Kiska are the principal islands of the 

group. Called Kryci (aux rats) by Lutke and usually called Krysi or 

Rat islands.

Rat; island, between Amchitka and Kiska, Rat island group, western Aleutians. 

Called by the Aleuts Ayugadak and by the Russians Krisi (rat). Billings, 

1790, has Krissey and Arrowsrnith, 1790, has Rats. Grewingk has 

Agadak, with Ajugadach as the more exact form.

Eat, islands; see Near.

Rat; islet (17 feet high), near the entrance to Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890.

Rat; lake, on the south bank of and very near the Porcupine river, in lo'ngitude 144°. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Rat; river, tributary to the Porcupine river, from the east, about 50 miles above 

Fort Yukon. Called Little Black by the Coast Survey in 1890, .and Big 

Black and also Rat by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Ratmanof, island; see Big Diomede.

Ratz; harbor, on the western shore of Clarence strait, opposite Dewey anchorage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Tebenkof in 1848.

Ratz; point, north of Eat/ harbor, on the eastern side of Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Ratzel; range of mountains or peaks, on the headwaters of Birch creek. So 

named by Schwatka, in 1883, after Prof. Frederick Rat/el, of Munich. 

Porcupine Dome and Mastodon Dome are in this group.

Ravalga, island; see Kavalga.

Raven; bay, indenting the southern shore of Unalaska, immediately east of Eagle 

bay. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Raven; creek, tributary.to the headwaters of Yukla creek, north of Turnagain arm. 

Local name, published in 1899.

Raven; islet, northwest of Spruce island, in the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Halkin (daw or jackdaw) by Vasilief in 1809.

Raw; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal.. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1891.

Ray; anchorage, on the eastern shore of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1893, after Lieut. Whitmul 

P. Ray, U. S. N.- 

Ray; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, about 40 miles above Rampart. 

So named by Alien, in 1885, after Capt. Patrick Henry Ray, U. S. A. 

Apparently this is identical with Atoriisuk of the natives. See Atonisuk.
BAKER.] 337 Kaz lied.

Bazboinski; Eskimo village, on lower Yukon, right bank, near head of the delta.

Its native name is Kinegnaginiut, i. e., Kinegnak people, and by the

Kussians called Razboinnitski (robber). Variously written Kasbinik,

Razboiniksky, Razboinitskaya, etc. 

Hazed Fort; cape, near the southeastern point of entrance to Nakwasina passage,

Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Vierublennoi Kriepostnoi

(cut-down stockade) by Vasilief in 1809. Perhaps the Russians here

destroyed one of the native strongholds. 

Razorback, divide; see Kechumstuk hills. 

RazriiiJienie, cape; see Decision. 

 Razuvirenie, bay; see Disenchantment. 

Bead; island, in Farragut bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Ensign Maurice L. Read, U. S. N.,

a member of his party. 

Beady Bullion; creek, on the northeastern shore of Douglas island, Alexander

archipelago. Presumably a miner's name; in use prior to 1890.

Real Marina; port, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puerto

de la Real Marina (port of the Royal Navy) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

Bed; bay, in northern end of Prince of Wales island, opening into Sumner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Red (krasnaia) by the Russians.

Bed; cape, the western point of entrance to Massacre harbor, Attu island, western 

Aleutians. Named Krasnoi (red) by Sarichef, 1790.

Bed; cove, on southern shore of Popof island, Shumagins. Local and descriptive 

name, published in 1875. On or near this cove Tikhmenief indicates a 

colonial settlement.

Bed; mountain, in Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. So named by Reid in 1890.

Bed; .mountain (3,800 feet high), in the northern part of Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently a local name, published by Dall in the Coast 

Pilot (1883, p. 94), and perhaps earlier.

Bed; mountain (2,404 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Bed; mountain, on the north bank of the Koyukuk, near longitude 154°. Descriptive name, given, by Alien in 1885.

Bed; river, on the western coast of Kodiak. Named Krasnaia (red) by Tebenkof in 

1849.

Bed; river or creek, in the eastern part of TJiiimak, draining from a lake into St. 

Catherine cove. Called Krasnaia (red) by Veniaminof in 1840.

Bed; rock, in Chapel cove, Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle Aleutians. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1893.

Red; rock (about 20 feet high), near the head of Niblack anchorage, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1891.

Bed Bay; mountain (2,843 feet high), near the head of Red bay, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. It was named False Mount Calder by 

Nichols in 1881 (Coast Pilot, p. 105).

Bed Bluff; bay, on the southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1895.

Bed Cliff; point, on Wales island, Portland inlet, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Fender in 1868.

Bedfish; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Krasnoi Ribi (redn'sh, a kind of salmon) by the Russians 

in 1847. Also called Krasnoi (red) bay.

Bedfish; breaker, off Redfish point, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser in 1897.

Bull. 187 01 22 .
Kcd Rce. , 838 [BULL. 187.

Redfish; cape, the western point of entrance to Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Krasnoi Ribi (redfish) by the Russians in 

1847.

Redfish; islets, near Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Krasnoi Ribi (redfish) by the Russians in 1847.

Red Head; bluff cape, on the northern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. 

Presumably a descriptive appellation; given by the United States North 

Pacific Exploring Expedition in 1855. ' 9

Red Head; promontory, forming the northern point of entrance to Port Gravina, 

Prince William sound. So called by Abercrombie in 1898.

Redoubt; bay, in Sitka sound,.Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Lisianski, 

_in 1804, called this Tyon's (chief's) bay. Tebenkof calls it Redoubt bay 

from the fishing station, called The Redoubt, at its head. Later it has 

been called Oserski (lake) bay. Its head is only a few yards from Deep 

lake. . Redoubt: bay, on the western shore of Cook inlet, near Redoubt volcano. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1869.

Redoubt (The); fishing station, at outlet of Deep lake, Sitka sound, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. .Usually spoken of as The redoubt. Has also been 

called Ozerskoi (lake) redoubt and Dranishnikof settlement. Also erroneously Oserki.

Redoubt, mountain;.see Dranishnikof.

Redoubt, trading post; see Nushagak.

Redoubt; volcano (11,270 feet high), on the western shore of Cook inlet. It is an 

active volcano and was by the Russians called Viesokaia (high) and also 

Goreloi (burning); also written, Goryalaya. Its native namev, according 

to Grewingk, is Ujakushatsch. Sometimes written Redoute. Generally 

known as Redoubt volcano.

Red River; cape, on the northeastern shore of Uniniak island, forming the northwest point of entrance to Isanotski strait. Called Krasnoi-riechki (red 

river) by Veniaminof, 1831. x

Redrock; creek, tributary to Sixtyrnile creek, from the north, near the international 

boundary. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Bedstone; river, tributary to Ambler river, near longitude 158°. Descriptive name, 

reported by Schrader in 1899.

Reechnoi, point; see Rothsay.

Reed Grass; point, on the northern shore of San Antonio bay, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Carrizales (reed grass point) by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Reef; cape, on the southern shore of Unalaska, between Open and Raven bays. So 

named by the Fish Commission in 1888. A reef extends off the point. 

Tebenkof, in 1849, called it by its Aleut name,. Kungitak.

Reef; harbor, near Grave point, on the northeastern shore of Duke island, Gravina 

group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1882.

Reef; island, on the western shore of Portland canal, in latitude 55° 05'. So called 

by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 76).

Reef; islands, near the entrance to False Lead, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1881.

Reef; point, north of Hassler harbor, on Annette island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1882.

Reef; point, on the eastern side of Portage bay, Alaska .peninsula7. So called in 

Hydrographic Office Notice to Mariners No. 48, published in 1893.

Reef; point, on the southwestern coast of Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. So named.by Snow in 1886.
BAKER.] 339 ItCC ItCS.

Beef; point, the north point of entrance to Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Arricife (reef point) by Manrelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779. Erroneously Arrecite.

Reef; point, the southeastern point of Young island, Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1881.

Beef; point, the southernmost point of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875.

Beef; rock and shoal, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser in 1897.

Befuge; cove, just north of Ward cove, on eastern shore of Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Perhaps so named by local pilots. .Name published 

by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Befuge; inlet, on the Arctic coast, a little west of Point Barrow. So named by 

Beechey in 1826. Its Eskimo name, according to Murdoch, is Wal-a-pai.

Befugio; port, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puerto del 

Refugio (port of refuge) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Variously

called Port Refuge, Port Refugio and Puerto del Refugio.

Regal; glacier, on eastern flank of Regal mountain. So named by Schraderin 1900.

Begal; mountain (13,400 feet high), in longitude 143°, ESE. from Mount Wrangell. 

So named by Rohn in 1899.

Beid; bay, in Kuin island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Helm in 1886. Perhaps the intention was to name it after Ensign 

Maurice Lance Read, U. S. N., a member of Helm's party. Has been 

written Reid, Reid's, and Reids.

Beid; inlet, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named after Prof. Harry 

Fielding Reid, who visited Glacier bay, in 1890 and 1892, and studied its 

glaciers. The statement in the Sixteenth Annual Report Geological Survey, Part I, p. 423, that it was named by the United States Board on 

Geographic Names is an error.

Beindeer; hills, on the peninsula forming the south head of Norton bay, Norton 

sound. Local name, from Peters, 1900.

Bemedios; point, the western point of entrance to Port Dolores, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de los Remedies (point of the remedies) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Remedios, Puerto de los; see Salisbury.

Bendu; .inlet and glacier, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Reid, in 1892, after a French glacialist.

Benshaw; point, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of the Shumagins. 

So named by Dall in 1880.

Bescue; roadstead, on the eastern shore of Sullivan island, Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade, in 1869, in memory of his rescue of six 

persons of the American schooner Louisa Downs, wrecked here in 1867.

Beshimosti; island, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Reshimosti (resolution) by Vasilief in 1809. 'Has also been written 

Retchimosti and Roshimosti.

Resurrection, arm; see Turnagain.

Becurrection; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kenai peninsula. It is Port 

Andrews of Portlock in 1787. Baranof, in 1792, selected this spot for a 

shipyard and called it Voskresenskaia This word means Resurrection, 

and also Sunday. Here was built and launched, in 1794, the Phcenix, the 

first vessel built in what is now Alaska.

Besurrection; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Resurrection bay, on southern 

shore of Kenai peninsula. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1869. 

It is Point Barwell of Portlock in 1787.
lies Kle. 340 [BULL. 187.

Resurrection; creek, tributary to the head of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula. 

So named by Glenn in 1898.

Resurrection; fort or post or stockade, built by Baranof at Resurrection bay in 

1792. Sometimes called Fort Resurrection.

Retaliation; point, on northeastern shore of Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade, who in February, 1869, destroyed two 

; Indian villages here because of the murder by the Indians "of two white 

men under circumstances of great brutality."

Retreat; point, the northernmost point of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Whidbey in July, 1794, in commemoration of his retreat by 

reason of the hostile behavior of the natives. Called Otstuplenie (retreat) 

by the Russians. This point has been reserved for light-house purposes 

by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Retreat; .supposed reef, near Point Retreat; was so called in "the Coast Pilot (1883, 

p. 172), but according to present information it does not exist.

Return; point, in Sycamore bay, north coast of Kodiak. Called Povorotnie (turn), 

in 1839-40, by Murashef whose surveys ended near this point. -

Return; reef, on the Arctic coast, east of mouth of Colville river. So named by 

Franklin in 1826. -This reef marks the western limit of Franklin's 

explorations.

Reverdy; mountains (4,000 to 5,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal, 

southeastern Alaska. Apparently so called by Fender in 1868. Nichols 

in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 78) calls them Reverdy Johnson mountains.

Revilla; post-office, at Ward cove, Tongass narrows, Revillagigedo island, southeastern Alaska; established in May, 1900.

Revillagigedo; channel, leading northward 'from Dixon entrance and separating 

the Gravina group from the mainland. So called after the adjacent 

island. Has been written Revilla Gigeclo.

Revillagigedo; island, in southeastern part of Alexander archipelago, separated 

from the mainland by Behm canal. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, 

after Don Juan Vicente de Guernes Pacheco de Pedilla, Count of Revilla 

Gigedo and viceroy of Mexico 1789-1794.

Ribni, point; see Fish.

Rice; mountain (5,646 feet high), near headwaters of the Kanata.river. Name from 

Schrader, 1900.

Rich; mountain (6,000 feet high), in the Tordrillo range, on headwaters of the 

Kuskokwim. So named by Spurr and Post in 1898.

Richter; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the south, Seward .peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. Perhaps identical with Slate creek. See Slate.

Ricord. Beechey mentions, August, 1826, a cape near Cape Thompson, on the Arctic coast, called Ricord by the Russians. This name I have not found on 

any map.

Ridge; hill, in the western part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1875.

Ridgewall. On Elliott's map of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea, this word 

. appears on a low ridge or spur in the southeastern part of the island.

Rieba, bay; see Fish.

Riebnie, point; see Fish.

Riecheshni. A hamlet of 5 huts (yourts) containing 37 natives existed, in 1830, 

says Venianiinof, on Riecheshni bay (now called Little bay), on the northeastern shore of Akun' island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians.

Riecheshnoe, village; see Nikolski.

Riecheshnoi, cove; see Akun.
BAKER.] 341 ttlg Kob.

Right, fork of Fish river; see Kuearuk.

Eight Branch, creek; see Trilby.

Bight Hand; point, the western-point of entrance to Kulukak bay, on the northern

shore of Bristol bay. Named Pravoi (right hand) by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Riley; cape, on the eastern shore of Port Clarence, Bering strait. Apparently so

named by Beechey, in 1827, or possibly by Trollope in 1854. On late

maps this name has been moved north from its original place and applied

to the southern point of entrance to Grantley harbor. 

Ring1 ; creek, tributary to the right fork of Bluestone river, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Ring; islet, at entrance to Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after Paymaster James

Andrew Ring, U'. S. N. 

Riobo; point, on the southern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, Prince

of Wales archipelago. So named by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Riou; point, in front of Malaspina glacier, St. Elias alpine region, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Vancouver, in 1794, and by him applied to the

southeastern point of entrance to Icy bay. It is Nizmennoi (low) point 

of Tebenkof, in 1849, and Rio of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378. 

' Riph, cape; see Shakmanof.

Eishenia, cape; see Decision.

River; islet, at head of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade in 

1869. The island is not shown on recent maps.

River; point, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas in 1888.

River; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Rivermouth; cape, near mouth of Afognak river, Afognak bay, Afognak. Named 

Ustia rieki (mouth of river) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Road; island, on the northern shore of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Dorozbnoi (fit for traveling) by Vasilief in 1809.

Roadstead; island, at the entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Roaring. Coxe in his Russian Discoveries, (3d ed., 1787, p. 210), says that. 

Krenitzin and Levashef, in 1768-69, found two burning mountains on 

Unalaska, one called Ayaghish (Makushin) the other (by the Russians)-, 

Roaring mountain.

Roaring; glacier, near the head of Harriman. fiord, Port Wells, Prince AVilliam 

sound. Descriptive name, given by the Harriman Expedition in 1899.

Robber; islands, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

' Named Yslas de Ladrones (islands of robbers) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

Robe; lake, near -Valdes, Prince William sound. Proper name, given by Abercrombie in 1898.

Robe; river, draining from Robe lake to Port Valdes. Proper name, given by 

Abercrombie in 1898.

Robert; creek, tributary to Bettles river, from the east, near longitude 149°. Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899.

Robert; islands, at south point of entrance to Port Hough ton, Frederick sound 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1882.

Robert Lincoln; mountain, on the northern side of Nelson island. Apparently so 

named by Nelson, in 1878, after Mr. Robert Lincoln, then Secretary of War.

Robertson; mountain (7,950 feet high), on the mainland, east of the Stikine river: 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. .
Roto Roc. . 342 [BULL. 187.

Robertson; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the west, near longitude .145°. So

named, in 1885, by Alien in honor of Sergt. Cady Robertson, U. S. A., a

member of his party. 

Robin, island; see St. La/aria. 

Robinson; hills, flanking the Malaspina glacier on the west. So named by Russell,

in 1891, after Lieut. L. L. Robinson, U. S. R. M., who was drowned in

landing at Icy bay, June 6, 1891. 

Robinson; mountain, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary line. So

named by Franklin, in 1826, after the Right Hon. Mr. Robinson, now Lord

Goderich, chancellor of the exchequer. 

Roca Pamplona; see Pamplona. 

Rochanoff, lake; see Becharof. 

Rock; creek, tributary to Kotsina, from the south. Prospectors'name, reported

by Gerdine in 1900. 

Rock; creek, tributary to Slate creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Rock; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the east, in the Nome mining region,

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. 

Rock; islet, off the Sandman reefs, southeast of Belkofski. Designated as Rock by

the Fish Commission, in'1888; and later called Rock islet. 

Rock; point, midway between Pogibshi point and Otstoia.island, on northern shore

of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Kameriistie

(rocky) by Vasilief in 1833.

Rock; point, near entrance to Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Rock; point, on Gravina island, about 2 miles westerly from Ward cove, Tongass

narrows, Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot

(1883, p. 81). Off this point extends Rosa reef. 

Rock: point, on Mitkof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Meade in 1869. It is Mielkie (shallow) of Lindenberg in 1838. 

Rock; point, on the northeastern coast of St. Michael islaiid, Norton sound. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Rock; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So called

by the Coast Survey. 

Rock; point, the eastern point of entrance to Sanford cove, Holkham bay, Stephens

passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Rock, point; see Kameni. 

Rocks; point, on the south shore of Alaska peninsula, between Sannak and the Shumagins. Not identified. So designated on Billings track chart. 

Rockfish; cove, in Neets bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by

the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Rockwell, camp, city, harbor, etc.; see Juneau. 

Rockwell; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after Commander Charles

H. Rockwell, U. S. N. ' 

Rocky; bay, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Snow in 1886. 

Rocky, bay; see Necker. 

Rocky; cape, the western head of Sycamore bay, on north coast of Kodiak. Named

Kekurnie (rocky) by Murashef in 1839-40. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it

Maknashka. 

Rocky; cove, indenting the southern shore of Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Symonds in 1879.
BAKER.] ' 343 ROC Rod.

Rocky; group of islets, in Marmot bay, Kocliak group. Named Kamenistie (rocky) 

. by Murashet' in 1839-40.

Rocky; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Utesistoi (rocky or 

cliffy) by Russian naval officers in 1808.

Rocky; island, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla de Piedras (island of rocks) by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779.

.Rocky, island; see Kak.

Rocky; islet, between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak group. . Named Kamenistie (rocky) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Rocky; islet, in western anchorage, St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Called Utichi (rocky) 

on an undated old Russian chart.

Rocky; islet (54 feet high), off Svvanson harbor, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Symonds, in 1880, or possibly by Meade, in 1869.

Rocky; point, between Chaik and Whitewater bays, Admiralty island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Rocky; point, in Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Glass in 1881.

Rocky; point, near entrance to Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So-named by 

Abercrombie in 1898.

Rocky; point, on the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, near the present village of 

Chilkat. Named Utesistie (rocky) by Linden berg in 1838. The name is 

obsolete.

Rocky; point, the southern point of entrance to Dutch harbor, on Amaknak island, 

.Captains bay, Unalaska,'eastern Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by 

Dall in 1873.

Rocky; point, the southwestern point of Long island, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Rocky; point, the western point of entrance to Golofnin bay, Norton sound. Named 

Kamennoi (rocky) by Khromchenko, in 1821, because of a bare flat rock 

near it. It has recently been called Fergusson point by the prospectors 

and traders sometimes called The Promontory.

Rocky, point; see Inner.

Rocky, point; see Karneni.

Rocky, point; see Tonki.

Rocky Reef; point, near the western entrance to Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. 

Called Kamenistoi laidie (rocky bank) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Rodgers; harbor, on the southern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Surveyed and named in September, 1881, by Master Charles F. Putnam and 

Ensign George M. Stoney, of the U. S. S. Rodgers.

Rodgers; point, southwest from Emmons island, on shore of Chichagof island, in 

northern angle of Peril, strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by the 

Coast Survey, in 1895, presumably after Augustus Ferdinand Rodgers, 

assistant. Coast-and Greodetic Survey. Erroneously Rogers.

Rodgnoff, cape; see Rozhnof.

Rodiac. This name was applied by the Spaniards, in 1788, to one of the Snumagins. 

Apparently it is a blunder for Kodiac, now written Kodiak.

Rodman; bay, indenting the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, in 1895, after Lieut. Hugh Rodman, 

U. S. N., a member of his party. , »

Rodman;. peak (3,140 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after Lieut. Hugh Rodman, 

U. S. N.
Rod Hop. . 344 [BULL. 187.

Rodney; cape, on the southwestern shore of Seward peninsula, Bering sea. Discovered and so named by Cook, August 5, 1778.

Rodney; creek, just west of Cripple river, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Roe; point, in Behm- canal, near the entrance to Smeaton bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by .the Coast Survey in 1891.

Eogova, island; see Horn.

Rohn; glacier, tributary to Nizina glacier, from the west, on the eastern flank of 

Regal mountain. Named by the Geological Survey, in 1901, after Oscar 

Kohn, who crossed it in 1899.

Rohn; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the east, near latitude 62°. So 

named by Spurr, in 1898, after Oscar Kohn, a member of his party. .

Rokhova, island; see Horn.

Rokovoy, bay; see Crawfish inlet.

Rolling- Ground. In Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago, " in the space between 

Biorka and Vitskari islands, a more or less heavy swell .is nearly always 

experienced, even when the water is smooth in .other parts of the sound." 

Hence this designation the Rolling Ground.

Romania; point, on the western shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Romania by Maurelle and Quadra 

. hi 1775-1779.

Romanof; point, on the southern shore of Norton sound, between St. Michael and 

the mouth of the Yukon. Apparently this is Point Shallow-Water of 

Cook, 1778. To distinguish it from Shoal Ness of Cook, another point to 

the southward, Lutke proposed to call it Cap-Nord du haut-fond, i. e., 

Northern Cape Shoal Water. Lutke says its native name is Asiatchak. 

Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Aziachak and the Russian Hydrographic Office, 

.1852, Aziachagiak (otineloi = shoal). This Russian word Otme'loi (shoal) 

has been transliterated back into English and appeared as Onman. The 

name Romanoff may be a local name. The first mention of it I have 

found is in Dall's Alaska (p. 119). "

Romanzof; cape, on the mainland, in Bering sea, the westernmost point of the

Yukon delta. So named by Shishmaref in 1821. It was in the same year

. independently named Romanzof by Kromchenko and Etolin, in both

Cases after Count Rumiantsof, a name which has been variously written

Romantsof, Romanzof, Roumiantsoff, etc.

Romanzof; mountains (8,000 to 10,000 feet high), in northeastern Alaska, near 

the Arctic coast. Named by Franklin, in 1826, "after the late Count 

Romanzoff, Chancellor of the Russian Empire." Has been variously 

spelled Romantzoff, Roumiantzoff, etc. Apparently these mountains are 

identical with those named Pelly by Dease and Simpson in 1837, "after 

the public-spirited governor of the Hudson's Bay Company." Schrader, 

1899, applies the name to mountains considerably farther south.

Romig; mountain (about 2,500 feet high), in the Kilbuck range, western Alaska, 

about 30 miles ESE. of Bethel. So named by Spurr and Post in 1898, 

after the missionary Dr. Joseph Herman Romig.

Romp; island, near the entrance to Gam bier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

. archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Rookery; islands, off Point Macnamara, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow in 1886.

Root; glacier, near Kennicott glacier, in longitude 143°. So named by Rohn, in 1899.

Rootok, island; see Aektok.

Rope; cliff, on the western border of Agassiz glacier, St. Elias alps. So named, in 

1890, by Russell, who, with his party, scaled it by means of a rope.
BAKER.] 345 ROS KOU.

Bosa; reef, off Rock point, in northern part of Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Rosalia; point, on San Fernando island, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puntade Santa Rosalia by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779.

Rosary; island, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla del Rosario (Rosary island) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Rosary; point, the south point of entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Sueraez island, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Rosario (point of the 

rosary) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Rose; channel, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Coghlan, in 1884, after the little steamer Rose.

Rose; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899.

Rose. Dease and Simpson, 1837, speak of a Point Rose (p. 1.63) near Point Barrow. 

The name i3 not shown on their map. Perhaps this is an error for Ross 

and applies to some point at or near their Ross bay.

Rose; inlet, in Ball island, Tlevak strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Ball in 1882.

Rose, island; see Hinchinbrook and Seal rocks.

Rose, point; see Cliff.

Rose; rock, in Middle channel, Sitka harbor,'Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by "United States naval officers, in 1880, presumably after the little 

steamer Row.

Rose Channel; rock, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Coghlan in 1884.

Ross; bay, on the Arctic coast, between Dease inlet and Point Barrow. So named 

by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after a personal friend. Also called Ross's 

in their map.

Rothsay; point, on the mainland, at mouth of the Stikine river. So named by 

Vancouver in 1793. Also called Reechnoi (river) by the Rynda party in 

1863.

Round; hill (1,647 feet high), just west of Nakat inlet. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Round; island, at entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade in 1869.

Round; island (427 feet high), in entrance to Coal harbor, Unga island, Shumagins. 

Descriptive name given, presumably, by the Western Union Telegraph 

Expedition in 1865.

Round; island, near entrance to Thorne arm, in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Round; island, on the southern side of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Krugloi (round) by Vasilief in 1809.

Round; island, the south eastern most of the Walrus island group, in northern part 

of Bristol bay. Supposed to be the island so named on account of its 

shape by Cook, July 12, 1778. Teberikof calls it Krugloi (round) and 

gives its native name as Kaiashik. Sarichef, 1826, calls it Walrus island 

and gives its native name as Kaiashik.

Round, island; see Hound.

Round, island; see Walrus.

Round; islet (or islets), in Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade in 1869.

Round; islet, in Ksisaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Local 

name, published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 86).
Kou Rul. 346 . [BULL. 187.

Round; islet, in western anchorage of St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Krugloi 

(round) by Eussian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Hound; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak. Named Krugloe (round) by Russian naval 

 officers, 1808-1810. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Miesofskoe (cape). .

Bound; mountain, in the northwestern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Round; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender in 1868.

Round; point, on the southeastern shore of Zarembo island, Stikine strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Round, point; see Glazenap. * .

Round; rock (40 feet high), off Pybus bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 143).

Round; rock, one of the Nagai rocks, near Chirikof island. So named by Ball in 

1874.

Roundabout; mountain (1,000 feet high), on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, in 

latitude 63°.- So named by Spurr and Post in 1898.

Rousseau; range of mountains (3,500 to 4,000 feet high), on western side of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So named by Fender in 1868.

Rowand; point, on the, Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So named by Deaseand 

Simpson in 1837, after a friend.

Rozhnof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little west of Port 

Moller. Named Rozhnof by Lutke, in 1828, who wrote it (in French) 

Rojnoff. Has been written Rodgnoff. The original Rozhnof is now 

Lagoon point (of Coast Survey chart 806), and the name Rozhnof has 

been transferred to a point farther west.

Rubetz, \dllage; see Afognak.

Rubia, bay; see Fish.

Ruby; creek, tributary to Bluestone river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Ruby; creek, tributary to Koksuktapaga river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Ruby; creek, tributary to Minook creek, from the west. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Rudder; point, on Bennett island, Arctic ocean. So named by De Long in 1881.

Rudyerd; bay, in the mainland, debouching into Behm canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Dall, in 1879, after the English engineer Rudyerd, who rebuilt 

the Eddystone light-house after its destruction in 1703.

Rudyerd; island, in Behm canal, southwest from the entrance to Smeatoii bay. 

So named by Dall, in 1879, after the English engineer Rudyerd.

Rugged, cove; see Ragged. . '

Rugged, island; see Makhnati.

Ruhamah; mountain (5,460 feet high)., near head of Disenchantment bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Ruh'ama by Russell, in 1891 "in honor of Miss 

Ruhama Scidmore, the author of a charming book on journeys in Alaska." 

As Miss Scidmore spells her name Ruhamah (not Ruhama),.and as it 

was named in her honor, her own spelling is here followed.

Ruins; point, the southern point of entrance to Shipley bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, in 1879, on account of a ruined 

Indian village there.

Rukavitsie; cape (not named on any map), on southern shore of Uuimak island, 

"near which are two rocky pillars and some shoals, affording tolerable 

anchorage." So called by Veniaminof, 1840.

Rulby; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from .Barnard, 1900.
BAKER.] 847 ' Kiir Sac.

Rurik; harbor, indenting the southeastern shore of Khantaak island, Yakutat bay, 

southeastern Alaska. Two harbors indent the southeastern shore of 

i Khantaak island. One of these is Port Mulgrave, the other, as here used. 

is Rurik harbor. Khrornchenko, in 1823, surveyed both and gave the name 

Rurik to the whole, the name being that of a brig belonging to the Russian-American Company. This name is now restricted to the harbor 

immediately northeast of Port Mulgrave.

Rush.; point, the western head of Zapadni bay, on southern shore of St. George 

island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Name published by the Coast Survey 

in 1899. Presumably named after the U. S. revenue cutter Richard Rush.

Bush; point, west of Beardslee islands, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Apparently so called, in 1892, by Reid, on account of the ceaseless rusk of tidal 

flow past it.

Rush; rock, near Uniga island, between Sannak island and Alaska peninsula. So 

called by Ball, in 1880, presumably after theU. S. revenue cutter Richard 

Rush.

Russell; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900.

Russell; fiord, an .arm of Disenchantment bay, southeastern Alaska. This extensive arm of Disenchantment bay was discovered and sketched by Prof. 

I. C. Russell in 1891-and is here named for him.

Russell; glacier, in or near Skolai pass, at the head of White river. So named by 

Haves, in 1891, after Prof. Israel Cook Russell.

Russian; harbor, at southwestern end of Kodiak island, behind Geese islands. So 

named by the Fish Commission in 1888. The name is derived from 

Tebenkof, who shows here "Russian lodge." '

Russian, island; see Bamdoroshni.

Russian; point, the southern point of Graham harbor, Cook inlet. Called Russian Pl. by Portlock in 1786.

Russian; reef, off Whitewater bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869. A. Russian vessel is said to have struck upon it.

Ruth; island, in Thomas bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 

1887.

Rutkovski/, village; see Afognak.

Rutland; island, low and sandy, on the Arctic coast, near Point Barrow. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty in 1855.

Ryan; creek, just east of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Ryan, creek; see Colorado.

Rynda; anchorage, at southeastern edge of the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Rynda anchorage or Port Rynda by Dall in 

the Coast Pilot, 1883, after the Russian corvette Rynda, which anchored 

here and sounded out the place in 1863.

Rynda; island, in the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by the Russians after the corvette Rynda, which made surveys in this 

region in 1863.

Rynda; mountain (3,700 feet high), on the mainland, east of the flats at mouth of 

Stikine river. So called by Hunter in 1877.

Sabachi, point; see Dog.

Sabine; cape, .on the Arctic coast, east of Cape Lisburne. So named by Beechey, in 

1827, presumably after Gen. Sir Edward Sabine.

Sacharowskaja, bay; see Zachary.

Sachem; island, in Saginaw bay, Kniu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moore in 1892.
Sac-Sal. . 348 [BULL. 187.

Sachine, strait, etc.; see Shakhine.

Sadatanak; island, near the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Native

name from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Saddle; mountain, on the mainland, east of the Stikine river, near international

boundary. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Sadie; cove, indenting the southern shore of Kacheraak bay, Cook inlet. So named

by Ball, in 1880, after Sarah Eldred, wife of Marcus Baker. 

Sadlidok, island; see Sitkalidak. 

Safa; islands, in Pearse inlet, at entrance to Wales harbor, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Nichols in 1891.

Safety; point and rock, in Niblack anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885. 

Safety; port, immediately east of Cape Nome, on the northern shore of Norton

sound. Surveyed and named by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Safety; post-office, at Port Safety, Seward peninsula. Established in September, 1900. 

Safety; rock, in entrance to Niblack anchorage, Moira sound, Prince of Wales

island. So named by Clover in 1885. 

Sagak; cape, the westernmost point of TJmnak island, eastern Aleutians. Aleut

name, from Veniaminof. It means sleep. Lutke calls it Sigak. 

Sagamtushik; cape, on the southern shore of Umnak island, near Vsevidof volcano.

Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849. 

Sagchudak; islet, near the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Native

name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has been written Sagtchudakh. 

Saghadellautan, village; see Zakatlatan. 

Sagigik; island, off the southern shore of Arnlia island, near its eastern end,

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Perhaps from the Aleut sagik, a point or sharp edge. 

Saginaw; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Kuiu island, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, in 1869, after his ship, the

U. S. S. Saginaw. 

Saginaw; channel, separating Shelter and Lincoln islands from the northern end of

Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So. named by Meade, in 1869,

after his ship, the U. S. S. Saginaw, the first man-of-war to pass through it.

Saginaw; ledge of rocks, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island,

" Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, in 1869, after his vessel, the

U. S. S. Saginaw. 

Saginaw; point, near Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Meade, in 1869, after his vessel, the II. S. S. Saginaw. 

Sail; island, off False Point Pybus, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago; Named

Ship island by Meade, in 1869, and on later charts called Sail. 

Saint Abram, islands; see Semichi. 

Saint Agnes; point, on the eastern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de S. Ines (St. Agnes point) by Maurelle

and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Saint Albans; point, the eastern point of entrance to Affleck canal, Kuiu island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793. 

Saint Andrean, islands; see Andreanof-. 

Saint Augustine; cape, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named

Cabo de San Augustin by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Saint Augustine; cape, the southern point of entrance to Augustine bay, Dall island,

Prince of AVales archipelago. Named Cabo de San Agustin by Maurelle

in 1775.

Saint Augustine, mountain; see Augustine. 

Saint Barnabas, cape; see Barnabas. 

Saint Bartholomew, cape; see Bartolome.
BAK.KK.] 349

Saint Boniface; point, the southern .point of entrance to Port San Antonio, Bucareli

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Bonifacio by

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Saint Catherine; cove, indenting the northeastern shore of Uniinak island and

opening into Isanotski strait near its northern end. So named by Dall, in

1882, after Krenitzin's vessel, the galiot St. Catherine. Krenitzin wintered

in this vessel in Isanotski strait, 1768-69. 

Saint Chrysostom; harbor, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet, just north of Kenai.

Translated and called Zlatousta (golden mouthed) by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Saint Demetrius, islands; see Diomede. 

Saint Diamed, islands; see Diomede. 

Saint Diomede, islands; see Diomede. 

Saint Dionysius; redoubt or fort, Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. By

order of Baron Wrangell a log stockade or fortified post was built in

Wrangell harbor, in 1834, by Lieut. Dionysius Zarembo to prevent encroachments by the Hudson Bay Company. Zarembo called it Redoubt St.

Dionysius. Also it has been called St. Dionicio, St. Dionysi and Dionysius.

A few years ago remains of this abandoned and ruined stockade were still

to be seen. 

Saint Elias; cape, the southern end of Kayak island, near Controller bay. So

named by Bering in 1741. Vancouver, in 1794, named it Hamond, after

Sir Andrew Snape Hamond, which name the Russian charts write Hamon,

and others Hammond. The Spaniards, in 1779, called it P. de Cafias. 

Sctint Elias, cape; see Sitkagi. 

Saint Elias; mountain (18,024 feet high), in southeastern Alaska, Discovered by

Bering on St. Elias day, July f$, 1741, and so named by him. The native

name is reported by Topharn to be Yahtse-tah-shah. 

Saint Elias, point; see Manby. 

Saint Elias Alps; great mountain range, extending from Cross sound northwesterly

to Mount St. Elias and beyond. This name appears to have been first

applied by Dall in 1874. 

Saint Elizabeth, cape; see Elizabeth. 

Saint Etienne, island; see Agattu, 

Saint Felix, point; see Felix, cape. 

Saint George; island, one of the Pribilof group, Bering sea. Discovered June -V-,

1786, by Pribilof and named after his ship, George or St. George. Now

universally called St. George. 

Saint George; rock, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Name published by the Coast Survey

in 1881.

Saint George; village, on St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Local name. 

Saint Hermogenes; cape, the easternmost point of Marmot island, Kodiak group.

Cook, 1778, identified this as the point named St. Hermogenes by Bering

in 1741.

Saint Hermogenes, island; see Marmot. 

Saint Ignace; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named St.

Ignace of St. Ignacio by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Saint Ines, point; see St. Agnes. 

Saint Isidor; point, in San Nicolas canal, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta de San Ysidoro by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Saint Jacob, island; see Jacob. 

Saint James; bay, in the mainland, on western shore of Lynn canal, Alexander

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1889. 

Saint James; mission, on north bank of the Yukon, near the mouth of Tozi river.

An Episcopalian mission was established here, in 1891, by Rev. J. L.

Prevost. The place is called Fort Adams.
Sal Sal. . 350 [BULL. 187.

 Saint Jean Bogodoff, island; see Bogoslof.

Saint John, cape; see Kupreanof.

Saint John; harbor, in Zarembo island, opening into Sumner strait,. Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently this name was first applied by Ball in the Coast 

Pilot (1883, p. 106).

Saint John; point, Zarembo island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Vancouver in 1793.

Saint John Baptist; bay, indenting the western shore of Baranof island, Neva 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Cv. loanna Predtechi (St. John 

the Baptist) by Vasilief in 1833. Sometimes called Baptist bay and St. 

John bay or gulf.

Saint Joseph; island, in Arriaga passage, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla de San Josep by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Saint Lawrence; large island, in the northern part of Bering sea. Discovered 

by Bering on St. Lawrence day, August f^, 1728, and named by him 

St. Lawrence. Muller (Voyages, 1761, p. 3) says: "They heard of an 

island which was said to lie somewhat farther, at no great distance from 

the continent; to this they gave the name of St. Lawrence, on account of 

its being the 10th of August, that saint's day, when they passed by it, 

without observing anything upon it besides cottages of fishermen." By 

early Russians also called Sind, after Lieutenant Sind, who passed some- 

.where near it in 1766. Cook passed east of this island in 1778, and his 

expedition to the west of it in 1779. Its eastern end he named Anderson 

island, after Dr. William Andersen, surgeon on the Discovery, on the supposition that it was a separate island. Later, according to Beechey, he 

found that it was part of what we now call St. Lawrence island, but owing 

to his death the correction was not made in his published account. The 

main body of the island Cook called Clerke's island, after Capt. Charles 

Clerke of the Discovery, and its western end, shown as a separate island, 

he calls St. Laurence and St. Lawrence (he uses both forms), taking the 

name from Bering. According to Billings the Chukchi call this island 

E-oo-vogen. On his chart he calls it Eivoogiena or Clerks, adding Sinde 

island of the Russians, while Sarichef, who accompanied Billings, has St. 

Lawrence or Eivugen, and this is followed on Russian Hydrographic 

charts. Kotzebue says the natives call it Tschibocki. This name is preserved in the name of its northwestern cape, Chibukak. Now universally 

. known as St. Lawrence island.

Saint Lazaria, cape; see Edgecumbe.

Saint Lazaria; island, near the southern end of Kruzof island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief, in 1809, presumably to retain the 

name supposed to have been given by Chirikof, in 1741, to Edgecumbe 

cape and mountain, and by some even applied to Kruzof island as a 

whole. Has also been called Muisofski (cape) island. It was called 

Robin island by Dixon in 1787.

Saint Lazaro, mountain;, see Lazaro.

Saint Leonard; point, on the western shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Leonardo by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Saint Mary, island; see Mary.

Saint Mary; point, the northern point of entrance to Berners bay, Lynn canal, 

Alexander archipelago. Named St. Mary's by Vancouver in 1794.

Saint Matthew; island, in Bering sea. Discovered and so named by Sind in August, 

1766. . Cook saw it September 23, 1778, and says that afterwards he found 

it was wholly unknown to the Russians. Accordingly, he named it Gore's,
BAKER.] 351 - Sal Silk.

Saint Matthew Continued.

after Lieut. John Gore, a member of his party. Billings, about 1790, 

calls it Matwi or Gores island. Kotzebue has St. Matvvey (Choris island). 

It is now universally known as St. Matthew island.

Saint Michael; bay, on which is situated St. Michael, Norton sound, Bering sea. 

Discovered and described by Tebenkof in 1831 and, after him,-named 

Tebenkof by Lutke in 1836. On late charts called St. Michael bay.

Saint Michael; canal, hill (472 feet high), island, military reservation post-oflice 

and town, Norton sound, Bering sea. A stockaded post was established 

here by the Russians, in 1833, and, according to Zagoskin, named after 

Capt. Michael Dmitrievich Tebenkof, afterwards governor of the RussianAmerican colony. It was called Redoubt St. Michael or Michaelovski. 

The post-office was established in September, 1897.

Saint Milrqfania, island; see Mitrofania.

Saint Nicholas. An unexplored opening on the eastern shore of Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago, was named Puerto de San Nicolao by Mau- 

' relle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Saint Nicholas; canal or channel, in western part of Bncareli bay. Named Canal 

 de St. Nicholas by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. lias also been

called San Nicolo. 

. Saint Nicholas, fort; see Kenai.

Saint Orlof, village; see Orlova and Eagle harbor.

Saint Paul; harbor, the principal harbor of Kodiak, and often called Kodiak harbor.

Saint Paul, harbor; see Levashef, port.

Saint Paul; island, the principal island of the Pribilof group, Bering sea. Discovered June 29, 1786 (o. s.) (St. Peter and St. Paul's day of the Julian calendar), by Pribilof and named by him St. Peter and St. Paul, a name soon 

abbreviated to St. Paul.

Saint Paul, island; see Paul.'

Saint Paul, town; see Kodiak.

Saint Paul; village, on St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Local name.

Saint Philip; island, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla 

de San Felipe by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Saint Sebastian; point, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Sebastian by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779.

Saint Simeon. A fort or stockade called St. Simeon, located on Cape Suckling, 

Controller bay, is shown on a Russian map of 1802.

Saint Stephens, island; see Kiska,

Saint Theresa; point, in San Nicolas canal, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Theresa by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779.

Saint Thomas; point, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Thomas (St. Thomas point) by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Sajaka; cape (7,108 feet high), the northeastern most point of Tanaga island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Tebenkof, 1849, calls this Northwest cape. 

Hydrographic chart No. 8, embodying the results of the United States 

North Pacific Exploring Expedition of 1855, has .Sajaga, the origin or 

meaning of which I have not discovered. A late Coast Survey chart has 

Sajaca.

Sajeklakat, river; see Sozhekla.

Sakalatoden, village; see Zakatlatan.

Sakedelontin, village; see Zakatlatan.
Sak Sal. '352 - [BULL. 187.

Saklekageta, creek; see Baker.

Saks; cove, in the mainland, opening into Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Salamatof; lake, near East Foreland, Kenai peninsula. This name is from Grewingk, 1850, who, following Wosnesenski, 1840, calls this Salamatowa or

or Kutsch-ta/ik-mutscha; lake. Salamatof is a Russian proper name and

the other the native appellation. ' 

Salamatof; shoal, off the northern end of Kanaga island, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Russian family name, from Tebenkof, in 1849. 

Salawik, lake; see Selawik. 

Salcha; river, tributary to the Tanana river, from the ea"st, near longitude 147°.

Native name, reported by Peters and Brooks, of the Geological Survey,

in 1898, and spelled Salchaeket and Salchaket. Presumably this is Salchakakat, i. e., Salcha river. 

Saldovia, bay; see Seldovia. 

Salisbury; point, the southeastern point of entrance to Gastineau channel, Stephens

passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1794, after

the bishop of Salisbury. See Bishop. 

Salisbury; sound, between Chichagof and Kruzof islands, Alexander archipelago.

So called by Portlock in 1787. It is the Puerto de los Remedies of Maurelle, in 1775, Bay of Islands of Cook, in 1778, Klokachef sound, gulf or

strait of Vasilief and others, and Olga strait of Tebenkof in 1849. 

Salmo; point, the northeasternmost point of Hawkins island, Prince AVilliam sound.

Named by Abercrombie, in 1898, after the little steamer Salmo. 

Salmon; bay, indenting the southern shore of Sannak island. So called by the

Fish Commission in 1888. Perhaps this is identical with King cove of

Dallinl880. 

Salmon; bay, opening into Clarence strait, near its northern end, Prince of Wales

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Salmon; cove, indenting the northern shore of Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Seldovaia (herring) by the Russians. This has been

translated Salmon and the place called Salmon bay. 

Salmon; creek, on the mainland, 3 miles northwest of Juneau, southeastern Alaska.

Presumably a local name.

Salmon; creek, tributary to head of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula. Local

name, from Mendenhall, 1898. 

Salmon; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm in 1886. 

Salmon; lake, at headwaters of the Kruzgamepa river, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Salmon; lake, near head of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula. Local name, from

Mendenhall, 1898. 

Salmon; lake, north of Cape Nome, draining to Port Clarence, Seward peninsula.

Its Eskimo name is said to be Nahwaziik, meaning salmon.

Salmon; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head. Name published by the Coast Survey about 1891. 

Salmon; river, tributary to head of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So named

. by Pender in 1868. 

Salmon; river, tributary to theChilkat, from the west. Name reported by Brooks,

of the Geological Survey, in 1899. 

Salmon; river, tributary to the Stikine, from the south, about 7 miles from Rothsay

point. So called by Hunter in 1877. 

Salmon, river; see Sheenjek. 

Salmon; run, tributary to Sanborn harbor,.Nagai island, Shumagins. So called by

Dall in 1872. . .
BAKEK.] 353 Sal San.

Salmon Bay; village and fishery, at Salmon bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. The fishery was established prior to 1890.

Salmonberry; cove, in Chichagof island, near southwestern entrance to Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Salmon Creek; valley, lying between Klutina and Lily lakes, on the northwest. 

So called by Schrader in 1898.

Salmon Trout; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the east, near the international boundary line. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Salt; island, near the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named Solenoi 

(salted) by Lutke, about 1830, and variously written Salennoj, Soleni, 

Soleny (sale"e), etc.

Satthidack, island; see Sitkalidak.

Sam; peak (2,583 feet high), in eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Samalga; island, off the southwestern end of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Native name, from Sarichef, 1790. In 1764, says Veniarninof, there was 

on this island a settlement containing not less than 400 people.

Samganuda; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Unalaska, opposite Unalga island. 

This bay was visited and surveyed by Cook, June 28 to July 2, 1778. He 

says the natives call it Samganoodha. Because of this visit by Cook the 

Eussians often called it English bay, and it appears with this name on 

some recent charts. The termination uda or uddak means bay.

Samoilof, island; see Scraggy.

Samovar; hills, back of Malaspina glacier, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Eussell in 1890. Samovar is the Kussian name of the 

utensil used by them for making tea.

Sampson; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Local name, in compliment to Admiral William Thomas 

Sampson, and published in J.900.

Samuel; point, the westernmost point of Killisnoo island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Has been misplaced on the charts and also erroneously printed Samuels.

Sanachno, cape; see West.

San Adrian; islet, in Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. This 

name appears on the old Russian chart which was copied from the Spanish, but does not appear on the English edition of that chart by La Perouse 

(1798, pi. 26).

San Ageda, point; see Agueda.

San Alberto; bay, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Called Seno de 

San Alverto by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Also has been called 

San Alberti and San Alberto.

San Antonio; point, in Port Kefugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de San Antonio (point of St. Anthony) by Maurelle and 

Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Antonio; point, on the northern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Antonio by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779,

San Antonio; port, in Baker island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Called Puerto de San Antonio by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Bitoriana; point, on the northeastern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Bitoriana by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779. Called San Batoriano on an old Russian chart.

Sanborn; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island, Shumagins. This 

harbor derived its name from the schooner /. D. Sanborn, commanded by 

Capt. William Morse, who discovered it in May, 1866.

. Bull. 187 01 23
San San* 354 [BULL. 187.

San Carlos, island; see Forrester.

San Christoval; channel, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Canal de San Christoval by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Clemente; islet, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla de San Clemente by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Come; point, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de San Come by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Sand; cape, at head of Kizhuyak bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named Peschanie 

(sandy) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Sand, harbor; see Martin.

Sand; island, east of Cape Whitshed-at mouth of the Copper river. So called by 

Moserinl899. -

Sand; island, near Table island, in Hood bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 157).

Sand, island; see Sumdum.

Sand; islands, near Scammon bay, Yukon delta. So called by Dall in 1869.

Sand; islet, in McHenry anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so designated by Snow or Helm in 1886.

Sand; point, on the northern shore of Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass in 1881.

Sand; point, the westernmost point of Popof island, Shumagins. Descriptive name, 

given by Dall in 1872.

Sand; spit, in Holkharn bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So called 

by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Sandfly; bay, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender in 

1868, for obvious reasons.

Sandman; reefs, south of Belkofski. , So called by Dall, in 1880, after Captain Sandman, of the Alaska Commercial Company, to whom he was indebted for 

much information about the locality.

Sandpoint; fishing village and post-office, at Humboldt harbor, on Popof island, 

Shumagins. Locally known as Sand Point. The post-office was established here in March, 1891, and called Sandpoint.

Sandy; bay, indenting the southwestern shoi*e of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Peschanaia (sandy) by the Russians.

Sandy; bight, near the mouth of Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So designated by Helm in 1886. 

Sandy; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Little Koniuji island, Shumagin group.

So named by Dall in 1874. 

Sandy; cove, near the mouth of Deep inlet, Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Pestchania (sandy) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Sandy; cove, on the eastern shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named

by Eeid in 1892. 

Sandy; creek, tributary to the American river, from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Sandy; point, on the right bank of the Chilkat river, about 7 miles above its mouth.

Named Peschanie (sandy) by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is obsolete. 

Sandy; -point, the northwestern point of entrance to Twelvemile arm, Kasaan bay,

Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885. 

Sandy, point; see Anchorage.

Sandy, point; see Peschani. , 

Sandy; river, in the western part of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. This descriptive

. name, Peschanaia (sandy), was published by Veniaminof in 1840. - 

San Felipe, Isla de; see St. Philip. .
BAKER.] - 355 San San.

San Fernando; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named 

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Sanford; cove, in Endicott arm of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, in 1889, after Lawson Sanford, a member 

of his party.

Sanford; mountain (13,500 feet high), east of and near the Copper river, in longitude 144°. So named by Alien, in 1885, in honor of the Sanford family, 

his "great-grandfather.being Reuben Sanford."

Sanford; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, in the vicinity of'Mount 

Sanford. So named by Alien, in 1885, after his ancestors.

San Francisco; creek, tributary to headwaters of Eldorado river, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

San Francisco; island and point, in St. Nicholas canal, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta y Ysla de San Francisco by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Sanganoac, Paso de; see Akutan.

San Jatinto, island; see Kruzof.

San Jose; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

San Jose; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Suemez island, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Jose (point of St. 

Joseph) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Juan Bautista; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Ysla. de San Juan Bautista (island of St. John the Baptist) by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Juanito; islet or rock, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

San Juanito by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.'

Sankin; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near its westernmost point. So called by Ball, in 1880, taking the name from the near-by 

island Sankin.

Sankin; island, near the southern entrance to Isanotski strait, Alaska peninsula. 

Called Sankik and Sankin by the Russians. Apparently a native name.

San Lorenzo; island, in-Arriaga passage, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla de San Lorenzo (St. Lawrence island) by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Sannak; bank, southeast from Sannak island. .Called Sannakh by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Sannak; group of islands, the largest island in the group, and reefs about the group, 

south of the west end of Alaska peninsula. Cook was becalmed off this 

group June 21, 1778, and in three hours caught more than 100 halibut 

weighing from 20 to 100 pounds each. Hence he gave the name Halibut 

island. Galiano's atlas (1802) has Islas des Plies. Except for these two 

names the island has been uniformly known as Sannak, spelled in many 

ways, Sanak, Sannak, Sannakh, Sannach, etc.

Sannak; peak (1,850 feet high), at western end of Sannak island. Cook in 1778 

called this Halibut-head.

San Nicolo, canal or channel; see St. Nicholas.

San Pablo; point, on the eastern end of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Pablo (point of St. 

Paul) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Pasqual; point, on San Fernando island, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de San Pasqual by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779,
San Sar. 356 [BULL. 187.

San Pedro; island, in Arriaga passage, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla de San Pedro (island of St. Peter) by Maurelle and Quadra 

in 1775-1779.

San Rafael; point, on the southeastern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Rafael by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779.

San Roque; point, the eastern point of entrance to San Antonio bay, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779.

San Silbestre, Punta de; see Silvester.

Sanson; point, on the southeastern shore of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta San Son by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Santa Agueda, point; see Agueda.

Santa Buenabentura, Punta de; see Ventura.

Santa Catalina, island; see Forrester.

Santa Cristina, island; see Forrester.

Santa Cruz; port, in Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Puerto de la Santa Cruz (port of the holy cross) by Maurelle 

in 1779.

Santa Gertrudis; point, in Gulf of Esquibel, Bucareli. bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. It is said to have been so named, in about 1790, by the Spaniards, 

after the Spanish man-of-war Santa Gertrudis. Has also been called St. 

Gertruda.

Santa Lucia; islands and point, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta y Yslas de San Lucia by Maurelle 

and Quadra in 1775-1779. .

Santa Rita; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla de Santa Rita by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Santa Rosa; point, west of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Rosa by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779.

San Vatinto, mountain; see Edgecumbe.

San Ysidoro, Punta de; see St. Isidor.

Saook; bay, indenting the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. Has also been written Sa-ook. A native name, applied by

the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Saook; point, the western point of entrance to Saook bay, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. Native name. 

Sapozhkovo, river; see Buskin. 

Sarana; bay, indenting the northern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. Local

name, given by the Russians. Lutke, 1836, writes it Sarannaia. Sarana

is the Russian name of the Kamchatkan lily, and also of a liquor made

from it. Is often written Saranna. 

Sarana; bay, indenting the southern shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group,

eastern Aleutians. So called by Veniaminof about 1830. 

Sarana; bay, in Korovinski bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. So named by Lutke

about 1830. Sarand is the Russian name of the Kamchatkan lily, the roots

of which are eaten by the natives. Also written Saranna and Sarannaia. 

Sarana; brook, flowing from a lake into (?) Sarana bay, Attu island, western

Aleutians. Called Saraina by Grewingk, 1850. 

Sarana; islet, off the southern end of Outer Iliasik island, in the Sandman reefs.

Named Saranna by the Russians. Variously written Saranna, Saranoy, etc. 

Saranac; peak (2,683 feet high), on the mainland, near Farragut bay, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after the U. S. S. Saranac, lost in

Seymour narrows in June, 1875.
BAKER.] 357 Sar Saw.

Saranac; rock, off the northern end of Woronkofski island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. The U. S. S. Saranac is said to have struck upon it, 

whence the name, published in the Coast iPilot (1883, p. 93).

Sarichef; cape, the westernmost point of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. So 

named by Lutke, in 1828, after Admiral Gavrila Andreivich Sarichef. 

Tebenkof calls it Northwest cape. Also has been written Saritchey, 

Sarytcheff, etc. According to Veniaminof, its native name is Kakatkusik 

(? dry). Veniaminof calls it Pogromnoi first or the WSW. cape of Unimak, 

and the next one to the northeast, Shishkof, he calls Pogromnoi second. 

This point was set apart for light-house purposes by Executive order 

dated January 4, 1901. In that order it is called Saritchey.

Sarichef; island, at entrance to Shishmaref inlet, on the northern sliore of Sevvard 

peninsula. Named by Kotzebue, in 1816, who says: '' I named the narrow 

island after our worthy vice-admiral, Saritscheff." Variously written 

Saritscheff, Sarytschei, etc.

Sarichef; strait, between Hall and St. Matthew islands, Bering sea. Sarichef anchored 

in this strait in 1791. It was afterwards named for him by the Russians.

Sarutschew, volcano; see Sergief.

Sanjtcheff, peninsula and volcano; see Sergief.

Sasak, cove; see Sisek.

Sasedni; island, on the southern side of Whiting harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Sasedni (neighbor) by Vasilief in 1809.

Sasmik; cape, the southernmost point of Tanaga island, middle Aleutians. Presumably an Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Sasmikh.

Satanna, cape; see Bird. ,

SauluUoucikh One of the Shumagins (which one is not known) was so called by 

Lutke (p. 267) in 1836. Sarichef called it (as printed in Phillips Voyages, 

VI, 15) Saluluktussich.

Saunders; creek, tributary to Hastings creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Savonoski; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Naknek lake, Alaska peninsula. 

Name from Spurr and Post, who obtained it, in 1898, from Kev. A. Petelin. 

Has also been written Savan6ski. Of it Spurr says: "Ikkhagamut or 

Savonoski, as it is now commonly called."

Saw; peaks (5,124 feet high), on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Saw; point, at entrance to Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Saw; ridge of mountains, in the southern part of Kevillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1883.

Sawmill; camp, on headwaters of the Klutina river. Called Saw Mill by Abercrombie in 1898.

Sawmill; cove, in Ball island, Howkan strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1881. Sheldon Jackson named this cove Ham, after Mrs. J. 

M. Ham who contributed funds for the erection of a sawmill here in 1882.

Sawmill; creek, tributary to Silver bay, from the north, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. On a Eussian manuscript map in the Coast Survey it is called 

Kirinskaia bay or Sawmill creek. On a- late Coast Survey map it is Medvetcha, a name obviously from the Russian word for bear. Tebenkof's 

chart 38 of 1850 shows a pilnoi zavod (saw mill) here.

Sawmill; creek, tributary to the Klutina river, from the southeast, near its headwaters. So called by Abercrombie in 1898.

Sawtooth, mountains; see Kigluaik.

Sawyer; glaciers, on the mainland, at head of Tracy arm of Holkham bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Mansfield in 1889.
Pi-

 Sco. 358 . [BOLL. 187.

Saxaeja; glacier, on the southern side of Klehini river, southeastern Alaska. Native 

name, reported by the Krause brothers, in 1882, and by them written 

Saxaeja.

Sbichsak, bay; see Swikshak.

Scachlitak, island; see Sitkalidak.

Scald; point, the western point of entrance to Sriug cove, Gambier bay, Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Scammon; bay, in the Yukon delta, Bering sea, near Cape Dyer. So named by 

Ball,.in 1870, after Capt. Charles M. Scammon, U. S. R. M.

Scenery; cove, in Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given by 

Thomas in 1887.

Schachun, rock; see Shakun.

Schakhin, strait; see Shakhine.

Scheliko/, harbor; see Three Saints.

Schikossean; island, one of the Chilkat islands, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Native name, reported by the Krause brothers in 1882, and by them written 

Schikossean.

Schikuk, island; see Sullivan.

Schkague, river and town; see Skagway.

Schkaliakh, point; see Thatcher. .

Schley; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Named by the prospectors, after Admiral Winfield 

Scott Schley, II. S. N., and name published in 1900.

Schnuna, river; see Shnu.

Schomvelterberg, mountain; see Fairweather.

Schoonhoven; creek, tributary to Chickaloon creek, about 40 miles northeast of 

Knik arm of Cook inlet. So named by Glenn, in 1898, after George W. Von 

Schoonhoven, a member of his party. Erroneously Schoonoven.

Schroeder, point; see Spruce.

Schujek, island; see Shuyak.

Schulze; cove,,in Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by United 

States naval officers, in 1880, after Paul Schulze, of Portland, Oreg., 

president of the Northwest Trading Company. Erroneously Shulze.

Schulze; head, the western head of Schulze cove, Fish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Schumachinskaia. One of the Shumagin islands (which one is not known) was BO 

called by Langsdorf (Voyage, II, 54). 

Schunachluli, island; see Shaws.

Schwan; glacier, tributary to Tasnuna river, from the south, between Valdes and 

the Copper river. So named by Abercrombie, in 1898, after Col. Theodore 

Schwan, IT. S. A.

Scolai, pass; see Skol ai.

Scookuk, village; see Chiukak.

Scotch Cap; cape, the south westernmost point of Unimak island, eastern Aluetians. 

Its native name is Hibahibgik, according to Veiiiaminof, who adds that it 

constitutes the very end of Unimak, and near it are high and rocky pillars. 

From this point the natives set out to cross Unimak pass. Variously written Khitkhouk, Khitkouk, Khituk, etc. Called Scotch cape by the Fish 

Commission, in 1888, and Scotch cap by same, in 1890. So called from its 

resemblance to a Scotch cap'or bonnet when seen in profile. This cape was 

reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4,1901.

Scotland; sunken rock, between Karpa and Korovin islands, Shumagin group. 

Named by Ball, in 1875, after the fishing schooner Scotland, which reported 

it in 1871.
BAKER.] 359 Sco Sea.

Scott; peak (3,249 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Gen. Winfield Scott, 

U.S.A.

Scott; point, the western head of Mackenzie bay, near Point Barrow, Arctic coast. 

So named by Dease and Sirnpson in 1837.

Scottie; creek, tributary to the Tanana, from the east, near the international boundary. Named by Peters and Brooks, in 1898, after a member of their party.

Scraggy; island, at northern end of Neva strait, in Salisbury sound, Alexander 

archipelago. . Named Samoilof by Vasilief, in 1833, after one of the early 

Russian explorers. Has been shortened on some maps to Samoi. 'Has also 

been called Scraggy, and such is reported to be local usage.

Scraggy, island; see Fivemile. .

Screen; group of islands, near the western shore of Etolin island, in Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball in 1879.

Scrub; island, in Port Chester, Anriette island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1883.

Scud; river, tributary to the Stikine river, from the east, in the vicinity of the 

international boundary. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Scull; islet (50 feet high), in Young bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Scull island by Meade in 1869. . Has also been written Skull.

Sea; rock, off Cape Georgiana, at-entrance to Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Morskoi (sea) by Vasilief in 1833. Morskoi breaker is just 

west of it.

Seaforth; mining camp, on South fork of the Koyukuk river near longitude 151°. 

Prospectors' name, from Schrader, in 1899.

Seahorse; islands, low and sandy, on the Arctic coast, a little east of Point Belcher. 

Named Sea Horse by Beechey in August, 1826.

Seal; bay, indenting the northeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Nerpichie (seal) by the Russians.

Seal; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Coal bay, on the southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula, northwest from Unga island. Named Nerpichie (seal) 

by the Russians.

Seal; cape, the southern point of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Kishnak by Tebenkof, 1849. The native name of the cape next west from 

this is, according to Tebenkof, 1849, Kitkuk, and by transposing or confusing names this is often called. Khituk. The Fish Commission, in 1888, 

called it Seal cape, and it is said to be now locally so known.

Seal; cove, on the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Named Nerp (seal) by Lindenberg in 1838.

Seal, island, near Atka; see Ikiginak. .

Seal; islands, fringing the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, just west of Heiden 

bay. Named Nerpichoi (seal) by Tebenkof in 1849.

Seal; islets, near Seal bay, off the northeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Named Nerpichie (seal) by the Russians.

Seal; rock, near Cape Newenham, Bristol bay. So named by the Fish Commission 

in 1890.

Seal; rock, near Katmai, Alaska peninsula. Name obtained by Spurr and Post in 

1898, from Rev. E. Petelin. It appears to be an isolated rock on the land.

Seal; rocks, in Portland canal, near its head. So named by Pender in 1868.

Seal; rocks, in the entrance to Prince William sound. Called Rose island by Meares, 

in 1788, and Triste (dismal) by the Spaniards the same year. It is Siuchi 

(sea lion) of the Russians and Seal rocks of recent charts.

Seal; rocks, near Chiswell island, off Kenai peninsula, Gulf of Alaska. Named Siuchi 

(sea lion) by the Russians and erroneously translated Seal, the name by 

Avhich it is designated on current maps and charts.
Sea-Sea. 360 [BULL. 187.

Seal;; rocks, off the western end of Kodiak. Named Siuchi (sea lion) by Tebenkof 

in 1849. Have been called Zufutch, an attempted transliteration of Siuchi 

(sea lion).

Sealed; passage, between Percy and Duke islands, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a local and descriptive name; published by the Coast 

Survey in 1885.

Sealer; creek, tributary to Cripple creek, from the west, in the Nome mining region, 

Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Sealevel; post-office, at head of Thorne arm, Kevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Established in April, 1900.

Sealion, cape, on southern coast of Unimak; see Lutke.

Sealion; cove, indenting the northwestern shore of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Siuchia guba (sea lion gulf) by Vasilief in 1833. Also 

written Siouchi, Sioutchi creek, etc.

Sealion, islet; see Kaligagan.

Sealion; point, near the northeastern end of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering 

sea. Presumably a local name. Published by the Coast Survey in 1875. 

Has also been called Sealion Neck.

Sealion; point, on the southeastern shore of St. George island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. So called because sea lions haul out here. Name published 

by the Coast Survey in 1875.

Sealion; rock, a few miles west of the western end of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Called Sivoutchy (du lion marin) by Lutke'about 1830. Not shown on any 

map.

Sealion; rock, at entrance to Puffin bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Siuchi (sea lion) by the -Russians.

Sealion; rock, between Rat and Little Kiska islands, Bat island group, western 

Aleutians. So called by Lutke, about 1830, who writes Sivoutchi (du lion 

marin).

Sealion; rock, near Reef point, on the southern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea. Named by the Russians. Lutke,has Sivoutchi (du 

lion marin).

Sealion; rock, near the eastern end of Akun island, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Sivoutchy (des lions marins) by Lutke in 1836.

Sealion; rocks, in the Sandman reefs, southwest of Iliasik island. Called.SivilChie 

(sea lion) by Veniaminof and Siwutschy (see 16wen) by Grewingk, 

1849.

Sealion; rocks, near eastern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Siuchi (sea lion) by the Russians about 1849.

Sealion; rocks, off the northern side of Amak island, near west end of Alaska peninsula, Bering sea. Named Siuchi (sea lion) by Lutke in 1828.

Soalion; rocks, off the northwestern coast of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Siuchi (sea lion) by Vasilief in 1833. Also written Siouchi, 

Sioutchi, etc.

Sealion; rocks, south of Unga, Shumagins. Named Siuchi (sea lion) by the Russians. Have also been called Seal rock.

Sea Otter. A group of sunken rocks, south of Augustine island, Cook inlet, are indicated with a query (P. D.) on a map of Cook inlet by Dall, 1895.

Sea Otter; bank, northeast of Middletbn island, Gulf of Alaska. Name published 

by the Coast Survey in 1869.

Sea Otter; bank or reef, in Shelikof strait, a short distance southwesterly from Cape 

Douglas. Named Bobrof (sea otter) by the Russians. Also Bobrovoi, 

Bobrow, Bohrow, etc. ,

Sea Otter; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Called 

Bobrovaia (sea otter) by Lutke about 1830.
BAKER.] 361 Sea Sec.

Sea Otter, bay; see Meares passage.

Sea Otter; cove, in Wrangell harbor, Alaska peninsula. Called Port Bobrovoi (des

loutres) by Lutke. 

Sea Otter; harbor, between Baker and Noyes islands, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. This place may be the one so named by Meares in 1788.

The identity is doubtful. 

Sea Otter; island, east of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named Bobrovie (sea

otter) by the Eussians. Variously written Bobrow, Bohrow, etc. 

Sea Otter; islet, between Kanaga and Tanaga islands, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Billings, 1790, says it was called Bobrovie (sea otter) from

the number of these animals that formerly held their resting place upon it.

This name Bobrovie, variously written Bobroff, Bobrow, Bobrovy, etc.,

and translated Beaver, has been applied to this islet: Tebenkof adds the

word valga, which I take to be the Aleut name; another islet southwest

from this bearing the name Kavalga. 

Sea Otter; islets, north of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named Bobrovie (sea

Otter) by the Russian-American Company. 

Sea Otter; sound, on the western border of Prince of Wales archipelago, about 30

miles north of Sea Otter harbor, in Bucareli bay. This also may be the

Sea Otter harbor of Meares in 1788. Also called Otter sound. 

Sea Otters, bay; see Beaver. 

Seat, island; see East Clump. 

Seaton; bay. In the Eleventh Census (p. 25) we read: "Nearly opposite New

Eddystone rock, on the east side of the channel (Behm canal) is Seaton

bay. It is about 2 miles wide, and extends into the mainland a distance

of 15 miles." This appears to refer to Rudyerd bay, or perhaps it is an

error for Smeaton bay. I have not found Seaton bay on any chart. 

Seattle; creek, tributary to Fox lake, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Seattle; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river, from the south, Seward peninsula.

' Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Seattle; creek, tributary to Tisuk river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Seattle; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm. from the south, Kenai peninsula. Local

name, from Becker, 1895. 

Seattle, creek; see Discovery. 

Seattle; mountain (10,000 feet high), near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Russell, in 1890, sifter the city of Seattle. Has also

been called Bozman. 

Sebree; island, in Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named, in or

about 1890, after Commander "Uriel Sebree, U. S. N. It is Headland island

of Reid in 1891 (American Geologist, 1891, Vol. VIII, map, p. 228). 

Sebree; peak, in the eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. Named

by Thomas, in 1887, after Commander Uriel Sebree, U. S. N. 

Seclusion; harbor, in Kuiu island, Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Moore in 1892. 

Second; lake, on Kenai peninsula, draining into Shilak or Kaknu or Kenai lake.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. The existence of this lake

is doubtful. See Ben lake and Kenai lake. 

Second; narrows, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Moser in 1897 

Second, point; see Inner. 

Second, rapids^ see Southern. 

Second Kekur; an isolated rock or rocky islet, off the southwestern coast of Baranof

island, Alexander archipelago. Also written Kekoor and Kekour. See

Kekur.
Sec Sel. . 362 . [BULL. 187.

Second Priest; pinnacle rock, at the southern point of entrance to Summer bay, 

Captains bay, Unalaska. Locally called so; the similar pinnacle rock off 

Cape Kalekta, about 7 miles north of this, being known as Priest rock. 

On the charts this Second Priest rock is merely designated Pinnacle. This 

rock has been reserved for .light-house purposes by Executive order dated 

January 4, 1901. In that order it is called Pinnacle.

Security; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Kuiu island-, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade, in 1869, who in that year 

i. visited and made a reconnaissance of it.

Security; roads, at entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade in 1869.

Sedanka, cape; see Umshaliak.

Sedanka. Sarichef, 1792, shows a native settlement at TJmshaliuk cape, on the 

north shore of Unalaska. It does not appear on later maps.

Sedanka, village; see Biorka.

Sedaru; Eskimo settlement, on the Arctic coast, at Point Belcher. Name from 

Eay, 1885. Has also been called Sedard, Sezaro, and may be identical 

with Atnik. According to Murdoch, 1883, it is Seddro or Seddru. Also 

called Nunaria on some charts. See also. Atnik.

Seduction; island, off Seduction point, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall in 1880. -

Seduction; point, on the mainland, in northern part of Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Vancouver in 1794. Has also been called Seduction Tongue. Tebenkof translates it Soblazna (seduction).

Seetien, island; see'Great Sitkin.

Seguam; island (2,098 feet high), the easternmost of the Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Variously written 

Segouam, Siguam, Signam, and, by error, Genunam and Tenounarn. Has 

also been called Goreli (burnt).

Seguam; pass, about 15 miles wide, between Amlia and Seguam islands, Andreanof 

- group, middle Aleutians.- So called by Lutke, 1830.

Segula, island; see Chugul.

Sekulmun; lake, in latitude 61° 30X , longitude 137° 30'. Apparently a native 

name, which has also been spelled Sekulman. The above form, Sekulmun, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

SeiBwik; lake, near Kotzebue sound, northwestern Alaska. Native name, presumably from some of the Franklin search expeditions about 1850. 

Written Salawik, Selawik, Silawik, etc. According to John Murdoch it 

is pronounced Sflawik.

Selawik; river, tributary to Selawik lake. Has also been written Sal-a-wik and 

Selawick.

Selby; lake, near the Arctic circle,-drained by the Kowak river. Name reported 

by Schrader, of the Geological Survey, in 1899. This appears to be 

Nudre-wok lake of Cantwell in 1885.

Seldevaia, cove; see Herring.

Seldovia; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Called 

Seldevoi (herring) by Tebenkof in 1849. Variously written Saldovia, 

Soldovoi, etc. The native name appears to be. Chesloknu, and was published by the Coast Survey, following Dall, in 1883. Erroneously Chestoknu.

Seldovia; point, the eastern point of entrance to Seldovia bay, Kachemak bay, 

Cook inlet. Called Soldovoi by Dall, in 1883, the bay having been called 

Seldovoi "(herring) by Tebenkof.
BAKER.] 363 Scl Sen.

Seldovia; post-office and village, at Seldovia bay, Cook inlet. The name is derived 

from the.name of the bay. The post-office wag established here in 

November, 1898.

Selenia, point; see Settlement.

Selenie; lake, on the northern shore of Graham harbor, Cook inlet. The Coast 

Survey atlas of harbor charts (1869, map 6) has a sketch of "Port Graham from Archimandritoff's Survey," on which appears Celenic lake. 

This is obviously a mistaken rendering of the Russian word Selenie 

(settlement).

Selenie; point, 011 eastern shore of Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. Tebenkof shows 

a settlement (selenie) at this point, whence the name Selenie, given by 

Ball in 1880. This village was called Pavlovsk by Petrof in 1880. . . .

Selezneva, bay, cape and village; see Duck.

Selfridge; bay, on the southern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Perhaps 

this is a synonym for Doubtful harbor of Berry in 1881.

Seltathin. The Krause brothers, 1882, give Seltathin (Seltat river) as the native name 

of a small stream tributary to the headwaters of the Klehini river, southeastern Alaska.

Seltathinschokschage. The Krause brothers, 1882, report Seltat-hm-schok-schage to 

be the native name of a mountain peak near the headwaters of the Klehini 

river, southeastern Alaska.

Semenoffsky; island; see Simeonof.

Semichi; islands (818 feet high), just east of Attu, western Aleutians. Discovered 

by the early Russians and named Semichi, from the. Russian Semik, says 

Dall, the feast on the seventh Thursday after Easter, on which day they 

were discovered. Perhaps they are St. Abram of Bering in 1741. Coxe, 

1780, calls them Shemya. Variously written Semitsch, Semitschi, etc.

Semida. Langsdorf, 1813, calls the Semidi islands Eudocia (Ewdokijefftian), and 

one of the group, not identified, Semida, which name, spelled Semidi, is 

now applied to the group. According to Sauer (Billings's Voyage, 200), 

the largest of the group is Simedan or Sirnediin. See Chowiet. 

 Semidi; a group of about seven small islands, off Alaska peninsula, southwest 

from Kodiak; thought to have been discovered by Bering in August, 1741, 

and named Tumannoi (foggy). Either this group or the adjacent Chirikof 

island was identified by Cook, 1778, with Bering's Foggy islands. Billings, 

1802, calls them.Simedan, and in the Spanish atlas of Galiano, 1802, 

appears the name Isla Fogoi. About the beginning of the century the 

group received from the Russians the name of Eudoxia or Eudocia, which 

has appeared under the forms Ewdokijefftian and Evdokeevskies. On 

old Russian charts they are called Semidi or Eudokievskie. In 1868 they 

were called by the Coast Survey Seven islands. Sem is the Russian 

numeral seven. By a blunder in transliteration they were once called 

Zurn.ik.

Semidin, island; see Chowiet.

Semisopochnoi; island (3,112 feet high), one of the Rat island group, northeast of 

Amchitka, western Aleutians. The descriptive name, Semisopochnoi 

(seven peaks), was given, apparently by Sarichef, about 1790. It has been 

variously written Semisopotchny, Semi Soposhna, Semisopokh, Island of 

the seven mountains, 7 Mountains, etc.

Senati; native village, on the right bank of the Yukon, "just below Rampart 

Rapids." So called by Raymond, in 1869, who says it was the first native 

village met with on the Yukon in descending from Fort Yukon. It was 

occupied by Senati, an old Kutchin, and his people. Raymond called it 

Senati's village.
Sen Sew. -364 . [BOLL. 187.

Seniavin; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little east of Port 

Moller. So named by Lutke, in 1828, after his vessel. Also written Seniavine.

Sentinel; island, in southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Meade in 1869. This island was reserved for lighthouse purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Sentinel; peak (4,250 feet high), at head of Glacier bay. So named by Reid in 1892:

Sentinel; point, on the southern shore of Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelapo. So named by Thomas in 1888.

Sentinel; rock, near the Western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by United States naval officers in 1879.

Sentinels (The); group of five islets in Tlevak strait, west of the Nichols group, 

Alexander archipelago. Called Sentinel islands by Nichols in 1881.

Seppings; cape, on the Arctic coast, between Point Hope and Cape Krusenstern. 

Named Seppings by Beechey in 1827. Has also been written Sepping. 

The Eskimo village here has been called Cape Sepping, and also Kivalinagmiut.

Serebrenikof, arm or bay; see Silver bay.

Seredka; open bay, on the southeastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzen group, 

eastern Aleutians. Called Seredkinskoi (middle) by Veniaminof, who 

says a village of 2 huts (yourts), containing 16 people, existed here in 1830.

Sergief; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians. 

Called Sergieff and Sergheieff by Lutke. A Russian family name. "

Sergief; island, at mouth of the Stikine river. So named by the Rynda party, in 

1863, after a member of the party, who was drowned at Sergief rapid in 

the Stikine.

Sergief; peninsula and volcano, on northwestern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

So called by Lutke about 1830. Has been called Sarytcheff peninsula. 

Grewingk has Vulkan Sariitschew and Sergejewsky-Berg.

Sergief; rapid, in the Stikine river. So named by the Rynda party, who lost a 

man of that name at this place.

Sergius; narrows, in Southern rapid, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Coghlari in 1884.

Sergius; point, on Chichagof island, in Southern rapid, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Coghlan in 1884.

Serpentine; glacier, tributary to Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

sound. Descriptive name, given by the Harriman Expedition in 1899.

Settlement; point, Afognak bay, Afognak. Named Selenia (settlement) by the 

Russians.

Setuk; Indian village, about 15 miles east of Yakutat, visited by Russell in September, 1891, who reports its name as Setuck.

Seven, islands; see Semidi.

Seven Sisters (The); group of rocky islets off the northern shore of .Hawkins 

island, Prince William sound. So called by Abercrombie in 1898.

Seventy-mile; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the west, near latitude 65°. 

Prospectors' name, published in 1898 by the Coast Survey. The creek is 

about 70 miles below old Fort Reliance.

Seventy-mile; mining camp, on the Yukon, left bank, at mouth of Seventymile 

creek. Prospectors' name.

Sevidow, islets; see Vsevidof.

Seward; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the west, in the Eagle mining 

region. Local name, published in 1899.

Seward; glacier, tributary to Malaspina 1 glacier, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Russell, in 1890, after the Hon. William Henry 

Seward, who negotiated the purchase of Alaska by the United States.
BAKER.] 365 Sew Slut.

Seward; mining camp, north of Berners bay, on the eastern shore of Lynn canal, 

southeastern Alaska. The name Seward City was published by the Coast 

Survey in 1895.

Seward; mountains (about 4,000 feet high), west of Portland canal. So named by 

Fender in 1868.

Seward; passage, in Ernest sound, separating Deer island from Cleveland peninsula. 

So named by Snow in 1886.

Seward; peninsula, of western Alaska, between Kotzebue and Norton sounds. It 

has been so designated on maps and in the texts of several publications 

since the gold excitement of 1898, this having been suggested by Governor 

Brady in compliment to Hon. AVilliam H. Seward. The name Kaviak 

was proposed by Ball in 1869, who in his Alaska (p. 268) says: "The great 

peninsula inclosed by the waters of Norton Bay and Sound, Bering Strait, 

the Arctic Ocean, and Kotzebue Sound it is proposed to call the Kdviak 

Peninsula, from the native name of Kavi-iiik and the Kdviak Innuit, who 

inhabit it." This name Kaviak appears to have never come into use. I 

have not found it on any map.

Seward. The southeastern part of Wrangell island was, in 1879, named Seward island 

by Dall, then writing the Coast Pilot. Surveys since made show that this 

supposed island does not exist.

Sewidoiv, volcano; see Vsevidof.

Sextant; point, the western point of entrance to Tauigas harbor, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Seymour; canal, indenting Admiralty island, from the south, Alexander archipelago. 

Called Seymour's channel by Vancouver in 1794.

Sezaro, village; see Sedaru.

Sfaganuk; Eskimo village, on the mainland, east of Nunivak island, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported in his text 

to be Sfoganugamiut. On his map it is Sfaganugamute, i.e., Sfaganuk 

people.

Shag-; islet, near the northwestern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Urili (shag or cormorant, graculus bicristatus) by the Russian-American 

Company in 1849.

Shag; rock, at head of Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. So named by 

Dall in 1872.

Shag; rocks, in Knpreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named Urilie (shag) by the 

Russians.

Shagak; bay, indenting the western shore of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians; Aleut name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written 

Chagakh.

Shageluk; native village, on the northern bank of the Shageluk slough. So called 

by Dall in 1866. Tikhmenief, 1861, shows several villages here bearing 

long names, none of them resembling this one. They are Kushichagat, 

Tizhgelede, Tlegozhitno, Intenleiden, Kuingshtetakten and Inselnostleide. 

None of them appear on modern maps. Petrof, 1880, calls them collectively the Chageluk settlements. : Shageluk; slough, on left bank of the Yukon and joining it near Holy Cross mission. So written by Dall, 1866. Tikhmenief, 1861, wrote it Chageliuk; 

Petrof, 1880, Chageluk, and Raymond, 1869, Shagelook.

Shagulik; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of Sutwik 

island. Native name, from the Russians.

Shahafka; cove, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Peschanoi (sandy) by the 

Russians in 1808-1810, but by Tebenkof, 1849, called Shahafka. Has been 

written Chagafka.
Sha-Slia. ' 366 [BULL. 187.

Shaiak; islet, east of and near Cape Peirce, on north shore of Bristol bay. Sarichef, 

1826, calls it Morzhevoi (walrus) and adds the native name Shaiak. 

Tebenkof also calls it Shaiak.

Shakan; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Prince of Wales island and opening into .Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Name of Indian origin, 

and written Shakan, Shakaah, -and Shukan. Sachine and Shakhine are 

probably only other renderings of the same word.

Shakan; Indian village, post-office and sawmill, Kosciusko island, Alexander archipelago. In the Eleventh Census (1890, p. 34), we read "Chican, about 60 

miles north of Klawak;" and also, "Saw mill and about a dozen houses 

built some 10 years ago." The post-office was established here in June, 

1886. Originally known as Hamiltons Mill.

Shakan; island, at southern point of entrance to Shakan bay, Alexander archi- 

: pelago. Native name.

Shakan; strait, in Shakan bay, separating Hamilton island from Kosciusko island, 

Alexander archipelago. Also written Shakaan.

Shakan Nipples; see Nipples (The).

.Shakes; mountain, in the southern part of Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, in 1886, after Shakes, an Indian chief.

Shakhine; supposed strait or passage, in western part of Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Variously written Sachine, Schakhin, etc. Native name, from the Russians. Apparently only another form of the word Shakan.

Shakmanof, bay; see Kizhuyak. Shakmanof; cape, near Spruce island, on the northeastern shore of Kodiak. Named 

Shakmanof by Murashef in 1839-40. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Riph (reef) 

point and also Cape Chiniak.

Shaktolik; bay, in the eastern part of Norton sound. Called by the natives Chacktoole, according to Cook, 1778, and Shaktol, Shaktoli, and Shafctolik by 

the Russians. Into it flows the Shakt61ik river, and on its shore is the 

Eskimo village Shaktolik.

Shaktolik; Eskimo village, at mouth of the Shaktolik river, Norton sound. Native 

name. Has also been Avritten Shaktolit. Population in 1880, 60; in 1890, 38.

Shaktolik; hills, near the Shaktolik river, east of Norton sound. So called by Dall

in his Alaska (pp. 24,152, etc.).

Shaktolik; river, tributary to eastern, part of Norton sound. Eskimo name, from 

Tebenkof, 1849.

Shakun; rock, in Shelikof strait, near Swikshak bay. Native name, from the Russians. Has been written Schachun and Schakhun.

Shaliakh, point; see Thatcher.

Shallow,, bay; see Dry.

Shallow-water, point; see Rornanof.

Shallows; point, the northeastern point of Kittiwake island, near Kodiak. Named 

Melkowadia (little water) by Murashef in 1839^40.

Shaman. A native village on the north bank of the Yukon, about 10 miles above 

the trading post Fort Hamlin, is called Shamans village on late charts. 

Shaman is a native appellation for "medicine man."

Shaman; island, off the western end of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890. Shaman means an Indian 

medicine man or doctor.

Shaman; point, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. So named by Zarernbo in 1834. Zarembo's sketch was published, in 1848, on Russian 

Hydrographic chart No 1396. Called Zhemani on United States Hydrographic chart 225.
BAKER.] 367 Sha She.

Shantatalik; small stream, tributary, from the north, to Tustumena lake, Kenai

peninsula. Native name, from Wosnesenski, 1840, given by Grewingk as

Tschantatalich. Perhaps it is Shanta-tulik, Shanta region. 

Shapka; island (700 feet high), one of the Chiachi group, on southern shore of

Alaska peninsula. Named Shapka (hat) by the Eussians. 

Shariepof, cape; see Izhut. - 

Sharp; ledge, in S wanson harbor, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1890. 

Sharp; mountain (1,227 feet high), north of Cape Fox, Dixon entrance. So named

by Nichols in 1883. 

Sharp; peak (5,900 feet high), north of Abides glacier. So named by Abercrornbie

in 1898. 

Sharp; point, at entrance to Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Sharp; point, on northern shore of Port Snettisharn, Stephens passage, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1888. 

Sharp; point, on ftevillagigedo island, in Behm canal, west of Snieaton island. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Shasheki, pass; see Chilkoot and White.

Shashgat; bay, apparently an arm of Igak bay, Kodiak; was so called by Lisianski, 

in 1805 (Voyage, pp. 184-185).

Shaw, bay; see Urilia.

Shaw; island, near Cape Douglas, Cook inlet. Named Shaw's by Vancouver in 

1794. The Aleut name is Shunaktuli, which Grewingk writes Schunachtuli.

Shayak; island, jn Marmot bay, between Afognak and Kodiak. So called by 

. Tebenkof in 1849.

Shed; mountain (2,620 feet high), between Nakat inlet and Willard inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Shedden; point, one of the points of entrance to Eefuge inlet, just west of Point 

Barrow. Apparently so named by British naval officers engaged in the 

Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1853.

Sheenjek; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the north, near longitude 144° 30'. 

Late Coast Survey charts call it Salmon river, and earlier ones give Sheenjek or Salmon. Name apparently first published in 1895.

Sheep; bay and point, Cord ova bay, Prince William sound. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Sheep; creek, on the mainland four miles southeast of Juneau, southeastern Alaska. 

Apparently a local name. Published in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 152).

Sheep; creek, tributary to Dietrich river, from the west, near latitude 68°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, of the Geological Survey, in 1899. 

Has also- been called David creek.

Sheep; creek, tributary to Kotsina river, from the south. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine in 1900.

Sheep; creek, tributary to Robert creek, near the headwaters of the Koyukuk. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899. N

Sheep; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Barani (sheep), by Vasilief in 1809. Has been written Barani and 

Baranie.

Sheer-off-there; rock, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Alargate-alla (sheer-off-there) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Shekak, sound; see Hooniah.

Shekesti; point, the southern point of entrance to Wrangell harbor, Wrangell 

island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Zarembo in 1834. On United 

States Hydrographic chart 225 it is Zhekiski.
Slie Slie. 368 [BOLL. 187.

Shekt; islet, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a native 

name, reported by Zarembo in 1834. Zarembo's sketch of Wrangell harbor, whereon this name appears, was published in 1848 on Kussian Hydrographic chart No. 1396. On United States Hydrographic chart 225 this is 

called Shake island. , Sheldon, island; see Channel.

Shelikof; bay, indenting the western shore of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Russians after Grigori Ivanovich Shelikof, founder of the 

Russian-American Company. It is the Port Mary of Vancouver, in 1794. 

Called Mary bay on some charts, and Puerto de Guadalupe in Galiano's 

atlas, 1802. Has been mistranslated Silk bay. Present usage applies the 

name Shelikof to the whole bay and restricts the name Mary to a cove or 

small bight within the bay.

Shelikof, harbor; see Three Saints bay.

Shelikof, lake; see Iliamna.

Shelikof; strait, separating Kodiak from, the mainland. So called by the Russians 

in the last century after Grigori Ivanovich Shelikof. Cook, who saw its 

eastern end, in 1778, called it Smokey bay on' account of the smoke seen 

. on Point Banks. Meares traversed it in August, 1786, and named it 

Petrie's strait, after William Petrie, esq. The Spaniards, in 1788, called it 

Canal de Flores. The Russians.usually called it Aliaskinskoi or Shelikof, 

although it appears on an official map of 1802 as Kenai strait. And finally 

Shelikof has been written Chele'khoff, Helikoff, Shelikhoff, etc.

Shell, bay; see Rakovoi.

Shell; creek, tributary to Skwentna river, from -the north, near longitude 151° 30/. 

So named by Spurr, in 1898, after P. G. Shell, who prospected in this 

region in 1887.

Shell; hills (1,500 to 1,700 feet high), on the north bank of Skwentna river, 

about 60 miles north of Cook inlet. So named by Spurr, in 1898,- after 

P. G. Shell, who prospected in this region in 1887.

Shell, island; see Mogilnoi.

Shelter; bay, on the northwestern shore of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William 

sound. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Shelter; island, at junction of Stephens passage and Lynn canal, Alexander archi-

, pelago. So named by Meade in 1869. 

Shelter; islet, near the southern end of Long island, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named

Ubezhitza (shelter) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. 

Shelter; point, the eastern point of Killisnoo island, Hood bay, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. 

Shemya, islands; see Semichi. 

Shepard, creek; see Upland. 

Shepherd; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the west, in the Nome mining

region, Seward peninsula. -Local name, published in 1900. Has also been

written Shepard. 

Sheridan; glacier, tributary to the Copper river, from the.west, near its mouth. So

named by Abercrornbie, in 1884, after Gen. Phil H. Sheridan, U. S. A. ' 

Sheridan; peak (3,514 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Gen. Philip

Henry Sheridan, U. S. A. 

Sherman; peak (3,984 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, in 1887, after Gen. William

Tecurnseh Sherman, U. S. A. 

Sherman; point, on the eastern shore of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named

by Meade, in 1869, after Gen. William Tecumseh Sherman, U. S, A, This
BAKER.] 369 She Shl.

Sherman Continued.

point was reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated 

January 4, 1901. 

Sherman; sunken rock, off Sherman point, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Mansfield in 1890.

Sheshalek; Eskimo village on the northern shore of Kotzebue sound, near the 

mouth of Noatak river. Reported by Petrof, in 1880, as Sheshalegamute, 

i. e., Sheshalek people. 'Population in 1880, 100.

Shevenak; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, near its mouth. 

Native name, from Nelson 1878-79, who wrote it Shevenagamute, i. e., 

Shevenak people. Petrof, 1880, gives its population as 58 and its name 

Shovenagamute in his text (p. 17) and Shevenagamute on his map. Population, in 1890, 62, and' spelling Shovenagamiut. 

Shevlin; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, between the Ramparts and

mouth of the Tanana. Local name, from the Coast Survey, 1898. 

Shiganik, island; see Wingham. 

ShUgi; islet, southeast from Sitkin island, middle Aleutians. Name from the Russians. Identity of the island doubtful. 

Shiltonato, river; see Innoko. 

Shingle; island at entrance to Totem bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm in 1886.

Shinagrua; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. The name 

appears on Coast Survey map 20, of 1869, and presumably on earlier maps, 

but is not shown on recent maps.

Shiniak; native village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, north of the 

Zanektok river mouth. It is usually Shiniagamute, i. e., Shiniak people. 

Name Shiniagmiut, published in Sarichef's atlas, 1826. At this place is 

located a mission warehouse and on some maps appears as Warehouse, on 

others, Mission Warehouse. 

Ship; cove, in Port Conclusion, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by

Vancouver who, in 1794, moored his ships here.

Ship; high rock or islet, in.Umnak pass, eastern Aleutians. Called Karablin (ship) 

by the Russians. Lutke calls it a high rock, which the Russians of the 

country call the ship and the Aleuts Tanghinakh. Veniarninof has Ship 

(tanginak). See also Pustoi.

Ship; island, near shore of Cleveland peninsula, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Baker, in 1880, on account of its appearance from the 

south. A rock near it has been called Ship rock and the point behind it 

Ship point and Ship Island point (Coast Pilot, p. 87, and map, p. 72). 

Ship, island; see Error. 

Ship, island; see Labouchere. 

Ship, island; see Sail.

Ship; islet, between Davison and Sextant points, near entrance to Tamgas harbor, 

Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Named Karabiin (ship) by 

Etolin in 1833.

Ship- rock, in the vicinity of Bogoslof island, Bering sea. An island with rocks 

. about it is shown on the track chart of Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768, in 

Coxe, 1780. On Billings' track chart, published by Sauer in 1802, is shown 

an islet in this vicinity, and near it the name Ship I. A rock, resembling 

a ship, near the site of Bogoslof, was described by Cook in 1786. Cook 

(Vol. II, p. 526) describes it as an ."elevated rock like atower," but gives 

it no name in his text. This rock has disappeared in whole or in part 

through the volcanic changes since 1796. 

Shipinskaia, river; see Sturgeon.

. Bull. 187 01 24
Slii-Sho. 370 [BULL. 187.

Shipley; bay, in Kosciusko island, and opening into Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, in 1886, after Ensign John Harry Shipley, U. 

S. N., a member of his party.

Shipwreck; point, on the northeastern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

Shirokaia, bay; see Broad. . 

Shishaldin; small river, on the north shore of Unimak, "abounding in redfish''

says Veniaminof, 1840 (I, 215).

Shishaldin; volcano (8,950 feet high), on Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. Seen 

and named by Sarichef on June 18, 1790, who gives, according,to Grewingk, 

Agajedan as its native name. According to Veniaminof, its native name 

is Sisaguk. Variously written Chichaldinskoi, Shushaldinskaia, etc. Its 

height as measured by Lutke in 1828 was 1,400 toises (8,953 English feet). 

Koteebue found its height to be 5,525 English feet (according to Lutke) or 

of 7,154 according to Grewingk. Tebenkof gives 8,755 feet and the Coast 

Survey 8,952 feet for its height. 

Shishaldinski, village; see Sisaguk. 

Shishkof, cape; see Lapin. 

Shishkof, point; see Cave.

Shishmaref; cape, the southernmost point of Hall island, Bering sea. Named 

Shishmareva (Shishmaref's) on Russian Hydrographic chart 1455 (ed. of 

1852), after Capt.-Lieut. Glieb Semeonovich Shishmaref, who accompanied 

Kotzebue, 1815-1818. 

Shishmaref, cape; see Northeast.

Shishmaref; inlet, indenting the northern shore of Seward peninsula, Arctic 

ocean. So named by Kotzebue in August, 1816, after Lieutenant Shishmaref, who accompanied him in his explorations in 1816. Variously 

written Chichmareff, Schischmareff, etc. 

Shitnak, cape and village; see Chitnak. 

Shkagway, river and town; see Skagway.

Shketlina, point; on the southwestern shore'of Seduction tongue, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native name, reported by Lindenberg in 

1838.

Shkin, island; see Skin. ^-. 

Shla-hatch, island; see Pyramid.

Shim; river or creek, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, near latitude 63°. 

Called by Alien, in 1885, Schnuna, i. e., Shnu river. Has also been printed 

Schnuno. 

Shoal; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Little Koniuji island, Shumagin

group. So named by Ball in 1874. . 

Shoal; bay, near entrance to Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. So named

by Ball in 1872. Descriptive name. 

Shoal; cape, on the northern coast of Kodiak, in Narrow strait. Named Otmeli

(shoal) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Shoal; cape, on the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named

Otmieloi (shoal) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Shoal; cove, indenting the western end of Alaska peninsula and opening into

Isanotski strait. So named by Ball in 1880. 

Shoal; point, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, on Chichagof island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884.

Shoal; point, on the eastern side of McClellan flats, at mouth of the Chilkat river, 

southeastern Alaska. Named Otmelie (shoal) by Lindenberg in 1838. 

This name is obsolete.
BAKER.] 371 SllO SlMl.

Shoal Ness. Cook, in 1778, so named some point near the mouth of the Kuskokwim, 

just what one does not appear. Perhaps it was Cape Avinof.

Shoals, island; see Otmeloi.

Shoals; point, the southeastern point of Kruzof island, in entrance to Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. This cape has borne many names. Dixon, in 1787, 

called it White's point, and Lisianski, in 1804, First point. The early Russians, after Lisianski, called it Otmeloi (shoals) point, and to distinguish 

from another Shoals point a few miles farther within the sound they called 

it Otmeloi vnieshnie (outer shoals). So it appears as Shoals point, Point 

of Shoals, and Outer point of Shoals. Tebenkof, in 1850, calls it Nizmennia 

(low) point.

Shoalwater; passage, in Behm canal, separating Winstanley island from the mainland, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall in 1879.

Shoe; island, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Nichols, in 1881, by reason of its shape (Coast Pilot, p. 68).

Shokfaktolik; one of the numerous lakes in the Kuskokwim tundra, about 25 miles 

northwest of Bethel; also a native village there. Name obtained by Spurr

and Post, in 1898, from missionary Helmick, and spelled Tshokfachtoligamnt by'Post and Chokfaktoligarnute by Spurr. In the Eleventh Census 

it is called Chokfoktoleghagamiut, i. e., Shokfak region people.

Shoo Fly, rock; see Eye Opener. ,

Short; bay, indenting the mainland, on north shore of Behm canal. Called Short 

inlet by Ball in 1879 (Coast Pilot, p. 73).

Short; creek, tributary to Ked bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Helm in 1886.

Short; passage, between Smeaton island and Revillagigedo island, in Behm canal, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Short; point, just within the entrance to Smeaton bay, on its southern shore, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Shorty; creek, tributary to the headwaters of the Alsek. Named by Brooks in 

1899.

Shoup, glacier; see Canyon creek.

Shovel; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the west, in the Bonanza mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Shovenagamute, village; see Shevenak.

Show, gulch; see Snow.

Shrimp; bay, in Behm canal, indenting the northwestern shore of Bevillagigedo 

island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Shrubby; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 90).

Shtilia, point; see Calm.

Shuck, camp; see Chuck.

Shuitna, river; see Chuit.

Shumagin; bank, near the Shumagin islands. So named by the Fish Commission 

in 1888.

Shumagin; large group of islands, west of Kodiak and south of Alaska peninsula. 

So named by Bering, after one of his sailors, who died of scurvy and was 

buried here, August 30, 1741. Sometimes written Choumagin and Choumaghin. According to Veniaminof, the Aleut name is Kaggiun. Golofnin 

says the Aleuts call them Unga, from the name of the largest of the 

group.

Shunaktuli, island; see Shaw.

Shushaldenskaia, volcano; see Shishaldin.
Sliu SII. 372 [BULL. 187.

Shuyak; island, north of Afognak, off mouth of Cook inlet. Native name, from

the earliest Russian explorers. It has had many spellings, Chouyak,

Chuyak, Iluiak, Huiak, Schujek, Shooiack, etc. 

Shuyak; strait, between Shuyak and Afognak islands. Native name, from early

Russian explorers. 

Sichtunak, strait; see Sitkinak. 

Sidankin, village; see Biorka. 

Side, island; see Lewis. 

Sidney; creek, tributary to Cripple river, from the south, near its mouth, Seward

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. .Witherspoon, in 1899, called this

Sealer creek.

Siepermo, cape; see North.

Sievernoi, cape, etc.; see North. . . 

Sievernoi, island; see Raspberry. 

Sievernoi, point; see Akun Head. 

Sievernoi, strait; see Kupreanof. 

Sigak; cape, the north point of Akutan island, eastern Aleutians. So called by

Tebenkof, 1849. Called North Head by the Fish Commission, in 1888,

and said to be locally so known. 

Sigak, cape; see Sagak. 

Sigdak, island, see Great Sitkin. 

Siginak, island; see Biorka. 

Siginaka; group of islands, in the northernmost part of Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. So called by the Russians. 

Siginaka; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Siginaki by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been written Siginak. 

Signal; island, on eastern side of Western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. Named Maiachnoi (signal) by Vasilief in 1809,

on whose chart is shown a maiak (light-house). Has also been called

Lighthouse, Mayastetchnoi, and Signal Light island. 

Signal; mountain, in western part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Signal, point; see Yellow. 

Signals (The); pinnacle rocks (kekuri), near southern entrance to Akutan pass,

eastern Aleutians. Called Kuka (Cook's) pillar by Tebenkof in 1849. The

Fish Commission, in 1888, called them The Signals.

Sigoola, island; see Chugul.

Siguam, island; see Seguam.

Sigalidok, island; see Sitkalidak.

Sikarnoi, mountain; see Sugarloaf.

Silak; islet, in the strait between Little Tanaga and Kagalaska islands, Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Name from Tebenkof, 1849.

Silk, bay; see Shelikof.

Sillokh, lake; see Skilak.

Silnaho Techenia, cape; see Tiderip.

Silok; creek, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 148°. This 

stream was called Delta creek by Alien in 1885. To avoid confusion with 

Alien's Delta river, and because the exact locality of his Delta creek is hot 

clear, this change has been introduced by the Geological Survey. Apparently a native name, which has also been spelled Silokh.

Silver; bay, opening into Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Locally 

so called from the occurrence of silver near it. It was called Serebrenikof 

arm or bay by the Russians.
BAKER.] 373 " . SI1 SIU.

Silver; lake (elevation 4,200 feet), on the divide between the Alsek and Yukon

watersheds, Alaska. According to the Krause brothers the native name

is Danaaku; according to Dall, Dana-aka. 

Silver; point, on the northeastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Apparently so named by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Silver Bow; basin, in Gastineau channel, near Juneau, southeastern Alaska. Local

name, published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 150). 

Silvester; point, on the northeastern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Silbestre by Maurelle

and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Simedan, islands; see Semidi. 

Simeonof; harbor, indenting the western shore of Simeonof island, Shumagin group.

Surveyed and named by Dall in 1872. 

Simeonof; island, the easternmost of the Shumagin group. Named Seme"novskie

(Simon) by the Russians. Lutke applies the name to the southeastern

group of the Shumagins, and this one he calls Taghinak. The native

name is Tiakinak. Variously called Semenoffsky, Siraeonovski. Also

called Tachkinach, Takh-kin-iakh, Takhinak, Tikhiniak, etc.

Simonof; islet, in Highfield anchorage, at north end of Wrangell island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty, in 1865, 

and by the Russians, at about the same time, Observation islet. Has been 

written erroneously Simanoff.

Simonton; point, between Nakat harbpr and Nakat inlet, Dixoii entrance. So 

named by Nichols in 1883.

Simpson; bay, on the northern shore of Cordova bay, Prince William sound. So 

named by Moser in 1897.

Simpson; cape, the western head of Smith bay, on the Arctic coast, east of Point 

Barrow. Named Cape George Simpson by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, in 

honor of Governor Sir George Simpson, of the Hudson Bay Company. 

On their map called Cape Governor Simpson.

Simpson; cove, at Collinson point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow.

Simpson; mountain (5,200 feet .high), east of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Simpson; peak (5,271 feet high), on the mainland east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Simpson; sunken rock, in Eastern channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Discovered and named by H. M. S. Devastation in 1862.

Sinagmia, village; see Imagnee.

Sinaru; small stream, debouching just west of Refuge inlet, on the Arctic coast. 

Called Sinarua by British naval officers, 1849-1853. Ray, who explored it 

in April, 1883, with a native guide, writes it Sinaru in his text and Singaroo on his map.

Sinclair, cove; see Pond bay.

Sinclair; lake and river, in northernmost Alaska, debouching between Dease inlet 

and.Smith bay, east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, 

in 1837, after George Sinclair, a half-breed and guide, who had served 

with Sir George Back in 1834.

Sind, island; see St. Lawrence.

Sindsha, island; see Hall.

Sinitsin; island, on the southern shore of Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named, in 1833, by Vasilief, after Lieut. Nikolai Sinitsin, of the Russian 

Navy, who accompanied Hagemeister on the Krotkoi, 1828-1830. Has been 

erroneously written Sinits.
Sin-Sit. 374 [BULL. 187.

Sinnyuli. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map of 1885 for some feature a little

east of the United States Signal Service station Utkiavi, near Point Barrow,

Arctic coast. 

Sinuk; creek, a little south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Eskimo name,

which has been written Sinook, Sinrock, and Synrock. Petrof, 1880, has

an Eskimo village on the north shore of Port Clarence called Siniogamute,

i. e., Siniok people. 

Sinuk; Eskimo village, on the northern shore of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula.

Given by Petrof, in 1880, as Siniogamute, i. e., Siniok people. 

Siouchi, bay; see Sealion. 

Siouchi, islets; see Sealion. 

Siroi; point, on Baranpf island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Siroi

(wet) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Sisaguk; native village (in about 1830) on the northern shore of Unimak. This is

the native name. The Russians called it Shishaldinski. 

Sisaguk, volcano; see Shishaldin. 

Sisek; cove, on the south shore of Beaver bay, in Biorka island, Unalaska, eastern

Aleutians. Aleut name, from Sarichef, 1792. Perhaps this should be

Sasak, the Aleut name of the parroquet auk, Sisik is the Aleut word for

the numeral 100.,

Sishimkak, island; see Sitymkan. .. 

Sister; three islands, at high water, about one mile south of Kelp island, Dixon

entrance. Named Twin islands by pilot W. E. George and so published

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 77). The name Sister islands, published by

the Coast Survey, in 1885, has come into general use. 

Sisters; island, near Port Frederick, in Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. Called

Sister islands by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Sisters (The); two peaks (1,308 and 1,325 feet high), about 12 miles southeast of

St. Michael, Norton sound. So named by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Sisters (The], islands; see Lynn Sisters. 

Sisters (The), islands; see Twin. 

Sitak; glacial stream, in the St. Elias alps, debouching a few miles southeast of

Yakutat bay. Apparently a native name, published by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Sithanak, island; see Biorka.

Sitka; harbor, in Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

Silka, island; see Baranof.

Sitka, island; see Kruzof. N

Sitka; point, on the southern shore of Kruzof island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. What is now called Cape Edgecumbe was called Sitka point by 

Russian, naval officers in 1809. The present usage retains both names, 

Edgecumbe for the southwest point of Kruzof island, and Sitka for the 

inner angle of that point.

Sitka; sound, on the western shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. First 

visited by Bodega and Maurelle in August, 1775, and by them called 

Ensenada del Susto (bay of terrors). Dixon, who visited and made a 

. sketch of it in June, 1787, called it Norfolk sound, which name was 

adopted by Vancouver. The native name, according to the Frenchman 

Marchand, who was here in 1791 or 1792, is Tchinkitanay bay. The Russians who began settlement here in 1799 obtained from the natives the 

name Shitka, a name which, modified to Sitka, has come into general use.

Sitka; town, one of the chief towns of Alaska. Baranof, in 1799, visited Sitka sound 

and began the construction of a fortified post, which he called Fort Archangel Gabriel. This fort, located on what is now known as Old harbor, 

was completed the following spring. In May, 1802, the natives attacked
BAKEE.] 375. Sit-SlX.

Sitka Continued.

this fort and drove out its inmates, killing all the officers and 30 men. 

The Indians then fortified themselves near by and held their post till 

1804, when it was bombarded and captured by the Eussians. Thereupon 

a new fort was constructed .by the Eussians and called Fort Archangel 

Michael. This was located on the site of the governor's house or castle 

(since burned) in the present town of Sitka. The town which grew up 

around it was called by the Eussians New Archangel (Novo Arkhangelsk) 

or Sitka. This native word Shitka or Sitka, of unknown meaning, has 

been variously written Schitcha, Sitcha, Sitki, etc. The post-office Sitka 

Avas established here in October, 1885.

Sitkagi; bluffs, in the vicinity of Sitkagi point of early maps. So named by Eussell, 

in 1891, who says "there is now no cape at that locality, but rather a 

slight recession in the coast line."

Sitkagi; cape, in front of Malaspina glacier, St. Elias alpine region, southeastern 

Alaska. Apparently a native name, applied by Tebenkof in 1849. Perhaps identical with cape St. Elias of Eussian Hydrographic chart No. 1378.

Sitkalidak; island, near the southern coast of Kodiak. Behind this island the 

Eussians.made their first settlement on Kodiak, in 1784, at Three Saints 

bay. The name is a corruption of some native word or phrase which has 

appeared in many forms. Billings calls the island Kunakan or Kukan, 

while Galiano's atlas, 1802, has Isla de Soto. For the rest we have variant 

forms of the above. Lisianski, 1805, has Salthidack, while Langsdorf, 

who accompanied his expedition, has Sachlidok, Sadlidok or Scachlitak. 

The early Eussian charts have Saklidok and Siaklidok, while Tebenkof, 

1849, has Satklidak and Siatklidak. The Eussian-American Company 

map of 1849 has Saklidok, with Shagitak as an alternative form. It has 

also appeared as Saklidov and even as Zatchlitschak.

Sitkalidak; strait, between Kodiak and Sitkalidak islands. Corruption of some 

native name, obtained by the Eussians.

Sitkinak; island, one of the Trinity islands, off the southwestern end of Kodiak. 

Native name, from the early Eussians. Has been written Sichtunak, 

Sikhinak, Sitchinak, Sitcknak, Sithoonack, Sitkinak, Sitkunak, etc.

Sitklan; island, southwest of Tongass passage, Dixon entrance. Native name, reported by D&vidson, in 1869, as Sit-klan.

Sitkoh; bay, in Chichagof island, eastern entrance to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Native name, published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 178).

Sitnazuak; Eskimo village, on-the southern shore of Seward peninsula, a little 

west of Cape Noine> Petrof, in 1880, called it Chitnashuak and gave its 

population as 20. On a recent local map it is called Sitnazoak.

Siltakanay; river, tributary to Taku river, from the east, southeastern Alaska,. Native 

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Sitymkan. One of the Shumagin islands, not identified, is so called by Lutke, who 

took it from Veniaminof. In Veniaminof's later publication it is called 

Sishimkak.

Siuchi, cape; see Georgiana.

Siuchi, cape; see Lutke.

Siuchi, rocks, etc.; see Seal.

Siuvich, rock; see Klochkof.

Sivoutchy, rock; see Sealioiv.

Siwash, inlet; see Tenakee.

Sixmile; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, from the south. Local 

name, obtained by Becker in 1895.
Slx-Sko. 376 {BULL. 187.

Sixtymile; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the west, near longitude 140°. 

Local name.

Skagul; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from the Russians. Lutke writes Skakhoul and Tebenkof 

Skagul. Also written Skagule* This, with Ogliuga island and adjacent 

islets and rocks, constitute the Delarof islands of Lutke.

Skagway; river and town, 'at head of Taiya inlet, southeastern Alaska. Native 

name, variously written. The Krause brothers, 1882, write it Schkague'. 

Mchols, 1891, wrote it Shkagway. Has also been written Skagwa, 

Skaguay, etc. The above form has also been adopted by the Canadian 

Board on Geographic Names.' The post-office was established here in 

November, 1897. There is also a military post here, called by the military 

authorities Skaguay.

Skan; bay, indenting the northern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Skan bay by Sarichef in 1792. Called Twin bay by the Fish Commission, 

in 1888, a descriptive term, the bay being double." Veniaminof regards 

this as lying within Makushin bay and calls it Starichkof.

Skatalis, village; see Alaganik.

Skecter, bay; see Lituya.

Skeleton; islet, very near the eastern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic .ocean. So 

named by Berry in 1881.

Skilak; lake, on Kenai peninsula, drained ~by the Kaknu river. Apparently a native 

name, reported by Wosnesenski about 1840. Variously written Sillokh, 

^ Skilakh, Skillokh, etc. Also called Kaknu and Kenai.

Skilak, lake; see Ben.

Skilak; village, near Skilak lake, on Kenai peninsula. Native name, from Petrof, 

1880, who spells it Skilakh.

Skilakh, lake; see Tustumena.

Skiliamna; lake, on Kenai peninsula, tributary to the headwaters of Kaknu river. 

So called on Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. of 1847).

Skin; island, near entrance to Cholmondeley sound, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. "Probably named by the traders." It is Shkin island of 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1493 (ed. of 1853).

Skirt; point, on Revillagigedo island, in Behm canal, between Rudyerd bay and 

Walker cove, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey 

J in 1891. . Skolai; pass (about 5,000 feet high), creek, and mountains, between the White and 

Copper rivers. Spelled variously Scolai, Scoloi. Scolai is the name by 

which the Copper river chief Nicolai or Scolai is known among all the 

Yukon natives. (Hayes in Nat. Geog. Mag., IV, 3.)

Skookum; creek, tributary to Gold run, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900. Skookum or Skoo-koom is a Chihalis Indian.word, 

adopted in the Chinook jargon with the general meaning very. It means 

ghost, evil spirit, demon, etc. Skookum turn turn means brave; skookum 

chuck, a rapid, etc.

Skookum; river, tributary .to Klokerblok river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Skoot, river; see Iskoot.

Skotnik, mountain; see Barometer.

Skowl; arm, of Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Skowl 

bay, in 1880, after an Indian chief of that name then living there.

Skowl; island, Kasaan bay, Alexander archipelago. This supposed island does not 

exist. Compare map in the Coast Pilot (p. 72) with later ones.
BAKEK.] 377 SkO-Sll.

Skowl; point, the southern point of entrance to Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, Clarence

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball in 1880. 

Skull; cliff (70 feet high), in. Peard bay, west of Point Barrow, Arctic coast. So

named by English naval officers connected with the Franklin search

expeditions, 1849-1853. 

Skull; islet; see Scull. 

Skvortzova, village; see Starling. 

Skwentna; river, tributary to the Yentna, from the west, which in turn is tributary

to the .Sushitna. Native name, from Spurr and Post, 1898. Has also

been written Squentna, i. e., Squent or Skwent river.

Slab; point, on the western shore of Portland .canal. So named by Pender in 1868. 

Slag-; point, on the eastern shore of Behm canal, just north of Winstanley island,

Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Slana; river, draining from Suslota lake to Copper river. Native name, reported

by Alien, in 1885, as Sland, i. e., Sl'a river. Has also been written Slahna. 

Slate; creek, tributary to Fish river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from

Peters, 1900.

Slate; creek, tributary to Fox river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Barnard, 1900. * .

Slate; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near longitude 

150°. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Slate; creek, tributary to Mosquito creek, from the south. Name from Schrader, 

1900.

Slate; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from, the south, in the Eldorado mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. May be 

identical with Beattie, Bennet, Coffee, Enright, Pancake, Peterson, or 

Eichter of a late local map.

Slate; creek, tributary to Sunset creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Slate; island, in Eevillagigedo channel, near entrance to Boca de Quadra, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, "being entirely composed 

of that rock."

Slate; islets, at entrance to Crawfish inlet, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Aspid (slate) by the Eussians.

Slate, point; see Aspid.

Slavarassi, colony; see Glory of Eussia.

Slava Ros&ie, bay; see Tanaga.

Sledge; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Sledge; island, off the coast of Seward peninsula, west of Cape Nome. So named by 

Cook, who landed upon it August 5,1778. He says: "We found, a little 

way from the shore where we landed, a sledge, which occasioned this name 

being given to the island." According to Sauer the native name is Ayak. 

Beechey (Voyage, 1826, p. 291) gives the same, Ayak, as the native name 

and adds: "It is singular that this island, which was named Sledge Island 

by Captain Cook, from the circumstance of one of these implements being 

found upon it, should be called by a word signifying the same thing in 

the Esquimaux language." This native name has been variously written 

Ajak, Asiak, Asshiak, Ayak, Aziak, Azjiak, etc.

Sleepy, sea; see Bering.

Slide (The); bluff, just east of Karluk spit, on the northern shore of Kodiak. So 

called by Moser, 1897.

Slide Ridge; mountains, in western part of Eevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols'in 1883.
Sli-Sna. 378 [BULL. 187.

Slim; island, near entrance to. Nakat inlet, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Nichols in 1883.

Slim, point; see Thin. ' 

Slime; bank, off the northern coast of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. So named 

by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Slims; river, tributary to Kluane lake, near latitude 61°, longitude 138° 3(X. Name 

from Peters, 1899.

Slocum; inlet, in mainland, near the north end of Glass peninsula, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, .in 1888, after Ensign 

George Kalph Slocum, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Sloistie, point; see Lay.

Sloss, bay; see Moffet cove.

Sluice; creek, tributary to Jim river, from the east, near longitude 149°. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Small; arm, of Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Maley 

roukav (little sleeve) by the Russians.

Small; glacier, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So 

called by Thomas in 1887. 

Smeaton; bay, in the mainland, debouching into Benin canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by Ball, in 1879 (Coast Pilot, p. 72, footnote), after the English engineer Smeaton who,' in 1759, rebuilt the Eddystone light-house 

after its destruction by fire in 1755. 

Smeatou; island, near Smeaton bay, in Behin canal, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Ball in 1879.

Smith.; bay, on the Arctic coast, between Dease inlet and Colville river mouth. 

Named E. Smith's by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after E. Smith, chief 

factor of the Hudson Bay Company.

Smith; cape, in the Yukon delta, near Cape Roman/of. So named by Dall, in 1869, 

presumably after-Capt. E. E. Smith, a well-known whaling master in the 

region at that time.

Smith, creek; see Davis.

Smith; glacier, tributary, from the west, to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition, in 1899, after Smith college.

Smith; island, in central part of Prince William sound. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Smith; island, south of Japonski island, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Smith; river, in northernmost Alaska, debouching near Cape Halkett, Arctic ocean. 

Named William Smith by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, after William 

Smith, esq., secretary to the Hudson Bay Company.

Smokey, bay; see Shelikof.

Smooth; mountain (1,899 feet high), in Dall ridge, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Smuggler; cove, on the Avest side of Annette island, opening into Nichols passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883. Also written Smuggler's and Smugglers.

Smyth; cape, on the Arctic coast, just west of Point Barrow. So named by Beechey 

in August, 1826, "in compliment to" William Smyth, one of his officers. 

Sometimes, erroneously, Smith.

Snag; river, tributary to White river, from the west, near longitude 140° 30/. 

Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks in 1898.

Snail; point, in Behm canal, the southern point of entrance to Spacious bay. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891.
BAKER.] 379 Sna SMO.

Snail; point, on the western shore of San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Caracol (snail point) by Maurelle

and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Snail; rock (40 feet high), in Kevillagigedo channel, between Boca de Quadra and

Foggy bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Snake; island, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named la Culebra

(the snake) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Snake; river; in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Local name, given

in 1898; presumably suggested by the tortuous course of the stream. 

Snake; river, tributary to Nushagak river, from the west. Local name, from Spurr

and Post in 1898, apparently suggested by the tortuous course of the

stream. 

Snettisham; port, indenting the mainland coast in Stephens passage, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. A post-office, Snettisham,

was established here in June, 1900. 

Snip; islands, in Behm canal, opposite the entrance to Walker cove, Alexander

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Snipe; bay, indenting the southwestern coast of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Kulichkof (snipe) by the Kussians. Has been written

Kulitch, Kulitchok, Koulitchkow and Kulichkof. 

Snipe; island (20 feet high), between Annette and Duke islands, Gravina group,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Snipe; island, in Thorne arm, Eevillagigedo island,-Alexander archipelago. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Snipe; point, the westernmost point of Bell island, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Show; creek, debouching nea. Cape York, Seward peninsula, Bering strait. Local

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Snow; creek, tributary to Skookum river, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Snow; gulch, on Glacier creek, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula.

Erroneously Show. 

Snow; mountains, on north bank of the Koyukuk, between Alien and Fickett

rivers. So named by Alien in 1885. 

Snow; passage, in Clarence strait, between Zarembo' island and the Kashevarof

group of islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in

1886, after Lieut. Commander Albert Sidney Snow, U. S. N., who in that

year made surveys in this region. 

Snow; river, tributary to the head of Kenai lake. Local name, from Mendenhall,

. 1898. 

Snowball; creek, tributary to Dutch creek, from the north, in the Eldorado mining

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. 

Snow Cap; mountain (5,078 feet high), on the west bank of Stikine river, near

Great Glacier. Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Snow Dome; mountain peak (3,300 feet high), in Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Muir in 1882. 

Snowshoe; creek, tributary to Penny river, from the west, in the Nome mining

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. 

Snow Tower; mountain (7,100 feet high), near Whiting river, southeastern Alaska.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Snowy; mountain, on and near the north end of Admiralty island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, map, p. 182). 

Snowy; mountain (5,577 feet high), on the mainland, about 6 miles east of Stikine

river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.
Snu Sot. 380 [BULL. is?.

Snug; anchorage, a. little north of Tolstoi bay, Clarence strait, Alexander Archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Clover in 1885.

Snug; cove, in Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Mansfield in 1889.

Snug; cove, "in the passage connecting Olga bay with Alitak bay," on western 

coast of Kodiak. Locally known as Snug harbor. A cannery was built 

here in 1889.

Snug; harbor, insecurity bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. ''Descriptive 

name, given by Meade in 1869.

Snug; harbor, on the western shore of Cook inlet, near-Iliamna peak. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Snug Corner; cove or bay, near the southern point of entrance to Port Fidalgo, 

Prince William sound. Descriptive name, given by Cook in 1778.

Soapstone; point, the northernmost point of Yakobi.island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Dall, in 1880, on account of its greenish appearance, resembling soapstone.

Soblazna, point; see Seduction.

Soda; creek, tributary to South fork of Fortymile creek, from the west, Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898. 

. Sodomniia, islands; see Noisy.

Sohjeklakakat, river; see Sozhekla. . .

Sokolof; island, westerly from Wrangell, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Russians, presumably after Mr. Alexander Sokolof, a 

Russian who has written extensively on Alaskan topics.

Soldovoi, bay; see Seldovia.

Solenoi, island; see Salt.

Solomon; gulch, near Swariport, on the southern shore of Port Valdes, Prince 

William sound. Name from Schrader and Gerdine, 1900.

Solomon; river, in the Bonanza mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, 

published in 1900.. ' .

Solovarika; islet, southwest from Deer island, near Belkofski. Not identified. 

Called Solovarikha by Lutke, 1836.

Soluka; creek, tributary to Katmai creek, near longitude 155°. Native name, 

obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, from Eev. A. Petelin,

in 1898, and written Soluka. 

Sombrero; islet, in northern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Sombrero (hat) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Sonickson; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the south. Local name,

obtained by Barnard, of the Geological Survey, in 1898. 

Sonora; creek, debouching nearly opposite Sledge island, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900.

Soo City; mining camp, on South fork of the Koyukuk, near longitude 151°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, of the Geological Survey, in 1899. 

Soonkakat, river; see Yuko. 

Soonkakat; village, and river, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, a little above

Nulato. Petrof, in 1880, uses Soonkakat as the name of the village. Alien,

in 1885, calls a stream which appears to be identical with this the Yukokakat. See Kakat. 

Sophia; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Sosiego, Punta del; see Tranquil. 

Sosnovoi, island; see Fir. l 

Soto; bight, on the northern coast of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. So named by the

Fish Commission in 1888.
BAKEK.] .381 Sot SOU.

Soto, Isla de; see Sitkalidak.

Souchoi, channel; see Dry strait.

Souhoi, inlet; see Sukoi.

Soukhoi, strait; see Dry.

Soukhoi, strait; see Sukoi inlet.

Soukoi, inlet; see Sukoi.

Soule; glacier, in .the Seward mountains, west of Portland canal, southeastern

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1897. 

Soulima, river; see TJgashik. 

Soundon, island; see Sumduin. 

Sourdough; creek, debouching just south of Port Clarence, and near Cape Douglas,

Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Sourdough; creek, tributary to Skookum creek, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

South; arm, of. Bay of Pillars, Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

South; arm, Of Hooniah sound, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

South.; arm, of Kelp bay, Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Moore in 1895. 

South; arm, of Three Arm bay, Adak island, Middle Aleutians. Descriptive name,

given by Gibson in 1855. 

South; bay, Dall island, Tlevak strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 69). 

South, cape, Deer island; see Fawn point. 

South; cape, the southeastern point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named

Vkhoda or luzhnie (entrance or south) point by Murashef in 1839-40. 

South; cape, the southern point of Kittiwake island, Kodiak group. Named luzhnie

(south) by Murashef in 1839-40.

South; cape, the southernmost point of Chirikof island. So called by Dall, in 1874. 

South, cape; see Ornmaney. 

South, cape; see Trinity. 

South; flat, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Wrangell South Hat

by Meade in 1869. 

South; fork, of Birch creek, eastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey

in 1895.

South; fork, of Fortymile creek, near the international boundary. Local designation, published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Presumably in use as early

as 1886. 

South; fork, of Koyukuk river, tributary from the south, near the Arctic circle.

Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899. Apparently identical

with Nohoolchinta of Alien in 1885.

South; harbor, the southernmost of Kaigani harbors, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. "Known in 1799 as Taddiskey, a native name, or Taddy's cove,

a corruption of the former." (Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 66.) 

South; island, at entrance to Port McArthur, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm in 1886. 

South; island (250 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Named luzhnie (south)

by the Russians. The native name is Kutloot. Lutke, 1835, has Kytlek. 

South; island, west from the entrance to Port Snettisham, in Stephens passage,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

South, island; see Biorka. 

South; islet, off Aiak cape, on the southwestern shore of Unalaska. So named by

the Fish Commission in 1888.
Sou Sou. . 382 [BULL. 187.

South; ledge, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in

1869. 

South; passage, into Eliza harbor, between Liesnoiand Admiralty islands, Frederick

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

South; passage, the contracted part of Cleveland passage, at its south end, Frederick

sound, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Nichols in 1891. 

South; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade in 1869. 

South, point, Lituya bay; see Harbor.

South; point, on the northeastern shore of Christmas island, Security bay, Alexander archipelago. So called by Glass in 1881. 

South; point, on the northern shore of American bay, Howkan strait, Cordova bay,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson in 1880. 

South; point, the southwestern point of the Kodiak group. So called by Lisianski

in 1805.

South, point; see Kaigani.

South, point; see Lauder. . 

South, point; see Paralysis. 

South, point; see Zapadni. 

South, sea; see Pacific ocean. 

South Amaknak; rocks, off the southern end of Amaknak island, in Port Levashe.f,

Captains bay, Unalaska. So named by Ball in 1873. 

South Craig; point, on the eastern shore of Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago.

This name first appears in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 94). where it is called

South Craig island. 

Southeast; cape, the southeastern point of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. So

named by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Southeast; cove, in the south end of Wrangell island, Ernest sound, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Southeast, glacier; see Adams. 

Southeast; point, the southernmost point of Knight island, Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Southeast, point; see Cascade. 

Southeast; shoal, southeast from Turner point, Port Mulgrave, southeastern Alaska.

Called Eastern by Dall, in 1883, Southeastern by Nichols, in 1891, and

Southeast by Harber, in 1892. 

Southerly; island, in St. John harbor, Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by officers of the U. S. S. Adams in 1884. 

Southern; glacier, between Port Dick and Tutka bay, on Kenai peninsula. So named

by Dall in 1880. 

Southern; rapids, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Vtorie porogi

(second rapids) by the Kussians, and often spoken of as the Second or

Southern rapids. 

South Green; rock, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So called in the

Coast Pilot (1891, p. 132). 

South Head, Akutan island; see Kaianak. 

South Head, point; see Battery. 

South Marble, islet, Glacier bay; see Marble. 

South Passage; point, the southern point of entrance to Tenakee inlet, Chichagof

island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Called South point by

Meade in 1869. 

South Passage; rock, near Port Chalmers, Prince William sound. So named by

Vancouver in 1794.
BAKER.] 383 SOU Spa.

South. Quadra; mountain (1,764 feet high), on the mainland, southeast of entrance 

to Boca de Quadra. So named by Nichols in 1883.

South Vallenar; point, on Gravina island, the south point of entrance to Vallenar 

bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast 

Survey in 1886.

Southwest, bay, St. George island; see Zapadni. .

Southwest; cape, the southwestern point of St.- Lawrence island, Bering sea. So 

called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Southwest, cape; see Cleare.

Southwest; cove, in Etolin island, opening into Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Southiuest; end of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called southwest konetz (end) by 

Tebenkof in 1849.

Southwest; island, one of the Inian group, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 106).

Southwest; peak (1,960 feet high), near Chichagof harbor, on Attu island, western 

Aleutians. So named by Gibson in July, 1855.

Southwest; point, the southwesternmost point of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Called Zapadnie (west) by the Eussians, and Southwest on 

recent charts.

South Zelonoi, point; see False Green.

Soutkhvik, island; see Sutwik.

Souvoroff, cape; see Suworof.

Sows (The); group of rocky islets, in the entrance to San Antonio bay, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Las Puercas (the sows) by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Soynai; river, tributary to Stikine river, from the north. Named Soynai (ice 

water) by the Russians in 1863.

Sozhekla; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near longitude 151°. 

Native name, reported in 1885, by Alien who writes it Sohjeklakakat in 

his text (p. 99) and Sajeklakat on his map (4). It has also been written 

Sajahlakat.

Spacious; bay, in Behm canal, indenting the eastern shore of Cleveland peninsula. 

Named by Dall, in 1879, from Vancouver's description of it as a "spacious 

bay."

Spafarief; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kotzebue sound, Seward peninsula. Named Spafarief's by Kotzebue in August, 1816.

Spanberg, cape; see Espenberg.

Spanish; islands, at the^western entrance to Sumner sirait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by La Perouse in 1786. The name was applied rather indefinitely by La Perouse to a group of islands then very little known. Dall 

in the Coast Pilot, 1883, applies the name to Coronation and "Warren 

islands with some associated islands and rocks. The name is now still 

further restricted to a small group of islands between Coronation and 

Kuiu islands.

Sparrow; islet, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Vorobinoi (sparrow) by Vasilief in 1809.

Spasskaia; bay, on the northern shore of Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago. The literal meaning is "of the Church of Our Saviour," but 

the place was named by the Russians in the early part of the century, 

presumably after Gregori Spasskaia, a Russian hydrographer. Has been 

variously written Spaska, Spaskaia, Spaskaia bay, Port Spaskai, etc.

Spasskaia; island, north of Spasskaia bay, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Spaskai by Meade in 1869.
Spe Spr. . 384 [BULL. 187.

Spectacle; island (1,000 feet high), between Nagai and Big Koniuji islands, Shumagin group. Descriptive name, given by fishermen and reported by Ball in

1872. Perhaps this is the Kunaiugiuk island of Veniaminof (I, 255, 265),

which is described as '' long with two hills.'' Lutke spells it Kangaiulouk. 

Speel; point, at mouth of Speel river, Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1888. 

Speel; river, tributary to head of Port Snettisham, southeastern Alaska. So named

by Thomas in 1888. 

Spencer; cape, the northwestern point of entrance to Cross sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Vancouver in 1794, '' in honour of Lord Spencer.''

It is called Punta de Villaluenga on the general map in De Mofras' atlas,

1845. 

Spencer; point, the south point of entrance to Port Clarence, Bering strait. So

named by Beechey.in September, 1827, "in compliment to the Honourable

Captain Kobert Spencer," R. N. 

Spike; island, near Odiak, Prince William sound. So called by Moser in 1899. 

Spike; rock, near J£eene island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1881. 

Spine; mountain (1,987 feet high), on Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols in 1883. 

Spire; island, near the northern end of Annette island, in Revillagigedo channel,

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1882. 

Spirit; mountain (3,000 feet high), near left bank of the Copper river, in latitude

61° 20'. So. called by Alien, in 1885, because the natives people it \vith an

imaginary Mighty Spirit. 

SpirJdn, island; see Biorka. 

Spirkin, strait; see Udagak. 

Spit; point, on the eastern shore of Carroll inlet, Eevillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Spit; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Apparently so named by

Pender'in. 1868. 

Spit; rock, off the southern coast of St. Matthew island, Bering sea. So named by

Ball or Elliott in 1874. 

Spithead; the south end of the spit in front of Dutch harbor, Captains bay,

Unalaska. So named by Ball in 1871.

Spitz; islet, south of Mitrofania island, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula.

Named Spitz (sharp pointed) by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Split; island, near Dewey anchorage, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago.

Descriptive name, given by Snow in 1886. 

Split Top; mountain (2,098 feet high), near head of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island,

middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibson in 1855. 

Split .Top; mountain (2,100 feet high), on the eastern side of Captains bay,

Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Dall in 1871. 

Spoon Knoll; hill, on the mainland, east of Farragutbay, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Thomas in 1887. 

Spornago, point; see Tidemeeting. 

Spot; mountain (1,807 f£et high), in California ridge, Gravina island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Spray; cape, between Skan and Pumicestone bays, on north shore of Unalaska,

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. It was

named Mokrovskoi (wet) by Sarichef in 1792. Tebenkof calls it Morkovskoi. 

Spray; island, in Thomas bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Thomas in 1887.
BAKER.] 385 Spr Sta.

Spruce; cape, the southwestern point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Elovoi (Spruce) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Spruce; cape, the western point of entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Elovoi 

vneshnie (spruce outer) by the early Russians. Called Elovoi (spruce) 

by Tebenkof, 1849,

Spruce; creek, just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Spruce; creek, tributary to the Koksuktapaga river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Spruce; island, between Afognak and Kodiak. Lisianski, in 1804, calls it Pine island 

and Langsdorf, Jellowa (fir). Variously called Elow, Elovoi, Yelovoi, etc.

Spruce; island (84 feet high), off Pybus bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelagoNamed Yelowy (spruce) by Zarembo in 1838. Erroneously Yellowy.

Spruce, island; see Elovoi.

Spruce; point, on the eastern shore of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Schroeder by Meade, in 1869, after Lieut. Seaton Schroeder, 

'U.S. N., a junior officer on'the Saginaw in 1868^69. It is Spruce point

of Lindenberg in 1838.

Spuhn; island (246 feet high), at western entrance to Gastineau channel, .southeastern Alaska. So named by Beardslee, in 1880, after Mr. Carl Spuhn, of 

the.Northwest Trading Company.

Spuhn; point, on Spuhn island, at west end of Gastineau channel, Alexander archipelago. Said to have been.so ''named by the United States Navy in 1881. '" 

This seems to be an error. Apparently it was first so called in the Coast 

Pilot (1883, p. 173).

Spuhn, point; see Zimovia.

Spurr; glacier, in longitude 143°, near Skolai pass. Named after Josiah Edward 

Spurr, of the Geological Survey, by Rohn, in 1900.

Spurt; point, on the northern shore of Thomas bay, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Square; bluff, on the northern shore of Amchitka island, western Aleutians. So designated by the United States North Pacific Exploring Expedition in 1855.

Square; cove, Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Baker in 1880.

Square; island, in Behm canal, at mouth of Spacious bay, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name, given by the Coast Survey in 1.891.

Square; island, in Tlevak strait, north of Long island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1881.

Squaw; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near latitude 

67°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Squaw; gulch and creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the west, in the Fortymile 

mining district. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Squentna, river; see Skwentna.

Srednaia, bay, etc.; see Middle.

Sredni, island; see Middle!

Sredni, point; see Middle. ,

Ssergoit; river, tributary to Kusawa lake, in the upper Yukon valley. Native name, 

reported by the Krause brothers in 1882 as Ssergoit.

Ssitkaje, glacier; see Davidson.

Stachin, river; see Stikine. < 

Stachtan Nitada. According to Cook, 1778, this name had appeared on "modern 

maps" as a name of a part of the continent of America, the part we now 

call Alaska. But he could not find that this name was locally known to 

either natives or Russians. .

Bull. 187 01 25
Sta Sta. 386 [BULL. 187.

Stag; point, the northeasternmost point of Deer island, near Belkofski. So named 

by Ball in 1880. Called North cape by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Staines; river, of northern Alaska, debouching near Flaxman island, Arctic coast. 

Called Sir T. Staines river by Franklin in 1826.

Stamie; island, in northwestern part of Prince William sound. Name from 

Schrader, 1900.

Stanhope; island, near the western shore of Etolin island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball in 1879.

Stanhope; point, the southern point of Stanhope island, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So namecl by Vancouver in 1793.

Stanovoi, island; see Kutkan.

Stanton, narrows; see Valdes.

Star; gulch and creek, tributary to American creek, from the east, in the Eagle 

mining region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Star; mining camp and post-office, at junction of Seventymile creek and the Yukon 

near the international boundary. Locally known as'Star City. The postoffice, named Star, was established here in November, 1898.

Star; rock, bare at low water, in Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890.

Starboard; cape, the eastern head of Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Named Pravoi (right 

or starboard) by the Russians. It is on the right hand as one enters the 

bay.

Starichkof, bay; see Skan.

Starichkof; cape, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. Apparently named Starichkof 

(an old codger) by Wosnesenski, about 1840, who gives the native name as 

Stuk Talj Cbak. Spelled Staritschkow by.Grewingk.

Starichkof; cape, the south head of Makushin bay, on north shore of Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians. Named Starichkof (an old codger or old fellow) by 

Tebenkof in 1849. The Fish Commission, in 1888, called it Odd Fellows. 

Could this have arisen from an error in translation?

Starichkof; native village, shown by Sarichef, 1792, under the name Akmagan, 

near Starichkof cape, on north shore of Unalaska. Veniaminof calls it 

Starichkof and says it continued to exist down to 1805.

Starichkof; reef, extending off Egg point, on northwestern shore of Atka, middle 

Aleutians. Called Staritchkoff (old codger) by Lutke.

Starichkof; river, on the western side of Kenai peninsula. Name published by 

Tebenkof in 1849. The native name appears, according to Wosnesenski, 

1840, to be Stuk Talj Chak.

Starik; Eskimo village, on left bank of the Yukon, near head of the delta. Called 

Starry (old) Kwikhpak by Dall, 1869. The place is omitted from most of 

the recent maps.

Starling, cape; see Leontovich. ..

Starling; native village, in the western part of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Skvortzova (Starling's) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Starri-gavan; bay, in the northeastern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

On a harbor in this bay was the site of the first Russian settlement in 

these parts, in 1799. After its destruction by the Indians, in 1802, the 

Russians made a new settlement on the site of the present town of Sitka. 

Thereupon the old place was and still is referred to as Starri-gavan or 

Old harbor bay. See also Old Sitka harbor.

Starri-gavan, harbor; see Three Saints.

Starry, village; see Starik.

Station; island, at entrance to Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890. His astronomical station was 

near this island.
BAKER.] 387 Sta Ste.

Station; island, south of Mitkof island, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols in 1881. 

Station; islet, at entrance to Shakan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Helm in 1886. 

Station; point, about one mile south of Wrahgell, on Wrangell island, Zimovia

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 1886, who had an

astronomical station at this place. 

Station; point, on Glass peninsula, southwest of Limestone inlet, Stephens passage,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Staunch; point, the eastern point of entrance to Windfall harbor, Seymour canal,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Steamboat; bay, indenting the mainland coast, in northern arm of Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomias in 1887. 

Steamboat; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the east, Seward peninsula.

- Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Steamer; bay, in the western part of Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. Named

Parakhotnia (steamer)by the Russians.

Steamer; knoll (2,033 feet high), near Steamer bay, Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Stebbins; village, near St. Michael, Norton sound. So called on Coast Survey 

chart 9380, published in 1900. On Coast Survey chart 9370, published in 

1899, it is called Atroic or Stebbins. See also Stephens, cape.

Steele; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the south, in the Fortymile min* 

ing region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Steele; point, the easternmost point of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William sound. 

So named by.Portlock in 1787. Vancouver, in 1794, named it Bentinck. 

Often written Steel. Both names are used on the latest charts and applied 

to two distinct yet near together capes.

Steep; cape, on the northwestern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Krutoi (steep) by the Russians. Called Kruto, Krutoi,-and Krutoy.

Steep; mountain (2,045 feet high), near the head of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak 

island, middle Aleutians. So named by Gibson in 1855. Has also been 

called Steep Top.

Steep; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Pender in 1868.

Steeple; peak (2,136 feet high), on the mainland near Taku harbor, Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1888.

Stella; creek, tributary to Cripple river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900. ,

Stepanof; cove, on the northern coast of Umnak, perhaps in Inanudak bay. So 

called by Lutke. See Inanudak.

Stephens; cape, opposite Stuart island, on the mainland, on the southern cbasi 

of Norton sound, Bering sea. So named by Cook in September, 1778: 

In the mouths of the Russians this became Stefens and even Stebbins. 

Perhaps this is Tchuk of the natives.

Stephens; cove, indenting the mainland, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Stephens; creek, tributary to head of Klutina lake, latitude 61° 30'. Presumably 

so named by Lowe, in 1898, after Sherman C. Stephens, a member of his 

party.

Stephens; hill (331 feet high), on Cape Stephens, near St. Michael, Norton sound. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Stephens; passage, between Admiralty island and the mainland to the east, Alexander archipelago. Called Stephens's passage by Vancouver in 1794.

Stephens; point, on the mainland, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexandei 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Beardslee in 1880.
Ste Sto. [BULT,. 187.

Stepovak; bay, indenting the southern part of Alaska peninsula, near the Shuinagins. Named Stepovakho (Stepof s) bay by the Russians. Proper name. 

Has been written Stepovakho and Stepowoj. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it

 Zakharof (Zachary) bay.

Stetson; creek, tributary to Cooper creek, Kenai peninsula. Local name, published 

in 1899.

Stevenson; island, in Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow in 1886.

Stewart; island, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Stewart; peak, on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Thomas in 1887.

Stewart; port, on the eastern shore of Cleveland peninsula, opening into Behm 

canal. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Mate John Stewart, of his 

party, " who made a very good survey of it."

Stewart; river, tributary to Sinuk river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Stewart; river, tributary to the upper Yukon. So named, in 1850, by Robert Campbell, of the Hudson Bay Company. Named after his friend and assistant 

clerk, James G. Stewart, son of Hon. John Stewart, of Quebec. Stewart 

(James G.) crossed this river on the ice in the winter of 1849.

Stewart; sunken rock, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Slick, village; see Chief Stephen.

Stiernfeld, island; see Turner.

Stikine; river, in southeastern Alaska and British Columbia. A name 'of Indian 

origin.and which has been variously written Stachin, Stachine, Stehkin,

 Sta.keen, Stickeen, Stikeen, etc., and erroneously.Francis river and Pelly 

river. The above form Stikine has also been adopted by the Canadian 

Board on Geographic Names.

Stikine; strait, separating Zarembo islands from Etolin arid Woronkofski islands, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians and written Stakhinski, 

Stachinski, etc.

Still; harbor, in Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Tikhaia (still) by the Russians. Has also been called Tichai and Tichaia.

Stillwater; anchorage, in Kot>tznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869.

Stiphan, Indian village; see Chief Stephen.

Stockade; point, the eastern point of entrance to Taku harbor, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. On the point was 

a ruined blockhouse and stockade built by the Hudson Bay Company in 

1840-41.

Stockdale; harbor, on the western coast of Montague island, Prince William sound. 

Named Stockdale's by Portlock in 1787.

Stolb, cape; see Bold.

Stolb, rock; see Pillar.

Stone, bay; see Necker. .

Stone; islands, in entrance to Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Snow, in 1886, after Mr. J. C. Stone, a member of his party.

Stone; islet, at the south end of Davis creek, in Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. The name is used by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (-1891, p. 160).

Stone; rock (20 feet high), about 3 miles north of Cape Chacon, Dixon entrance. 

So named by Clover in 1885.
BAKER.] ' ' 389 StO StH.

Stonehouse; creek, in Fortymile mining district, tributary to Mosquito fork, from

the north. Prospectors' name, from Barnard in 1898.

Stoney; mountain and glacier, in the Tordrillo range. So named by Spurr in 1898. 

Stony, island; see Pyramid. 

Stony, point; see Peschani. 

Stony, point; see Tonki. 

Stop; island, in Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Nichols in 1882. Beyond this island there is an extensive mud flat and

shoal water. 

Stopford; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal.. So named by Pender in

1868. 

Storm; islands, in Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Thomas in 1887. 

Story; islands, in Prince William sound. So named by Abercrombie, in 1S9S, after

Mr. Story, agent of the Alaska Packing Company. 

Story; slough, one of the passes through the delta of the Copper river. Name from

Schrader and Gerdine, 1900.

Stoss; cape, near the head of Russell fiord, Disenchantment bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Kussell in 1891.

Stout; island, in the Koyukuk river, near Double Point mountain. So named by 

Alien in 1885.

Strait; cape, on the northeastern shore of Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Called Cape of the Straits on English charts prior 

to 1880. On late charts called Cape of the Strait.

Strait; island, off Port Protection, in Stunner strait, Alexander archipelago., So 

named by Helm in 1886. Called Barrie by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, 

p. 104).,

Strauss; sunken rock, near south end of Shelter island, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in or prior to 1891.

Strawberry, point; see Easpberry, cape.

Strawberry; pond, about 3 miles southwest of Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Laguna de las Frezas (dung lake) by Malaspina 

in 1791. In Spanish frezas means dung, fresas means strawberry. Perhaps frezas is a clerical error for .fresas. I prefer to think so and make 

this change.

Streets; island (10 feet high), in Clarence strait, just north of entrance to Kasaan 

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885.

Streets; lake, in the western part of Etolin island, draining to head of Kocky bay, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, in 1886, after Passed Assistant 

Surgeon Thomas Hale Streets, TJ. S. N., a member of his party.

Screlna; creek, tributary to the Kuskulana, from the north, near its mouth. Native 

name in local use, 1900.

Stripe; mountain (2,300 feet high), west of and near mouth of Portland canal. So 

: named by Pender in 1868.

Strogonof; point, the southern point of entrance to Heiden bay, on northern shore 

of Alaska peninsula. Named Strogonova (Strogonof's) by Lutke. Has 

also been written Strogonoff, Strogonov, etc.

Stuart; canal or passage, across Stuart island, Norton sound. So named by the 

Coast Survey in 1898.

Stuart; creek, tributary to Fairview creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Stuart; creek, tributary to the Tonsina river, from the west, near its mouth. Name 

from Schrader, 1900.
Stu-Sug. 390 % [BULL. 187.

Stuart; island, in Norton sound, western Alaska. Discovered and named Stuart's

by Cook in September, 1778. : 

Stuart; mountain or hill (483 feet high), on Stuart island, Norton sound. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Stuck; mountain, near Copper river, in latitude 62°. Named Stuck by Abercombie

in 1898. . . - 

Studenaja, bay; see Cold. 

Stuk-Talj-Chak, river; see Starichkof.

Stulchena, bay; see Cold. , . 

Sturgeon; river, on the northern coast of Kodiak, near Karluk. Named Shipinskaia by Tebenkof in .1849. Called Sturgeon river by the Fish Commission

in 1888. 

Sturgess; island, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published in British

Admiralty chart 2431 (ed. of 1890). 

Styleman; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Snettisham, Stephens

passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Styx; river, in the Tordrillo range, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the east,

- near its source. So named by Spurr and Post in 1898. 

Subienna, bay; see Massacre. 

Succosleanty, river; see Sukosleanti. 

Suchilnoi, islet; see Sushilnoi. 

Sucho Emnik, bay and peninsula; see Dry Spruce. 

Sucker; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the north, near the international

boundary line. So called by the Coast Survey in 1890. 

Sucker, river; see Rapid. 

Suckling; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Controller bay. So named by

Cook in 1778.

Suckqwan, village; see Sukkwan.

Sudak; cape, the northeasternmost point of Tanaga island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Called Sudak (perch-pike) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also

been written Sudakh. 

Suemez; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by the

Spaniards, 1775-1792.

Sugarloaf; island, about 14 miles northwest of Cape Spencer, at entrance to Dixon

harbor, southeastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 

1889. .

Sugarloaf; island, one of the Barren islands, in entrance to Cook inlet. So called 

by Dixon in 1787 (Voyage, p. 69).

Sugarloaf; mountain (5,259 feet high), on the mainland, east of the Stikine river 

and near the international boundary. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Sugarloaf; mountain (1,350 feet high), on the southeastern coast of St. Matthew 

island, Bering sea. Named Sikarnoi golovie (Sugarloaf), says Lutke, 

1836, on account of its appearance.

Sugarloaf; peak, on Alaska peninsula, near the head of Bristol bay. So named by 

the Fish Commission in. 1890.

Sugarloaf; peak (1,060 feet high), on the north end of Kanaga island, middle Aleutians. So named by Gibson in 1855.

Sugarloaf; peak (1,760 feet high), on the southern edge of Semisopochnoi island, 

Bat island group, western Aleutians. Apparently so named by the United 

States North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1855.

Sugarloaf; rock, near cape Whitshed, at,en trance to Prince William sound. So 

called by Moser in 1897.

Sugarloaf, rock; see Humpback.
BAKER.] 391 Suk Sum.

Sukhoi, bay; see Dry.

Sukhoi, river; see Blind. . .

Sukhoi Elnik, bay; see Dry Spruce.

Sukkwan; Indian village, on the north shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Has also been written Suckqwan.

Sukkwan; island or (?) peninsula, in the northern part of Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So written by .Moser, in 1897.

Sukkwan; strait, in the northern part of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So 

written by Moser, in. 1897.

Suklik; island (200 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name obtained, 

in 1874, by Dall, who wrote it Su'khlikh.

Sukoi; inlet, partly dry at low water, separating Kruzof and Partofschikof islands 

and uniting Krestof and Salisbury sounds. This constitutes the northern 

and chief part of the strait named Hay ward's by Portlock in 1787. It was 

called Sukoi (dry) by the Eussians, a name which has appeared as Dry, f 

Souchoi, Souhoi, Soukhoi, Soukoi, etc.

Sukoi; islets, north of the northern entrance to Wrangell strait, in Frederick sound,

. Alexander archipelago. Called Soukhoi (dry) by Meade in 1869. Has 

also been written Souchoi.

Sukosleanti; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the west, near its mouth. 

Native name reported, in 1885, by Alien who writes it Succosleanty in his 

text (p. 106) and Succosleanty on his map. Tikhmenief, 1861, shows this 

stream and calls it Kalialiaktna.

Sukwanila; mountains, on north bank of the Yukon a little above the Melozi river. 

Called Suyanyilla by the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, 1867, and 

Suquonilla by Raymond in 1869. Apparently these are the mountains 

called on late Coast Survey maps Tohtanyilla.

Sulima, river; see Ugashik.

Sullivan; island, in Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade, in 1869, 

after the master of the American schooner Louisa Downs,wrecked here in 

1867. According to the Krause brothers, 1882, its native name is Schikdk.

Sullivan; mountain (2,142 feet high), on the eastern shore of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Sullivan; point, on the western shore of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Sullivan; rock (150 feet high), south of Sullivan island, in Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the United States Hydrographic Office in 1869.

Suloia; bay, indenting the southern shore of Qhichagof Island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Suloia (porridge) by the Russians. George Kostrometinoff, U. S. court interpreter at Sitka, writes this Sulovoi (ripple). .

Suloia; islet, in Suloia bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Coghlan in 1884.

Suloia; point, opposite Fish bay, on Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians.

Suloia; sunken rock, in Suloia bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Cbghlan in 1884.

Sulphur; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Sulphur; springs, on Bell island, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Sumdum; glacier, on the mainland, near Holkham bay, Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. Native name, written Soundon by Meade in 1869. 

-Sumdum; island, in Endicott arm of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. Called Sand island by Meade in 1869. Has also been written Soundon. Sumdum is its native name.
Sum Su*. ' 392 [BULL. 187.

Sumdum; post-office, in Sanford cove, Holkham bay, southeastern Alaska. Estab- 

' lished in November, 1897.

Summer; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Captains bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians. Veniaminof calls this Imagninskoe. Davidson, in 1869, called 

it Indian bay and Dall, in 1871, Summer bay, which is believed to be its 

local name.

Summit; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the west, Kenai peninsula. Local 

name, published in 1899.

Summit; creek,, tributary to Eldorado river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Summit; glacier (5,700 feet high), on the mainland, east of Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Summit; island, on the north shore of Bristol bay, just east of Togiak bay. So 

called by the Fish Commission in 1890. Sarichef, 1826, calls it by its 

Eskimo name, Kellek. Tebenkof calls it Kielkek.

Summit; peaks (5,800 feet high), at head of Valdes glacier. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Sumner, glacier; see Turner.

Sunnier; island, northwest from Port Protection, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm in 1886.

Sumner; mountains, in the southern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas in 1887.

Sumner; strait, extending from the mouth of the Stikine river to the Pacific, 

between Prince of Wales archipelago and other islands, on the south, and 

.Kupreanof and other islands, on the north. Named by Dall, in 1875, after 

Hon. Charles Sumner.

Sun Golovine, bay and sound; see Golofnin.

Sunit, cape; see Ninilchik.

Sunny; mountain (4,400 feet high), near the outlet of Klutinalake. So named by 

Abercrombie in 1898.

Sunrise; mining town and post-office, on Sixmile creek, Kenai peninsula. .Founded 

in 1895 or 1896 and called Sunrise City. The post-office Sunrise was established here in June, 1899.

Sunset; creek,, tributary to Gold run, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900.

Sunset; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900, .

Sunset; creek, tributary to Snake river, from the north, near Nome, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. - '

.Sunset; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, from the south, just west 

of Sixmile creek. Local name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Sunset; island (404 feet high), near Windham bay, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Sunshine; village or camp, on the Klehini river, near Chilkat river. Prospectors' 

name, from Brooks, 1900. N

Surf; rock, near Middle channel, into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Called Polivnoi (surf washed) by the Russians in 1809. Also, 

they used Burun (breakers) to designate it. Thus it has been called 

Bolivnoi (by error), Burun, Polivnoi, and Surf.

Surge; small bay, indenting the western shore of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 185).

Surprise; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the north. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine in 1900.

Surprise; creek, tributary to Topkok river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.
BAKER.] 393 ' Sur Sve.

Surprise; glacier, tributary to Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. 

So named by the Harriman Expedition in 1899.

Surprise; harbor, at the south end of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named, presumably, by Meade in 1869.

Surprise; point, on island in mouth of Nakat inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Nichols in 1888. .

Survey; mountains (2,916 feet high), in the northern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Survey; point, the eastern point of entrance .to Tamgas harbor, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Sushilnoi; islet, in the Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak. Named Sushilnoi 

(drying-ground, drying place) by the Russians. Erroneously Sushitnoi. 

Veniaminof has Chishelnoi (cleaning).

Sushitna; Indian village, near the mouth of Sushitna river, Cook inlet. Petrof, 1880, 

writes it Sushetno and shows two villages, Sushetno (first village), with 

population 44, and Sushetno (second village), with population 46. The 

f Eleventh Census, 1890, has Sushitna village, with population 142.

Sushitna; mountain (4,280 feet high), about 15 miles north of the mouth of the 

Sushitna river. Apparently a local name, published by the Geological 

Survey in 1900.

Sushitna; river, tributary from the north, to Cook inlet. Native name, Sushitna, 

i. e., Sushit river. Variously written Suchitna, Sushitna, etc.

Suslota; creek, tributary to Slana river. Native name, reported by Alien in 1885. 

In his text it is printed Suslota, and also (apparently erroneously) Sustota. 

The termination ta is doubtless what Hayes wrote to or too, meaning creek.

Suslota; pass (about 4,000 feet high), between the Copper and Tanana rivers. So 

called by Schrader in 1899.

Suspiro; cape, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Suspiro (sigh) 

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Susto, Ensenada del; see Sitka. 

Sutchum, island; see Sutwik.

Sutkum, island; see Sutwik.

Sutro; creek, tributary to Fox river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

Sutwik; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of the Semidi 

group. Native name, from the Russians, who have Sutkum and Sutwik. 

Langsdorf, 1813, has Sutchum and the Russian charts Sutkhwik. Variously 

written Soutkhvik, Soutvik, Sutchum, Sutchwik, Sutkhum, Sutkwik, and 

Zutchwik. Petrof, in the Tenth Census, 1880, calls the island Sutkhum, 

and in his text (p. 28) the village Sutkhoon. In the Eleventh Census, 1890, 

the island is called Sutwik and the village Sutkum.

Sutwik; native village, on Sutwik island.

Suworof; cape, at mouth of the Naknek river, near head of Bristol bay, Bering sea. 

So named by Staniukovich, of the corvette Hotter, in 1828, whose reconnaissance of the Alaska peninsula ended here. Spelled Souvoroff, Suvoroff, 

etc. Russian proper name.

Suworof; village, at mouth of the Naknek river, Bristol bay, Bering sea. So called 

by the Russians, presumably after Cape Suworof, near by. Its native 

name appears to be Kinghiak or Kiniaak, which has also appeared as 

Kinuiak. Sarichef calls it the Aleut village Naugvik.

Suyanyilla, mountains; see Sukwanila.

Svenseu; sunken rock, in the eastern part of Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Svenson by Moore, in 1895; here changed to Svehsen, the usual 

spelling of this Swedish proper name.

Svetchnikoff, harbor and point; see Sviechnikof.
Svl-Taa. 394 ' [BULL. 187.

Sviechnikof; harbor or port, indenting the southern shore of Amlia island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Surveyed and presumably named by 

Chernof in 1832. May be a family name. Sviechnik is Russian for tallow 

chandler. The name has been written Svetchnikoff, Sbieznikof, and even 

Suchikova.

Svieshlakof; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. So named by the Russians.

Svikhchak, bay; see Swikshak. 

Svinoi, island; see Hog.

Swamp; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender in 

1868.

Swan; island, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield in 1890.

Swan; lake, near Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander archipalago. Named Lebiazhe 

(swan) by Vasilief in 1809.

Swan; river, tributary to the Mulchatna, from the east, near latitude 60°. Local 

name, obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, from trader A. Mittendorf.

Swanport; anchorage and post, opposite Valdes, in Port Valdes, Prince William 

sound. Local name, published in 1899.

Swanson; harbor, at junction of Lynn canal, Chatham strait and Cross sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Swedania; point, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of the Shurnagins. Named Swedania (meeting place) by the Russians.

Swedish Meadows. This name appeared on an unpublished chart of the Coast Survey 

(numbered 1000) for some features in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. .

Sweetcake; creek, tributary to Ophir creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Sweetheart; falls, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas in 1888.

Swikshak; bay, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait, about 25 miles southwest 

of Cape Douglas, Alaska peninsula. Native name, which Lutke, 1835, 

writes Svikhchak. Has been written Sbichsak and Swikschak.

Swinoi, island; see Hog/

Sword; point, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de Espada (sword point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Syble; point, on the mainland, the eastern point of entrance to Yes bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Sycamore; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kodiak. Named Chernieshef 

(perhaps from Cherniechie, sycamore) by the Russians in 1808-1810. 

Tebenkof calls it Maknashka and the Coast Survey, Devils bay.

Sykes; point, the southern point of entrance to Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after a member of his party.

Sylburn; harbor, on the western side of Annette island, opening into Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Symonds; bay, in Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named after 

Lieut. Frederick Martin Symonds, U. S. N., who, with Master G. C. Hanus, 

U. S. N., surveyed it in 1879.

Symonds; point, on Admiralty island, near north end of Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Coghlan, in 1884, after Lieut. F. M. 

Symonds, U. S. N., who made surveys in this vicinity in 1880.

Taaltsug, bay; see Dry.

Taaltsug; river, one of the five rivers in the delta of the Alsek, southeastern 

Alaska. Apparently a native name, published by Tebenkof in 1849.
BAKER.] 395 fast fag.

Taapkuk; Eskimo village (population 42 in 1880), at Cape Espenberg", Kotzebue 

sound. Eskimo name, from Petrof, 1880, Avho writes it Ta-apkuk.

Table; island, in Hood bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Meadein.1869.

Table; mountain (6,000 feet high), on the headwaters of the Koyukuk river, in 

latitude 68°. Descriptive name, given by Schrader in 1899.

Tachat; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the north, near latitude 63°. 

Native name, from Spurr and Post, 1898; who wrote it Tachatna, i. e., 

Tachat river.

Tachik, bay; see Pavlof.

Tachilni; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Morzhovoi bay, on the southern 

shore of Alaska peninsula, near its western end. Named Tochilnoi 

(grinding to an edge, sharpening, whetting) by Tebenkof in 1849. Its 

Aleut name according to Lutke (p. 272) who obtained it from Kudiakof, 

1791, is Animatchoutchkok.

Tachilni; mountains, between Cold and Morzhovoi bays, at western end of Alaska

peninsula. Named Taehelhey by the Fish Commission, in 1888, the name

being obviously derived from Cape Tachilni, near by. Tebenkof calls the 

cape Tochilnoi. It has been given Tachilnoi by Dall, Taehelhey by the 

Fish Commission, and Tachethey by the Coast Survey.

Tachkinach, island; see Siineonof.

Tachshilik, creek; see Takshilik.

Tachti, island; see Takli.

Tacou, harbor; see Taku.

Taddiskey, harbor; see Kaigani and South.

Tadluk; cape, on the southern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians. Native 

name, from Tebenkof, 1849. '

Tadrandike, river; see Chandlar.

Tag; rock or rocky islet, one of the Delarof islands, near western end of the 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, who 

writes it Tagachalugis, or, as we may divide it, Ta-gach-al-u-gis. This 

haa been written Tagatchalgise by the Hydrographic Office and Tagachalgise by the Coast Survey. This large name of a small feature I have here 

curtailed to Tag.

Tagadak; islet, east of Adak, and south of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Tagddak is Aleut for new, 

fresh, etc. Has also been written Tagadakh.

Tagalak; island, between Atka and Great Sitkin, middle Aleutians. Native name, 

from Billings's track chart 1790-92. (Not to be confounded with Tagadak, 

a small island about 10 miles west of this one.) Has also been written 

Tagalakh.

Tagamak, islet; see Chernabura.

Taghinak, island; see Simeonof.

Tagish; lake and post-office, east of Bennett lake, Yukon district, Canada. Named 

Bove, in 1883, by Schwatka, after Lieutenant Bove, of the Italian navy, 

but by Dr. Dawson called Tagish. The native name, according to Ogilvie, 

is Takone. The above name, Tagish, has been adopted by the Canadian 

Board on Geographic Names.

Tagumanik; creek, tributary to the eastern part of Norton sound. Native name, 

from the Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867.

Taguta. Eaymond, 1869, shows a native village on the north bank of the Yukon, 

about 15 miles below the mouth of the Kaiyuh riyer, called Tagutakaka, 

which appears to be intended for Taguta-kakat, i. e., Taguta river. 

Neither name nor village appears on recent maps.
Tali-Tak. 396 [BULL. 187.

Tahini; river, tributary to Chilkat river, from the north, near latitude 59° 3CK. 

Native name, reported by the Krause brothers in 1882.

Tahini, river; see Takhin.

Tahkandit; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the northeast, near the international boundary. Native name, published by the Coast Survey, in 1890, 

as Tahkandik.

Tdhko, lake; see Teslin.

Tahko, pass; see Taku.

Tahltan, river; see First North.

Tahneta; pass, between the headwaters of the Matanuska and Tazlina rivers. 

Native name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Tahnohkalony, village; see Tanakot.

Taigud; islands, on the south side of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief in 1809.

Taiya; inlet, at head of Chilkoot inlet, southeastern Alaska. An Indian word variously written Tyya and Tya (Meade, 1869), Dejah (Krause, 1882), Dayay 

(Schwatka, 1883), Dyea and Taiya by various authorities. The above form 

has been adopted for the inlet and the river which flows into it at its 

head. '

Taiyasanka; harbor, in front of Ferebee glacier, at the head of Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers, in 1882, 

as Dejiihssdnke. Nichols (1891) writes it Taiya Sahnka.

Takaiak; mountain, about 25 miles southeast of Nulato. Native name, from Tikhmenief, 1861. Not found on any recent map. Near it Tikhmenief shows 

a summer village cailed Takaiaksa.

Takaltski, creek; see Medicine.

Takanis; bay, indenting the western shore of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Usually written Takhanis.

Takatz; bay, on the eastern coast of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Native name, reported by Moore in 1895.

Takawangha, island; see Tanaga.

Takclmk; entrance, to a narrow strait leading from Grantley harbor to Imuruk basin, 

Seward peninsula. Beechey visited this in August, 1827, described it, and 

says it is called Tokshook by the natives. Lutke writes it Tokchouk.

Beechey says there was an Eskimo village on its shores. Ball, 1869, locates 

a village here called Taksumut. By Petrof, 1880, this is called Taksomute 

and located farther east

Takhanis, point; see Bingham,

Takhin; mountain ridge, between Takhin river and Chilkat lake, southeastern 

Alaska. The native name of this ridge was reported by the Krause brothers, 

in 1882, to be Takhinscha.

Takhin; river, tributary to the Chilkat, from the west, near head of Lynn canal. 

Native name, reported by United States naval officers, in 1880, as Takheen. 

Krause's map of 1882 has Takhin. Has also been called Tahini and Taklini. The above form, Takhin, has been adoptecl by the Canadian 'Board 

on Geographic Names.

Takhini; river, draining from Kusawa lake to Lewes river. Native name, reported 

in 1883 by Schwatka, who writes it Tahk-heen-a. The above form, Takhini, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Takiketak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay. Name from 

Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Takikatagamute, L e., Takiketak people. 

Population in 1880, 21.

Takkk, cape; see Aklek.
BAKER.] 397 Tak Tarn.

Takli; island, between Katmai and Kukak bays, on north shore of Shelikof strait. 

Native name, from the Russians, who wrote it Takali and Takhli. 

Erroneously Tachli and Tachti.

Takome, lake; see Tagish.

Takshak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the lower Yukon, near Razboinski. 

Name from Ball, 1869. Usually written Takahagemut, i. e., Takshak 

people.

Takshak, village; see Chukchuk.

Takshilik; creek, tributary to the Kanektok river, from, the south, about 30 miles 

above the Kanektok's mouth. Native name, from Post, 1898, who wrote 

it Tdchshilik.

Taksumut, village; see Takchuk.

Taku; harbor, indenting the mainland in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

A native name, first applied by Vasilief in 1848. Variously written Taco, 

Tacou, Takou, etc.

Taku; inlet, opening into Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. Native name, 

variously written, Taco, Tacou, Tahko, etc. It is Lothianoi (icy) arm of 

Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been called Glacier inlet.

Taku; lake, draining into Taku harbor. So called by Thomas in 1888.

Taku; mountain (2,170 feet high), on the mainland, near Taku harbor, Stephens 

passage, southeastern Alaska. So called by Thomas in 1888.

Taku; pass, into the interior by way of the Taku river. Local name, first applied 

by Vasilief in 1848. Variously written Taco, Tahko, Takou, etc.

Taku; point, on the eastern shore of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska.

Taku; river, of British Columbia and southeastern Alaska, tributary to the head of 

Taku inlet.

Taku; village, at head of Taku harbor, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Has appeared on charts as Taku settlement and Takou villages.

Ta-ku-len-ny, lake and river; see Kluane.

Ta-ku-ten-ny-ee, lake and village; see Aishihik.

Talbiksok; river, tributary to the lower Yukon, from the south, near or at the 

Yukon-Kuskokwim portage. Native name from Raymond, 1869, who 

wrote it Talbiksokh. Variously written Talbigsak, Talbik'sak, etc.

Talkeet; mountain range, north of Cook inlet, between the Matanuska and Sushitna 

rivers. The name Talkeetna was proposed by Eldridge, in 1898, and published in his report, where he says the last syllable is often pronounced no. 

Talkeet-na or Talkeet-no means Talkeet river.

Talkeet; river, north of Cook inlet, tributary to the Sushitna, from the east, near 

latitude 62°. Native name, from Eldridge and Muldrow, 1898, who wrote 

Talkeetna, i. e., Talkeet river.

Tall Tree; point, in Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson in 1880.

Talnika, point; see Willow. x

Talsekwe; river, tributary to Taku river, from the north, near the international 

boundary line, southeastern Alaska. Native name, given by the Coast 

Survey, in 1895, as Taltakay, in 1898, as Tolusque (or possibly Slocah), 

and, in 1899, as Tallsaykway.

Tamgas; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and so called by Etolin in 1833. Presumably a native 

name, identical with Tongass, but kept in this form to prevent confusing 

the two places.

Tamgas; mountain (3,684 feet high), in the southeastern part of Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.
Tarn Tan. ' 398 [BULL. 187.

Tamgas; reef, in Felice strait, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols in 1883.

Tan. This is said to be the native- name for cape or point as used by the Indians 

about Cook inlet. It is added as a final syllable. Thus, Kukistan, i. e., 

Kukis cape.

Tana; glacier and river, tributary to the Chitina, from the south. Native name, 

from a manuscript-map made by prospectors in. 1900.

Tanaak, cape; see Paramanof.

Tanada; .creek and lake, tributary to Copper river, from the east, near longitude 

144°. Apparently a native name, reported by Peters, of the Geological 

Survey, in 1899. .

Tanadak; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Tanadakh. 

Perhaps it means crab place.

Tanadak; islet, east of and near Little Kiska, Kat island group, western Aleutians. 

Aleut name from Lutke. Also written Tanadakh.

Tanadak; islet, near the eastern end of Amlia island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Tanaga; bay, indenting the western shore of Tanaga island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. So called by Sarichef in 1790. - Tebenkof, in 1849, called 

this Slava Rossie (Glory of Russia) bay, after the ship Glory of Russia, 

commanded by Billings, in whose company Sarichef was. So it appears 

on late maps as Glory of Russia bay.

Tanaga; island (6,975 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from early Russian explorers. 

Lutke has Tanaga or Taniaga, and Grewingk indicates that the native 

name is Takawangha. Has also been written Tannaga.

Tanaga, island; see Little Tanaga.

Tanak; cape, the northernmost point of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof 

calls this cape Egorkovskoi, " noteworthy for the enormous blocks thrown 

out by the explosion of Tulik volcano in 1817." The jiative village 

Egorovskoi, located here at that time, was destroyed, the natives, however,'being absent. The village was rebuilt in Inanudak bay and is, 1 

suppose, the Nikolski village of today. Kuritzien, 1849, calls this Tanak,

the Aleut word for place and the Kodiak word for water.

Tanakh-angounakh, island; see Chuginadak.

Tanakhotkhaiak, village; see Tanakot. '

Tanaklak; island, south of Great Sitkin,. Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Tanakhlakh.

Tanakot; native village, on north bank of the Yukon, near month of the Melozi 

river. Population in 1880, 52. The Tenth Census (1880) gives as the 

name of a town near this locality Tanakhotkhaiak. On later maps it 

appears as Tahnohkalony.

Tanana; glacier, in latitude 62°, longitude 142° 3(K. So named by the Geological 

Survey in 1898.

Tanana; post-office, on north bank of the Yukon, at mouth of the Tanana river. 

Established in September, 1898. At this place is Fort Gibbon, and also 

the New- St. James Mission.

Tanana; river, of central Alaska, tributary to the Yukon; literally Tanan-na, i.e., 

Tanan river and said to mean river of the mountain men. According to Alien 

its upper part is called Nabesna by the natives. It was known to the 

traders of the Hudson Bay Company as Gens des Buttes. Has been 

variously written Tananah, Tannanah, Tennanah, etc., but it is now 

universally known as the Tanana.
BAKER.] 399 ' Tan Tas.

Tananei, village; see Chilkoot.

Tanani; Indian village, just north of Haines, near head of Chilkoot inlet, southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers in 1882.

Tanaskan; bay, indenting the southern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians. Aleut name, from Sarichef, 1792, who wrote it Taneska. 

Veniaminof, however, writes it Tanaskan. It means vegetable garden. 

It is Macks bay of the Fish Commission in 1888.

Tangent; peak (2,449 feet high), on the mainland, west of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Tangent; point, the eastern point of -entrance to Dease inlet, east of Point Barrow, 

Arctic ocean. So named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, who say "The 

land . . . turned sharply off to SSVV., forming an acute angle well 

termed Point Tangent."

Tanghinakh, islet; see Pustoi.

Tangik; islet, near the eastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So called'by Tebenkof, 1849. Tangik is Aleut for island. Called 

Waverly island by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Tangimak, island; see Karpa.

Tangimak, island; see Little Koniuji.

Tanginak; islet, east of Akun island, in Unimak pass, eastern Aleutians. Native 

name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps it is simply the Aleut Tangidak 

(islet). The Fish Commission, in 1888, called it Breed island. Has also 

been called Propagation island.

Tangle; lakes, at source of the Delta river, near longitude 146°. So named by 

Mendenhall in 1898.

Tanglefoot; small bight, at Karluk head, on north shore of Kodiak. A cannery 

was built on the beach here in 1893. Locally Ttnown as Tanglefoot bay.

Tanignag-miut, settlement; see Aleksashkina.

Tanis; glacial stream, in the St. Elias alps, a little north of the mouth of the Alsek. 

So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Apparently a native name.

Tannak, island; see Little Tanaga.

Tano, island; see Chuginidak.

Tantallon; point, the southeastern point of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 171).

Tanunak; Eskimo village, at Cape Vancouver, Nelson island, Bering sea. Name 

from Nelson, who visited it in December, 1878. .Erroneously Tununak. 

Is also called Dununak in the Eleventh Census. A river of tfc.3 same name 

debouches here. .

Taoatin; mountain, on the right bank of the Yukon, near Kaltag. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898;

Tapirag, mountain; see Fourpeaked.

Tapor, point; see Hatchet.

Taral; creek, tributary to the Copper river, from the ea.st, at Taral. Locally called 

Taralna, i. e., Taral river.

Taral; village (of 2 houses in 1885), on left bank of the Copper river, a little below 

the mouth of the Chitina; also creek tributary to the Copper, from the 

east, at this village. Native name, reported as Taral by Alien in 1885.

Tarasof; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. It is immediately east of Old Harbor. So called by Veniaminof, 1840.

Target; islet, in Mitchell bay, Koot/nahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Meade, in 1869, in commemoration of the target practice had there.

Tasekpuk; lake, on the Arctic coast, about 80 miles east of Point Barrow, Eskimo 

name, the termination puk meaning big.
Tas Teh. . 400 [BULL. 187.

Taslina, river; seeTezli.

Taslinamna; lake, a few miles east of Kenai, on the Kenai peninsula. Native name, 

from Wosnesenski, about 1840. Perhaps the termination amna means 

lake.

Tasnu; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, opposite Bremner river, 

about 55 miles from the coast. Native name, from Alien, 1885, who 

wrote it Tasnund; i. e., Tasnu river.

Tasuk, bay; see Elson.

Tatchik, bay and sound; see Golofnin.

Tatina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the east, near latitude 62°".. 

Native name,.from Abercrombie, in 1898, who wrote it Tatena, i. e., Tati 

river.

Tatitlek; .village, on the northeastern coast of Prince William sound. Native name, 

which has been spelled Tatikhlek, Tatilack, Tatitlak, etc. According to 

Gerdine it is pronounced Tay-tlt-lgk. Formerly it stood at the head 

of Gladhaugh bay, but "some years ago" was moved to its present site 

near Copper mountain.

Tatoosh; islands, in northern entrance to Behm canal, east of Betton island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Ta-toot-lee, butte; see Boundary.

Tatotlinda, creek; see Mission.

Tatshenshini; river, tributary to the Alsek river. Native name, reported in 1882, 

by Krause as Tatschanzhini and variously spelled. The above form, 

Tatshenshini, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic 

Names.

Tava; island, one of the Necker island group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Tava (ten't) by Vasilief in 1809. Acco'rding to George Kostrometinoff, U. S. court interpreter at Sitka, Tava is Aleut for enough.

Taxlina, river; see Tazlina.

Taylor; bay, Cross sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Ball in the Coast Pilot 

(1883, p. 186), after Mr. C. H. Taylor, of Chicago, who visited it prior to 1883.

Taylor; creek, tributary to the Kugruk river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Tazlina; glacier, at source of the Tazlina river. Called Taxlina by Mendenhall, in 

1898, who took the name from Alien's map of 1885. Alien used the native 

name Tezlind for the river in his text and the same, though obscurely 

printed, on his map. Tazlina means Tazli river.

Tazlina; lake, the source of Tazlina river. Serebrenikof, in 1848, reported the name 

of this lake as Playezhnoi. From this has come Pleveznie of some maps. 

This lake, which is drained by the Tazlina river, is now known locally as 

Tazlina.

Tazlina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, near latitude 62° 30'. 

Corruption of an Indian name, given as Tlieshitna by Serebrenikof, in 1848, 

and by Alien, in 1885, as Tezlind, i. e., Tezlin river. The usage of miners 

and prospectors is Tazlina. Has been written Taxlina and Tazlena. s

Tchakhikh, cape; see Chakik.

Tchakoch, stream; see Chakok.

Tchaseni, point; see Chasina.

Tchegoulak, island; see Herbert.

Tchernobour, islet; see Chernabura.

Tchernobowy, islet; see Chernabura.

Tchighinagak, bay and mountain; see Chiginagak.

Tchigul, island; see Chugul.

Tchillkat, inlet, peak, etc.; see Chilkat.

Tchineyak, cape; see Chiniak.
BAKER.] 40 J TCIL-TCII.

Tchinkitanay, bay; see Sitka sound.

Tchirikoff, island; see Chirikof.

Tchitchagow, cape; see Chichagof. ;

Tchitnak, village; see Chltnak.

Tcliougatskoi, mountains; see Chugach.

Tchoughinadokh, island; see Chuginadak.

Tchougoulak, island; see Chugul.

Tcliougoule, island; see Chugul.

Tchougoulok, island; see Chugul.

Tchounok, cape; see Chunak.

Tchuk, cape; see Stephens.

Tchuna, cape; see Chunu.

Tear; islet, one of the Ball group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named

by United States naval officers in 1880. 

Tebay; river, tributary to the Chitina, from the south, about 30 miles above its

mouth. So called by Alien, in 1885, who says that Tebay is the Indian

name of a variety of sheep.

Tebenkof; bay, indenting the western coast of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Tebienkof bay by Dall, in 1879, after Capt. 

Michael Dmitrievich Tebienkof or Tebenkof, governor of the RussianAmerican colonies 1845-50. This name has been variously transliterated 

Tebenkoff, Tebenkov, Tebienkoff, etc.

Tebenkof, bay; see St. Michael.

Tebenkof; mountain (4,100 feet high), east of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Russell, in 1890, after Capt. Michael Dmitrievich Tebienkof or 

Tebenkof, governor of the Russian-American colonies 1845-50. Both the 

forms Tebienkof and Tebenkof have been much used.

Tee-at-i6kwik. Dall, writing in 1869, gives this as the native name of a stream in 

the Yukon delta a little north of Black river.

Tefaknak; Eskimo village, of 10 houses, in the delta between the Kuskokwim and 

Yukon rivers. Called Tefaknaghamiut, i. e., Tefaknak people, in the 

Eleventh Census, 1890. Population, 195.

Teikhell, river; see Tiekel and Uranatina.

Telegraph; hill, about 1$ miles north of, St. Paul village, St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea. Presumably a local name, published by the Coast 

Survey in 1875. *

Teller; reindeer station, Grantley harbor, Seward peninsula. Established by Sheldon Jackson, in 1892, and named by him after Hon. Henry Moore Teller, 

Secretary of the Interior. Afterwards moved to north shore of Port Clarence. Now there is a town and post-office (established in April, 1900) 

on the spit forming the south point of entrance to Grantley harbor.. 

This place is called locally and by "the old-timers" The Nook, a name 

derived from the Eskimo. Beechey, 1827, says the natives call it Nooke, 

or, as we would now write it, Nuk. Dall, in 1869, wrote Nookmut and 

Petrof, in 1880, Nookmute, i. e., Nook people.

Temnie, island; see Dark.

Teuakee; inlet, indenting the northeastern shore of Chichagof island. Native name, 

adopted by the Coast Survey in 1869. A portage 150 yards long is said to 

connect its head with Port Frederick. Variously designated as a canal, 

channel, inlet, and passage and named Berry, Blind, Siwash, and Tenakee.

Tenas; creek, tributary to the Copper river, from the east. Chinook name, meaning little, given by the prospectors.

Tenazie; peak, near the international boundary line, on the headwaters of Old Crow 

river, near latitude 68°. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Bull. 187 01 26
Ten The. 402 . [BULL. 187.

Ten Fathom; anchorage, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

So called by Moser in 1897. 

Tennanah, river; see Tanana. 

Tenounam, island; see Seguam. 

Tent; mountain (7,100 feet high), 011 the mainland, at head of Tracy arm, Holkham

. bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Tent; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. His observation tent was

erected at this point.

Teocalli; mountains, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim river, near latitude 62°.

. So named by Spurr, in 1898, from fancied resemblance to the Aztec temples.

Terbilon; island, near Woodhouse point, Biorka island, Sitka sound. So named by

Vasilief in 1809. , 

Terentief; station, on north bank of the Yukon, between Nulato arid the mouth of

the Koyukuk. Called Terentief's station by Petrof, in 1880, presumably

after its owner or occupant. Population in 1880, 15. 

Termination; cape, on the northern shore of Kodiak, near Spruce island. Named

Okonchatelnie (termination) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Termination; point, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, very near its west

end. Called Granichnoi (termination, boundary) by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Termination; point, the northeastern point of Long island, Kootznahoo inlet,

Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869. 

Termination; rock, near Termination point, Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall

in 1880. 

Terrace; mountain (6,000 feet high), west of and near Klutina lake. So named by

Abercrombie in 1898. 

Terrace; point, of mountain separating the Alrevida and Lucia glaciers, St. Elias

alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell in 1890. 

Terra Cotta; mountains,-on left bank of the Kuskokwim river, near latitude 62°.

So named by Spurr, in 1898, "from their superb and peculiar coloring." 

Teslin; lake, and river tributary to the upper Yukon; often called Hootalinqua or

Teslin. On early charts mistakenly called the Tahko. It is the Newberry river of Schwatka. The above form, Teslin, has also been adopted

by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Testigos (Los], islets; see Witnesses (The)!

Tetahinti, river; see Bremner. .

Tetling; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 142°. So 

called by Lowe in 1898.

Tetling; village (two houses), on Tetling river. Named, in 1885, by Alien, after an 

Indian. Lowe, who visited it, in 1898, calls it Tetlings and says it is composed of four log houses on the right bank of Tetling river. Its chief was 

David.

Teufelsberg, mountain; see Devil.

Texas; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Tezlina, glacier; see Tazlina.

Thatcher; point, forming the southern point of eastern entrance to Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, in 18691 after Rear-Admiral 

Henry Knox Thatcher, U. S. N. It is Coleman point of Homfray in 1867. 

The native name is reported to be Shkaliakh or Schkaliakh.

Theodore; point, the southernmost point of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Theodor by Dall, in 1879, after Capt: Urey Feodorovich Lisianski, 

the first one to show any of the details of this region. It is Cape Cross of 

eorne charts.
BAKER.] 403 The Tho.

Theodore; river, tributary to Cook inlet, near its head. Name published by the

Geological Survey in 1898. 

Thetis; coal mine, on the Arctic coast, at Cape Sabine, east of Cape Lisburne. So

named after the U. S. S. Thetis, which coaled here in 1889. 

Thetis, islands; see Jones. 

Thick, point; see Broad. 

Thin; point, the western point of entrance to Cold bay, near western end of Alaska

peninsula. Named Tonkoi (narrow) by Tebenkof, and variously called

Slim, Thin, Tonki, etc. 

Thin Point; cannery, established in 1889 at Thin point, the western point of

entrance to Cold bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Third Kekur; isolated rock or rocky islet, off the southwestern coast of _Baranof

island, Alexander archipelago. Also written Kekour and Kekoor. See

Kekur. 

Thistle; creek, tributary to Feather river, from, the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Thistle; ledge, near Point Lookout, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Thistle; rock (10 feet above high water), near Cape Fox, in Dixon entrance. So

named by. Nichols in 1883. Erroneously Whistle on one chart. 

Thomas; bay, indenting the mainland coast, northeast of Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1887, after Lieut. Commander Charles Mitchell Thomas, TJ. S. N., who surveyed it in that year. 

Thomas, bay; see Clover. 

Thomas; cape, the westernmost point of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Discovered

by Capt. Thomas Long, of the New London whaling bark Nile, August 14,

1867, and by him named Thomas, after the seaman who first reported

the land. 

Thomas; mountain (5,400 feet high), near Port Valdes, Prince William sound.

Named by Abercrombie, in 1898, presumably after General George Henry

Thomas, U. S. A. 

Thompson; cape, on the Arctic coast, a few miles southeast of Point Hope. "A high

cape," says Beechey, August, 1826, "which I named after Mr. Deas

Thomson, one of the commissioners of the navy." In his text Beechey

spells it Thomson,'but on his map Thompson. Near it Beechey adds Cape

Ricord of the Russians. . Thompson; cape, the northernmost point of Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group.

So called by Ball in 1880. 

Thompson; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Thompson; creek, tributary to Port Clarence, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Thompson, island; see Galankin. 

Thomson; pass (2,330 feet high), east of Valdes, Prince William sound. Named by

Abercrombie, in 1898, after Hon. Frank Thomson, of Pennsylvania. On

his map it is spelled Thompson. 

Thomson; point, on the Arctic coast, near Flaxrnan island. So named by Franklin

in 1826. It is Thomson in his text and Thompson on his map. 

Thorne; arm, indenting the southern shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. "Named, in 1880, by the Coast Survey, after/Capt. Charles

Thorne, long in command of the steamer California in these waters." 

Thorne; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Prince of AVales island, Clarence strait,

Alexander archipelago. Named, in 1891, after Frank Manley Thorne,

Superintendent of the' Coast Survey. _ ,
Tlio-TJm. 404 " [BULL. 187.

Thorne; island, in Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Snow, in 1886, presumably after F. M. Thorne, then Superintendent of the Coast Survey.

Thornton; mountain, near Point Higgins, in western part of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Thousand Flowers; point, on southern shore of San Juan. Bautista island, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de los Miliflores (point 

of a thousand flowers) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Three Arm; bay, indenting the western shore of Adak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibson in 1855. Also 

called West or Three Arm bay.

Three Brothers; rocks, in entrance to Narrow strait, Kodiak. Named Tre Brata 

(three brothers) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Three Finger; point, the southern point of Albatross anchorage, Portage bay, Alaska 

peninsula. So called in Hydrographic Office Notice to Mariners No. 48, 

1893.

Three Hill; island (1,300 feet high), near Port Althorp, in Cross sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name, given by ,Dall in 1880. Also written 

Threehill and Three-hill.

Three Island; bay, between Usof and Protection bays, on southern shore of 

Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Threemile; arm of Keku strait, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Moore in 1892.

Threemile; creek, tributary to north shore of Cook inlet, between North Foreland 

and mouth of Beluga river. Name applied by Spurr in 1898.

Three Pillar; cape, in Kizhuyak bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named Trekh 

Kekurnie (three rocky pillars) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Three Saints; bay, behind Sitkalidak island, on the southeastern coast of Kodiak. 

Usually so called. Three Saints harbor is on the western shore of this bay. 

Tebenkof calls this bay Liakik, perhaps from liak, the Aleut name for 

the black-footed goose.

Three Saints; harbor, on the western shore of Three Saints bay, on the southeastern shore of Kodiak. Here, on August 3,1784, arrived Shelikof, from 

Okhotsk, in the ship Three Saints, and established the first Eussian settlement on Kodiak, naming it after his vessel. A few yearslater the settlement 

was moved to St. Paul, Kodiak. The place is often referred to as .Old 

Harbor or Starri-gavan. Langsdorf in his Voyage (pp. 88, 91) calls it 

Schelikoff harbor. A native village there is called Nunaniiut. This name 

Three Saints has, by a curious transformation, become Ziatitz on some 

maps. The Russian verb sviatit, to sanctify, whence sviatoi, a saint, was 

written in English in 1849 by the Russian, skipper Archimandritof 

Zfiatitz. The manuscript map on which this appeared contains many 

words familiar to the student of the locality, but which are recognized 

with difficulty owing to the novel orthography. This manuscript map of 

Kodiak was published by the United States Hydrographic Office in 1869. 

On that map we have "H* of 3 Saints and Zfiatitz." .One more change 

and we have on late charts Ziatitz as the name' of the native village Nunamiut.

Thron Duick^nver; see Klondike/

Thumb; point, on the southwestern shore of Liesnoi island, Eliza harbor, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1889.

Thunder; falls, in Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given by 

Thomas hi 1887.
BAKER.] 405 Tllll Til.

Thunder; mountain (3,080 feet high), on the mainland, north of Le Conte bay,

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

Thunder; point, on the northern shore of Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Thomas in 1887. 

Tiakinak, island; see Si in eon of. 

Tianna. Immediately in front of the St. Elias alps and a little south of Yakutat

bay is the place where Meares anchored in August, 1788, and which he

called Tianna's Bay and also Tianna's Roads after a native chief from the

Hawaiian islands who accompanied him. Has been misprinted Diana

Roads.

Tichai, harbor; see Still. 

Tichtinige, harbor; see Pyramid. 

Tidal; inlet, on the northeastern shore of Glacier bay. southeastern Alaska. So

named by Reid who, in 1890, established a tidal station here. 

Tide; island, off the north end of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Tidemeeting; point, in Kupreanofstrait, Kodiak group. Named Spornaho Techenia

(of contending currents) by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Tiderip; cape, on the northern end of Afognak island, opposite Shuyak island.

Named Silnaho Techenia (of strong currents) by the Russian-American 

. Company in 1849. 

Tidgituk; islet, southwest of -and near Tanaga island, middle Aleutians. Aleut

name from Tebenkof, who wrote it Tidgituk. Has also been Avritten 

.Tidgatukh. 

Tiedeman; island, in Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So called by Ball in

the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 129). 

Tiekagag-miut, village; see Tikira. 

Tiekel; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, opposite the mouth of

Dewey creek. Called Konsina by Alien in 1885. Alien applies this

name Tiekel (spelled Tiekhell on his map 2 and Zeikhell in his text, p. 

' 46) to another river farther north, now known as Uranatina. Tiekel

river is called by Abercrombie, 1898, Konsena or Tsaina. This last

name, spelled Tsina, is .now applied to the South fork of-the Tiekel. 

Tieschenni, river; see Chistochina. 

Tigalda; bay, indenting the northern shore of Tigalda island, Krenitzin group,

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Tigalda; island (1,207 feet high), one of the Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians.

Native name, from Veniaminof. Kudiakof, in 1791, wrote it Kigalga,

while Krenitzin and Levashef, in 1768, have Kagalga and Kugalga. Has

also been written Tigalga and Tigaida. 

Tiginagak, bay and mountain; see Chiginagak. 

Tikchik; Eskimo village, on the north shore of Nushagak lake. Native name, from

Petrof, 1880. 

Tikchik; lake, near the head of Nushagak river. Perhaps an arm of or possibly

identical with Nushagak lake. Native name, from Coast Survey charts. 

Tikira; Eskimo village, at Point Hope, Arctic ocean. It is Tiekagag-miut of Tikhmenief, 1861; Tikirak of Petrof, 1880, who reports a population in that

year of 276. Spelled Tikera in the Eleventh Census. Herendeen gives

Tik-i-rdh. The Eskimo name of the settlement is said to be Tik-i-rdh-mdn. 

Tikizat; Eskimo village, at Cape Krusenstern, Arctic ocean. Eskimo name, from

Petrof, 1880, who reported a population in that year of 75. 

Tillman; mountain (13,300 feet high), east of the Copper river. So named by Alien,

in 1885, in honor of Prof. Samuel Escue Tillman, of the United States

Military Academy. Alien gave its height as 15,500 feet.
Tto-Toc. 406 . [BULL. 187.

Tiokpit; mountain (2,000 feet high), about 60 miles east of Kuskokwim bay.

Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who

passed by it .September 5, 18.98. They wrote Tiochpit.

Tired; mountain (1,824 feet high), in central part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Tisku, river; see Tsirku. 

Tisuk; creek, in western part of Seward peninsula, debouching near Cape Douglas.

Native name, from Barnard, 1900. Has also been written Tissook. 

Titukilsk; native village, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. . Name from Petrof,

1880. ' 

Tiurpa; islet, near Spruce island, of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. So called by Vasilief in 1809. ' 

Tiznik, bay;.see Chignik. 

Tkhalka, island; see Hinchinbrook. 

Tlachkahiniku. The Krause brothers, 1882, give Tlachkahiniku as the name of a

glacier or river, or both, on the south side of Klehini river, southeastern

Alaska. 

Tlatek; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Yukon, about 35 miles above Andreafski. Name from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Tlatekamute, i. e., Tlatek

people.

Tleekh, islands; see Kruzof. 

Tlegan, bay; see Dry. 

Tlegan; the southernmost of the five rivers in the delta of the Alsek, southeastern

Alaska. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Apparently a native name. 

Tlegon; river, tributary to the Innoko river, from the east, near latitude 64°. Called

Tlegon by Tikhmenief, 1861, and Thlegon by Petrof, 1880. 

Tlehini, river; see Klehini. 

Tlehonsiti, harbor; see Tongass. 

Tlekhonsiti. "A. broad open bight in which vessels have anchored in 18 to 25 fathoms

at the south end of Lincoln channel is now usually known as Tlekhonsiti

Harbor." (Coast Pilot, 1891, p. 80.) 

Tlevak; strait, in the southwestern part of Prince of Wales archipelago. Has been

written Tlevaak, Tlevach, Tlevakhan, etc. "The name Tlevaak strait

appears to be due to Tebienkoff, and may have its origin in the same root

as the name of Klahwak settlement and Tlevakhan Gulf farther north."

(Dall in Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 69.) 

Tlevakh, inlet; see Klawak.

Tlevak; narrows. The contracted part of Tlevak strait is known as Tlevak narrows. 

Tlewak, village; see Klawak. 

Tliakek. This is the supposed name of a supposed bay indenting the northern shore

of Cordova bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. A portage is said to connect the head of this inlet with the head of Cholmondeley so'und. On the

latest maps this name does not appear. 

Tlieshitna, river; see Tazlina. 

Tloo-Arny, lake; see Kluane. 

Tmaktogmiut. Tikhmenief's map, of 1861, shows an Eskimo village on the eastern

shore of Norton sound, east of Besboro island, called Tmaktogmiut.

Neither name nor village has been found on any other map. 

To or Too. Indian name for water; used in the Copper river country. It is

appended to the name; thus Chiti-to, copper water. 

Toboggan; glacier, near Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. So

named by the Harriman Expedition in 1899. 

Tochilnoi, cape; see Tachilni. 

Toclat, river; see Toklat.
BAKER.] 407 Tog Tol.

Togiak; bay, northeast of Hagemeister island, indenting the northern shore of Bristol 

bay. Eskimo name, given by Tebenkof, in 1849, as Tugiak. Sarichef's 

atlas of 1826, sheet III, gives the same spelling for the lake. Now gener- 

. ally written Togiak. Also, erroneously, Togaik.

Togiak; Eskimo village, on-the eastern shore of Togiak bay, north shore of Bristol 

bay, Bering sea, Eskimo name, written by Sarichef, 1826, Tugiatak, and 

by Tebenkof, 1849, Tugiak. Commonly written Togiak. Petrof, in 1880, 

reported two villages, one on the eastern shore, Togiak, and another at 

the head of the bay, which he wrote Togiagamute, i. e., Togiak people.

Togiak; lake, drained by the Togiak river. Eskimo name, froin Sarichef's atlas of 

1826, sheet III, where it is written Tugiak. Tebenkof also has Tugiak. 

Now commonly written Togiak.

Togiak; river, draining from Togiak lake to Togiak bay, on the northern shore of 

Bristol bay. Eskimo name, written Tugiak by Sarichef and Tebenkof. 

Now commonly written Togiak.

Tohtankella; mountain (3,000 feet high), on north bank of the Yukon, between the 

mouths of the Melozi and Tozi rivers. Native name, from the Coast Survey, 1898.

Tohtanyilla, mountain; see Totanilla.

Tohtanyilla, mountains; see Sukwanila.

Tohwunnukakat, creek; see Birch.

Toik; hill (520 feet high), on the south shore of Norton sound. Eskimo name, 

from the Coast Survey, 1898.

Tok; native village, on an island at junction of the Koyukuk and Yukon rivers. 

Name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who writes it Tok-kakat, i.e., Tok river. 

Not found on recent maps.

Tok; river, tributary to the Tanana river, from the south, near longitude 143°. 

Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, as Takiii. Has also been written 

Tokio and is pronounced Toke. According to Peters and Brooks, of the 

Geological Survey, this name Tok is in general use by both whites and 

Indians.

Toklat; river, tributary to Tanana river, from the west, about 50 miles above the 

mouth of the latter. This may be identical with Nushakantna of Petrof, 

1880, or, as is more likely, with Tutlut river, also of Petrof. Name from 

Alien, 1885, who wrote it Toclat and says it means dish water.

Tokshook, entrance; see Takchuk.

Tolstoi; bay, Clarence strait, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Nichols in 1882. Its eastern point of entrance had been previously named Tolstoi (broad) by the Russians. Also written Tolstoy.

Tolstoi; cape, the eastern head of Kovurof bay, on north shore of Atka, middle 

Aleutians. Presumably named Tolstoi (broad) by Ingenstrem in 1829.

Tolstoi, cape; see Broad.

Tolstoi, cape; see Burunof.

Tolstoi, cape; see Chiniak.

Tolstoi; island, at entrance to Tolstoi bay, in Clarence strait, Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols in 1882. .

Tolstoi; point, on the eastern shore of Norton sound. So called by the Russians and 

name published by Ball in 1869. (Alaska, p. 20, and Coast Survey chart 

20 of 1869.) This is the earliest use that I have found of this name in print.

Tolstoi; point, the easternmost of St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Called Vostochnoi (east) by Tebenkof, 1849. Locally known as Tolstoi 

(broad) point.

Tolstoi; point, the eastern point of entrance to Seal bay, on northeastern coast of 

Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Tolstie (broad) by the Russians.
Tol Ton. 408 [BULL. 187.

Tolstoi; point, the eastern point of entrance to Tolstoi bay, Prince of Wales island,

Alexander archipelago. Named Tolstoi (broad) by the Russians. 

Tolstoi; point, the southeastern point of entrance to English bay, on south shore of

St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Named Tolstoi (broad) by

the Russians. 

Tolstoi; point, the south head of Tolstoi bay, on Prince of Wales island, Clarence

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Tolstoi (broad) by the Russians. 

' Has also been called Broad, Tolstoy, and Thick. 

Tolstoi Bay; fishing station, on the east side of Prince of Wales island, Alexander

archipelago. So called in the Eleventh Census. The station was not

located on Tolstoi bay, but on Thorne bay; at first near its mouth and 

. later towards its head. 

Tolusque, river; see Talsekwei 

Tomasagnu; river, of northernmost Alaska, tributary to Dease inlet, from the east.

Native name, published on British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 1882). 

Tombstone; bay, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Pender in 1868. 

Toms Ranch; Indian village, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago.

Destroyed by Meade in. 1869. Erroneously Tonis Ranche. 

Tondustek, village;.see Gan-te-gas-tak-heh. 

Tongass, fort; see Fort Tongass. 

Tongass, harbor; see Tamgas.

Tongass; Indian tribe and village, on Tongass island, Alexander archipelago. 

Tongass; island, 4 miles east of Cape Fox, Dixon entrance. Native name, also

written Tongas, etc. It is Kut-tuk-wah island of the Coast Survey atlas of

Harbor Charts in Alaska, 1869. 

Tongass; narrows, in strait separating Revillagigedo island from Gravina island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by local pilots about 1878-1880. The

name appears to be applied to the narrower part of Tongass passage or to

the whole passage indifferently. 

Tongass; passage, between Sitklan and Wales islands, near eastern end of Dixon

entrance, Alexander archipelago. Local name.

Tongass; point, on the eastern shore of .Tongass island, near the old military barracks. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 80). 

TongaSS; port, between TongaSS island and the mainland, Dixon entrance; called

indiscriminately harbor and port. Nichols says in the Coast Pilot (1891,

p. 79): "Port Tongass is a small harbor," etc. The Russians who used

this harbor called it Tlehonsiti. Erroneously translated in one case, as

Tlechopcity. The name has been written Tongas, Tomgas, etc., but the

present usage is Tongass. 

Tongass; reef, north of Tongass island. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891,

p. 79). 

Tongue; point, long and narrow, on the northern shore of Bristol bay, opposite

Hagemeister island. So called by the Fish Commission in 1890. 

Tongue; point, the south head of Jack bay, Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So

called by Abercrombie in 1898.

Tonki, cape, Kodiak; see Narrow. 

Tonki; cape, on the eastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Tonkie

(narrow) by the Russians. 

Tonki, point, Clarence strait; see Narrow. 

Tonki; point, on the southeastern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering

sea. It is the northeast point of Lukanin bay. Locally called Tonki

(narrow). Has also been called Tonkie Mees (cape), Narrow, Rocky,

and Stony.
BAKER.] 409 Toil TOt.

Tonkie, cape; see Narrow.

Tonkoi, point; see Thin.

Tonowek; bay, in western part of Prince of Wales archipelago. Apparently a native

name, obtained by the Russians. Has also been written Tonoek. 

Tonsina; lake, at source of Tonsina river. . Native name from Schrader, 1900. 

Tonsina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, near latitude 62°.

Native name, reported by Alien, in 1885, who called it Tonsina creek on

his map and Konsind. creek in his text (p. 58). It has, since 1885, been

called Tonsena and Archer or Tonsina, i. e., Tonsi river. 

Toogamak, bay; see Unimak. 

Toogedach, island; see Tugidak. 

Too Good; creek, tributary to the Kotsina, from the south. Apparently so named

by the prospectors. Name reported by Gerdine in 1900. 

Tookhlagamute, village; see Tuklak. 

Tooluka-anahamute, village; see Tuluka. 

Top; mountain, in central part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Nichols in 1883. Erroneously Pop. 

Topanika; place, on the eastern shore of Norton sound, where sandstone bluffs

begin (as one goes east). Called Topanika by Ball in 1869. On the

Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 called Topanica.

Somewhat north of this Petrof, in the census of 1880, shows an Eskimo

village of 10 people called Tup-hamikva. Possibly this is the same name. 

Topkok; cape, the western head of Boat harbor, on northern shore of Norton sound,

Bering sea. Locally called Topcock, a local rendering of an Eskimo name

given by Petrof, in 1880, as Tupka-ak. 

Topkok; Eskimo village, at Boat harbor, on the northern shore of Norton sound,

Bering sea, Native name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Tupka-ak.

The local spelling and pronunciation is Topcock. 

Topkok; river, tributary to Boat harbor, between Cape Nome and Golofnin sound,

Seward peninsula. Called Topcock by Schrader and Brooks, in 1899, and

Topkok by Barnard in 1900. Locally known as Topcock, a corruption of

some Eskimo word which Petrof, in 1880, wrote Tupka-ak. 

Topkok Head; bluff point, at mouth of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. So called

by Barnard in 1900. 

Toporkof, bay and point; see Puffin, 

tfordrillo; range of mountains, northwest of Cook inlet, between the headwaters of

the Kuskokwim and Skwentna rivers. So named by Spurr in 1898. 

Torno, cape; see Black. 

Torrent; inlet, on the Arctic coast, in Peard bay. So called on British Admiralty

chart 593 (ed. of 1882). 

Torsar; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Vasilief in 1809. 

Tose Kargut, river; see Tozi. 

Totanilla; mountains, on the north bank of the Yukon, a little above the Melozi

river. Corruption of some native designation. Called Tohtanyilla on

recent Coast Survey charts. Perhaps it is identical with Hohonilla of

earlier charts or Holtkagelia of Zagoskin, 1842-1844. 

Totem; bay, in the southern shore of Kupreanof island, Sumner strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1886, "on account of the

detached pillars of rock on its western shore, which resemble the Indian

totem poles." 

Toti; islet, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So

named by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Tots-an-tee-ash, lake; see Dezadeash.
Tot-Tra. 410 ' [BULL. 187.

Totsenbet; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the north, near longitude 149°. 

Native name, from Sohrader and the Coast Survey. Published as Totsenbetna, i. e., Totsenbet river.

Tougidak, island; see Tugidak.

Toujajak. Langsdorf, in 1814, (Voyage, II, 235) gives this as the name of a native 

village in Kukak bay, Alaska peninsula.

Toulaksagamut, village; see Tuluksak.

Touliouliaga, cape; see Lazaref.

Tounak, island; see Chernobour.

Totmghimik, island; see Little Koniuji.

Tournay; mountain (5,532 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So 

named by Pender in 1868.

Tours, Isle des; see Pinnacle.

Tower; bluff, on the Tanana river, near longitude 144°. So named by Alien in 1885.

Tower Bluff; rapids, in the Tanana, near the above. So named by Alien in 1885.

Towhead; mountain (4,858 feet high), between the Tana and Chitina rivers. So 

named by Schrader in 1900.

Townsend; point, on the southern shore of Admiralty island, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Townshend and Townsend by Vancouver in 1794. On map 12 of his atlas it is Townshend; in his text (8° ed., 

vol. 5, p. 445) it is Townsend. Perhaps identical with .Brightman of 

recent charts. See Brightman.

TowsMcargul, river; see Tozi.

Toyonok, village; see Tyonok.

Tozi; river, tributary to the Yukon, from th,e north, near longitude 152° 30'. 

Native name, reported by the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, 

1867, as Towshecargut. Raymond, 1869, wrote it Tosekargut, and Alien, 

1885, Tozikakat. See Kakat". ' . Track; rock (covered at high water), near the entrance to Tongass harbor, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, in 1883.

Tracy; arm, of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Mansfield, in 1889, after the Hon. Benjamin Franklin Tracy, Secretary 

of the Navy.

Tracy; island, near southern shore of Wales island, Dixon entrance, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after Hon. B. F. Tracy, 

Secretary of the Navy. . Traders, bay; see Trading.

Traders; cove, indenting the extreme western end of Alaska peninsula, in Isanotski 

strait. New Morzhovoi. village is situated on this cove. Local name, 

published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Traders; group of islands, west of Thatcher point, at eastern entrance to Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Traitors-(no< Traders) by Meade in 1869. 

The statement in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 167) that Meade gave the name 

Traders is not borne out by his chart (U. S. Hydrographic No. 225). On 

that chart the name is Traitors. This error has been accepted and followed in recent C. S. publications. The name Traitors has vanished. 

Traders remains and is applied (on C. S. chart 8283) as here given and 

on C. S. chart 8050 to a large island or peninsula south of these.

Trading; bay, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet. So named by Portlqck, 

who in August, 1786, anchored and traded here.

Trail; creek, tributary to Kenai lake, from the north, Kenai peninsula. Local 

name, published in 1899. . .

Traitors; cove, in Behm canal, indenting.the western shore of Eevillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, to commemorate 

an attack on his surveying party by a band of Indians coming from this cove.
BAKER.] 411 Tra TrI.

Traitors, island; see Traders.

Traleika; range of high mountains, west of the Sushitna river. Spurr suggests 

this Indian word, spelled by him Traleyka and meaning high mountains, 

as the name of the range. According to Eldridge, Traleyka is the 

Sushitna Indian name for Mt. McKinley.

Tramp; point, in Behm canal, northwest from New Eddystone rock, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Tramway; bar, on Middle fork of the Koyukuk river, near longitude 150° 30/. 

Gold producing bar located and named in the spring of 1899.

Tranquil; point, the western point of entrance to Port Caldera, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Sosiego (point of tranquility) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Trap; islet, near the northern end of Bold island, in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 78).

Trap; point, on the mainland, on eastern shore of Behm canal, north of Walker 

cove. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Treadwell; gold mine, at Douglas, on Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. Discovered in 1881 and shortly afterward acquired by John Treadwell, for 

whom it is named.

Treat; island, in Koyukuk river, near longitude 156°. So named by Alien in 1885, 

after his classmate, Lieut. Charles Gould Treat, U. S. A.

Treble; mountain (4,000 to 5,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. 

Descriptive name, given by Pender in 1868.

Tree; mountain (2,700 feet high), in the Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Muir in 1892.

Tree; point, 011 the mainland, near junction of Revillagigedo channel and Dixon 

entrance, southeastern Alaska. It is about 4 miles northwesterly from 

Cape Fox and just north of Boat harbor. It has been reserved for lighthouse purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. Name taken 

from that order.

Tree; point, the north end of Pearse island, Portland canal, Alexander archipelago. 

So named .by Pender in 1868.

Tretiakof; cape, on the southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named 

by the Russian-American Company in 1849.

Triangle; islet, in Queen inlet, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Reid, in 1892, on account of its shape. ?

Trilby; creek, tributary to Solomon river, from the east, in the Bonanza district, 

Seward peninsula. So called by Schrader and Brooks in 1899. It appears 

to be identical with the stream called Right Branch by Barnard in 1900.

Trinidad, cape; see Trinity.

Trinity; cape, the southwestern point of Kodiak. Named by Cook in 1778. So 

called by the English and early Russians. Tebenkof, 1849, following 

Lisianski, 1805, calls it luzhnoi (south), and thus it has appeared as South 

and Utchno. Has also been called Trinidad. According to Petrof the 

native name is Aliulik. Perhaps it is Aliuliuk, the Aleut word for 

thimble.

Trinity; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900. . Trinity; islands, off the southwestern end of Kodiak. Named by Cook in 1778. It 

is Trinidad island of Galiano's atlas, 1802. It is Troitza (trinity) of the 

Russians. According to Sauer, 1790 (Billings, p. 174), the native name is 

Kightak Sichtunak, i. e., Siktunak island.

Triste; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla Triste (sorrowful island) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779. .
TrI Tsl. 412 [BULL. 187.

Triste, island; see Seal rocks.

Trocadero. An unexplored strait, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago, was named Canos del Nocadero by Maurelle and Quadra in 

1775-1779. Apparently this is an error for Trocaderoi Also called Frocadero.

Troitza, islands; see Trinity.

Trollop; point, the northern point of entrance to Smeaton bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793.

Trout; creek, tributary to Bear river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

Trout; creek, tributary to Tonsina river, from the northwest, nearly opposite the 

mouth of Bernard creek. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Trout; hill, (893 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Trout; lake, near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Trout; lake, on northwestern coast of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Snow in 1886.

Truax; range of hills, east of Golofnin bay, Seward peninsula, Name from 

Schrader, 1899.

TruMtsina, cape; see Edgecumbe.

Trunk; island, off the north point of entrance to Helm bay, Behm canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Ti'iiuli, mountains; see Kenai.

Tsa; cove, near the head of George inlet, Eevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Tsadaka; creek, tributary to the Matanuska, from the north, about 20 miles above 

the mouth of the latter. Native name, obtained by Glenn, in 1898, who 

indicates that it is the Indian word for moose.

Tsahagajuk, river; see Chaiagaguk.

Tsaina, river; see Tiekel.

Tsaritsa; sunken rock, in Eastern channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians, after one of their vessels 

which struck upon it. Usually written Tsaritza.

Tschqntatalich, stream; see Shantatalik. 

Tschastiji, islets; see Chastie. 

Tschechina, island; see Sitkin. 

Tschechovla, island; see Chugul. 

Tscherikow's, island; see Chirikof. 

Tschibocki, island; see Saint Lawrence. 

Tschibocki, point; see Chibukak. 

Tschichkcdansk, point; see Chikalan. 

Tschilkat, peak and lake; see Chilkat. 

Tschilkathin, river; see Chilkat. 

Tschilkul, lake; see Chilkoot. 

Tschillkat, inlet; see Chilkat. 

Tschitschagqff, harbor; see Chichagof. 

Tschugatsk, peninsula; see Kenai. 

Tsee'toht, river; see Chetaut. 

Tshokfachtpligamut, lake; see Shokfaktolik. 

Tshugidi, island; see Herbert. 

Tshugulla, island; see Chugul. 

T'silkat, inlet, river, etc.; see Chilkat.

Tsina; river, tributary to Tiekel river, from the west.' It is the south fork of Tiekel 

river. Native name, Tsee-na, i. e., Tsee river, from Geological Survey
BAKER/] 413 Tsl Till.

Tsina 'Continued. .

parties in 1900. It is Tsaina of Schrader, 1898, and said to be China of 

Abercrornbie, 1898. Pronounced Tse-na. See Tiekel.

Tsirku; river, tributary to the Chilkat, from the west, near its mouth. Native name, 

given by Krause, 1882, as Zirku. Variously written Tisku, Tsirku, etc.

Tsogliakten; native village, on left bank of the Koyukuk, a few miles above its 

mouth. Native name, from Tikhmenief, 1861. Not found on recent maps.

Tsonagoliakten; native village, on left bank of the Koyukuk, a few miles above its 

mouth. Native name, from Tikhmenief, 1861. Not found on recent maps.

Tsukli, island; see Montague.

Ttunaiskysch, bay; see Cook, inlet.

Tubutulik; river, in Norton bay recording district, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

north shore of Norton bay. Eskimo name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who 

writes it Tubuktulik. On late maps Tubutulik, and this is used on prospectors' stakes and said to be local usage. Tikhmenief, 1861, has a village 

here called Tubuktulig-miut, i. e., Tubuk region people.

Tuchan Tan, point; see East Foreland,

Tuchidok, island; see Tugidak.

Tuchu; pillar rock, near the eastern coast of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from the Russian 

tucha (cloud).

Tugamak, bay; see Unimak.

l\igat, lake; see Becharof.

Tugiak, bay; see Togiak.

Tugidak; island, one of the Trinity islands, southwest from Kodiak. Native name, 

from the early Russians. Variously written Toogedach, Toogidach, Toohidack, Tougidak, Tougidok, Tuchidok, Tuckidock, Tugedak, Tugijak, etc. 

It means moon or lunar month.

Tukalat. Spurr and Post, deriving their information, in 1898, from J. Madison, a 

resident of Cook inlet, give Tukalatna, i. e., Tukalat river, as the name of 

one of the tributaries of the Yentna river. Not shown on any map.

Tuklak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Kuskokwim, a little below the YukonKuskokwim portage. Native name, from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it 

Tookhlagamute, i. e., Tuklak people. Population in 1880, 92. Not shown 

on late maps.

Tuklukyet; village, on right bank of the Yukon, at mouth of the Tozi river, about 

15 miles below Nuklukyet. Perhaps this form is an error for Nuklukyet. 

The maps are confused and contradictory as to this.

Tuksuk; channel, connecting Imuruk basin and Grantley harbor, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Tukusitnu, harbor; see Tuxedni.

Takuzit, harbor; see Tuxedni. '

Tulik; cape, on Umnak, in Umnak pass, eastern Aleutians. Called Tulikskoi by 

Veniauiinof. Native name, from Tulik volcano, near by.

Tulik; native village, on Umnak, in Umnak pass. Native name, from Veniaminof. 

In 1831 there were but two villages on Umnak, this one and Riecheshnoi, 

which together had a population of 109. Kuritzien shows a village here 

in 1849. Veniaminof gives the population in 1834 as 26, in 3 huts (yourts).

Tulik; volcano, on the eastern end of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Tulikskoi by the Russians from the Aleut word Tulik, a cleft, crack, fissure, etc. It is also the Eskimo word for place, region, etc.

Tuliumnit; point, the southern point of entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, from the Russians. It is "a high-turreted or castellated 

point called Tuliumnit Point or Castle Cape."
Till Tur. . ' 414- [BULL. 187.

Tuluka; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 30 miles 

below Kolmakof. Part of a native name, reported by Petrof, in 1880, as 

Toolukaanahamute on his map and Toolooka-anahamute in his text 

(p. 16). Population 59 in 1880. Not shown on recent maps.

Tuluksak; Eskimo village, on left bank of the Kuskokwim river, about 40 miles 

above Bethel. Petrof, 1880, writes the name Tuluksak. Spurr, 1898, 

writes it Toulaksdgamut. 

Tumannoi, islatfd; see Chirikof. . 

, Tumannoi, islands; see Hazy. '

Tungulik. One of the Shumagin islands, not identified, is so called by Veniaminof 

(I, 255) and by Lutke.

Tuniak, bay, cape, etc.; see Chiniak.

Tuniakpuk; Eskimo village, >on left bank of the Togiak river, about 10 miles above 

its mouth. Population in 1880,137. Not shown on recent maps. Name 

Tuniak-pak, i. e., Big Tuniak, from Petrof, 1880, who Avrote Tuniakhpuk, 

on his map, and Tunniakhpuk in his text (p. 17).

.Tunis; mountain, on left bank of the Kuskokwim river, near latitude 62° 20/. So 

named by Spurr and Post in 1898.

Tununak, village; see Tanunak.

Tupka-ak, cape; see Topkok.

Tupoi, point; see Blunt.

Turbot; point, on east shore of Barandf island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1895.

Turn; island, near the eastern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in -1899;

Turn; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 'So 

named by Meade in 1869.

Turn; point, in Tlevak narrows, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently 

a local name, published by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 69).

Turn; point, on Mitkof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive 

name, given by Nichols in 1881. It is Cone point of Meade in 1869.

Turn; point, on the northern shore of Kodiak. Named Povorota (turn or tack) by 

Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps this is identical with Course (kursa) point of 

Murashef in 1839-40. . .

Turn;, point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender in 1868.

Turn; point, the southern point of entrance to Hunter bay, Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Turnabout; island, off the northwestern end of Kupreanof island, in Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotni (turnabout) by the 

Russians. See also Povorotni.

Turnagain; arm, of Cook inlet, on the northern shore of Kenai peninsula. Called 

Turnagain river by Cook, in 1778, and Turnagain arm by Vancouver in 

1794. By the Russians called Vozvrashenia (return). Also has been 

called Resurrection.

Turnagain, island; see Fire.

Turner; creek, tributary to the Kugirukruk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Turner; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by 

Russell, in 1891, after John Henry Turner, of the Coast Survey, who was 

engaged in Alaskan surveys, 1888 to 1892. Russell had, in 1890, called this 

Dalton glacier, after John Dalton, a well-known frontiersman. By the 

Coast Survey it was called Duffield glacier, after the Superintendent, and 

later by the same survey called Sumner or Dalton glacier.
BAKER.] 415 Tur Twe.

Turner; island, between Big Koniuji and Nagai islands, Shumagin group. Has been 

called Stiernfeld and also Turner, both names being given by the Coast 

Survey.

Turner; lake, tributary to Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1895.

Turner; mountain (5,953 feet high), on the mainland, near Iskoot river. Named 

by, the Coast Survey, in 1895, after J. H. Turner, Assistant, Coast and 

Geodetic Survey.

Turner; point, on Khantaak island, the western point of entrance into Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dixon, in 1787, 

after his mate, James Turner. It is Turni of Tebenkof, and by mistranslation Povorotni (turning) on Russian Hydrographic Chart 1378.

Turning; islet, around which one turns from Middle channel into Sitka harbor, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotnoi (turning) by the Russians.

Turret; point, the eastern point of entrance to Bay of AVaterfalls, Adak island, 

middle Aleutians. So named by Gibson in 1855.

Tusik; cape, on the southern shore of Kanaga island, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. So called" by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Tusich.

Tuska, bay; see Tutka.

Tustumena; lake, on Kenai peninsula, drained by the Kasilof river. Apparently 

a native name, reported by Wosnesenski about 1840. On Russian Hydrographic Chart 1378 (ed. of 1847) it is called Chustielena. Has also by misapplication been called Skilakh.

Tittagvak, inlet; see Wainwright.

Tutka; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Called 

Tutk by Tebenkof in 1849. Apparently a native name. Has been written Tutka, Tutke, and on recent charts Tuska.

Tutlut; native village, on the south bank of the Tanana, at mouth of the Tutlut 

river. Native name, from Petrof, 1880.

Tutlut; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, about 100 miles above the 

mouth of the Tanana. Native name, from Petrof, 1880. Apparently this 

is Toklat river of Alien, 1885. See Toklat.

Tutlut, river; see Cantwell.

Tuxedni; harbor, on the western shore of Cook inlet, near Iliamna volcano. Native 

name, given by Tebenkof, 1849, as Tukuzit and by Eichwald, 1871, as 

Tukusitnu. The native name, according to Ball, is Tuk-sed'-ni.

Tuxekan; winter village of the Hanega Indians, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey, in 1895, as 

Tuxeau and corrected to Tuxecan in 1899.

Twelve Fathom; strait, separating Little Koniuji and Simeonof islands, Shumagin 

group. So called by the fishermen. Named from its depth.

Twelvemile; arm, of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

So called by Clover, who. surveyed it in 1885. It had previously been 

called Eighteenmile arm.

Twelvemile; camp, on the headwaters of Klutina river. So. named by-Abercrombie in 1898. It is about 12 miles from Klutina lake.

Twelvemile; creek, in the Fortymile mining district, tributary to Walker fork, 

from the north. Prospectors' name, from Barnard of the Geological 

Survey in 1898.

Twelvemile; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the north, near 

longitude 150° 30'. Local name from Schrader, 1899.

Twenty Fathom; bank, off Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So called by the Coast Survey in 1895 or earlier.
Twi Tyy. 416 [BULL. 187.

Twin, bay; see Skan.

Twin; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the north, near Bonanza bar.

Miner's name, obtained by Barnard, of the Geological Survey, in 1898. 

Twin; glacier, on the mainland, on north side of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Twin; glaciers, at head of Port Wells, Prince William sound. Descriptive name,

given by Glenn in 1898. See Harvard and Yale. . Twin; glaciers, north of Tidal inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive

name, given by Eeid in 1890. 

Twin; islands, between Mary and Revillagigedo islands, Revillagigedo channel,

Alexander archipelago. So named by pilot W. E-. George about 1880.

Have also been called The Sisters. ' ' 

Twin, islands; see Sister. 

Twin; islet, between Praznik and Near islands, St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named

Dvoinoi (twin) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

Twin; peaks (6,557 feet high), on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given by Thomas in 1887. 

Twin; point, southwest from the entrance to Port Snettisham, on Glass peninsula,

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by

Mansfield in 1889. 

Twin Mountain; creek, tributary to Boulder creek, from the north, Seward

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Twins; islets (100 and 300 feet high), on the southern edge of Walrus island group,

in northern part of Bristol bay, Bering sea. So named by the Fish

Commission in 1890. 

Twins; two rocky islets, off the southeastern coast of Nagai island, Shuruagin group.

Local name, reported by Dall in 1872. 

Twins; see Hanin rocks. 

Twins (The); islets, at eastern entrance to Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Dvoini bratef (twin brothers) by Vasilief in 1809.

Has also been called Entrance island. 

Twins (The); two islets (226 and 239 feet high), off Hobart bay, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869. 

Two Headed; island, near the south end of Kodiak. Named Two-headed point by

Cook in 1778. Variously called a cape or point and written Two-Headed,

Double Headed, etc.. According to Sauer, 1802, the native name is

Nasikan. Variously written Nasiktak, Nazikak, etc. 

Two Tree; island, north of Vank island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago.

Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869. 

Tyee; mountain, near the head of Bradfield canal, Alexander archipelago. Named

by Snow in 1886. Native word, meaning chief or head man. 

Tyndall; glacier, tributary to Malaspina glacier, near Mount St. Elias, southeastern

Alaska. Named by the New York Times Expedition of 1886, after

Professor John Tyndall. 

Tyonick, village; see Tyonok. 

Tyondk; Indian village, post-office, and store of the Alaska Commercial Company,

near head of Cook inlet. Native name (from tyon, chief, and ok, the

diminutive, little chief), reported by Petrof in 1880 and by him spelled 

> Toyonok. Has also been written Toyonok. A few miles southwest is

Tyonek station or Old Tyonek. The post-office Tyoonok was established

near here in June, 1897. 

Tyoris, bay; see Redoubt. 

Tyya, inlet; seeTaiya.
BAKER.] 417 Tza-Uga.

Tzahavak; native village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, Bering sea.

Name from Petrdf, 1880, who wrote it Tzahavagamute, i. e., Tzahavak

people. Erroneously Tzaharagamute. 

TJalik; lake, about 1C miles north of Kulukak bay, on the northern shore of Bristol

bay, Bering sea. Spelled Oallek by Spurr in Twentieth Geological Survey

Report (VII, map 10, p. -134) on the authority of missionary Wood.

Apparently this is Kulukak lake of Tebenkof. See Kulukak. 

TJalik; native village, on the western shore of Kulukak bay, Bristol bay, Bering sea.

Given by Petrof, 1880, as Ooallikh and by Spurr and Post as Oalh'gamut,

i. e., Oallik people. 

UbezMlsha, island; see Poverty. 

Ubezhilza, islet; see Shelter. . TJbi; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla Ubi by

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Ubiennoi, bay; see Massacre. 

TTbiloi; islet, in Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Ubiloi (vacant)

island by Vasilief in 1833. It is " Oubeloi (low) " of British Admiralty

chart 2337. Kostrometinoff translates Oubeloi by ebb-tide. 

Ucomude; native settlement, in Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Native name, so given by

Lisianski in 1805. Apparently this is what would now be written Ukomuda, i. e., Ukom bay. 

Uda. Aleut word meaning bay. It is appended to the name; thus, Allmuda means

Alim bay. 

TJdagak; strait, between Biorka and Unalaska islands, eastern Aleutians. Its native

name, Udagak, was used by Sarichef, in 1792, and thereafter till 1849, when

Tebenkof published the name Spirkin. Biorka island he called Spirkin

island. Lutke wrote it Oudagakh. 

Udak; cape, on the southern shore of Umnak island, forming the western head of

Driftwood bay. Aleut name, meaning ukali, dried fish. Name from Kuritzien, 1849.

Udakhta, harbor; see Dutch. 

Udakta; post-office at Dutch harbor, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Established in

May, 1899. 

TJdamak; cove, at head of Anderson bay, Makushin bay, Unalaska. Native name,

from Veniaminof, 1840.

TJdamat; bay, in Beaver bay, indenting the northern shore of Biorka island, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Sarichef, 1792. Called Gull bay by

the Fish Commission in 1888. 

TJegak; island, the largest of the Vsevidof group, on the southern shore of Umnak,

eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Kotzebue, 1816; written Ouegakh

by Lutke.

Uekosli, point; see Narrow. 

TJgadaga; bay, indenting the northern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern

Aleutians. Aleut name, given by Sarichef, 1790, as Ugadagan, and by

Veniaminof as Ugadaga. A creek flowing into the head of this bay was

called by Langsdorf (II, 29) Ugadachan. 

TTgaguk; river, draining westward from Becharof lake to Bristol bay. An Eskimo

name, reported by Lutke, in 1828, as Ougagouk and by later Russians as

Ugaguk or Igagik, and since variously written Agouyak, Igiagik, Ugiagik,

etc. 

TJgaguk; village, at mouth of Ugaguk river, Alaska peninsula. Has generally been

written Igagik. 

Ugcdak, cape; see Ugyak.

Bull. 187 01 27
Uga-Vga. 418 [BULL. 187.

Ugaiushak; island, on the south shore of Alaska peninsula, .north of the Semidis.

Native name; from the Russians. Variously written Ugaiuscha, Ugaiuschak, Ugajutchak, etc. 

Ugak; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kodiak. Native name, from early

Russian explorers. Igak is a Kodiak word, meaning evil spirit or devil.

The Russians wrote it Igak and Ugak. It has been called Dgak, Igak,

lagkskie, Igatskai, Ihack, Irak, Oohack, and Ugak. 

Ugak; island, near entrance to Ugak bay, on southeast coast of Kodiak. Native

name, reported by the Russians, who spelled it Igak, Ugak, etc. Ugak is

said to be the local usage. 

Ugak; islet, near Cape Chiniak, in entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Langsdorf

says, in 1814 (voyage II, 56), that Cape Chiniak "is bounded to the north.

by two small islands, one of which, in the language of the country, is called.

Giniak, the other Ugak." 

Ugalek; bay, indenting Biorka island, on south shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians.

Aleut name, from Sarichef, 1792. 

Ugalgan; island, near the easternmost point of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Native

name; apparently Gagalgin. of Krenitzin in 1768; Kigalgin of Kudiakof,

1791; Ugalgan or lachnoi (egg) of Sarichef, 1792. Veniaminof says its

Aleut name is Ugalgan and that it was called in 1830 orieshik (hazel) or

iachnie (egg). It is Ugalohan or Jaitschoi (egg) of Langsdorf. This island

was reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4,

1901. In that order it'was called Egg island. 

Ugamak; island, one of the Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from

Veniaminof. Also written Ugamok, Ugornok, and Ukamak. This island

was reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4,

1901. In that order the name is written Uganiok. 

Ugamak; strait, separating Ugamak and Tigalda islands, Krenitzin group, eastern

Aleutians. Called Ugarnakskie by Veniaminof about 1830. 

Ugamok, island; see Chirikof. 

Uganik; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kokiak. Petrof, 1880, wrote it

Ooganok. 

Uganik; cape, the eastern, point of entrance to Uganik bay, on northern coast of

' Kodiak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Uganik; island, on the northern shore of Kodiak. Native name, from Lisianski,

1805, who spells it Oohanick. Tebenkof, 1849, has Uganik, which has 

usually been erroneously transliterated, Uganuk.

Uganik; native village, at head of Uganik bay. Shown by Lisianski, 1805, who 

spells it Oohanick. .

Ugashik, lake; see Becharof.

Ugashik; native village, at mouth of the Ugashik river, Alaska peninsula. Reported 

by Petrof, in 1880, and by him written Oogashik. Has also been written 

Oogahik.

tJgashik; river, debouching on the northwestern shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Staniukovich, in the corvette Hotter, 1828, was the first to report the 

existence of this river, which in his journal is called Soulima. Lutke, 

however, called it, at the same time, by its native name, which in French 

he wrote Ougatchik. Thus the river has borne two names, each of them 

variously written Soulima, Sulima, Oogahik, Oogashik, Ugatschlk, 

Ugazhak, etc. According to Grewingk there are two rivers.

Ugat; cape, the western point of entrance to Uganik bay, on the northwestern 

coast of Kodiak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ugavigamiut, village; see Uknavik.

Ugazhak, river; see Ugashik.
BAKER.] 419 Ug

Ugidak; rock or rocky islet, one of the Delarof isiets, at western end of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has

also been written Ugidakh. 

Ugiiak, rock; see Fairway. 

Ugiu-ug, village; see Biorka. 

TJglovaia; Eskimo village, on right bank of the lower Yukon, between Ikogmute

and Kazboinski. Visited by Nelson in January, 1879, and its name given

by him as Ouglovaia. 

Uglovaia, mountain; see Corner. 

Ugolnoi, island;.see Charcoal. 

Ugolnoi, island;.see Ukolnoi. 

Ugolnoi, point; see Coal. 

TJgovik; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 30 miles above

Bethel. Name from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Oogovigamute, i. e., Ugovik

people. The Eleventh Census has Ugavigamiut and the Coast Survey has

Odgovigamut. Population in 1880, 206; in 1890, 57. 

Uguagivik, lake; see Becharof. 

Uguiug, village; see Beaver.

Ugushtu, island, see Crooked.

Ugushtu, island; see Ushagat.

.TJgyak; cape, the southern point of entrance to Kukak bay, Shelikof strait. Variously written Igiak, Ilak, Ugaiak, Ugiak. The local pronunciation, 

according to Dall, is U-gai-yak. Native word, from early Russian 

explorers.

Uliaiak; native village, on the southwestern coast of Kodiak, which Lisianski, 

1804, wrote Oohaiack.

Uhaskek; native village, on the southeastern coast of Kodiak, between Gull and 

Dangerous capes. Written Oohaskeck by Lisianski in 1804.

TJhler; creek, tributary, from the east, to South fork of Fortymile creek. Prospectors' name, reported by Barnard, of the Geological Survey, in 1898.

Uiak, bay; see Uyak.

TJinuk; Eskimo village, on the south shore of Seward peninsula, at mouth of Nome 

river. Petrof, in 1880, reported its population as 10 and its name as 

Oo-innakhtagowik. Since then it has appeared as Ooinukhlagowik, Ooinuklagowik, etc.

Ujah, islet; see Uyak.

Ujakushatsch, volcano; see Redoubt.

Ujut, bay; see Izhut.

U-kai-yuhkh-pal-iek, island; see Kiukpalik.

"Ukak; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta, on shore of Hazen bay. Visited by Nelson 

in December, 1878, and its name reported by him as Ookagamiut, i. e., 

Ukak people. Petrof, 1880, calls it Ookagamute and reports its population 

as 25. Petrof shows two villages bearing this name, (1) the one here 

described, (2) a village on the right bank of the Yukon near Koserefski.

TJkak; lake, on the water portage between the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers. Called 

Ookakhl or Oakakhl by Raymond, in 1869, and Ookakhl and Ookakht by 

the Coast Survey, 1898.

Ukak, village; see Ikak.

Ukamok, island; see Chirikof.

TJkawutni; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, about 30 miles above the 

mouth of Melozi river. Native name, from Dall, who has Ukawatne on 

his map and Ukawutni in his text (Alaska, p. 282).

Ukazatel, island; see Guide.

Ukivok, island; see King.
Vkl Umg. 420 [BULL. 187.

Ukiwuk, island; see King, t

Uknavik; Eskimo village and mission, on right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 10 

- miles below the Kuskokwim-Yukon portage. Its Eskimo name, according to Spurr and Post, who obtained it from missionary Kilbuck, in 1898, 

is Oknavfgamut, for which the suggested meaning is, village on the other 

side of the village on the other side people.

Uknodoh, island; see Hog.

Ukolnoi; island, near entrance to Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula, west of the Shurnagins. Named Ukolnoi (stone coal) by the Russians. The Aleut name 

is Kitagutak. Has also been written Ugolnoi and Youkolny.

TJkshivikak; Eskimo village, at Lisianski harbor,'on the southwestern shore of 

Kodiak. Called Ukshivkag-miut, i. e., Ukshivikak people, on the RussianAmerican Company map of 1849.

Ukuk; bay, in Raspberry island, Kodiak group. Native name, from the Russians.

Ulach, island; see Ulak.

Ulaga, islands; 'see Four Mountains.

Ulak; island, southwest from Tanaga, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native 

name, from Sarichef, 1790, who wrote it Ulak. Variously written loulakh, 

Ulach, Ulakh, Youlak, etc. Apparently it is Ulak of the Aleuts, meaning 

house, or everybody's house.

Ulak; islet, near Great Sitkin island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut 

name, from Tebenkof. It means house for everybody. Has been written 

Ulakh. Apparently identical with Uliadak island-of Russian Hydrographic chart 1400.

Ulakhta, harbor; see Dutch.

Ulakta Head. The precipitous north end of Amaknak in Captains bay, Unalaska, 

was called Ulakhta Head by Davidson, in 1867, the name being taken from 

Udakta (now Dutch) harbor, the change from Udakta to Ulakta being 

apparently accidental. Has also been called North Head.

Ulanach, cape; see Chlanak.

Uliadak; islet, near Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians! This name 

appears with a query on Russian Hydrographic chart No. 1400. There is 

confusion in the representation of the islands here and resulting uncertainty as to the application of the name. See Ulak.

Uliaga; island, the northernmost of the islands of the Four Mountains, eastern 

Aleutians. Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Variously written 

Ouliaga, Oulliaghin, etc. Veniaminof writes it Uliagan, and adds that, in 

1764, there was in its southeastern part a small.settlement of quarrelsome, 

thieving people, which, at the request of the Umnak Aleuts, Glotof 

exterminated.

Ulinoi; island, in Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Called Ulinnoi 

by Vasilief in 1809. - Ulloa; canal, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Apparently so named 

by the Spaniards in about 1792. " "Ulloa canal appears to have derived its 

name from being supposed to communicate with Cordova Bay, the land 

north of Cordova Bay being styled Isla Ulloa in Galiano's Atlas." (Coast 

Pilot, 1883, p. 97.)

Ulukuk; hills, river, and native village, east of Norton sound. Native name, from 

Dall in 1866.

Umak; island, between Great Sitkin and Little Tanaga islands, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from the Russians. Has been written 

Oumakh, Urnakh, and Yunakh.

Umgu; islet (150 feet high) or islands, between Sannak and Alaska peninsula. So 

called bv the Russians.
BAKER.] 421 TJnin Una.

Umnak; island, one of the principal islands of the eastern Aleutians. Native name.

Cook, 1778, wrote Oomanak; Saner, 1790, has Oomnak; Coxe, taking the

name from Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768, wrote Umyak. Has also been

written Oumnak, Oumnakh, etc. 

Umnak; pass, separating Umnak and Unalaska islands, eastern Aleutians. Native

name, from the Russians. 

TJmshaliuk; cape, the western head of Kashega bay, on north shore of Unalaska.

Native name, from Sarichef, 1792. On this cape, in 1792, was Sedanka

village. Tebenkof, in 1849, called the cape Sedanka and, in 1888, the Fish

Commission called it Hague. 

Umyak, island; see Umnak. 

TJnak; islet, south of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name,

from Tebenkof, 1849. It means wound, sore. Has also been -written

Jounakh.

Unak, river; see Unuk. 

TJnakak; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta, near Hazen bay. Nelson, who visited

it in December, 1878, reports its name to be Oonakagamute, i. e., Unakak 

people. Petrof, 1880, calls it Oonakagamute and reports its population 

as 20.

Unakwik; inlet, indenting the northern shore of Prince William sound. Appar- 

"ently a native name, reported by Glenn, in 1898, as Unaquig and by Abercrombie as Unaquick.

Unalaklik; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Norton sound, at mouth of 

the Unalaklik river. Population in 1880, 100; in 1890, 175. Variously 

Avritten Oonalaklik, Ounalakleet, Unalachleet, etc.

Unalaklik; river, of western Alaska, tributary to eastern end of Norton sound. 

Eskimo name, variously written Oonalakleet, Ounalaklik, Unalaklik, etc. 

Tebenkof, 1849, has Unalaklit, and Russian Hydrographic chart 1455, 

published in 1852, has Unalaklik or Tsetseka. The Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 has Unalachleet.

Unalashka, bay; see Captains.

Unalashka. The Fish Commission, in 1888, called the roadstead east of Amaknak 

island Unalashka harbor.

Unalaska; island, the largest and most important island of the eastern Aleutians. 

Discovered by the Russians in or about 1760. The Rev. Father Veniaminof, who lived here ten years, about 1820 to 1830, and spoke the Aleut 

language, says the Aleuts called this island A'-u-an Alakska or Na'-u-an 

Alakska, i. e., this here Alakska. Cook, in 1778, wrote it Oonalashka, as 

also did Sauer, 1790. Sarichef, 1790, wrote it Unalashka, while Lutke, 

1828, has Ounalachka, a contraction of the true name Nagounalaska. 

Petrof says Agunalaksh, the Aleut name of Unalaska.

Unalaska; post-office, at lliuliuk village, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Established 

in November, 1892.

Unalaska, town; see lliuliuk.

Unalga; island, in Akutan pass, between Akutan and Unalaska islands,- eastern 

Aleutians. Native name, published in this form by Coxe, in 1780, who 

took it from Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768. Apparently this is Oonellaof 

Cook in 1778. It is Oonalgi of Billings and Ounalga of Lutke. This 

island and the adjacent rocks were reserved for light-house purposes by 

Executive order dated January 4, 1901. The adjacent rocks, here called 

Gull rocks, were in that order called Sea Gull rocks.

Unalga; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from the Russians. Russian Hydrographic chart 1400 of 1848 

calls it western Unalga.
Una Uiil. ' 422 [BULL. 187.

TTnalga; pass, separating Uiialgaand Unalaska islands, eastern Aleutians. So called

by Veniaininof. Lutke wrote it Ounalga. 

Unalishagvak; cape, west of Karluk, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait.

Native name, from the Russians. Variously spelled Unalischachwak,

Unalischaglak, Unaltschaswak, Unalishogvak, etc.

TTnana; mountain peak (4,600 feet high), on the eastern side of Russell fiord, southeastern Alaska. Apparently a 'native name, published by Russell in 1893. 

Unangashik; native village, at Heiden bay, on the north shore of Alaska peninsula. Native name, from Petrof, 1880, who wrote it Oonangashik. 

Unaquick, inlet; see Unakwik.' 

Unarilda; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the south, at Treat island, near

latitude 66°. So called by Alien in 1885. 

Unaska, island; see Yunaska. 

Unastal, island; see Guide. 

Unatlotly. On the north bank of the Koyukuk, at the mouth of Alien river, Alien

shows a village called Unalotly. In his text he mentions "the Unatlotl y'' 

 as though it were a stream. The latest map has the word village here. 

Unavikshak; islet, near the entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native

name, from the Russians. 

Uncle Sam; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the north, at the international

boundary. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898. 

Unga; cape, the southeastern point of Unga island, Shumagi'ns. So named by the

Fish Commission in 1888. 

Unga, harbor; see Delarof. 

Unga; island, the largest of the Shumagin group. Native name, from the Russians.

Has also been written Ounga. 

Unga, islands; see Shumagin. 

Unga; post-office, at Delarof harbor, Unga island, Shumagin group. Established

in August, 1894.

Unga; reefs, 'in Popof strait, Shumagins. So named by Ball in 1872. 

Unga; strait, separating the Shumagin islands from Alaska peninsula. So named

by Ball in 1872. 

Ungaktalik; lake, near and connected with Nushagak lake. Native name, from

Tebenkof, 1849. It means Ungak region.

Ungalik; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Norton bay, at the mouth of the 

Ungalik river. Petrof, in 1880, reported its population as 15 and its name 

' as Oonakhtolik. On late Coast Survey charts it is Unoktolik and on a 

local map Ungaliktalik.

Ungalik; river,, tributary to the southern shore of Norton bay, Norton sound. 

Eskimo name, given by Petrof, in 1880, as Oungaklitalik and by the Coast 

Survey as Ungaliktolik and Unoktolik, i. e., Ungalik region.

Unigun, islands; see Four Mountains. 

Uniktali; bay, indenting the north shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Aleut name, which Sarichef, 1792, wrote Unietkalen and Veniaminof, Uniktalia, Apparently from the Aleut word Unaktak (broken). 

It is Mountain bay of the Fish Commission in 1888.

Unimak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Its native name is Tugamak, which has been written Toogamak, Tougamak, 

and Tougoumak..

Unimak; island, immediately west of Alaska peninsula, eastern Aleutians. Native 

name, which Cook, 1778, wrote Oonemak. Variously written Oonimak, 

Ounimak, etc.

Unimak; pass, between Unimak island and other islands to the west; one of the 

. principal passes through the eastern Aleutians.
BAKER.] 423

Union; bay, in Cleveland peninsula, at junction of Clarence strait and Ernest

sound, Alexander archipelago. So called, prior to 1880, on some unpublished charts. 

Union; mining camp, at the mouth of South fork of the Koyukuk, near longitude

' 152°. Called Union City by the prospectors and miners in 1899. 

Unishka; island, on the south side of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief in 1809. 

Unlucky; islet, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named La Desgraciada (the unlucky) byMaurelleand Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Unoktolik, river and village; see.Ungalik. 

Unuk; river, tributary to Burroughs bay, southeastern Alaska. Native name, from

the Coast Survey. "The' correct name of this river," writes M. W. Gorman, "is Junuk or Junock." 

Uphoon, pass; see Apoon. 

Upland; creek, tributary to Nome river, from the west, in the Nome mining region,

Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. It is Shepard creek

on a recent map. 

Up-nut, creek; see Anikovik. 

Upper; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak. It drains to Lower lake and thence to Shahafka

cove. Called Verkhnie (upper) by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Upper Chulik. The Eleventh Census, 1890 (p. 114), speaks of two Eskimo villages

on the eastern coast of Nunivak island together containing 62 people and

called Chuligmiut and Upper Chuligmiut, i. e., Chulik people. 

Upper Ramparts; gorge or canyon, in the Porcupine river, about 20 miles from the

international boundary line. Also see .Ramparts. 

Upright; cape, the easternmost point of St. Matthew island, Bering sea. So named

by Cook in 1778. Perpendiculaire of Lutke and Otviesnoi (upright) of the

Russians. Erroneously Upwright. 

Uranatina; river, tributary to the Copper river, from the west, about 10 miles

north of the Tiekel river. Native name, from Abercrombie, in 1898. It

is Teikhell river of Alien in 1885. See Tiekel. 

Urey; point, the westernmost point of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 184), after Capt. luri or Urey

Feodorovich Lisianski, who was the first to indicate it. Urey, sometimes

written luri, is the Russian for George. 

Urilia; bay, on the northern coast of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. Named Urilia

(shag or cormorant) by Tebenkof, 1849. The Fish Commission, in 1888,

called this Shaw bay. Perhaps this is an error for.shag. 

Urilie, rocks; see Shag. 

Urilof; island, in southern part of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Urielof by Vasilief in 1809. 

Userdie, point; see Zeal. 

UsffiJc, islet; see Uski. 

Ushagat; island, one of the Barren islands at entrance to Cook inlet. Native

name, given by Tebenkof as Ushagat and Ugushtu. Has also been called

Ugutchtu and Ushugat. 

Usher; rock; on the west side of the Western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, in

1879, after Lieut. Nathaniel Rielly Usher, U. S. N.,/then on duty at Sitka. 

Ushk; bay, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

Uski; islet, in the western anchorage St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Uskoi by

the early Russians. Perhaps from usgik, the Aleut word for willow. 

Uskosli, point; see East.
Uso-Val. 424 ' [BULL. 187.

Usof; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Named 

Usova (Usof s) by Tebenkof, 1849. Called Whalebone bay by the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

Ustia, cape; see Entrance.

Ustia JRieka, cape; see Rivermouth.

Ustiugof; shoal or bank, off Constantine point, at mouth of the Nushagak river, 

Bristol.bay, Bering sea. -So named by Tebenkof, after a Mr. Ustiugof, 

of whose surveys in this region, in 1818, Tebenkof speaks in commendation.

Usuktu; river, of northern Alaska, tributary to Meade river, from the east. Name 

from Eay, who passed it in April, 1883, and reports its native name to be 

Usuuktu and Usuktu in his text, and Esuktu on his map.

Utah; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the west, in the Eagle mining region. 

Local name, reported by Barnard in 1898.

Utalug; cape, on the southeastern coast of Atka, opposite Amlia, middle Aleutians. 

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from the Aleut utak, big 

finger or thumb.

Utchno, cape; see Trinity.

Utes; cape, on the southern shore of Nazan bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. Named 

Utes (cliff or escarpment) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Utes; cape, somewhere in the vicinity of Boat harbor, on northern shore of Norton 

sound, Bering.sea. Called Utes (cliff, escarpment) by Tebenkof in 1833. 

Not found on late maps.

Utes, cape; see Escarpment.

Utesistoi, island; see Rocky.

Utichi, islet; see Calming.

Utichi, islet; see Rocky.

Utinoi, islet; see Duck.

TJtkiavi; Eskimo village, and United States Government station at Cape Smyth, 

near Point Barrow. This word, or something like it, is said to be the 

Eskimo name for Cape Smyth. The difficulty in getting at the native 

names of places is well illustrated in this case. Three members of the 

United States Signal Service party which spent two years here, and two, 

at least, of whom acquired a speaking knowledge of the Eskimo language, give these three forms: Ooglamie (and Uglaamie), Ootkeavie, and 

Utkiaving. As for others they have used Otkiawik, Otkiovik, Ootivakh, 

and Government station.

Utmak, cape; see Kettle.

tTyak; anchorage, behind Bear and Harvester islands, on west shore of Uyak bay, 

north shore of Kodiak. So called by Moser in 1897. Native name'.

Uyak; bay, indenting the northwestern coast of Kodiak. Native name, from the 

Russians. Lisianski, 1805, spells it Oohiack and the village Ooiatsk. 

" Petrof, 1880, writes it Ooiak. Has also been written Uiak.

Uyak; cape, the western point of entrance to Uyak bay, on northwest coast of 

Kodiak. Native name. Lisianski, 1805, calls it West point.

Uyak; islet, in Nazan bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 

1849. Has also been written Ujah.

Uzenkoi, strait; see Narrow.

Uzinki; village, on Spruce island,'Kodiak group. The location of this village is 

not shown. It may be identical with Novie Balaam (New Balaam) of the 

Russian-American Company map of 1849. The village takes its name 

from Uzinkie, the Russian adjective for narroiv. Has also 'been written 

Oozinkie and Usinka.

Valdes; glacier, northeast of Valdes, Prince William sound. So called by Abercrombie in 1898.
BAKER.] 4:25 Val VaS.

Valdes: narrows, the contracted part of the entrance to Port Valdes, Prince William 

sound. So called by Abercrombie in 1898. Also called Stanton narrows 

by Abercrombie the same year.

Valdes; port, indenting the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. According to Vancouver it was called Puerto de Valdes by Fidalgo in 1790.

Valdes; summit, the highest point on the trail over Valdes glacier into the interior. 

So called by the 3,000 (more or less) prospectors who used it in 1898.

Valdes; town, at head of Port Valdes, Prince William sound. Captain Glenn, 

writing in 1898, indicates that it was then called Copper City, but now 

Valdez. A post-office, called Valdez, was established here in July, 1899.

Vallenar; bay, in Clarence strait, at north end of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Vallenar; point, the northernmost point of Gravina island, separating Tongass narrows from Clarence strait. Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Seiior 

Higgins de Vallenar, President of Chile. Higgins, or rather O'Higgins 

of Ballenagh, Ireland, became naturalized in Chile and in place of O'Higgins of Ballenagh became Higgins de Vallenar.

Vallenar; rock, off Vallenar point, at the northern entrance to Tongass narrows. 

' So named by Nichols in 1885.

Vancouver; cape, high and bold, on the mainland, northeast of Nunivak island, 

Bering sea. Discovered by Etolin, in 1821, and by him named after Capt. 

George Vancouver.

Vancouver; islet, in Dixon entrance, very near Cape Northumberland, Duke island. 

Apparently a local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1885.

Vancouver; mountain (15,666 feet high), in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Dall, in 1874, after the great English navigator, Capt. George 

Vancouver. 

Vandeput; point, the western point of entrance to Thomas bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Vanderbilt; point, on the northern bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth, southeastern Alaska. Named by United States naval officers in 1880, after 

Capt. J. M. Vanderbilt, captain of the trading steamer Favorite. It is 

apparently identical with Povorotni (turnabout) of Lindenberg in 1838.

Vanderbilt; reef, in the southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Discovered by Capt. J. M. Vanderbilt, of the Northwestern Trading Company's steamer Favorite and named after him by United States naval 

officers in 1880.

Vank; island, west of Wrangell, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Russians.

Vankahini, bay; see Dry.

Vankahini; one of five rivers in the delta of the Alsek river, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by Tebenkof in 1849 (Chart VII). Apparently a native name, 

the termination hini meaning river. Has also been written Vankagina.

Vasilief; bank, off Povorotni point, Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Vasilief (Williams) by the Russians, in 1809, after one of 

their naval officers. Has also been written Vasilevka.

Vasilief; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. So named 

by Lutke, after the pilot Vasilief, about 1830.

Vasilief, cape; see Corvvin.

Vasilief; rock, south of Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Vasilief (Williams) by the Russians in 1809. Proper name. Has also been 

called Vasileva (Basil's or William's).

Vasilief; shoal (with 4 feet at low water), in Chiniak bay, Kodiak, lying between the 

south ends of Long and Woody islands. Named by Russian naval officers 

in 1808-1810.
Vas-VIe. 426 [BOLL. 187.

Vasilief; sunken reef, in the entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Discovered and

named Vasilief by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810. Variously called

Vasilief, Wasilieff, Williams, etc. 

Vaskin; cape, on the northern coast of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. So called by

Veniaminof in 1840. 

Vassar; glacier, tributary, from the west, to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince William

sound. So named by the Harrirnan Expedition, in 1899, after Vassar College.

Vavilof, bay; see Baralof. 

Vcevidofski, volcano; see Vsevidof. 

Vegas; islands, in Sealed passage, on the northwestern shore of Duke island, Gravina

group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Venetia; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Vennevkar, creek;, see Vernal. 

Ventosa, island; see Kqchu. 

Ventura; point, on San Fernando island, San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Buenabentnra by Maurelle

and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Verde; island and point, in PortRefugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta y Ysla Verde (green point and island) by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779.

Verdure; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender in 1863. 

Verkhnie, lake; see Upper. 

Vernal; creek, tributary to Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Named Veshnevka (vernal) by Zarembo in 1834. On United States Hydrographic

chart 225 it is called Vennevkar. " 

Verstovia; mountain (3,216 feet high), about 3 miles from Sitka, Baranof island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vasilief in 1809. Verstovaia is the

adjective form of verst, the Russian unit for long distance, equal to 3,500

feet. The mountain is nearly 1 verst high. 

Veseelovskoi, cape; see Cheerful. 

Veselofski, cape; see Cheerful. 

Vesoki, island; see High.

Vesolia; mountain peak, in western Alaska, in the divide between Norton SOUnd

and the Yukon. Called Vesolia (cheerful) by the Russians. 

Vexation; point, on Kupreanof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade, in 1869, in memory of the annoyance experienced, at

this point, in taking the Saginaiu through Wrangell strait. 

Vexation Point; rock, off Vexation point, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols in 1881. 

Vichnefski; rock, off St. John harbor, in Surnner strait, Alexander archipelago.

Apparently so named by the Russians. 

Victoria; creek, tributary to Coal creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Victoria; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Brooks, 1900. 

Viedrin; island* one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Vasilief in 1809. * . Viejo, Isla del; see1 Old Man. 

Viekhoda, cape; see Outlet. 

Vierublennoi Kriepostnoi, cape; see Razed Fort. 

Viesokaia, volcano, etc..; see Redoubt.
BAKER.] 427 Vlc-VIr.

Viesoki; rock, near Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Viesokoi (high) by Vasilief in 1809. lias also been called High Rock

and Visokoi. 

ViesoHe, rock; see Pillar. 

Viesokoi, island; see High. 

View; cove, Tlevak strait, indenting the eastern coast of Ball island, Alexander

archipelago. So named'by Nichols in 1881. 

'Viking; sunken rock, in Redfish bay, JBaranof island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Moser in 1897. 

Village; see Unatlotly. 

Village; cove, indenting the western end of Alaska peninsula, Isanotski strait.

Old Morzhovoi village is located on this cove. Name published by the

Coast Survey in 1882. 

Village; cove, near St. Paul village, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea.

Local name. 

Village; islands, in Zimovia strait, opposite a deserted Indian village, whence the

name, given by Snow in 1886.

Village; islet (peninsula at low water), in Felice strait, near north end of Duke 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, in 1.882, who found 

an Indian village here containing 15 houses.

Village; islet, near Howkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Sonamed by Ball in 1882. Was also named McFarland by Sheldon Jackson 

in 1880.

Village; point, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. It is at 

this point, named by Nichols, in 1883, that the town of New Metlakatla 

has been built.

Village; point, on the western edge of McClellan flats, Chilkat inlet, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by United States naval officers in 1880. It was called 

Wodopada (waterfall) cape by Lindenberg in 1838.

Village; point, the north point of entrance to Chaik bay, Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, in 1869, who on 

his chart (United States Hydrographic No. 225) shows the Indian village 

" Old Kootznahoo " near it. The native name of this village is given by 

Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 175) as Letushkwin.

Village; rock, iir Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade in 1869.

Vittaluenga, Punta de; see Spencer.

Villard; glacier, on the northern flank of Villard mountain, near Chilkoot inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. Apparently so named by Dall, in 1883, after Henry 

Villard.

Villard; mountain (5,100 feet high), on the mainland, near junction of Taiya and 

Chilkoot inlets, southeastern Alaska. Apparently so named by Dall, in 

1883, after Henry Villard.

Vinasale; old trading post, on the upper Kuskokwim. Population in 1890, 140. 

Local name, from Spurr, who visited it August 1, 1898, and found it 

deserted. Also written Vinasahle and Vinisahle.

Vincent, island; see Hogan.

Vincent, island; see Klokachef.

Virgin, bay; see Gladhaugh.

Virgin; peak (3,750 feet high), in the northeastern part of Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886.

Virginia; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.
VIr Vul. 428 [BULL. 187.

Virublennoi; island, southwest of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Virublennoi (trees cut down, i. e., cleared) by Vasilief in 1809.

Vitskari; island, and rocks, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Vasilief in 1809. Lisianski, in 1804, called them Middle islands. According to George Kostrornetinoff, U. S. court interpreter at Sitka, this means 

(captain) Witz's chastisement.

Vixen; bay, indenting the southern shore of Boca de .Quadra, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, presumably after one of 

its steam launches.

Vixen; inlet, on the western shore of Cleveland peninsula, opening into Ernest 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 1886, presumably 

after the steam launch Vixen.

Vkhoda, cape; see South.

Vnieshnie, rock; see Outer.

Vodopad; river, tributary to the head of Silver bay, Baranof island, Alexandei 

archipelago. So called on Coast and Geodetic Survey chart 8340 (ed. of 

1898). The Eussian charts have the word Vodopad or Wodopad (waterfall) in this place, one of them indicating a height of 350 feet.

Voevodskago, island; see Woewodski.

Volcano; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. Sc 

named by the Fish Commission in 1888. Sarichef's map, of 1792, as alsc 

Tebenkof's, 1849, shows the village of Makushin on this bay. The present Makushin village is about 4 miles south of this place.

Volcano; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near Pavlof volcano. So called by Dall, in 1880; perhaps a local name.

Volcano; point, south of Pavlof volcano, Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall in 1880.

Volchie, island; see Wolf point.

Volga; island, near Middle channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians.

Volkmar; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the east, near longitude 146°. So 

named, in 1885, by Alien, in honor of Col. William Jefferson Volkmar, 

U. S. A.

Voorhees, islands; see Lively.

Vorobinoi, islet; see Sparrow.

Voronie, island; see Crow.

Vbronkoivski, island; see Woronkofski.

Vosnesenski, island; see Wosnesenski.

Voss; creek, tributary, from the west, to South fork of Fortyrnile creek. Local name, 

published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Vostochnie, channel; see Eastern.

Vostochnie, point; see East.

Voslochnie, point; see Northeast.

Vostochnoi, cape; see East.

Vostochnoi, point; see Tolstoi. . Vozvrashenia, arm; see Turnagain.

Vsevidof; group of six islets, with some rocks and shoals, lying on the south side of 

and near to Uninak, eastern Aleutians. Called Sevidow, Sevidovskaia, 

Vsevidow, etc., by the Kussians, perhaps after Andre'i Vsevidof, a Russian 

fur trader, who was in the Aleutian islands in 1747.

Vsevidof; volcano (8,800 feet high), near the middle of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. So called by Veniarninof and possibly by earlier Russians. The 

name has been variously spelled Sewidow, Vcevidofski, Wsewidow, etc.

Vulcan; cove, indenting the southern shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. The fire of Vulcan 

is much in evidence in this island.
BAKER.] 429 Vlll Wal.

Vulcan; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river, from the west, southeast of Omalik 

mountain, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1900.

Vulcan; point, the eastern point of entrance to Vulcan cove, Akutan island, eastern 

. Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Vulcan Point; mountain, between Vulcan creek and Tubutulik river, Seward 

peninsula. Local name, from Peters, 1900.

Wachusett; cove, in Freshwater bay, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Surveyed and named by the U. S. S. Wachusett, Commander Henry Glass, TJ. S. N., commanding, in 1881.

Wachusett; peak, on the mainland, near Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas, in 1887, after the U. S. S. Wachusett, at one time 

stationed in Alaskan .waters.

Wade; creek, tributary to Walker fork, from the north, in the Fortymile mining 

district. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Presumably named after the prospector Jack Wade.

Wagner; lake (elevation 1,900 feet), draining through Tetling river to'the Tanana. 

Named by Lowe, in 1898, after Col. Arthur Lockwood Wagner, assistant 

adjutant-general, tJ. S. A. . Wainwright; inlet, on the Arctic coast, near Point Belcher. So named by Beechey 

in August, 182(3,. after Lieut. John Wainwright, R. N., a member of his 

party. According to the Russians it is Tutagvak of the natives.

Waite; island, in the Koyukuk river. So named by Alien, in 1885, after Chief 

Justice Morrison Remick Waite.

Wal-a-pai, inlet; see Refuge.

Walden; rocks, at northeastern end of Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by Nichols in 1883. Called Race reef in Coast Pilot 

(1883 p. 79), this name being taken from local pilots.

Wales; harbor, on the northwestern shore of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Wales; island, at the mouth of Portland inlet. So named by Fender in 1868.

Wales; passage, between Wales and Pearse islands, Alexander archipelago. Sonamed by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Wales; point, the southernmost point of Wales island, at entrance to Portland 

inlet, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1793.

Walker; cove, in the mainland, opening into Behm canal, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Vancouver, in 1793, on his chart, but not mentioned in his 

text.

Walker; fork, of South fork of Fortymile creek, from the east, eastern Alaska. 

Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Walker; island, south of Cone point, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by local pilots. Lewis and Walker islands are near 

together and their names have been confounded. The western is Lewis,, 

the eastern Walker.

Walker; lake, near latitude 67°, drained by the Kowak river. Name reported by 

 Schrader, of the United States Geological Survey, in 1898. The lake is. 

seemingly identical with Mena-kak-a-shah of Cantwell in 1885.

Walker, lake; see Naknek.

Walker; point, "broad and wooded," the eastern point of entrance to Murder cove, 

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Called Carroll by Nichols in 

.the Coast Pilot, 1891, and Walker by the Coast Survey, in 1898. Since 

the surveys of 1897 this poin^ has been called Walker, the name Carroll 

being applied to an island about 3 miles.to the east of it.

Walker; station, on north bank of the Yukon, near.the mouth of Tozi river, apparently identical with Nuklukayet.
Wal Was. 430 [BULL, 187.

Walkerville; village, near or in the Porcupine gold district. Name published by

the Geological Survey in 1900.

Wallace; reef, in Felice strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Harber in 1893. 

"Wallace; rock (1 foot below low water), in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago.

So called by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

"Wall Street; creek, tributary to South fork of Fortymile creek. Prospectors' name,

published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Walpole; point, the south point of entrance to Port Houghton, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. 

"Walrus; island, east of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Named Morzhovoi (walrus) by the early Kussians. Sarichef, about!790, has Morzhovoi

and Lutke, about 1830, morjovi (des morses). 

"Walrus; island, the easternmost of the Kudobin islands, near Port Moller, Bristol

bay, Bering sea. So called by Ball in 1882. See also Wolf point. . Walrus, island; see Bound. 

"Walrus; islands, in northern part of Bristol bay, Bering sea. Sarichef's atlas, 1826

(sheet III), applies this name to an island called by the natives Kaiashik,

and which Tebenkof identifies with Round island of Cook. Tebenkof,

whom we here follow, calls the whole group Morzhovia (walrus). 

"Walrus^ peak, near Morzhovoi bay, at western end of Alaska peninsula. Called

Morjevskoi (walrus) by Lutke, 1835. 

"Walter; island, in Port Houghton, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So

 named by Nichols in 1882. 

Warburton; island, in Nichols passage, off Port Chester, Alexander archipelago..

So named by Nichols in 1883.

"Ward; cove, in Tongass narrows, indenting the shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named after W. AV. Waud, of Portland, Oreg., who

established a saltery here in 1883 or 1884, and was drowned near here in

March, 1892. In print the cove has always been called Ward. 

'Ward; mountain, in the southwestern part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Warde; point, on Cleveland peninsula, the south point of entrance to Bradfield

canal. So named by "Vancouver in 1793. 

Warehouse, mission; see Shiniak. 

Waring; point, the nottheasternmost point of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean.

Named Waring's by Berry, in 1881, after Lieut. Howard Scott Waring,

U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Warm; creek, tributary to Goldbottoni creek, from the east, Seward peninsula.

Natoe from Barnard, 1900. 

Warm Spring; bay, in Baranof island, northwest of Point Gardner, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore in 1895. 

Warm Spring; mountain (3,370 feet high), on the eastern bank of Stikiue river,

near Great glacier. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Warren; island, at the southeastern point of entrance to Sumner strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Sir John Borlase

Warren.

Warren, islands; see Spanish.

Warren; peak (2,140 feet high), on Warren island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1866. 

Wart; point, in Behm canal, northwest from entrance to Rudyerd bay. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Washington; bay, indenting the western shore of Kuiu island, Chatham, strait,

Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

Washington; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the north. Local name,

obtained by Barnard in 1898.
BAKER.] 431 Was Wed.

"Washington; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Washington, glacier; See Barry.

"Washington; peak (3,557 feet high), on the mainland, south of Port Houghton,

 southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Wasilieff, reef; see Vasilief.

"Wasp; point, on Revillagigedo island, Benin canal, northwest from Smeaton island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Watch; islets, forming part of the Kasiana group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Bedennoi (watch) by Vasilief in 1809. These are the Apple 

islands of Coast Survey chart 8240.

Waterfall, cape; see Mountain point.

"Waterfall; creek, tributary to Last Chance creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

"Waterfall; peak (3,403 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887. Near it are cascades.

Waterfall, point; see Village.

Waterfall Head. Near the southeastern point of St. George island, Pribiiof group,

Bering sea, is a waterfall, and at this place ElHott's map of 1873-74 has

this name Waterfall Head, >a little south of which is Southeast point. The

latest Coast Survey map of the region shows a different shape and has but

one name, and that Cascade point. See Cascade. 

"Waterfalls; Bay of, indenting the south shore of Adak island, middle Aleutians.

Descriptive name, given by; Gibson in 1855. ; 

"Watering; creek, in Port Santa Cruz, Suemez island, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

. Named Rio de la Aguada (watering-place river) by Maurelle and Quadra

in 1775-1779. 

"Waters; point, on the eastern shore of Port _ Bain bridge, Prince William sound.

Named by Vancouver in 1794. 

Waverly, island; see Tangik. 

"Wayanda; ledge, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

after the TJ. S. revenue cutter Wayanda, which once touched upon it.

Sometimes, erroneously, Wyanda. Has also been called Eureka ledge,

after the steamer Eureka, which struck upon it April 26, 1883. 

Wayanda, rock; see California. 

"Weare; town, on north bank of the Yukon, at the mouth of Tanana river. At this

place is the post-office Tanana, established in September, 1898, and the

military post Fort Gibbon. 

"Weasel; cove, indenting the north shore of Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

"Weber; point, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, Bering sea. Named by the

missionaries after Rev. Ernest L. Weber, Moravian missionary, in western

Alaska.

"Wsbster; peak (3,254 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1888, after the distinguished

American statesman Daniel Webster. 

"Wedge; cape, the northernmost point of Nagai island, Shumagins. Named by Dall

in 1872. 

"Wedge; cape, the south point of entrance to Chapel cove, Bay of Waterfalls, Adak

island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by United States

naval officers in 1893. 

"Wedge; glacier, near the head'of Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound.

Descriptive name, given by the Harriman Expedition in 1899.

Wedge; islands, in Clarence strait, southwest of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793, on account of its shape.
Wed-Wes. 432 [BULL. 187.

Wedge; point, on the southwestern shore of Adak island, Andreanofjjroup, middle 

Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibson in 1855.

Weedy; shoals, in Zachary bay, Unga island, Shuinagins. . So named by Ball in 

1872. * . Welcome; point, the southernmost point of Bird island, Shumagin group. 

Immediately east of it is Point Farewell, the last land.seen when homeward bound. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Wellesley; glacier, tributary, from the west, to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince 

William sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition, 1899, after 

Wellesley College.

Wellesley; lake, near -the international boundary. So named by Hayes, in 1891, 

after Wellesley College. . Wellesley; mountain, between the Tanana and White rivers, near latitude 62° 30/. 

So named by Peters and Brooks, in 1898, after Wellesley College.

Wells; port, in northwestern part of Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Werlick; island, in'Sealed passage, near Hotspur island, between Duke and Annette 

islands, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Wesley; creek, tributary to Seattle creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

.from Barnard, 1900.

Wessels; sunken reef, about 18 miles north from Middleton island. Discovered by 

John Wessels, master of the schooner Kodiak, Octobter 25, 1881, and 

reported to George Davidson and by him to the Coast" Survey Office.

West, bay; see Three Arm.

West; cape, on the northwestern coast of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Zapadnie (west) by Murashef in 1839-40.

West; cape, the westernmost point of Deer island, near Belkofski. So named by 

the Fish Commission in 1888.

West; cape, the westernmost point of Saint Lawrence island, Bering sea. Named 

Zapadnie (west) by Tebenkof, 1849. By error of transliteration has been 

written Sanachno and Sanakno.

West; creek, tributary to Shovel creek, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

West; fork, of Chandlar river, near latitude 67°. Local name, from Schrader, 1899.

West; hill (265 feet high), on Stuart island, Norton sound. So named by the Coast 

Survey in 1898.

West; island, in the Koyukuk river, near longitude 157°. So named by Alien, in 

1885, "in honor of Lieut. Barrington King West, U. S. A., my classmate 

and special friend."

West; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow in 1886.

West; peak (1,976 feet high), near Chichagof harbor, on Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Gibson in July, 1855.

West; peak (5,600 feet high), near Valdes, Prince William sound. So named by 

Abercrombie in 1898.

West; point, near anchorage on west shore of Chirikof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall in 1874.

West; point, on the southeastern coast of Seward peninsula, a little east of Point 

Rodney. Apparently a local designation, published in 1900.

West; point, the western point of entrance to Chernofski harbor, Unalaska. So 

named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

West; point, the western point of entrance to Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1882.

West, point; see Uyak.
BAKER.] 433 Wcs-AVlia.

West; rocks, in Dixon entrance, 5 miles southwest from Cape Northumberland. So

named by Nicbols in 1883..

West; spit, at south end of Cleveland passage, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Nichols in 1891.

West Anchor; cove, indenting the southwestern shore of Ikatan island (or peninsula), near south end of Isanotski strait, Unimak island. So called by

the Fish Commission in 1888. 

West Devil; rock, a dangerous sunken reef in Dixon entrance, 10 feet out at low

water, 14 miles east of Cape Chacon. Found by Capt. James Carroll in

the Idaho, November 23, 1883. See also East Devil.

Western; anchorage, in Sitka harbor, north of Japonski island, and between Channel rock and Harbor rock, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Local

name. 

Western; channel, leading into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Zapadnie (western) by the Russians. 

West Foreland; cape, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet. So named by

Vancouver in 1794. It is Zapadnie (west) cape of the Russians, by whom

the native name is reported to be Kiestotank. 

West Francis; sunken rock, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago.

Discovered and named by Coghlan, in 1884, after pilot E. H. Francis, who

was the first person to obtain soundings on it. 

West Georgia. The coast region between Point Barrow and Cape Lisburne, Arctic

ocean, was so called by Beechey in 1827. Apparently this name has never

come into use. 

West Head; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Popof strait, Shumagin

islands. So named by Dall in 1872. 

West Konetz, point; see Dalnoi. 

West Kussua, lake; see Kusawa. 

West Mill; rock, north of Sawmill cove, in Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1881. 

West Nagai; strait, between Nagai and Andronica islands, Shumagin group. So

called by Dall in 1874.

Wests; peak, on the western shore of Klutina lake. Sq named by Lowe in 1898. 

Wevok; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, near Cape Lisburne. Eskimo name,

published by the Hydrographic Office in 1890.

Whale; bay, indenting the south western shore-of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Keetovaia (whale) by the Russians. The native name

is reported to be Kay-e-ghlen. It is Port Guibert of La Perouse, in 1786,

and Port Banks of some authorities. 

Whale; creek, tributary to Port Wells, from the east, Prince William sound. So

named by Glenn in 1898. 

Whale; island, at Elson bay, near Point Barrow, Arctic ocean. Apparently so

named by the British Admiralty in 1855. 

Whale; island, east of and near St. Michael island, Norton sound, Bering sea. So

called by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Whale; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Kitovie (whale) by Vasilief in 1G09. This name has appeared as

Quitoway and Whalebone. 

Whale, islet; see Kita. 

Whale; passage, separating Thorne island from Prince of Wales island, Clarence

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow in 1886. 

Whale; point, on the eastern shore of Smeaton island, Behm canal, Alexander

archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bull. 187 01 28
Wha AVlii. 434 [BULL. 187.

Whale; point, the western point of Lukanin bay, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Called '' Ketavie (of a whale),'' says Elliott, because '' a large 

right whale was stranded there in (?) 1849."

Whale; rock (15 feet.above high water), northeast of Duke island, Revillagigedo 

channel, Alexander archipelago. Presumably so named by local pilots 

about 1880. 

Whalebone, bay; see Usof.

Whalebone; cape, between Usof and Three Island bays, on south coast of Unalaska.

So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Whalebone, island; see Whale.

Whaley; point, the northernmost point of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vanvouver in 1793.

Whidbey; point, on the western shore of Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Davidson, in 1867, after Lieut. Joseph Whidbey, R. N., Avho 

was one of Vancouver's principal assistants during his explorations and 

surveys in this region, 1792-1795. Meade, in 1867, called it Grant point. 

Erroneously AVhidby.

Whipple; mountain (6,033 feet high), between Iskoot and Katete rivers, and about 

7 miles from the Stikine. So named by Hunter in 1877. Erroneously 

Wipple.

Whiskey; bay, indenting the northernmost end of Pearse island, Alexander archipelago. Local name, published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 76).

Whistle, rock; see Thistle.

White; bluff, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1894.

White; cliff, of snow, on the southern side of Newton glacier, St. Elias alps. So 

called by Russell in 1891.

White; cliff, on southwestern shore of Heceta island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a local descriptive name; not shown on existing charts. Name 

published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 122).

White; glacier, near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive 

' name, given by Reid in 1890.

White; gulch, at head of Port Dolores, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Called Arroyo blanco (white gulch) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

While, island; see Error. . . White; mountain, near the head of Golofnin sound, Seward peninsula. Local name, 

published in 1900.

White; mountains, on the mainland, west of Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Symonds in 1880.

White; pass (2,886 feet high), at the head of Skagway river, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Ogilvie, in 1887, after the Hon. Thomas White, minister of 

the interior (of Canada). Perhaps identical with Shasheki of Dall, in the 

.Coast Pilot (1883, p. 200).

White; point, in northern entrance to Keku strait, Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently a local name, published by the Coast Survey in 

1891.

White; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender in 

1868. Just north of it are some white cliffs.

White; point, the westernmost point of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. . White, point; see Shoals. 

White; reef, in Revillagigedo channel, at entrance to Boca de Quadra, southeastern 

Alaska. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1883.
BAKER.I 435 Will-Why.

White; river, in Alaska and Canada, tributary to the'upper Yukon. Discovered, in 

1850, by Robert Campbell, of the Hudson Bay Company, and by him 

named White on account of its color. The "Stick" Indians call it, says 

Schwatka (Military .Reconnaissance, p. 39), Yukokon Heenah, i. e., 

Yukokon river, and the Chilkats by another name meaning Sand river.

White; rock (120 feet high), at entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Clover in 1885.

White; rock (15 feet high), at southern entrance to Duncan canal, Surnner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, in 1886,- on account of its 

"very white" color.

White; rock, in Dixon entrance, one mile south of Cape Northumberland. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1894.

White, rock; see Bieli.

White; rock, north of Hayes point, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. The 

descriptive name, Bieloi (white), was published by Tebenkof in 1849.

White; rocks, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Called 

piedras blancaa (.white rocks) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Whitestone; point, in Neva strait, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Name 

published by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 156).

Whitestone; rock, in Neva strait, Alexander archipelago. Local name, alleged to 

be descriptive. First published in about 1880.

Whitestone Narrows; contracted place in southern part of Neva strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Whitewater; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade 

in 1869. Said to be known locally as Lower Kootznahoo.

Whiting; harbor, on the western side of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, in 1880, presumably after Commodore William Danforth Whiting, U. S. N.

Whiting; point, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, in 1888, after Passed Assistant Surgeon Robert Whiting, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Whiting; river, of southeastern Alaska, flowing into Stephens passage. Named by 

Thomas, in 1888, after Passed Assistant Surgeon Robert Whiting, U. S. N., 

a member of his party.

Whitney; mountain, near Mount St. Elias. Was so named by the New York Times 

Expedition, of 1886, after Hon. William Collins Whitney.

Whitney; island, near Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, in 1887, presumably after Hon. William C. Whitney, Secretary of the Navy.

Whitshed; point, near the mouth of Copper river. Named Witshed by Vancouver, in 1794, after Captain Witshed, R. N. Thus it appears in the text of 

the original 4° edition of Vancouver's voyage, but in'the accompanying 

atlas and in the text of the 8° edition of 1801 it is called Whitshed, after 

 Captain Whitshed. Whitshed appears to be in general use. Has been

erroneously printed Whitshet.

Whitsunday, cape; see Pillar. - . Whitsuntide, cape; see Izhut. 

Whymper, creek; see Hess.

Whymper; point, in the Yukon delta, a little south of Cape Romanzpf. So named 

by Dall, in 1869, after Mr. Frederick Whymper, one of his companions in 

the Western Union Telegraph Expedition, 1865-1867.
Wll WI1. 436 IBULL. 187.

Wilby; island, in Port Chalmer's, Prince William sound. Named Wilby's island 

by Portlock, in 1787, presumably after William Wilbye, assistant trader 

on his voyage. Portlock gives both spellings. 

Wild; island, southeast of Long island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Dikoi (wild) by Vasilief in 1809. 

Wilder; creek, tributary from the west, to Delta river, near latitude 63° 30'. So

named by Glenn, in 1898. 

Wilkes; peak (3,156 feet high), in Wilkea range of mountains, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Thomas in 1887. 

Wilkes; range of mountains, on the mainland, north of and near mouth of Stikine

river, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, in 1887,'after RearAdmiral Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. 

Willard; inlet, northeast of Dixon entrance, southeastern Alaska. So named by the

Coast Survey in 1891. 

Willard; missionary station, at the Indian village 'Kutkwutlu, near the mouth of

Chilkat river, southeastern Alaska. Established prior to 1883. 

William Henry; bay, on the west shore of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

Name adopted by Meade, in 1869, from the Hudson Bay traders. 

Williams; island, at mouth of the Nushagak river, Bristol bay, Bering sea. Called

William's by the Fish Commission in 1890. 

Williams, point; see Craven. 

Williams, reef; see Vasilief. 

William Smith, river; see Smith. 

Willis; creek, tributary to Feather river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Willoughby; cove, on the south shore of Lemesurier island, Icy strait, Alexander

archipelago. Surveyed and named by Hanus, in 1880, after Richard G. 

. Willoughby, an Alaskan pioneer. 

Willoughby; island (1,545 feet high), in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named

by United States naval officers, in 1880, after Richard G. Willoughby, an

Alaskan pioneer. 

Willow; creek, tributary from the west, to Penny river, in the Nome mining

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. 

Willow; creek, tributary to the Koksuktapaga river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Willow; creek, tributary to Port Clarence, from the east, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Willow; island, at mouth of the Unu'k river, Alexander archipelago. So named by

the Coast Survey in 1889. 

Willow; point, on the western shore of Kizhuyak bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named

Talnika (willow) by Murashef in 1839-40. Elliott spells it Talneek, and

says all creeping willows are so designated by the Russians. 

Wilson; cove, indenting the southwestern shore of Admiralty island, Alexander

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1896.

Wilson; creek, tributary, from the west, to North fork of Fortymile creek. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Wilson; creek, tributary to left fork of the Koksuktapaga river, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Wilson; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the north, near longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Wilson; islands, on western edge of the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887. 

Wilson; point, Cordova bay, Prince William sound. So named by Abercrombie in

1898.
BAKER.] ' 437 Wil-U'iS.

Wilson; point, on the eastern side of Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. Name published in Hydrographic Office Notice to Mariners No. 48, 1893.

Wilson; point, the south point of entrance to Wilson cove, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1896.

Wimbledon; point, the western point of entrance to Dundas bay, Cross sound, . 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Erroneously 

Winbledou on some charts.

Wind; point, on the north western shore of Thomas bay, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Windfall; harbor, Admiralty island, Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield in 1889.

Windfall; island, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield in 1889.

Windham; bay, indenting the mainland coast, Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Call in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 129).

Windham; mountain (3,263 feet high), on the mainland, north of Windham bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade in 1869.

Windham; point, on the mainland coast, the north point of entrance to Windham 

bay, and the southeastern point of entrance to Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Windom; glacier, on the mainland, nearTaku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by the Coast. Survey, in 1890, after Hon. William Windom, Secretary of 

the Treasury.

Windy; creek, tributary to right fork of the Bluestone river, from the south, Seward 

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Windy; creek, tributary to the Kugruk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Windy'; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Wingham; island, east of and near the mouth .of Copper river. So named by Vancouver in 1794. It is MitchelPs island of Portlock and Meares in 1787-88. 

The native name, according to Tebenkof, is Shiganik. . Often called 

Mitchell's or Wingham island.

Winner; creek, tributary to Glacier creek, from the east, near head of Turnagain 

arm, Cook inlet. Local name, published in 1899.

Winslow; point, the eastern point of entrance to Mary island anchorage, Mary 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named, prior to 1883, by local pilots, by 

whom the name was applied to the west point of entrance, now called 

Giant point. See Giant.

Winstanley; island, in Behm canal, between Smeaton and Rudyerd bays, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1879, after the English engineer 

Winstanley, who built the first Eddystone light-house in 1696-1699, and 

who lost his life there in 1703.

Winter; anchorage, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. So called by Lisianski in 1804. 

It is the Krestoi (cross) bay of Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

Winter; harbor, indenting the northwestern shore of Pearse island, Pearse canal. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Winthrop; spur, of mountain on north bank of the Koyukuk, near longitude 1.56°. 

Also called Point Winthrop. Name from Schrader in 1899.

Wipple, mountain; see Whipple.

Wiseman; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near 

longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Wislow; islet, near Cape Cheerful, on the northern shore of Unalaska. So called 

by the Fish Commission in 1888. Perhaps this is an error for Winslow.
Wit Woo. 438 ' [BULL. 187.

Witnesses (The); two islets, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Los Testigos (the witnesses) by Maurelle and Quadra 

in 1775-1779.

Wloyukuk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the south, a little above 

Kolmakof. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, from 

trader A. Lind.

Wodehouse, point; see Woodhouse. 

Wodopada, point; see Village.

Woewodski; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Admiralty island and'opening 

into Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Zarembo, in 

1838, after Stepan Vasilivich Woewodski, director of the Russian-American colonies, 1854-1859.

Woewodski; island, between Duncan canal and Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians, in 1848, after Capt. Lieut. Stepan Vasilivich Woewodski, chief director of the Russian-American colonies, 

1854-1859. .Variously written Woewodsky, Voevodskago, etc. Lindenberg, in 1838, called part of this Medviezhi (bear).

Wolasatux; Indian hut, on left bank of the Yukon, a few miles below Nulato. 

Wolasatux was a young man who escaped massacre at Nulato in 1851. 

This place took its name from him. Erroneously Wolsatux.

Woleek, river; see Wulik.

Wolf; creek, tributary to Excelsior creek, from the south, in the Eagle mining region. 

Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Wolf, island; see Kritskoi.

Wolf; point, the easternmost point of Walrus island, near entrance to Port Moller, 

Alaska peninsula. The-island of which this is the eastern point was named 

Volchie (wolf) by Lutke, in 1828, but is now known as Walrus island. 

The point was named Wolf by Dall in 1882. . . Wolf; rock, off the west coast of Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Meares, in 1788, called it Forrester's island (chart, p. 1) 

and the Spaniards, 1774-1779, Isla Rasa (flat island).

Wolff; peak, south of Mount Drum. So named by Schrader, in 1898, after Prof. John 

Eliot Wolff, of Harvard University.

Wolley, cape; see Woolley.

Womens; bay, an arm of Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Babia (women) by Russian 

naval officers in 1808-1810.

Wonder, creek; see Center.

Wood; canyon, on the Copper river, a little below the mouth of the Chitina. Named 

Wood's by Alien, in 1885, "hr honor of Col. Henry Clay Wood, U. S. A."

Wood; glacier, on the west shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by 

Reid, in 1890, "after Lieut. Charles Erskine Scott Wood, who seems to 

have been the first white man to enter Glacier bay." He was there in 

1877. ' Wood; point, the southeastern point of entrance to Thomas bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Wood; river, draining from Aleknagik lake to theNushagak river. Apparently a local 

name, applied by the Fish Commission in 1890. In Sarichef's atlas (1826, 

sheet III) it is called Aliagnagik and by Tebenkof, 1849, Aleknagek.

Wood; spit, in Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago: So named 

by Mansfield in 1889.

Woodchopper; island, in Kootznahoo inlet,-Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869.

Woodcock; point, the north head of McLeod harbor, Montague island, Prince 

William sound. So named by Portlock, in 1787, after Joseph Woodcock, 

a student who accompanied him on his voyage.
BAKEK.] 439 WOO 

Wooded; cape, on the southwestern shore of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Liesnoi (wooded) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Wooded; islands, near Montague island, Prince William sound. Described by 

Vancouver, in 1794, and apparently named by the Coast Survey in 1869.

Wooded; islet, off the northwestern shore of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Liesistoi (wooded) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Wooden; islet, near Gape Ommaney, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Vancouver, in 1794, after Isaac Wooden, a member of his party, who 

 fell overboard and was drowned in its vicinity.

Woodhouse; point,- the southern point of Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Vancouver, in 1794, gave this name to the "southeast point 

of a spacious opening whose northwest point was formed by Cape Edgecumbe, and which comprised Dixon's Norfolk Sound. From the bearings and distance given by Vancouver it seems evident that he applied 

the name to some part of the high land immediately to the westward of 

the western part of Crawfish Inlet, which, from his distance from the

shore and the consequent invisibility of many of the low islets of the 

Necker group, appeared like the southeastern headland of the sound. His 

text and charts are in accord on this question. As early as 1818, however, bearing in mind the intention rather than the erroneous location, 

the name was applied on the chart of Sitka, and by Russian naval officers and forming No. XIX of the old Russian series, to the south point of 

Biorka Island, which has since been known by the name of Woodhouse." 

Has also been written, erroneously, Wodehouse.

Woods; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Canyon creek, in the Fortymile 

mining region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Woodworth; glacier, tributary to Tasnuna river, between Port Valdes and the 

Copper river. Named by Schrader, in 1898, after Mr. Jay Backus Woodworth, of Harvard University.

Woody; inlet, in Peard bay, Arctic coast. So called on British Admiralty charts. 

According to John Murdoch, its native name is Ku-ah-ru.

Woody; island, near St. Paul, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Liesnoi (woody) by 

Li.sianski in 1804. Often called Wood island.

Woody; island, west of Blind point, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Liesnoi (woody) by Lindenberg in 1838.

Woody, islet; see Liesnoi.

Woody; point, the north point of entrance to White water bay, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade in 1869..

Wooleek, river; see Wulik.

Woolley; cape, on the western shore of Seward peninsula, a little south of Port 

Clarence. Named Woolley by Beechey in 1826. Has also been written 

Wolley and Wooly. . Wooly Head; precipitous bluff (about 2,000 feet high), on the western shore of Nagai 

island, Shumagin group. So named by the fishermen, prior to 1871, on 

account of the violent gusts of wind, called Woolies, experienced there. 

This word is supposed to be (a) either a Patagonian word for a violent 

local gust or (b) to come from the white foam on the water, resembling 

washed wool, which the wind produces.

Woronkofski; island, between Wrangell and Zarembo islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians, after Lieutenant Woronkofski, of the 

Russian navy, who in 1836 explored the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, Variously written Voronkowski, Voronkoffski, etc.

Woronkofski; point, the northernmost point of Woronkofski island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall in 1879.
Wor Wra. 440 [BULL. 187.

Woronzof; point, at head of Cook inlet. Named by Vancouver, in 1794, "after His 

Excellency the Russian ambassador at the British court."

Worsham, bay; see Kisselen.

Worthington; glacier, about 15 miles east of Valdes and tributary to Ptarmigan 

creek. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Wosnesenski, cape; see Kasilof.

Wosnesenski; glacier, on Kenai peninsula, near Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So 

named by Dall, in 1880, after Elias G. Wosnesenski, of the St. Petersburg 

Academy of Sciences, who made collections and observations in this region 

in 1842-1844:

Wosnesenski; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula and west of Unga 

island, Shumagin group. Veniaminof and Lutke called it Peregrebny, 

in Aleut, Unatkuyuk, meaning crested or serrated. Later it was called 

Vosnesenski, after Elias G. Wosnesenski, who, in 1842-1844, explored and 

collected, for the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, in western Alaska. 

This name has had many spellings, Vossnessensky, Wossnessensky, Wosnesensky, and even Vozoychenski.

Wosnesenski; native village, on Wosnesenski island. A chapel, costing $1500, was 

erected in this village by the natives and dedicated under the name of 

Ascension.

Wrangell; cape, the westernmost point of Attu island, western Aleutians. So called 

by Lutke, in 1836, after Baron von Wrangell.

Wrangell; harbor, near the north end of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. 

Surveyed, in 1834, by Capt. Lieut. Dionysius Feodorovich Zarembo and by 

him named after Capt. Adolph Karlovich Etolin, who, in 18-10, became 

director of the Eussian-American colony. The harbor has been variously 

called Etolin harbor, Port Wrangell, and Wrangell harbor. The last 

appears to be the prevailing usage at present and is here adopted.

Wrangell; island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians after Admiral 

Baron Ferdinand Petrovich von Wrangell. Erroneously spelled Wrangle 

and Wrangel. The spelling of this word Wrangell forms the subject of a 

special note in Baer and Helmersen's Beitrage, etc. (vol. 1, p. 328), in 

which it is stated that while different persons of the name have adopted 

different modes for spelling it, the individual here referred to, one of

the most eminent of that noble, and distinguished family, invariably 

spelled his own with two 1's. According to Tebenkof the native name is 

Kach-khanna.

Wrangell; island, off the northern shore of Siberia, northwesterly from Bering 

strait. The existence of this land was reported by natives, in March and 

April, 1823, to Baron von Wrangel], who then made an unsuccessful search 

for it. It was first clearly seen and its shore delineated by Capt. Thomas 

Long, of the New London whaling bark Nile, in August, 1867, and by him 

called AVrangell's Land. From that date to 1881 it was shown on maps 

as the south end of a tract extending indefinitely northward and, by 

some, thought to connect with Greenland across the north pole. Its 

insular character was established by Berry, in 1881, and since that time 

it has borne the name Wrangell island. Possibly Plover island of Kellett, 

in 1849, may be some peak of this island seen from afar.

Wrangell; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Has been erroneously printed Wrangle. Was named Big Wrangell by 

Vasilief, in 1809, and another nearby was called Little Wrangell.

Wrangell; mountain (17,500 feet high), east of Copper river, near latitude 62°. 

Named by the Russians after Baron von Wrangell, whose branch of the 

family always used the double "1." Erroneously Wrangle.
BAKER.I 441 Wra Yak.

Wrangell; peak, on the mainland (3,800 feet high), near the mouth of Stikine 

river. So called as early as 1887 and perhaps earlier. Erroneously 

Wrangel.

Wrangell; port, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak. Surveyed by Vasilief, in 1831, and named after the then director of the Russian 

American colonies, Baron von Wrangell.

Wrangell; strait, connecting Sumner strait with Frederick sound and separating 

Mitkof island from Kupreanof and Woewodski islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians after Vice-Admiral Baron von Wrangell.

Wrangell; town, on the northern end of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. 

Often called Fort Wrangell. The Russians built a stockaded post here, in 

1834, to resist encroachments by the Hudson Bay Company and named it 

Redoubt St. Dionysius. The United States established a military post 

here, in 1867, which was maintained with interruptions until May, 1877, 

.and then abandoned. This post was called Fort Wrangell. Often misspelled AVrangle and Wrangel. The post-office established here in October, 

1885, is called Fort Wrangell.

Wrang-ell Narrows. The contracted part of Wrangell strait was so designated by

the pilots, a name published by the Hydrographic Office in 1869. 

Wrangell North Flat; see North. 

Wrangell South Flat; see South. 

Wright; glacier, on the mainland, near the head of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1893. 

. Wright, island; see Aston. 

Wright; mountain (4,944 feet high), near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named, in 1890, by Reid, after Prof. George Frederick Wright,

who spent some time in this vicinity in 1886. 

Wright; point, on the southeastern shore of Dease inlet, Arctic coast. Name from

British Admiralty chart 593 (1830-1882). 

Wsewidoiu, volcano; see Vsevidof. 

Wulik; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean, between Point Hope and Cape Krusenstern. A.n Eskimo name, given by the Coast Survey, in 1890, as Woleek

and by the Hydrographic Office as Wooleek. 

Wyanda, ledge; see Wayanda. 

Yacherk; Eskimo village, on the Igushik river, near Amanka lake, about 25 miles

west of Nushagak. Native name, from Spurr, of the Geological Survey,

in 1898, who wrote it Yache>gamut, i. e., Yacherk people. 

Yachtshilagamut,- village; see Yakchilak. 

Yacotat, bay; see Yakutat. 

Yagak, cape; see Yakak. 

Yagektaliek, bay; see Alitak. 

Yagodnoi, island; see Berry. 

Yahna, river; see Yana. 

Yahtse; glacial stream, from Malaspina glacier, debouching in Icy bay, southeastern

Alaska. Native name, given as Yahtse" or Yahtse-tah. Has also been

called Jones river. Late maps show two rivers, called East Yahtse and

West Yahtse, respectively. 

Yahtse-tah-shah, mountain; see St. Elias. 

Yaichnia, islets; see Guibert. 

Yaitchni, cape; see Egg. 

Yaitchny, islets; see Guibert. 

Yakaio, cape; see Yaktag. 

Yakak; cape, the southwesternmost point of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Veniaminof gives Yagak
Yak Yas. ' 442 [BULL. 187.

Yakak Continued.

as the Aleut 'word for firewood or driftwood. The name has been written 

Jachach. . Yakchilak; Eskimo village, on the Kuskokwim river, left bank, near its mouth. 

Native name, reported by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 

1898, as.Yachtshilagamut, i. e., Yakchilak people.

YaMek, cape; see Aklek.

Yakobi; island, the northwesternmost of the.Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Lisianski, in 1804, 'presumably in honor of Gen. Ivan.Yakobi. Also written Jacob, Jacobi, Jacobieff, etc. See also Chichagof.

Yakorni, point; see Anchorage.

Yaktag; cape, near Mount St. Elias, southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native 

name, first applied by Tebenkof as Yaktaga in 1849. Has also appeared 

as Yakaio and Yakiao.

Yakutat; bay, in the St. Elias region, southeastern Alaska. Visited, in 1786, by La 

Perouse who called it Baie de Monti. In the same year Portlock named 

it Admiralty bay. The Spaniards a little later, following Portlock, called 

it Almiralty and Almirantazzo. Lisianski, in 1805, called it Jacootat and 

Yacootat. On the supposition that the. bay was visited by Bering, in 1741, 

it has been called by his name. Usage has, however, settled upon the 

native name Yakutat.

Yalcutat, colony; see Glory of Eussia.

Yakutat; glacier, between Dry and Yakutat bays, southeastern Alaska. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Yakutat; post-office and village, on the southeastern shore of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Native name. Post-office established in March, 1898.

Yakutskalitnik; native village on right bank of the Yukon, at the mouth of Auto 

river. Name from Eaymond, 1869. Not found on recent maps.

Yale; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Yale; glacier, tributary to the.head of College fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition in 1899. Near it is Harvard glacier of the same expedition. These two were called Twin glaciers 

by Captain Glenn in 1899.

Yalik; native village, on Nuka bay, Kenai peninsula. Native name, reported- by 

Petrof in 1880.

Yamani; islets, off the entrance to Necker bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipel- 

- ago. Named Yamani (full of pits or'holes) by the Russians as early as 1850.

Yana; glacial stream, from the Malaspina glacier, debouching near Icy bay. 

Native name, reported by Russell in 1891. The termination na means 

river. Has also been printed Yahna.

Yanaliun, cape; see Bog.

Yancarnie; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of Sutwik 

island. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Ydngimak, island; see Little Koniuji.

Yankee; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head. Name pub- 

. lished by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Yankee; river, tributary to Mint river, in western part of Seward peninsula. Local 

name, fi-om the prospectors.

Yaponski, island; see Japonski.

Yarboro; inlet, on. the Arctic coast, east of the mouth of Colyille river. Named 

Yarborough by Sir John Franklin in August, 1826.

Yasha; island, at junction of Chatham strait and Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Yasha (Jakey, diminutive of Jacob) by the Russians.
BAKER.] 443 . Yas You.

Yasha Continued.

This island nas been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order

dated January 4, 1901. 

Yasni, island; see. Andronica. 

Yeastly or Egg. Raymond, in 1869, thus calls an island in the Yukon delta, near the

head of Kwikpak pass. Not identified on recent charts. 

Yekuk, cape and village; see.Ekuk.

Yellow; hill (554 feet high), near Metlakatla, on Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. 

Yellow; point, on Baranof island, near Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. Named Zholti (yellow) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Yellow; point, on the eastern shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander

archipelago. Has also been called Signal point. 

Yellow; rocks, two in number (20 feet high), in Dixon entrance, 7 miles southeast

from Cape Northumberland. So named by Nichols, in 1883, by reason of

their color.

Yellow Cedar; bay, on the north side of Hawkins island, in eastern part of Prince 

William sound. So called in Twentieth Geological Survey Report (Part 

VII, p. 406). Not shown on any maps.. Presumably a local name.

Yellowstone; creek, tributary to Port Clarence, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Yellowy, island; see Spruce.

Yelovpi, island; see Spruce.

Yelowoi, island; see Elovoi. 

Yendestaka, village; see Gan-te-gas-tak-heh.

Yenlo; mountain (about 4,000 feet high), 30 miles NNW. from the mouth of Sushitna 

river. So called by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898.

Yentna; river, tributary to the Skwentna, from the northwest, about 20 miles above 

the junction of the Skwentna and Sushitna. Native name, obtained by 

Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 1898, who report that it is 

known to the natives as Katcheldat or Yentna.

Yes; bay and village, Cleveland peninsula, Alexander archipelago. Native name, 

spelled Yiis, Yaas, Yes and Yess. Named McDonald by Dall, in 1879, and 

often called McDonald or Yes bay. Yas is Tlinket for mussel.

Yes Bay; native village and cannery, at Yes bay, Alexander archipelago. The fishery 

was established here in 1886.

Yokuchargut, creek; see Hess.

York; cape, in Bering strait, about 10 miles southeast of Cape Prince of Wales. So 

named by Beechey in August, 1827, "in honor of His Royal Highness."

York; .group of islands, in Alexander archipelago, of which the principal ones are 

Etolin, Seward, Woronkofski, Wrangell, and Zarembo. Named Duke of 

York's Islands by Vancouver in September, 1793, after the Duke of York, 

a name since shortened to York.

York; mining camp and post-office, at Cape York, Seward peninsula. The postoffice was established in April, 1900.

York; mining district, in the extreme western part of Seward peninsula. Called 

the Kanowock, or York mining district.

Youcon, river; see Yukon.

Youkolny, island; see Ukolnoi.

Youlak, island; see Ulak.

Younaska, island; see Yunaska. . . Young; bay, indenting the northern shore of Admiralty island, Stephens passage,. 

Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot 

. (1883, p. 172).
Yon Y iik. . 444 [BULL". 187.

Young; cove, in Ball island, Howkan strait, Cordova ba ( Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Sheldon Jackson, in 1880, after Rt '. Samuel Hall Young, a 

missionary, who began work at Wrangell in 1871.

Young1 ; creek, tributary to Kings creek, from the west, which latter is in turn tributary to the Matanuska river about 30 miles above its mouth. So named 

by Glenn. in 1898, after Corporal Young,.a member of his party.

Young; creek, tributary to the Nizina, from the south. So named by Gerdine, in 

1900, after Robert Young, a member of his party.

Young; island, at entrance to View cove, Tlevak straitj Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Ball, in 1882, after Rev. S. Hall Young.

Young, island;'see Corlies.

Young; marsh, in Fritz cove, Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. Called 

Young's marsh by Symonds in 1880. Later charts do not show any 

marsh here.

Young; mountain (5,260 feet high), between Lynn canal and Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Reid, in 1892, after Rev. S. Hall Young.

Young; point, the eastern point of entrance to Auke cove, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Young; sunken rock, in Zimovia strait, near north end of Etolin island. Discovered 

by Rev. S. Hall Young, in 1882, and named after him by the Coast Survey.

Youp-nut, creek; see Anikovik.

Yugnat; rocks, off the northern point of entrance to^Kukak bay, Shelikof strait. 

Apparently a native name, from Vasilief, 1831.

Yukagamut, village; see Ikuak.

Yukagamut, village; see Ingahameh. * *~~

Yukla; creek, tributary to Knik arm, from 'the east, near head of Cook inlet. Native 

name, obtained by Mendenhall in 1898.

Yuko; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, about 40 miles above the 

mouth of the Koyukuk. Native jiame reported, in 1861, by Tikhmenief, 

who wrote it Yukukakat, i. e., Yuku river; see Kakat. Has also been 

written Yukokargut and appears to be identical with Soonkakat of recent 

maps. See Soonkakat.

Yukokakat. Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, gives this as the name of a settlement, 

of 6 people, on the north bank of the Yukon at the mouth of the Yuko or 

perhaps Soonkakat river.

Yukokon, river; see White.

Yukon; harbor, indenting the southeastern shore of Big Koniuji' island, Shumagin 

group. . So named by Dall, in 1874; after the Coast Survey schooner Yukon.

Yukon; hills or mountains (1,000 to 2,500 feet high), between the Yukon and 

Koyukuk rivers, central Alaska. Called Yukon mountains by Dall in 

1869.

Yukon; island, in the Yukon river, at mouth of the Koyukuk. So named by Alien 

in 1885.

Yukon; island, on the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So named by 

Dall, in 1880, after the Coast Survey schooner Yukon.

Yukon; principal river of Alaska. The headwaters of this river were known to 

traders of the Hudson Bay Company early in the 19th century. Its lower 

part was explored by the Russians in 1837-38. Derzhabin founded the 

Russian post Nulato in 1841, and McMurray the English post Fort Yukon 

in 1847. The Eskimo name of the river, by which it was long known, is 

IvAvik-pak (river big). Variously spelled Kvichpak, Kvikhpakh, etc. 

The Indian name is Yukon, variously written Youcon, Yucon, etc., while
* BAKER.]" 445 Y lilt flea.

' Yukon Continued.

; one tribe of Indians, according to Alien, call it Nigato, i. e. Niga river. 

i Grewingk also gives the names Jukchana and Juna, i. e. Jukcha river 

and Ju river. The form Yukon has also been adopted! by the Canadian 

.i Board on Geographic Names. 

; Yukutzcharkat, creek; see Hess.

Yukwonilnuk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the north, near longitude 

.' 158°. Native name obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, from trader A.

Lind. 

I Yunakh, island; see Umak.

, Yunaska; volcanic island (2,864 feet high), just west of the group of Islands of the

-I/ Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof includes it in that group. 

.t . Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Variously written Junaska, 

:| Unaska, Younaska, etc.

f Zachary; bay, indenting the north shore of TJnga island, Shumagin group. Named 

%; Zakharefskaia by the Russians after a Russian named Zakharef. Vari- 

' ously spelled Sacharowskaja, Zakhareffskaia, etc.

, Zaikof; bay, in the north end of Montague island, Prince AVilliam sound. Named 

by the Russians, presumably after Stepan Kosmovich Zaikof, who was 

chief of the trading post St. Nicholas (Kenai) in the 18th century.

,' Zaikof; point, the northeastermnost point of Montague island, Prince AVilliam 

:- sound. So named by Davidson in 1868.

"» Zakatlatan; village (population 39), on north bank of the Yukon, near longitude 

j 156° 30'. In the Tenth Census a-village called Zakatlatan is located here 

1 on the south bank. In the Eleventh Census we have Sakataloden, 

supposed to be the same place. On late maps it is Saghadellautan. Raymond, 1869, has Sakedelontin. 

Zakhareffskaia, bay; see Zachary. 

Zakharof, bay; see Stepovak. 

Zakriloi, bay; see Banks harbor. 

Zaliva, point; see Bay. 

Zanes; cliff, on the western end of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So named by

Berry in 1881.

Zapadni; open bay, on the southwest shore of St. George island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Called Zapadni (west) by the Russians and locally so known. 

It is Southwest bay of some charts.

Zapadni; point, .the western point of entrance to English bay, on the south shore of 

St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Locally known as Zapadni 

(west). Has been called South point on several charts. Zapadni rookery 

is at or near this point. Has also been written Zapadnie. 

Zapadnie, cape; see West. 

Zapadnie, point; see Northwest. 

Zapadnie, point; see Southwest.

Zarembo; island, /between Clarence, Stikine, and Sumner straits, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians, after Capt. Lieut. Dionysius Feodorovich 

Zarembo. Has also been written Zaremba. 

Zalchlitschak, island; see Sitkalidak. 

Zalschra, island; see Hydra. 

Zayas; island, in eastern part of Dixon entrance. Named Isla de Zayas by Caamano in 1792. 

Zdluiat; Indian village, on Knik arm of Cook inlet. Native name, reported by

Petrof in 1880.

Zeal; point, the south point of entrance to St. John Baptist bay, Neva strait, Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named Userdie (zeal) by Vasilief in 1833. 

Also written Ouserdi.
Zei Zut. 446 " [BULL. 187.

Zdkhell, river; see Tiekel. '

Zelonie, point; see December.

Zelonoi, point, rocks, etc.; see Green.

"Zenobia; sunken rock, near Eastern channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians after the ship Zenobia, which 

struck upon it in 1855.

Zliarof, island; see Egg.

Zhekiski, point; see Shekesti.

Zhemani, point; see Shaman.

.Zhila, cape; see Blunt point.

.Zhila, cape; see Head.

Zhila, point; see Hut.

Zhila, point; see Lode.

Zholti, point; see Yellow.

Zhuravlina, cove; see Crane.

Ziatitz, harbor; see Three Saints.

Ziatitz, village; see Nunamiut.

Zimovia; point, on the north bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named Zimovia 

(winter) by Lindenberg in 1838. It appears to be identical with the 

Spuhn point of naval officers in 1880.

Zimovia; strait, separating Wrangell island from Etolin and Woronkofski islands, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Zimovia (winter) by the Eussians.

Zirku, river; see Tsirku.

Zlatousta, harbor; see Saint Chrysostorn.

Zotschomnia, islands; see Noisy.

Zouboff, islands; see Pribilof.

Zufutch, rocks; see Seal.

Zumik, islands; .see Semidi.

Zutclmik, islands; see Sutwik.

o